February 26 — 10:15 p.m. People at the railway depot in Falls City, Nebraska, see an object with a large searchlight in the northern sky. According to dispatcher Ike Chidsey, it is moving west at 60 mph and also has a red light. Chidsey alerts other Missouri Pacific train stations to the west. Over the next four and a half hours, the object is seen over Stella, Beatrice, Wymore, Hastings, Kenesaw, and Hartwell. (“ The Supposed Kansas Airship,” Atchison (Kan.) Daily Globe, February 27, 1897, p. 4; Clark III 75; Clark IV 99)

Early March — A large airship passes south over Ellinwood, Kansas, at an estimated 40 mph. It looks to be about 50 feet long by 20 feet wide with two immense wings or propellors on each side. The airship was “one blaze of light from stem to stern.” (Anita (Iowa) Republican, March 3, 1897; Clark III 75–76; Clark IV 99–100)

March 13 — Night. A bright fireball appears in the west over North Loup, Nebraska, moving up and down erratically. It occasionally throws out sparks. (“ That Strange Light Again,” Lincoln Nebraska State Journal, March 16, 1897, p. 5; Clark III 75; Clark IV 99)

March 14 — 9:30 p.m. An object with a “big engine headlight” flies over South Omaha, Nebraska, and remains visible for 30–40 minutes. It is moving to the west and disappears behind some buildings. One of the witnesses is Isaac J. Copenharve, a compositor for the Omaha Bee. The light had also been seen about two weeks earlier. (“ Visions of an Air Ship,” Omaha (Nebr.) Daily Bee, March 16, 1897, p. 7; Clark III 75; Clark IV 99)

March 23–26 — Night. Residents of Belleville, Kansas, watch a lighted airship moving at 75 mph and “lighting up the houses and city like an immense meteor.” It hovers for 20–30 minutes, changes direction, and is seen on four nights in succession. At 9:20 p.m. on March 25, workers at the Chicago, Rock Island, and Pacific Railroad depot and others in Belleville watch a bright light pass above the city for 45 minutes. It disappears to the northwest and reappears two more times. Many people in Kansas City, Kansas, view the light, which disappears about 9:30 p.m. on March 26, although the timing suggests it is Venus. (“ Say They Saw an Air-Ship,” Kansas City (Mo.) Times, March 27, 1897, p. 5; “ It Flies at Night,” Kansas City (Mo.) Journal, March 28, 1897, p. 2; “ Take Venus for an Airship,” Kansas City (Mo.) Star, March 28, 1897, p. 2; Clark III 76; Clark IV 100)

March 27 — 8:30 p.m. A blood-red light appears in the western sky over Topeka, Kansas, moving northward parallel with the horizon until after 20 minutes it disappears “with a flicker.” Among the witnesses is Kansas Gov. John W. Leedy, who describes it as a “very strange light.” Harold T. Chase, editor of the Topeka Capital, is on the State House steps with Leedy and says the object is a large, oblong shape. (“Strange Light in the Sky,” Topeka (Kan.) Daily Capital, March 28, 1897, p. 1; “ Neither Star Nor Planet,” Kansas City (Mo.) Times, March 29, 1897, p. 1; “ Airship Is Seen by Gov. Leedy,” Chicago Tribune, March 29, 1897, p. 4; Tim Hrenchir, “ It Was 1897, and a Strange Light Appeared in the Sky over Topeka,” Topeka (Kan.) Capital-Journal, August 18, 2021)

April 1 — 8:00 p.m. Strange lights appear in the sky south of Kansas City, Kansas, zigzagging and crossing the horizon. (“ Air Ship Headed toward Omaha,” Omaha (Nebr.) Daily Bee, April 3, 1897, p. 9)

April 9 — 11:00 p.m. A bright light approaches Rhodes, Iowa, and allegedly plunges into a railroad water reservoir, causing the water to boil from the light’s heat. (“Can This Be the Airship?” Burlington (Iowa) Hawk-Eye, April 14, 1897, p. 1; Clark III 315; Clark IV 389–390)

April 10 — Evening. Witnesses in Marshfield, Wisconsin, see a cone-shaped airship with a bright headlight moving south of town. (“ Hides in the Woods,” Chicago Chronicle, April 11, 1897, p. 3; Clark III 77; Clark IV 101)

April 10 — Night. An airship allegedly crashes north of Jefferson, Iowa, and leaves a hole in the ground. (“Fate of an Airship,” Jefferson (Iowa) Bee, April 15, 1897, pp. 1, 4; “The Aerial Doodad,” Jefferson (Iowa) Souvenir, April 17, 1897, p. 1; “ See It Often in Platte County,” Omaha (Nebr.) Daily Bee, April 17, 1897, p. 2; Clark III 316; Clark IV 390)

April 11 — 8:00 p.m. R. G. Adams and his parents at 3126 Fourth Avenue South in Minneapolis, Minnesota, watch a lighted, cigar-shaped object flying low towards the southwest. Through binoculars it appears to be 18–20 feet long. A square light that changes from white to green to red, depending apparently on its speed, is on top. Hundreds of other people also see the object over the next four hours, maneuvering above Lake Minnetonka and eventually receding into the northeast. (“ Saw It,” Minneapolis (Minn.) Daily Times, April 12, 1897, p. 1; “ Cavorted in Midair,” Minneapolis (Minn.) Journal, April 12, 1897, p. 6; “Does He Hail from Mars?” St. Paul (Minn.) Pioneer Press, April 12, 1897, p. 4; “ Wonder! Mysterious Airship Seen by Stuart Mackroth,” Minneapolis Tribune, April 13, 1897, p. 1; Clark III 77; Clark IV 101)

April 14 — 3:00 p.m. An airship looking like an “immense bird” approaches Gas City, Indiana, from the northwest. As it draws nearer, witnesses see that it is cigar-shaped and “propelled by broad canvas wings.” The object lands briefly one mile from town, terrifying some farm animals. As a crowd rushes toward it, it takes off and vanishes to the east. (“ In Daylight,” Cincinnati (Ohio) Enquirer, April 15, 1897, p. 1; “ That Air Ship,” Xenia (Ohio) Daily Gazette. April 15, 1897, p. 1; Clark III 79; Clark IV 103)

April 14 — 3:00 p.m. A brownish cigar-shaped object with wings passes south of Marion, Indiana, coming from the northwest. Six passengers can be seen on board. (“ Six Men Seen in the Airship,” Cincinnati (Ohio) Enquirer, April 15, 1897, p. 1; “ That Air Ship,” Xenia (Ohio) Daily Gazette. April 15, 1897, p. 1; Clark III 80; Clark IV 104)

April 14 — Evening. An airship allegedly smashes into a cow barn near Decatur, Illinois, ripping the roof off and frightening a cow, which whacks a farmer in the head. The airship manages to sail on. (“ Airship Story,” Decatur (Ill.) Evening Republican, April 15, 1897, p. 8; Clark III 316; Clark IV 390)

April 14 — 7:30 p.m. An airship 100 feet long and 20 feet high in the center lands in a meadow three-quarters of a mile west of Birmingham, Iowa. A large crowd of men and boys sets out to examine the object, but when they are within several hundred feet, it rises with a loud whirring sound and moves away to the northwest. Two men can be distinctly seen inside, one carrying a lantern that he waves as the airship ascends. (“ Airship Positively Seen,” Burlington (Iowa) Hawk-Eye, April 16, 1897, p. 2; Clark III 79; Clark IV 103–104)

April 14 — 8:00 p.m. James McKensie is feeding hogs on his farm north of Casstown, Ohio, when he hears an odd noise like a flock of geese passing overhead. Looking up, he sees an object with wings and a rudder flying slowly along about 150 feet in the air, and he distinctly hears music. As it disappears, he thinks he hears a human voice, and something large and white is thrown overboard. (“ Talking Heard by the Citizens,” Cincinnati (Ohio) Enquirer, April 16, 1897, p. 1; Clark III 79; Clark IV 103)

April 17 — 6:00 a.m. An airship is said to collide with the tower of Judge James Spencer Proctor’s windmill in Aurora, Texas, causing it to explode and strew debris over several acres. The pilot (reportedly “not of this world,” or a “Martian” according to an alleged Army Signal Service officer named Thomas Jefferson Weems from nearby Fort Worth), does not survive the crash and is buried “with Christian rites” at the Aurora Cemetery. Wreckage from the crash site is either dumped into a nearby well located under the damaged windmill or ends up with the alien in the grave. Adding to the mystery is the story of Brawley Oates, who purchases Judge Proctor’s property around 1935. Oates cleans out the debris from the well in order to use it as a water source, but later develops an extremely severe case of rheumatoid arthritis, which he claims is the result of contaminated water from the wreckage dumped into the well. As a result, Oates seals up the well with a concrete slab and places an outbuilding on the spot in 1945. The entire yarn is widely regarded as a hoax, although Proctor’s windmill apparently did exist. (Wikipedia, “ Aurora, Texas, UFO incident”; MUFON, “ Aurora Texas Crash Part 1, MUFON Case File”; “A Windmill Demolishes It,” Dallas Morning News, April 19, 1897, p. 5; Donald B. Hanlon, “ Texas Odyssey of 1897,” Flying Saucer Review 12, no. 5 (Sept./Oct. 1966): 9–10; “ The Aurora, Texas Case,” APRO Bulletin 21, no. 6 (May/ June 1973): 1, 3–4; “ Possible Grave of ‘Airship’ Pilot Sought in Old Texas Cowtown,” UFO Investigator, June 1973, pp. 1, 3; Eileen Buckle, “ Aurora Spaceman—R.I.P.?” Flying Saucer Review 19, no. 4 (July/Aug. 1973): 7–9; “ Cemetery Vandalism Postpones Texas UFO Investigation,” UFO Investigator, August 1973, pp. 1, 4; Walter H. Andrus, “ Report on 1897 Aurora, Texas, Investigation,” Skylook, no. 70 (September 1973): 7–9; H. Michael Simmons, “ Once upon a Time in the West,” Magonia, no. 20 (August 1985); Wallace O. Chariton, The Great Texas Airship Mystery, Wordware, 1991; Nigel Watson, “ Down to Earth: UFO Investigation 1897 Style,” Magonia, no. 43 (July 1992): 3–11; Kevin D. Randle, “Aurora, Texas, and the Great Airship of 1897,” Fate, March 2003, pp. 34–36; Brian Dunning, “ The Alien Buried in Texas,” Skeptoid Podcast, no. 241 (January 18, 2011); Thomas E. Bullard, “ Defending UFOs,” IUR 34, no. 2 (March 2012): 8–10; “ Aurora 1897,” Texas UFO Museum and Research Library, February 5, 2014; Clark III 88, 316–318, 592–593; Max McNabb, “ The 1897 Aurora, Texas, UFO Crash and the ‘Alien’ Buried in the Cemetery,” Texas Hill Country, January 8, 2019; Mutual UFO Network, “ Aurora, TX Crash, 1897,” May 14, 2021; Clark IV 111–112, 390–392, 652)

April 19 — 10:30 p.m. Rancher Alexander Hamilton, his son Will, and his hired hand Gid Heslip are awakened by a noise in the cattle pen of their ranch at Yates Center, Kansas. They watch as a 300-foot- long, cigar-shaped airship with a carriage underneath descends to about 30 feet above the ground. Two men, a woman, and three children are heard talking in the carriage. They see a calf caught in a nearby fence with a cable knotted around its neck that connects to the airship above. They cut the cable and the airship floats away. A few weeks later, Hamilton admits he made the story up. (“ Air Ship Takes a Cow!” Yates Center (Kan.) Farmers Advocate, April 23, 1897, p. 5; “ Air Ship Steals a Calf,” Kansas City (Mo.) Times, April 27, 1897, p. 1; “ The Air Ship in Kansas,” Atchison County (Mo.) Mail, May 7, 1897, p. 1; Jerome Clark, “The Great Airship Hoax” Fate 30, no. 2 (February 1977): 94–97; Jerome Clark, “ Some Clarifications on the Leroy, Kansas, Calfnapping Hoax,” Pursuit 10, no. 1 (Winter 1977): 17–18; Jerome Clark, “ The Leroy, Kansas, Calfnapping Hoax of 1897,” Flying Saucer Review 22, no. 6 (April 1977): 26; “ Revelations in 1897 Kansas ‘Calfnapping,’” APRO Bulletin 25, no. 12 (June 1977): 7–8; Daniel Cohen, The Great Airship Mystery, Dodd, Mead, 1981, pp. 92–102; Clark III 86–87, 130, 593; “ Cigar-Shaped UFO Abducting a Cow Was Witnessed in 1897 by Kansas Rancher Alexander Hamilton and Others,” Eyes on Cinema YouTube channel, November 18, 2023; Clark IV 110–111, 157, 652–653)

April 20 — Henry Heintz of Elkton, South Dakota, patents an airship consisting of a cigar-shaped balloon and a structure for passengers beneath it. In April 1900, he brings his invention out for a test flight in front of the Elkton blacksmith shop. The airship rises 8 feet into the air before plopping to the ground. (US Patent, “ Air Ship,” granted April 20, 1897; “ South Dakota Airship Proves a Flat Failure,” Sioux Falls (S.Dak.) Argus-Leader, April 16, 1900, p. 3; Henry Heintz, “ Heintz’s New Flying Machine,” The Aeronautical World 1, no. 8 (March 2, 1903): 171–172; Richard T. Read and David Rambow, “ Hydrogen and Smoke: A Survey of Lighter-Than-Air Flight in South Dakota Prior to World War I,” South Dakota History 18, no. 3 (1988): 132–151; Ruth Becken, A History of Elkton, [City of Elkton,] 2000, p. 94; Jerome Clark, “Mr. Wilson and the Aeronauts of 1897,” Fortean Times 362 (January 2018): 42; “ Hero the Elephant and the Heintz Airship,” Roadside America, January 31, 2023)

July 4 — 7:45 p.m. Hundreds of witnesses in Lexington, Kentucky, see a lighted object silhouetted against a storm cloud in the southwest moving to the north at 500 feet altitude. When it nears the city, the light goes out and it disappears after passing over the western part of the city. (“ The Air Ship or Its Twin Brother Passes over Lexington,” Lexington (Ky.) Morning Herald, July 5, 1897, p. 5; Clark III 84; Clark IV 108–109)

November 19 — 11:00 p.m. A telegraph operator in Kellogg, Iowa, sees a bright, bluish light moving rapidly to the southwest. He notifies the operator at Colfax, Iowa, and people in the depot there also see it. (“ See the Airship,” Chicago (Ill.) Chronicle, November 20, 1897, p. 2; Clark III 85; Clark IV 109)

December 5 — Early morning. Engineer John J. Hussey and fireman John Henderson of the Great Northern Railroad in northern Minnesota see a “large, white long light which seemed surrounded by some dark objects” near Deerwood. Other employees of the Great Northern and Northern Pacific railways also view the light. (“ Was It an Air-Ship,” Saint Paul (Minn.) Globe, December 7, 1897, p. 2; Clark III 85; Clark IV 109

1909

March 23 — 5:15 a.m. Police Constable James Kettle of Peterborough, England, sees a powerful light about 1,200 feet in the air above Cromwell Road making an engine-like buzz. The light is on a dark, fast-moving oblong object. It is in view for about 3 minutes. (“Quite a Sensation! What a Night Policeman Saw!” Peterborough Advertiser, March 27, 1909, p. 7; “ Aerial Mystery,” London Standard, May 17, 1909, p. 7; “ What Did P.C. Kettle See? Another Old Mystery Revived,” Flying Saucer Review 6, no. 4 (July/Aug. 1960): 11–12; Carl Grove, “ The Airship Wave of 1909: A Preliminary Survey,” Flying Saucer Review 16, no. 6 (Nov./Dec. 1970): 9; Nigel Watson, “ Phantom Airships over Britain in 1909, and Their Impact on Society,” Common Ground, no. 3 (November 1981): 18–23; David Clarke, “ Scareships over Britain: The Airship Wave of 1909,” Fortean Studies 6 (1999): 39–63; Clark III 1163; Clark IV 1338)

May 5 — Night. C. W. Allen and two other men are motoring through Kelmarsh, Northampton, England, when they hear a loud explosion in the air followed by the rumbling of an engine. Allen sees an oblong dark shape, perhaps 100 feet long, with lights in front and behind moving at an altitude of 500–600 feet. They dimly perceive some men on a platform below it. It passes out of sight at 20 mph northeast toward Peterborough. (East Anglian Daily Times, May 13, 1909; “ The Mysterious Airship,” Leicester Journal and Midland Counties General Advertiser (UK), May 21, 1909, p. 4; Carl Grove, “ The Airship Wave of 1909: A Preliminary Survey,” Flying Saucer Review 16, no. 6 (Nov./Dec. 1970): 11; David Clarke, “ Scareships over Britain: The Airship Wave of 1909,” Fortean Studies 6 (1999); Clark III 1164; Clark IV 1338)

May 9 — 11:20 p.m. Miss H. M. Boville notices from her bedroom window at Southend-on-Sea, Essex, England, a “large dark object looming out of the sky” and traveling slowly from the east. After a few seconds it remains nearly stationary for a few minutes in front of her window, and she sees the outline of a torpedo-shaped airship about 1,300 feet in altitude. It rises higher then travels swiftly to the west toward London. It shows two powerful searchlights at each end very briefly. (London Evening News, May 15, 1909; Carl Grove, “ The Airship Wave of 1909: A Preliminary Survey,” Flying Saucer Review 16, no. 6 (Nov./Dec. 1970): 10; David Clarke, “ Scareships over Britain: The Airship Wave of 1909,” Fortean Studies 6 (1999); Clark III 1164; Clark IV 1338; “ The Great Scareship Panic of 1909,” Catherine Warr YouTube channel, February 28, 2025)

May 16 — 1:30 a.m. A Mrs. Wigg, who lives near Belle Vue Park on Yarmouth Road, Lowestoft, Suffolk, England, wakes up to an engine-like sound. She looks out her window and sees a long, dark, bottle-shaped object pass by at a low altitude. She thinks she can see a man in front, steering the craft. Other people in Lowestoft hear engine sounds and flashes of light around the same time. (East Anglian Daily Times, May 18–19, 1909; Norfolk News, May 19, 1909, p. 13; Carl Grove, “ The Airship Wave of 1909: Pt. 2,” Flying Saucer Review 17, no. 1 (Jan./Feb. 1971): 17; David Clarke, “ Scareships over Britain: The Airship Wave of 1909,” Fortean Studies 6 (1999); Clark III 1164; Clark IV 1338)

May 17 — The subject of mystery airships is brought up in a debate in the House of Commons. Arthur Fell, MP for Great Yarmouth, England, had asked Secretary of State for War Richard Haldane if he could give the number of dirigibles, either built or in progress of being built, in Germany. Haldane replies that 7 dirigible airships have been built and another 5 are under construction. Horatio Myer, MP for Lambeth North, follows up by asking Haldane: “Will the honourable gentleman, in any report he may circulate, tell us about a certain dirigible supposed to be hovering about our coast?” The question is greeted with laughter and Haldane does not reply. (Neil R. Storey, Zeppelin Blitz: The German Air Raids on Great Britain during the First World War, History Press, 2015, pp. 10–11)

May 18 — 11:00 p.m. Charles Lethbridge (part-time dock worker and Punch-and-Judy showman) is traveling on a “spring cart” from Senghenydd on his way home to Cardiff, South Wales. At the summit of Caerphilly Mountain he sees a long, tube-shaped object sitting on the grass by the roadside, with two men busily working on something. They are wearing heavy fur coats and fur caps that fit tightly over the heads. Lethbridge proceeds to about 60 feet from them when they notice him and start jumping up and jabbering in a foreign language. They quickly pick up something from the ground, then jump into a little carriage suspended from the object (with wheels at the bottom), which rises into the air in a zig- zag fashion. When it clears the telegraph wires, two electric lights shine out and the craft heads toward the southeast. Lethbridge returns to the site with a newspaper reporter and they find signs of trampling in the grass for about 45 feet. They also pick up a small red French military label, letterhead from a London stockbroker, many newspaper clippings with references to airships or the German army, and a tin box with paste for polishing metal. (“ Airship Mystery,” The Guardian (London), May 20, 1909, p. 7; “Mystery of the Air,” London Daily Express, May 20, 1909, p. 1; “ The Airship Mystery: Strange Stories in South Wales,” The Weekly Mail (Wales), May 22, 1909, p. 7; Brett Holman, “ What the Showman Saw,” Airminded, November 17, 2014; Nick Redfern, “ UFOs over Wales: A 1909 Wave,” Mysterious Universe, May 23, 2016)

May 19 — 1:15 a.m. Robert Westlake, railroad signalman at King’s Junction in the Queen Alexandra Dock at Cardiff, Wales, sees a cigar-shaped object flying swiftly at perhaps 2,600 feet and making a whizzing noise. It has two lights and is moving eastward. Some dock workers who are loading the SS Arndale also see the object for “a minute or two.” It passes over the Bristol Channel towards Weston-super-Mare. Aeronaut Percival G. Spencer says that he recently sold several of his “man-lifting” 25-foot-long model airships to advertising firms in the UK, one of them in Cardiff. (London Globe, May 19, 1909; Brett Holman, “ Wednesday, 19 May 1909,” Airminded, May 19, 2009; London Standard, May 21, 1909; Carl Grove, “ The Airship Wave of 1909, Pt. 2,” Flying Saucer Review 17, no. 1 (Jan./Feb. 1971): 17, 19; Brett Holman, “ Friday, 21 May 1909,” Airminded, May 21, 2009)

May 19 — 11:30 p.m. A lone motorcyclist observes a glowing light traveling in a straight trajectory overhead near Wroxham, Norfolk, England. As it passes, the motorcycle headlight fails. It begins working again after the UFO passes. (“Norwich Lights,” London Evening News, May 20, 1909, p. 1; East Anglian Daily Times, May 21, 1909; Norfolk News, May 22, 1909; Carl Grove, “ The Airship Wave of 1909, Pt. 2,” Flying Saucer Review 17, no. 1 (Jan./Feb. 1971): 17, 19; Mark Rodeghier, UFO Reports Involving Vehicle Interference, CUFOS, 1981, p. 1; David Clarke, “ Scareships over Britain: The Airship Wave of 1909,” Fortean Studies 6 (1999); Brett Holman, “ Saturday, May 22, 1909,” Airminded, May 22, 2009)

May 19 — 12:00 midnight. A Mr. Chatten, grocer’s assistant, is cycling home to Tharston, Norfolk, England, when he is dazzled by a bright light with a bluish tinge overhead. It switches off for a few seconds, and Chatten can see a long, cigar-shaped object 300–400 feet above him, moving rapidly toward Norwich. On its underside is a framework with a yellow light at each end. (“ Airship Mystery,” London Daily Telegraph, May 21, 1909, p. 12; Carl Grove, “ The Airship Wave of 1909, Pt. 2,” Flying Saucer Review 17, no. 1 (Jan./Feb. 1971): 17, 19; David Clarke, “ Scareships over Britain: The Airship Wave of 1909,” Fortean Studies 6 (1999); Brett Holman, “ Saturday, May 22, 1909,” Airminded, May 22, 2009; Clark III 1164; Clark IV 1338)

July–August — A mystery airship wave begins in New Zealand with numerous sightings of unusual nocturnal lights and airships seen in both daytime and nighttime. The sightings are at first most intense over the southern end of South Island. In the following weeks the reports appear to move northward and by August, Australia also falls under the grip of what press accounts call “aerialitis.” (“ The ‘Lights’ in the Sky,” Melbourne (Vic.) Argus, August 21, 1909, p. 15; Granville Oldroyd and Nigel Watson, The New Zealand Invasion, The Authors, 1985; Bill Chalker, “ Early Australian Historical Encounters,” 1997; Robert E. Bartholomew, “ The Great Zeppelin Scare of 1909,” NZ Skeptics, May 1, 1998; Hilary Evans and Robert E. Bartholomew, Outbreak!, Anomalist, 2009, pp. 479–483; Brett Holman, “ Scareships over Australia—1,” Airminded, October 20, 2010; Brett Holman, “ Scareships over Australia—II,” Airminded, October 23, 2010; Brett Holman, “ Scareships over Australia—III,” Airminded, October 25, 2010; Clark III 65–66; Tony Brunt, “ The New Zealand UFO Wave of 1909,” Ufocus NZ, July 22, 2020; Clark IV 89–90, 1338)

July 30 — 5:00 a.m. Two men working on a dredge on the Mataura River north of Gore, New Zealand, see a lighted object descend out of the mist. It appears to be a narrow, boat-shaped craft that circles the dredge over a period of several minutes, rising and falling like a bird, and varying its speed. Two figures can be seen inside. It disappears into the mist, leaving behind a yellow glare. (“ The Airship Mystery,” Otago Evening Star, July 30, 1909, p. 4; “ Two Miners See the ‘Ship,’” Wellington Dominion, July 31, 1909, p. 7; “ More Airship Stories,” Auckland Star, July 31, 1909, p. 5; “ What Two Dredge Hands Saw,” Pahiatua Herald, July 31, 1909, p. 5; Bill Chalker, “ Early Australian Historical Encounters,” 1997; Clark III 66; Tony Brunt, “ The New Zealand UFO Wave of 1909,” Ufocus NZ, July 22, 2020; Clark IV 90, 302)

July 31 —Early morning. A farmhand in Greenvale, New Zealand, is feeding horses when a loud whirring sound from an airship frightens the animals. The object, 150 feet long and “like a boat with a flat top,” is moving so fast that by the time he rouses friends, it has almost vanished. Many other localities report strange lights that are attached to dimly seen structures, although many observations are undoubtedly fire balloons sent up as a prank. (“ Aerial Navigation,” Otago (N.Z.) Daily Times, July 31, 1909, p. 10; “ Aerial Lights,” Otago (N.Z.) Daily Times, August 2, 1909, p. 5; “ The Airship Mystery, Practical Joking,” Mataura (N.Z.) Ensign, August 2, 1909, p. 3; Tony Brunt, “ The New Zealand ‘UFO’ Wave of 1909,” 1967, reprinted in Paranormal New Zealand, August 21, 2014; Clark III 1164; Clark IV 1338)

July 31 —11:30 p.m. A couple living near Gore, New Zealand, watches an airship above the Blue Mountains. At first they only see a bright light, but then they realize it is attached to a cigar-shaped machine that is flying a straight course with a rocking motion. It reappears at 1:00 and 3:00 a.m. (“ The ‘Airship’ in Southland,” Nelson (N.Z.) Evening Mail, August 2, 1909, p. 2; “ Those ‘Lights,’” Wellington Dominion, August 3, 1909, p. 6; Tony Brunt, “ The New Zealand ‘UFO’ Wave of 1909,” 1967, reprinted in Paranormal New Zealand, August 21, 2014; Clark III 1164; Clark IV 1338)

August 2 — 3:00 a.m. Thomas Robertson sees a large boat-shaped object with lights near Sumpter’s Hill, Oamaru, New Zealand, clearly illuminated by the Moon. Two figures are visible inside. It disappears swiftly to the west. (“ The Airship,” North Otago (N.Z.) Times, August 4, 1909, p. 2; Bill Chalker, “ Early Australian Historical Encounters,” 1997)

August 3 — Night. A man is riding in Waipawa, New Zealand, when his horse becomes nervous. He sees a large, gray, torpedo-shaped object passing overhead. Three persons are visible in it, one of whom shouts to him in an unknown language. The object rises to a great height, showing lights fore and aft. After circling around, it disappears behind a hill. (“ A Nocturnal Visitor,” Waipawa (N.Z.) Mail, August 5, 1909, p. 3; “ Conquest of the Air,” Hastings (N.Z.) Standard, August 5, 1909, p. 8; Hawke’s Bay Herald, August 6, 1909; Clark III 66, 261; Tony Brunt, “ The New Zealand UFO Wave of 1909,” Ufocus NZ, July 22, 2020; Clark IV 90)

August 9 — 7:30–8:00 p.m. A flying object with lights on its front and back sails at a great altitude from west to east over Concord, New Hampshire, eventually disappearing into a cloud. Capt. Lyman Jackman at first thinks it is a balloon, but its estimated speed of 45–50 mph against the wind leads him to think otherwise. At about the same time, Bertha Niles of Vale Perkins, Quebec, watches a similar lighted object moving west to east. (“Air Ship or Meteor,” Concord (N.H.) Evening Monitor, August 10, 1909, p. 3; “Air Ship or What?” Concord (N.H.) Evening Monitor, August 13, 1909, p. 7; Clark III 1164; Clark IV 1338–1339)

August 15 — Night. After several nights of watching mysterious lights, residents of Bulli, New South Wales, observe one of the objects through a telescope. They claim to see a group of gigantic creatures attempting to “signal to the earth.” One is trying to jump off, but clouds intervene and the light apparently goes away. (“ Mysterious Lights,” Adelaide (S.A.) Advertiser, August 19, 1909, p. 4; “ Other Worlds Than Ours,” Adelaide (S.A.) Chronicle, August 21, 1909, p. 38; Brett Holman, “ Scareships over Australia — II,” Airminded, October 23, 2010; Clark III 66–67; Clark IV 90–91)

August 18 — 2:30 a.m. Four men (Capt. Edward P. Sisson, Ernest T. Newton, Prentice Lanphear, and Edward M. Knapp) at the Coast Guard life-saving station on the south side of Fishers Island, New York, see a winged airship 60 feet long and 20 feet wide. Moving swiftly against the wind, it moves in from the northeast, its engines whirring and a dazzling white light at its head. Two dark figures can be seen in the center of the object. Visible for 3 minutes, the object moves off to the west. (“ Aeroplane over Fishers Island,” New London (Conn.) Day, August 29, 1909, p. 9; “Fishers Islanders See Big Aeroplane,” Providence (R.I.) Journal, August 19, 1909, p. 1; Joseph Trainor, “The New England Airship Invasion of 1909,” Fortean Studies 1 (1994): 59–70; Clark III 1164; Clark IV 1339)

August 24 — An airship circles twice above the city of Tallinn, Estonia, before it disappears over the Gulf of Finland. (Dagens Nyheter (Stockholm, Sweden), August 25, 1909; John A. Keel, “ Mystery Aeroplanes of the 1930s, Part 1,” Flying Saucer Review 16, no. 3 (May/June 1970): 10, 11; Clark III 1163; Clark IV 1337)

September 24 — An object similar to a Parseval airship flies low over Gräsön [now Hindersön island] and Östhammar, Uppsala, Sweden, moving from northeast to west. Later, a winged object passes over the Slottsskogen park in Gothenburg, Sweden, at an altitude of 330 feet. (John A. Keel, “ Mystery Aeroplanes of the 1930s, Part 1,” Flying Saucer Review 16, no. 3 (May/June 1970): 10, 11; Clark III 1163; Clark IV 1337)

October — 10:30 p.m. Rev. Ruth Smith and some church members are riding in a wagon in La Porte, Indiana, when the horses rear and a blinding light splashes across the road. A large structure resembling two inverted bowls, separated by a row of lights, is hovering, with several phosphorescent beams extending to the ground. It is encircled in a corona of light and begins moving slowly. After 15 minutes, it blinks out. (Lore and Deneault, p. 97; Clark III 1169; Clark IV 1343)

December 22 — 6:30 p.m. Many residents of Worcester, Massachusetts, see a “brilliant ray” emitted by a large black object 1,000 feet high in the southwestern sky. After circling over the town, the object heads to the west, where it is seen over Marlboro. It returns to Worcester between 7:00 and 7:30 p.m., flying at low altitude and sporting a searchlight. One policeman thinks he sees enormous wings; others detect one or two figures inside. The airship is attributed to a Worcester businessman named Wallace E. Tillinghast, who has told the Boston Herald on December 12 that he has invented a heavier-than-air monoplane and has made more than 100 test flights at night to Boston and New York City. But Tillinghast never offers his aircraft for public viewing, and people gradually realize it is a hoax. (“Tells of Flight 30 Miles in Air,” Boston Herald, December 13, 1909, p. 1; “ Tillinghast to His Story Clings,” Berkshire (Mass.) Eagle, December 14, 1909, p. 2; “ Sailed over the Harbor: Unknown Airship Makes a Flight in Night,” Boston Globe, December 20, 1909, p. 1; “Worcester Agape at Airship Lights,” Boston Herald, December 23, 1909, p. 1; “ Airship Seen in Two Cities,” Boston Globe, December 23, 1909, p. 1; “ Airship Flies High above Worcester,” New York Times, December 23, 1909, p. 1; “ Worcester Palpitating: All Excitement Today over That Airship,” Boston Globe, December 23, 1909, pp. 1, 4; “ Airship Is Just Venus,” Boston Globe, December 24, 1909, pp. 1, 2; Thomas E. Bullard, The Airship File, The Author, 1982, pp. 270–279; Joseph Trainor, “The New England Airship Invasion of 1909,” Fortean Studies 1 (1994): 59–70; Robert E. Bartholomew, “ Two Mass Delusions in New England,” New England Skeptical Society, April 1998; Stephen Whalen and Robert E. Bartholomew, “ The Great New England Airship Hoax of 1909,” New England Quarterly 75, no. 3 (September 2002) :466–476; Hilary Evans and Robert E. Bartholomew, Outbreak!, Anomalist, 2009, pp. 483–486; Clark III 1165; Clark IV 1139)

December 23 — 6:00–10:00 p.m. An airship is seen flying over Worcester, Massachusetts, and several nearby towns. Thousands of residents pour into the streets, bringing Worcester to a temporary standstill. P. D. Donahue of Baltic, Connecticut, says he could see two men in the vessel. After a sighting in Willimantic, Connecticut, the mayor says there is “no doubt but that it was an airship.” Thousands of citizens of Boston, Massachusetts, and neighboring communities see an airship with lights flying at an altitude of around 400 feet. Alex Randall of Revere reports wings, tail, and propeller, but other observers only see a cylindrical shape at most. C. D. Rawson of Worcester later claims he had attached small lanterns and a reflector to the legs of large owls and was responsible for the sightings. (“Skyship of Mystery Flies above Boston,” Boston Journal, December 24, 1909, p.1; “Mysterious Air Craft Circles about Boston for Nearly Six Hours,” Boston Herald, December 24, 1909, p. 1; “ Reporter Thinks He Found Home of Aeroplane,” Meriden (Conn.) Journal, December 24, 1909, p. 5; “ Airship Is Just Venus,” Boston Globe, December 24, 1909, pp. 1, 2; “ Airship Story Worries Them,” Boston Globe, December 26, 1909, p. 14; “Airship Owl Is Worcester Tale,” Boston Herald, December 26, 1909, p. 15; “ UFOs an Old Question,” Worcester (Mass.) Daily Telegram, December 23, 1966; Joseph Trainor, “The New England Airship Invasion of 1909,” Fortean Studies 1 (1994): 59–70; Clark III 1165; Clark IV 1339)

1936

February 14 — 6:00 p.m. During a blizzard in Cody, Wyoming, residents hear the roar of an airplane engine circling the town several times. There is silence for an hour, then the sound returns at 7:00 p.m. The airport sets up flares to guide the plane in, but the sounds fade and no explanation for the incident can be found. (“ Mystery Plane Battles Storm,” Portland Oregonian, February 15, 1936, p. 1; “ Plane Still Mystery,” Portland Oregonian, February 18, 1936, p. 1; Clark III 1174; Clark IV 1348)

August 17 — A metallic disc with a diameter of 33–40 feet is seen flying soundlessly near Venice, Italy. It has windows and alternating white and red lights. Two fighters from a nearby air base attempt to intercept it but cannot reach it. After maneuvering for an hour and passing above Mestre, Veneto, it appears more like a torpedo-shaped object. Two other smaller, domed discs are also seen following it. A report on the incident is sent to Foreign Minister Galeazzo Ciano. Possible meteor. (Peter M. Millman, “ Meteor News: Observations of Persistent Trains Made in Italy,” Journal of the Royal Astronomical Society of Canada 30 (1936): 369–371; Good Need, p. 12; Roberto Pinotti and Alfredo Lissoni, Gli “X-Files” del Nazifascismo, 2001)

October 10 — 4:15 a.m. Capt. Mario Rossi, flight instructor at the airfield at Orbetello, Grosseto, Italy, is flying a Savoia-Marchetti SM.62 at 12,465 feet over Talamone, Italy, when he sees an unusual light ahead of his plane. He follows the light, which is at a slightly higher altitude and moving at nearly 440 mph. Rossi loses it after flying into a cloud for 12 minutes and finding himself over Elba. (Ernesto Thayaht, “ Three Sightings in Italy,” Flying Saucer Review 1, no. 3 (July/Aug. 1955): 6; 1Pinotti 15–16; Patrick Gross, “ ACUFO,” September 24, 2023)

October 15 — Night. Holger Berg and another worker at the Civilian Conservation Corps in Eklutna, Alaska, are walking south toward Anchorage when the see a light approaching them from the south. It is attached to a cigar-shaped object embedded in a blue-green haze and making a strange buzzing noise. As the object passes directly overhead, they notice it actually has a triangular shape and multicolored lights on its tail end. Frightened, they dive into a nearby snowbank then run back to Eklutna. (National UFO Reporting Center, “ NUFORC UFO Sighting 16166,” February 5, 2001; Marler 64–66; “ Eyewitness Holger Berg Talks about His 1936 Sighting of a Cigar-Shaped UFO in Eklutna, Alaska,” Eyes on Cinema YouTube channel, January 10, 2024)

Winter — Robert Damion, an astronomer of Nice, Alpes-Maritimes, France, who has a private observatory in the Alps, claims that for several nights a “certain portion of the sky in the vicinity of Mars” has been lit up with a deep bluish tint for 40 seconds each time. He is convinced that Mars is trying to signal Earth. (“ Strange Light from Mars Called Signal to Earth,” Ogden (Utah) Standard-Examiner, March 11, 1936, p. 12)

1941

A physicist and his wife are traveling north on US Highway 99 north of Bakersfield, California, and pull off to the side to watch a long, slender object of a blazing red, green, and yellow color moving about 8 miles east of them. It is traveling at about 50 mph at an altitude of 200-300 feet and is clearly outlined against the foothills. It seems to be several times longer than a bomber. (" Recent Sightings," APRO Bulletin, January 1957, p. 5)

Late June - About 5:30 p.m. Helen Michailoff and her mother are in Odessa, Ukraine, when they see a raspberry-red object slowly moving east and emitting smoke. Thinking it is a bomb, they rush to the basement, but there is no explosion. (" Out of the Past," CUFOS Associate Newsletter 4, no. 5 (Oct./Nov. 1983): 4)

Early spring - 9:00-9:30 p.m. Rev. William Guy Huffman of the Red Star Baptist Church in Cape Girardeau, Missouri, is summoned to an apparent airplane crash one Saturday. When he arrives at the scene, about 15 miles from town, he finds a weird-looking craft "broken and scattered all around," but smooth and rounded without edges or seams. A cockpit with a chair facing an instrument panel remains intact. Police officers, military men, and plain-clothes individuals are sifting through the wreckage. He also sees three non-human bodies about 4 feet tall with long arms, oversized heads, and large eyes. He says a prayer for them, and afterward sees someone take a photo of an alien propped up by the arms between two plainclothesmen. The following evening, he is given a copy of the photo by a member of his congregation (thought to be Garland D. Fronabarger), but he loans it later to someone who never returns it. Huffman's wife Floy reveals the story to her granddaughter, Charlette Mann, on her deathbed in 1984, who relates the story to ufologist Leonard Stringfield. (Paul Blake Smith, MO41: The Bombshell before Roswell, W&B Publishers, 2015; Clark III 343-344; Billy Booth, " 1941 Cape Girardeau, Missouri Crash," liveabout.com, February 5, 2019; Kevin Randle, " Cape Girardeau UFO Crash, 1941," A Different Perspective, December 5, 2019; Clark IV 379-380)

Late June - About 5:30 p.m. Helen Michailoff and her mother are in Odessa, Ukraine, when they see a raspberry-red object slowly moving east and emitting smoke. Thinking it is a bomb, they rush to the basement, but there is no explosion. (" Out of the Past," CUFOS Associate Newsletter 4, no. 5 (Oct./Nov. 1983): 4)

September - Night. Seaman Mar Doroba, Anthony Kornilak, and others on the British troopship SS Pulaski in the Mozambique Channel see a "strange globe glowing with greenish light, about half the size of the full moon." They watch it for more than an hour before it disappears. (Strange Company 17; Lore and Deneault, pp. 130-131; Clark III 501; Clark IV 551)

Early October - A possible UFO crash/retrieval takes place during preparations for the US Army's Carolina maneuvers in south central North Carolina (possibly in or around the Uwharrie National Forest). The sketchy story is based on the participation of Pvt. Guy B. Simeone, who relates a few details about a crash and dead "little people" to his family in a letter and phone call. Walter N. Webb reports on his investigation of the incident in 1996. (Walter N. Webb, " An Anecdotal Report of a UFO Crash/Retrieval in 1941: Part 1," IUR 21, no. 4 (Winter 1996): 20-28; Walter N. Webb, " An Anecdotal Report of a UFO Crash/Retrieval in 1941: Part 2," IUR 22, no. 1 (Spring 1997): 28-32)

December 22 -Electrical engineer George Bogner stops his car at the corner of St. Agnes Avenue and Pleasant Street in Utica, New York, to watch a round, metallic object speed silently across the sky. He estimates it at 100 feet in diameter and moving at 300 mph. (Strange Company 18; Lore and Deneault, pp. 140-141)

1942

1:00 a.m. A woman returning home in Prouvy, Nord, France, finds herself face-to-face with three small entities with large round heads and short beards. They have large, luminous yellow eyes and wear tight, one-piece suits with a metallic sheen that leave only their faces exposed. The beings stare at her without moving, so she goes inside to get her husband, but by the time they return the entities have gone. (Center for UFO Studies, HUMCAT Index 1940-1949, p. 3; Patrick Gross, URECAT, September 26, 2007; Clark III 265; Clark IV 305)

February 24-25 - The Battle of Los Angeles takes place, a rumored enemy attack and subsequent anti-aircraft barrage over Los Angeles, California. Air raid sirens sound throughout Los Angeles County on the night of February 24. A total blackout is ordered, and thousands of air raid wardens are summoned to their positions. At 3:16 a.m., the 37th Coast Artillery Brigade begins firing .50 caliber machine guns and 12.8-pound anti-aircraft shells into the air at reported aircraft; more than 1,400 shells are eventually fired. Pilots of the 4th Interceptor Command are alerted, but their aircraft remain grounded. The artillery fire continues sporadically until 4:14 a.m. The "all clear" is sounded and the blackout order lifted at 7:21 a.m. Several buildings and vehicles are damaged by shell fragments, and five civilians die as an indirect result of the anti-aircraft fire. Three are killed in car accidents in the ensuing chaos and two die of heart attacks attributed to the stress of the hour-long action. The incident is front-page news along the Pacific coast and earns some mass media coverage. Within hours of the end of the air raid, Secretary of the Navy Frank Knox holds a press conference, saying the entire incident was a false alarm due to anxiety and "war nerves." Knox's comments are followed by statements from the Army on February 26 that reflect General George C. Marshall's belief that the incident was caused by commercial airplanes used as a psychological warfare campaign to generate panic. Some contemporary press outlets suspect a cover-up. Rep. Leland M. Ford (R-Calif.) calls for a congressional investigation, saying, "none of the explanations so far offered removed the episode from the category of `complete mystification' ... this was either a practice raid, or a raid to throw a scare into 2,000,000 people, or a mistaken identity raid, or a raid to lay a political foundation to take away Southern California's war industries." The Japanese government, after the war ended, declares that they had flown no airplanes over Los Angeles during the war. In 1983, the US Office of Air Force History attributes the event to a case of "war nerves" triggered by a lost weather balloon and exacerbated by stray flares and shell bursts from adjoining batteries. A number of fake documents about this incident have been circulated by Timothy S. Cooper. (Wikipedia, " Battle of Los Angeles"; NICAP, " Battle of Los Angeles"; "No Bombs Dropped, No Planes Shot Down," Los Angeles Herald Express, February 25, 1942, p. 1; " Army Says Alarm Real," Los Angeles Times, February 26, 1942, pp. 1, A; " Stimson Says 15 Planes over City," Los Angeles Times, February 27, 1942, pp. 1, 5; " Japanese Carry War to California Coast," Life, March 9, 1942, pp. 19-23; US Office of the Chief of Military History, "History of the Western Defense Command, 17 March 1941-30 September 1945," five ms. vols., Appendix no. 5, "Chronology of Enemy Operations on Pacific Coast of Continental United States," pp. 25-27; History, Fourth Anti-Aircraft Command, January 9, 1942, to July 1, 1945, pp. 112-124; Wesley Frank Craven and James Lea Cate, The Army Air Forces in World War II: Vol. 1, Plans and Early Operations, Office of Air Force History, 1948, pp. 283-286; Lore and Deneault, pp. 74-87; Patrick Gross, " Los Angeles, February 25, 1942"; Good Above, pp. 15-17; Good Need, pp. 17, 31; Strange Company 19-22; Robert Wood, "` Leaked' Documents Shed New Light on Outcome of `Battle of Los Angeles,'" MUFON UFO Journal, no. 506 (June 2010): 3-7, 18-19; Brett Holman, " New Light on the Battle of Los Angeles," Airminded, April 20, 2011; " Battle of Los Angeles on 2-23-1942 - Ray Angler, Air Raid Warden," in Ufology: A Primer in Audio, 1938-1959, November 21, 2013; Lorraine Boissoneault, " The Great Los Angeles Air Raid Terrified Citizens-Even Though No Bombs Were Dropped," Smithsonian magazine, January 19, 2018; Clark III 1176-1177; David Marler, " The Battle of LA UFO Incident," OpenMindsTV YouTube channel, October 9, 2018; William Mills Tompkins, Selected by Extraterrestrials, Volume 2, CreateSpace, 2020, pp. 19-24; " David Marler Talks about the Battle of LA, a UFO Story," KRQE YouTube channel, November 30, 2023; Clark IV 1350-1351)

February 26 - Royal Netherlands Navy cruiser HNLMS Tromp, returning to Australia after the Battle of Badung Strait (off Bali in Indonesia), reports a large, illuminated disc speeding above it in the Timor Sea and maneuvering for nearly 4 hours. It departs at an estimated 3,500 mph. (" Australasia," Flying Saucer Review 3, no. 6 (Nov./Dec. 1957): 6; Clark III 501; Clark IV 550)

Spring - Rev. Robert H. Moore and six other persons attending the Seabury-Western Theological Seminary in Evanston, Illinois, watch a small, light-gray, rectangular object over the northern part of town for 10 minutes. (Lore and Deneault, p. 142)

May - 3:00 p.m. Abdon Gonzales Tello, 13, and other boys see a silvery, cigar-shaped object in the sky to the west of Miraflores, Peru. Its ends are cut off at sharp angles, and it takes 20 seconds to proceed to the south and out of sight. (Lorenzen, UFOs: The Whole Story, Signet, 1969, p. 22)

Spring - Rev. Robert H. Moore and six other persons attending the Seabury-Western Theological Seminary in Evanston, Illinois, watch a small, light-gray, rectangular object over the northern part of town for 10 minutes. (Lore and Deneault, p. 142)

Late June - 4:00 p.m. Mr. and Mrs. Bonardi and several farmers watch a blue, oval-shaped object with a silver-gray dome in the woods near Cussey-sur-l'Ognon, Doubs, France. It has portholes and a tripod landing gear that is visible as it hovers low above the ground and emits a mechanical noise. Light comes from the portholes. The witnesses approach to within 66 feet, but the object takes off vertically and disappears after 6-10 minutes. A 5-foot-diameter circle is found in the grass. (Michel Bougard, La Chronique des O.V.N.I, Jean-Pierre Delarge, 1977, p. 261)

Late summer - Pvt. Albert Lancashire, 27, is standing guard at Cresswell radar station near Newbiggin-by-the-Sea, Northumberland, England, when he sees a cloud-enshrouded light approaching from the North Sea. As it descends, he is drawn up into it by a beam. Small men grab him and carry him into the craft, where he sees other human figures of normal height, including an apparent captain with dark hair and goggles. He is made to lie down on a couch or table. He has only vague memories of what happens next, but he thinks a medical exam is performed. He wakes up back at his sentry post. (Center for UFO Studies, HUMCAT Index 1940-1949, p. 4; " New Time Lapse Case from England Uncovered," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 107 (October 1976): 17-18; Clark III 265; Jenny Randles, "The First Gentleman of BUFORA," Fortean Times 420 (July 2022): 31; Clark IV 305)

August - Evelyn M. Howell and two other adults see a huge cigar-shaped object hovering near them between Lafayette Township and Newton, New Jersey. It has "two rows of windows" that give off blue, green, white, and red fluorescent lights. They watch it for 10 minutes, after which it silently and slowly takes off. Howell and her husband see a similar object on the drive home to Ogdensburg, New Jersey. (Clark III 1178; Clark IV 1352)

Fall - 9:00 p.m. Research engineer Nathan Carver sees a dark, elliptical object in Long Branch, New Jersey, sharply outlined against the stars of the Milky Way. It is flickering yellow-orange flames from its back. The object silently speeds from horizon to horizon in 10-15 seconds in a gradually descending path. (Richard H. Hall, From Airships to Arnold, UFO Research Coalition, 2000, p., 20)

October - 8:50 p.m. James L. Toft and another witness see an elongated object with a dome and lights at either end descending to the ground at Radway Green in Cheshire, England. At the landing site they find a circular burned area and several footprint-like indentations. (Michel Bougard, La Chronique des O.V.N.I., Jean-Pierre Delarge, 1977, p. 263)

November - The crews of an anti-submarine squadron patrolling in the Bay of Biscay, France, spot a large wingless aircraft behind them. One of the men takes several photos of it with a Fairchild K-20 camera. The object soon gains altitude and after 15 minutes it executes a 180° turn and disappears. Only one of the photos, with a filter applied, shows any details and it is passed on to US and RAF intelligence. (" The Case for the `Sea-Saucer,'" CRIFO Newsletter 1, no. 10 (January 7, 1955): 5)

December - 8:00 p.m. RAAF Lt. Bruce Clyde Lumsden is flying a Hawker Hurricane heading for the French coast. About 7,000 feet over the mouth of the River Somme, France, he observes two orange lights climbing, one slightly above the other. He completes a full turn, putting the lights behind him on the port side. They now appear brighter and larger. When they reach his altitude, they stop climbing and stay at his altitude. He makes another full turn, but the objects stay with him. Lumsden dives to 4,000 feet, but the lights match his maneuvers. He increases his speed to 260 mph and gradually leaves them behind. His squadron mates do not believe him, but the next night another squadron member has a similar encounter with a green light. (Strange Company 36; Clark III 502; Clark IV 550-551)

1943

While on a ship off the Russell Islands in the Solomons, US Navy shipfitter Lloyd Kenyon and several other sailors see several disks traveling at a huge speed. (" Objects Seen Several Times," Portland Oregon Daily Journal, June 27, 1947, p. 8; Clark III 502; Clark IV 551)

April 5 - 9:50 a.m. Flight instructor Gerry A. Casey and a student pilot in a Vultee BT-13A Valiant watch a radiant-orange, elliptical disc dive at their aircraft near Long Beach, California. There is no propellor and it has a rounded hump above and below. It hovers alongside with a slight wobble, then accelerates, turns from orange to white, and climbs out of sight in 2 seconds. (Project 1947, " UFO Reports, 1943"; Gerry A. Casey, "UFO: The Time for the Telling Has Come," Tacoma (Wash.) Western Flyer, July 7, 1989, via UFO Newsclipping Service 241 (August 1989), p. 3; " Unusual U.S. Coastal Aerial Observations during World War 2," UFO Historical Revue, no. 1 (June 1998): 4-5; Patrick Gross, " Observation at Long Beach, 1943")

April 9 - 5:00 p.m. Kazimierz Bzowski and other resistance fighters are monitoring a fire in the Warsaw Ghetto in Poland. They notice a flying object approaching them at about 60 mph. Through binoculars it appears to be a sphere colored with tangled strips of both raspberry and blue-green colors. Bzowski estimates it is at an elevation of 200 feet and is about 25 feet in diameter. They observe German and Lithuanian snipers on Bonifraterska street shooting at it, although the bullets seem to pass through it. The object alters course and heads toward Old Town, then stops dead and shoots away at great speed. (Poland 13)

May - Late night. John Walker is serving as an RAF armaments officer at a small airfield near Ludham, Norfolk, England. Walking home from a village dance, he notices a green glow in the road ahead. Getting closer, he sees that it is coming from a man standing by the side of the road. He is wearing a diving helmet on his head and an oblong object on his chest. The green glow is coming from his chest and fanning upward over his face, which has a "sickly grin." He does not react to Walker's presence in any way. In an adjacent field, Walker can see a large domed object like a "bell tent." Standing next to it are two more figures, both wearing a grayish garment. Walker moves quickly past and returns to his airfield. (Philip Mantle, " Pre-1947 Entity and UFO in Norfolk? An I.U.N. Archive Case," UFO Brigantia, no. 28 (Nov./Dec. 1987): 9-11)

May 26 - Late night. Capt. Ray Smith and copilot Sgt. Gordon N. Cockcroft are flying at 18,000 feet in a Halifax bomber on a run near Essen, Germany, when they see a silvery-gold cylindrical object, larger than their aircraft, on the port side. It has several evenly spaced portholes. It is hovering at a 45° angle. After 20-30 seconds it climbs away at high speed. (Norman Oliver, " Report-Extra!" BUFORA Journal 6, no. 3 (Sept./Oct. 1977): cover, 8-9; " Correspondence," CUFOS Associate Newsletter 3, no. 5 (Oct./Nov. 1982): 4-6; Strange Company 40; Project 1947, " UFO Reports, 1943"; Good Need, pp. 19-20; John Hanson and Dawn Holloway, Haunted Skies: The Encyclopaedia of British UFOs: Volume 1, 1940-1959, Fortean Words, 2010, pp. 33-34)

July 18 - A French prisoner in a German labor camp near Gdynia, Poland, is walking to work along the Baltic Sea when he sees a flat, metallic object embedded in the sand. A human figure is standing next to it, apparently trying to dig it up. When he passes by, the figure, apparently an Asian woman with long blonde hair and dressed in a tight-fitting overall, turns in his direction. The witness assumes she is the famous German aviator Hanna Reitsch and helps her dig the experimental aircraft out of the sand. The object is 20 feet in diameter and looks like two metallic saucers put together. The woman touches the witness's chest with her hand and points to the sky. She touches her belt and a door in the object opens. She crawls inside, the door closes, and the object ascends and departs at a tremendous speed. (Jean Sider, Ultra Top-Secret: Ces OVNIs qui font peur, Axis Mundi, 1990)

September - Morning. A witness driving a car in Laguna Larga, Córdoba, Argentina, sees a large, saucer-shaped object standing on the ground. It is wider than the road. When he approaches, the object begins to whistle like a motor, climbs to about 1,000 feet, and disappears at terrific speed. On the ground, the witness finds a bright object about 4 inches long. (Richard H. Hall, From Airships to Arnold, UFO Research Coalition, 2000, p. 21)

September - During an air battle between the Germans and Russians, a member of the Spanish Blue Division fighting with the Germans near Pushkin outside Leningrad [now Saint Petersburg], Russia, notices a disc-shaped object above the planes. It appears to be observing the battle, then disappears at a fantastic speed. (Antonio Ribera, Platillos Volantes en Iberoamerica y España, Santiago Pomaire, 1968, pp. 411-412)

October - 9:00 p.m. Wilberta Finley, an air spotter for the Civil Air Patrol, notices a "huge dark aerial object approaching" her home in Santa Barbara, California, facing the Goleta Valley. Moving low and soundlessly, it barely skims over a nearby hill. From its front a beam of light shoots down, and at intervals it swings from side to side as if scanning the hills and homes below. (Wilberta M. Finley, "Report from the Readers," Fate 11, no. 11 (November 1958): 116-118; Clark III 1178; Clark IV 1352)

October 14 - Night. A group of B-17s from the 384th Bombardment Group are returning from a mission over Germany when they see a cluster of silver-colored discs in the path of their formation and closing with the bombers. The crews talk back and forth, discussing and confirming the sight before them. They describe the objects as "about one inch thick and three inches in diameter.gliding down slowly in a very uniform cluster." One of the bombers goes directly through the cluster "with absolutely no effect on engines or plane surface," even though one is heard to strike the tail assembly. A mass of black debris about 3-4 feet long is also observed. (Martin Caidin, Black Thursday, Dell, 1962, pp. 188-190; Frank Edwards, Flying Saucers-Here and Now! Lyle Stuart, 1967, pp. 77-78; Clark III 502; Clark IV 551)

November - 10:30 p.m. The Sledge family of Escondido, California, sees a disc with a dome and square windows hovering about 15 feet above the roof of their house and emitting a soft humming sound. In two of the windows, human-like silhouettes are visible. When Mrs. Sledge shines a flashlight on the ground, it blinks out and disappears. (" Unusual U.S. Coastal Aerial Observations during World War 2," UFO Historical Revue, no. 1 (June 1998): 2, 5)

December? - Matt P. Dillingham is on evening duty adjacent to Mullinix Field [now Bonriki International Airport] on Tarawa Atoll in the Pacific Ocean. He begins receiving radar plots showing a north-south track to the west moving at 750 mph. It disappears, but two other targets on the same trajectory appear, moving at the same speed. The same targets are repeated for several nights following. (" Out of the Past," CUFOS Associate Newsletter 4, no. 6 (Dec. 1983/ Jan. 1984): 6)

December - 10:30 p.m. Four young women are having supper opposite the wharf in Oslo Fjord, Norway, when they see a light that appears to be on the wharf. Fearing sabotage, they hurry into their cars and drive toward the wharf along a mountain road. All three cars stall at once, so they abandon them along the road and head down a snow-covered hillside toward an object on the ground that appears to be a hazy orange light shaped like a church bell. It is emitting a hissing sound. Moments later, the object rises up and hovers some 9-18 feet above the water. It then moves off at "fantastic speed," turning a deep blue color, and disappears. They advance to where the object was resting and find a crater-like impression about 4.5 feet in diameter and 3 feet deep. Outside this circle, the snow has melted. (Neville Thornhill, " U.F.O. Lands in Norway-in 1943: Witness Describes First Recorded E-M Case," Australian Flying Saucer Review, no. 7 (September 1967): 10)

1944

During a mission to bomb oil fields in Romania, a Russian Tupolev Tu-2 piloted by Maj. Bajenov and Boris Surikov is flying over southwest Ukraine at an altitude of 3 miles when a large, elliptical object approaches them. The bomber starts shaking, the oil pressure rises, and Surikov feels a strong electrostatic charge. Even after the object passes, the bomber's wings are covered with glowing discharges. (Good Need, pp. 21-22)

February 24 -Night. Southwest of Saint-Quentin, Aisne, France, three silver objects are seen by an RAF bomber returning from a mission over Schweinfurt, Germany. They resemble Zeppelins but move independently of the wind. (Strange Company 60)

Spring (or 1945) - Two grammar school teachers are driving in the mountains near Auberry, California, when their car stalls and they see a cigar-shaped object with lighted portholes along the side hovering in a nearby ravine. They watch it for several minutes until it begins moving slowly out of the ravine, ascends, and shoots away to the west at a tremendous speed. The car engine remains stalled for a while, then starts by itself. (" Past Sightings Come to Light," APRO Bulletin, Jan./Feb. 1968, p. 5)

April - Late afternoon. Near the Eastern front in western Slovakia, a man is standing on a hill near his home when he sees a dark round object moving at high speed to his right for less than one minute. It moves at a steady speed and is followed by another object about 20 seconds later. As many as 6 others appear, and five are visible at one time, each beginning as a pinpoint of light, growing bigger, then decreasing back to a pinpoint. The display lasts for about 5 minutes. (" Correspondence," CUFOS Associate Newsletter 3, no. 5 (Oct./Nov. 1982): 2)

April 29 - A gun camera film from a German Messerschmitt Bf 110 fighter bomber firing on a Russian Ilyushin DB-3 bomber somewhere on the Eastern Front shows a light moving across the path of the Russian aircraft. Possible foo-fighter? (" 1944 German Gun Camera Films FW-190 vs. B-17s, B-24s WWII Air Raids over Germany 29794" [at 4:14], PeriscopeFilm YouTube channel, April 14, 2020; " NUFORC UFO Sighting 182788," National UFO Reporting Center, August 28, 2024

June - 12:30 p.m. David A. K. Morris, a fitter with Service Unit 10 of the Royal New Zealand Air Force, takes a swim with a friend at Torokina Beach, Bougainville Island, Papua New Guinea. They see "a huge, dark-gray, seemingly metallic, bulbous mass hanging out of a large cumulus cloud." It moves silently, its outline fading into the cloud and out of sight. It resembles a Zeppelin or the R101 airship, only bigger. (D. Morris, " RNZAF Camp UFO Sighting of 1944," Ufocus NZ, July 22, 2020)

Early July - 10:30 a.m. During Allied operations in the area around Loreto, Castelfidardo, and Osimo, in Ancona province, Italy, Antoni Szachnowsky, of the 2nd Polish Artillery Regiment, notices an egg-shaped, glistening, metallic, motionless object. The Polish Army anti-aircraft gun fires on it, then the German batteries join in. Eventually both sides stop, and the object remains motionless for a minute. Then it tilts at a 45° angle, moves rapidly upward, and disappears. (" 1944: An Italian Foo-Fighter?" UFO Sightings Italia, no. 2, March 2002)

Summer - Fred Wieland and some friends are riding their bicycles on a footpath adjacent to the Grand Central Parkway in Queens, New York City. As they climb a hill, they look up and see a cigar-shaped object "broadside" to them. It is of smooth metallic construction with no windows or openings. They race to the top of the hill for a better look, but by then the object has completely disappeared. (Clark III 1178; Clark IV 1352)

Late August - 4:20 p.m. A nurse, Mrs. E. M. Church, on her way to a tram station in Christchurch, New Zealand, sees an object like an "upturned saucer" resting on the ground near the road. It seems to be 20 feet across and 9 feet high. Two beings, not quite 4 feet tall, are inside, visible through a rectangular window. A third stands motionless, just outside an open door. All three seem to be looking toward the lights of a nearby fairground. The nurse cannot decide if their skin color is green or they are dressed in green, but all are encased in a transparent oblong box. The head takes up half of their bodies and there are no apparent legs or arms. She inadvertently makes a noise, and the outside figure notices her. Its helmet flips over automatically, and it drifts inside the object, which rises up and disappears in the clouds. (Center for UFO Studies, HUMCAT Index 1940-1949, p. 12; Clark III 265; Clark IV 305)

October - Late night. Members of a family who live in an isolated area on the outskirts of Rochester, Pennsylvania, are awakened by a loud noise and flash of light. The father goes to the door, where he sees a 4.5-foot-tall figure dressed in a brown robe. Fifteen feet to its left are five other figures dressed in luminous brown metallic suits. Their heads seem large, with only a slit for a mouth. The arms are long, with long thin fingers. Three of them enter the house and the father accompanies them to a landed craft nearby. He remembers nothing else when he wakes up in the morning. A round, burned circle 20 feet from the house and 25 feet in diameter is found the next day. (Clark III 265-266; Clark IV 305-306)

October - Nellie Carlin and another woman are about to drive to work in St. Paul, Minnesota, when they see what seems to be an airplane about to crash. It abruptly stops 20 feet above their heads, revealing itself to be a brown, bullet-shaped object with a flat end "like frosted glass with a bright light behind it." It makes a crackling noise, turns right, and ascends at great speed. (Clark III 1178; Clark IV 1352)

November 16 (or 30?) - 11:55 p.m. Lt. J. L. Besmond, officer of the day on the USS Gilliam, enroute from Oro Bay, Papua New Guinea, to Leyte Gulf, Philippines, observes an unusual object at a distance of 21 miles. Fire Control Officer P. Kendall Bruce describes it as a bright green globe that rises from behind the ship and moves in a "perfect parabola at great speed, finally disappearing behind the horizon to the north." (NICAP, " UFO Observed from USS Gilliam"; Strange Company 95-96; Clark III 503; Clark IV 552)

December 23 - Night. Navy Lt. George Arents III and copilot Lt. Elon Forster are flying a military DC-3 at 9,000 feet between Blackstone and Richmond, Virginia, when they notice a cigar-shaped object hovering below them at about 4,000 feet. It appears to be 200 feet long and has two horizontal rows of blue-lighted windows and a flaming exhaust coming out of its tail. (Jan Aldrich)

Late December through February 1945 - Radar operators at Naval Air Station Pasco, Washington, report unusual blips that appear out of nowhere and proceed from northwest to southeast. A Grumman F6F Hellcat fighter is scrambled on at least two occasions with orders to shoot down anything that appears to be hostile, but nothing is seen. In another incident, Lt. JG Clarence R. Clem accompanies Lt. Commander Richard Brown and Ensign C. T. Neal to a waiting aircraft and Brown takes off in pursuit of a ball of fire that quickly leaves him behind as it speeds off to the northwest and is lost to radar. On another occasion, naval officer R. W. Hendershot, flying an SNJ aircraft, is asked by ground radar to make contact with two high-altitude blips flying at the speed of a single- engine Piper Cub. Though he can see nothing, he is convinced the blips are real. (Headquarters Fourth Air Force, " Air Defense Measures at Hanford Engineering Company," January 23, 1945; Strange Company 142; Nukes 43-44; Project 1947, " UFOs over Hanford: Cdr. R. W. Hendershot," June 22, 2014; Robert L. Hastings, " Reports Confirm UFO Activity at the Hanford Nuclear Weapons Plant during World War II," UFOs & Nukes, August 9, 2015; Robert L. Hastings, " Former US Navy Pilot Says Huge Fireball Maneuvered above the Hanford Atomic Plant during World War II," UFOs & Nukes, October 5, 2015)

1945

A slow-moving object, 25-35 feet in diameter, comes within 225 feet of a witness in Sheffield, Yorkshire, England. Through a large window he can see 6-feet-tall beings with short legs, short hair, and one-piece suits. (" Ufonauts Seen in 1945," Northern UFO News, no. 21 (February 1976): 5; Clark III 266; Clark IV 306)

January 2 - The New York Times publishes an article stating that the foo fighters are German weapons. Lieut. Donald J. Meiers of the 415th Night Fighter Squadron says he has been followed by foo-fighters twice in November 1944. "A foo-fighter picked me up at 700 feet and chased me 20 miles down the Rhine Valley [Germany]. I turned to starboard and two balls of fire turned with me. I turned to the port side and they turned with me. We were going 260 miles an hour and the balls were keeping right up with us." (" Balls of Fire Stalk U.S. Fighters in Night Assaults over Germany," New York Times, January 2, 1945, pp. 1, 4; " Science: Foo-Fighter," Time, January 15, 1945, p. 72; Strange Company 117-118)

January 22 - British prisoners being force-marched out of the German Heydebreck labor camp (near modern Kedzierzyn-Kozle, Poland) see a four-engine bomber overhead. Behind it is a "brilliant light" that is following it closely. (Clark III 503; Clark IV 552

January 30 - Capt. Fred B. Ringwald, intelligence officer for the 415 Night Fighter Squadron, responds to Corning's January 16 request by offering a summary of 14 foo fighter reports from December 14, 1944, to January 29, 1945. ([ Memo], Fred B. Ringwald to AC of S A-2 XII Tactical Air Command, January 30, 1945; Strange Company 129-132)

Mid-February - As their C-47 prepares to land at Biggs Field, Fort Bliss, El Paso, Texas, S/Sgt Ralph Bayer is alarmed to see an aircraft approaching from the left and only 900 feet below them. The object is about 30 feet long and a dull, flat gray in color, and it travels in a straight course 500 feet above the ground until it disappears. (Clark III 1178; Clark IV 1352)

Late March - At least two residents of Dresden, Germany, see a round, flat, silver-colored object without propellors or wings hovering silently in the air. It suddenly disappears like a "burst soap bubble." (" Weltrundschau," Weltraumbote, no. 32/22 (July/Aug. 1958): 14-15; Clark III 503; Clark IV 552)

March 26 - During an air operation, Lieut. Calvin P. Lamb (pilot), Lieut. James G. Holmes (radar observer), and Sgt. John W. McIsaac (gunner) notice lights on an airborne object. The lights follow them through a few turns but move away as the crew orbits north of Iwo Jima, Japan. They give chase, obtaining a slight target on the aircraft radar, then the object pulls out of sight. A similar lighted object is again seen March 28 by Lieut. William F. Sill (pilot), Flight Officer George W. Hayden (radar observer), and PFC William Brasvell (gunner). (Project 1947, " UFO Reports, 1945"

Summer - Mrs. Helen Allen sees a "long, silver-colored cigar" that appears suddenly out of the haze above Crane Beach in Ipswich, Massachusetts. Huge and silent, it hovers low over the water not far from the shore. After a few seconds, it speeds away and disappears. (Lore and Deneault, p. 148)

June 1 - 7:30 p.m. A shiny, tubular object, 5-6 feet long, is observed over Morganton, North Carolina. It streaks toward the northwest, blue flame shooting from the rear. After it vanishes in the mountains near Lake James, witnesses hear an explosion. (Vincent H. Gaddis, " Visitors from the Void," Amazing Stories 21, no. 6 (June 1947): 159-161; Loren E. Gross, The Mystery of Unidentified Flying Objects-A Prelude, 1896-1949, The author, 1971, p. 156; Clark III 1178; Clark IV 1352)

Mid-July - Noon. Pilot Roland D. Powell and five other Grumman F6F Hellcat pilots at Naval Air Station Pasco, Washington, are scrambled after radar reports a fast-moving object that is now stationary above the nearby Hanford nuclear facility. They see a bright object with a saucer-like appearance. It is the size of three aircraft carriers, side-by side, oval shaped, very streamlined like a stretched-out egg, pinkish in color, and emitting some kind of vapor. It hovers in a fixed position at 65,000 feet and then goes straight up and disappears. (NICAP, " Huge Saucer over Nuclear Reactor-Radar/Visual"; Roland D. Powell, Byron D. Varner, and Walter Andrus, " UFO Sighting over Hanford Nuclear Reactor in 1945," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 344 (December 1996): 13-14; Strange Company 188; Patrick Gross, " Alleged UFO Intercept Attempt at Hanford Nuclear Plant, July 1945")

August 7 - During a press conference with the Seattle Times, Col. Franklin Matthias, officer in charge at the Hanford Engineer Works in Washington, admits the plant has had problems with aerial intrusions, but that radar has been installed and an arrangement made with the Navy to intercept any unidentified aircraft. (Project 1947, " UFOs over Hanford: Commander R. W. Hendershot")

October - 8:00 p.m. While driving a car between Bryan and Stryker, Ohio, Gerald M. Kryling and his wife Thelma approach a bright light about 50 feet in the air and 20 feet from the road near some high-tension wires. It appears to be a 35- foot oval object with an amber-colored opening like a window that has shadows moving around inside. It takes off horizontally at great speed and then moves straight up. (Clark III 266; Clark IV 306)

December 25 - A witness is standing on the shore during a blizzard on a small island off the west coast of Ireland, waiting for a boat that will return him to the mainland, when a silver domed object with a square base descends from the clouds and lands on the water. It is surrounded by purple lights and emits a whirring noise, resembling a drill. The object rises again and lands in a field, crushing two cows. The top of the craft slides open, and two humanoid figures with "squarish legs" and wearing gray-black rubber suits emerge. One of them walks across the water to the shore, placing a large vial on the ground. The other fires a red ray at a cow, burning through it. A farmer's dog approaches, barking, but the humanoid points a "box with lights and antennae" at it, hypnotizing the dog. The dog then walks up to the UFO and is taken aboard. Five or six similar craft streak overhead as a mist envelops the UFO. Both beings float back into the craft. Before leaving, one of the beings notices the witness and waves. Startled, the witness runs away. The farmer later advises the witness to keep the experience a secret. (Mark Malony, " A New Irish Close Encounter Report," Irish UFO News, no. 2 (July 1976): 5-6; " Northern Ireland Report, Part 2," Northern UFO News, no. 31 (December 1976): 4)

1946

Dancers on the roof of a nightclub in Istanbul, Turkey, watch the rapid passage of four square-shaped lights, reddish in color and aligned side by side, moving from the east and disappearing in the west in less than 60 seconds. One witness, meteorologist and RAF pilot George Raymond Leatherbarrow, estimates their altitude at 50,000 feet based on reflections on cirrus clouds. (G. R. Leatherbarrow, " Two Early UFO Cases from the Middle East," Awareness 5, no. 3 (Autumn 1976): 4-5; Clark III 1177; Clark IV 1352)

3:30 a.m. May Ackerman is awakened by a brilliant light shining in her bedroom in northwest Detroit, Michigan. It comes from a silent, luminous oval object with a transparent band across its midsection that is hovering in her neighbor's yard. Inside the band is a humanoid. The object departs abruptly. (" West Side Detroit Woman Sights Strange Craft and `Navigator' in 1946," Vimana 1, no. 1 (October 1954): 2, 4; Clark III 266: Clark IV 306)

April or May - Around 12:00 noon. Richard R. Hill and Stanley Ogdrzyiak are driving in an open convertible on the Country Club Road near Lafayette, New York. Suddenly they see a gleaming, metallic, cigar-shaped object in the sky. It remains motionless at 5,000-10,000 feet altitude, which at that height would make it 300-400 feet long. After 2 minutes, it disappears instantaneously. (" Case 84," CRIFO Newsletter 2, no. 3 (June 3, 1955): 4; Clark III 1179; Clark IV 1353

May. SWEDEN , Angelholm. Costa Carlsson had been looking for pollen for his bees when he saw a light in an open space in the forest nearby. When he reached the spot he saw a disc with a dome. The dome had oval windows, above it there was a mast like a periscope. Beneath the disc there was a large oblong fin which stretched from the center to the edge. There were two metal landing logs, a small ladder reached to the ground from a door beside the fin. The object was 56 ft. in diameter and 15 ft. thick. There were holes around the edge. Light beams extended from these and burned the grass as the object ascended. Three antennae were seen near the mast which was 18 ft. long. Where the light hit the qround he could see a sparkling effect. A man in white close-fitting coveralls was seen, who raised his hand and the witness stopped, less than 35 ft. away. The man was normal in size. The witness saw a number of other people who appeared to be repairing a window. The object ascended with a whining sound. A circular area 40 ft. in diameter was found. (FSR, 18:2)

May - Day. Navy Lieutenant Andrew A. Titcomb is on leave and picking oranges at his wife's family home at La Grange, north of Titusville, Florida, when he hears a whistling noise and sees a dark "flying football" directly overhead at about 1,000 feet elevation moving at 125 mph. It appears 15-20 feet in diameter and flies in an arc tothe southeast. It disappears in a cloudbank. (UFOEv, p. 6; Clark III 1179; Clark IV 1353)

May 24 - 2:20 a.m. Witnesses in Landskrona, Sweden, see a wingless, cigar-shaped object, spurting sparks from its tail. About 300 feet above the ground, it is moving at airplane speed toward the southwest. (Loren E. Gross, UFO's, a History: 1946, the Ghost Rockets, The Author, 1988 ed., p. 1; Göran Jansson, " Spökraketerna 1946," January 2005, p. 6; Clark III 524; Clark IV 573

Summer - Late evening. Two women on a walk in Johannesburg, South Africa, see an aerial object hovering 5 feet above the roof of a nearby hotel. It is shaped like a saucer with a round, golden ball in the center, evenly split between the top and bottom sections. They hear a clicking noise, and the ball drops through the saucer until it is level with the roof. More clicks are heard, and the ball rises through and above the saucer 8-9 feet. In the space between the ball and the disc the witnesses see two figures larger than normal height (7 feet), fair-complexioned and broad-shouldered, with short wavy hair. They are wearing white uniforms with stiff collars and stand motionless until the object floats away and is lost to view. (John Judge, " Near-Landing in 1946 in Johannesburg," Flying Saucer Review 24, no. 5 (March 1979): 14-16; Clark III 266; Clark IV 306)

July - Day. A long, silver-colored cigar appears suddenly out of the haze over Crane Beach, Ipswich, Massachusetts, moves noiselessly over the water, then disappears suddenly. (Lore and Deneault, p. 148; Clark III 1179; Clark IV 1353)

July - 2:00 p.m. Hans Sorensen is cycling near Viskinge, Denmark, when he sees three discs flying silently overhead. The underside is uneven and dull gray, but they are like "polished mirrors" on top. (Sjællands Tidende (Ringsted, Denmark), April 17, 1971; Loren E. Gross, UFO's, a History: 1946, the Ghost Rockets, The Author, 1988 ed., p. 16; Clark III 528; Clark IV 577)

August - 8:30 p.m. A young man sees a pan-shaped object near a road in Sint-Niklaas, Belgium. A small entity holding an acacia branch is nearby. The being enters the object through an opening on the underside. Afterward, traces of burning on the ground are detected. (Center for UFO Studies, HUMCAT Index 1940-1949, p. 20; Clark III 266; Clark IV 306)

Late August - Margaret Sprankle, a civilian employee at Tinker AFB near Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, is returning from work when she sees, about 300 feet away, a large, metallic, lens- shaped structure about 75 feet in diameter. It is hovering on edge, the flat side toward her. On the lower right side are 12-14 square windows; in each, visible from the shoulders up, is a figure. Their heads are very round. Aftre about 90 seconds, the object rotates 90° on its vertical axis and silently flies northwest and disappears in 5 seconds. (Center for UFO Studies, HUMCAT Index 1940-1949, p. 22; Richard H. Hall, From Airships to Arnold, UFO Research Coalition, 2000, pp. 28, 32; Clark III 266; Clark IV 306)

1947

A man writes a letter to the Nashville Tennessean claiming that he has encountered strange little men, "all heads and arms and legs, glowing like fireflies" on a nearby airfield. They exchange greetings by sign language and their saucer takes off in a cloud of dust. (" All over the Nation People Talk of Saucers," Nashville Tennessean, July 9, 1947, p. 1; Clark III 266-267; Clark IV 307)

A private pilot flying over New Mexico in his Taylorcraft L-2 allegedly spots some wreckage, lands, and goes to a nearby ranch house. The pilot and rancher walk to the site, where they find much metallic material. Inside the front edge of the craft are three humanoid beings, 4 feet tall, with hairless heads and large black eyes, and clad in coveralls. Soon a military team shows up, detained for a while, then released after promising not to say anything. (Clark III 344; Clark IV 381-382)

January - Crew members of the hydrographic surveying ship USS Maury traveling in the North Pacific between San Francisco and Hawaii map a large, stationary underwater object of some kind. The ship makes several passes over it with their sonar, after which the object accelerates and disappears in the depths. (Carl Feindt, " Report #1117," waterufo.net; YN-3 Wayne Anderson, " USS Maury, AGS16: Thanks for the Memories, 1945-1969"; Dolan, USO1, 125-126)

March 21 - A cigar-shaped object with smoke coming from its tail is seen flying from east to west at considerable height over southern Sweden by several witnesses. It looks metallic and is about 60 feet long, flying slowly. The object seems to turn around and fly back eastward briefly. (" `Phantom Bomb' Returns to Skies over Sweden," New York Times, March 22, 1947, p. 8; Loren E. Gross, The Fifth Horseman of the Apocalypse: UFOs, a History: 1947 January 1st-June 23rd, Supplemental Notes, The Author, 2000, p. 9)

April 11 - 1:30 p.m. The pilots of a Boeing 707 airliner flying at 31,000 feet about 100 miles north of Puerto Rico see a disturbance like a "great round mound" in the sea below, more than half a mile in diameter. They watch it for more than 30 seconds, but it begins to subside as they proceed with their flight. (Lucius Farish and Dale Titler, "Mysteries of the Deep: Underwater UFOs," Official UFO 2, no. 3 (May 1977): 52-53; Carl Feindt, " Report #783," waterufo.net; Dolan, USO1, 241-242)

Late April or early May - 12:05 p.m. Mrs. William Down and Mrs. H. G. Olavick of Tucson, Arizona, see an unusual, fleecy cloud in an otherwise cloudless sky. Moving around it in "yo-yo fashion" are a number of small discs with a dull-white finish. They move up and down and sideways, occasionally disappearing into or behind the cloud. They watch the objects for 5-7 minutes, then all the discs disappear above the cloud, while a larger object emerges from the cloud and moves eastward. Behind it comes a V-formation of nine of the smaller discs, which then climbs at high speed toward the northeast and disappears in 2-3 seconds. The witnesses assume the objects are some new type of aircraft. (Bloecher, p. ix; Herbert S. Taylor, " Satellite Objects and Cloud Cigars," IUR 29, no. 1 (Spring 2004): 4)

May - Farmer H. Nettlebeck is in his field near Gogeldrie, New South Wales, when he hears a swishing noise. Looking up, he sees five metallic objects flying in a V formation. They appear to be at 2,000 feet altuitude and moving at 1,000 mph. (" Flying Discs Seen over Gogeldrie," Murrumbidgee Irrigator (Leeton, N.S.W.), July 8, 1947, p. 2)

May 19 - Around 12:30 p.m. Navy veteran Dean A. Hauser and six other Pike's Peak Railway workers (including Ted Weigand, Marion Hisshouse, T. J. Smith, L. D. Jamison) at Manitou Springs, Colorado, are taking a lunch break when they watch a silver object come in from the northwest, hover overhead, and gyrate at 1,000 feet. The UFO is moving "erratically in wide circles" and reflects light like it is made of metal. After 20 minutes it disappears in a straight line to the west-northwest. ("Manitou Vets Relate Story: Another `Disk' Seen," Denver Post, June 28, 1947, p. 1; Bloecher, p. I-1; Loren E. Gross, The Fifth Horseman of the Apocalypse: UFOs, a History: 1947 January 1st- June 23rd, Supplemental Notes, The Author, 2000, pp. 29-30; Clark III 375; Clark IV 419)

Late May - 11:00 a.m. Colden R. Battey, a physician from Augusta, Georgia, is fishing 10 miles off St. Helena Sound, near Beaufort, South Carolina. He notices a formation of four disc- like objects flying overhead in a southeasterly direction at a terrific rate of speed. The discs appear to be spinning on their axes and are at an estimated altitude of 20,000 feet. They are silvery and appear highly polished, and on their undersides Battey can see a circular rim or projection, about one-quarter of the way from the edges. No sound is heard as they fly overhead. The formation speeds out of view in less than 20 seconds. (NICAP, " Four Discs Flying Overhead"; "`Flying Saucers' Seen by Doctor near Beaufort," Orangeburg (S.C.) Times and Democrat, July 5, 1947, p. 1; Bloecher, p. I-2; Clark III 375; Clark IV 419)

June 2 - 1:30 p.m. John Laube and Fred Platte spot an inverted saucer-shaped disc made of brilliant metal in Waverly, Iowa. The object flies just above the top of a 180-foot grain elevator at the Waverly Sugar Manufacturing Plant. They observe it for five minutes until it becomes obscured by trees as it flies away. (" Flying Saucer Is Seen at Waverly," Waterloo (Iowa) Daily Courier, July 10, 1947, p. 21)

June 18 - Day. E. H. Sprinkle is one of a half-dozen Eugene, Oregon, residents who spot a formation of round objects "racing overhead" on a course to the northeast. Watching from Skinner's Butte outside town. Sprinkle takes a snapshot of the objects with an inexpensive camera as they race over. Enlargements of the photograph show "seven dots" in a formation "shaped like an X or a Y, lined up across the sky." Newspaper photographers say the dots "might be a fault in the developing process" that sometimes appears on a negative that has not been agitated properly in the developer. (" Local Man Asserts Flights Seen Here," Eugene (Oreg.) Guard, June 26, 1947, p. 1; " Others Report Flying Discs," Salem (Oreg.) Capital Journal, June 27, 1947, p. 13; " Reports of Puzzling `Discs' Flying over Cascades Come from Northwest Residents," Roseburg (Oreg.) News-Review, June 27, 1947, p. 1; Bloecher, p. IV-3)

July 4 - 1:05-5:30 p.m. Many people in Portland, Oregon-including KOIN newsman Frank Cooley, deputy Clark County Sheriff Fred Krives, Portland police officer Kenneth A. McDowell, and Oregon highway patrol Sgt. Claude Cross-view five large discs moving at high speed to the east, two flying south and three to the east, with an oscillating or wobbling motion, sudden 90° turns or zigzagging. Radio reports alert other officers (including Walter Lissy, Robert Ellis, and Earl Patterson, all WWII veterans) who see the metallic objects that look like a disc or hubcap or pie-pan or half-moon flashing in the sun. No vapor trail or noise (except possible humming) is reported. (NICAP, " Seven Discs Observed by Many Witnesses"; Sparks, p. 20; "Air Liner Crew Confirms Flying Discs over State; Many Seen during Day over City," Portland Oregonian, July 5, 1947; Project 1947, " UFO Reports, 1947"; Bloecher, pp. II-9, III-15; James E. McDonald, " Statement on Unidentified Flying Objects," in Symposium on Unidentified Flying Objects, Hearings, US House Committee on Science and Astronautics, 90th Cong., 2nd Sess., July 29, 1968, p. 58; Michael David Hall and Wendy Ann Connors, " Alfred Loedding: New Insight on the Man behind Project Sign," IUR 23, no. 4 (Winter 1998): 5)

July 5 - 5:00 a.m. Archaeologists, including William Curry Holden, working the sites around Roswell, New Mexico, stumble across an impact site where an object has crashed. One of them heads to the closest phone to tell Sheriff George A. Wilcox of the discovery of the remains of a crashed aircraft of some kind. Wilcox calls the local fire department to alert them about the crash. One truck, with Dan Dwyer on it, responds to the call. The site is about 35-40 miles north of Roswell. The Roswell Fire Department, escorted by members of the Roswell Police Department, makes a run along Pine Lodge Road northwest of Roswell. They are among the first civilians to stumble across the impact site. (Thomas J. Carey, " The Search for the Roswell Archaeologists: Casting the Net," IUR 18, no. 6 (Nov./Dec. 1993): 3-8, 23-24; Thomas J. Carey, " The Continuing Search for the Roswell Archaeologists: Closing the Circle," IUR 19, no. 1 (Jan./Feb. 1994): 4-12; Kevin D. Randle and Donald R. Schmitt, The Truth about the UFO Crash at Roswell, Evans, 1994, pp. 33-36; Kevin D. Randle and Anthony Bragalia, " Two Roswell Witnesses, Reconsidered," IUR 32, no. 3 (July 2009): 6-8, 24)

July 5 - Following the rain the night before, Brazel inspects the pastures surrounding the J. B. Foster ranch house southeast of Corona, New Mexico. Riding with him is the young son of the Proctors, William D. Proctor. During the inspection, Brazel discovers a large debris field. Scattered on the slopes and into the sinkhole and depressions are plastic-like beams, pieces of lightweight balsawood-like material only stronger, light metallic foil (which doesn't stay bent or folded, resumes its original shape, and won't tear), and heavy-gauge monofilament. The debris is thick enough that the sheep refuse to cross the field and are driven around it to water more than a mile away. Brazel, taking a few scraps of the material, heads to the home of his closest neighbors, Floyd and Loretta Proctor. He shows them "a little sliver" of material that he can neither burn nor cut. Some of the beams have symbols on them that reminds Brazel of Chinese ideograms. The Proctors suggest he take it into town to show the sheriff. (Don Schmitt and Kevin D. Randle, " Did a Balloon Crash at Roswell?" IUR 15, no. 4 (July/ Aug. 1990): 4-5; Kevin D. Randle and Donald R. Schmitt, The Truth about the UFO Crash at Roswell, Evans, 1994, pp. 27-32, 161; Michael D. Swords, " Roswell: Clashing Visions of the Possible," IUR 22, no. 3 (Fall 1997): 11-13, 33-35; Robert A. Galganski, " The Roswell Debris Field: Size Doesn't Matter," IUR 25, no. 4 (Winter 2000-2001): 14-19, 30; Donald R. Burleson, " Roswell Trajectory Feasibility," Center for UFO Studies; Michael D. Swords, GrassRoots UFOs: Case Reports from the Timmerman Files, Fund for UFO Research, 2005, pp. 125-127; Benson Saler, Charles A. Ziegler, and Charles B. Moore, UFO Crash at Roswell: The Genesis of a Modern Myth, Smithsonian, 2010; " Recollections of Roswell Part One," NICAP Official YouTube channel, June 12, 2021; " Recollections of Roswell Part Two," NICAP Official YouTube channel, June 13, 2021; " P1 N1: Bill Brazel," NICAP Official YouTube channel, June 13, 2021; Kevin D. Randle, " A Grounded Theory Update on the Roswell UFO Incident," Journal of Scientific Exploration 36, no. 2 (Summer 2022): 264-288; Kevin D. Randle, " Roswell Crash Date and Mogul Problem," A Different Perspective, December 27, 2022; Graff 3; " Bill Brazel Jr. Talks about His Father Mack, Discoverer of the 1947 Roswell UFO Wreckage," Eyes on Cinema YouTube channel, June 29, 2024; " Witnesses and Researchers Talk About the Roswell UFO Crash in an Excellent In-Depth 1993 Documentary," Eyes On Cinema YouTube channel, September 17, 2024; Anthony Bragalia, " The Man Who Read Alien Language: Government Scientist May Have Deciphered Roswell UFO Debris Symbols," UFO Explorations, June/July 2025)

1948

CANADA, Weyburn, Saskatchewan. Mrs. T.C. Orsted saw, out of the west window of her farm house, a glowing orange object shaped like two saucers edge-to-edge (higher on top). It was no higher than the height of two tall trees, a bit smaller than a small airplane. In 1974, she revisited that farm and was taken to the same west area to see an oval ring of thick, dark- green grass growing in the stubble, 25 ft. long and 15 ft. across. The ring itself was 3 ft. thick. At intervals in the oval grass ring were indentations as big as a plate where nothing grew. (CUPOS , from Mrs. Orsted)

January 9 - 11:30 p.m. Eastern Airlines pilot Hugh DuBose, flying a DC-3 aircraft at 3,000 feet altitude near Cartersville, Georgia, observes a circular object with a flat top cross his flight path at the same altitude and then turn earthward. The object is light sky-blue in color and is traveling at an estimated speed of 400 mph. (NICAP, " Object Passes DC-3, Turns"; Sparks, p. 32)

February - 2:00 a.m. Glancing out his window while getting a drink of water, farmer C. Bruce Stevenson notices a bight orange-amber glow near his farm buildings a few miles from Circleville, Ohio. He expects to find the buildings on fire, but instead there is a large, domed flying saucer gliding silently over the roof of his pig house about 100 feet away. The UFO, about 60 feet in diameter, maintains a slow speed and low altitude until it disappears from sight. (" Bruce Stevenson Reveals Close-Up View of Saucer," Circleville (Ohio) Herald, August 2, 1952, pp. 1-2; " Bruce Stevenson Certain Saucer Wasn't Reflection," Circleville (Ohio) Herald, August 7, 1952, p. 1; Project 1947, " UFO Reports, 1948"; Pete Hartinger, " America's First Classic Close Encounter," Pickaway Quarterly, Fall 1996, pp. 11-13; Loren E. Gross, The Fifth Horseman of the Apocalypse: UFOs, a History: 1948 Supplemental Notes, The Author, 2000, pp. 15-17)

March 10 - Chihuahua Airport in Mexico is visited by a hovering disc. A few days later, on Mar 10, four discs appear over Central Airport in Mexico City in view of hundreds of witnesses.

April 7 or 8 - 3:00 p.m. Viola Johnson and James Pittman see three "flying men" circling Longview, Washington, at 250-300 feet and going as fast as a freight train. She says they are "dressed in khaki-colored flying suits with helmets over their faces." (Jim Stuart, "3 `Flying Minute Men' Seen over Longview on Wednesday," Longview (Wash.) Daily News, April 9, 1948; " Heck, Them Discs Just Ain't in It; See What's Flying," Spokane (Wash.) Chronicle, April 9, 1948, p. 1; " Weird Things Enliven Skies Here and There," Kitsap (Wash.) Sun, April 9, 1948, p. 1; " Two Report Winged Men Circling above Longview," Portland Oregonian, April 10, 1948, Sec. 2, p. 4; " 3 Men without Planes or Parachutes Reported Flying over Washington State," San Francisco (Calif.) Examiner, April 10, 1948, p. 4; " Reports of Birdmen Have Washington Folks Up in Air," Fresno (Calif.) Bee, April 11, 1948, p. 19; Clark III 777)

May 22 - Mrs. Lile Connor of Utica, Michigan, sees a man-sized, bat-like figure flapping its wings while it flies south. ("Aerial Freaks Replace Those Flying Saucers," Detroit (Mich.) Times, May 30, 1948)

May 28 - 3:00 p.m. USAF Reserve 1st Lt. Alexander Kokolonis is flying a C-47 at 6,000 feet six miles east of Monroe, Michigan, when he sees out of the navigator's window three discs 2 miles to the left. He estimates they are 300-400 feet in diameter, silvery-gold, and traveling well over 500 mph. They are seen for only 10-15 seconds. Shortly afterwards, Kokolonis sees two similar objects and he alerts M/Sgt Ernest Davis Jr., who also sees them. (NICAP, " Air Force Transport Buzzed by 3 UFOs"; Michael D. Swords, " Project Sign and the Estimate of the Situation," JUFOS 7 (2000): 45)

May 31 - 1:20 p.m. A cigar-shaped object moves through the sky from the northwest at terrific speed over Wilmington, North Carolina. Mrs. H. D. Alspach, Mrs. Charles Colvin, and Mrs. Isabell Hufham see the object emit smoke. It appears about 3 feet long. It slows down over the Cape Fear River, veers off to the east, and then speeds away at a high altitude. (NICAP, " Cigar Slows Down Then Speeds Up"; Sparks, p. 34; " Flying Object Reported Seen in Wilmington," Asheville (N.C.) Citizen-Times, June 1, 1948, p. 10; Clark III 530; Clark IV 580)

June 16 - Soviet test pilot Arkady Ivanovich Apraksin is flying at an altitude of 6.5 miles above a solid layer of clouds south of the Kapustin Yar site, Astrakhan Oblast, Russia. He sees an unconventional aircraft in the shape of a cucumber with cones of light radiating from it descending across his path. The base tells him it has tracked the object on radar and given it instructions to land, but it does not respond. Apraksin is ordered to intercept it and open fire if it refuses to land. When he closes to within 6 miles, the light beams open up like a fan and shine into his aircraft, blinding him. The plane's electrical systems malfunction. He glides the plane to a safe landing after the UFO disappears. Apraksin is interrogated heavily. (Joe Brill, " UFO's behind the Iron Curtain," Skylook, no. 87 (February 1975): 14-15; Good Above, p. 221)

June 30 - A couple are driving near Hecla, South Dakota, when they see an unusual star. They stop the car and get out, but it is not moving. They drive on and stop again. A few pieces break off the original star and arrange themselves in a triangle formation. They all now look like polished aluminum; they rise to a great height and vanish. ( Sparks, p. 35; Michael D. Swords, " Project Sign and the Estimate of the Situation," JUFOS 7 (2000): 45-46; Swords 57)

July - 1:00 p.m. Former Air Force pilot Don Newman and three friends watch a disc-shaped, domed UFO, about 100 feet in diameter, maneuvering over Pasco, Washington. "The exterior finish appears to be spun or burnished aluminum." The object slows, then accelerates rapidly, dives, and climbs over the area. (NICAP, " Summary of letter from Witness to Major Keyhoe, dated March 10, 1958"; UFOEv, p. 38)

August 11 - Between 12:00 and 12:15 p.m. Two boys playing outside near Hamel, Minnesota, see a round, dull gray or silver object 2 feet in diameter and 1 foot thick, like inverted plates approach them from the northwest. It drops down between the boys from a height of 12 feet and lands 8 feet away, like a balloon, with a metallic clinking sound and a train whistle noise. It spins once, shoots up 20 feet, makes a whistling noise again, hovers, shoots up to a height of 30 feet. maneuvers to avoid phone lines and trees, then flies away to the northeast. CIC Special Agent Capt. Charles L. Victor finds an area 2 feet in diameter where the ground shows signs of extreme pressure. ( Sparks, p. 37; Wilkins, Attack, pp. 104-105)

September 16 - Before dawn. Fred Scott, 63, is walking around Grassy Mountain, Malheur County, Oregon, when he looks up and sees two "flying persons" to the south. They are 150-250 feet up, one following the other at a distance of 8-10 feet. Their wings are narrow and rounded at the tip and do not flap. Their legs are unusually short. They remain visible while Scott walks for at least another mile. (Center for UFO Studies, HUMCAT Index 1940-1949, p. 43; Clark III 270; Clark IV 310)

October 29 - Five US Air Force pilots observe a silvery object over Neubiberg Air Base [now closed] near Munich, Germany. The object disappears at a terrific speed after having remained over the air base more than 30 minutes. A similar object is seen days before by another group of American pilots. (Jan Aldrich, " Early Top Secret UFO Document Discovered," 2000)

November 6 - Two UFOs, maneuvering like planes in a dogfight, are tracked on USAF radar over Wakkanai, Japan. (NICAP, " Target Circles Radar Site"; Sparks, p. 42; Keyhoe, FS from OS, p. 34)

December 13 - Aeronautical engineer James E. Lipp writes an 8-page memo to Brig. Gen. Donald Putt on "Special Design and Performance Characteristics That Are Believed to Distinguish Spaceships." Rejecting out of hand any links between UFO sightings and space travelers, it later appears as an appendix in the Project Grudge report. (James E. Lipp, " Special Design and Performance Characteristics That Are Believed to Distinguish Spaceships," December 13, 1948)

1949

January 1 - 5:00 p.m. Pilot Thomas A. Rush and his wife are in a private plane with two passengers flying east of Jackson, Mississippi, into North Jackson Airpark. They see a cigar- shaped object, 60 feet long and 10 feet wide, cross their path at an altitude of 1,500-1,600 feet. It is only about 500 feet distant and seems to be either dark blue or black in color. It is shaped like a megaphone, tapering from a diameter of roughly 10 feet at the front end to four feet at the trailing end. Its speed is approximately 200 mph, and it accelerates to 400-500 mph. The object makes a 50° turn and is visible for 10-12 seconds. (NICAP, " Cigar-Shaped Object Encountered by Bush Pilot"; Sparks, p. 46; Loren E. Gross, UFOs, a History: 1949, January-June, The Author, 1988, pp. 1-2; Jazz Shaw, " From the Project Blue Book Archives: A Few Lesser-Known UFO Cases from Yesteryear," The Debrief, March 7, 2023)

February or March - 4:30 p.m. A representative of the International Petroleum Company, a subsidiary of Standard Oil of New Jersey, is driving north along the Pan-American Highway about 6 miles south of Lima, Peru, when he sees a metallic disc hovering low above the desert on his right. He walks over to it, and three mummy-like creatures about 5 feet tall emerge. They speak to him in both English and Spanish, explaining to him that they come from another star system, are concerned about our use of atomic energy, use solar power, no longer have sex, and reproduce by subdividing. They invite him inside the disc, which from the inside has transparent walls. He sees no instruments, only a padded ledge. (Lorenzen, UFOs over the Americas, Signet, 1968, pp. 122-148)

May 6 - Soviet test pilot Arkady Ivanovich Apraksin takes a new airplane for a flight at the Kapustin Yar site, Astrakhan Oblast, Russia. At its maximum ceiling of 9.3 miles, he encounters a cucumber-shaped object, similar to the one he encountered on June 16, 1948, that directs cones of light at his aircraft from a distance of 6-7 miles. The lights cause his communications equipment to fail and damage part of his plexiglass cockpit canopy that results in a loss of air pressure. He manages to land on the banks of the Volga River 30 miles from Saratov. He wakes up in a hospital in Saratov. He again undergoes intense interrogation, psychotherapy, and medical procedures. (Joe Brill, " UFO's behind the Iron Curtain," Skylook, no. 87 (February 1975): 15; Good Above, pp. 221-223)

May 9 - 2:30 p.m. A professional flight engineer and former military pilot is relaxing in a lawn chair outside his home at 939 Benton Boulevard in Tucson, Arizona, when he sees two round objects pass directly overhead. Their shape could have been mistaken as balloons until they execute a turn in formation, banking in the process. At that point, he can clearly see that they are flat, and he estimates them to be roughly 25 feet in diameter. Also, he estimates that they are traveling between 750 and 1,000 miles per hour, faster than anything should have been flying at that time. They make another course correction and continue on until they pass out of sight over the nearby mountains. (National Archives, [Blue Book file], " Tucson, Arizona, May 1949: Incident Number: 337"; Jazz Shaw, " From the Project Blue Book Archives: A Few Lesser- Known UFO Cases from Yesteryear," The Debrief, March 7, 2023)

May 21 - 1:30 p.m. An F-82 is dispatched from Moses Lake AFB [now Grant County International Airport] in Washington State to intercept a UFO that is hovering in restricted air space over the Hanford Atomic Works at an altitude of 17,000-20,000 feet. The silvery disc is seen from the ground at Hanford and on radar. Before the F-82 can take off, the disc speeds away faster than a jet fighter. It disappears from ground radar and the F-82 cannot locate it. (NICAP, " Hanford AEC Plant / F-82/RV Case"; Sparks, p. 63; Hynek UFO Report, p. 141)

June 22 - Three women (one a schoolteacher, another a biologist working at Oak Ridge, Tennessee, and a third who is the wife of a member of the Security Division, AEC, Oak Ridge) observe an odd trio of "flying saucers" for about 15 minutes: "It was described as consisting of two identical rectangular- shaped objects which appeared to be coordinated in movement and which moved in wave-like motion. The third object was circular in shape and appeared to be in level flight between and above the two rectangular objects. The rectangular objects appeared to be bright metal on top but dark underneath, while the color of the circular object was the same as that of frosted glass. The `flying saucer,' when last sighted, was in level flight and was flying in a northwesterly direction. The weather was clear with high cumulus clouds. The `flying saucer' flew at speed of from 10 to 15 mph over an area just about the center of Oak Ridge." (Loren E. Gross, UFOs, a History: 1949, January-June, The Author, 1988, pp. 83-84)

July 3 - 10:40 a.m. Aeronautical engineer Molt Taylor, airport manager at Longview, Washington, is preparing for an air show when someone points out an object in the sky to the northwest. He announces it over the PA system to the crowd of 150-200 observers, including pilots, who watch a metallic disc cross to the southeast with a falling- leaf motion. Estimated altitude is 30,000 feet at 300 mph, with the approximate size of 100 feet. A second object is seen at 10:49 a.m. for 2 minutes. A third sighting takes place at 11:25 a.m. An object approaches from the west at about the same altitude, oscillating at 48 per minute, and disappears into the sun. (NICAP, " Metallic Discus Object Observed by 150-200 Observers"; Sparks, p. 67; " Flying Discs Seen by Longview Flier," Daily Olympian (Wash.), July 1, 1949, p. 1; James E. McDonald, " Statement on Unidentified Flying Objects," in Symposium on Unidentified Flying Objects, Hearings, US House Committee on Science and Astronautics, 90th Cong., 2nd Sess., July 29, 1968, pp. 48-49; Loren E. Gross, UFOs, a History: 1949, July-December, The Author, 1988, p. 4; Loren E. Gross, UFOs, a History: 1949, July-December: Supplemental Notes, The Author, 2000, pp. 9-10; Swords 82-83)

August 16 - A young girl in Wola Drzewiecka, Poland, sees a dark green object nearby like two bowls put together and about 5 feet in diameter. She walks right up to it and touches its metallic surface with her index finger, getting a mild electric vibration and making her fingertip turn red. The object begins rotating, then rises up and disappears to the south at an altitude of 50 feet. In the distance she sees another object that she says remained in the same spot for several days. (Poland 18-19)

September 14 - 9:30-10:00 p.m. Two residents of Lubbock, Texas, see 9 clusters of objects "similar to ducks flying in formation," bright silver and roughly round in shape. There are as many as 50 objects in all the formations except one. They seem to be traveling at 5,000 feet altitude, going north to south. Each light is visible for about 10 seconds, but it takes 30 minutes for all the objects to pass overhead. One witness is convinced the objects are ducks. (Clark III 692-693; Clark IV 768)

September or October - A Swiss Air Force officer sees a silvery disc 20 feet in diameter with jagged edges above Payerne, Vaud, Switzerland. He observes it flying at about 700 mph for 12 seconds. (Center for UFO Studies, [Payerne case file])

November 27 - 6:00 p.m. Kirtland AFB Deputy Base Commander Lt. Col. Charles E. Lancaster Jr. is driving near McIntosh, New Mexico, when he sees a green fireball descend near Albuquerque. ( Sparks, p. 77)

December 4 - 5:00 p.m. Mario Restier is returning home from his father's place in Volta Redonda, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, when he notices a disc land about 32-50 feet from the road. He hears a voice telling him not to be afraid and asking if he wants to know what it's all about. Two beings about 5 feet 5 inches emerge from the UFO wearing togas and helmets. Restier asks them if they believe in God, and they answer, "God is one." Encouraged, he enters the craft where he is offered a trip, put in a tub filled with liquid, and taken on a trip to a city on another world. He is shown a screen that depicts human nature, ambitions, and violence. After about 6 hours, he is returned to the spot where he was abducted. Returning to his father's house, he finds it is April 14, 1950, and has lost nearly four months of earth time. (Brazil 23-24)

1950

ARGENTINA, Bahia Blanca. An engineer was driving when he saw a metallic disc on the ground. He claimed to have looked inside to see three small beings dead. They wore brown coveralls and were in seats. He returned to his hotel and told friends, who drove to the spot and found a heap of ashes and saw a cigar-shaped object overhead. They also saw two discs which were 30 ft. in diamters. (FSR)

William Ortiz, a deaf-mute, claims to have the first of three close encounters (the others in 1969 and 1975) with large-eyed aliens in UFOs in Colombia. After the first two events, he finds his hearing temporarily restored. The entities communicate to him using hand signals. (" First Reported CEIII Alien Communicating with Deaf-Mute," CUFOS Associate Newsletter 3, no. 4 (Aug./Sept. 1982): 1, 3)

Sometime in the 1950s, a Soviet Navy officer serving at Sevastopol Naval Base on the Crimean Peninsula, Russia, observes and photographs a strange object ascending from behind a battle cruiser in the Black Sea. The officer later gives copy of the photo to his friend, Russian linguist Andrey Korsakov. (Paul Stonehill, " Amazing Soviet-Era UFO Sightings in and over Water Bodies," Rense.com, October 23, 2000; Dolan, USO1, 181-182)

January - On the Seattle, Washington, to Anchorage, Alaska, route, an air freighter is paced for five minutes by a UFO. When the pilots try to close in, the craft zooms away at terrific speed. Later, the airline head reports that intelligence officers quizzed the pilots for hours. "From their questions," he said, "I could tell they had a good idea of what the saucers are. One officer admitted they did, but he wouldn't say any more." (Keyhoe 1950, p. 9)

February 26 - 2:45 p.m. Three witnesses observe a bronze-colored object that looks like two cigarette ashtrays placed face to face over Vancouver, British Columbia. It slows down as it passes overhead and wobbles as it moves along. (Chris Rutkowski, Canada's UFOs: Declassified, August Night, 2022, p. 64)

March 11 - 8:00 p.m. Constance Raguindin sees a "falling star" as she and her mother and two children are driving south of Salinas, California. When it comes closer and swoops toward the car at an altitude of 2,500 feet, she says it looks "like two dinner plates placed together." It performs a "loop the loop" maneuver and speeds away to the south. Hiram S. Don sees the object from a distance and describes it as egg-shaped. However, astronomer Olin J. Eggen at Lick Observatory says the object is probably a large meteor. (" Score Report Weird Saucer over Salinas," Santa Ana (Calif.) Register, March 12, 1950, pp. A1-A2; " Little Men Here Again, This Time over Salinas," Los Angeles (Calif.) Times, March 12, 1950, p. 2; "Astronomers Believe `Flying Saucer' Was Meteor California Persons Saw," Dunkirk (N.Y.) Evening Observer, March 13, 1950, p. 14; " Scientist Says Flying Saucer Was Meteor," St. Albans (Vt.) Daily Messenger, March 13, 1950, p. 1; Project 1947, " UFO Reports, 1950")

March 15. ARGENTINA, Lago. Wilfredo Arvalo saw a disc land while another hovered over it. Through the transparent dome he saw four tall men, dressed in cellophane-like suits. He reached a point 500 ft. from the object. He returned the next day with fellov workers and found burned grass. A similar object was seen in the area by other witnesses. (APRO

April - Daytime. While working on her lawn in Canby, Oregon, Ellen Jonerson glances over at her neighbor's yard and sees a 12-inch-tall man with his back turned to her. When he turns around, she sees that he has a heavily tanned face, is of stocky build, and wears overalls and a plaid shirt. There is a skullcap on his head. She dashes inside to call a friend, then runs outside again in time to see the figure "waddling" away. He walks under a parked car and disappears. Kenneth Arnold, who interviews her, is convinced of her sincerity. (" Some of Flying Saucers May Be Alive, Boise Flier Tells Science Fiction Fans," Portland Oregonian, September 6, 1950, p. 8; Center for UFO Studies, HUMCAT Index, 1950-1951, p. 2; Clark III 270; Clark IV 310)

April 7 - Newsman Edward R. Murrow produces the first extended TV commentary on UFOs, "The Case of the Flying Saucer" on CBS. He begins with the Kenneth Arnold case, mentions Muroc AFB cases and Mantell, and quotes both True magazine and Donald Menzel. Also on the show are Henry J. Taylor, engineer Charles H. Zimmerman, and Charlie Ross, as well as people on the street. (" Transcript of Ed Murrow-Kenneth Arnold Telephone Conversation," CUFOS Associate Newsletter 5, no. 1 (Feb./March 1984): 3; Edward R. Murrow, " The Case of the Flying Saucer [audio only]," Bryce Zabel YouTube channel, February 24, 2018)

April 7 - Multiple witnesses at Logan Airport in Boston, MA view a dramatic UFO display.

April 12 - Serviceman B.G. Hunter observes an object land on the tarmac at Tradewinds Airport in Amarillo, TX. After staying for five minutes, the object departs, leaving burn marks.

April 16 - a 6-foot-wide metallic disc is seen by multiple observers to crash on the runway at Laredo Airport, TX. A short humanoid exits and collapses on the ground.

April 24. ITALY, Varese. Bruno Facchini saw a dark mass hovering 200 yds. from his home. A man dressed in tight-fitting clothes and wearing a helmet appeared to be making repairs. There were three other figure s working around the object. A trap through which light had been shining was closed and the object took off. The occupants were of normal size, they made sounds, pointed a camera-like device at the witness, a beam of light was projected towards him and he was knocked a way. At the site, metal fraqments were found, also four circular imprints and patches of scorched grass. The incident had other witnesses. (Vallee III)

May 11 -7:30 p.m. Evelyn Trent, who lives on a farm nine miles from McMinnville, Oregon [near Sheridan, Oregon], is walking back to her farmhouse after feeding rabbits. Before reaching the house, she sees a slow- moving, metallic disk-shaped object heading in her direction from the northeast. She yells for her husband Paul, who is inside the house; he comes out and also sees the object. After a short time, he goes back inside to get a camera and manages to take two photos of the object before it speeds away to the west. Paul Trent's father briefly sees the object before it flies away. The Trents assume they have seen some exotic military aircraft. They do not develop the film in the camera until they use it up and show the photos only to a few friends. Eventually it reaches the cover of Life magazine, but the Trents show no desire to make any money from the photos. Although the Colorado project initially thinks the photos seem genuine, three Interface Pilote pour l'Analyse de Clichés d'OVNIs researchers in 2013-2015 claim to find evidence of a model suspended from a string. Researcher Brad Sparks finds major mathematical and scientific errors in IPACO's work. (Wikipedia, " McMinnville UFO Photographs"; NICAP, " Trent / McMinnville Photos"; Sparks, p. 90; "At Long Last-Authentic Photographs of Flying Saucer?" McMinnville (Oreg.) Telephone-Register, June 8, 1950, p. 1; "` Disc Picture' Published in McMinnville Paper," Salem (Oreg.) Statesman Journal, June 9, 1950, p. 1; "McMinnville Farmer, Wife See `Saucer,' Display Photographs to Prove Claim," Portland Oregonian, June 10, 1950, p. 7; " Farmer Trent's Flying Saucer," Life, June 26, 1950, p. 29; Condon, pp. 396-407; Bruce S. Maccabee, " On the Possibility that the McMinnville Photos Show a Distant Unidentified Object (UO)," Proceedings of the 1976 CUFOS Conference, Center for UFO Studies, 1976, pp. 152-163; Hynek UFO Report, pp. 244-245; Story, pp. 223-226; Bruce S. Maccabee, " The McMinnville Photos," The Spectrum of UFO Research, CUFOS, 1988, pp. 13-57; Bruce S. Maccabee, " The Trent Farm Photos," April 2000; Bruce S. Maccabee, "The Trent Farm Photos Appendix," April 2000; Bruce S. Maccabee, " The McMinnville Photos," May 2000; Michael D. Swords, " Can We Learn Anything from UFO Photos? Part Five," The Big Study, July 15, 2012; " McMinnville, OR CE-II Photo Case of 5-11-1950 - Mrs. Paul Trent," Ufology: A Primer in Audio, 1938-1959, November 21, 2013; Antoine Cousyn, François Louange, and Geoff Quick, " The McMinnville Pictures," Interface Pilote pour l'Analyse de Clichés d'OVNIs, May 2014; Robert Sheaffer, " The Trent UFO Photos: McMinnville, Oregon, May 11, 1950," The Debunker's Domain, September 10, 2014; Robert Sheaffer, " The Trent UFO Photos-`Best' of All Time-Finally Busted?" Skeptical Inquirer 39 (Jan./Feb. 2015); John Killen, " Past Tense Oregon: UFO Photos Taken near McMinnville in 1950 Still Raise Questions," Portland Oregonian, May 12, 2015; J. J. Valdés, " The Trent/McMinnville UFO Photos: A Down-to-Earth Perspective," Historical Inquiry, August 19, 2016; Clark III 702-704; Eghigian, After, pp. 67-68; " Oldest Most Authentic UFO Photos? McMinnville UFO and the Trent's Photos," Edge of Reality YouTube channel, December 7, 2024; Clark IV 799-803)

May 24? - Midday. J. A. Blackmore finishes lunch at a grazing property near Mount Gambier, South Australia, when he spots a UFO. His companions-Lewis and Cyril Blackmore and Peter McQuade-see it too. The object is very high, completely silent, emits no smoke or flame, and moves southeast. It stays in view for five or six seconds, traveling faster than any airplane they have ever seen. (" Flying Saucer," Inverell (N.S.W.) Times, May 31, 1950, p. 1; " Four See `Saucer,'" Sydney (N.S.W.) Daily Telegraph, May 31, 1950, p. 13)

June 1 - A pilot on patrol from RAF Tangmere in West Sussex, England, sights a "bright circular metallic object" that speeds past his Gloster Meteor jet fighter at 20,000 feet. As he undergoes a debriefing by squadron intelligence, he finds out that four RAF controllers at the radar station at RAF Wartling near Eastbourne have, at the same time, tracked an "unusual response" that vanishes from their screens, moving at terrific speed. (UK Flying Saucer Working Party, Unidentified Flying Objects, June 1951, pp. 2-3; David Clarke, " Flying Saucer Working Party," Dr. David Clarke Folklore and Journalism, January 3, 2015)

June 24 - A cigar-shaped UFO paces a United Airlines plane (Capt. E. L. Remlin, First Officer David Stewart, and observer Capt. Samuel B. Wiper) for 20 minutes near Daggett, California. The object is also seen by the crew of another airliner and a navy transport plane. The Navy pilot sees for 3 minutes a dark gray object with heat radiation at the tail end. He estimates altitude as 50,000-100,000 feet and a speed of 1,000-1,500 mph. The crews discuss the matter with two CAA ground stations. The object is also reported by hundreds of witnesses over a distance of 300-400 miles from southern California to Nevada and southeastern Utah and was covered in local newspapers. (NICAP, " Three Aircraft Crews Observe UFO"; Sparks, p. 93; " Blazing Object Seen Speeding over Nevada," Los Angeles (Calif.) Times, June 25, 1950, p. 3; " Fiery Object Reports Are Still Coming," Reno Nevada State Journal, June 28, 1950, p. 8; UFOEv, p. 31; David Rudiak, " 1950 California-Nevada Cigar-Shaped UFO," Roswell Proof, 2005)

July - Claude Blondeau is at Guyancourt Airport in Yvelines, France when two discs land on the runway. Doors open and out step two human-looking ETs.

July 2 - Dusk. While picnicking on the shore of Sawbill Bay on Marmion Lake, western Ontario, an anonymous employee of the Steep Rock Iron Mine claims to have seen a UFO resting on the water's surface. A hatch opens and 10 figures, 3-4 feet tall, emerge, wearing shiny, metallic clothing. They seem to be drawing in lake water with a hose. The object soon rises and hovers, then swiftly takes off. The story appears in the mine's house newsletter, then gets picked up by some Canadian newspapers and Fate magazine in its February/March 1952 issue. However, Robert Badgley, a Scarborough, Ontario, member of APRO, finds in 1974 that Steep Rock employee Gordon Edwards had written the fictitious tale to entertain readers of the newsletter and to satirize saucer stories. ("`Flying Saucer' Lands on Lake Near Atikokan, `Letter' Says," Port Arthur (Ont.) News Chronicle, September 18, 1950, pp. 1-2; " Steep Rock Flying Saucer," Fate 5, no. 2 (February-March 1952): 68-72; " 1950 Steep Rock Lake, Ontario Case Possible Hoax," APRO Bulletin 26, no. 5 (November 1977): 5; John Robert Colombo, Mysterious Canada, Doubleday Canada, 1988, pp. 231-232; John Robert Columbo, UFOs over Canada, Hounslow, 1991, pp. 32-41; Patrick Gross, URECAT, January 31, 2007; Clark III 595; Hammerson Peters, " The Little Green Men of Steep Rock Lake," Mysteries of Canada, September 7, 2018; Clark IV 655)

August - Multiple witnesses at the Medford Airport in Oregon observe four metallic discs circle overhead for three hours.

August 14 - 11:27 a.m. Flight Lt. Stan J. Hubbard and two other officers at Farnborough Airfield, Hampshire, England, hear a humming noise. Hubbard looks up and sees a flat gray disc, about 100 feet in diameter, at an altitude of 700-1,000 feet. He watches it for 30 seconds as it flies at a speed of 800- 1,000 mph and makes a series of S-turns, oscillating as it moves. The other two officers see nothing. (Good Need, pp. 149-151; David Clarke and Andy Roberts, Out of the Shadows, Piatkus, 2002, pp. 87-93; UFOFiles2, pp. 40-42; David Clarke, " Flying Saucer Working Party," Dr. David Clarke Folklore and Journalism, January 3, 2015; David Clarke, "Phantoms of the Sky," Fortean Times 445 (June 2024): 28, 30-31, 33)

September - 7:00 a.m. Three US Navy planes on a combat mission 100 miles south of the Yalu River in Korea are approached from below by two huge discs, at least 600-700 feet in diameter, traveling at 1,000-1,200 mph. The radar shows them as 1.5 miles away. Suddenly the objects halt, back up, and begin a jittering motion, keeping pace with them, circling above and below. When one pilot readies his guns, the aircraft radar goes haywire, apparently jammed. His radio transmitter is blocked by a buzzing noise. The discs are silvery and shaped like a "coolie's hat, with oblong ports from which emanated a copper-green colored light which gradually shifted to pale pastel-colored lights." A shimmering red ring circles the top portion of the disc. The objects soon speed away in the direction from which they had come. (Lorenzen, FS Hoax, pp. 30-32; Haines, Korea, pp. 28-30; Powell, Scientist, 85)

September 7 - 7:00 p.m. Many residents of Joliet, Illinois, report seeing a bright object with trailing streamers in the northwestern Sky. Possible jet airplane. (" News Briefs," Jacksonville (Ill.) Daily Journal, September 9, 1950, p. 1)

September 27. Philadelphia, PA. Police officers John Collins and Joseph Kennan saw an object 6 ft. in diameter float to earth in an open field. They approached the object with flashlights. Collins tried to pick the object up, the part touched by his band dissolved, leaving a sticky odorless residue. Within a half hour the entire object had evaporated. A spot remained at the site. (News clips)

October 15 - 4:20 p.m. After taking off from Raleigh, North Carolina, Miami Airlines DC-4 pilot Capt. George A. Woodward and copilot William Bardsley see four round, metallic objects descending slowly near Pope AFB [now Pope Field] at Fort Bragg. They look like two saucers fitted together and are about 100 feet in diameter, flying in a line about 25 feet apart. The pilots pursue the objects for about 3 minutes, but the objects recede then shoot away at tremendous speed. Around the same time, a similar object crosses the path of an Air Force jet near Pope AFB. (NICAP, " Pilots Report 100-Ft Round Objects"; NICAP, " Aluminum-Like Object Crosses Path of Jet")

November 5 - Four Pan American Airways employees (Fred Wilkinson, Patrick Joseph Maloney, Fred Perrior, and E. Newman) see a bright object fly east to west over Heathrow Airport, London, at 1,000 mph. ("Was It a Flying Saucer over London?" London Sunday Dispatch, November 12, 1950, p. 1; "Saucers over England," Fate 4, no. 2 (March 1951): 18

December 13 - 4:55 p.m. J. G. F. Moult and his mother are sitting at their home in Kimberley, South Africa, when they observe a bright object "like a huge mirror in the sky," hovering, and moving laterally and up and down for about 3 minutes. It goes behind a cloud but can still be seen, appearing like a "piece of magnesium wire burning with a bright, purplish- white light." It dives through the clouds, turns sharply, and shoots out of sight. (David Marais, " The Outspan Magazine, January 1, 1954")

1951

While flying an F-86 Sabrejet over West Germany, USAF pilot Gordon Cooper sees several metallic discs flying at a high altitude. He claims to "have two days of observation of many flights of them, of different sizes, flying in fighter formation, generally from east to west over Europe." (Gordon Cooper and Bruce Henderson, Leap of Faith: An Astronaut's Journey into the Unknown, HarperCollins, 2000, pp. 80-81; " UFO Sightings by Astronauts," Syti.net, January 30, 2001; " Astronaut Gordon Cooper Talks about UFOs," Elhardt YouTube channel, December 27, 2007; James Oberg, " The Puzzle of Astronaut Gordon Cooper's UFO Stories," jamesoberg.com, 2014)

January 20 - 9:20 p.m. Sioux City, Iowa, CAA Control Tower operator John M. Williams sees an odd light in the west. Capt. Lawrence W. Vinther and copilot James F. Bachmeier of Mid-Continent Airlines Flight 9 takes off and Vinther is asked by the tower to look for the light. While still in a climbing turn at about 1,000 feet, the pilots spot the object to the north-northwest at about 8,000 feet and 4 miles away. It looks like a B-29 fuselage with wings but no engines and blinks some lights like running lights. The object comes towards the DC-3, flies across the nose within 200 feet, then suddenly reappears on the other side, paralleling them for 2-3 seconds. The object then flies under them and disappears to the northwest. This is one of the first reports to make it into the CIRVIS system specified by JANAP 146. (NICAP, " UFO Buzzes DC-3"; Sparks, p. 104; Lawrence W. Vinther, " Another Saucer Mystery," Flying 48 (June 1951): 23, 56, reprinted by Project 1947; H. B. Darrach Jr. and Robet Ginna, " Have We Visitors from Space?" Life 32, no. 14 (April 7, 1952): 90-91; Ruppelt, pp. 84-85; Jan Aldrich; James E. McDonald, " Statement on Unidentified Flying Objects," in Symposium on Unidentified Flying Objects, Hearings, US House Committee on Science and Astronautics, 90th Cong., nd Sess., July 29, 1968, pp. 43-44)

March - 11:30 p.m. Operations Officer Robert Wood is aboard the USS Dyess approximately 125 miles southeast of Cape May, New Jersey, when he picks up a radar target coming in from due east at a speed of 98-104 mph and an altitude of 3,000-4,000 feet. It stops and hovers about 30 miles away. Wood notifies the bridge, and the captain orders the ship to change course toward the object. About 30 minutes later, the UFO suddenly takes off toward the north at 3,000 mph, getting to within 35-40 miles south of Nantucket Island, Massachusetts, before it zooms straight up. Altitude-determining radar tracks the object to 100 miles altitude. (" March, 1951: Approximately 125 Miles SE of Cape May, N.J.," Project 1947

Early spring — Dusk. US Army Pfc. Francis P. Wall is on maneuvers with the 27th Infantry Regiment near Cheorwon, South Korea, when he sees an orange light like a jack-o-lantern coming down a mountain. Artillery airbursts do not seem to harm it. As it approaches, it turns into a brilliant blue-green disc pulsating with light. Wall asks permission to shoot and fires a round from his M-1 rifle at it. The object starts moving erratically from side to side, flashes on and off, and makes an engine-like noise. It sweeps the soldiers with a beam of light, and they feel a burning and tingling sensation. They retreat to their bunkers and continue to watch the object, which is still lighting up the area, and then it shoots away at a 45° angle. (Haines, Korea, pp. 18–27; Richard F. Haines, “ GI Fires on UFO in Korea,” IUR 15, no. 6 (Nov./Dec. 1990): 23–24)

April 7? - Night. New Zealand sailor Adrian Hayter is navigating his 32-foot yawl, Sheila II, into Djibouti on the Gulf of Tadjoura when he and his crewmate Mike notice a light to the southeast that seems to be drawing nearer. It appears similar to a lighthouse beam that is sweeping under the surface. It lights up the sails with a bright greenish light as it passes under the yawl, then moves to the western horizon. Another beam appears in the east, followed by four others at regular intervals and in complete silence. (Adrian Hayter, Sheila in the Wind, Hodder and Stoughton, 1959, p. 99; Dolan, USO1, 144-145)

May 15 — While serving with US occupation forces in Austria, a soldier meets a helmeted figure who paralyzes him with a pencil-like weapon and leads him into a saucer, which they enter through an opening in the top. The craft flies into space to a Mars-like planet where it lands on a platform in a field. The soldier sees similar beings in the parking lot as well as two other craft containing humans. The alien pilot returns the man the same spot on earth, in what may be an early abduction narrative. (Ron Powell, “ Citizen Editor Talks to Man Who ‘Visited Mars,’” Prince George (B.C.) Citizen, December 11, 1957, p. 1, 3; “ Trip to Mars,” Space Craft Digest, Fall 1958, pp. 13–16; Charles Bowen, “ Fantasy or Truth? A New Look at an Old Contact Claim,” Flying Saucer Review 13, no. 4 (July/Aug. 1967): 11–14; Martin S. Kottmeyer, “ Tin Moons and False Prophets,” The REALL News 14, no. 5 (September 2006): 1, 4–14; Clark III 272–273; Clark IV 312–313)

May 22 - 3:20 a.m. American Airlines pilot Capt. W. R. Hunt observes a blue-white, star- like object gyrating around the airplane at 21,000 feet for 20 minutes about 100 miles southwest of Dodge City, Kansas. It moves backward and forward, then up and down, then dives below the plane and speeds away. (" Mysterious Bright Light `Plays Tag' with Airliner over Kansas," Iola (Kan.) Register, May 22, 1951, p. 1; Loren E. Gross, UFOs, a History: Volume 8, 1951, The Author, 1983, p. 26)

Summer — Day. Army Lt. George Kinman is flying an F-51 over Augusta, Georgia at 250 mph when he notices an object ahead approaching him. Before he can take evasive action, a white disc twice as big as his plane dips and passes underneath, just missing his propellor. He swings the aircraft around, but the object is out of sight. After 15 seconds, it returns, coming straight toward him and dipping at the last minute. It repeats the performance several times for 5–10 minutes. On the last pass, it zooms above him, just missing his canopy. (“ Flying Saucer ‘Attack’ Related by Army Flier,” Los Angeles (Calif.) Evening Citizen News, July 30, 1952, p. 1; UFOEv, p. 23; Clark III 377; Clark IV 421

June — Project Grudge only has one person on staff to investigate UFO reports, Lt. Jerry W. Cummings, who has replaced James J. Rodgers and J. L. Rohn. He reorganizes the system and uses a more open-minded approach. ( Sparks, p. 14; Edward J. Ruppelt, “ What Our Air Force Found Out about Flying Saucers,” True, May 1954, p. 26; Jacobs, UFO Controversy in America, Signet ed., 1976, pp. 56–57; Swords 121; Clark III 933, 937; Clark IV 1043, 1047)

June 19 - Day. Mechanic Joseph Matiszewski hears a whistling sound as he is walking in Sonderborg, Denmark, and sees an object land in a nearby meadow. Approaching to within 150 feet of it, he finds himself paralyzed and notices that birds have stopped singing and cows seem rozen in place. Four men with brown skin and wearing black shiny suits and translucent helmets emerge from the object and send Matiszewski some telepathic messages. Eight smaller objects are ejected from the large one and float above it. Other figures inside the craft and on its deck appear to be making repairs. The objects ascend to about 300 feet and climb rapidly after that. The paralysis subsides. (Gordon Creighton, " A New FSR Catalogue, Part 2," Flying Saucer Review 16, no. 2 (March/April 1970): 29; Walter Webb, "UFOs and Paralysis," Official UFO, February 1976, p. 48; Willy Wegner, " UFO-bogen: Kapitel 19: Rumfolkene viser sig," Skeptica, September 1, 2004; Patrick Gross, URECAT, July 1, 2007)

July 1 - 10:50 p.m. Four night pilots of the 1st Marine Aircraft Wing in different areas around Seoul, Korea, simultaneously report a large green ball, very bright and trailing streaks of red then blue, passing overhead at 10,000-15,000 feet. ( Sparks, p. 106; Haines, Korea, p. 31)

July 9 — Day. USAF Lt. George H. Kinmon II, stationed at Lawson AFB [now Lawson Army Airfield] with the 117th Tactical Reconnaissance Wing, is flying an F-51 over Dearing, Georgia, when he sees a white disc “completely round and spinning in a clockwise direction.” It makes a headlong pass at his aircraft. It travels at “tremendous speed” and leaves no vapor trail. (NICAP, “ Aerial Encounter with Disc”; Sparks, p. 107; “ Saucer Ahead!—Fire at Will,” Tucson (Ariz.) Daily Citizen, July 30, 1952, p. 6; “Saucer Attacked Me, Pilot Declares,” Cleveland (Ohio) Press, July 30, 1952, p. 1, reprinted in Saucer Attack, April 1998; “Pilot Says His Plane Was Attacked by Flying Saucer,” Lowell (Mass.) Sun, July 30, 1952, p. 30; UFOEv, p. 23; Richard H. Hall, Uninvited Guests, Aurora, 1988, pp. 328–330)

August 11 — Former USAF pilot Robert O. Dodge watches three disc-like UFOs in formation over Portland, Oregon. (UFOEv, p. 34)

Mid-August — Midnight. A witness is on his porch in Waco, Texas, looking at the sky when he sees a V-shaped formation of 10–20 round, luminous objects silently pass over from west to east in a matter of seconds. (Lorenzen, UFOs: The Whole Story, Signet, 1969, pp. 41–42)

August 17 — 11:30 a.m. Otto Bock, a German scientist with a specialty in optics who came to the US as part of Operation Paperclip, observes a high-altitude, metallic object through his 20x telescope for about 4 hours. He says the sighting is confirmed by four other persons. (Project 1947, “ Letter to Donald Keyhoe: Otto Bock, August 22, 1951”)

August 20 — The CIA, approved by DCI Roscoe Hillenkoetter, starts Project Artichoke to study hypnosis, morphine addiction, and LSD to produce amnesia and other vulnerable states in subjects, as a way of exploring interrogation methods. (Wikipedia, “ Project Artichoke”; [Central Intelligence Agency], “ Project Artichoke,” declassified(?), January 31, 1975)

August 23 — Frank Wisner succeeds Allen Dulles as CIA Deputy Director of Plans in the Office of Policy Coordination, with Richard Helms as chief of operations. In this position, Wisner is instrumental in supporting pro-American forces that toppled Mohammed Mossadegh in Iran in 1953 and Jacobo Árbenz in Guatemala in 1954. Sometime this year he visits Richard M. Bissell Jr. and asks him to finance OPC operations by diverting some Marshall Plan funds, presumably for covert black ops. (Jacobsen, Area 51, pp. 45–46)

August 25 — Evening. Joseph Bryant and his wife, at 407 West Powell Street, Brownfield, Texas, see a loose group of glowing lights heading north to south. They are a “little bigger than a star.” A few minutes later a second group flies over, and then a third, which circles around the house. This time Bryant can hear them, and he identifies them as plovers. When he hears about the Lubbock lights, he is sure the professors are seeing plovers. (Clark III 691–692

August 25 — 9:10 p.m. Three Texas Technical College professors (geologist Wilbur Irvin Robinson, chemist Aaron Gustav “Gus” Oberg, and petroleum engineer William Lyon Ducker Jr.) are sitting in a backyard at Lubbock, Texas, when they see a fast- moving, semicircular formation of 20–30 lights, as intense as bright stars but larger. Blue-green and silent, they move across the sky in seconds. A second group appears and repeats the performance. Others, including Carl Hemminger at Texas Tech, report seeing the same objects the same night. J. Russell Heitman, head of the Texas Tech journalism department, says he had seen an identical group of lights several days earlier. The professors watch 10–12 such flights through November 1 (including on September 1 and 5), sometimes accompanied by colleagues Ellis Richard Heineman, E. F. George, Grayson Mead, and John Brand. Some researchers, including Ruppelt and Hynek, think the witnesses are seeing migrating plovers attracted to Lubbock’s new vapor street lights, although Ruppelt changes his mind later. (Wikipedia, “ Lubbock Lights”; NICAP, “ The Lubbock Lights / Carl Hart Photos”; “ Three Professors Witness ‘Strings of Beads’ in Sky,” Anniston (Ala.) Star, August 27, 1951, p. 1; “ Strange Lights in Skies Plagueing Night Observers in Lubbock Section,” Corsicana (Tex.) Daily Sun, September 1, 1951, p. 1; Ruppelt, pp. 96–99; Loren E. Gross, UFOs, a History: Volume 8, 1951, The Author, 1983, pp. 45–55; “ Lubbock 1951,” Texas UFO Museum and Research Library, November 15, 1999; Swords 130–132; Clark III 688–690; Kevin D. Randle, “ Coast-to-Coast AM: The Lubbock Lights,” A Different Perspective, February 23, 2023; Clark IV 764–770)

August 25 — Around 9:58 p.m. Hugh Young, a security guard at Sandia Base, and his wife Emily are in their trailer home in east Albuquerque, New Mexico, and watch a large object like a flying wing, but 1.5 times as large as a B-36, flying at 80 feet at about 300 mph. It has glowing white lights on the trailing edge of the wing and is completely silent. (NICAP, “ Flying Wing over Sandia Base”; Sparks, p. 108; Ruppelt, pp. 96–98; Loren E. Gross, UFOs, a History: Volume 8, 1951, The Author, 1983, pp. 46–47; Clark III 691; Kevin D. Randle, “ Coast-to-Coast AM: The Lubbock Lights,” A Different Perspective, February 23, 2023; Clark IV 767)

August 26 — 1:18 a.m. Airman Richard Rains and two other airmen at Ellington Air Force Base [now Ellington Field Joint Reserve Base] in Houston, Texas, watch a yellowish light pass swiftly overhead from south to north. It slows nearly to a stop when directly overhead, accelerates again, then slows again almost to a halt. The object then zig-zags off at a nearly perpendicular angle to its original course, though still northerly. It then ascends and blinks on and off at 2- second intervals, finally fading from sight. (Loren E. Gross, UFOs, a History: 1952, August, [incorrect date], The Author, 1986, p. 71)

August 26 — 8:28 p.m. A radar station at Larson AFB [now Grant County International Airport], near Moses Lake, Washington, tracks a UFO at 13,000 feet going 950 mph on two different sets, AN/CPS-1 and AN/CPS-4, for about 6 minutes. An F-86 is scrambled, but radar contact is lost before the plane gets off the ground. An electronic signal is received from this object that appears to be a mode-one IFF response from an AN/APX-6 transponder. This response is received twice at approximately 115 miles and 80 miles from the radar station. (NICAP, “ Two Radars Track 900 MPH Target; Sparks, p. 108; Ruppelt, pp. 96–98, 108–109; Clark III 692; Clark IV 767)

August 27 — At a conference at Holloman AFB, New Mexico, on the green fireballs, Project Twinkle’s Maj. Edward A. Doty expresses skepticism about the project. Meteorologist Bernard “Duke” Gildenberg tells those assembled that he has never seen anything out of the ordinary, nor has astronomer Clyde Tombaugh. The commanding officer at Holloman wants to cease allocating funds for the project. (Clark III 545; Clark IV 603)

August 28 — Project Twinkle personnel talk to LaPaz about the green fireballs and he insists they are not meteors. (Clark III 545; Clark IV 603)

August 30 — 11:30 p.m. A Texas Tech freshman named Carl Hart Jr. sees the same formation of 18–20 lights over Lubbock, Texas, and takes five photos. He gets the roll of film developed the next day and takes it to the Lubbock Morning Avalanche, which puts them out on the Associated Press wire. ATIC examines the photos and notes that the “two rows of spots behaved differently. One row only shows slight variation from a precise V formation throughout, whereas the other now appears to pass from above the first row, through it to a position below.” Biologist James Cecil Cross looks at the Lubbock photos under a microscope and rules out the bird explanation. While investigating the Lubbock Lights, Ruppelt also learns that several people in and around Lubbock claim to have seen a “flying wing” moving over the city. Among the witnesses is the wife of Dr. Ducker, who reports that in August 1951 she observed a “huge, soundless flying wing” pass over her house. Ruppelt knows that USAF does possess a “flying wing” jet bomber, and he feels that at least some of the sightings are caused by the bomber, although he cannot explain why, according to the witnesses, the wing makes no sound as it flies overhead. Ruppelt says that in addition to Project Grudge investigators, another group of people who, “because of their association with the government, had complete access to our files” (scientists convinced of the ETH) were also looking into the Lubbock cases. In March 1955, Ducker sends Ruppelt a telegram indicating that he has figured out that the lights are a “natural phenomenon” and requests no further publicity in his book. However, Texas Tech mathematics professor Ralph Sylvester Underwood has also observed three flights and estimates the objects are at 2,000 feet altitude and flying at 700 mph—much too fast for birds. (NICAP, “ The Lubbock Lights / Carl Hart Photos”; “Flying ‘Whatsits’ Seen Again,” Lubbock (Tex.) Morning Avalanche, September 1, 1951, pp. 1, 10; “Opinion Divided over Reports of Objects Seen in Lubbock Skies,” Lubbock (Tex.) Avalanche-Journal, September 2, 1951, pp. 1, 14; “‘Flying Whatsits’ Stir Dispute in Area,” Lubbock (Tex.) Morning Avalanche, September 6, 1951, pp. 1, 10; “‘Flying Whatsits’ Seen as Possible ‘Space Visitors,’” Lubbock (Tex.) Avalanche-Journal, April 4, 1952; H. B. Darrach Jr. and Robert Ginna, “ Have We Visitors from Space?” Life, April 7, 1952, pp. 80–84; “‘Lubbock Lights’ a Mirage?” Lubbock (Tex.) Avalanche-Journal, June 2, 1952; “‘Lubbock Lights’ Again News,” Lubbock (Tex.) Avalanche-Journal, June 11, 1952; Donald H. Menzel, Flying Saucers, Harvard University, 1953, pp. 34–38; ‘“Lubbock Lights’ Puzzle Solved, Chief Air Force Prober Claims,” Lubbock (Tex.) Avalanche-Journal, January 19, 1956; Ruppelt, pp. 96–110; UFOEv 88, 92; “ After 20 Years: ‘Lubbock Lights’ Mystery Unsolved,” Lubbock (Tex.) Avalanche-Journal, August 25, 1971, pp. 1, 10; “ Casebook: Investigator Researches Significant 1951 Case near Lubbock, Tex.,” UFO Investigator, May 1972, pp. 3–4; Kevin D. Randle, “The Lubbock Lights,” Official UFO, November 1976, pp. 28–29, 42–44; Kevin D. Randle, “ Carl Hart and the Lubbock Lights,” IUR 18, no. 5 (Sept./Oct. 1993): 17–19; Michael D. Swords, “ Classic Cases from the APRO Files,” IUR 24, no. 2 (Summer 1999): 22; “ Lubbock 1951,” Texas UFO Museum and Research Library, November 15, 1999; Michael David Hall and Wendy Ann Connors, Captain Edward J. Ruppelt: Summer of the Saucers, Rose Press International, 2000, pp. 30–35; Donald R. Burleson, “ New Findings on the Lubbock Lights,” IUR 26, no. 2 (Summer 2001): 3–5; “ Lubbock Lights and Roswell,” Texas UFO Museum and Research Library, December 7, 2005; Kevin D. Randle, “ Carl Hart and the Lubbock Lights,” A Different Perspective, August 24, 2006; Michael D. Swords, “ Can We Learn Anything from UFO Photos? Part Five,” The Big Study, July 15, 2012; Swords 131–132; Clark III 690–694; Kevin D. Randle, “ History’s Project Blue Book: The Lubbock Lights,” A Different Perspective, January 25, 2019; Kevin D. Randle, The Best of Project Blue Book, Flying Disk Press, 2020, chapter 5; Kevin D. Randle, “ Carl Hart, Jr., the Lubbock Lights Photographer Has Died,” A Different Perspective, April 1, 2021; Kevin D. Randle, “ Coast-to-Coast AM: The Lubbock Lights,” A Different Perspective, February 23, 2023; Clark IV 764–770)

August 31 — 12:45 p.m. Mrs. Tom Tilson and one or two other women are driving north on Hwy 70 near Matador, Texas, when they see to the west a pear-shaped object the length of a B-29 fuselage (100 feet). It is aluminum or silver-yellow with a port or some type of aperture on the side, and it moves with its smaller end forward, drifting slowly at about 150 feet altitude. It then shoots up in a circular fashion and out of sight after a few seconds. ( Sparks, p. 109; Clark III 692; Clark IV 767)

September — 9:00 p.m. Louise McDougall is sitting on the lawn outside her trailer park in Bloomington, California, when she has the feeling someone is watching her. She looks up and sees a flying saucer hovering some 20 feet up. It is lenticular, perhaps 100 feet in diameter, and dull silver metallic in appearance. There are tall, rectangular windows in its lower half, in which can be seen against an amber glow four men, in one-piece “jump suits,” with shoulder-length hair. She turns a spotlight on the saucer, whereupon it shoots off silently at incredible speed. About 15 minutes later it returns, hovering in the same spot, the figures still visible at the windows. After 6 or 7 minutes, it takes off again to the southeast. McDougall’s husband and three other people also see it. (Patrick Gross, URECAT, September 15, 2006; Clark III 267; Clark IV 307

September 10 — 11:10 a.m. At the Army Signal Corps radar center at Fort Monmouth [now closed], New Jersey, a student operator demonstrating radar functions to a group of visiting officers picks up a target that is moving too fast to be tracked automatically. The object seems to be following the coastline. He follows it off and on for 3 minutes, after which it disappears to the northeast, flying at 700 mph. At 11:35 a.m., a T-33 jet trainer piloted by Lt. Wilbert S. Rogers, with Maj. Edward Ballard as passenger, spots a “silver-colored object about the size of a fighter plane” flying at 900 mph at 5,000–8,000 feet over Sandy Hook. It makes a 90° banking turn and disappears out to sea. At 3:15 p.m., a second radar tracking occurs, but this slower object turns out to be a balloon. (NICAP, “ The Fort Monmouth Radar Incident”; NICAP, “ The Sandy Hook / T-33 Incident”; Sparks, p. 110; “ Air Force Pilots Report ‘Object’ Going 900 MPH,” Waukesha (Wis.) Daily Freeman, September 11, 1951, p. 3; Edward J. Ruppelt, “ What Our Air Force Found Out about Flying Saucers,” True, May 1954, p. 26; James E. McDonald, “ Statement on Unidentified Flying Objects,” in Symposium on Unidentified Flying Objects, Hearings, US House Committee on Science and Astronautics, 90th Cong., 2nd Sess., July 29, 1968, p. 66; Good Above, pp. 269, 487; Thomas Tulien, ed., Proceedings of the Sign Historical Group UFO History Workshop, Sign Historical Group, November 2001, pp. 45–46; Swords 124–127; Clark III 513–515; Covert 40–41; Clark IV 562–564)

September 11 — 10:50 a.m. Two radars at Fort Monmouth, New Jersey, pick up another object moving at 1,000 mph. At 1:30 p.m., another radar target appears, apparently hovering. Overcast conditions prevent a visual sighting. The radar then shows it ascending at a rapid rate then streaking to the south at 700+ mph. (Clark III 514; Clark IV 563

Fall - Navy pilot Lt. Cmdr. Marvin C. Davies is flying a plane off a CVE class aircraft carrier near Korea when the crew tracks a radar target 3 miles astern. The object has apparently been circling the fleet at an altitude of 5,000 feet and speeds of "slow" to 1,000 mph. The UFO has been tracked on 14 ship radars for 7 hours. It stops circling and takes up a position behind the plane's wingman, remaining there 5 minutes, then departing at high speed. (Project 1947, " UFO Reports, Korea"; UFOEv, p. 84)

October 16 - 11:01 a.m. Air Force pilots flying three F-94 fighters out of McChord AFB [now Joint Base Lewis-McChord] and naval ground personnel see a round, gray object flying soundlessly at high speed and high altitude west of Naval Air Station Whidbey Island in Oak Harbor, Washington. Photos taken from the F-94s show the object. After 50 minutes, the aircraft abandon the chase. The Air Force attributes the sighting to Venus. (NICAP, " 3 F-94's Encounter Round Grey Object / Photos Taken"; Sparks, p. 115; Clark III 391-392; Clark IV 436-437)

October 30 - 6:40 a.m. A group of servicemen are preparing to observe the Buster Charlie atomic test at Area 7 of the Nevada Test Site. Just before the blast, they see at an altitude of a few thousand feet a formation of 18 silvery, rotating, disc-shaped objects, each with a dome, arranged in six groups of three stretched out in a horizontal row. They fly low over the test site, hover for 30-60 seconds, and depart at an angle, disappearing in seconds. (Nukes 68-71)

November 7 - Evening. A steamship captain and crew watch an elongated orange object with six glowing "portholes" speed toward Ontario over Lake Superior. (UFOEv, p. 146)

December 5 - Early morning. Swedish Prince Carl Bernadotte and a friend, Berl Gutenberg, are driving near Stockholm, Sweden, when they see a bright flash of light illuminate the sky. Bernadotte stops the car and opens the door to listen for sounds. They go immediately to the Stockholm Criminal Investigation Department, who reports the incident to the Security Police and the military UFO desk. The report is instantly classified, even though the object is probably a meteor. (Swords 366)

1952

The Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory is established in Livermore, California, as an offshoot of the UC Radiation Laboratory at Berkeley. It is intended to spur innovation and provide competition to the nuclear weapon design laboratory at Los Alamos, New Mexico. Edward Teller and Ernest Lawrence, director of the Radiation Laboratory at Berkeley, are regarded as its cofounders. Los Alamos and Livermore soon establish a rivalry, fighting for weapons contracts and feasibility-study awards. (Wikipedia, “ Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory”)

An anonymous occupation soldier in Austria meets a diving suit-clad being who paralyzes him, pulls him inside a UFO, and flies him to an otherworldly place he takes to be Mars. He sees other humans who do not acknowledge him. Then he is returned to his base. (Prince George (B.C.) Citizen, December 11, 1957)

Night. USAF Pvt. Sinclair Taylor is on guard duty at Camp Okubo in Uji, on the southern outskirts of Kyoto, Japan, when he hears flapping sounds and sees what seems to be an enormous bird. As it gets closer to him, Taylor sees that it is a winged man well over 7 feet tall with a wingspread of 7 feet. Taylor fires at it repeatedly with his rifle and thinks he hit it, but he can’t find the body. (Sinclair Taylor, “The Bird Thing,” Fate 13, no. 12 (December 1960): 53–54; Clark III 778; Clark IV 859)

January 1 —10:54 p.m. Warrant Officer W. J. Yeo (a master telecomm specialist) and Sgt. D. V. Crandell watch a silent, reddish-orange object circle and maneuver for nearly 9 minutes at RCAF Station North Bay, Ontario. It appears to be very large and travels at supersonic speed. (“ ‘Saucers’ Seen Here: 2 Sighted at RCAF Station,” North Bay (Ont.) Nugget, April 15, 1952, pp. 1–2; Yurko Bondarchuk, UFO Sightings, Landings, and Abductions, Methuen, 1979, p. 92)

January 20 - 7:20 p.m. Two master sergeants, both intelligence specialists, are walking down a street at Fairchild AFB near Spokane, Washington, when they notice a large, bluish- white, spherical object approaching from the east. It passes north of their position, traveling horizontally and silently, and disappears in the west. They notice it has a long blue tail. It travels underneath low cloud cover at 4,700 feet at 1,400 mph. (NICAP, " Large Sphere with Blue Tail at 500'"; Sparks, p. 118; Ruppelt, p. 12)

January 21 — 9:50 a.m. A Navy pilot lieutenant commander in a TBM Avenger chases a white, dome-shaped object over Mitchel AFB [now closed] on Long Island, New York. It accelerates rapidly, makes a 180° turn, and heads out to sea. He estimates it is traveling at least at 300 mph. It looks like a parachute canopy and has a dark undersurface. Although there is a balloon in the area, its flight path is completely different. (NICAP, “ TBM Chases Climbing and Accelerating Object”; Sparks, p. 118; Ruppelt, pp. 121–123)

January 22 — 12:20 a.m. At a northern Alaska outpost, Murphy Dome Air Force Station, radar captures a UFO traveling 1,500 mph at 23,000 feet. When an F-94 is sent to intercept, the target stops, slows down, reverses course, and heads directly for the radar station. It comes within 30 miles, then disappears from the screen. The F-94 heads back to refuel, and a second fighter is scrambled. This pilot gets a strong radar return. At first, the object is almost stationary, but then it dives suddenly, at which point ground radar picks it up again. A third F-94 is sent up, also tracks the object on radar, and closes to within 900 feet. At this point, the pilot pulls away to avoid a collision, as the UFO is nearly immobile. Since none of the pilots obtained a visual sighting, the Air Force concludes that the radar returns are weather-related, although the pilots strongly dispute this. (NICAP, “ Alaskan Radar Case”; Sparks, pp. 119–120; Ruppelt, pp. 123–127; US Air Force, Projects Grudge and Blue Book Reports 1–12, NICAP, 1968, pp. 138–139; Carl Sagan and Thornton Page, eds., UFO’s: A Scientific Debate, Cornell University, 1972, p. xxi)

January 29 — Evening. Violet M. Winstead and her husband are at an open-air movie theater on Guam when they and others at the theater see an orange light passing silently overhead. (Violet M. Winstead, Letter, IUR 9, no. 1 (Jan./Feb. 1984): 3)

February 20 - 3:00 p.m. Rev. Albert Baller is sitting in a train at the station in Greenfield, Massachusetts, when he sees a "sharp flash of light about 35° or more above the horizon." Looking upward, he sees three perfectly circular, silver objects approaching in a V-formation. They are moving at about the "speed of a second hand on a watch." They stop and hover for 10 seconds. The lead object reverses and pulls into a line with the other two between them. Then they depart in a direction at right angles to their approach. (UFOEv, p. 69)

February 29 — Project Grudge issues a secret Status Report #4, classified “secret.” (US Air Force, Projects Grudge and Blue Book Reports 1–12, NICAP, 1968, pp. 65–78)

March 3 — Robert Emmett Ginna Jr. of Life visits the Air Technical Intelligence Center at Wright-Patterson AFB in Dayton, Ohio, to obtain material for his UFO article. Walther Riedel, former German rocket scientist at Peenemünde, Germany, tells Ginna he has kept notes on UFO sightings from all over the world: “I am completely convinced that they have an out-of- world basis.” He also meets with Air Force UFO spokesman Albert M. Chop. Air Materiel Command claims it is investigating every serious UFO report, but it can’t find the files he requests. Ginna becomes suspicious. (“ Status of Project Blue Book,” T52-6888, [1952]; Jan L. Aldrich, “ Have We Visitors from Space?” Project 1947; Michael D. Swords, “ 1952: Ruppelt’s Big Year,” IUR 28, no. 4 (Winter 2003–2004): 9; Swords 120–121)

March 10 - 6:45 a.m. Clarence K. Greenwood, inspector of engineering metals, sees two dark objects come from behind him at an altitude of 5,000-7,500 feet while he is waiting for a bus in Oakland, California. They pick up speed, one of them moving in a pendulum-like motion. He thinks they are about 45 feet long. (UFOEv, pp. 56-57)

March 14 — Evening. US Secretary of the Navy Dan A. Kimball is flying to Hawaii when he sees two discs moving at 1,500 mph. The UFOs circle his plane twice, then move on 50 miles east to another Navy plane carrying Adm. Arthur W. Radford. The UFOs circle Radford’s plane then zoom up out of sight. Kimball sends a report to the Air Force, but hears nothing back, despite USAF demanding reports from all Navy witnesses. Kimball threatens to initiate Naval reports on UFOs through ONR to be kept separate from Blue Book. Keyhoe hears about this from both Kimball and Chief of ONR Adm. Calvin M. Bolster. The report is never made public, but the story is mentioned in the Boston Traveler magazine. (NICAP, “ Admiral Radford & Navy Sec. Kimball Planes Buzzed”; NICAP, “ Navy Secy Dan Kimball’s Pilot’s Sighting, March 14, 1952”; Bill Schofield, “ Have You Heard,” Boston Traveler, May 5, 1952; Keyhoe, FS from OS, p. 50; Swords 165)

March 29 — 11:20 a.m. Near Misawa, Japan, USAF Lt. David Conant Brigham is flying a T-6 target plane on a practice intercept mission for two F-84s. The first F-84 overtakes him at 6,000 feet when the T-6 pilot notices a small disc gaining on the interceptor. The UFO curves toward the F-84, decelerates rapidly, then flips on edge in a 90° bank. It flies between the two aircraft, pulls away, flips again, passes the F-84, crosses in front, and accelerates out of sight in a near vertical climb. Both pilots notice the object, which comes within 30–50 feet of the T-6. At one point it is moving with a fluttering motion, rocking back and forth in 40° banks at one-second intervals. The pilot estimates it is only 8 inches in diameter. There is a ripple around the edge. (NICAP, “ Brigham/T6 Case: UFO Makes Pass at F-84”; Sparks, p. 123; “ Air Force Reveals Flying Disk ‘Made Pass’ at Jet Fighter-Bomber over Northern Japan,” Scranton (Pa.) Times, January 28, 1953, p. 7; Keyhoe, FS from OS, p. 192; C. W. Fitch, “ Monitoring and Scanning UFOs,” APRO Bulletin, March 1963, p. 5; UFOEv, p. 5; Clark III 377; Powell, Scientist, 46; Clark IV 421)

March 31 — Project Blue Book issues its Status Report #5. (US Air Force, Projects Grudge and Blue Book Reports 1–12, NICAP, 1968, pp. 81–94)

April 2 — 9:00 a.m. While on a fishing trip to Lake Mead, Nevada, with his wife and M/Sgt Lester Gossett, M/Sgt Sheldon Smith observes a large silver UFO at a high altitude. It looks like a B-36 without wings. Smith observes it right after a flight of F-86s overfly the area at about 15,000 feet. After watching the hovering object for about an hour at a much higher altitude than the vapor trails from the F-86s, it suddenly disappears. (NICAP, “ B-36 without Wings”; Powell, Scientist, 40)

April 3 — 8:23 a.m. Three civilian Air Force pilot instructors, Chauncey P. “Chick” Logan, C. M. Jasper, and Paul Wilkerson, and several others observe a bright-silver oval object above the airport in Benson, Arizona. Hovering at 55,000 feet, the object is in view for nearly an hour, during which time it stays in the same position in the sky. Logan flies a T-6 trainer aircraft up to 13,500 feet to better observe the object, but there is no change in apparent size. (NICAP, “ Seven Pilots Observe Huge Object”; Ellsworth Moe, “ Big Unknown Aerial Object Reported by Marana Pilots,” Tucson Arizona Daily Star, April 4, 1952, pp. 1, 14; “ Airmen See Big ‘Saucer’,” Flagstaff Arizona Daily Sun, April 4, 1954, p. 1; Sparks, p. 124; Powell, Scientist, 40)

April 5 - 10:40 a.m. Four civilians-Mr. and Mrs. L. G. Ryan, R. L. Stokes, and D. Schook- see a large, dull-gray, circular object, followed by two similar ones, flying straight and level at high speed over Phoenix, Arizona. (Sparks, p. 124; Powell, Scientist, 40)

April 5 - 9:15 p.m. Lewis E. Van Dercar, an amateur astronomer, and his 9-year-old son see four dark, circular objects with mostly fuzzy edges, cross the lower edge of the full moon from their home at N.E. 18th Street in Miami, Florida. (NICAP, [case file]; Sparks, p. 124; Powell, Scientist, 40)

April 5 - Near 12:00 midnight. Four members of the 372nd Bomb Squadron stationed at Kadena Air Base in Okinawa, Japan-A/1C P. T. Burnett, T/Sgt S. Ball, A/1C J. W. Johnston, and A/1C J. C. Holder-watch a white, steady light flying an erratic course at about 20,000 feet from the north horizon to the base area. It moves over the base at high speed (faster than a jet), zig-zagging, stopping, and maneuvering again. After 10 minutes, it shoots straight up and disappears to the west. (NICAP, " Object Zig-Zags over Base"; Sparks, p. 124)

April 16 — 10:58 p.m. Four high-altitude contrails heading east-southeast toward Alaska are seen by US defense observers at Nunivak Island, Alaska. Air Defense Command becomes frantic about a possible Soviet attack. (NICAP, “ UFOs and Alert Scare, April 1952”; NICAP, “ Another Radar-Inspired National Alert”; “ 3 Plane Vapors Cause Alert at Alaska Stations,” Long Beach (Calif.) Independent, April 18, 1952, p. 18; “ Radar Scare,” Miami (Fla.) Herald, April 19, 1952, p. 23; Clark IV 892)

April 20 — 9:15 p.m. Naval aviation student Edmund Kogut and his wife Shirley are at a drive-in movie theater in Flint, Michigan, when they see several groups of UFOs fly over. There are 2–9 objects in a group and about 20 groups, all flying in a straight line except for some changes in direction accomplished unlike any known aircraft. They are shaped like conventional aircraft but have an odd reddish glow surrounding them. (NICAP, [ Flint, Michigan, case documents]; Sparks, p. 128)

April 22 — Around 9:00 p.m. A B-29 combat crew on the ground at Naha Air Base on Okinawa, Japan, observes an elliptical-shaped object at an altitude of 1,000–1,500 feet flying east to west. One minute later, two more objects are observed flying the same course. Five minutes later, two more objects appear flying in the same direction. All five objects are elliptical in shape and apparently 2–3 feet in length. The objects have a brilliant white light that blinks at 1–2 second intervals as they perform erratic maneuvers. The estimated speed of the objects is 1,150 mph. (NICAP, [ case file]; Sparks, p. 128; Powell, Scientist, 40)

April 23 - 10:45 a.m. Engineers Carl Hawk and Marvin Harvey are at Sandia Base, Albuquerque, New Mexico, when they look up to watch a jet fighter as it shoots to the north above the Sandia Mountains. They also notice a soundless, flat, rectangular, wing-like object streaking through the sky from east to west above Tijeras Canyon. The object is completely black except for a distinct, bright yellow "V" on its bottom. Two slight points extend from its rear corners. Hawk estimates that it is passing overhead at 2,000 feet altitude at 200-400 mph and is roughly 60 feet wide by 20 feet long. They watch it for 10 seconds until it disappears in a cloud above downtown Albuquerque. (" What Soared Across Duke City Sky That Day in April, 1952?" Albuquerque (N.Mex.) Tribune, November 21, 1957, p. 8)

May 28 - 1:45 p.m. Albuquerque, New Mexico, fire department employees Martin Romero and Don Atteberry see two circular objects, one shiny silver and the other orange or light brown, performing fast maneuvers on three different occasions over the course of an hour above the northeast part of the city. (NICAP, [Blue Book case documents]; Sparks, p. 135)

June Around 11 p.m. Little Spring Creek, TN. Marks of legs and center spike in chirt (sic), along with small heelless footprints. Man hears strange sounds and weird music, sees a shiny thing on the ground, with bright light coming through an open door. 4 or 5 men, high- pitched voices. 4~ to 5 ft. tall dancing and singing. Object aluminum colored, glowing orange and blue in spots, some of which were too bright to look at directly. Rotating lights on translucent ball at top. Object on 4 legs, each with a ball at the end , and a center spike. Stood 3-4 ft. off the ground, 7-8 ft. thick at center, like 2 saucers stuck together. Men reloaded object, advanced toward witness with things in their hands that looked like quns, but stopped, apparently unwilling lo cross a creek. Men walked up rammp or steps into object, which rose. vertically in a twisting, corkscrew motion, glowing brighter as it rose. (Stanley L. Ingram "Recent Sightings " page 65 in "Unidentified Flying Objects Over the Tennessee Valley" by W.A. Darbro and Ingram, South Publishing Co., Huntsville, Ala. 1974. via Fred Herritt)

June 11 - 6:44 p.m. Two round objects, dark blue with gray centers, are seen moving southwest to northwest for 40 seconds at 500 mph and 6,000 feet altitude several miles east of O'Hare Airport in Chicago, Illinois. One passes the other before disappearing. (Loren E. Gross, UFOs, a History: 1952, June-July 20th, The Author, 1986, pp. 10-11)

June 15 - 4:20 p.m. A round shiny object is seen over Gordonsville, Virginia. At 4:25 p.m., the crew of a commercial airliner reports a silver sphere over Richmond, Virginia. At 4:33 p.m., a Marine fighter jet is scrambled from Marine Corps Base Quantico in Prince William County, Virginia, and attempts to intercept a target south of Gordonsville but fails and returns to base. At 5:43 p.m., an Air Force fighter attempts to intercept the same shiny sphere but after reaching 35,000 feet turns back. At 7:35 p.m., a UFO emitting a golden glow is seen over Blackstone, Virginia. Fighter jets from Langley AFB in Hampton, Virginia, are scrambled, but the object is gone by the time they get there at 8:05 p.m. (" Rubin Says `Thing' Spotted in Va. Skies Was a Fireball," Richmond (Va.) News Leader, June 16, 1952, p. 8; " Lighted Ball Cruises in Sky near Richmond," Richmond (Va.) Times-Dispatch, June 16, 1952, pp. 1, 4; " Mysterious Sight Stirs `Saucer' Talk in Powhatan," Hopewell (Va.) News, June 16, 1952, p. 1; " Aerial Object Baffling to Observers in Virginia," Richmond (Va.) Times-Dispatch, June 17, 1952, pp. 1, 8; " Mysterious Object Sighted over State Resembled Balloon to Two Observers," Richmond (Va.) Times-Dispatch, June 18, 1952, p. 2; Ruppelt, pp. 144-145)

July - Afternoon. A man driving a car near Schenectady, New York, sees an oblong object hovering nearby. A gondola lowers from the object and a bunch of "Navy officers in white hats" rush to the windows. All are wearing huge dark glasses. The gondola goes back up, and three smaller UFOs appear and go inside the bigger one. (Center for UFO Studies, HUMCAT Index 1952-1953, p. 10; Clark III 267; Clark IV 307)

July 30 - 1:10 p.m. Willie Vaught of Alexandria, Indiana, sees a strange looking cloud and calls her two teenage daughters ( Laura and Patsy) and Laura Oliver to see it. While looking at it, they see six flat, aluminum- like objects streak across the cloud, merge, and disappear within a minute. (" Alexandria Family Reports Seeing `Flying Saucers,'" Alexandria (Ind.) Times-Tribune, July 31, 1952, p. 1; Herbert S. Taylor, " Mystery Clouds and the UFO Connection," IUR 29, no. 4 (July 2005): 19)

July 15. GERMANY, Gleimershausen. Former Mayor Oskar Linke and his 12-year-old stepdaughter saw a landed circular object and occupants. Witnesses moved to within 30 ft. Object was 50 ft. across with two rows of holes along the side, each about l ft. in diameter. A black cylindrical tower was seen at the top center; it was about 10 ft. high, went through the disc and the object was resting on it. Object slowly ascended, whistling sound was heard. Several people in a nearby village saw it flying overhead. A circular depression where the tower had rested was found. (The New York Enquirer. 07-21-52)

August 6. Lumberton, North Carolina. James J. Allen, 51, saw a round object 8 ft. long, 6 ft. high land within 10 ft. of him. Small occupants seen. Footprints found. (The Robesonian, Lumberton, 08-07-52)

1952 August 19 West Palm Beach, Florida. A witness saw a round dark object above him in a clearing. It had a turret on top. Red balls of liqht were emitted and he was burned. He saw a creature on the object. Grass roots were scorched. (Ruppelt)

August 25. Pittsburg, Kansas. Bill Squire, of radio station KOAM saw a disc-shaped object in a field and saw four persons in it. A bluish light filled the interior. It was 75 ft. long and 10 ft. thick. He was less than 100 ft. away as it ascended vertically. Sound was heard "like a covey of quail." Weeds and grass were crushed and blown over a wide area. (Kansas Newsletter)

August 27. Lumberton, North Carolina. Gabriel Durocher and 4 other people independently reported seeing an unusual object. Durocher was walkinq home when he saw the object in a field. The object was glowing blue-white and 30 ft. away. Blue, yellow and red sparks were seen as the object started to spin and ascend. It ascended vertically. It was about 30 ft. in diameter and 10 ft. thick. A depressed area was found at the site. (The Robesonian, Lumberton, NC.)

August 29 - 8:35 p.m. Civil Air Patrol pilot Carlton A. Magruder sees three aluminum-colored objects with a red- yellow exhaust over Colorado Springs, Colorado. They are 50 feet in diameter and 10 feet high, flying in line at about 1,500 mph. (NICAP, " Pilot Reports Three Objects 50' in Diameter"; Sparks, p. 169; Loren E. Gross, UFOs, a History: 1952, August, The Author, 1986, p. 80)

September - Morning. Stewart Sanborn and his relatives, Gordon and Dorothy Sanborn, are waiting to catch the ferry across Okanagan Lake to Kelowna, British Columbia. They notice an odd white boat on the lake approaching them about one-half mile north. It looks like a round hard hat sitting on a platter. Suddenly its wake vanishes and they realize it is in the air. It stops and hovers 50 feet above the water and only 100 feet away from them. It seems to be about 30 feet in diameter and surrounded by a haze. It remains there for one minute, then starts moving back across the lake. It reaches the opposite shore in 5-6 minutes, then soars upward and disappears. (" UFO Startles Ferry Crowd," Canadian UFO Report 1, no. 4 (July/Aug. 1969): 5-8; Dolan, USO1, 157-159)

September 12. Flatwoods, West Virginia. A group of children saw a disc land on a nearby hill. Group of young people and one adult went to the area. They saw a large sphere and a large creature. Some of the people became quite ill, two parallel skid marks and a large circular area of flattened grass were found at the site.(APRO)

October 6 - 7:20 p.m. A couple driving along the Boulevard Guañajibo in Mayagüez, Puerto Rico, notice a bright white light above the ocean moving southwest. They continue south to Punta Guañajibo, where the object appears to be west of Cabo Rojo. It remains motionless for a few minutes, changing colors from white to red, then green, blue, and back to white. The man notes a reflection on the water from the object. After 5 minutes, it either disappears beyond the horizon or into the water, but a glow remains in the spot for about 20 minutes. The object reappears as a bright point of red light and moves northwest, low above the water, in a random and unstructured pattern, including zigzags. It disappears around 8:00 p.m. (Carl Feindt, " Report #1162," waterufo.net; Dolan, USO1, 160-161)

October 17. FRANCE, Oloron. Yves Prigent, a teacher at Oloron College and others observed about 30 yellow discs with red domes (seen through binoculars) traveling SW across the sky, followed by a long, thin, white cylindrical object, tilted at a 45 degree angle. When two of the discs approached each other, a whitish trail would appear between them. White smoke was reported coming out of the top cylinder, and large amounts of white filaments fell to the ground, on trees, telephone lines and roofs of houses. The substance remained for several hours. (Vallee I & II)

October 17. FRANCE, Geronce. White filaments seen coming to ground at time of UFO sighting. (Stringfield)

October 27 FRANCE, Gaillac. Sighting similar to that at Oloron, Oct 17. (Vallee II)

September 7 — 2:00 a.m. Rural mail carrier Walter E. Ogden sees a glowing, pumpkin-shaped object about 40 feet above the trees in his pasture at Wallingford, Kentucky. After a minute, a bluish blaze of fire comes from the bottom and it rises about 500 feet, leaving a circular smoke ring. It then zooms away horizontally. Six days later, a 12-foot depressed ring of scorched earth is discovered on the spot, along with a kerosene smell. Air Force investigators show up and declare it a hoax. (“ Ask Probe,” Park City Daily News (Bowling Green, Ky.), September 14, 1959, p. 5; “Rural Mailman Has UFO Proof,” Raleigh Register (Beckley, W.Va.), September 18, 1959, p. 7; “ APRO Studies Soil Samples from Eastern Landings,” APRO Bulletin, November 1959, pp. 1, 3–4; Loren E. Gross, The Fifth Horseman of the Apocalypse: UFOs, a History: 1959 July–September, The Author, 2000, pp. 74–75, 77–80)

September 13 — 9:58 p.m. A radar target is tracked at Kirtland AFB in Albuquerque, New Mexico, moving at 2,300 mph at an altitude of 60,000 feet and heading northwest. A total of four radar stations track the object. (Lorenzen, UFOs: The Whole Story, Signet, 1969, p. 103)

September 24 - About 4:55 a.m. In Redmond, Oregon, police officer Robert Dickerson sees a bright white light rapidly descending north of the airport. It stops abruptly and hovers about 200 feet above ground for several minutes, lighting up the juniper trees below. Dickerson drives toward it on the Prineville Highway, then turns toward the airport. The object turns reddish-orange and moves rapidly to about 10 miles northeast of the airport to hover again. Dickerson arrives at the airport to report his sighting in person to the FAA Air Traffic Communication Station. Flight Service Specialist Laverne Wertz, Dickerson, and others view the object through binoculars as flat and round with occasional flames extending from its edge. The FAA reports the UFO to Seattle Air Route Control Center in Washington at 5:10 a.m., which in turn reports it to Hamilton AFB [now closed], Novato, California, which scrambles six F-102 jets from Portland to intercept the object. FAA station observers see the object hover and emit long tongues of red, yellow, and green light that extend and retract at irregular intervals. As the jets approach the object from the southeast, it turns into a mushroom shape, emits red and yellow flames from the lower side, and ascends rapidly, disappearing above scattered clouds at about 14,000 feet. The object's departure forces one F-102 to swerve to avoid collision. Another nearly loses control from the UFO's turbulent wake. The UFO is tracked on one F-102 gunsight radar, but the jets cannot intercept. The UFO reappears about 20 miles south of Redmond at about 25,000 feet. The Seattle Center reports at 6:20 a.m. radar contact with the object about 25 miles south. The USAF Air Defense Center radar site at Klamath Falls, Oregon, tracks a large target abruptly changing course and vectors B-47 and F-89 aircraft to identify it. Redmond FAA controllers lose sight of the object. Seattle FAA reports at 7:11 a.m. that Klamath Falls radar still is tracking it at 25 miles south of Redmond but varies in altitude from 6,000 to 52,000 feet. The Air Force claims the UFOs are caused by false radar returns, with excitable witnesses imagining the glow. But locals notice the FAA is checking for abnormal radioactivity, so the Air Force changes its explanation to weather balloon. After NICAP obtains FAA logs showing all the details, the Air Force again changes its explanation to Venus. (NICAP, " Huge Disc Sparks Scramble"; " Recent Sightings," APRO Bulletin, January 1960, p. 3; " Federal Aviation Agency Report Exposes AF Cover-Up," UFO Investigator 1, no. 9 (March 1960): 1-3; " Air Force Contradicts FAA Report," NICAP Special Bulletin, May 1960, p. 2; UFOEv, pp. 44, 48, 113-114, 138; Keyhoe, Aliens from Space, Signet ed., 1974, pp. 33-36; Loren E. Gross, The Fifth Horseman of the Apocalypse: UFOs, a History: 1959 July-September, The Author, 2000, pp. 81-86; WFAA, Dallas, Texas, " Archive 1959: Fighter Jets Sent to Intercept Redmond UFO," May 12, 2016; Patrick Gross, " The Redmond UFO Incident, USA, September 24, 1959"; Wendy Connors, "Cops and Saucers: Law Enforcement and UFO's, 1957-1981 Guide," November 20, 2013, audioclip 5; " Redmonds, OR CE-II Case of 9-7-1959 - News Interviews," Ufology: A Primer in Audio, 1938-1959, November 21, 2013; Clark III 950; Clark IV 1064)

October 22 - Night. Three witnesses are driving through Cumberland, Maryland, when they see a metallic disc emitting a bluish-green light around its edge. The driver abruptly stops, but leaves the car running. Suddenly the object drops down to 50 feet altitude and hovers 100 feet away in front of the car, making a humming vibration. As two of the witnesses open the door to get out, the car engine, lights, and radio fail. Shortly afterward, the disc shoots straight up, then forward, makes a 90° angle, then disappears in clouds. The car begins functioning normally again. (Whitney Bolton, " Looking Sideways," Santa Ana (Calif.) Register, November 5, 1959, p. D2; Schopick, pp. 67-68; Lorenzen, UFOs: The Whole Story, Signet, 1969, pp. 104-105)

Late October - 6:55 p.m. Electrician Gideon Johansson is at home in Mariannelund, Småland, Sweden, when there is a power failure. He goes outside to look at the power lines when he bumps into his son Rolf, who points out a brilliant white object hovering above a three-story building. The object descends slowly and appears to be heading toward Johansson's garden. The machine oscillates three times and smashes into the top of a maple tree, descends through the branches and hovers about 18 inches above the ground. Only about 10 feet away, Johansson can see the object has a large window, through which two entities are visible. Their heads have high crown and they have big, friendly eyes. They have mall mouths and pointed chins and are wearing white uniforms with broad black belts. One seems to be working at an instrument panel. They are only the size of a 14-year-old. Soon the object moves up and shoots away in a flash. Glassy deposits are found on some power lines in addition to the damaged tree, and Johansson gets prickly pains in his lower body. (Anders Liljegren, " Mariannelund UFO and Occupants," Flying Saucer Review 16, no. 6 (Nov./Dec. 1970): 14-17)

November 3 — Two businessmen driving between Woodlands and Kennington, New Zealand, watch a glowing 40-foot-long object with a balloon-like attachment on the underside hovering just above the trees. As they approach it in their car, it speeds off to the north. (“ New Zealand: Businessmen Frightened,” Flying Saucer Review 6, no. 2 (Mar./Apr. 1960): 17–18; Lorenzen, UFOs: The Whole Story, Signet, 1969, p. 100)

November 8 - A large, luminous object is seen moving at great speed over Kandahar, Afghanistan, to the northwest. Shortly afterward it explodes with a loud roar in nearby mountains, causing some slight earth tremors. Possible Russian missile test. (Good Above, p. 308)

December — 5:45 a.m. Larry Jensen is driving to work on US Highway 99 near Proberta, California, when his radio begins making “snapping” noises, and his lights dim. He pulls over to the side of the road and gets out to check his headlights, which he finds are shining feebly. He notices a huge, bright, bluish-green, crescent-shaped object hovering about 60 feet above the road a quarter of a mile behind him. It appears to be 80–90 feet across and 15–20 feet thick. Suddenly and inexplicably, he finds his clothes are soaked and he feels an alarming feeling as if he is getting crushed inside. He also feels as if he is being sucked up into the object. He grabs for a car door, then collides with a side mirror and staggers backward, but manages to get inside. Looking out the right-door window, he sees the UFO a few miles away, heading northeast and climbing at a shallow angle over the Sierra foothills. It vanishes within 10 seconds. Jensen’s car lights come back on. He resumes driving, but 600 feet away is forced to stop because he smells burning rubber. The battery caps are blown out, and the battery is swollen out of shape, the generator is not working, and the armature and field wires have melted together. Later, he finds it odd that he has not encountered another single car during or after the episode. (Loren E. Gross, The Fifth Horseman of the Apocalypse: UFOs, a History: 1959 October–December, The Author, 2000, pp. 56–59; Clark III 866; Clark IV 961)

December 2 - A bright, circular object is seen in the sky heading southwest over Ghazni, Afghanistan. It disappears after 2 minutes. (Good Above, p. 308)

December 13 — Early evening. A rocket project officer at Fort Bliss in El Paso, Texas, is out looking at the Moon with binoculars when a lighted object approaches the Moon very slowly in the six o’clock position. Once nearly in line with the lunar edge, it begins a precision journey, skirting the edge until it reaches three o’clock. It then leaves on a straight track directly away. During the observation, the man calls his wife and two neighbors to watch the performance. (Michael D. Swords, “ Gazing at the Moons,” IUR 32, no. 4 (October 2009): 14–15)

December 23 - 12:07 a.m. Kenneth Lindsley Jr. is near the intersection of Claribel Road and McHenry Avenue just north of Modesto, California, when he sees a bright orange "bowl- shaped" object descending toward him from about 2,000 feet. It drops to about 20 feet above the road, where it stays for about 2 minutes before ascending again. The object makes another appearance at 12:45 a.m. when he is walking further south near the new McHenry Bowl. Estelle Hendershott also sees a bright, stationary object above Modesto at 12:15 a.m. (" Bright Orange `Thing in Sky' Calls for Explanation," Modesto (Calif.) Bee, December 24, 1959, p. 1; " Women Report Seeing Bright Object in Sky," Modesto (Calif.) Bee, December 27, 1959, p. C-1; " Bowl-Shaped Object in Central California," APRO Bulletin, January 1960, p. 3)

Late December - 10:00 p.m. Lorentz Johnsen sees a dark, silent object with a row of windows fly slowly by at an altitude of 500 feet, headed in the direction of Namsenfjorden, Trondelag, Norway. It descends to about 160 feet, grows fiery red, then explodes with a crash and falls into the water. He says that it looks like a cover is torn off in one piece like a "curved sheet of metal." (Ole Jonny Brænne, " Observations of Unidentified Submarine Objects in Norway," IUR 20, no. 1 (Jan./Feb. 1995): 13)

December 23 — 12:07 a.m. Kenneth Lindsley Jr. is near the intersection of Claribel Road and McHenry Avenue just north of Modesto, California, when he sees a bright orange “bowl-shaped” object descending toward him from about 2,000 feet. It drops to about 20 feet above the road, where it stays for about 2 minutes before ascending again. The object makes another appearance at 12:45 a.m. when he is walking further south near the new McHenry Bowl. Estelle Hendershott also sees a bright, stationary object above Modesto at 12:15 a.m. (“ Bright Orange ‘Thing in Sky’ Calls for Explanation,” Modesto (Calif.) Bee, December 24, 1959, p. 1; “ Women Report Seeing Bright Object in Sky,” Modesto (Calif.) Bee, December 27, 1959, p. C-1; “ Bowl-Shaped Object in Central California,” APRO Bulletin, January 1960, p. 3)

January 18 — 10:45 p.m. Leo Haley and Bert C. Baker are driving on US Highway 2, some 9 miles west of Lakota, North Dakota, when the headlights dim just as a brilliant green flash lights up the sky. In a field to the north about 1 mile away they can see a 5–6 foot crescent- shaped object with a 9-foot exhaust tail. (“ Report Seeing Bright Object Fall in Field,” Grand Forks (N.Dak.) Herald, January 21, 1960, p. 5; UFOEv, p. 75; Schopick, p. 69)

January 30 - Two Argentine Navy patrol ships allegedly detect two unknown underwater objects by sonar in the Golfo Nuevo, Chubut, Argentina. One object is lying on the seabed and the other is circling it. Two anti-submarine ships are summoned, and they drop depth charges. Both objects surface and race toward the entrance of the bay, with the Argentine ships firing on them. They dived back underwater, and the naval sonar detects four objects, then six. As they approach the anti-submarine nets at the entrance of the bay, some kind of explosion dismantles the ships’ sonar systems. (Nikolai Nepomniaschii, Iz Sekretnikh Arkhivov Razvedok Mira [From the Secret Archives of the World Intelligence Services], 1998); Vladimir G. Azhazha and Evgeny P. Litvinov, Подводные НЛО: Загадочные места мира [Underwater UFOs], 2015; Dolan, USO1, 210–211)

February 5 - 11:15 p.m. Many people see a distinctly round UFO hover and maneuver slowly over or near the intersection of Sunset Boulevard and La Brea Avenue in Hollywood, California. Cars are stopped bumper-to-bumper, according to employees of several businesses around the intersection, with people gaping at the object overhead. Persons on hotel and apartment rooftops go out to see a bright "cherry-red, circular light." Two service-station attendants at the intersection, Jerry Darr and Charles Walker, say that "hundreds of people saw it- everybody was looking" as the light hovers for at least 5 minutes over a busy drive-in. Pen Meyer, another service station attendant a third of a mile to the north, watches it hovering for about 10 minutes. Harold Sherman, his wife, and two others watch it as it resumes motion very slowly eastward. After proceeding east for a distance of a block or two, it veers southeastward and passes out of sight. No sound is heard over street-noise background. (Los Angeles NICAP Subcommittee case files; James E. McDonald, " Statement on Unidentified Flying Objects," in Symposium on Unidentified Flying Objects, Hearings, US House Committee on Science and Astronautics, 90th Cong., 2nd Sess., July 29, 1968, pp. 54-57

February 6 — 11:15 p.m. The red object reappears over Hollywood, California, this time about one block further east, above Sunset Boulevard and Sycamore Avenue. A number of witnesses observe it hovering for about 10 minutes at an altitude of 500–600 feet. Then with a loud explosion it emits a brilliant bluish-white flash that extends downward and to the west, lighting up the ground all around La Brea Avenue. A mushroom-shaped cloud appears and dissipates. As the red light is extinguished, an object described by most witnesses as long, tubular, and about 70 feet long shoots upwards. A few seconds later, the red light appears about 1,000 feet above Sunset and La Brea for about 8 minutes. It then begins drifting slowly eastward, turns sharply toward the north-northeast, accelerates and climbs steeply, not stopping again until it is at a very high altitude well to the north. (Los Angeles NICAP Subcommittee case file; James E. McDonald, “ Statement on Unidentified Flying Objects,” in Symposium on Unidentified Flying Objects, Hearings, US House Committee on Science and Astronautics, 90th Cong., 2nd Sess., July 29, 1968, pp. 54–57)

February 14 - 4:40 p.m. A silver, cigar-shaped object streaks across the sky over Nome, Alaska, following a curved flight path. (" Probe Mystery Flying Object," Fairbanks (Alaska) Daily News-Miner, February 16, 1960, p. 1; " Second Alaska Sighting in Three Weeks," APRO Bulletin, March 1960, p. 2; " Other Recent Sightings," UFO Investigator 1, no. 9 (March 1960): 8; UFOEv, p. 138)

February 16 — 9:15 a.m. Retired industrial chemist Earl T. Ross sees an oval, light- colored object moving steadily toward the east from his home in Laguna Beach, California. Two seconds later, a similar object, wobbling on its axis, approaches and overtakes the first from a position lower in the sky, taking up a steady position behind and to the right of the first. Both objects move toward the hills on the horizon in about 8–10 seconds. (UFOEv, pp. 67–68)

March 24 - Two policemen are in the vicinity of Lambert-St. Louis International Airport in Missouri, one on the north side, the other on the south side. A bright light illuminates the entire area. Three objects in a V-formation whisk overhead. They are round, white, and 9 feet in diameter. (Swords 293)

April 25 - 9:00 p.m. Former town selectman Arnold W. Spencer watches a bright cigar- shaped object, "dark scarlet as the deepest red in a rainbow," hovering above Plymouth, New Hampshire. It is hanging low in the eastern sky, with vertical bands of pulsating light visible along its length. After 25 seconds, the UFO suddenly moves off silently toward the south at high speed, illuminating the branches of trees as it passes. (UFOEv, p. 68)

May 13 - 7:00 p.m. More than 100 people at Paracuru, Ceará, Brazil, watch a disc-shaped UFO. Flying about 600 feet in the air at low speed, the silent object maneuvers over the downtown area or a long time. About 60 feet in diameter, it hovers at an angle by a church. A strong bluish light is on top of it. The same day, 20 cities and towns in Céara state, four in Rio Grande do Norte, three in Pernambuco, two in Paraíba, two in Bahia, and one each in the states of Piauí and Maranhao report UFO sightings. (Olavo Fontes, " Orthoteny in Brazil, Part II," APRO Bulletin, September 1960, p. 5; Lorenzen, UFOs: The Whole Story, Signet, 1969, pp. 220-221; Loren E. Gross, The Fifth Horseman of the Apocalypse: UFOs, a History: January-June 1960, The Author, 2003, pp. 92-93)

June 22 - 6:20 p.m. John Person is setting up camp at Clan Lake, Northwest Territories, on a prospecting expedition and is waiting for his partner. He hears a noise like an aircraft approaching and something bounces on the ground and hits the surface of the lake about 1,700 feet behind him. Person sees an object 4-6 feet wide with arms or spokes is rotating rapidly in the water, but gradually slows down and stops spinning. When his partner arrives, they get into a canoe and travel to the impact area. They find an area of burned grass and another area where grass it cut up in small pieces. They use a pole to probe the lake bottom and find a channel that is one foot deeper at one end and three feet deeper at the other, RCMP Cpl. Matheson flies to the lake in a seaplane on July 19 and August 15 and finds the impact area as Person has described but no submerged object. (Royal Canadian Mounted Police, " Report of Strange Object Striking Clan Lake, Clan Lake Dist., N.W.T.," July 19, July 25, and August 25, 1960; " Did a UFO Crash at Clan Lake?" Mikey McBryan YouTube channel, October 2, 2020; Chris Rutkowski, Canada's UFOs: Declassified, August Night, 2022, pp. 98-102)

July 3 - 4:30 p.m. Argentine Air Force Capt. Hugo F. Niotti is driving north near Villa General Belgrano, Córdoba, Argentina, when he notices a dark object hovering to the right of the road. He stops his car, grabs his camera, and takes a photo of the object, which is moving slowly over a field. As he is winding the film to take another shot, the object accelerates and disappears into the clouds. The photo shows a conical object low above the ground, as well as a horse whose attention is attracted to the object. Analysis shows that the object is about 23 feet high, 20 feet in diameter, and 56 feet above the ground. (Guillermo C. Roncoroni and Gustavo J. Alvarez, " Foto de OVNI Avalada por la Fuerza Aerea Argentina," UFO Press 1, no. 3 (April 1977): 32-38; " Cone-Shaped UFO Photographed in Argentina," CUFOS Associate Newsletter 1, no. 8 (December 1980): 1; Johannes Koch, " Correspondence," CUFOS Associate Newsletter 2, no. 2 (February 1981): 2; Willy Smith, " The Yacanto, Cordoba, Argentina, Photograph, 07-03-1960," UFO Casebook; Willy Smith, "UFOs in Latin America," UFOs 1947-1987, Fortean Tomes, 1987, pp. 104-106)

August 11 - 3:10 p.m. Ray Hawks is operating a farm tractor at Left Hand Canyon near Altona, Colorado, when he hears a muffled explosion. Looking up, he watches a disc dropping vertically out of the cloud cover. It stops in midair about 650 feet away from him and 200 feet above the ground, wobbling a bit. When it stabilizes, he sees it looks like two concave discs joined together at the rim and dull aluminum in color. Bluish smoke is issuing from an apparent gap in its surface. An electric hum seems to come from inside the object. The section where the smoke is issuing is withdrawn inside, and a new section appears to replace it, settling in with a click. The hum increases in intensity, and the object appears to be surrounded by a heat haze. It then shoots up into the clouds and vanishes. (Lorenzen, UFOs: The Whole Story, Signet, 1969, pp. 223-225)

September 2 - 11:30 p.m. Richard Ireton and his wife are driving on US Highway 1 in Westbrook, Connecticut, when they notice what seems to be an aircraft about to crash. It veers close to the shore and the Iretons drive to the beach to look for it. They see a triangular-shaped object flying silently at the speed of a Piper Cub airplane, alternately hovering and moving horizontally and vertically. When it reaches the public beach, it takes off at great speed toward Long Island, New York. They see a similar object the next evening around 9:30 p.m. at Chalker Beach in Old Saybrook, Connecticut. (" `Flying Triangle' Seen in State," Hartford (Conn.) Courant, September 17, 1960, pp. 1-2)

October 5 - A formation of UFOs is detected by the new Ballistic Missile Early Warning System at Thule Site J in Greenland. The objects appear to be heading directly toward North America from the direction of Russia. Within seconds, Strategic Air Command headquarters in Omaha, Nebraska, scrambles the crews of B-52 bombers armed with nuclear warheads to prepare a retaliatory strike. But at the last moment checks reveal that the objects are spurious radar echoes. Unusual atmospheric conditions create phantoms on the BMEWS that cannot be seen by other radars. (Eric Schlosser, Command and Control: Nuclear Weapons, the Damascus Incident, and the Illusion of Safety, Penguin, 2013, pp. 253-254, 542)

November 3 - 4:30 p.m. Two 8-year-old boys are walking over a small hill in rural Price County, Wisconsin, when they hear an odd high-pitched, humming noise. The air has become unusually warm. They look back and see an aluminum-colored object on the hill behind them. They run back toward it, but it lifts off and shoots away. They find the soil of the hill to be warm to the touch. (" Small Boys See Warm, Landed UAO," APRO Bulletin, January 1961, pp. 1, 4)

November 4 - House Majority Leader John W. McCormack (D-Mass.) writes to Keyhoe that "it was pretty well established by some, in our minds, that there were some objects flying around in space that were unexplainable." (" Congressmen Confirm AF Secrecy: Pressure for Investigation Increasing," UFO Investigator 1, no. 11 (Dec./Jan. 1960/1961): 1; UFOEv, p. 175)

December 9 -8:30 p.m. Mme. Dhelens in the Château des Mailles (31 miles south of Carignan-de-Bordeaux), Gironde, France, sees a luminous oval object twice the size of an automobile hovering just above the ground in the château's park. It has two round portholes, behind which she sees indistinct shadows moving. It takes off, leaving a 12-foot circle of yellowed grass, which later dies. (" Nos Enquêtes: Carignan (Gironde), 9 déc. 1960)," Ouranos, no. 27 (August 1961): 7-12; Loren E. Gross, The Fifth Horseman of the Apocalypse: UFOs, a History: July-December 1960, The Author, 2003, p. 138)

1961

An Antonov AN-2P mail biplane takes off from an airfield at or near Sverdlovsk, Russia, bound for Kurgan with seven people on board. About 80–100 miles from Sverdlovsk, the aircraft disappears from the radar screen. Ground control cannot regain contact, so a search is launched with helicopters and troops. The aircraft is found in a small clearing in a dense forest, completely intact. The authorities state that it looks like it was placed there gently from above. All the mail is intact, and there is no sign of anyone on board. No marks or footprints are seen. A 100-foot wide, clearly defined circle of scorched grass and depressed earth is found at a distance of 328 feet from the plane. A report by the Moscow Aviation Institute claims that a UFO was tracked on radar at the control tower and that strange radio signals were heard at the time of the disappearance. (Good Above, pp. 228–229)

A UFO appears above the iron-ore mine of Catalina Huanca, owned by the Marcona Mining Company, near Apongo, Peru. It hovers for 5-15 minutes, only about 300 feet away from a young mining engineer. It is round and glowing, with windows on the upper part. The engineer gets a look at it through his theodolite, but it still looks fuzzy. The object reappears throughout the day, allowing all the mine workers (about 70) to view it. The following day it follows a supply truck for several hours as it exits the mine heading south over a dirt track. (S. Parker Gay Jr., " Peru, 1961," IUR 24, no. 3 (Fall 1999): 29)

January 6 - 3:00 a.m. Luis G. Ferré Casas, his mother, and his sister notice a bright, disk-shaped object on a mountain about one mile from an estate at Torroja del Priorat, Tarragona, Spain. After watching it for 20 minutes, they get tired and retire to bed. (Vicente-Juan Ballester Olmos, " Twelfth Night.And a UFO," Flying Saucer Review Case Histories, no. 18 (February 1974): 10-12)

January 10 — A US Navy A-1 Polaris missile is launched from a ground pad at Cape Canaveral, Florida. A large disc appears somewhat close to the rocket and causes the tracking mechanism to lock on to the UFO. The diameter of the disc is approximately 20–25 feet and it is about 6–8 feet thick at its center. The tracking system returns to focus on the Polaris a bit downrange. The object is visually lost to ground observers and the primary witness ( Clark C. McClelland, with 10x50 binoculars) as it continues to move away. The original investigation is conducted by McClelland and his Florida NICAP subcommittee. (NICAP, “ UFO ‘Alters’ Tracking of Navy Polaris Test”; Sparks, p. 286; “ UFO Blocks Tracking of U.S. Rocket,” UFO Investigator 2, no. 6 (Oct./Nov. 1962): 1; Loren E. Gross, The Fifth Horseman of the Apocalypse: UFOs, a History: January–June 1961, The Author, 2003, pp. 6–7)

January 17 — 6:17 p.m. A former weather officer at Holloman AFB is driving with some companions near Cimarron, New Mexico, when they see three different groups of amber UFOs flying in V-formation about 15 miles away at 30,000 feet. There are six lights in the first group and eight in the second and third. They fly away to the southwest and then return to where they first appeared. (Lorenzen, UFOs: The Whole Story, Signet, 1969, pp. 226–227)

January 22 — 4:45 p.m. An elliptical, metallic-looking UFO approaches Eglin AFB near Valparaiso, Florida, from over the Gulf, makes a U-turn and speeds back over the Gulf. Harry Caslar is filming his son on the beach with 8mm movie film and captures the UFO. (“ UFOs Continue Earth Observation,” UFO Investigator 1, no. 12 (April/May 1961): 5; UFOEv, p. 95)

February 16 - 9:30 p.m. An object with two powerful beams of red and white light hovers at treetop level near Nugent's Airport and Sporting Camps in Millinocket, Maine. Observers watch for nearly five minutes as it appears to fall to the ground and vanish. Allen O. Nugent pinpoints the sighting near Donnelly Point and the tramway leading toward Allagash Stream and Mountain. Jerome Dickinson of Houlton first spots the object and informs others at camp. Witnesses include James Pierce, Jack Chisholm, Arthur Augustine, William Cameron, James Leighton, Norman Hathaway, and William Cyr. Dickinson and Hathaway later fly over the area in search of the object but find no evidence. Earlier that evening, Mildred Steeves of Bangor reports seeing a large bright object, describing it as softball-sized, fast-moving, and giving her an eerie feeling. (" Sportsmen Mystified by Red, White Beams in Sky," Bangor (Maine) Daily News, February 18, 1961, pp. 1-2)

March 10 - 8:45 p.m. Mr. F. Reynolds and his 15-year-old son Lloyd are camped in their trailer 900 feet from the Murray River, at Bowna, New South Wales, when they see what appears to be a huge trailer with four windows and a red light at the end standing by the water. A fire is visible to the right of the object, and they can see four figures moving quickly between the object and the fire. Reynolds watches through binoculars and sees the entire array moving sideways in a jerking manner. After 45 minutes, it is all gone from sight. In the morning they can find no traces on the soft mud flat. (" UFO Landing?" Australian Flying Saucer Review, no. 5 (July 1961): 1-2)

Spring - Late evening. A couple parking in Millville, New Jersey, watch a bright light silently moving northward. It hovers, reverses direction, and maneuvers for 5 minutes. At one point it races directly at a star, abruptly stops, draws a neat, right-angled, half-box around it, and goes racing on. Finally it speeds out of sight in about 5 seconds. (J. Allen Hynek, The UFO Experience, Ballantine ed., 1974, p. 44; Michael D. Swords, " We Know Where You Live," IUR 30, no. 2 (January 2006): 10)

April 29 - Around 4:00 p.m. Contractor John P. Gallagher is working at a home adjacent to Bailey's Beach, Newport, Rhode Island. He sees a red spherical object bobbing on the ocean waves about 600 feet from the shore. Suddenly the object rises into the air to 60 feet and moves out to sea at about 100 mph. (" `Head' Floats-Flies," APRO Bulletin, July 1961, p. 4; Dolan, USO1, 220)

May 10 - Late evening. Richard Vogt, driving on a rural road south of Osakis, Minnesota, sees a "ball of fog approximately 3 feet in diameter" swiftly descending toward him at a 45° angle from a clear sky. Unable to take evasive action, Vogt can only stare as the object hits the upper part of his hood and windshield. The noisy impact generates a tremendous amount of heat; the windshield becomes extremely hot to the touch. The object leaves pit marks burned in the windshield, circular tracks on the glass, and burned specks in the finish of the hood. ("A Phenomenon?" Eagle Bend (Minn.) News, May 25, 1961; C. W. Fitch, " Monitoring and Scanning UFOs," APRO Bulletin, July 1963, p. 5; Clark III 716; Clark IV 784)

Summer - Day. Glenn E. Bradley watches a group of six metallic discs pass over his farm near Beloit, Ohio, at a low altitude. They are traveling in single file at about 30 mph and are spaced 1-2 miles apart. The objects are each about 60 feet in diameter at the bottom with a 30-foot dome on top. Within a transparent section in the center he can see two figures on each side. The objects begin banking to the left about 200-300 feet away. (" Soup Bowls over Ohio," CUFOS Associate Newsletter 6, no. 1 (Feb./March 1985): 4, 6)

June 19 - A flying object hovers for more than an hour above an airport at Exeter, Devon, England. Officials say: "We do not know what it is. It was seen on the radar screen and we have had it under observation for some time. We think it is pretty big. It appears to be shining brightly and is about 50,000 feet up." (UFOEv, pp. 80, 139)

July 4 - 12:15 a.m. A woman and her daughter are on the roof of a flat in Ryde, Isle of Wight, England, when they notice five faraway lights in a row approaching them. Another light is above the others. Soon they can see that the lights are apparently portholes on an object shaped like a hovercraft (although their sketch looks more like a domed disk). The base of the object glows with an orange light. (Leonard G. Cramp, " Did a Scout Ship Touch Down on the Isle of Wight?" Flying Saucer Review 7, no. 6 (Nov./Dec. 1961): 16-17)

August 22 - Adm. Roscoe Hillenkoetter signs a NICAP letter to Congress urging "immediate congressional action to reduce the dangers from secrecy about UFOs, including accidental war and the Russians falsely claiming UFOs are Soviet weapons. (Keyhoe, Aliens from Space, Signet ed., 1974, p. 85)

September 19-20 - 10:30 p.m. Barney and Betty Hill are driving home to Portsmouth, New Hampshire, from a vacation in Quebec, going south on US Highway 3. Near Groveton, New Hampshire, Betty sees a bright light moving upward and erratically, growing larger. Later, Barney stops the car at a scenic picnic area south of Twin Mountain. Through binoculars, Betty sees a solid object against the moon that "appeared to be flashing thin pencils of different colored lights." Barney thinks it's a plane, though it might be "playing games" with them. Barney drives slowly through Franconia Notch, watching the object. At one point it passes near the Old Man of the Mountain. About one mile south of Indian Head (north of Lincoln), the object rapidly descends toward their vehicle, causing Barney to stop in the middle of the highway. The huge, silent craft hovers approximately 80-100 feet above the Hills' 1957 Chevrolet Bel Air and fills the entire field of view in the windshield. It reminds Barney of a huge pancake. Carrying his pistol in his pocket, he steps away from the vehicle and moves closer to the object. Using the binoculars, Barney claims see about 8-11 humanoid figures who are peering out of the craft's windows, seeming to look at him. In unison, all but one figure move to what appears to be a panel on the rear wall of the hallway that encircles the front portion of the craft. The one remaining figure continues to look at Barney and communicates a message telling him to "stay where you are and keep looking." Barney has a recollection of observing the humanoid forms wearing glossy black uniforms and black caps. Red lights on what appears to be bat-wing fins begin to telescope out of the sides of the craft, and a long structure descends from the bottom of the craft. The UFO approaches to within 50-80 feet overhead and 300 feet away from him. Barney tears the binoculars away from his eyes and runs back to his car. In a near hysterical state, he tells Betty, "They're going to capture us!" He sees the object again shift its location to directly above the vehicle. He drives away at high speed, telling Betty to look for the object. She rolls down the window and looks up. Almost immediately, the Hills hear a rhythmic series of beeping or buzzing sounds which seem to bounce off the trunk of their vehicle. The car vibrates and a tingling sensation passes through them. At this point in time they experience the onset of an altered state of consciousness that leaves their minds dulled. A second series of beeping sounds return them to full consciousness. They find that they have traveled nearly 35 miles south, but have only vague, spotty memories of this section of road. They recall making a sudden, unplanned turn, encountering a roadblock, and observing a fiery orb in the road. At 5:00 a.m., they arrive home, about two hours later than expected. Barney feels compelled to examine his genitals, and they both take long showers. Betty notices a pinkish powder and a tear in her dress. There are shiny, concentric circles on their car's trunk that were not there the previous day. Betty and Barney experiment with a compass, noting that when they move it close to the spots, the needle whirls rapidly. But when they move it a few inches away from the shiny spots, it drops down. (Wikipedia, " Betty and Barney Hill incident"; NICAP, " The Betty and Barney Hill Case"; Sparks, p. 289; Walter N. Webb, " A Dramatic UFO Encounter in the White Mountains, New Hampshire: The Hill Case, Sept. 19-20, 1961," The Author, August 30, 1965; John G. Fuller, The Interrupted Journey, Dial, 1966; [ case documents and correspondence]; J. Allen Hynek, The UFO Experience, Ballantine ed., 1974, pp. 178-184; Mark Rodeghier, " Hypnosis and the Hill Abduction Case," IUR 19, no. 2 (March/April 1994): 4-6, 23-24; Robert H. Coddington, " The Hill Experience," IUR 19, no. 3 (May/June 1994): 18-19; Betty Hill, A Common Sense Approach to UFOs, The Author, 1995; Mark Cashman, " Behavioral Classification System for UFO Occupants," IUR 24, no. 1 (Spring 1999): 19; UFOEv II 528-529, 567-571; Michael D. Swords, GrassRoots UFOs: Case Reports from the Timmerman Files, Fund for UFO Research, 2005, p. 143; Stanton Friedman and Kathleen Marden, Captured! The Betty and Barney Hill UFO Experience, Weiser, 2007; Greg Sandow, " The Hill Case and the Limits of Ufology," IUR 31, no. 4 (March 2008): 3-7, 19-28; Clark III 577-592; Colin Dickey, " They Knew What They Had Seen," Slate, September 11, 2023; Matthew Bowman, The Abduction of Betty and Barney Hill: Alien Encounters, Civil Rights, and the New Age in America, Yale University, 2023; Randle, 1973, pp. 42-46; Graff 253-255; Nigel Watson, " On the Credibility of the Barney and Betty Hill Abduction Case," in Vicente-Juan Ballester Olmos and Richard Heiden, eds., The Reliability of UFO Witness Testimony, UPIAR, 2023, pp. 220-228; " Rare, Extensive Betty Hill Interview on Her 1961 UFO Abduction with Husband Barney in New Hampshire," Eyes on Cinema YouTube channel, February 27, 2024; Eghigian, After, pp. 162-168; Nigel Watson, "Fragments of Reality," Fortean Times 449 (October 2024): 26; Clark IV 17,635-649; " In a Rare Interview, Betty and Barney Hill Provide a Detailed Account of Their 1961 UFO Abduction," Eyes On Cinema YouTube channel, August 28, 2025)

September 20 - 2:14 a.m. Pease AFB [now Pease Air National Guard Base] in Portsmouth, New Hampshire, picks up an unidentified radar blip 4 miles away from the base, with no visual contact. (NICAP, " Radar Tracks Object before and after Hill Abduction")

September 21-22 - Betty Hill calls Pease AFB and reports her UFO incident (without mentioning the figures). Maj. Paul W. Henderson of the 100th Bomb Wing calls back with a few questions.

October 30 - Engineer Carl H. Geary Jr. watches four luminous blue discs, each with a band of different-colored lights or portholes, moving slowly in a straight-line formation above Derry, Pennsylvania. They are apparently oscillating with a sideways motion. When they reach a hill, they give off a blue flash. Geary jumps in his car and paces them on a parallel road, but the objects finally disappear behind a mountain. (" Frequent UFO Operations, Many at Night," UFO Investigator 2, no. 3 (Jan./Feb. 1962): 6)

Late November - 9:30 p.m. Real estate agent Cavalheiro Mendes is walking along the beach in Balneário Pinhal, Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil, when he sees a huge light 900 feet away. As he walks toward it, he sees it is a huge disc resting on the sand. He feels compelled to approach it and sees two helmeted figures come from behind the object. They seem to be telling him telepathically not to resist. Mendes finds he is completely unable to move. He feels one of them scratching his forearm with an instrument, then he blacks out. When he wakes up, he is nearly back to his beach house and it is 11:30 p.m. After a few weeks he feels anxious and sad for no apparent reason. He refuses to be hypnotized. (Lorenzen, Flying Saucer Occupants, Signet, 1967, pp. 199-200)

1962

- Day. An Air Force pilot is flying a brand new B-52 with a full crew out of Wichita, Kansas, headed for an air base in the southwest. He notices a bright flash of sunlight in his left side and turns to see a metallic object "like polished chrome." It is pacing the aircraft near its left wingtip. The object is 4-8 feet in diameter and has no seams or markings. His First Officer is watching an identical object off the right wing, and the crewman in the tail reports that there is a round shiny metal ball following close behind the B-52. The top and bottom gunners also see spheres above and below the plane. The pilot goes into an evasive maneuver, but after 10-15 minutes the objects are maintaining their positions. He returns to his previous assigned altitude and heading. After a few minutes, the five objects leave, one at a time, first the bottom one, then the top, then the tail. The two objects on the wings shoot away at the same time and climb out of sight parallel to each other. After landing, the crew is told not to talk about the sighting at all. (Richard F. Haines, " NARCAP's Project Sphere: Are Spherical UAP a Threat to Aviation Safety?" IUR 33, no. 2 (July 2010): 5-6)

January 29 - A Royal Dutch Air Force pilot flying an F-86 Sabrejet sights a UFO over eastern Netherlands. The jet's radar also picks up the object and control tower radar (somewhere) is also tracking it. He attempts to give the object an urgent warning by radio, but it goes unheeded. He arms a Sidewinder rocket and tries to close in, but the UFO pulls away swiftly before he can fire. (" New Sightings by Navy, FAA, and Airline Observers: Dutch Jet Pilot Tries to Down UFO," UFO Investigator 2, no. 5 (Aug./Sept. 1962): 1-2)

March 26 - 1:35 p.m. USAF Capt. J. M. Lowery, from an unspecified aircraft, sees a thin, cylindrical object, 1/3 snout, 2/3 tail fins, fly at an estimated Mach 2.7 (1,800 mph) at Ramstein Air Base near Ramstein-Miesenbach, Germany. At first sight the object appears like a small delta- wing fighter. When it reaches the 3 o'clock position, the object appears more like a sidewinder missile. As the object travels from the 3 o'clock position to the 5 o'clock position, the pilot has the impression of shape changing to the appearance of a dart target. The duration is 5-8 seconds. (NICAP, " Missile-Like Object Observed from Aircraft"; Sparks, p. 291; John Greenewald, " Project Blue Book: Ramstein Air Force Base UFO Encounter, March 26, 1962 (Unidentified)," The Black Vault, August 7, 2024)

April 24 - 7:45 p.m. Alice W. Gasslein and her mother, Estelle W. Wilkinson, are driving near their home in Springfield, Delaware County, Pennsylvania, when they see a large domed object emitting flashes of green light moving over the roofs of nearby homes. A rotating band around the main body consists of a series of square windows from which come shafts of bright white light. They drive back home to alert her husband, Joseph A. Gasslein, an aviation worker at Boeing. By that time, the UFO is about a half-mile distant, giving off colored lights. Around 8:10 p.m., the object returns, flying toward the Gassleins' home (south of Walsh Park) only 20 feet above ground level and passes over their backyard before making a sharp left turn and moving away to the east. (Olsen, sec. 3, pp. 78-80; " Out of the Past: A Very Close CE-1," IUR 10, no. 1 (Jan./Feb. 1985): 9-10, 14; Loren E. Gross, The Fifth Horseman of the Apocalypse: UFOs, a History: January-June 1962, The Author, 2005, pp. 56-57)

May 13 - 4:20 a.m. Three truckers (Valentino Tomassini, Guro Tomassini, and Humberto Zenobi) are driving from Bahia Blanca to Jacinto Aráuz, La Pampa, Argentina, when they see a lantern-like light resting in a nearby field. It brightens and dims alternately. As they slow down, a row of 20-30 lights come on. When they approach to within 210 feet of the object, it rises up and crosses the road at a height of 12 feet. Its lights go out, a reddish flame comes from the bottom, and it makes a soft humming noise. The UFO then divides into two parts that fly off in different directions. Navy Capt. Luis Sanchez Moreno, chief of intelligence at the Port Belgrano Naval Base, interviews the witnesses. At the landing site, grass is burned over an area 180 feet in diameter, and there are damp, gray-colored patches. These are taken for analysis to either or both the Port Belgrano Naval Base and Universidad Nacional del Sur, both in or near Bahia Blanca. It consists of calcium carbonate and potassium carbonate. (" Relatos de aparecimentos de discos na Argentina em 1962," SBEDV Boletim, no. 30 (Aug. 1962/ Feb. 1963): 14; " In Argentina," APRO Bulletin, July 1963, pp. 2, 4; UFOEv, pp. 170-171; Oscar A. Uriondo, " Preliminary Catalogue of Type 1 Cases in Argentina," Flying Saucer Review Case Histories, no. 12 (December 1972): 10; Hector P. Anganuzzi, Historia de los Platos Voladores en la Argentina, Plus Ultra, 1976; Loren E. Gross, The Fifth Horseman of the Apocalypse: UFOs, a History: January-June 1962, The Author, 2005, pp. 60-61)

May 24. ARGENTINA, La Pampa. Woman saw an object on the ground with two robot-like creatures. Grass singed in a circle 18 ft. wide. (FSR 10-62 )

June 25-26 - 9:00 p.m.-2:00 a.m. John, 14, and James Westmoreland, 12, are camping out in their backyard at 7466 East 18th Street, Tucson, Arizona, with a friend, Ronald Black, 11. About 9:00 p.m. John notices a bright star in the west that moves occasionally, dips, and hovers. Around 11:45, they notice that the star is brighter and has moved closer, taking the shape of a triangle. At 12:15, the object noiselessly emits three green flares that take on a speedy horizontal flight path. They notice a second, ball-shaped object that races from west to east, flips, and stops at a higher elevation than the first. A "flare-like" light approaches the second and seems to be absorbed by it. The first UFO spits out more green flares, two of which disappear into the second object a few minutes later. The second object shoots out a rocket that disappears in the sky. A third whitish object, larger and disc-shaped, appears above Pontano Wash with a cone-shaped superstructure. Three stilt-like protuberances appear briefly then are drawn back in. The third object also drops something like a rope that extends to the ground for 3-5 minutes. The boys soon get sleepy and retire after a while, telling the mother, Pansy Westmoreland, about it in the morning. (" Saucers, Rockets Inhabit Night Sky," Tucson (Ariz.) Daily Citizen, June 26, 1962, p. 17; Coral E. Lorenzen, " Saucers Shoot Rockets over Tucson, Arizona," APRO Bulletin, July 1962, pp. 1, 3-4; Lorenzen, UFOs over the Americas, Signet, 1968, pp. 114-118)

July 9 - 9:00 p.m. An object larger than the moon speeds to the west in seconds above Whakatane, New Zealand, leaving a fiery trail that persists for several minutes. Constable Douglas Gray sees the object coming from north of White Island off the coast, lighting up the sky. (" Mystery Object over Whakatane, NZ," APRO Bulletin, May 1962, p. 6)

August - 7:00 p.m. Three witnesses are driving south toward San José de Métan, Salta, Argentina, when they see a light against the mountains to the west. It approaches, growing as large as the full moon when it is 300 feet ahead of them. It has a bulge at the top and reddish- pink, green, and white blinking lights. It continues to approach and passes above a Fiat truck in the road ahead of them. The truck stops, and the witnesses stop their car as well, two of them walking into some nearby bushes to observe. The object now seems to be the diameter of a DC-3's wingspan and is 150 feet in the air. The truck's lights go out, and the object rocks back and forth, taking off to the north at a great rate of speed. Five minutes later, they drive up to the stopped truck, whose driver is scooping up dirt to cool its overheated engine down. (Lorenzen, UFOs: The Whole Story, Signet, 1969, pp. 157-158)

September 18 - 5:00-5:15 a.m. Six police officers in five separate locations in northeast Ohio observe UFOs moving generally to the northeast or east, but in two of the observations the objects take off at high speed. State policeman David McCurry sees two white, oval-shaped objects near Minerva, Ohio. (UFOEv, p. 62; Wendy Connors, "Cops and Saucers: Law Enforcement and UFO's, 1957-1981 Guide," November 20, 2013, audioclip 6; "Ohio State Patrolman David McCurry's Eyewitness Testimony on His Sighting of 2 UFOs, Sept. 18, 1962," Eyes On Cinema YouTube channel, February 5, 2025)

October 10? - Twilight. Residents of Spring Park Road in Jacksonville, Florida, watch small fireballs with fuzzy outlines moving around their houses. Some house lights dim and others go out entirely as the lights move about. J. P. Baker sees a fireball moving through a field behind his house. He goes inside to tell his wife, and she looks out the kitchen window a sees a brilliant "round ball, big as a No. 2 wash tub" and pinkish in color. It hovers outside the window less than 6 feet away, then floats around the corner of the house. One man sees a light moving along utility wires. Another woman reports a glow moving through her house; at one point it envelops her and her hand tingles. Gladys Faucette on Cascade Road sees a brilliant glow descend to within 3 feet of the ground. An electrical circuit goes out about the same time. (" Glowing Lights Invade Home," APRO Bulletin, November 1962, p. 1; " Great Balls of Fire! We Had a Glow On," NICAP Reporter 1, no. 4 (January 1963): 4; Covert 56)

November - Evening. A French businessman is driving along a minor road in Var department, southeastern France. It is raining heavily. Rounding a bend, he sees a group of figures in the road 260 feet ahead. He slows down to drive around them and sees that they are actually bizarre animals with the heads of birds and covered in plumage. Terrified, he speeds ahead and stops about 500 feet further ahead. Turing around, he sees the entities heading toward a luminous, dark-blue object hanging in the air over a field on the other side of the road. It resembles two plates upside down. The entities are sucked into the bottom of the object. He hears a "clack," and the UFO takes off at "prodigious speed." (Lyonel Trigano, " Strange Encounter in Var," Flying Saucer Review 14, no. 6 (Nov./Dec. 1968): 18; Clark III 280; Clark IV 320)

November 17 - 9:00 p.m. Frederick L. Swindal, ex-Marine captain, and his wife Virginia are sitting on the front porch of their farm between Brooksville and Dade City, Florida, when they see an object with three lights flying at a high altitude from the northeast. At first they assume it is an airplane, but it stops and hovers for 5 minutes. The lights then move southeast at a high speed, and Swindal realizes that the lights are apparently on three different objects. They bounce up and down somewhat and vary the distance between each other. They are in sight for 3-5 minutes. ( Sparks, p. 293; UFOEv, p. 140; Olsen, sec. 3, pp. 82-83;)

December 1 - Evening. A husband and wife in East Point, Georgia, are watching the first- quarter Moon through a 6-inch reflector. In the dark area, well away from the terminator, the man sees a bright-red spot light up. It gets so bright that he points it out to his wife. She notices it starting to move across the illuminated portion of the Moon, then continues passing in a straight line across the blue Georgia sky, faster and faster until it is gone. (Michael D. Swords, " Gazing at the Moons," IUR 32, no. 4 (October 2009): 15)

1963

January 11 - At 11:00 p.m., at San Pietro Vernotico, Italy, farmer Antonio de Luca is awakened by restless animals and goes out to calm them. Fifteen minutes later he sees a domed disc some 132 feet long land in the village square. Dark figures are moving inside the transparent dome. He tries to approach but is paralyzed at 30 feet away. It ascends in the direction of Brindisi to the north, emitting a vertical beam of green light. (Gordon W. Creighton, " The Italian Scene-Part 4," Flying Saucer Review 9, no. 4 (July/Aug. 1963): 12; Vallée, Magonia, p. 290; Center for UFO Studies, HUMCAT Index 1963, p. 3; Pier Luigi Sani, " UFO in Italia: Analisi e commento del periodo 1955-1972," UFO Rivista di Informazione Ufologica, no. 8 (April 1990): 21-22; Loren E. Gross, The Fifth Horseman of the Apocalypse: UFOs, a History: January-June 1963, The Author, 2005, p. 8; Mario Desiati, " Quando i cieli Pugliesi erano pieni di UFO," News Fortiane, no. 16 (July 2009): 7-8)

February 15 - 7:10 a.m. Farmer Charles Brew and his son Trevor are in a shed, milking a herd of cows near Moe, Victoria, Australia. Charles sees an object descend very steeply out of the east from a low cloud during a heavy rain, at about a 45° angle. The UFO is about 25 feet in diameter, and about 9-10 feet high. The lower portion, about 3 feet high, is rotating in an anticlockwise direction and is bluish. The upper portion appears to be stationary, battleship-gray in color, with a transparent dome on top. Protruding out of the dome is something resembling a broom handle. A sound, described as swishing or burbling, is heard by both Charles and Trevor, and it throws the nearby cows and horses into a panic. Keith Basterfield thinks the event might have been caused by a funnel cloud. (NICAP, " Rotating Object and Animal Reaction"; Sparks, p. 293; " Hallucinated Cows?" Flying Saucer Review 9, no. 3 (May/June 1963): 23; " Saucer Panics Cattle," APRO Bulletin, July 1963, p. 1; " The Case of the Frightened Cows," APRO Bulletin, September 1963, pp. 1, 3-4; " Flying Machine over Farm," Australian Flying Saucer Review, no. 8 (June 1965): 10; Bill Chalker, " Tully Saucer Nests of 1966, Part Two," IUR 23, no. 1 (Spring 1998): 15-16; Swords 388-390; Keith Basterfield, " Cold Case Review, Moe, Victoria: The RAAF Investigation," Unidentified Anomalous Phenomena- Scientific Research, January 29, 2015; Keith Basterfield, " Cold Case Review, Moe, Victoria: The VFSRS Investigation," Unidentified Anomalous Phenomena- Scientific Research, January 29, 2015; Keith Basterfield, " Cold Case Review, Moe, Victoria: The McDonald Investigation," Unidentified Anomalous Phenomena- Scientific Research, January 29, 2015; Keith Basterfield, " Cold Case Review, Moe, Victoria: My Analysis," Unidentified Anomalous Phenomena-Scientific Research, January 29, 2015; Keith Basterfield, " Moe, Victoria: Questions to Trevor Brew," Unidentified Anomalous Phenomena-Scientific Research, March 6, 2015; Keith Basterfield, " The 1963 Moe, Victoria, Sighting: James E. McDonald Audio Interview with Charles Brew," Unidentified Anomalous Phenomena-Scientific Research, September 15, 2016)

April 11 - 1:30 p.m. The pilots of a Boeing 707 airliner flying at 31,000 feet about 100 miles north of Puerto Rico see a disturbance like a "great round mound" in the sea below, more than half a mile in diameter. They watch it for more than 30 seconds, but it begins to subside as they proceed with their flight. (Lucius Farish and Dale Titler, "Mysteries of the Deep: Underwater UFOs," Official UFO 2, no. 3 (May 1977): 52-53; Carl Feindt, " Report #783," waterufo.net; Dolan, USO1, 241-242)

June 4 - 3:00 a.m. A multi-colored object about the size of a light truck reportedly lands near Lyle, Minnesota. Police search an area over 2 miles wide on both sides of the Iowa-Minnesota border, but they find no trace of it. (" Sighted along State Border: `Flying Saucers' Again," Albert Lea (Minn.) Evening Tribune, June 4, 1963, p. 1; " Aerial Reconnaissance Fails to Find Trace of Saucers," Austin (Minn.) Daily Herald, June 4, 1963, p. 1; " Search for UFO In Minnesota," APRO Bulletin, January 1964, p. 1; " The sighting which occurred," NJAAP Bulletin 2, no. 3 (January 1964): 4-6)

July 16 - Farmer Roy Blanchard of Charlton, Wiltshire, England, discovers a strange crater on the ground overlapping his potato and barley fields. It is about 8 feet wide and 4 inches deep. A hole in the center is 3 feet deep and less than a foot in diameter. All vegetation inside the circle is burned, leaving only bare earth, and there are four slots in the ground around it, each about 4 feet long and a foot wide. A small piece of metal is found. Astronomer Patrick Moore states that a "shrimp-sized meteorite" has caused the crater. But a military investigation shows no burn or scratch marks or any trace of an explosion. (Waveney Girvan, " The Wiltshire Crater Mystery: The Meteorite That Never Was," Flying Saucer Review 9, no. 5 (Sept./Oct. 1963): 3-7; " Postscript to the Charlton Crater: What Mr. Salwood Saw," Flying Saucer Review 9, no. 5 (Sept./Oct. 1963): 8; Charles Bowen, " Back to Charlton," Flying Saucer Review 12, no. 3 (May/June 1966): 12; Loren E. Gross, The Fifth Horseman of the Apocalypse: UFOs, a History: July-December 1963, The Author, 2005, pp. 12-16; UFOFiles2, p. 116; Nick Redfern, " The Curious Caper of the Charlton Crater, Part 1," Mysterious Universe, September 28, 2015; Nick Redfern, " The Curious Caper of the Charlton Crater, Part 2," Mysterious Universe, September 28, 2015; Matthew Richardson, " The Charlton Crater")

August 12 - Night. A 10-year-old staying with his family at the Suez Hotel on Collins Avenue in Miami, Florida, is standing on the diving board of the hotel pool when he hears a churning sound and sees a disturbance in the Atlantic Ocean about 100 feet offshore. He sees a light attached to an object that is rising up into the sky. It moves parallel to the water for about 20-30 minutes before it disappears. (Carl Feindt, " Report #1583," waterufo.net; Dolan, USO1, 242-243)

September 19 - 6:50 p.m. More than 140 residents of Wonthaggi and South Dudley, Victoria, Australia, observe a mystery object like an orange beach ball maneuver in the sky for 25 minutes. At first it hovers, then it begins moving slowly and silently, putting on sudden and intermittent bursts of speed, before disappearing in an easterly direction into the Bass Strait. During the 25 minutes that the object is visible, TV sets malfunction in South Dudley, Wonthaggi, and lnverlock. TV sets variously display white screens, gray screens, double images, or snow and lines. Still other sets go completely blank. After the UFO leaves at 7:15, all TV sets resume normal operation. (" UAO's Upset TV Reception," APRO Bulletin, May 1964, pp. 1, 6; Schopick, pp. 109-111)

October - 9:30 p.m. Five members of a family in Millersport, Ohio, see what seems to be an airplane on fire, but the house-sized object approaches and hovers about 300 feet away. They see a dark disc with a dome and antenna on top and three ball-shaped protrusions on the bottom. Around the rim are evenly spaced openings that emit fiery beams. In the dome, several large windows are visible in which a figure can be seen, at least by the mother. The dome rotates as the object hovers, and it makes a low humming noise. It finally rises slowly and makes a small circle in the air before speeding away. (Michael D. Swords, " Close Encounters of the First Kind: Do We Really Care? Part Two," The Big Study, February 15, 2012)

November 12 - The crew of the Argentine Naval auxiliary transport, ARA Punta Médanos, sees a large UFO off its stern [in the Atlantic Ocean?]. It is moving at high speed; when it appears, the needles of the ship's magnetic compass suddenly and simultaneously swing off course, pointing towards the UFO, which is about 6,000 feet away. The compasses return to normal after the object leaves. (" Argentine Navy Discloses Important E-M Case," UFO Investigator 3, no. 4 (Aug./Sept. 1965): 6; Schopick, pp. 3-4; Loren E. Gross, The Fifth Horseman of the Apocalypse: UFOs, a History: July-December 1963, The Author, 2005, pp. 79-80; [ NICAP case files])

December 10 - 11:30 p.m. A large, bright, dome-shaped UFO lands at RAF Cosford in Shropshire, England, seen by two student cadets returning late from leave. It bathes the area in intense green light from a height of 10 feet, then disappears behind a hangar. Scorch marks are later found where the object had been. (" A Landing at Cosford? More Confusion at the Air Ministry," Flying Saucer Review 10, no. 2 (Mar./Apr. 1964): 17, iv; " The Cosford UFO: The Mystery Deepens," Flying Saucer Review 10, no. 3 (May/June 1964): 31-32; " The Lesson of Cosford," Flying Saucer Review 10, no. 4 (July/Aug. 1964): 1-2; Jenny Randles, " New Clues From Cosford," Northern UFO News, no. 180 (October 1980): 14; Good Above, pp. 56-58; Nicholas Redfern, " Cosford: An Enduring Mystery," UFO Times, no. 40 (Mar./Apr. 1996): 18-19; Loren E. Gross, The Fifth Horseman of the Apocalypse: UFOs, a History: July-December 1963, The Author, 2005, pp. 85-86; " Mystery of the Alien Encounter," Wolverhampton (UK) AdNews, February 10, 2005, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 430 (May 2005): 7; " Air Base UFO Claims Denied," South Shields (UK) Gazette, April 14, 2005, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 433 (August 2005): 12; Nick Redfern, " UFO Landing or Much Ado about Nothing?" Mysterious Universe, October 20, 2016)

1964

January 1 - Many witnesses in Shanghai, China, see a huge cigar-shaped UFO flying toward the southwest. MiG fighters are scrambled in pursuit but fail to intercept it. The official explanation is that it is a US missile. (Wendelle Stevens and Paul Dong, UFOs over Modern China, UFO Photo Archives, 1983, p. 45)

January 4 - Barney Hill has his first hypnosis session with Benjamin Simon. The sessions will continue until June 6. The Hills undergo sessions separately, and for the most part are instructed not to remember their experiences afterwards. Barney's sessions are particularly intense. However, by the end of the sessions, although they disagree with Simon on the nature of the experience, both the Hills and Simon agree that the therapy is successful. The stress and anxiety are gone. Simon submits a statement to the Hills' insurance company, which initially declines to pay, until Simon explains that he was treating them for what will later be called PTSD. ([audio excerpts from the complete hypnosis sessions conducted by Benjamin Simon on Barney Hill, 1964], in "CEIV: An Audio History of Alien Abduction and Animal Mutilation 1957-1976 Guide," part 1, part 2; Clark III 584-585; Clark IV 642-643

February 3 - 2:00 a.m. Doris Player wakes up to see her bedroom illuminated near Gum Creek, South Australia, about 100 miles north of Adelaide. The light is coming from a circular object hovering about 200 feet above her garden. Suddenly a 5-foot 3-inch being wearing blue-green coveralls, a brown balaclava, and an open brown jacket appears. He wears elbow-length, black gloves with a cord going from his helmet to his left shoulder. He has a red face and a big nose and holds a black box that buzzes and clicks as he points it. The light goes out, and when her eyes adjust to the darkness, she sees that the entity has also disappeared. (Center for UFO Studies, HUMCAT Index 1964, p. 2; Colin McCarthy, " The Plympton Story," Flying Saucer Review 16, no. 4 (July/Aug. 1970): 32, 34; Mark Cashman, " Behavioral Classification System for UFO Occupants," IUR 24, no. 1 (Spring 1999): 19-20; " Documentary on UFO's, Adelaide, Australia, Part 1," MaS7eRjEd3ye YouTube channel, February 5, 2009, at 6:05; Thomas Brisson, " UBO's (Unidentified Box-like Objects), Part 2," Vomanomalous, July 15, 2014)

April 3 - 9:00 p.m. R. Wold, a graduate student in anthropology at the University of Wisconsin, and three others are heading west on County Highway C about one mile west of Monticello, Wisconsin. They notice two blinking red lights in the distance that they think might be police cars. However, they are too far above the ground and begin approaching. The object slows down to a hover behind some telephone wires about 300 feet from the car. By this time they have stopped the car and can see four red lights in a rectangular formation and one white light in front of the others, but no underlying structure. The object passes slowly beyond them, so Wold turns the car around and tries to chase the lights but they disappear to the east. ( Sparks, p. 296; Olsen, sec. 3, pp. 88-89)

May 26 - 10:00 p.m. Mr. and Mrs. Terry Balliet, their family, and two neighbors see two UFOs in the northwest sky near Palmerton, Pennsylvania. One is a large, stationary, dome-like object emitting hazy whitish light from the underside. A smaller disc-like object is intermittently visible maneuvering around the larger one. It finally merges with the large object, which moves away to the east. The large object is seen twice more in the evening, moving back and forth from east to west. (" Other Recent Sightings," UFO Investigator 2, no. 11 (July/Aug. 1964): 7)

June - 6:30 p.m. Bert Gammie, his mother, and his daughter Lynn are driving along the northern shore of Green Lake, British Columbia, when they see a light above a mountain across the lake to the south. Soon they notice it is moving and is now almost directly overhead. He stops the car and gets out for a closer look. The object is circular, dull metallic, and has a series of vents in the tail trailing white, blue, red, and orange exhaust. They watch it for 3 minutes moving slowly to the north at about 50 mph and making a whistling noise. It makes a sharp right-angle turn, proceeds west, and disappears from sight. Gammie reports the sighting to the RCAF in Vancouver, and a senior air force officer visits him later and shows him a bulky portfolio of glossy UFO photos, many of them showing detailed features. Gammie tells him that the UFO he had seen did not exactly resemble any of the photos, and the officer tells him that the RCAF would not admit to interviewing him if the case receives any publicity. (" `That Awful Looking Shooting Star,'" Canadian UFO Report 3, no. 5 (1975): 14)

Late July - 4:30 p.m. Richard H. VanPelt and his teenage son are driving on Beeler Road south of Shawnee High School in Lima, Ohio, when they see a Saturn-shaped metallic object hovering above Breese Road 600 feet away. It is about 1,200-1,500 feet in the air and has a revolving ring around its center. It suddenly starts to move to the southwest, then tips on end and with tremendous speed goes straight up and out of sight. (Richard H. VanPelt, " Letter," CUFOS Associate Newsletter 5, no. 3 (June/July 1984): 2)

August 15? - 2:44 a.m. Two brothers are headed to a fishing location on Upper Nemahbin Lake near Delafield, Wisconsin. Both see a "shooting star" that enters the water at a 75° angle about 3,000 feet away from their boat. It appears to be 200 feet in diameter. After being submerged for 10 seconds, it emerges from the water, accelerates, and disappears upward in 5-7 seconds. (Carl Feindt, " Report #1003," waterufo.net; Dolan, USO1, 260-261)

September 16 - 6:55 p.m. Several teenagers at Little Hulton, Greater Manchester, England, watch a noiseless, pearly white triangular object traveling with its base forward toward the north. (" Manchester Disbeliever's Testimony," Flying Saucer Review 10, no. 6 (Nov./Dec. 1964): 25)

October - An engineer and three technicians at the Wallops Flight Facility on Wallops Island, Virginia, see a triangular-shaped object speed in from the north, make a 90° turn, and disappear in under a minute. They all agree that it moved faster than a jet. (Harold H. Deneault Jr., "UFOs Return to Washington," Fate 18, no. 7 (July 1965): 48-49)

November 26 - 11:00 p.m. A family of five in Adams, Wisconsin, is returning home from Thanksgiving dinner when an extremely bright light appears over their car, completely shutting off its headlights and radio. The father jumps out of the car and looks straight up into the light, shading his eyes with his hands, but he is persuaded to come back. Suddenly the light disappears and the electrical systems return. No one talks about the incident for 16 years, when the father says the light was "motionless like a floodlight of gigantic proportion." (" Recently Reported," CUFOS Associate Newsletter 2, no. 10 (October 1981): 5; " Out of the Not-Too-Distant Past," IUR/Frontiers of Science 3, no. 6 (Jan./Feb. 1982): 13-14)

December 21 - 4:50 p.m. Kenneth Norton Jr., 14, is looking out his bedroom window in Staunton, Virginia, when he sees a "fast-moving object without wings or tail structure." He describes it as cigar-shaped and about 125 feet in diameter, in view for 5 seconds. (Richmond (Va.) Times-Dispatch, January 15, 1965; " `Saucer' Reports Are Flying," Staunton (Va.) Daily News Leader, January 15, 1965, p. 2; Clark III 493)

1965

January 12 - 8:20 p.m. A Mrs. Jubert in Custer, Washington, sees through her window what seems to be the landing lights of an airplane apparently coming into her yard. She herds her three teenage girls outside in the opposite direction. The four lights merge into one intense white light, which moves in a straight line toward the house, lifts several hundred feet and clears a clump of evergreens, then dips down on the far side and touches the ground. A border patrol officer also sees the object after he is alerted by radio. He is buzzed by the UFO, which is low enough that he stops his car, gets out, and watches it move out of sight. Where the object lands in 16 inches of snow, they find a large circular imprint about 10-12 feet in diameter. The ground beneath the melted snow ring shows evidence of having been scorched. Oval- shaped tracks 8 inches long and 8 inches apart, in a single file, are found leading from the landing site to the evergreens, where they disappear. One month later, the circular area still shows traces. (NICAP, " Case 188s"; " New Sightings Put AF on Spot," UFO Investigator 3, no. 1 (March/April 1965): 4; Frank Edwards, FS Serious Business, Bantam ed., 1966, pp. 54-55; J. Allen Hynek, The UFO Experience, Ballantine ed., 1974, pp. 152-153; Ted Phillips, Physical Traces Associated with UFO Sightings, CUFOS, 1975, p. 34)

February 3 - 8:45 p.m. A man sees a light on the beach near Penguin Street, South New Brighton, New Zealand, and gets out of his car to observe it. He hears a modulated whistling sound and sees an object, 22 feet wide, rise from the beach to an altitude of 60 feet. He returns with other witnesses and a dog that gets restless at a spot where grass is flattened. Another witness sees the UFO as it is rising above the suburb. (" Sighting Reports, New Zealand," Australian Flying Saucer Review, May 1965, p. 15; Vallée, Magonia, p. 305)

February 11 - Night. A Flying Tiger Line cargo aircraft (Flight F-169) en route from Anchorage, Alaska, to Tachikawa Airfield, Tokyo, Japan, encounters three gigantic, glowing, red UFOs, at least 200 feet in diameter, about 4 hours out of Anchorage. The aircraft radar also picks them up about 5 miles off the wing. They pace the plane for 30 minutes, then speed away at 1,380 mph. (NICAP, " Radar/Visual over Pacific Ocean"; " Three Huge UFOs Pace U.S. Airliner," UFO Investigator 3, no. 2 (April/May 1965): 1; Keyhoe, Aliens from Space, Signet ed., 1974, pp. 128-129; Richard H. Hall, Uninvited Guests, Aurora, 1988, pp. 249-250; UFOEv II 56)

March 2 - 1:55 p.m. John F. Reeves, 65, retired, while walking in the woods east of Weeki Wachee Springs, Florida, sees a bluish-green and reddish-purple object 20-30 feet in diameter, 6 feet thick, saucer-shaped, and with an outer rim and a stairway, two 2-foot windows on top, landed on the ground on four 4-foot legs about 2,000 feet away. He approaches to 100 feet. After watching the object for 10 minutes, he sees a robot-like being about 200-300 feet away, about 5 feet tall, wearing a gray-silver uniform, glass dome headgear, wide-spaced eyes, and pointed chin. It walks to 15 feet away from Reeves, stares at him for 1.5 minutes, points a box or 6-7-inch black object at Reeves that emits a flash 3 times, then walks back to the landed vehicle and climbs in. The object has Venetian blind-like blades on the rim that open and close; the rim starts rotating counterclockwise, the landing gear retract, then it takes off with a whooshing-rumbling sound and disappears vertically in less than 10 seconds, dropping two sheets of paper with indecipherable writing, and leaving indentations and footprints in the ground. The case is investigated by MacDill AFB in Tampa. Richard Hall supervises the investigation for NICAP and concludes it is a hoax. (NICAP, " Landed Object and Entity Case / Hoax"; Sparks, p. 304; Shirley Chastain and Robert Bowden, " `I Saw a Flying Saucer.A Robot-Like Thing.Then It Went Whoosh,'" St. Petersburg (Fla.) Times, March 4, 1965, p. 1-B; Shirley Chastain, " Little Green Man in Flying Saucer," St. Petersburg (Fla.) Times, March 5, 1965, p. 1-B; Don Pride and Lowell Brandle, " Saucer? Pentagon Scoffs," St. Petersburg (Fla.) Times, March 5, 1965, p. 1-B; " Robot Flies by Saucer to Florida," Orlando (Fla.) Sentinel, March 5, pp. 1-A-2-A; Ronald West, " Tourist Sights Twin to Robot," Orlando (Fla.) Sentinel, March 6, 1965, pp. 1-A, 12-A; " Flying Saucer Proves to Be Strong Cup of Tea," St. Petersburg (Fla.) Times, March 8, 1965, pp. 1-B, 11-B; " The Florida `Landing' Incident," APRO Bulletin, March/ April 1965, pp. 1, 3; Jerry Blizin, " Spaceship Said a Hoax," St. Petersburg (Fla.) Times, April 1, 1965, p. 2-B; Joan Whritenour, " UFO Lands?" Interplanetary Intelligence Report 1, no. 1 (May 1965): 4; " Project Blue Book," Interplanetary Intelligence Report 1, no. 2 (July 1965): 8; Charles Bowen, " Who Hoaxes Who?" Flying Saucer Review 11, no. 4 (July/Aug. 1965): 6-9; Coral E. Lorenzen, "Did a UFO Land in Florida?" Fate 18, no. 10 (October 1965): 32-39; Bob Perrow, " Saucer Claim: Hoax or Look at Future?" Tampa (Fla.) Tribune, October 26, 1965, p. 3B; Jim Twithy, " Brooksville Man Says He Took Spaceship to the Moon," Tampa (Fla.) Tribune, December 16, 1968, p. 2-B; Jerome Clark, " Passport to Moniheya," IUR 20, no. 3 (May/June 1995): 10-19; Clark III 209-218; Clark IV 250-258)

April 4 - 4:05 a.m. A/2C Corum, a weather observer at Keesler Air Force Base in Biloxi, Mississippi, along with student R. Pittman. Watches a black, 40-foot-diameter, oval object with four body lights. It flies in and out of clouds for about 15 seconds. (NICAP, " 40' Black Oval Object 500 ' Away"; UFOEv II 53)

May 5 - 1:10 a.m. The crew of the USS Hassayampa, a US Navy fleet oiler, in the Philippine Sea notices an aircraft approaching. At 1:14 a.m., the SPS-6C air search radar detects four targets at ranges up to 22 miles for the next 6 minutes at extremely high speed (3,500 mph), making various maneuvers. As seen through binoculars, they appear as three lighted objects, one of 1st stellar magnitude the others 2nd magnitude. The objects hover directly over the ship for 3 minutes. There is no IFF response. One object to starboard appears larger on radar. The objects depart to the southeast at extremely high speed. (NICAP, " Radar/Visual by U.S. Flag Ship in the Philippines"; Sparks, p. 305; J. Allen Hynek, The UFO Experience, Ballantine ed., 1974, pp. 93-94; Martin Shough, RADCAT: Radar Catalogue: A Review of Twenty-One Ground and Airborne Radar UAP Contact Reports Generally Related to Aviation Safety for the Period October 15, 1948, to September 19, 1976, National Aviation Reporting Center on Anomalous Phenomena, NARCAP Report TR-6, December 8, 2002, pp. 111-115)

June - 6:30 p.m. Mrs. J. Whitehead is in the garden at her cottage in Flasby, North Yorkshire, England, when a large disc-shaped object passes over, making a slight swishing noise. On the underside are three "windows" in a triangular formation. She feels a strange calming sensation as the UFO passes by. (Jenny Randles, " Fake Photographs, Real Sightings," IUR 11, no. 6 (Nov./ Dec. 1986): 11)

June 5 - 11:30 p.m. Josephine Brundage is driving 4 miles north of Kent, Washington, when her car suddenly comes to a stop, the headlights fail, the radio stops playing, and the car's clock and her wristwatch stop running. She sees a bright orange, lens-shaped object with a dome descend and hover 8-12 inches above the hood. It revolves clockwise at least 10 times. Brundage feels "hypnotized" as she watches it. When the disc flies away, the headlights and radio come on immediately and she is able to start the car again. ( NICAP case file; "`Flying Object' Encounter Reported East of Kent," Kent (Wash.) News Journal, August 11, 1965; " UFO Stopped Josephine Brundage's Car and Hovered over the Hood of It on June 5, 1965, near Kent, WA," Eyes On Cinema YouTube channel, October 1, 2024)

July 28 - 9:40 p.m. A USAF Reserve major and his wife observe a manta ray-shaped object fly almost directly overhead at Carswell AFB [now Naval Air Station Fort Worth Joint Reserve Base], Fort Worth, Texas, below 1,000 feet altitude. The object moves at a constant speed on the same course. The object is approximately 40 feet long and has two brilliant white lights pulsating off and on once every second. It is completely silent and flies directly through the Carswell control zone at low altitude. The sighting is verified by three other persons on duty. The report states: "This sighting was a positive observation, under ideal circumstances, of a definite object of an unconventional nature-possibly of foreign origin, which could be a threat to national security." (NICAP, " RAPCON Fails to Identify Low Flying Manta Ray")

August 1 - 1:30-4:30 a.m. Various personnel from Francis E. Warren Air Force Base west of Cheyenne, Wyoming, report more than 70 UFOs near the base's ICBM Minuteman I launch control facilities (LCFs) and launch facilities (LFs, missile silos). A Lieut. Anspaugh logs the reports and incoming telephone calls for three hours. The reports begin with a "large circular object emitting several colors but no sound" seen by civilians over Cheyenne itself at 1:30 a.m. This results in an alert at the base for all personnel to be on the watch for anything suspicious. Five objects are spotted over the Sioux Army Depot [now closed] in Sydney, Nebraska, at 1:45 a.m. Two UFOs are seen over the Echo LCF southeast of Pine Bluff at 1:48 a.m. Nine more objects are sighted at 2:50 a.m. The Echo LCF reports six UFOs stacked vertically. A Strategic Air Command team at the H-2 LF northeast of Gurley reports a white UFO directly overhead at 3:00 a.m. The Sioux Army Depot reports five objects going east at 3:35 a.m. Reports of white, round- or oval-shaped objects in various formations, continue solidly at the H-2 LF for the next 40 minutes. At 4:05 a.m., the Warren base commander calls to say that the Quebec LCF southwest of Chugwater has nine UFOs in sight: four to the NW, three to the NE, and two over Cheyenne. Sightings continue to be reported the next two nights at missile sites assigned to Warren AFB, for a total of 148 objects seen by 143 combat defense force airmen, missile maintenance men, and NCOs. The sheer scope and blatant ostentation of the UFOs' reported aerial displays over a sensitive atomic missile base is remarkable. (J. Allen Hynek, The UFO Experience, Ballantine ed., 1974, pp. 209-211; Robert L. Hastings, " Remarkable Reports from the Missile Field," IUR 32, no. 1 (August 2008): 8-14, 23-27; Robert L. Hastings, " Yet Another Nuclear Missile Launch Officer Talks about UFOs at F. E. Warren AFB," UFOs and Nukes, February 5, 2012; Robert L. Hastings, " Three Former U.S. Air Force ICBM Launch Officers Speak Out about UFOs," UFOs and Nukes, October 6, 2013; Nukes 223-238)

September 14 - 1:00 a.m. Engineer Paul Green is riding a motorcycle south of Langenhoe, Essex, UK, near Langenhoe Hall Lane when he hears a high-pitched humming to the east and notices a pinpoint of blue light moving in his direction. The humming becomes a loud buzzing, and his engine sputters and dies and the headlight goes out. The light resolves into an enormous domed disc that tilts and slowly descends. The underside of the disc has numerous round items. Green walks toward the object, but he feels paralyzed as the flashing blue light becomes intense, fluctuating in rhythm with his heartbeat. He feels a tingling like an electric shock. The object seems to land in an area with farmhouses. Green notes that another cyclist has had a similar problem, but with some difficulty he gets his cycle started. The next day he notices that his hair and clothes are imbued with static electricity. (Bernard E. Finch, " The Langenhoe Incident," Flying Saucer Review 11, no. 6 (Nov./Dec. 1965): 3-4)

October 7 - Up to 12 luminous UFOs are seen flying over Edwards Air Force Base near Lancaster, California, and at least one F-106A interceptor is scrambled from George AFB [now closed] at Victorville at 5:09 p.m. after 3-4 hours of observation. All of this action is captured on classified US Air Force audiotapes that have been declassified and are available to the public along with official documentation. (NICAP, " UFO Alert at Edwards AFB"; " The Edwards AFB Incidents of Oct. 7, 1965 (Fran Ridge, NICAP)," NICAP Official YouTube channel, October 11, 2020)

November 13 - 11:30 a.m. Fishermen R. D. Hanning and W. J. Johnson are on the fishing boat Eleoneai about half a mile off the Rugged Islands at the south end of South Island, New Zealand. About 900 feet away, a craft with a "tapered structure" rises from the water to about 15 feet above the surface. A second object, box-shaped, appears about 30 feet away from the first. The men have them in sight for 10-11 seconds, then the water beneath the objects starts surging like a tide boil and they disappear. (H. J. Hinfelaar, " Submarine Craft in Australasian Waters," Flying Saucer Review 12, no. 4 (July/Aug. 1966): 28-30; Dolan, USO1, 273-274)

December 13 - An amateur astronomer in Fort Worth, Texas, watches a UFO through several different telescopes. It has a recessed ring with small dark objects attached around its edge and a dark cross on its bottom. It moves from directly beneath the Moon and past Arcturus, then suddenly disappears. (Michael D. Swords, " Gazing at the Moons," IUR 32, no. 4 (October 2009): 14)

December 20 - 11:45 p.m. Edward A. Bruns is driving his father's 1962 Ford pickup truck, heading west just south of Herman, Minnesota. He sees a bright, oval-shaped object hovering several feet above the road. It covers the entire road and is shaped like two saucers with a dome on top. A window-like structure surrounds the dome and emits a green light. Suddenly the truck engine stops, the headlights go out, and the vehicle lifts up, spins violently to the right, ending up in a ditch on the other side of the road. Stunned, Bruns stares at the UFO, which makes a whistling sound, emits sparks, shoots upward, and disappears. He runs home, scared and nervous. His father goes to the site of the crash but cannot get the truck out. A reporter later confirms seeing the truck in the ditch with a complete "absence of skid marks in the snow to account for how it got there." ("15-Year-Old Says Flying Saucer Sent Truck into Ditch," Wheaton (Minn.) Gazette, December 23, 1965; Donald E. Keyhoe and Gordon I. R. Lore Jr., Strange Effects from UFOs, NICAP, 1969, p. 50)

1966

January 7 - 3:27 p.m. High school student Gary Finch is driving on the Wilmer-Georgetown Road about 3 miles southwest of Georgetown, Alabama. He sees a large silver ball about 15-20 feet in diameter that descends then hovers about 5 feet above the road. On top of it is a cone with a large green light, and it is making a whining sound. As he approaches it, his car engine cuts out and his watch stops. After 1-2 minutes, it disappears in a gradual climb. (NICAP, " E-M Effects on Car and Watch"; " Mobile Reports Flying Objects," Selma (Ala.) Times-Journal, January 13, 1966, p. 10; Schopick, pp. 75-76; Hynek UFO Report, p. 42)

February 6 - Around 8:00 p.m. Several persons in the barrio of Aluche, Madrid, Spain, allegedly see an unusual flying object. Looking out a window, Maria Ruiz Torres watches an object descending. She sees a "gigantic eye" looking at her through a porthole. Another witness, Juan Jiminez Dias, thinks he sees a door open in the craft. Other observers include soldiers at a nearby ammunition dump. Motorist José Luis Jordán Peña gets a close, extended view of the object, which he characterizes as "enormous." Jordán Peña sends Spanish ufologist Antonio Ribera a sketch of the UFO, which has three legs and a curious symbol on its underside- something like two reverse parentheses with a vertical bar positioned between them. No other witness mentions anything like this. In 1992, Jordán Peña confesses to hoaxing his sighting, including the landing marks and physical traces, in order to prove his theory that paranoia is much more widespread in Spain that psychiatrists are willing to admit. (Antonio Ribera, " The Madrid Landing," Flying Saucer Review 12, no. 3 (May/ June 1966): 28-31; Antonio Ribera, " The San José de Valderas Photographs," Flying Saucer Review 15, no. 5 (Sept./Oct. 1969): 3-10; " Background of `Ummo' and the Sightings," CUFOS Bulletin, Spring 1977, pp. 2-3; Scott Corrales, " The UMMO Experience: Are You Experienced?" Strange Magazine, January 31, 2001; Clark III 1183; Alain Moreau, " UMMO: Une imposture?" Les Cles de l'Inexplique; Covert 26-27; Clark IV 1357)

March 16 - 5:45 p.m. Many people see a white, oval object crash into the Atlantic Ocean close to the Ilha Cagarras off Ipanema, Brazil. Some see a few smaller white parachute-shaped objects fall from it. A thorough search turns up nothing in the sea or the island itself. (Olavo T. Fontes, " Report from Brazil: The First UAO Sightings in 1966," APRO Bulletin, March/April 1966, pp. 5-6; Lorenzen, UFOs over the Americas, Signet, 1968, p. 54; W. Buhler, " UFO on the Sea near Rio," Flying Saucer Review 17, no. 3 (May/June 1971): 3, 6; Dolan, USO1, 282)

March 17 - 2:45 a.m. Doctors and nurses at the Lourenco Jorge Municipal Hospital in Barra da Tijuca, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, watch as a green object appears to rise out of the ocean and hover before flying around a nearby hill. The object turns blue, then red, and two smaller discs are seen entering it. (Olavo T. Fontes, " Report from Brazil: The First UAO Sightings in 1966," APRO Bulletin, March/April 1966, pp. 5-6; W. Buhler, " UFO on the Sea near Rio," Flying Saucer Review 17, no. 3 (May/June 1971): 3, 6; Dolan, USO1, 282)

April 4 - 7:50 p.m. Businessman Ronald F. Sullivan is driving about 60 mph along the Wimmera Highway near Burkes Flat, Victoria, Australia. In the distance he sees a light near the road. Suddenly, the headlights of his vehicle bend to the right and light up a nearby fence. He brakes his car. In the middle of an adjacent field, he sees a column of light some 25 feet high and shaped like an inverted ice cream cone, 3 feet wide at the bottom and 10 feet wide at the top. It then rises to a height of 20 feet, after which the whole light complex disappears. There is no associated noise. Sullivan drives on north to Wycheproof, where he checks his lights but finds nothing wrong. On the night of April 7, 19-year-old Gary Taylor is killed at the same spot when the car he is driving leaves the road and hits a tree. Police find a circular impression about 2-5 inches deep and 5 feet in diameter in the freshly plowed field. (NICAP, " Bent Headlights Case"; " Flying Saucer Scare on Road," Canberra Times, April 12, 1966, p. 4; " Strange Incident in Australia," APRO Bulletin, May/ June 1966, p. 1; " Car Headlight Beams Reported `Bent,'" Flying Saucer Review 12, no. 3 (May/June 1966): 3; Stephen L. Smith, " The Bent Beams Case," Flying Saucer Review 12, no. 5 (Sept./Oct. 1966): iii; Bill Chalker, " The Bent Headlight Beam Case Revisited," UFO Research Australia Newsletter 5, no. 3 (May/June 1984): 17-29; Bill Chalker, " The 1966 Burkes Flat `Bent Headlight Beams' Case Revisited: Followup," TheOzFiles, March 18, 2014; " VufoA-Tv Presents the Burkes Flat UFO Incident: The Tale of Two Men," VUFOA-TV Victorian UFO Action YouTube channel, March 18, 2014; Clark IV 1213-1214)

May 4 - 4:30 a.m. An FAA air traffic controller tracks an unidentified non-transponding target for about 5 miles at Charleston, West Virginia. The crew of Braniff Airline Flight 42, headed east at 33,000 feet, sees a white-blue object giving off brilliant, flaming light of alternating white- green-red colors. The radar shows the object veering 8-10 miles away at the 10 o'clock position, then approaching the Braniff airliner to a distance of 3 miles. It then makes a 180° left turn to the northwest within a diameter of 5 miles at 1,000 mph, which the Braniff crew confirms as the object descends from 20° above the horizon. (NICAP, " Charleston R/V Case"; J. Allen Hynek, The UFO Experience, Ballantine ed., 1974, pp. 83-86; Martin Shough, RADCAT: Radar Catalogue: A Review of Twenty-One Ground and Airborne Radar UAP Contact Reports Generally Related to Aviation Safety for the Period October 15, 1948, to September 19, 1976, National Aviation Reporting Center on Anomalous Phenomena, NARCAP Report TR-6, December 8, 2002, pp. 115-118)

June 2 - 7:30 p.m. Harold Harper is talking with neighbors in his front yard in Massillon, Ohio, when they see a large lighted object coming from the southwest. It is about 50-60 feet in diameter, smoky in color, and cigar-shaped with a ball on one end. It stops and hovers at about 1,000 feet altitude. Then three smaller objects appear to come from it; they gain altitude, separate, and disappear at terrific speed in different directions. The large object goes straight up at terrific speed. (Massillon (Ohio) Evening Independent, June 3, 1966; Herbert S. Taylor, " Satellite Objects: A Further Look," IUR 29, no. 2 (Summer 2004): 25-26)

July 18 - 5:30 a.m. A man living on Marischal Street in Aberdeen, Scotland, is waiting for the milkman at a window facing the North Sea. He sees a gray disk about 15 feet in diameter and rotating slowly only about 30 feet above his window. It heads silently toward the sea on a straight course. (Carl Feindt, " Report #1093," waterufo.net; Dolan, USO1, 291)

August 16 - 2:51 a.m. The crew of a Canadian Forces Hercules C-150E are flying above Regina, Saskatchewan, when they see a cigar-shaped object cross their flight path. It has 6 rectangular patches on its side. It is visible with the naked eye for about 90 seconds, then it rapidly shrinks and disappears to the southwest very rapidly. (Yurko Bondarchuk, UFO Sightings, Landings, and Abductions, Methuen, 1979, p. 112)

Early September - Night. Bank official Gerardo Bagnulo is on a pleasure outing with members of his family when he sees two objects moving across the sky on the coast of the Gargano promontory in southern Italy. He manages to take one color photo before the objects disappear near the northwest horizon. The photo shows both a round object and a cylindrical object. (Roberto Pinotti, " The Gargano Peninsula Cigar," IUR 9, no. 6 (Nov./Dec. 1984): 6; " As is often the case," CUFOS Associate Newsletter 5, no. 6 (Dec. 1984/Jan. 1985): 8; Roberto Pinotti, " Evidence for UFOs in the Italian Past," The Spectrum of UFO Research, CUFOS, 1988, pp. 115-116; 1Pinotti 154-156)

October 2 - 8:20 p.m. Mrs. Everett Steward is talking on the telephone at her home in Cincinnati, Ohio, when she smells a foul odor in the room. She goes to her bedroom, but she has a feeling of being watched. Looking out the window, she sees an oval-shaped object with portholes and red, green, and white lights revolving around it. It is 75 feet in diameter and hovering at 100 feet. She wakes up her husband, who also sees it, and calls her married daughter, Mrs. Janet Emery, a mile away; the Emerys also see it, and a neighbor with binoculars can see that it has square windows glowing yellow. Janet goes outdoors and sees the UFO eject a red ball, which maneuvers while the first UFO takes off southward. The red ball flies 75-100 feet over Janet's head; its underside is shiny like aluminum foil. Mrs. Steward goes to bed, but the odor is still in the house. After some time, the room is filled for an instant with brilliant white light; then this vanishes and a globe of light about 21 inches in diameter appears at the foot of her bed. Inside are 5 "non-human, hairless heads" with oval, sunken eyes. Instead of noses, there are slits, and they have no mouths. Telepathically, they repeat several times: "We have made contact." Mrs. Steward screams and the globe disappears. She is so disquieted by the experience that she goes under psychiatric care for the next 2 years. (Stringfield, Situation Red, Doubleday, 1977, pp. 33-36)

November 1 - 8:00 p.m. Mrs. Ray Tibbetts is talking on the phone in her home at Newfields, New Hampshire, when her son, Dale, yells that there is a strange light outside. Her foster daughter, Anita Purrington, joins Dale and they both get excited. Mrs. Tibbetts runs to a window when the house lights begin blinking on and off. She goes to her son's room and sees a huge object with two tiers of four windows from which a strange, yellow-green light is shining. The size of one of the windows is as big as her living room wall. An apparent ceiling line is visible in the bottom tier. Suddenly an intense white light shoots out from the object at Mrs. Tibbetts, who is knocked backward and gets spots before her eyes. When her vision clears, the UFO is gone. She has pains in her eyes the next two days and they are extremely sensitive to light. She drives to a clinic in Exeter, New Hampshire, which finds a spasm in the eyelid and tearing, but it attributes this to the cobalt therapy she has been getting. (Donald E. Keyhoe and Gordon I. R. Lore Jr., Strange Effects from UFOs, NICAP, 1969, pp. 10-11)

November 22 - 10:00 a.m. A deer hunter searching for game near Roaring River State Park, Missouri, returns to his group's camp and becomes alarmed when he sees smoke rising from it. He finds their tent and other camping equipment destroyed. The tent is still smoldering, one of the aluminum tent poles is singed, and the aluminum cots are melted. The tent is set up under two trees, but their leaves show no traces of damage at all. About 15 feet away is a dead tree with its top still burning. The witness then hears a low humming sound and sees an object rising from the valley about 300 feet away. He is able to take a photograph of it as it ascends and manages a second photo a few seconds later. It is an aluminum- colored disc, about 25 feet in diameter and 8 feet thick, with a band around its center and some kind of projection at its rear. The humming sound intensifies as the object picks up speed and disappears in 20 seconds. (CUFOS case file; Ted Phillips, Physical Traces Associated with UFO Sightings, Center for UFO Studies, 1978, p. 44; B. J. Booth, " UFO Encountered, Photographed, Roaring River, Missouri, 1966," UFO Casebook)

December 25 - 3:00 a.m. Mr. and Mrs. Clyde C. Brooks are stopped along a rural road 2.5 miles south of Monroe, Oregon, when they hear a loud engine noise. Brooks, who is outside of the car, feels a blast of wind that throws him against the vehicle. An object emitting large, reddish-orange flames takes off into the sky and joins two similar objects. The couple returns home and brings back two of their children to the scene and find some flattened grass. ( Sparks, p. 319; " Weird Aerial Phenomena in Oregon," APRO Bulletin, Nov./ Dec. 1966, p. 6)

December 28 - 7:45 p.m. The Waldman family is watching TV at their home in Santa Ana, California, when the picture becomes distorted. The 9-year-old son, Billy, glances out of the window and yells for his mother. She joins him and sees a circular object, 20 feet across, with flashing red, yellow, and orange lights hovering directly outside their window. After a few seconds, the object shoots skyward, trailing smoke and fragments. A neighbor, Patricia Reynolds, also sees it. (" TV Show Ends, Realism Begins," Santa Ana (Calif.) Register, December 30, 1966, p. 3; John A. Keel, " North America 1966: Development of a Great Wave," Flying Saucer Review 13, no. 2 (Mar./Apr. 1967): 3, 8)

1967

The US nuclear stockpile reaches its peak at 31,255 bombs. (Ryan Crierie, " U.S. Nuclear Stockpile, 1945-2009")

January 15 - 5:45 p.m. Helen Godard and her two nieces, Candy and Missy, are driving through Granville, Massachusetts, when they see a domed disc with white light emanating from portholes in its base. They hear a humming sound, and the sky and ground are illuminated by white light. Red flame-like jets appear at one end when the object moves. Its speed is variable. At one point, all the lights go out, and when they come back on the portholes are showing red light. The object is seen three times within 20 minutes before it disappears over a hill to the east. (" 4 See UFO near North Granby," Hartford Courant, January 17, 1967, p. 15; " Major Sighting Wave," UFO Investigator 3, no. 11 (Jan./Feb. 1967): 4; " Jan. 23-67-Granby," Saucer Scoop 2, no. 2 (May 1967): 5; Condon, pp. 285-286)

January 26 - 8:30 p.m. The teenage daughter of a lieutenant colonel residing on a US Army base in Heidelberg, Germany, hears a strange pulsating sound. She tells her father, and they look out the window to see a dirigible-shaped object about 50-60 feet long hovering about 150 feet off the ground above a motor vehicle shed. Before long, a crowd of 50-60 people gather around their apartment building to watch the object, which is only 100 feet away. Some observers with binoculars say it is metallic and has lights that alternate in red, blue, and green colors. After about 20 minutes, US Air Force jets approach in response to a call from the base, and the UFO's lights increase in intensity and it speeds away. (" Around the Globe," APRO Bulletin, May/June 1967, p. 4)

February 10 - 5:30 p.m. Two separate groups of four and three people in Woodstock, Connecticut, see a triangular object with a white light at each apex. It is moving with its blunt end forward from northeast to southwest at 1,000 feet altitude. The object is silent when hovering but makes a rumbling or roaring sound when it moves. The family TV set reception is disrupted when it passes by. ("N. Woodstock Woman Avows UFO Froze 2 Refrigerators," Worcester (Mass.) Evening Gazette, February 16, 1967; "UFO Reported in Woodstock," Norwich (Conn.) Bulletin, February 18 or 20, 1967; "UFO `Visits' Cause Wonder, Lead to Speculation in Putnam," Worcester (Mass.) Evening Gazette, February 22, 1967, p. 26; Raymond E. Fowler, UFOs: Interplanetary Visitors, Exposition, 1974, p. 344; Marler 135-136)

April 11 - 9:30 p.m. While driving near Woodville, Idaho, a woman sees an amber-colored object shaped like a disc with a tall dome. It is at a height of two telephone poles and as large as a car. The object looks like plastic and has vertical risers evenly spaced around a "conning tower." A bright curved surface is hanging from a brim that extends from rim to rim of what looks like a top hat. The object hovers, moved slowly against the wind, passes directly overhead, and hovers over some lava beds where it emits two sparkly fireballs, then two more a few minutes later. Finally it goes dark and disappears. (" Objects Aim Light Beams, Drop `Fireballs,'" UFO Investigator 4, no. 1 (May/June 1967): 1)

Mid-April - Dusk. Gary Statenberg is working with a tractor on Jamie Ediger's farm near Dayton, Oregon, when he sees an object moving toward him down the river basin at about 500 feet altitude. It stops, descends to 100 feet, and hovers about 600-700 feet away. He shuts off the tractor but can hear no sound coming from the object, which has red flashing lights around its base. There is a small dome with portholes on the top. Suddenly it takes off to the north, the lights changing to green as it does so. Statenberg returns home badly shaken. ( Letter from William K. Hartmann to Robert Low, June 14, 1967, in the Robert Low papers, American Philosophical Society)

May 7? - A couple are driving through the state of Tabasco, Mexico, when they see a bright point of light in the sky. It descends to a spot about 500 feet away and gives off an intense white-orange light from its cone-shaped body. The couple stops and shuts off their headlights. When the object approaches closer, the man turns the headlights on again. The UFO stops in midair and blinks its light off and on twice. The couple become frightened and drive to the nearest town. Several people return with them to the spot and the object is still there. When they turn their headlights off and on, it approaches them. Some of the men run to the object with weapons raised, and it takes off into the sky within seconds. (Lorenzen, UFOs over the Americas, Signet, 1968, p. 60)

June - Night. Giuseppe Aldini, 17, is with his family in Montalcino, Siena, Italy, when he sees a round, luminous object from his window. Later he notices a glowing red light on a nearby hill. The next day he goes to the spot and finds a circular burned area 100 feet in diameter with four imprints in its center. Inside are many black minerals that are analyzed by the University of Florence's Mineralogical Institute and found to be quartz crystals. (1Pinotti 157)

June 7 - James E. McDonald speaks before the United Nations Office for Outer Space Affairs meeting in New York City on the "International scientific aspects of the problem of the unidentified flying objects." UN Secretary-General U Thant has arranged for the lecture, based on conversations he has had with John G. Fuller and J. Allen Hynek in early 1966. McDonald urges the UN to undertake a systematic global study of the UFO problem, but it does not act on the recommendation. (James E. McDonald, Letter to UN Secretary-General UThant, June 5, 1967, p. 1; James E. McDonald, " Statement on International Scientific Aspects of the Problem of the Unidentified Flying Objects," presented to the UN Outer Space Affairs group, June 7, 1967, pp. 2-3; Clark III 698, 1189; Patrick Gross, " Scientists Taking Position"; Clark IV 794, 1363-1364)

July 3 - An informant of Leonard H. Stringfield, a Marine PFC K-9 trainer stationed at Camp Pendleton in San Diego, California, is ordered to depart by airplane to a site "somewhere in the desert." He and his dogs are flown for 2.5 hours to the site, where a makeshift landing strip, tents, a Quonset hut, and a pre-fab hangar have been erected. He is assigned a post for guard duty. On his fourth day of duty, he manages to look inside the hangar and sees a metallic domed disc about 30 feet in diameter. Men are working around the craft, and he sees a large walk-in refrigerator on skids and several empty body bags. He is caught by a guard and taken to the officer in command, who confines him to quarters and sends him back to Camp Pendleton. (Leonard H. Stringfield, UFO Crash Retrievals: Status Report III, Amassing the Evidence, The Author, June 1982, pp. 86-88)

July 3 - 7:15 p.m. Joe Ferriere sees a large, cigar-shaped object about 75-100 feet long hanging low in the sky above Woonsocket, Rhode Island. A peculiar piston-like apparatus appears to be pumping in and out of its left end. It is moving right to left in the manner of a pendulum. Before it moves off to the east, it releases a glowing disc-shaped object, about 12-15 feet in diameter. He takes a total of 6 photos of the objects. (" Long Rectangular UFOs: Five Different Cases of Similarly Shaped Objects," CUFOS Associate Newsletter 2, no. 9 (September 1981): 1; " Cigar-Shaped UFOs Caught on Camera by Joseph Ferriere and Harold Trudel, 1967/68," Eyes On Cinema YouTube channel, January 17, 2023)

August 3 - 11:30 p.m. A married couple and their teenage son are sleeping in their car outside their home in Caracas, Venezuela. They wake up and see a white, disc-shaped object hovering 100 feet above a nearby palm tree. Within a few minutes, an opening appears in the UFO, and a smaller lightbulb-shaped object emerges and drifts downward, stopping just inches from the ground near their front porch. A door slides open and a small, glowing figure steps out, who bends over, picks up some stones, examines them, and looks up at the larger object, apparently communicating with someone. He looks toward their car frequently. After a few minutes, the figure reenters the small object, which returns to the large disc and enters it. The disc speeds away and disappears in seconds. (" Occupants Seen at Caracas," APRO Bulletin, Sept./Oct. 1967, p. 12)

August 6 - 7:55-8:20 p.m. Formations of lights in groups of 3-5 are seen in many states of Mexico, including Tamaulipas, Tlaxcala, Hidalgo, Veracruz, and Lake Pátzcuaro in Michoacán. Most are generally moving west to east. Many people at the Mexico City International Airport watch a group between 8:10 and 8:20 p.m. Technicians in the control tower can make out 9-10 objects through binoculars. Capt. Angel Fojo Ceballos and Capt. José Luis Espejo are flying an Aeronaves de México [now Aeroméxico] DC-9 at 23,000 feet over Salamanca, Guanajuato, Mexico. They see three bright points flying in formation from northwest to southeast an estimated 30-40 miles away. They cross the horizon at 55,000-60,000 feet in 40-45 seconds. One of the objects appears to break formation and approach the aircraft, showing a round shape and metallic composition, but then it veers away and out of sight. The events are thought to be the reentry of the Pioneer 7 rocket body that had launched from Cape Canaveral on August 15, 1966. (Lorenzen, UFOs over the Americas, Signet, 1968, pp. 65-67)

August 6 - 8:00 p.m. A Peruvian airliner piloted by Capt. Samuel Sanguaza, copilot César Jordan, and subofficers Oscar Guevara and Jorge Sarguaza encounters a globe of light while flying between Lima, and Pisco, Peru. The light changes color from red to orange and blue as it paces the aircraft for 15 minutes, bobbing up and down, moving closer and receding, before it zooms away as the airplane nears Pisco. (" Plane Buzzed by UAO," APRO Bulletin, September/October 1967, p. 13; Lorenzen, UFOs over the Americas, Signet, 1968, pp. 21-22)

August 23 - 4:00 a.m. Stanley Moxon is driving on Ontario Highway 15 between Joyceville, Ontario, and Pine Grove Road when he sees a green light in a field to the south. He turns off his lights and drives down a side road to get closer. Minutes later, he turns on his lights again and they shine on a huge metallic disc hovering just above the ground. Two entities, 4 feet tall and dressed in white suits and helmets, appear to be startled and hurry back into the craft, which takes off at tremendous speed. (" Police File Remains Open in Flying Saucer Incident," Kingston (Ont.) Whig-Standard, August 24, 1967, p. 11; " Occupant in Ontario," APRO Bulletin, Sept./Oct. 1967, p. 14; " Canada's Year of Invasion, Part 3," Canadian UFO Report 1, no. 8 (Fall 1970): 17-19; Bob Gribble, " Looking Back," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 232 (August 1987): 19; UFOEv II 480)

September 4 - 5:10 a.m. Police officer P. A. Andrade is on duty at city hall in Valencia, Venezuela, when he hears a humming noise and footsteps in a nearby garage. He meets a dwarf, 3 feet tall, with a big head and bulging, reddish, glowing eyes, wearing a silver-colored, metallic-looking coverall. Andrade points his automatic weapon at the creature, but a voice from a hovering disc says in Spanish that he should not harm the creature. The dwarf then tries to convince Andrade to "come to their world," adding it is "very distant and much larger than the Earth, and with many advantages for Earthlings." When Andrade declines, the creature flies back into the object, which takes off. (Lorenzen, UFOs over the Americas, Signet, 1968, p. 82; Vallée, Magonia, pp. 351-352; Mark Cashman, " Behavioral Classification System for UFO Occupants," IUR 24, no. 1 (Spring 1999): 18)

September 4 - Dawn. A paperboy in Clevedon, England, discovers a 5-foot-wide, saucer- shaped, metallic object in a field. He calls the police, who send it to the guided weapons division of British Aerospace, whose chief design engineer declares it an expensive hoax. Soon five identical objects are found in fields and golf courses in the southern part of England. The sites lie on a straight path 220 miles long that spans 1° of latitude, running west to east from Clevedon to the Isle of Sheppey in the Thames Estuary. A USAF intelligence officer takes photos of one in Welford, Berkshire, and chemists with Britain's Home Office analyze samples of a foul liquid that is seeping from one of the objects. But the objects are a prank involving 15 engineering apprentices, primarily Christopher Southall and Roger Palmer, at the Royal Aircraft Establishment in Farnborough. The objects are made of fiberglass, and the smelly liquid is a fermented mixture of flour and water. (Wikipedia, " 1967 British flying saucer hoax"; Jenny Randles, UFO Retrievals, Blandford, 1995, pp. 108-111; John Keeling, "Invasion 1967," Fortean Times 228 (November 2007): 32-41; " The Great Saucer Invasion: The Day Six `Spaceships' Landed in England," BBC News, September 3, 2017; Clark III 604-605; Curt Collins, " The UK Saucer Invasion of 1967," The Saucers That Time Forgot, August 30, 2019; Clark IV 664)

October 11 - 8:00 p.m. Nora Tibbs is driving on Highway 2 near Aldersyde, Alberta, when the headlights, radio, and car engine stop. She notices an oval-shaped object with a turret on top that begins to circle her car. It has two white lights and a lighted-up underside. It circles the car four or five times at a height of 1,000 feet, then flies away. The witness feels cold during the sighting. The car engine starts by itself as the object leaves. "Calgary UFOs `Authentic,'" Victoria (B.C.) Daily Colonist, October 14, 1967, p. 33; " Object Photographed in Canada," APRO Bulletin, Sept./ Oct. 1967, p. 11; "UFO Questions Asked in House of Commons," Lethbridge (Alberta) Herald, October 20, 1967, p. 21; Mark Rodeghier, UFO Reports Involving Vehicle Interference, Center for UFO Studies, 1981, p. 37)

October 27 - 3:00 a.m. A waitress driving home in Parshall, North Dakota, sees a large, round, revolving object with alternating triangular areas of coloration. The object is low and moving horizontally an estimated two blocks away. As it paces her car, she sees 2-3 white light beams coming down vertically from the object. Her car drives like it has flat tires or rocks that are hitting the bottom of the chassis. A second witness, police Lt. Glen G. Brunsell, sees a low-altitude, bright round light like a welding-torch that illuminates the ground. The object moves slowly with vertical oscillations and changes color from blue to green-white. It departs vertically, disappearing in 5 seconds. (" AF Log Reveals Wave," UFO Investigator 4, no. 7 (July/ Aug. 1968): 6-7; J. Allen Hynek, The UFO Experience, Ballantine ed., 1974, pp. 101-102; UFOEv II 188)

Late November - Night. A large, illuminated hemispherical object appears low over the shore of the Baltic Sea near Liepaja, Latvia. Its light is difficult to look at with the naked eye. Later it begins to move and quickly vanishes over the horizon. (Stonehill and Mantle, Russia's USO Secrets, Flying Disk, 2020, p. 171)

December 2 - 9:30 p.m. A lieutenant-major in the Romanian army is on duty in the radar station at Baneasa Airfield [now Aurel Vlaicu International Airport] near Bucharest, Romania, when he goes outside to observe an airplane. But the supposed aircraft is a strong, stationary light 30-40° in the north that descends rapidly, ascends again, moves left to right, then descends again. Through binoculars it looks conical or bullet shaped. Dozens of other personnel watch it until it disappears around 11:30 p.m. (Hobana and Weverbergh 176-177)

December 5 - 10:30 p.m. Six teenagers returning from a basketball game in Concordia, Kansas, detour to drive by a cemetery. They see a light blinking in the sky ahead, moving in an up-and- down motion to the north. It appears to be flashing different colors or rotating. They follow it for about two miles, hoping for a better look. (Condon, pp. 391-394)

December 8 - 7:40 p.m. Marilyn Wilding, 15, goes out on her front step in Idaho Falls, Idaho, to look for a friend. A light reflecting on the snow on the ground causes her to look up, and she sees a brightly lit circular object "about as big as a car" hovering above the house. The object then tips and rotates so she can see it has a transparent dome on top. Inside the dome are two indistinct figures. The object rotates clockwise, maintaining its inclination. It begins moving away; as it recedes into the distance, its light dims and turns orange. (UFOEv II 459, 482; Northern Ontario UFO Research and Study, " Circular Object with Dome and Two `Figures' Inside"; Patrick Gross, " Falls, Idaho, December 8, 1967")

1968

Early morning. The captain and another seaman of the Swiss-flag cargo ship Grichuna, traveling south through the Atlantic Ocean off Palm Beach, Florida, notice an underwater object with 10-15 lights at a depth of 33-50 feet some 100-130 feet from the ship on its landward side. It is moving twice as fast as the ship and crosses its bow at a 30° angle. (" Sea Captain Recalls 1968 USO Sighting," UFO Casebook, January 26, 2007; Dolan, USO1, 324-325)

(or 1969) - 9:00 p.m. A Polish Air Force pilot takes off from Warsaw Modlin Airport, Poland, in a MiG-21 for a short, routine mission. Soon he sees two identical white discs, about 6-10 feet in diameter, moving at the same altitude and speed as his MiG. His wingman also sees them. He approaches to within 50 feet of them. During the 5-minute encounter, radio contact with the controller is lost and contact between the two pilots deteriorates. Four UFOs follow the two MiGs for another 3-6 miles, then they accelerate and overtake them, disappearing ahead. (Poland 65)

Early 1968 - Four artillerymen stationed at the naval garrison at Lüda [now Dalian], Liaoning, China, see a luminous, gold, oval-shaped object that leaves a thin trail in the air. It climbs steeply at high speed and disappears. When it begins to climb, all communications and radar systems fail, nearly causing an accident in the fleet. The naval patrol goes on alert, and the fleet commander orders his men to prepare for combat. After 30 minutes, comms and radar return to normal. A two-man coast guard patrol allegedly sees the UFO land on the south coast and fires at it with automatic weapons. (Wendelle Stevens and Paul Dong, UFOs over Modern China, UFO Photo Archive, 1983, pp. 48-49)

January 20 - 6:00 p.m. Police deputies Bias Fortes and Pinheiro Chagas are driving 9 miles outside of Brasília, Brazil, when they see a triangular UFO. They stop and get out to observe it better and watch it hover for 5 minutes. It accelerates suddenly and speeds to the southwest. (" First Sightings of 1968 in Brazil," APRO Bulletin, Jan./ Feb. 1968, p. 3)

January 20 - 11:00 p.m. Robert Ballard and his wife Lynn are visiting his parents near Vermillion, South Dakota. Robert goes outside to warm up his car for the trip home. He sees a large object and calls to his father to come outside. They watch a big ball of red and orange fire to the east. At first they think it is the moon and go inside, but as Robert and Lynn are leaving, the object gives off a flash, and one of the dogs begins barking vigorously. They drive toward the object, which seems to be flickering in a field. It seems to be spinning and is 20 feet above the ground, sometimes less. When Ballard turns onto State Highway 50, the UFO, about 30 feet in diameter, starts following them. He accelerates to 60 mph and the object jumps to just behind their car. At one point it is hovering only 3 feet above an intersection. It keeps following them at telephone height, even though Ballard speeds up to 110 mph. After another car goes by them, the object speeds up and heads straight toward them from behind. Soon it rises and disappears to the east. (" New Close-Ups, Pacings," UFO Investigator 4, no. 5 (March 1968): 3; Donald E. Keyhoe and Gordon I. R. Lore Jr., Strange Effects from UFOs, NICAP, 1969, pp. 37-38)

March 16? - Early morning. The crew of a US Navy ship in the East China Sea several hours out of Okinawa, Japan, encounter a huge underwater light approaching and passing in front of the ship toward the southwest. It appears to be revolving. After it disappears on the horizon, a light appears high above the surface of the water at the point where the submerged object vanished and approaches the ship, moving from horizon to horizon in about 10 seconds. (" NICAP Studies Underwater UFO Case," UFO Investigator, January 1971, p. 3; " NICAP Studies Underwater UFO Case," UFO Investigator, February 1971, p. 3; " Underwater UFO Case Still Unverified," UFO Investigator, May 1971, p. 1; Dolan, USO1, 315-316)

Mid-April - Evening. Engineer Gu Ying is sent to a military construction regiment in the north Gobi Desert, China, when the entire battalion notices a huge, luminous, red-orange disc with a flashing light landing in the sand. It is about 9 feet in diameter. The commander dispatches a team of motorcycle troops to approach it. As they get closer, the object shoots up into the sky and disappears. The UFO leaves ground traces like a "seared cross." The soldiers assume it is a Russian device. (Wendelle Stevens and Paul Dong, UFOs over Modern China, UFO Photo Archive, 1983, pp. 49-50)

April 10 - 11:00 or 11:30 a.m. College student Rickey Bahr is riding his motorcycle north on US Highway 285 near Estrella, Colorado. He sees bright red lights-one flashing, one stationary-coming from an object hovering 50-60 feet off the ground, east of the highway. He stops and watches for a few seconds, feeling scared. He follows the object toward Alamosa, but it vanishes over a farm. (" More From Colorado," APRO Bulletin, Sept./Oct. 1968, p. 7; Mel Foor, " Epidemic of U.F.O.'s Excites Residents of a Colorado Valley," Kansas City (Mo.) Star, November 17, 1968, pp. 1-2D)

May 2 - Evening. A teenage girl named Shane Kurz allegedly sees a cigar-shaped object in Westmoreland, New York; she had seen it or a similar object two weeks earlier. Half an hour later she falls into a deep sleep. Her mother checks on her at 4:00 a.m., but she is not in her bed. Later, she is found lying on her bed wearing muddy slippers. She has two reddish, ring-shaped marks on her abdomen, a mark below her navel, and burning eyes. In 1975, she undergoes hypnosis and recalls walking to a muddy field where she is beamed aboard a UFO. She undergoes some intrusive medical procedures, then has sex with a small humanoid "doctor," whom she accuses of rape. She is floated back to the ground. (Hans Holzer, The Ufonauts, Fawcett, 1976; Clark III 1061; Clark IV 1176-1177)

May 4 - 8:00 p.m. Captain Woodrow Atwood, skipper of the fishing boat Which Way In, is in the North Atlantic Ocean south of Seal Island, Nova Scotia, when he notices a small light to the north. Suddenly it bursts into a blood-red color and appears to be only 150-225 away and approaching. Heat from the object becomes so intense that he has to move away from the window. The object floats overhead for 5 minutes, then descends and moves away. (" Object Heats Up Boat in N.S.," APRO Bulletin, July/Aug. 1968, p. 4; Dolan, USO1, 317-319)

June 14 - Shortly after 12:00 midnight. Isidro Puentes Ventura is on guard duty in Cabañas, Artemisa, Cuba, when he sees on the ground a brilliant domed UFO with several antennas on top. He approaches to within 165 feet and fires about 40 machine gun rounds into it, convinced it is American. The object turns orange and emits a whistling sound as Puentes loses consciousness. At dawn, an Army patrol finds him still unconscious and takes him to a hospital in Pinar del Rio, where he remains in shock for 6 days, unable to speak. He is then taken to a Naval hospital in Havana, where he remains in shock another week. At the site, Cuban and Soviet intelligence specialists find 48 spent cartridges and 14 bullets flattened by impact with something solid, as well as equally spaced indentations on the ground. Tests reveal that the soil has been exposed to a high temperature. (Jacques Vallée, UFO Chronicles of the Soviet Union: A Cosmic Samizdat, Ballantine, 1992, pp. 82-85; Scott Corrales, "Cuba UFOs, Ufonauts, and a Compelling Documentary," UFOlogist 19, no. 6 (March-April 2016): 40)

June 15-17 - Night. Allied forward spotters along the eastern part of the Demilitarized Zone in Vietnam see about 30 strange slow-moving lights. At the time they are interpreted as North Vietnamese Russian-built M-14 Hound helicopters ferrying men and materiel over the border. The lights appear the following evening, and several US 7th Air Force Phantom fighter-bombers soon arrive on the scene and fire on the intruders, supported by anti-aircraft ground fire. During the Allied attack the presumed helicopters move down the east coast and out to sea. The destroyers HMAS Hobart, USS Edson, and USS Theodore E. Chandler are ordered to undertake surveillance missions around C?n C? (Tiger Island) along the north central coast. Around 3:14 a.m. on June 17, the ships are involved in a friendly fire incident in which the Hobart is hit by 3 missiles from one of the Phantoms, causing major damage and killing two of the crew. The Hobart is apparently right behind the alleged helicopters. (Wikipedia, " Controversy over Loss of PCF-19"; " Hobart in Port for Repair," Canberra (A.C.T.) Times, June 20, 1965, p. 7; " HMAS Hobart Hit," Royal Australian Navy Hit 11, no. 13 (June 21, 1968): 1; Jon Wyatt, " HMAS Hobart Hit during Vietnam UFO Encounter?" AUFORN Special Report, no. 34 (April 2003), reprinted in UFO Evidence; Paul Dean, "Finally, US Air Force Records Discovered Confirming UFO Activity During the Striking of the HMAS Hobart," UFOs: Documenting the Evidence, Part 1, August 11, 2016, and Part 2, August 18, 2016; Paul Dean, "Significant Discovery of US Military Records Highlighting UFO Problem' during the Vietnam War," UFOs: Documenting the Evidence, Part 1, August 29, 2016, and Part 2, September 21, 2016; Clark III 1050, 1054; Clark IV 1165-1166, 1169)

June 29 - Night. Eduardo Sánchez Aguilar, Pablo Pastor Ortega, and Damián Vega are driving along National Highway 5 in San Luis del Palmar, Corrientes, Argentina, when they see a circular flattened object that emits an intensely bright orange light. At one point it seems to approach dangerously close, so they turn out their lights. As the object passes near them, their car is shaken by a powerful vibration and the gears go into reverse. (La Crónica (Buenos Aires), July 4, 1968; Gordon Creighton, " A New South American `Wave,'" Flying Saucer Review 14, no. 5 (Sept./Oct. 1968): 26)

July - A man is driving on Blacketts Lake Road southwest of Sydney, Nova Scotia, when he sees a saucer-shaped object descending below the tree line near the lake. He parks his car and runs along a trail to get closer. He is about 75 feet from the object, which is only 6 feet above the ground in a clearing. The UFO suddenly rises and flies away. The RCMP blocks access to the site during its investigation. (" Former RCMP Officer Photographs UFO near Sydney, N.S.," Journal UFO 2, no. 4 (March 1981): 15)

August 15 - 12:00 midnight. Dick Skewes is driving west with his wife Anne and babysitter Gail Yemm about 20 minutes east of Springhill, Nova Scotia, on the Trans-Canada Highway. After driving up a hill, he sees a group of 5-6 lights hovering 50 feet above some trees on his left. Another light is approaching at high speed to join the others. One of the objects breaks away and descends silently over the highway in front of them, its yellow lights flashing brilliantly, on an apparent collision course. When it is 40-50 feet away it veers upward and disappears to the east. Skewes continues down the highway and loses sight of the objects when he rounds a bend. (Chris Rutkowski, Canada's UFOs: Declassified, August Night, 2022, pp. 79-81)

August 16 - 6:00 a.m. A farmer doing barnyard chores at La Serra d'Almos, Catalonia, Spain, glimpses a light more than half a mile away. He thinks someone's car has stalled, so he walks over with his dog intending to help. But he finds a globe-shaped, glowing object hovering 3 feet above the ground. On the other side of it, he sees two creatures of an octopus-like appearance. Light- colored, 3 feet tall, they are running on "four or five legs" toward the UFO, which abruptly takes off. Reporters and UFO investigators find a considerable area of burned grass at the site. Those who visit the site shortly afterwards find their watches stop mysteriously. (Vicente-Juan Ballester Olmos and Jacques Vallée, " Survey of Iberian Landings," in Charles Bowen, ed., UFOs in Two Worlds, Special Issue 4 of FSR, August 1971, pp. 46, 50; Vicente-Juan Ballester Olmos, A Catalogue of 200 Type I UFO Events in Spain and Portugal, CUFOS, 1976, pp. 14-15; Clark III 280-281; Clark IV 321)

September 4 - Two US Air Force pilots flying in the vicinity of Goose Bay AFB [now CFB Goose Bay], Labrador, spot a spherical metallic object flying in a southerly direction at 33,000-41,000 feet. It crosses behind them, stops, performs two 360° turns and disappears after 5 minutes at 30° above the horizon. (Yurko Bondarchuk, UFO Sightings, Landings, and Abductions, Methuen, 1979, p. 115)

September 6 - 9:30 p.m. John Dow and Paul Franklin are driving on Springfield Road in Taradale, New Zealand, when they notice 20-30 red and green lights flying aimlessly above the city dump. They pull off the road to watch, and a "thunderous explosion" rips through the air, shaking the car. Immediately, the lights begin to group, take off vertically, and disappear. (" Youth Claims Car Crash Caused by `Flying Saucer,'" Daily Telegraph (Napier, N.Z.), November 12, 1968; " New Rash of `Buzzing' Incidents," APRO Bulletin, Nov./Dec. 1968, p. 5; Donald E. Keyhoe and Gordon I. R. Lore Jr., Strange Effects from UFOs, NICAP, 1969, p. 48)

October - George Hiner sees a white, dome-shaped object that rises about 10 feet above the water as he is looking for swordfish off Santa Catalina Island, California. It sinks back into the water, then resurfaces. He sees a billowing, parachute-like extension under the dome. (Coral E. Lorenzen, The Shadow of the Unknown, Signet, 1970, p. 87; Dolan, USO1, 330-331)

October 2 - 6:20 a.m. While oiling his tractor's engine at the end of Avenida da Saudade in Lins, Sao Paulo, Brazil, Turíbio Pereira sees only a few feet away a golden cigar-shaped object hovering one foot above the ground. It is about 16 feet long and 10 feet wide. There is a platform around it and on the top a transparent dome is open. Inside there are four stools and an instrument panel. Pereira sees four beings around it wearing blue tunics and red skirts. One is on the platform with a weapon in its hand, another is picking up earth samples, the third is looking at his tractor's engine, and the fourth is inside the object at the instrument panel. The being with the weapon fires it and a luminous ball hits Pereira in the stomach, paralyzing him. The entities go inside, and a transparent dome encloses them. The object ascends and shoots off at high speed. With difficulty, Pereira climbs off the tractor and stumbles to the road where a friend takes him home. Later he is given a medical examination by Antônio Geris and summoned to a Brazilian Air Force facility where he is questioned and held for three days. (Gordon Creighton, " Confrontation at Lins," Flying Saucer Review 15, no. 1 (Jan./Feb. 1969): 22-23; Patrick Gross, URECAT, December 22, 2006; Brazil 105-107)

October 5 - 7:52 p.m. John D. Hickey and his family are driving near West Morehead Street in Charlotte, North Carolina. While stopped at a traffic light, he sees a black object like a short cigar moving on his left, but it stops and hovers above a low building about 500 feet away. Suddenly three large gray-white lights shaped like television picture tubes turn on, each about 22 inches in diameter. A small black arm-like device moves slowly out of one end, extends a few feet, then stops. A blue light is at one end. The three large lights begin to blink slowly, then rapidly for 25 seconds. The blue light goes out, the arm retracts, the large lights blink more slowly until they stop. The lights go out and the object moves to the east. (" Nocturnal Light Becomes CE-I in Charlotte, NC," CUFOS Associate Newsletter 5, no. 4 (Aug./Sept. 1984): 1, 8

November 2 - 3:55 a.m. A partially paralyzed Algerian veteran, Dr. X, has suffered an injury to his leg while chopping at a stump on his property in a village in the south of France on October 29. He is lying in bed when he is awakened by his crying 14-month-old son. He sees two luminous objects outside his house. They are coming close together and merging about 590 feet away. A vertical beam of light is aimed at him for a second as the object tilts, and then the display vanishes with a sort of explosion, leaving behind a slowly dissolving cloud. Shortly afterwards, the man's leg heals and his war wound is better. He also experiences nightmares, stomach pains, and a red pigmentation appears around his navel, forming a triangle. He goes to a dermatologist but does not mention the UFO; the doctor is stumped. The man's son also develops a red triangle. In November 1984, a French radio reporter records the gradual reappearance of the triangle on X's abdomen. Jacques Vallée later casts doubt on the case in his Forbidden Science series of books, saying that the story turned into a "vaguely occult tale" in which he "lied about some key aspects." (Aimé Michel, " The Strange Case of Dr. X," in Charles Bowen, ed., UFO Percipients, special issue no. 3 of FSR, September 1969, pp. 3-16; Aimé Michel, " The Strange Case of Dr. `X,' Part 2," Flying Saucer Review 17, no. 6 (Nov./Dec. 1971): 3-9; Jacques Vallée, Confrontations, Ballantine, 1990, pp. 113-122; Clark III 410-413; Bill Chalker, " The Labyrinths of Forbidden Science: The Journals of Jacques Vallée," TheOzFiles, February 26, 2023; Clark IV 456-459)

November 23 - 8:05 p.m. An accountant named Jones is driving his 1967 Ford Custom along the road between Newton and Albany, Georgia. When he rounds a bend he sees a brilliant yellowish-white light about 200 feet ahead of him and 50-75 feet above the road. As he approaches, the car radio fades into static. Then the object emits a beam of well-defined light about 5-6 feet wide that illuminates the trees and causes his engine and radio to cut out as it passes over his car. The object changes color to orange-red and ascends at a high rate of speed, disappearing in less than 15 seconds. The car engine starts spontaneously afterward. ( Sparks, p. 330; Hynek UFO Report, pp. 189-191; Powell, Scientist, 98-99; Clark IV 1218)

December -The 1st Amphibian Tractor Battalion of the 3rd Marine Division track 18 incidents of unidentified "helicopters" or UFOs (as well as two in November) near the Demilitarized Zone in Vietnam through the joint Army-Air Force-Marine Western Pistol project. (Clark IV 1169)

1969

January 6 — 7:15 p.m. Future president Jimmy Carter is preparing to give a speech at a Lions Club meeting at Leary, Georgia. One of the guests calls his attention to a strange object visible about 30° above the horizon to the west of where he is standing. Carter describes the object as being bright white and about as bright as the moon. It appears to have closed in on where he is standing but stops beyond a stand of pine trees some distance from him. The object changes color, first to blue, then to red, then back to white, before appearing to recede into the distance. Carter feels that the object is self- illuminated and not solid in nature. Carter’s report indicates that it is witnessed by about 10–12 other people and is in view for 10–12 minutes before it passes out of sight. Skeptic Robert Sheaffer concludes that the object is a misidentification of Venus. Ufologist Allan Hendry does calculations and agrees with the assessment of the object as Venus. Jere Justus thinks it might have been a barium cloud produced by rockets launched from Eglin AFB near Valparaiso, Florida. (Wikipedia, “ Jimmy Carter UFO incident”; [ case report to Hayden C. Hewes]; “ Jimmy Carter’s 1973 UFO Report,” UFO Investigator, February 1977, pp. 1–3; “ UFO over Georgia? Jimmy Logged One,” Washington Post, April 29, 1977; Good Above, pp. 368, 516–517; Robert Sheaffer, “ President Jimmy Carter’s Sighting of a UFO”; Robert Sheaffer, UFO Sightings: The Evidence, Prometheus, 1998, pp. 18–28; Clark III 225; C. G. “Jere” Justus, “ What Was That ‘UFO’ Jimmy Carter Saw?” February 2020; Graff 274–275; Clark IV 265–266; Elisha Sauers, “ Carter’s UFO Hounded Him for Years: Few Knew His Expertise in Astronomy,” Mashable, January 4, 2025)

January 25 after midnight. Plattville, Illinois. A young married couple was driving home, the wife at the wheel, and the husband asleep in the passenger seat. She saw a very bright light low in the sky ahead. It resolved itself into an ice cream cone-shaped thing, on its side, traveling big end first. Their paths converged in the vicinity of the farmhouse owned by the landlord of the couple, which was nearly to their own residence. At a distance of a quarter mile, the cone stopped and righted itself (point up and only about 30 feet off the ground). Although not noticed at the time, the farmhouse's outdoor security lights had apparently gone out during this period.

Approaching closer, the object seemed two or three stories tall and composed of strips like house panel siding. Below was a strip of brilliant diamond- and ruby-like lights—and the whole affair shone brightly. The object spun and flashed, and the car engine and lights went out.

The car, an all-electric Chrysler Imperial, was now helpless, and the wife was becoming alarmed. Now, the unthinkable happened. The front end of the Imperial was pulled three feet off the ground. As she later said, "I thought: It's going to pull us up inside it!"

No one can fault her for screaming at her snoozing hus band, and frantically trying to restart the car. But it wouldn't start. Fortunately for ufology, her husband "restarted," woke up, and gave us a second witness. He was no more effective (and probably no less frantic), but at least they had each other. The object, though, was finished with its game, and the car smoothly sunk and then dropped the final foot and bumped into the ground. Once the ice cream cone UFO had departed, the car could be restarted. And the security lights came on, too.

January 29? -10:00 a.m. A woman is gathering herbs near Matadepera, Catalonia, Spain, when she hears a loud whooshing noise and sees a metallic object moving toward her from some trees. It changes course quickly and abruptly to avoid hitting a power line. The object is about 10 feet long, 5 feet wide, and 8 feet high, tapering toward the rear. It is colored bright green and yellow in splotches and spots. On the bottom she sees a yellow-orange circle surrounded by a black ring. Once past the power line, the object rises rapidly and disappears over low houses and pine trees. A local researcher finds four curious raised lines of earth at the site, as if they were raised by something tunnelling underneath, although they do not resemble mole burrowings. (José Maria Casas-Huguet, " A Possible Landing at Matadepera," Flying Saucer Review Case Histories, no. 12 (December 1972): 1-3)

February 26 - 10:20 a.m. Two truck drivers, R. J. Johnson and P. C. Wheelock, along with a motorist named Dan Littleton, observe an unidentified object moving across Interstate 20 near the Hallsville access road east of Longview, Texas. The object is above treetop height and travels north at around 40 mph. It appears as a small, dense, nearly black cloud with a gray portion drooping forward and downward, roughly the size of a small Ford or Chevrolet. The object moves horizontally, with its trailing gray haze at the front. No planes, helicopters, or explosions are present. (" Three People Saw It," Longview (Tex.) Morning Journal, February 27, 1969, p. 3)

March 4 about sunrise. Atlanta, Missouri. William Overstreet, 50 years old, was driving in a rural area on his way to work when he saw a bright reddish-orange light. As he drew nearer to the light, he realized it was a huge (estimated 100 feet in diameter) ball, which was floating along at about 40 mph and following the contours of the land. As it began to cross the highway, it stopped and then began to follow the road. Overstreet approached in his truck, and the ball beamed a "strong white light" onto the road from its height of about 50 feet. The light beam was cone-shaped, ending at the road surface in an 8-foot diameter spot. Heat radiating from the beam had a similar effect on Overstreet of sitting in a closed car on a hot sunny summer day. When the beam came on, the object changed from red to a blue sphere surrounded by a red ring, which surrounded a whirling yellow.

Michael D. Swords isprofessor emeritus of the Environmental Institute,
Western Michigan University, Kalamazoo.

Overstreet, a postman, was obviously not going to let wind nor rain nor sleet nor weird balls of light deter him from his appointed rounds, and he attempted to drive through the light beam. When he got to within six feet, both his motor and radio died. The ball and its beam moved a little further down the road, and the engine and radio were active again. He tried again to approach the beam, and the failures occurred just as before.

This time he let the beam mosey a bit further down the road and followed discreetly. The ball got about a mile away, turned back to red, switched off its beam, and then left the road. As it crossed the nearby power lines, it flashed and then cruised away until lost to sight. Then it was just another clear sunny morning in northern Missouri. The effect on Overstreet? "I had never believed in them too much until I saw this. Now I know that there is something to these UFOs. I don't know why it was there or where it was going. Neither do I know what it was after I saw it, but I don't care about being that close to another one."

Missouri is the Show Me state. I guess this UFO took that slogan seriously.

March 10. About 11:00 a.m.. Near Glenwood, Missouri. A young housewife was driving (with her faithful canine companion in the back seat) between Glenwood and Lancaster. Her dog became agitated, and then she saw a bright blue-white beam of light illuminating the highway ahead. Looking for the source, she saw a dark gray, sort of pyramidal, domed disk, which she guessed could be 1,000 feet in the air and appeared larger than a dime in apparent size at arm's length. Her dog leapt into the front seat, acted very agitated, and tried to hide under the seat. As this dog was a St. Bernard, it must have been quite a scene.

"The dog started acting real strange. He started to bark and jumped up on the front seat and was real upset. The hair stood up on the back of his neck. He all of a sudden acted as though someone had whipped him. He tried to get down under the seat. He was whimpering and was just real scared."

Well, our courageous lady was just the opposite. She (like our postal worker) attempted to drive right through the beam. It was bright (like "looking directly into the Sun") that she had to shield her eyes. It seemed to begin on the bottom of the disk and then (the opposite of Overstreet's beam) coned outwards until it nearly covered the road. As her car entered the beam, it slowed, dropping from 50 mph to about 8 mph. "It [the car] did not start to miss. It merely slowed to that speed although I had the footfeed on the floor." She crawled through the beam to the other side, and her auto picked up speed and functioned normally, as she drove away without looking back. The effect of all this on the lady? She was calm and curious throughout the sighting, but her eyes hurt her for three days afterwards. She got called by several UFO crackpots who asked her for money. But the dog got better, I am happy to report.

March 10 - 10:10 p.m. Police Chief Lavern Janzen is driving west of Westhope, North Dakota, when the interiorof his car suddenly lights up. Looking up, he sees a disc shaped like a World War I helmet pass overhead and stop about 700 feet ahead, some 100 feet in the air. The object has a glowing blue-green dome and a bright white body with a revolving red band. The object wobbles back and forth while hovering. At one point it emits a 10-foot-diameter beam of light onto the road. Janzen gets out of the car but is afraid to approach any closer. He smells an odor like burned rubber. After 15 minutes the object ascends at a 60° angle and flies out of sight to the south. (" Light Beams with EM Effects Reported," UFO Investigator 4, no. 11 (May 1969): 3-4; UFOEv II 189

April 20 - 11:00 p.m. Robert and Wilma Phillips are driving west on State Highway 11 about one mile west of Browntown, Wisconsin, when they see a bright yellow-orange light to their right. When they stop the car to watch, the light approaches and hovers near the right side of the car. Wilma describes it as shaped like a kettle drum with diffused light emanating from the base. Robert turns off the car so he can hear a high-pitched "tweeting sound" the object is making. Phillips restarts he car and moves slowly forward to observe the object, which tips sideways and paces them as it changes color to orange-red and bright red. The diffused light dims and they can see the UFO is about 20 feet across and 10-15 feet thick. It remains about 20 feet in the air and never more than 100 feet from the side of the road. The object follows them to the outskirts of South Wayne where it turns and quickly disappears to the north. (" Car Buzzing Incidents Continue," APRO Bulletin, May/June 1969, pp. 6, 8; Geneva Saalsaa, " UFO-observation i Lafayette distriktet, USA," UFO-nyt, 1969, no. 8 (December 1969): 323-324

May 12 - Between 9:30 and 11:00 p.m. A saucer-shaped UFO is seen by multiple witnesses in the Palatine-Lake Zurich area, Illinois. The craft shines a bright ray of light to the ground and produces an unusual humming sound. Two teenage boys, Greg Lucht and Alan Prouty, first spot the object hovering over Illinois Highway 53 and Dundee Road. The UFO features three large "headlights," red and white blinking lights circling the rim, and a red glow underneath. The intense light reportedly wakes a stable owner and scares barking dogs into silence. (" UFO Sighting Here Studied," Chicago (Ill.) Tribune, May 25, 1969, p. 14; Mary B. Good, "Was That a UFO?" Arlington Heights (Ill.) Daily Herald, May 28, 1969, pp. 1-2; " Saucer-Shaped UFO Seen in Northeast Illinois," Skylook, no. 20 (July 1969): 6-7)

June 17 - George Air Force Base in California. On the night of June 17 and 18 in 1969, two base security policemen observed what they described as a bright orange colored object hovering overhead. They said it was quite large. Their estimate that this object was at least 375 feet in diameter and after just a few moments this UFO flittered away. This account was actually leaked to the press by an inside source and otherwise would probably have remained a secret.

June 26 - 2:30 p.m. Sr. Benedito, a justice of the peace, is walking along a trail about 4 miles northwest of Ibiúna, Sao Paulo, Brazil, when he hears a humming noise like a swarm of bees. He sees an odd object rocking from side to side that suddenly drops into the brush out of sight. Thinking it is an accident, he approaches to within 20 feet and sees the landed object, which then ascends, hovers a moment, and takes off in a gentle climb. He hears the humming sound again and feels a blast of air as it moves away. The Brazilian Air Force investigates the landing, and UFO investigator Hans Bemelmans finds some scorched grass in the thickly tangled brush. (Hans Bemelmans, " Reports from Ibiuna," Flying Saucer Review 16, no. 1 (Jan./Feb. 1970): 15-19

July 5 - 10:53 a.m. A family in a chartered fishing boat on Valdez Arm, Alaska, notices an orange tint in the water. Suddenly the water 40 feet from the boat explodes into the air, and the water for 300 feet around the splash turns orange. A disk-shaped object with windows and lights shoots into the air to a height of about 1,000 feet. However, only one of them remembers seeing the object, which is about 25 feet in diameter. (National UFO Reporting Center, " NUFORC UFO Sighting 32366," October 31, 2003; Dolan, USO1, 338-339)

August 29 - 6:20 a.m. Norman Vedaa and a passenger are driving along Interstate 80S [now Interstate 76] about 70 miles east of Denver [putting them roughly near Fort Morgan, Colorado]. They notice a brilliant, yellow-gold object hovering high in the air. They manage to take two photographs before it speeds away. Ground Saucer Watch concludes from its density profile in the photos that it is a solid object. (William H. Spaulding, " Observational Data of an Anomalistic Aerial Phenomenon," Flying Saucer Review 22, no. 1 (May 1976): 12-17)

September 6 - 7:00 p.m. Gloria Bomford is with her two daughters at a playground in the John Rabson Park in Reading, England. She notices a faraway object that seems to grow larger and moves in a steadily descending flight path toward the park, seemingly to land there. It now looks like two saucers joined together at the rims and is about 300 feet high and 30-40 feet in diameter. It hovers, and several black, knob-like protuberances emerged on its right-hand side. It then rises vertically, speeds up, and disappears. (Peter J. Wroath, " Huge Low-Level UFO over Reading," Flying Saucer Review 16, no. 1 (Jan./Feb. 1970): 6-8)

October 17 - A man from Toolo, Finland, was shocked when a strange orb appeared in his home and began to speak to him. It said that they ETs in a ship above Earth. They requested that he tell the world about their presence, and that they were friendly. The man requested to see them, but they said that this was impossible, but they would return later.

October 30 - 3:10 a.m. J. F. Cudby, a security guard at Waipukurau Aerodrome, New Zealand, is checking buildings when he sees some lights reflected in a glass door. He turns and sees a 60-foot in diameter circular object with lights hovering low above the airport. His guard dog becomes unusually excited. Cudby runs to his van about 20 feet away and shines a spotlight on the object, which speeds away, making a high-pitched whining sound. He examines the ground beneath where the object had hovered and finds that it is hot and dry. An independent witness, W. T. Grant, confirms the sighting. He sees a circular object hovering about 100 feet off the ground. It then rises and accelerates away to the south. (" New Zealand," Flying Saucer Review 16, no. 1 (Jan./ Feb. 1970): 31-32; UFOEv II 213-214)

November 8 - Australian physicist O. H. "Harry" Turner has been working with other scientists to set up a "rapid intervention team" for the RAAF to investigate UFO physical evidence. In a memo to the director of the Joint Intelligence Bureau, he indicates he is working with John Morton of Australian National University, John Symonds from the Australian Atomic Energy Commission, and Michael Duggin of the National Standards Laboratory. The plan is soon dropped by the JIB. (Bill Chalker, " The Australian Government and UFOs," IUR 22, no. 3 (Fall 1997): 21; Swords 396-397; Coulthart 2023, p. 64)

December 28 - A man named Patric is driving from Midland to Windsor, Ontario, on heavily snowed roads after an accident has blocked the main highway. Suddenly, his car engine, headlights, and radio fails, and he crawls to a halt in front of a star-like glow with a prismatic, multi-colored aura 100 feet ahead. Inside the glow is a domed object. A loud humming noise commences and the object shoots into the sky. The car comes back to life, but Patric inexplicably reaches Windsor one hour late. (Jenny Randles, "The Twelve UFOs of Christmas," Fortean Times 374 (Christmas 2018): 29

1970

An 11-year-old girl in Adelaide, South Australia, is abducted by little beings while she is sleeping with her two sisters. She is taken to a room for a medical examination, followed by an educational film and a discussion session. Details begin to emerge the next morning and continue to do so in a long series of nightmares that continue for another nine years. She has episodes of sex with small humanoid aliens at their initiation and she undergoes regular gynecological examinations aboard the UFO. She thinks they are collecting "fluid" and "messing around with my ovaries." She has two pregnancies that she considers out of the ordinary, and in both cases they end in spontaneous abortions. (Keith Basterfield, " An Australian Abduction," IUR 16, no. 2 (Mar./Apr. 1991): 4-6, 22; Keith Basterfield, "Abused by Aliens," Fortean Times 58 (July 1991): 48-51; Clark III 1064; Clark IV 1180)

1970? - An 11-year-old girl in Adelaide, South Australia, is abducted by little beings while she is sleeping with her two sisters. She is taken to a room for a medical examination, followed by an educational film and a discussion session. Details begin to emerge the next morning and continue to do so in a long series of nightmares that continue for another nine years. She has episodes of sex with small humanoid aliens at their initiation and she undergoes regular gynecological examinations aboard the UFO. She thinks they are collecting "fluid" and "messing around with my ovaries." She has two pregnancies that she considers out of the ordinary, and in both cases they end in spontaneous abortions. (Keith Basterfield, " An Australian Abduction," IUR 16, no. 2 (Mar./Apr. 1991): 4-6, 22; Keith Basterfield, "Abused by Aliens," Fortean Times 58 (July 1991): 48-51; Clark III 1064; Clark IV 1180)

1970- A retired physicist who claims to have worked on the Manhattan Project tells Leonard H. Stringfield in 1990 that he was working on Project Blue Heaven at Edwards Air Force Base in California in the late 1960s and early 1970s. The project is set up to examine a UFO and its crew that had landed at or near the base and are kept in a secure building for evaluation. The 12 or so occupants have eyes of one color like a dog’s and blood that “looked like oil,” and they are about 5 feet tall. They are dressed in a “silvery-looking material” that contain “elements that we don’t have on Earth.” The UFO has no seams, rivets, or welding and has a dome on top. Allegedly no one can cut a hole into it. He claims the project is still active in 1990 and it is run by the Department of Defense. (Leonard H. Stringfield, UFO Crash Retrievals: The Inner Sanctum, Status Report VI, The Author, July 1991, pp. 203–210)

January 1 - 5:00 a.m. Registered nurse Doreen Kendall is looking out a window at the Cowichan District Hospital in Duncan, British Columbia, and sees a bright, Saturn-shaped object about 50 feet in diameter hovering one story above her, about 60 feet off the ground and 40 feet away. It has a row of lights around its middle. She can see two humanoid figures in dark, tight- fitting clothing and wearing headgear in the upper portion. One stands at an instrument panel, with the other behind it. The second being looks directly at Kendall, then touches the first being, who moves a lever, apparently causing the craft to tilt down and provide a view of its interior. Kendall calls for other witnesses, who arrive in time to see the UFO leave. In 2023, Dan Hughes claims that the UFO was an inflated plastic bag lit by candles that he and two friends launched, but that explanation has been contested. (" Landing and Occupants in Canada," APRO Bulletin, Nov./ Dec. 1969, pp. 1, 5; " Human-Like Pair in Saucer," Victoria (B.C.) Daily Times, January 5, 1970, pp. 1-2; " The Cowichan Occupant Case," APRO Bulletin, Jan./Feb. 1970, pp. 1, 3; " Canada: Humanoids Visit Hospital," Flying Saucer Review 16, no. 3 (May/June 1970): 22-23; " UFO Occupants Seen near Hospital," Canadian UFO Report 1, no. 7 (Summer 1970): 3-12; Brian C. Cannon, " UFO Occupant Reports," Canadian UFO Report 2, no. 2 (1971): 7, 9; " Four Faces of Our Visitors," Canadian UFO Report 2, no. 7 (1973): 2, 7-9; John Brent Musgrave, " The Behavior and Origins of Canadian UFO Occupants and Critters," Canadian UFO Report 4, no. 6 (Winter/Spring 1978): 9, 10; UFOEv II 459-460; Chris Rutkowski, Canada's UFOs: Declassified, August Night, 2022, pp. 139-146; " Nurse Doreen Kendall Witnessed a Hovering UFO with Occupants near Cowichan District Hospital, 1970," Eyes on Cinema YouTube channel, September 20, 2023; " UFO Sighting on Vancouver Island Featured on New Collectible Coin," CBC News, October 31, 2023; Tim Binnall, " Canadian Coin Was an Accidental Hoax," Coast to Coast, November 9, 2023)

January 7 — 4:45 p.m. Two skiers, lumberjack Aarno Heinonen and farmer Esko Viljo, at Imjärvi, Finland, watch a disc-shaped, buzzing UFO approach them and hover. It is so close to Heinonen that he could touch it with his ski pole. From an opening in the center of the object’s bottom, a bright light beam is emitted, creating an illuminated area of 3 feet in diameter on the snow beneath it, edged with black. A red gray mist descends again; when it clears, both men can see, only 10 feet away, a 3-foot tall humanoid creature standing in the illuminated area, carrying in its hands a black box with a pulsating yellow light. Its arms and legs are very thin, its face pale like wax, and its nose hooked; it wears a light green coverall with darker green knee boots, white gauntlets, and a conical metallic helmet. Then the mist again descends, and long red, green, and purple sparks float out from the lighted area. A sort of flame rises from this spot and enters the UFO; then the mist and the UFO vanish. After this experience, Heinonen finds his right leg numb, and he vomits and passes black urine; Viljo also suffers severe physiological effects. Heinonen claims, two years later, a series of contacts with a female spacewoman. (“ Finland: Strange Events in the Snow,” Flying Saucer Review 16, no. 3 (May/June 1970): 23–24; Sven-Olof Fredrickson, “ Finnish Encounter in the Snow,” Flying Saucer Review 16, no. 4 (July/Aug. 1970): 31–32; “ Finns Observe UFO Occupant,” APRO Bulletin, July/Aug. 1970, pp. 6–7; Sven-Olof Fredrickson, “ A Humanoid Was Seen at Imjärvi,” Flying Saucer Review 16, no. 5 (Sept./Oct. 1970): 14–18; “ Her mødte vi rum-væsenet!” UFO-nyt, 1970, no. 5 (Sept./Oct. 1970): 191–196; Sven-Olof Fredrickson, “ More on the Imjärvi Case,” Flying Saucer Review 16, no. 6 (Nov./Dec. 1970): 22; Anders Liljegren, “ The Continuing Story of the Imjärvi Skiers, Part 1,” Flying Saucer Review 26, no. 3 (September 1980): 15–17; Anders Liljegren, “ The Continuing Story of the Imjärvi Skiers, Part 2,” Flying Saucer Review 26, no. 5 (January 1981): 18–20; Kim Hansen, “UFO Casebook,” UFOs 1947–1987, Fortean Tomes, 1987, pp. 75–79; UFOEv II 483–486; Randle, 1973, p. 105)

January 29 - A Uruguayan professor of socioeconomics takes a photo of a cigar-shaped object in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. Analysis shows that it was probably a streetlamp. (" A Street Lamp, or Sign, Or," CUFOS Associate Newsletter 4, no. 3 (June/July 1983): 1; " Rio de Janeiro 1970 Photograph Termed Streetlamp," CUFOS Associate Newsletter 4, no. 6 (Dec. 1983/Jan. 1984): 3, 7)

March 29 - UFO-Sverige is formed as the first nationwide UFO organization in Sweden; it is essentially an association of 20 UFO groups in different parts of the country. The secretary's office is located in Skånninge. It publishes the magazine UFO-Information from 1969 to 1980, then UFO-Aktuellt beginning in 1980. (Wikipedia, " UFO-Sverige"; UFO-Information, no. 1 (October 26, 1969); C. Göran Norlén and Johan Gustavsson, " Tidskriften UFO-Aktuellt," Riksorganisationen UFO-Sverige; Håkan Blomqvist, " Fifty Years in the UFO Movement," Håkan Blomqvist's Blog, January 3, 2020; Håkan Blomqvist, " Ufoföreningen som blev en meditationsgrupp," Håkan Blomqvist's Blog, May 6, 2024; Eghigian, After, pp. 232-233)

April 9 - 4:00 p.m. Max Krauss is walking along a country road near Schemmerhofen, Baden- Württemberg, Germany, when he hears two dull but loud bangs. He turns and sees a transparent ball with 8 radial spokes floating down the road close to the ground. About 16 inches in diameter, the ball is rotating anticlockwise on a vertical axis. Suddenly it stops and makes a right-angle turn toward a small stream and stops rotating. Something like a hose-pipe extend from the center and bends itself back and upward, writhing like a worm, then reaches down into the water. The hose then is drawn back in, the center part of the ball turns milky, and the outer shell turns blue. Then the ball starts rotating again, passes across the road into a field and vanishes. (Hubert Malthaner, " Mystery Flying Object Rolls along a German Road," Flying Saucer Review 18, no. 4 (July/Aug. 1972): 15-17)

May 15 - 10:30 p.m. Dorothy Simpson, a clerk in a motel in a suburb of Saint Louis, Missouri, allegedly checks in four small, strange-looking people, two adults and two children. They seem confused about eating, elevators, and television. In the morning they have disappeared from their room. (John E. Schroeder, "The Strangers among Us," The UFO Enigma 7, no. 7 (June 1987): 3-6; Clark III 91-92; Clark IV 119-120)

June 7 - While driving around a sharp curve on the road next to the Towave Reservoir south of Ouray, Utah, E. Manning sees a triangular UFO with rounded corners approaching across the lake. The object nearly collides with the car but suddenly veers away. It displays many colors, mostly green, and moves with the apex of the triangle in front and two exhaust jets at the back. (Frank Salisbury, The Utah UFO Display, Devin-Adair, 1974, p. 255)

July - Afternoon. John and Mary Pilichis see a huge cigar-shaped object over their home at Rome, Ohio. At the same time, their daughter Bonnie and a friend are at a swimming pool about one-half mile away when they see 3 silvery discs flying end-to-end in the direction of their home. The parents then see the discs as well. The cigar and the discs form a line and move into a large, peculiar cloud. After 3-4 minutes, the cloud begins to break apart, with no UFOs showing. (Ohio UFO Reporter, Sept./Nov. 1971; Herbert S. Taylor, " Cloud Cigars: A Further Look," IUR 30, no. 3 (May 2006): 12)

August 29 - 11:15 p.m. Several witnesses in Enebacken, Sweden, see a bright, round, red light maneuvering around the ground, emitting beams of yellow-white light. Three round landing marks in a triangular formation are found in the garden of Richard Johansson's small farm near Lake Anten. Soil samples are taken and analyzed, with the results showing an increased level of gamma radiation in the test samples from one of the landing marks. (Sven-Olof Fredrickson, " A Landing near Lake Anten?" Flying Saucer Review 17, no. 1 (Jan./Feb. 1971): 13-17)

September - 9:00 p.m. While walking home from a high school football game in Jessup, Pennsylvania, Frank Scassellati, 16, observes a glowing white, apparently metallic, silvery disc in the southeast sky moving from left to right. Around the dome on top is a row of rectangular windows; three spheres and a flat circle are visible on the underside. The object moves out of sight behind local terrain. Though he does not report the sighting to any authorities, Scassellati says that a few nights later he notices a limousine parked outside of his house with four men in black suits and hats sitting in it. They reappear for several nights but he has no interaction with them. (Center for UFO Studies, [ case documents])

October 29 - 5:40 p.m. Reidar Salvesen is driving about 2 miles east of Helleland, Rogaland, Norway, when a dazzling light forces him to stop the car. He looks up and sees a globe about 60 feet in diameter approaching noiselessly. It stops about 18 feet in front of the car and hovers for 50 seconds about 30 feet up. Suddenly the object shoots straight up into the air, causing Salvesen to fall on the pavement. He hears a sharp crack caused by his front windshield shattering. About 3,200 feet in the air the globe changes to a fireball, which quickly disappears. After sweeping up the shards of windowpane glass, he drives on, but feels a numbness in his tongue a few minutes later. He also has an abrasion on his hand from falling down, but the skin sloughs off as if burned, and he has a redness around his eyes when he returns home. His travel clock starts keeping time badly. (" I Met a `Flying Saucer,'" Scandinavian Newsletter, no. 1/2 (April 1971): 4-7; Anders Liljegren, " Strange Norwegian Encounter near Helleland," Flying Saucer Review Case Histories, no. 4 (April 1971): cover, 4-7; UFOEv II 214-215)

November 29 - 6:30 p.m. A 17-year-old student at Oizumi High School is riding his bicycle home at Tatebayasi, Gunma Prefecture, Japan, when he sees 5-6 objects flying in formation on a straight path from northeast to southwest. Seconds later, a solitary object appears to the north and approaches swiftly. The student parks his bicycle and runs up some steps to a raised enclosure for a better view. The single UFO changes course and circles several times, descending slowly. It then hovers, climbs, and disappears. The student gets back on his bike and sees a bright flash of white light to the southeast, which startles him and he pedals home quickly. The student returns the next day to the enclosure, which is actually a raised tombstone. He finds four circular patches of flattened grass. (Takao Ikeda, " A Close Encounter in Tatebayasi," Flying Saucer Review Case Histories, no. 10 (June 1972): 10-11, 13)

December 25 - 4:00 a.m. A V-shaped formation of 10 silver-gray circular objects is seen in the sky over Braintree, Massachusetts. They are silent and appear twice over the area within a 5-minute period. (Raymond E. Fowler, UFOs: Interplanetary Visitors, Exposition, 1974, p. 357)

1971

January 7 - Two boys independently observe a metallic object with an orange glow flying over Dennis, Massachusetts. It descends and disappears over some trees and looks as if it is about to fall into Scargo Lake. One boy sees a hole in the ice on the lake; steam is rising from it, and the water in the hole looks agitated. NICAP investigator Walter N. Webb visits the lake on January 10 and reports that the hole "was formed by a rather sudden melting process." (" NICAP Probes Crashed Object Report," UFO Investigator, February 1971, p. 1; "NICAP Probes Crashed Object Report: Search Still Hampered by Bad Weather," UFO Investigator, March 1971, p. 3; Clark III 339; Clark IV 375)

January 23 - The Porto Alegre, Brazil, newspaper Correiro do Povo notes UFO sightings are recurring in a rural location close to the federal capital of Brasília. An unnamed local peasant is quoted as saying that the "state governor" shows up regularly and looks for "little stones" in the nearby woods. Always dressed in black, he arrives via an airplane "made of two dishes, like, one atop the other, and when it goes up in the air it changes color and then disappears quicker than a flash." (Gordon Creighton, " South American Roundup, 1971, Part 1," Flying Saucer Review Case Histories, no. 10 (June 1972): 8; Clark III 730-731; Clark IV 811-812)

February 5 - 3:00 p.m. Petter Aliranta and Esko Juhani Sneck are working in the woods around Kangaskylä, near Kinnula, Finland, when they see a 15-foot object descend to a clearing 50 feet away. As it lands, a small entity just under 3 feet tall glides to the ground from an opening on the underside. Through 3 windows on the UFO, three more entities can be seen. The entity approaches Aliranta, who turns on his chain saw. Suddenly, the being turns around and heads back to the UFO. As the humanoid is rising back up into the air, Aliranta grabs it by the heel of its boot with his bare hand. It burns him like a hot iron, and he has to let go. The burns are clearly visible 2 months later. The humanoid gets back inside, and the UFO takes off with a hum. Before the two men go back, they look at markings in the snow. At the end of each landing foot there had ben a round plate. These plates have penetrated the full depth of the snow (1.3 feet), leaving four round prints forming an even square 6.5 feet on each side. Circular footprints left by the entity are clearly visible, about 6 inches wide. The journalist who published the story, Mauno Ihantia, is interviewed by Radio Jyväskylä on November 23, 1990, and confesses that the case was an April Fool's Day hoax invented by him and others. (Wikipedia, " Kinnulan ufohuijaus"; Keskisuomalainen, April 1, 1971; Tapani Kuningas, " The Humanoid at Kinnula," Flying Saucer Review 17, no. 5 (Sept./Oct. 1971): 18-19; Patrick Gross, URECAT, April 5, 2007)

February 12 - 7:00 p.m. A family from Grenoble, France, that owns a second home in Bastia, Corsica, has just set up a camera on a tripod to take photos of the property when they see a strange object in the sky and take three photos of it. The UFO seems to be in front of some small white clouds and there are tree lines as reference points. The object appears to be a disc with a dome and some superstructure. (Joe Brill, " 1971 Corsica Photos," Skylook, no. 81 (August 1974): 1, 4-6; " 1971 års Corsica-foton," UFO-Rapport, 1976 no. 4 (November 15, 1976): 13-15; UFOEv II 289)

February 23 - 7:00 p.m. Thousands of people in Turin and other places in Piedmont, Italy, observe a conspicuous red cloud in the western sky, just above the crest of the Alps, moving majestically and changing shape slowly. Someone takes a photograph of it from Caluso. The following day, the French Office National d'Études et de Recherches Aérospatiales announces that the cloud was caused by a Tibere, an experimental three-stage rocket for atmospheric reentry tests. ("Mezza città con gli occhi al cielo per il timore della nube rossa," La Stampa (Turin), February 24, 1971, p. 3; "Ecco la foto della nube rossa," La Stampa (Turin), February 25, 1971, p. 5; " Caso I.E.F. 23-24/2/71," Notiziario UFO, no. 38 (March/April 1971): 17-25; Sofia Lincos and Giuseppe Stilo, " La lunga notte della nube rossa," CICAP, November 5, 2020)

February 28 - Michel M. Jaffe embarks on a motorcycle ride from his home in Mountain View, California, toward Bodega Bay. While riding near Hayward, Jaffe observes an unusual object consisting of two brilliant spheres, each about 12 inches wide, connected by a hazy white linkage, with a trailing link. The leading sphere appears red, while the following one is blue or possibly green. The object maintains a consistent distance in front of a small twin-engine aircraft, diving and maneuvering in sync with it. Jaffe watches the object for about four seconds before it moves behind him, making further observation difficult. When he eventually stops to watch, the object and the aircraft are already too far away. Later, he conducts experiments to recreate the brilliance of the object using mirrors, lasers, and lights but cannot replicate it. He rules out common explanations such as kites or reflections. (Michel F. Jaffe, " Personal Observation," Flying Saucer Review Case Histories, no. 5 (1971): 11-12)

April 2 - After 10:00 p.m. Following several sightings of a bright light in the sky at West Kempsey, New South Wales, Australia, an aboriginal man at Greenhill sees a hairless face pressed up against his kitchen window. Immediately he is "sucked out" through the window and falls 7 feet to the steps below. Frightened but largely unhurt, he runs away and his wife pursues him. She takes him to the hospital where a cut on his hand is treated. (Eileen Buckle, " Defenestration at Kempsey," Flying Saucer Review 17, no. 4 (July/Aug. 1971): 20-21)

May - 7:30 p.m. Alojz Krz comes across a UFO sitting on three legs in a shallow hollow in a field near Stara Cerkev, Slovenia. He approaches within 65 feet of it, and it frightens him considerably. Around 8:00 p.m., 17-year-old Angela Rajhs is bicycling in the same area and watches the landed object for 4-5 minutes. As she is cycling away, the object takes off, turning in a wide spiral. Rajhs returns to the scene with her parents the next day and finds several pointed holes in the ground about 6-8 inches in diameter. The nearby grass seems burned. (Milos Kremelj, " Close View of Landed Craft," Canadian UFO Report 4, no. 4 (Summer 1977): 9-10; Milos Krmelj, " Landing in Yugoslavia," Flying Saucer Review 24, no. 3 (Nov. 1978): 6-7)

June or July - 8:30 p.m. The aircraft carrier USS John F. Kennedy is completing an Operational Readiness Exercise in the Caribbean Sea when an incident occurs following an 18-hour period simulating General Quarters. Yeoman Third Class James M. Kopf is in the Communications Center monitoring messages on various teletypes. Suddenly all the messages begin coming in garbled and he hears that all ship communications are out, including the radar, compasses, and electrical systems. A signalman from the deck tells them over the intercom that something is hovering above the ship. Kopf and others rush topside and see a huge, pulsating, orangish sphere stationed silently above the ship at a 60°-70° angle. The object remains about 20 minutes, but Kopf sees it only one minute before General Quarters sounds and he needs to return to his battle stations. The two F-4 Phantom jets on high readiness alert cannot take off. Soon the messaging returns to normal and the crew stands down after 2 hours. Kopf thinks only about 18 men witnessed the object out of the 5,000 on the carrier, because everyone is exhausted from the exercise. He hears that commanding officer Capt. Ferdinand B. Koch is frustrated by the event, but two days later Koch reminds the crew that certain events are to be considered classified. (Good Need, pp. 285-288)

July 29 - Night. A woman living on a farm outside Saint Hyacinthe, Quebec, watches as two dark circular objects with red rotating lights hovering above her potato field. It quickly disappears. The next morning, her husband finds two 11-foot-wide circular patches of crushed and burned potatoes where the UFO had hovered. Investigators estimated the object had burned or irradiated the field from a height of 15 feet. (Claude MacDuff, "July 1971: Quebec in the Darkness," Official UFO 1, no. 6 (February 1976): 16-19, 44; Yurko Bondarchuk, UFO Sightings, Landings, and Abductions, Methuen, 1979, p. 143)

August 16 - Jan-Ove Sundberg sees a landed UFO in a cleared area above Foyers, Inverness, Scotland, on Loch Ness. Three human-shaped figures in gray coveralls emerge from some bushes and enter the craft, which then takes off. Sundberg snaps a photo, then contacts writer and monster researcher Frederick William "Ted" Holiday, who is looking for a UFO connection with the loch. However, Sundberg eventually confesses that he made up the story. (F. W. Holiday, " Exorcism and UFO Landing at Loch Ness," Flying Saucer Review 19, no. 5 (Sept./Oct. 1973): 3-7, 13; Roland Watson, " Ted Holiday's Final Days," Loch Ness Monster, May 31, 2008; Clark III 600-601; Clark IV 659-660)

September 19 - 3:30 a.m. Arthur Honke, Alec Honke, and Gordon Campbell are driving north just outside Winnipeg, Manitoba, to do some hunting. They see a bright flash as something passes overhead and in front of the car. It now appears ahead of them on the right side of the road. Honke pulls alongside it and steps out of the car. They can hear a low-pitched humming from the object only about 150-225 feet away. It is shaped like two saucers, one on top of the other, and has flashing green and red lights and one white stationary light. The object hovers for 30 seconds, then starts moving slowly to the southeast. But as the men drive north again, the object begins following them at a distance for about 45 minutes. (Chris Rutkowski, Canada's UFOs: Declassified, August Night, 2022, pp. 86-87, 152

October 2 - 7:50 p.m. Two students, Vània, 9, and Vera, 21, are sitting down outside their residence on a busy street in the populous neighborhood of Sao Cristóvao in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, when they see a luminous, yellow, silent object above a building across the street some 260-300 feet away. They run out into the street to alert others, and the object follows them above the roofs of houses. Another student, Nelson Calmon Schubsky, 23, and his fiancée rush into the street along with many others to see the object. Chbosky has a Leica camera and takes two photos without having time to adjust the settings. The UFO has three luminous appendages (white, yellow, and red) and is rose-colored in the center with a red outline. It pulsates rapidly, changes color, and disappears behind a nearby tower. Chbosky's photos are blurry. (" UFO é Fotografado no Rio de Janeiro (RJ)," Portal Fenomenum, June 15, 2016; Clark III 1007-1009; Brazil 146-149; Clark IV 1121-1123)

November 14 - 1:50 a.m. Farmer Angelo Cellot is just finishing plowing his field near Lachapelle, Lot-et-Garonne, France, when he sees a bright light approaching from the northwest. Soon it is only 130 feet above him, traveling the same speed as his tractor, and lighting up the area with a row of five bright lights. A small red light is on the far right of the row. Cellot stops the tractor and the light descends slowly to about 50 feet. He begins running away down a nearby road but sees that the object is ascending and moving away in absolute silence. It vanishes behind a ridge. (Gordon Creighton, " UFO with Multiple Beams of Light," Flying Saucer Review 18, no. 3 (May/June 1972): 4-8)

Last week of December - After sunset. Norman W. Kasting is flying on a commercial airliner between Dallas, Texas, and Denver, Colorado. He notices something approaching the plane from behind on the west side. It passes within a few hundred yards of the aircraft and 10-20 feet below its level, flying faster than the plane. The object is metallic and shaped like an upside- down bowl about 30-40 feet in diameter and 15 feet tall. It has orange or amber lights around the edge. ("Out of the Past," CUFOS Associate Newsletter 5, no. 5 (Oct./Nov. 1984): 5)

1972

(or early 1973) - A USAF lieutenant colonel [possibly David Fruehauf] is flying a SR-71 spy plane at 78,000 feet out of Kadena Air Base on Okinawa, Japan, when he sees a metallic object flying in the same direction about 5 miles off his starboard side and 5,000-6,000 feet above him. He flies closer and sees that it has shiny metallic edges. When he is about 2 miles away, the object accelerates at a "30-degree angle of attack" and disappears. The pilot estimates its speed as 8,000 mph. (Coulthart 2023, pp. 97, 99)

January - Night. High school senior Donna Wilkins is driving in a rural area near Bartelso, Illinois, with a boyfriend when they see lights traveling back and forth in an odd pattern in the distance. Suddenly a luminous triangular object appears right next to them and they speed up. It maintains the same position above their car even though they accelerate to 85 mph. The underside seems to be composed of metal beams. It disappears beyond a tree line as they enter town, (" They Still Keep Seeing UFOs in Carlyle," East St. Louis (Ill.) Metro-East Journal, May 31, 1972, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 38 (June 1972): 5)

Early February - 7:00 p.m. Sarajevo International Airport in Bosnia picks up an unidentified radar target traveling at about 37 mph. It appears visually as a triangular object. When a Jat Airways Convair approaches the target, it accelerates and vanishes. (Milos Krmelj, " Report from Ljubljana, Slovenia," Flying Saucer Review Case Histories, no. 13 (February 1973): 13)

March 16 - Dawn. Truck driver Luis Bracamonte sees a sparkling mist form over the fields in Parque Granaderos, near General Rodriguez, Buenos Aires, Argentina. As he stops his truck, the mist vanishes, replaced by a blindingly vivid light. When he opens his eyes again, he notices a large oblong machine about 300 feet away, featuring a rim on the upper part and wide projections below. Three men with broad shoulders emerge, walking with apparent difficulty. They have sharp features and resemble Chinese individuals. Approaching Bracamonte, one of them grips his elbow. They speak in an unfamiliar language, but he intuitively understands that he should not be afraid. One of the beings then presents a plaque with two shining symbols and shows it to him. (Jane Thomas, " Recent Reports from Argentina and Peru," Flying Saucer Review 18, no. 4 (July/Aug. 1972): 21-22; Roberto E. Banchs, La fenomenología humanoide en la Argentina, Edition Especial of UFO Press, no. 4a, (August 1977): 26; Center for UFO Studies, HUMCAT Index 1972, pp. 5-6; Peter Rogerson, INTCAT 1972 Jan-Jun)

March 19 — 10:00 p.m. A boy named Mario goes out onto his patio at Santa Maria Acuexcomac, Puebla, Mexico, to look for a broom when he sees a bluish light, which gets larger as if it is approaching the ground. He sees that the thing is descending into a vacant lot and, thinking it is a hot air balloon, runs towards it. When he reaches the lot, he sees the thing is a kind of luminous sphere giving off a blue light like that of a welding torch. Mario now becomes frightened and runs to call his mother. As he goes in the house, two neighbors, Zacarian Mendoza and Manuela Carlotta de Mendoza, also see the object. When Mario comes out again accompanied by his mother Josefina, the object, which has been on the ground for 7 minutes, begins to rise up, producing a hum and casting off more blue sparks. Gradually the light and sound are lost in the sky. The next day, Mario goes to the site and finds four deep tracks, about 8 inches deep, separated exactly from each other in the form of a square of 8.2 feet. At an equidistant point in the center of the tracks there is a black burnt mark on the ground. (“ Boy Sees Saucer Land in Mexico: Mother See UFO Take Off, Trace Left,” Skylook, no. 56 (July 1972): 9–10; Ted Phillips, “Landing Traces: Physical Evidence for the UFO,” in MUFON UFO Symposium Proceedings 1973, Midwest UFO Network, MUFON, 1973, p. 26)

April 1 — 11:00 p.m. Two students are driving between Cacuso and Lucala, Angola, when suddenly their vehicle’s engine and lights fail. They check the batteries and fuses, which are all normal. Then they see two bright lights. Shortly afterward, they hear a whistling noise coming from an object about 130 feet away. It is about 130 feet across, partly lit up, and has three legs hanging from it. It rise to a height of 40 feet, where it hovers briefly, retracts its legs, whistles again, and turns on edge as it moves away. As soon as it leaves, the vehicle’s lights come back on and the engine returns to normal. (Herbert S. Taylor, “ An Update on Vehicle Interference Reports, Part Two,” IUR 34, no. 1 (Sept. 2011): 19)

April 14 — Evening. At least four adults in various parts of Waterbury, Connecticut, spot a triangular-shaped UFO moving silently. The witnesses estimated its width at about 130–195 feet. (“ Sighting Advisory,” UFO Investigator, December 1972, p. 4)

April 24 - 7:00-7:30 p.m. A man in Willow Point, British Columbia, on the Inside Passage takes a photo of a disc-shaped object spinning "like a top" and hovering in the sky for 15 minutes above Quadra Island. The object has a dull sheen like dirty chrome and lights flashing around its rim. The UFO wobbles, tilts, and shudders, then shoots straight upward about 1,000 feet. It then takes off to the north on a zigzag course. The photo is blurry, but shows a disc. (" UFO Photo Examined in Ottawa," Campbell River (B.C.) Upper Island, May 3, 1972, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 39 (July 1972): 12; " Here and There in B.C.," Salmon Arm (B.C.) Observer, June 14, 1972, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 39 (July 1972): 11; " Object Paces Truck," UFO Research Newsletter 2, no. 5 (Aug./Sept. 1972): 3; Chris Rutkowski, Canada's UFOs: Declassified, August Night, 2022, pp. 72-73, 152)

May 14 - Dusk. Janice, Judy, and Joyce Schwaegel, who live on a farm about two miles southwest of Germantown, Illinois, watch a brilliantly lit UFO near their home. The object first appears hovering over a neighbor's farm buildings to the southeast. The girls describe it as half- moon shaped with a dark-gray, metallic body. Initially, the craft displays two brilliant white lights, resembling car headlights. After hovering silently for about 11 minutes, it begins to move slowly west. As it moves, the white lights vanish and are replaced by blue, green, red, and white lights circling the rim of the craft. These resemble aircraft running lights but do not flash and remain visible until the object disappears from sight. As the craft moves westward, it emits a sound similar to that of a small airplane, though it travels at about half the speed. The girls observe the UFO for approximately 15 minutes, all using 7x35 binoculars, and confidently rule out the possibility that it is a conventional aircraft. They estimate it to be about 50 feet in diameter and 200 feet above the ground, with the initial viewing distance being roughly half a mile. (" Three Sisters Watch Half-Moon Object," Skylook, no. 56 (July 1972): 8)

June 29 - 10:00 p.m. A dark, wedge-shaped UFO passes directly over several witnesses at 200-500 feet altitude in Buffalo, South Dakota, at a slow speed. About 100 feet long, it has two brilliant white lights at the front and two orange-white lights in the rear. It moves with the blunt edge forward and hovers intermittently for 40 minutes. It emits a sound like rushing air. (Glenn McWane and David Graham, The New UFO Sightings, Warner, 1974; Marler 85)

July 3 - 9:15 p.m. Maureen Puddy, 27, sees a disc-shaped object on the Mooraduc Road near Frankston, Victoria, Australia. The object is a huge blue disc that hovers above her car. (Keith Basterfield, " Present at the Abduction," IUR 17, no. 3 (May/June 1992): 13-14, 23; Keith Basterfield, " Cold Case Investigation: Frankston, Vic, July 1972, Part One," Unidentified Anomalous Phenomena-Scientific Research, October 2, 2012)

August - The Archives for UFO Research (Arbetsgruppen för Ufologi) is founded in Södertälje, Sweden, by Håkan Blomqvist, Kjell Jonsson, and Anders Liljegren. Its specialized research library for UFO literature is established in 1974, and in 1979 AFU moves to Norrköping. It publishes Ufologen from 1972 to 1974 and the AFU Newsletter from March 1975 to October 2008. In April 2013 it changes its name to the Archives for the Unexplained. Its holdings in 2020 include a reference library of more than 20,000 titles, more than 50,000 magazine issues, some 500,000 clippings, and more than 50,000 European UFO cases. (Wikipedia, " Archives for the Unexplained"; Archives for the Unexplained, " About AFU"; Ufologen, no 1 (July 1972); AFU Newsletter, no. 1 (March/April 1975); AFU Annual Report, 2014; Håkan Blomqvist. " The Founding of AFU," Håkan Blomqvist's Blog, November 2, 2019; " AFU Turns 50 and Continue to Grow," Archives for the Unexplained, March 17, 2023; Eghigian, After, p. 233)

August 19 - 2:00 a.m. A series of sightings involving 50-60 witnesses takes place in Colby, Kansas. The first call to police is made by John L. Calkins who, awakened by barking dogs, goes to his front door and sees three objects hovering nearby, making shrill, high-pitched whistling sounds. The larger object has six flashing, red and green body lights. He also hears beeping sounds. The sightings continue until 6:20 a.m. Police Sgt. Paul Carter, while patrolling at 2:07 a.m., sees an object with red and green flashing lights approach from the northeast. He radios Officer Dennis Brown and begins to follow the object southward. It stops and hovers 10-15 feet above a pasture about a quarter-mile away. He estimates it is 30-35 feet long and 18-20 feet tall. Suddenly the object emits an intense, blinding white light that illuminates the landscape, including jackrabbits sitting in the field. Despite the bright light, Carter gets a glimpse of a shape "like a cereal bowl turned upside down." It makes a whooshing noise and shoots up and out of sight in 3 seconds. Brown, who is approaching, also sees it speed away. After that, the UFO is seen heading southeast. Police in Oakley watch it through binoculars. Officers Earl Wood Jr. and Duane Nelson can see six body lights on a large object. Three on the front are white and those on the back flash red and green. W. L. Johnson of Colby sees an object from his front yard at 6:08 a.m. It has orange-red flashing lights, moves from the southwest to the south, hovers, moves north, turn toward his house, and gains altitude. At this point it changes to blue-green, moves southwest, hovers for a few minutes, then climbs and disappears at 6:20 a.m. (" Colby Cops and UFOs," Flying Saucer Review 18, no. 6 (November/December 1972): 30-31; Bob Gribble, " Looking Back," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 232 (August 1987): 20; UFOEv II 191

September 14 - 8:00 p.m. A married couple in Houston, Missouri, watches an unusual bright object after their portable TV is disturbed by interference. It is larger than a star and persists for several minutes before it disappears in a burst of speed. At 3:00 a.m. they are awakened by their dogs barking at something in a nearby woods. They see a bright flash of light at ground level. The next morning, they find an evergreen tree about 300 feet from the house that is yellow on one side and normal-looking on the other. Next to it is a 20 feet x 14 feet oval area of depressed grass. In the center are three small imprints, each showing an extension or "toe." The imprints are about 2.5 inches long; one is 1.5 inches deep. A blackened area in the shape of a triangle is in the center of the imprints. (Ted Phillips, Physical Traces Associated with UFO Sightings, CUFOS, 1976, pp. xi, 86)

October 28 - 10:15 p.m. Cpl. Juan Fuente Figueroa and four other Uruguayan Navy seamen are stationed at the lighthouse on Isla de Lobos, off Punta del Este, Uruguay. Fuentes goes to inspect the electrical generators and discovers some odd lights, which prompts him to retrieve a handgun from his room. When he returns, he notices an object in the shape of an inverted bowl with several white, yellow, and violet lights on top of a 20-foot terrace. An entity is next to the object and two others (one much taller) are descending from the UFO. They all notice Fuentes and face him from about 89 feet away. He raises his gun to shoot but feels strangely paralyzed and confused. The beings reenter the UFO, which moves straight up emitting a humming noise. When it reaches a height of 150 feet, it tilts, belches a bright fireball, and silently disappears at tremendous speed to the southeast. (Willy Smith, " Alien Encounter at Isla de Lobos, Uruguay, 10-28-1972," UFO Casebook; Willy Smith, "UFOs in Latin America," UFOs 1947-1987, Fortean Tomes, 1987, pp. 106-109; Clark IV 686)

November 10 - 11:00 p.m. A 19-year-old is riding his Yamaha 250cc Twin motorcycle near Heathfield, East Sussex, England, when suddenly the headlights dim and go out and the engine fails, emitting an "electrical arcing" odor. He looks up and sees a white blob about 100 feet away hovering above some trees. It is about 60 feet high, 30-40 feet in diameter, and glowing white but fuzzy in appearance. After a few seconds it zooms away at about 100 mph in a straight line and is lost to sight. The motorcycle starts by itself. (Mark Rodeghier, UFO Reports Involving Vehicle Interference, CUFOS, 1981, p. 55)

December 30 - A man driving on the A4155 from Henley to High Wycombe, England, rounds a bend and sees an object resembling a vertical cone. What seem to be fluorescent strip lights run down the side, and it emits an intense, high-pitched whistle. The next thing he knows, he is driving through Marlowe in total silence with no memory of how he got there. Some 90 minutes have vanished from his memory. (Jenny Randles, "The Twelve UFOs of Christmas," Fortean Times 374 (Christmas 2018): 29)

1973

NORAD now has infrared sensor satellites covering 100% of the earth's surface from geostationary orbits on a 24-hour basis. (Clark III 807; Clark IV 899)

January 28 - 6:35 p.m. Seven schoolchildren watch a domed, semicircular object as it hovers above a pond near Knights Grange farm in Winsford, Cheshire, England. (" Schoolgirls Spot Mystery in Sky," Manchester (UK) Evening News, February 8, 1973, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 48 (April 1973): 13)

Early January — 3:30 a.m. A family on holiday is driving along the Princes Highway near Sussex Inlet, New South Wales. The mother draws the attention of the others to a light ahead of them, which seems to move to the left then approach their car. It then reverses direction and takes up a parallel position in the direction they are driving for the next 15 miles. It seems very large and flying close to the ground. It now seems to be disc shaped with two red searchlights beneath it and a row of portholes. One of the witnesses, an army officer, sees some figures through the portholes. At a point near the turnoff to HMAS Albatross naval base at Nowra, the object suddenly vanishes, instantly relocating to a high altitude. It then moves in a large arc around Nowra and then heads out to sea, where it is lost to sight. Later that morning, one of the group investigates a disturbance at their campsite at Shoalhaven Heads. She joins a large number of holidaying campers at the ocean edge. The disturbance is apparently due to a number of helicopters passing low over the campsite, heading out to sea. She observes the helicopters above a fiery mass in the water. She thinks that this object is UFO-related and that the helicopters are involved in an attempted retrieval. They report the sighting to HMAS Albatross and are told that the base radar had been affected by the UFIO during the incident. (Bill Chalker, “ The Great USO Show of Oz,” TheOzFiles, August 26, 2022; Bill Chalker, “ The Rising USO Tide,” TheOzFiles, October 25, 2024)

January 1? — After 12:00 midnight. A married couple is driving in Osorno, Chile, when their car stalls just as a disc-shaped object with flashing red and green lights flies overhead. The engine comes to life again after the object disappears. (“ Shape-Changing UFO Stops Car,” Flying Saucer Review 19, no. 3 (May/June 1973): 29)

January 11 — 9:00 a.m. Building surveyor Peter Day is driving near Cuddington, Bucks, England, when he sees an orange light in the north, moving eastwards. He finds a convenient place to stop, wind down the window, and point his movie camera at the object. He captures 20 seconds of the orange blob on color film as it pulsates and passes behind distant trees before disappearing suddenly (in a single frame). A schoolyard full of children in nearby Chilton also see the silent, orange object, and one of the teachers, driving to school near Ickford, also sees the object “like a giant beachball in the sky.” Kodak laboratories in Hemel Hempstead examine the film and they declare is has not been tampered with. Kodak then brings together some atmospheric scientists to determine whether the object is ball lightning; they conclude it is not, but they do not know what it is. (Jenny Randles, UFO Conspiracy, Cassell, 1987, pp. 160–161; Jenny Randles, Fire in the Sky: Case History Number 2, The Buckinghamshire UFO Movie Film, BUFORA, 1989)

January 19 — 11:25 p.m. A young man is traveling south on State Highway 18 about 13 miles south of Gaffney, South Carolina, when he sees some flashing colored lights in the road ahead. Moving closer, he sees the lights are on a domed disc sitting in the middle of the road and surrounded by a dozen men, each wearing white coveralls with buttons, buckles, and belts. Each has jet black hair and white gloves. The figures seem to waver, as if through a haze of heat. The object is about 15 feet wide, supported by three legs or struts, and glowing a dark yellow. A ladder extends from a door at the bottom, which is curved like a plate. The flashing multicolored lights are arranged in a band at the base of the dome. The youth turns left on a secondary road and drives away. (“ Youth Claims ‘Saucer’ Landed on Highway 18,” Gaffney (S.C.) Ledger, January 26, 1973, pp. 1–2)

January 28 — 6:35 p.m. Seven schoolchildren watch a domed, semicircular object as it hovers above a pond near Knights Grange farm in Winsford, Cheshire, England. (“ Schoolgirls Spot Mystery in Sky,” Manchester (UK) Evening News, February 8, 1973, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 48 (April 1973): 13)

January 30 — After 9:00 p.m. APRO Field Investigator Bill Rogers is driving in Lexington, Alabama, with two companions to look into UFO sightings in the area. Along State Highway 101, he sees a yellow-orange-to-white light moving slowly at treetop level a mile to his right. They get out of the car and study the light with binoculars. After one minute, the light moves up about 40 feet and they see it has an ellipsoidal shape. It then descends as if to land, and the three return to the car and head toward the UFO, which moves behind a hill. One second later it becomes visible again, and Rogers’s Geiger counter gives a reading of 400 volts and 250 milliroentgens. When it goes back behind the hill, the Geiger counter reading goes back to normal. This sequence repeats several times with the same readings. The fifth time the object descends, the glow goes out. (“ Flap in Alabama,” APRO Bulletin, January/February 1973, pp. 11–12)

February 2 — 3:02 p.m. Captain Peter Telling is flying a Grand Commander aircraft at 10,000 feet near the radio beacon near Ōhura, North Island, New Zealand, when he thinks he has a fire in the starboard engine. He is assessing the situation when a sphere of intense bluish-white light more than 20 feet in diameter appears about 90 feet away, its brilliant light illuminating the cockpit. The brightness of the light is “much like a welding arc.” The object paces his plane for 20–25 seconds, then accelerates and speeds away. While the UFO is near the aircraft, its automatic direction finder and both the gyroscopic and magnetic compasses spin wildly at a speed of about 12 rpm. All directional equipment remains nonfunctional until the plane passes near Whanganui. (NICAP, “ Sphere Illuminates Cabin, Instruments Malfunction”; UFOEv II 131–132; Richard F. Haines and Dominique F. Weinstein, A Preliminary Study of Fifty Seven Pilot Sighting Reports Involving Alleged Electro-Magnetic Effects on Aircraft Systems, NARCAP Technical Report no. 3, April 5, 2001, p. 25)

February 8 — 4:45 p.m. Richard Coimbra and Kurt Huettner, both 15, are taking Polaroid photographs for a class project in Conejo, California, when they notice a rotating disc-shaped object that remains visible for 30 seconds until it disappears behind trees and clouds. They estimate it is about 88 feet up and one-half to three-quarters of a mile away. They obtain one exposure, which shows a tree line in the foreground. The images measures almost exactly two millimeters in width. It shows an apparent domed disc with a bright spot of light on the underside, with a ratio of 4:1 of length to width. Analysis suggests that the object is no less than 1,000 feet from the camera, at which distance its diameter would be 18 feet; however, a distance of 2,000 feet is considered more likely, and the diameter would then be 36 feet. (“ They Did Indeed See Something,” Thousand Oaks (Calif.) News-Chronicle, March 20, 1973, p. 5; “ Conejo Photo Similar to Others,” Skylook, no. 78 (May 1974): 1, 6–7; UFOEv II 291–292)

February 9 — 3:00 a.m. Jim Sutcliffe is driving along the A414 road between Hemel Hempstead and St. Albans, England, when he sees a large, glowing ball hovering 20–30 feet above a field about 300 feet to one side of the road. Other cars have stopped to watch the object. Suddenly it shoots straight up and vanishes. Another witness’s car engine cuts out as he approaches the area but starts again after the object departs. (“ Thing in the Night Mystifies Drivers,” Watford (UK) Evening Echo, February 12, 1973, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 48 (April 1973): 15; “ Landing in Hertfordshire?” Flying Saucer Review 19, no. 2 (March/April 1973): 32)

February 14 — 2:30 a.m. Captain Jim Wheeler and copilot Jerry Maria are flying an unscheduled DC-8 charter cargo flight about 40 miles east of McAlester, Oklahoma, when Maria notices what he first thinks is another aircraft just below the leading edge of the right wing about 5,000 feet away. The object is on the same course and speed, keeping a constant position. Only its steady amber light seems unconventional. Suddenly the object rises straight up like an elevator, makes a sharp turn, and approaches the plane, taking up a position about 900 feet away and slightly above them. It is disc-shaped with a transparent dome on top, its silvery, highly polished surface reflecting the moonlight. Besides some stubby protrusions, no other features are visible. Wheeler switches on the weather radar, and it confirms that something real and solid is there. When the radar beam hits its surface, the object reacts immediately, ascending straight up, then moving sideways over the DC-8 and briefly out of sight. The object reappears quickly, descending straight down and taking up a new position just below the leading edge of the left wing. It then drops below and behind the plane, abruptly reappearing only about 300 feet below them. Looking down into the dimly lit dome, the pilots see two or three shadowy entities moving around. The object then darts out in front and performs various oscillatory motions and another sharp turn before speeding out of sight. It disappears off the radar scope at a distance of 50 miles. (Raymond E. Fowler, Casebook of a UFO Investigator, 1981, pp. 183–185; UFOEv II 132)

February 19 - President Richard Nixon meets on the 18th green of the Inverness (Florida) Golf and Country Club with entertainer Jackie Gleason. Gleason has long been a fan of UFOs. He later becomes a subscriber to the newsletter Just Cause (Citizens Against UFO Secrecy). Gleason has a collection of 1,700 books on parapsychology, UFOs, and the unknown. Gleason's second wife, Beverly McKittrick, says that Nixon took Gleason to a heavily secured area at Homestead AFB [now Homestead Air Reserve Base] in Miami-Dade County where he views the remains of small aliens in a top secret repository. McKittrick relates this story in an unpublished manuscript of Gleason called "The Great One." Larry Bryant, editor of Just Cause, the newsletter Gleason had a subscription to, files a Freedom of Information Act request with Homestead AFB. Bryant requests documentation on the repository and Gleason's visit there to see the alien bodies. Homestead replies that "no such records existed." Bryant also sends an advertisement to the Homestead AFB newspaper soliciting information. The public affairs officer at Homestead denounces the Bryant advertisement and "forbade its publication." At the same time Bryant writes Gleason providing him with a draft affidavit. He asks Gleason to execute the affidavit so it can be used as part of a growing accumulation of evidence Bryant is collecting in preparation for taking the government to court to release all information on alien crash retrievals. Gleason does not reply. Shortly before his death in 1987, one story says Gleason confirms the story about seeing the bodies at Homestead. The person who Jackie Gleason tells the story to is Larry Warren, who is a member of the Air Force Security Police at RAF Bentwaters [now closed] near Woodbridge, Suffolk, one of two bases in England where in late December 1980, three days of bizarre UFO incidents take place. Warren says that Gleason and Nixon enter a room with 6-8 glass-topped freezers. Inside "were the mangled remains of what I took to be children." On closer inspection, he sees that some of the figures look old and injured. Gleason cannot sleep or eat for three weeks after the visit. The director of the Secret Service under President Clinton, Lewis C. Merletti, claims that the idea of a president escaping his secret service agents only happens in the movies. In response to a question by reporter Joan London about the possibility of the president escaping his protection to go out and secretly do something, Merletti claims, "all Hollywood. There's no sneaking out. It has never happened." Marty Venker, a Secret Service agent who worked with Merletti under Presidents Ford and Carter, however, tells a different story. In his book Confessions of an Ex-Secret Service Agent he explains that not only can the president disappear, but it has happened. Venker states that in the exact year of the Homestead incident with Gleason, 1973, Nixon tries to cut his secret service protection. Venker also states that it was not uncommon for Nixon to try to elude his Secret Service detail. The agents working on the Nixon presidential detail were warned about it. Nixon is familiar with Homestead AFB, which is only minutes from his Biscayne Bay compound. There is no proof that Nixon escorted Jackie Gleason to view alien bodies at Homestead, but everything checked out indicates it could very well have happened. It would have been very easy in terms of distance for the Gleason/Nixon alien event to have occurred. However, it is perhaps more likely that Gleason had been sneaking out on McKittrick for a liaison. (presidentialufo.com, " President Nixon, 37th President, January 20, 1969-August 9, 1974"; Beverly Gleason, "Jackie Gleason Saw Bodies of Space Aliens at Air Force Base," National Enquirer, August 16, 1983; Brian J. Robb, " The Entertainer, the President, and the Aliens," Fortean Times 366 (May 2018): 30-36; Curt Collins, " The Legend of the President and the Alien Bodies," The Saucers That Time Forgot, April 27, 2023; " Dead Alien Bodies and UFO Debris Allegedly Were Shown to Jackie Gleason at Homestead AFB in 1973," Eyes On Cinema YouTube channel, March 2, 2025)

February 21 - Night. Clearwater High School basketball coach Reggie Bone and five players on his team are driving back to Clearwater after a game. On US Highway 60 near Ellsinore, Missouri, Bone notices a "bright shaft of light beaming down out of the sky." A few miles later, near Brushy Creek, student Randal Holmes notices another light, and Bone pulls over for a closer look. They see lights about 600 feet away from the road hovering over an open field at about 400 feet altitude. The lights seem to be portholes, each a different color: red, green, amber, and white. According to student Cary Barks, they watch it for 10 minutes before the lights rise up noiselessly and disappear over a hill. Around 10:00 p.m., Edith Boatwright of nearby Mill Spring sees a similar object flying low near her farmhouse. (" Mysterious Lights Keep Piedmont in the Dark," St. Louis Post-Dispatch, March 23, 1973, p. 1; Ed Wilks, " Whole Flock of 'em Flew Over Again," St. Louis (Mo.) Post-Dispatch, April 1, 1973, pp. 1F, 10-11F; " The Piedmont, Missouri Mess," APRO Bulletin 21, no. 5 (March/April 1973): 1, 3-4; Walt Andrus, " My Personal Evaluation of the Piedmont UFO Sightings," Skylook, no. 66 (May 1973): 3-4, 6; MUFON, " Piedmont Missouri Case, 1973"; Hayden C. Hewes, Earthprobe, The Author, July 1973, pp. 6-7; " The Missouri UFO Flap," Caveat Emptor 3, no. 1 (Sept./Oct. 1973): 30-32; Jerome Clark, "The Brushy Creek UFO Scare," Fate 27, no. 5 (May 1974): 96-106; Harley D. Rutledge, Project Identification: The First Scientific Field Study of UFO Phenomena, Prentice-Hall, 1981, pp. 6-7; Marler 15-16)

March 20 — 7:15 p.m. Lucie Vandervoort is looking out a window of her house in Tarcienne, Belgium, when she sees a bright light approaching. It passes over the roof of a nearby house, then banks, makes a 90° turn, and begins to blink as it disappears to the east. Similar objects appear every 10 minutes, continuing until 9:15 p.m. The objects’ slow speed allows her to take photos. At one point she looks through her late husband’s World War I trench periscope and sees a humanoid figure dressed in shiny, tight-fitting clothes and standing in the front of one of the objects. Only one photo turns out and shows a squarish light against a dark sky. Analysis suggests that the objects were probably aircraft taking off from the military base at Florennes a few miles away, the humanoid figure was imaginary, and the photo was a blurry streetlight. (Vicente-Juan Ballester Olmos and Wim van Utrecht, Belgium in UFO Photographs, Volume 1 (1950–1988), FOTOCAT Report no. 7, 2017, pp.172–183)

March 21 — 9:00 p.m. Jean Coleman and Cathy Leach are driving across the dam at Clearwater Lake, Missouri, when an object with a reddish glow surfaces from the lake. It is disc-shaped and rises silently, soaring over a mountaintop. (“ Mysterious Lights Keep Piedmont in the Dark,” St. Louis (Mo.) Post-Dispatch, March 23, 1973, pp. 1, 12; Ed Wilks, “ Whole Flock of ’em Flew Over Again,” St. Louis (Mo.) Post-Dispatch, April 1, 1973, pp. 1F, 10–11F; Hayden C. Hewes, “ International Dateline,” Canadian UFO Report 2, no. 7 (1973): 19–20; Jerome Clark, “ The Brushy Creek UFO Scare,” Fate 27, no. 5 (May 1974): 96, 101–102)

March 27 - 12:15 a.m. A man is driving south on Interstate 95 after finishing work at Rhode Island Hospital in Providence, Rhode Island, when he notices a round, orange-red glowing object flying parallel to his car, about 200-300 feet in the air. Maintaining a speed of 55 mph, he sees the object keeping pace with him. Suspecting it might be a reflection in his windshield, he stops his car and steps out. The object halts ahead of him, pulsing silently. Hearing no sound, he gets back into his car and resumes driving. The object continues alongside him for another 15 miles before suddenly veering off and flying west near the State Highway 138 Kingston interchange. (" Flap over Rhode Island," APRO Bulletin 21, no. 6 (May/June 1973): 9; Richard F. Haines, CE-5: Close Encounters of the Fifth Kind, Sourcebooks, 1998, p. 301)

March 27 — 10:20 p.m. Over Highway 21 in Waltham, Massachusetts, a mushroom or jellyfish- shaped object glows white as it hovers and dims, leaving behind blinking white lights. It then streaks away and disappears within seconds. (Raymond Fowler, UFOs: Interplanetary Visitors, Bantam, 1979, p. 357)

March 28 — 7:00 p.m. Two witnesses see an object with a rough triangular shape hovering at about 200 feet above trees on Stony Lane in Exeter, Rhode Island. It glows with brilliant white lights and has smaller green and red lights at the points of the triangle. The object makes a slight buzzing sound as it moves away. (“ Flap over Rhode Island,” APRO Bulletin 21, no. 6 (May/June 1973): 9)

April — Southeast Missouri State University physics professor Harley Rutledge hears of numerous reports of unidentified lights in the sky around Piedmont, Missouri, and decides to subject these reports to scientific analysis. He puts together a large team of observers (the main participants are electronics engineer James Sage, astronomer Milton Ueleke, and several students) with college training in the physical sciences, including a large array of equipment at 158 different viewing stations: binoculars, RF spectrum analyzers, Questar telescopes, low-high frequency audio detectors, an electromagnetic frequency analyzer, cameras, sound recorders, Geiger counters, and a galvanometer to measure variations in the Earth’s gravitational field. The resulting Project Identification commences in April, logging several hundred hours of observation time and 157 documented sightings over the next seven years. This is the first UFO scientific field study, able to monitor the phenomena in real-time, enabling Rutledge to calculate the objects’ actual velocity, course, position, distance, and size. Observation of the unclouded night sky often reveals “pseudostars”—stationary lights camouflaged by familiar constellations. Some objects appear to mimic the appearance of known aircraft; others violate the laws of physics. The most startling discovery is that on at least 32 recorded occasions, the movement of the lights synchronize with actions of the observers. They appear to respond to a light being switched on and off, and to verbal or radio messages. Rutledge publishes a final report, Project Identification, on his field research in 1981. (Margaret Sachs, The UFO Encyclopedia, Putnam, 1980, p. 249; Harley D. Rutledge, Project Identification: The First Scientific Field Study of UFO Phenomena, Prentice-Hall, 1981; Mark Rodeghier, “ Book Review: Project Identification,” IUR 7, no. 1 (January 1982): 14–16; Greg Little, “ Why Do Ufologists Largely Ignore the Most Scientific Field Study of UFOs Ever Conducted?” Alternate Perceptions, no. 146 (March 2010); Powell, Scientist, 59–61)

April 9 — Physicist Peter A. Sturrock mails questionnaires to all 1,175 members of the San Francisco, California, Chapter of the American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics asking their opinions on the UFO phenomenon. He receives 423 responses from scientists who have seen things they thought could be UFOs. (Peter A. Sturrock, “ UFO Reports from AIAA Members,” Astronautics and Aeronautics 12 (May 1974): 60–64)

April 10 - 9:00 p.m. Anne Marie DeBlasi is driving west on US Highway 1 near South Kingstown, Rhode Island, when she notices an orange-red object moving slowly from the north. About one mile further down the road, it passes directly above her car, and the lights and ignition begin to falter. It then flies off to the west low over the trees. It now seems to be a full 42 feet wide, yellowish-orange with a green vapor or haze around it. (" Flap over Rhode Island," APRO Bulletin 21, no. 6 (May/ June 1973): 9)

April 22 — 10:00 p.m. Antonio Pérez Cumbre, 19, is driving on the A-432 road north of Cazalla de la Sierra, Seville, Spain, when he sees a row of four round yellow lights on the other side of a ravine about 980 feet ahead. The two lights on the left are about 3 feet in diameter, about twice the size of the two on the right. He stops and flashes his headlights, and suddenly one of the larger lights generates a bright-violet stripe of light. Pérez turns his car around to flee, but the lights silently pass him on the left. At this point the motor of his SEAT 600 fails. The motor starts again when the lights are completely gone. Later, he sees the lights again hovering 33 feet above the road, and he drives right under them. Still later, he encounters the lights only 3 feet above the road. As he approaches, his headlights seem to be absorbed and do not stretch any further than the object. Pérez accelerates and tries to ram the lights, but when he gets about 80 feet away from them, the object moves rapidly away across the valley to the east-northeast. A couple of days later, two yellow burn marks 30 feet apart are found on the ground where the lights were first seen. (Phénomènes Spatiaux 37 (September 1973): 22–27; Vicente-Juan Ballester Olmos, A Catalogue of 200 Type-I UFO Events in Spain and Portugal, CUFOS, 1976, pp. 40–41)

April 27 — Ingo Swann, in a remote-viewing experiment at Stanford Research Institute, concentrates on the Pioneer 10 space probe on its way to Jupiter. Monitored by Harold Puthoff and Russell Targ, Swann yields 13 specific factors about Jupiter, none of which are scientifically anticipated—including the existence of a planetary ring. (Wikipedia, “ Ingo Swann”; Ingo Swann, Penetration: The Question of Extraterrestrial and Human Telepathy, Ingo Swann Books, 1998, pp. 18–23)

April 30 — Night. Four teenagers—Alan Wilcox, Ian Hudson, Patricia Flanagan, and Sue Yabsley—are driving south along the South West Rocks Road between Kinchela and Gladstone, New South Wales, Australia, when they notice an egg-shaped yellow and green object descending swiftly from the sky and disappearing behind some trees. After driving another 600 feet, Yabsley sees a distant glow in a paddock about one mile to the east. Wilcox turns the car around and returns to get a better look, but the headlights black out momentarily. They can see the object, about 3 feet above the ground; it now looks helmet-shaped and is changing colors. They watch it for 5 minutes, then go back to the road and drive home. (Eileen Buckle, “ Is Kempsey a UFO ‘Window’?” Flying Saucer Review 21, no. 6 (April 1976): 4)

May — A series of meetings takes place between USAF representatives (Col. William T. Coleman and Col. George Weinbrenner) and two well-connected Hollywood figures: documentarist Robert Emenegger and producer Allan Sandler. The colonels encourage the pair to make a documentary on the UFO phenomenon and the question of extraterrestrial life. Not only will they have the military’s full cooperation, they will also have access to their files, including those of the Department of Defense. Upon arriving at Norton Air Force Base [now San Bernardino, California, International Airport] the two men are immediately taken to a “clean room used by the CIA,” designed so that “there was no way anyone could eavesdrop” on events taking place inside. Here the proposal takes place, including the promise of using 3,200 feet of a May 1971 UFO landing footage at Holloman AFB, New Mexico, that shows several of the “alien visitors” and their meeting with the representatives from the US government. Paul Shartle, chief of requirements for the Norton AFB audiovisual program, promises to get the Holloman footage. Emenegger is told that the military is monitoring signals from an alien group that their extraterrestrial visitors know nothing about. At the last minute, permission to use the film is withdrawn, though Emenegger and Sandler are encouraged to describe the Holloman landing as something that might happen in the future or could have happened. Emenegger goes to Wright-Patterson AFB in Ohio to talk to Weinbrenner, who while haranguing about the need to find out about Soviet Mig-25s, hands Emenegger a signed copy of Hynek’s The UFO Experience. (presidentialufo.com, “ Disclosure Pattern 1972–75”; Linda Moulton Howe, An Alien Harvest: Further Evidence Linking Animal Mutilations and Human Abductions to Alien Life Forms, Howe Productions, 2d ed., 2014, pp. 137–139; Clark III 357; Clark IV 401)

May - Night. Judy Doraty and her family encounters a UFO along a road near Houston, Texas. She undergoes a period of missing time, and later she is plagued with anxieties, fears, and headaches. In 1978, she undergoes hypnosis and comes to believe she has hidden memories of the encounter. In sessions with R. Leo Sprinkle, she remembers seeing, while in an out-of-body state, two gray-skinned aliens cutting up a squirming calf inside the UFO. (Linda Moulton Howe, An Alien Harvest: Further Evidence Linking Animal Mutilations and Human Abductions to Alien Life Forms, Howe Productions, 2d ed., 2014, pp. 50-61; Clark III 136; Clark IV 163)

May 18 — Two men at Miliscola Beach, Bacoli, Naples, Italy, see a bright disc with a dome 165 feet away over the sea. It hovers at a height of 10 feet and then moves closer. Their car engine and lights fail. The dome is bright like a white neon light, and a red light is rotating around it. After 3–4 minutes, the object lifts off and the car can be restarted. (Herbert S. Taylor, “ An Update on Vehicle Interference Reports, Part Two,” IUR 34, no. 1 (Sept. 2011): 20)

May 18–19 — A blue, cylindrical-shaped UFO makes two low passes over Springfield, Missouri, around 9:00 p.m. 19-year-old Susan Lederer sees the object traveling east to west with lights on all sides; it disappears after a minute. Later, at 12:10 a.m., Steve Potter spots the fast-moving object overhead while driving near Battlefield and Fremont, heading northwest. (“ Low-Flying UFO Sighted by Two,” Springfield (Mo.) Sunday News and Leader, May 20, 1973, p. A30)

May 22 — 3:00 a.m. Onilson Pátero, an organizer of public libraries for the State of São Paulo, Brazil, is just outside Catanduva, after giving a ride to a stranger. First his car radio gets static and the engine begins to fail. Suddenly he notices a blue circle of light about 8 inches in diameter moving around inside his car. It passes in front of the dashboard and he sees it is transparent. Then a beam of blue light shines on him from the top of the hill he is driving up. He pulls over to avoid a collision, but the light keeps coming toward him. Overcome by a sensation of heat and stuffiness, he steps out of the car and hears a buzzing noise. The UFO is a gray structure about 25 feet thick and 36 feet wide, resembling two soup plates attached rim to rim. A tube stretches out from its base toward the ground. Pátero panics and runs about 100 feet when something holds him back. Turning, he sees that a rod of blue light from the UFO is moving above his car. The light seems to make the car transparent, allowing him to see the contents of the trunk, the wheel gears, the engine, and the interior of the body. Pátero faints. An hour later, two young men drive by and see him lying on the ground in gushing rainwater. They speed on into Catanduva and return with a policeman, Clóvis Queiros. Turning Pátero over, he regains consciousness and they take him to the hospital, where he is soon released. However, the next day he feels an itchiness on his back and stomach. Irritated patches of his skin turn purplish blue. Later, these spots turn yellow and eventually disappear. Subsequent medical examinations show no cause for the discoloration, and Pátero seems in good mental health. He experiences another encounter on April 26, which some investigators think might be a fantasy. (“ Close Encounter in Brazil,” APRO Bulletin 21, no. 6 (May/June 1973): 1, 3; “ Caso do Automovel que Ficou Transparente,” SBEDV Boletim, no. 94/98 (September 1973/June 1974): 30–40; “ Caso de Onilson Pátero,” SBEDV Boletim, no. 99/103 (July 1974/April 1975): 2–18; Gordon Creighton, “ The Car That Turned Transparent,” Flying Saucer Review 21, no. 3/4 (November 1975): 14–15; Brazil 154–163; “ Caso Onilson Pátero,” Portal Fenomenum, March 10, 2022; Randle, 1973, pp. 109–110)

May 22 — Truck driver Miguel Angel Gonzalez is driving from Tinajas to Tierra Blanca, Veracruz, Mexico, with a load of asbestos, steel, and concrete when he is forced to pull over because of an engine problem. When he gets out of the cab, he sees some very short men barring the road. He walks toward them, and they run off into the brush on one side of the road. When he returns to the truck, he finds it on fire. The blaze destroys the truck except for a few bits of metal sheeting, glass, and molten metal. (El Comercio (Lima, Peru), June 3, 1973; “ Truck Burnt Out by Creatures,” Flying Saucer Review 19, no. 6 (April 1974): 30; Ramón A. Pantoja Lopez and Robert Freeman Bound, “Chaneques: Mexican Gnomes or Interplanetary Visitors?” Fate 27, no. 11 (November 1974): 51–57; “ El Camión Quemado por los OVNIs,” Perspectivas Ufológicas, no. 2 (April 1994): 23–24)

May 23 — 7:00 p.m. Wayne, Wendy, and Robyn Sherlock are sitting in Wayne’s car near their home in Mount Gambier, South Australia, when they spot a large, round object with red, green, and blue or purple lights. The spinning UFO appears to follow an undulating path. It hovers briefly, then charges toward the car. The object seems to fly straight up and over the vehicle, descend on the other side, glow brightly, and vanish. Startled, Wayne slams the accelerator, and their father, M.C. Sherlock, watches from the front door as the car veers off the road into a bank, then reverses back to the house. “Wayne’s hair is literally standing on end when he returns,” Mr. Sherlock notes, adding that the experience completely unnerves the family. (“ Terror for 3 in Car,” Border Watch (Mount Gambier, S.A.), May 24, 1973, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 51 (July 1973): 14; “ Mysterious Craft Frightens Witnesses,” UFO Research Newsletter 3, no. 6 (Oct./Nov. 1973): 6)

May 24 — 7:10 p.m. About 50 people witness a large illuminated oval object moving at a slight angle above Long Reef Headland near Sydney, New South Wales. One woman claims it looks like it ascended from the ocean, where there have been reports of a stationary submarine object at the entrance to the Dee Why lagoon. (Bill Chalker, “ The Great USO Show of Oz,” TheOzFiles, August 26, 2022; Bill Chalker, “ The Rising USO Tide,” TheOzFiles, October 25, 2024)

May 24 — 9:20 p.m. Harley Rutledge and three other members of his Project Identification team at the municipal airport in Farmington, Missouri, see a configuration of four lights (white, red, red, white) flying silently overhead at an altitude of about 2,500 feet. Through binoculars, Rutledge can see the white lights reflecting off a metallic structure that could be anywhere from 368 to 2,600 feet across. The array moves quickly out of sight. (Harley D. Rutledge, Project Identification: The First Scientific Field Study of UFO Phenomena, Prentice-Hall, 1981, pp. 77–99)

May 27 — 2:00 a.m. A Mrs. Geni, 57, is preparing some wedding cake at her home in São José do Rio Preto, São Paulo, Brazil. Through her balcony window she sees a reflection of some kind in her walled-in backyard. When she goes to her porch door, she sees a flying object hovering above the roof of one of the rented buildings on the ground floor in the back some 50 feet away. The object is white-metallic and luminous on the bottom, about 6.5–13 feet wide and 3–6 feet high, with a kind of credenza behind which three entities can be seen. They are small with large round heads, big eyes, protruding lips, dark brown skin, small ears, long flat noses, small arms, and wearing a cap with a ball in the center. Each holds a device like a flashlight that emits a beam of different colors: green on the left, red in the middle, and orange on the right. The object emits a noise like a motor as it sways above the building, then after a few minutes it moves away beyond the horizon. Mrs. Geni goes back to work, but she now has pains in her knees, legs, and head. She screams in pain, and the young woman who rents the building in the back arrives to help. She also has heard the motor noise and confirms that Mrs. Geni’s face is swollen with bloodshot eyes that last for 3 days. At about 5:00 a.m., Mrs. Geni suffers a prolapsed uterus, for which she has to undergo surgery on June 8. She gradually loses hearing in her right ear, her vision deteriorates, and spots appear on her skin. A clock in the kitchen begins to behave erratically. In the backyard, a dwarf coconut palm and a jabuticabeira tree (Plinia cauliflora) both lose their leaves prematurely. (“ Caso dos Anões de São José do Rio Preto,” SBEDV Boletim, no. 121/125 (March/Dec. 1978): 15–19; Brazil 163–166)

May or June — 11:00 p.m. Lance Corporal Mike Perrin and another soldier named Carvell from Catterick Garrison, North Yorkshire, England, are participating in a radio exercise on Bellerby Moor about 15 miles to the southwest. Perrin parks his Land Rover on the side of a small road to await instructions. The two-way radio begins to crackle, the voices break up, and the set goes completely dead. The headlights also fade and go out. They try switching channels to no avail. Perrin is about the start up the Land Rover when he sees a strange aircraft above and to the left. It flies silently toward them and stops about 328 feet away, hovering 10 feet above the ground. The object is shaped like a rugby ball and has a row of small circular windows through which white lights are flashing. Vapor seems to be issuing from the bottom, and a buzzing sound emanates from it. They notice that a nearby herd of cows seems frozen on the spot. After 5–10 minutes, the object ascends silently and disappears over the woods. The headlights and radio start working again. The next afternoon, they return to the spot and find a burned circle of grass about 30 feet across. (Barry M. King, “ Soldiers’ Close Encounter on a Yorkshire Moor,” Flying Saucer Review 24, no. 1 (June 1978): 23–24)

June - Eduardo Calle is driving along a country road near Orense, Buenos Aires, Argentina, when his engine fails. He gets out to inspect and sees a bright round object rise up from a nearby field and vanish at immense speed. Police find a round hole and scorched grass in the field. Fungi of an unfamiliar species are beginning to grow on the spot. (La Crónica (Buenos Aires), June 1973; " Tres Arroyos Round-up," Flying Saucer Review 19, no. 6 (April 1974): 29)

June — According to an informant of Leonard H. Stringfield, a UFO is shot down by a surface-to-air missile from a US Navy destroyer in the Pacific Ocean between Hawaii and the mainland after it is tracked on radar and makes three passes close to the ship. The object falls into water that is about 350 feet deep and is retrieved by a Glomar Explorer, shipped to Hawaii, then sent stateside and finally to Chicago. The informant, an instructor in Gunnery School at the Naval Station Great Lakes in Lake County, Illinois, is assigned to guard the object in a Quonset hut in September 1973, with orders not to let anyone nearer than 300 feet. He glimpses it one time, and it appears to be a metallic, teardrop-shaped craft, 30 feet long and 10 feet high, “with a flange running along its topside from one end to the other.” (Leonard H. Stringfield, UFO Crash Retrievals: Status Report III, Amassing the Evidence, The Author, June 1982, p. 89)

June 4 — 2:00 a.m. Jill Cotmore wakes up in her home near Tyringham, New South Wales, with an uneasy feeling. She lights a cigarette and the room is immediately engulfed in a bright light, even though the windows have heavy curtains. It is so bright that she can’t even see a cupboard 3 feet away from her. Outside, her horse is going berserk. Suddenly, the light is gone. The next day, she finds the horse frothing, and it had apparently been running around the house during the night. This takes place in the middle of a concentration of UFO reports in the area. (Bill Chalker, “ An Australian Chronicle, Part Two,” APRO Bulletin, June 1976, p. 4)

June 7 — 10:00 p.m. Three people in a car see a fireball approach and stop about 164 feet away in the Sousas district of Campinas, São Paulo, Brazil. The object is about 15 feet in diameter and emits a yellow light. As it hovers nearby, the car’s engine fails, and the witnesses feel a prickling sensation. Later, they experience intense headaches. Eventually, the object departs, and the car restarts. (Nigel Rimes, “ A Persistent Prowler at Sousas,” Flying Saucer Review Case Histories, no. 17 (December 1973): 7–9;

June 19 — 7:12 p.m. Physicist Harley Rutledge sees a dull gray object flying slowly near his house in Cape Girardeau, Missouri. It has no wings or tail and is shaped like a stubby bullet. It changes to an olive drab color. After he grabs his binoculars, it disappears. (Harley D. Rutledge, Project Identification, Prentice-Hall, pp. 139–140; Covert 56, 70)

June 25? — 6:30 p.m. Members of the Dorrington family watch a large disc-shaped UFO hovering above Bony Mountain, Queensland, for 15 minutes. The object is surrounded by a greenish glow and there is a rotating red light around its middle. A solid beam of V-shaped green light oscillates up and down more than a dozen times before it retracts into the object. It disappears by moving straight down behind the mountain. (Clark IV 1217)

June 28 - 12:30 a.m. University of Missouri animal care technician James G. Richards, 41, and his daughter Vanea, 16, hear a loud, persistent, thrashing sound outside their house trailer in Columbia, Missouri. Richards moves to the window and sees two bright, silver-white light beams about 5 feet apart from each other and 50 feet away from his window. The beams disappear, and a glowing bright oval form appears, about 12-15 feet in diameter, lighting up the area. The thrashing sound is apparently made by trees moving as if blown by wind, and after the oval form appears, this sound suddenly ceases. As Richards moves from window to window, he notices his dogs lying very still near the corner of the trailer that is nearest to the oval object. The dogs are large security animals that are not easily frightened. Richards thinks it strange they are not barking at all the noise and the bright lights. The object moves away to 200 feet from the window and hovers, and now, less bright to the eye, the witnesses can see a blue band of light and an orange glow extending around the outer edge of the oval. The oval moves back near its original position and disappears by growing smaller before police arrive at 1:45 a.m. Later searches uncover broken tree limbs, damaged foliage, scorched leaves up to a height of 35 feet, and impressions on the ground as deep as 2 feet. (NICAP, " Columbia, Missouri: June 28, 1973"; Ted Phillips, " Landing at Columbia, Missouri," Flying Saucer Review 19, no. 6 (Nov./Dec. 1973): 18-25; Richard H. Hall, Uninvited Guests, Aurora, 1988, pp. 268-270; UFOEv II 61-62; Clark III 252-253; Clark IV 291-292)

July - Night. A college student working as a security guard on the island of Hokkaido, Japan, notices a brightly shining object to the north. It vanishes and reappears in a different spot, flashing a green light. Then it spirals downward and flies in an arc, coming down over the waters of a bay. It sucks up water through a prolonged, pipe-like protrusion. Next it flies to within 160 feet of the witness, who sees the shadow of three occupants in two windows. Four or five similar objects arrive and all enter a larger black craft, which then flies away to the north. (Jun-Ichi Takanashi, " Spherical Object off Japanese Coast Sucks up Sea-Water," Flying Saucer Review 21, no. 3/4 (November 1975): 54)

July 7 — 10:00 p.m. A Mrs. Good is closing the curtains of her house at Porthcothan Bay, Cornwall, England, when she sees two dark semi-cigar-shaped objects hovering over the bay. They are positioned on either side of a glowing, symmetrical ring. After a few seconds, the ring enters the left object and the two shoot off at terrific speed upward. The remaining object follows the same path a short time afterward. She reports the sighting to the nearby RAF St. Mawgan, which explains the sighting as “sun dogs.” (UFOFiles2, pp. 86–87)

July 21 — 9:00 p.m. Yves Rinaldi is driving on the winding D139 road in Gavignano, Corsica, France. About 20 seconds after he passes another car on the steep incline, he feels paralyzed, the engine stops, the lights go out, and his radio dies. He feels overwhelmingly cold and his eyes are watering. Shooting up from the scrubland ahead of him is a bright object, spinning rapidly, that passes over his car and moves behind him. After it is gone, the engine starts up automatically without Rinaldi consciously reactivating it, the lights come on again, and the radio starts playing. (J. C. Dufour and P. de Lormont, “ From Our Corsican Notebook, 1,” Flying Saucer Review 23, no. 6 (April 1978): 31–32

July 25 - 1:35 p.m. A Canadian Pacific Air Lines DC-8 is flying west at 31,000 feet above the eastern coast of Baffin Island, Nunavut, when the pilot sees a "large balloon in close proximity" and radios air traffic control to report it. He says it is 200 feet in diameter and 3 miles away and has been paralleling their course for 5-6 minutes at a speed of 575 mph. (Chris Rutkowski, Canada's UFOs: Declassified, August Night, 2022, p. 89)

July 27 - A 16-year-old UFO buff finds and photographs some strange marks on the ground near Lago d'Idro, Brescia, Italy. In 1977 he undergoes hypnotic regression and realizes he has been touched by a human shape that makes him lose consciousness. When he wakes up he is being sucked into an aerial object through an opening at its base. He finds himself in a round room with four beings. Then a woman comes in and the entities begin moving around and touching him. He is paralyzed and can only move his eyes. He is then taken to another room and directed to sit on a chair as the UFO lands in the spot where he had been before. He then leaves the object and watches it take off. He picks up his camera and photographs the ground traces. (Paolo Fiorino, Gian Paolo Grassino, and Antonio Chiumiento, " Abductions in Italy," IUR 14, no. 4 (July/Aug. 1989): 15)

August - A Minuteman ICBM missile launched from Vandenberg AFB [now Vandenberg Space Force Base] in Santa Barbara County, California, is descending in the Pacific Ocean near Kwajalein Atoll. Radar scanners at Kwajalein are tracking the nose cone, which has separated from the third stage. At about 400,000 feet, the operators find they are also tracking an object in the shape of an inverted saucer to the right and above the nose cone. It crosses the warhead's trajectory, then disappears below and to the left of it. The object is estimated to be 10 feet high and 40 feet long. (" No Explanation Found for `Ghost Ships,'" St. Catharines (Ont.) Standard, July 17, 1974, p. 13; ClearIntent, pp. 69-70)

August - 10:30 p.m. Three people are sitting in their front yard in West Seneca, New York, when they hear a low hum coming from an object above their garage. It is a silvery half- egg with glowing orange-and-blue overtones. It begins a slow descent toward the roof, and when it is only 5 feet away, one of the witnesses yells for it to stop. The object stops, hovers briefly, and shoots away straight upward. One of the witnesses hears the same hum at about the same time two days later, and the same object appears, moving down the street. The object is only 3-4 feet above the pavement and covers the width of the road. The witness approaches it, and it stops at the end of his driveway. He walks toward it and gets only 4-5 feet from it without feeling any heat. When his dog barks, he backs away. The object waits a moment, then slowly moves 20 feet down the street, quickly rises, and vanishes rapidly at a 45° angle. (Michael D. Swords, " Unusual Experiences from the Timmerman Files," IUR 27, no. 2 (Summer 2002): 23-24)

Between August 3-6 - Night. A woman and her children are watching the stars in their backyard in San Antonio, Texas. Two "very perfect" cumulus clouds move into view low above them. A perfectly round sphere with a green glow slowly emerges from the top of the cloud on the left. Soon they see lightning going back and forth from the two clouds but never toward the ground. One lightning bolt hits the sphere and red sparks fly out, whereupon the sphere slowly reenters the cloud. The clouds remain stationary for 35-40 minutes until the sphere disappears, then they float on. (Herbert S. Taylor, " Mystery Clouds and the UFO Connection," IUR 29, no. 4 (July 2005): 18)

August 12 - 12:30 a.m. Mr. M. Carr and several others experience slight mechanical trouble with their car near Broxburn, West Lothian, Scotland, as a fast-moving starlike object passes across the sky for 15 seconds. (D. N. Mansell, " Some Recent British UFO Reports," Awareness 2, no. 4 (Winter 1973): 16.

Late August - A wave of UFO sightings begins to take place in the southeastern United States in August and reaches a nationwide peak in September and October, then moving on to Europe in the following two months. J. B. Delair notes an increase in landings, low-level flights, and UFO occupants. (Jacques Vallée, " The UFO Wave of 1973: Some Early Statistics," Flying Saucer Review 19, no. 6 (Nov./Dec. 1973): 15; J. B. Delair, "Synopsis of the Great World-Wide UFO Wave of 1973," The UFO Register 5, parts 1 and 2 (1974): 8-94; Eghigian, After, pp. 218-219)

August 31 - After 12:00 midnight. In Dawson, Georgia, four US government workers stop a police patrol car on State Highway 118 and report seeing two weird objects in the sky. Dawson Police Capt. Rocky Wiggins and Patrolmen Larry Fincher and Gary Ellington see one bright UFO northeast of town and another southwest of town. The lights change colors from white to reddish orange to greenish- yellow. At 12:40, Wiggins calls the Georgia Highway Patrol in Albany, which contacts Naval Air Station Albany, which cannot see any lights or track anything on radar. Sometime between 1:30 a.m. and 2:45 a.m., two more objects are spotted to the northeast near the Lee County line. (" UFOs Invade Southwest Georgia Skies, But Depart Quietly"" Albany (Ga.) Herald, August 31, 1973, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 53-54 (Sept./Oct. 1973): 19-20; " Mysterious UFOs Seen in South Georgia Sky," Tallahassee (Fla.) Democrat, August 31, 1973, p. 13; " UFO's Seen for Second Night in Georgia," Lowell (Mass.) Sun, September 1, 1973, p. 9; " Colorful UFOs Sighted over Central Georgia," Orlando (Fla.) Sentinel, September 2, 1973, p. 14-C)

August 31 - 1:00 a.m. Georgia State Trooper A. I. Cahill is with Sgt. Jerry Crawley and Officer John Harris and others on the Americus, Georgia, police department when they see a bright white light moving sporadically above South Lee Street toward the southeast. Another officer in Leesburg, Georgia, describes it as stationary with "round, with orange, red, green, and blue lights." Robert Welch, a police dispatcher in Camilla, Georgia, watches with seven others a light that hovers for 3.5 hours. (" Unidentified Flying Objects Viewed in Area," Americus (Ga.) Times-Recorder, August 31, 1973, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 53-54 (Sept./Oct. 1973): 1)

August 31 - 1:00 a.m. Georgia State Patrolman William Revel and another patrolman are at Dawson Road near Ledo Road in Albany, Georgia, as they watch three UFOs maneuvering in the sky. They appear round and rapidly change colors from bright red to blue to yellow to green to a vivid orange. The largest object is the most active and seems to turn sideways and seems to acquire a "spur" on its left side. The two smaller objects remain on either side of the larger one. After 30 minutes, the smaller object to the right of the larger one moves straight up, stops, and resumes changing colors. A few minutes later, two more objects appear and shoot across the sky beneath the other three. By this time, the witnesses include Lee County law enforcement officials, an Albany city commissioner, and news reporter Suzanne Shingler, who writes that the objects are flashing like neon signs gone mad." Revel continues watching until 3:00 a.m. Reports begin to come in over the police car radio of objects, also changing colors rapidly, being seen all over southwest Georgia. Macon police on Hendley Street see two objects hovering above a sports field, while a fire department unit pursues a UFO as far as Interstate 75 near Hartley Bridge Road before losing it. (" They Looked Like `Neons Gone Mad,'" Albany (Ga.) Herald, August 31, 1973, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 53-54 (Sept./Oct. 1973): 19; " Lights Reported in Macon Again," Macon (Ga.) News, September 1, 1973, p. 1; " Pentagon Dodges Inquiry on UFOs," Albany (Ga.) Sunday Herald, September 2, 1973, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 53-54 (Sept./Oct. 1973): 10; " Wave of Reports Hits Georgia," UFO Investigator, October 1973, pp. 1-2)

September 3 - Early morning. Two policemen in Manchester, Georgia, spot a white, glowing object with blue lights speeding around the sky. Through binoculars, the object appears to have something hanging underneath it. (" UFOs Sighted over Georgia," San Francisco (Calif.) Examiner, September 3, 1973, p. 7; " Cylinder Identified," UFO Investigator, October 1973, p. 3)

September 3 - Night. An unidentified man rushes into police headquarters in Athens, Georgia, and claims that a bright object with four flashing lights had swooped toward his car along a highway. The UFO nearly landed, descending to about 15 feet before it climbed up again. The police think he looks like he has "really seen something," but Lt. Col. Richard Davies, an information officer at Robins AFB east of Warner Robins, Georgia, tells the press that the recent reports are the first he's heard about in a while, but the Air Force is no longer investigating them. (" UFO Scares Heck out of Georgian," Lincoln (Nebr.) Journal Star, September 3, 1973, p. 21)

September 8 — Night. Two military policemen, Spec/4 Bart J. Burns and Spec/4 Randy Shade, are on routine patrol at Hunter Army Airfield in Savannah, Georgia, when they see a shadowy object with flashing lights moving around in the distance. It is traveling rapidly east to west at an altitude of about 2,000 feet. After about 10 minutes, they see the object coming swiftly toward them at treetop level. It dives toward their car, passes closely above them, and forces them to drive into a ditch. It then hovers about 600 feet away, flashing blue, white, and amber lights as they struggle to get the car out of the ditch. The object disappears when they drive back to headquarters. (“ MPs Claim UFO Forced Car off Road,” Seattle (Wash.) Post-Intelligencer, September 9, 1973, p. A2; “ GIs Say UFO Forced Patrol Car off Road,” Atlanta (Ga.) Constitution, September 9, 1973, p. 23-B; “ UFO Reports Continue,” Atlanta (Ga.) Constitution, September 10, 1973, p. 8-A; “ Wave of Reports Hits Georgia,” UFO Investigator, October 1973, p. 1; Randle, 1973, p. 14; “ Eyewitnesses Talk about the 1973 Fort Stewart / Hunter Army Airfield (Savannah, GA) UFO Sightings,” Eyes on Cinema YouTube channel, July 3, 2024)

September 9 — 4:30 a.m. A news team from WAGA-TV in Atlanta is interviewing UFO witnesses outside the Georgia State Patrol office in Manchester, Georgia, when someone notices two small “orbs of light” in the distance. One light dims and seems to move away, while the other becomes brighter and displays varying colors. Cameraman Daniel Keever takes about 90 seconds of 16mm color film of the second object. He waits 30 minutes as it hovers and makes another brief exposure. Although the footage merely shows a blob, one of the newsmen says the object looks cigar-shaped with shadow patterns on the surface. (“ TV Crew Captures Strange Image,” UFO Investigator, October 1973, pp. 1, 3)

September 9 — Night. A deputy sheriff answers a call from Mrs. Hugh D. Beall in Griffin, Georgia, about an object hovering above her house at tree-top level. She says the object is making a funny noise and has gold, red, and green lights on the bottom. The deputy investigates and sees “two red lights descending slowly to earth.” Then the lights disappear. (“ UFO Chases Military Police,” Mount Airy (N.C.) News, September 11, 1973, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 53–54 (Sept./Oct. 1973): 8)

September 14 — 2:00 a.m. Roy Lawhorn wakes up in his home in Brooks, Georgia, to a sound like buzzing locusts and a bright light outside his window. He grabs his rifle because the lights looks like it is approaching. He shoots at it 3-4 times, but the light “disappeared into the ground.” It leaves a charred spot in the dirt road about 30 feet from the house. Oscar E. Anderson, a soil specialist at the University of Georgia’s Agricultural Experiment Station in Griffin, examines the site and notes markings that cover an area 1 foot long by 6–8 inches wide. Underneath the top layer of soil is a wide area of charred earth and organic matter. (“ ‘The Devil’: Frightened Farmer Shoots at UFO,” Atlanta (Ga.) Constitution, September 18, 1973, p. 1)

September 17 — 9:00 p.m. Anne Taylor is walking to her farm in Romford, Essex, England, after walking her three dogs when she sees a green light near the cowshed. She continues watching the light, which starts moving toward her slowly. Her two terriers are whining and cringing. The light approaches to within a few feet of her, about 12 feet above the ground. It is completely silent. Her watch has stopped, and her spine begins to tingle. She hears a jet plane in the distance, and the light goes out. She hears an “electric whirring” and the green ball shoots straight up. Her dogs return to normal behavior, and her watch starts up again when she returns to the house. (UFOFiles2, p. 86)

September 23 - 5:00 a.m. A truck driver is driving to work near Tyler, Texas, when a small "cub airplane" seems to fly directly in front of another car on the highway, nearly causing a wreck. The plane flies up over the side of the road and hovers above some trees. Then it changes into a cigar shape with lights. The driver gets out of his truck to watch. The cigar moves off then returns with a new, round shape. It lights up with many multicolored lights and moves above a nearby house. It makes a low, "loop-loop-loop" thumping sound. Then a large, bright, square light descends and swings from the other object. It approaches the truck, then swings back and forth. He tries to jump back in the truck but apparently passes out. He later notices he has some marks on his hip and shoulder. He does remember seeing the UFO change from a round shape into a triangle, and then move out of sight. (Michael D. Swords, " Unusual Experiences from the Timmerman Files," IUR 27, no. 2 (Summer 2002): 24; Michael D. Swords, " Timmerman's Triangles," IUR 29, no. 2 (Summer 2004): 17)

September 23 — 8:41 p.m. After a local resident reports seeing a UFO hovering above the Tennessee Highway Patrol office at 6348 Summer Avenue in Memphis, Tennessee, deputies Philip L. Pilalas and J. O. Davis investigate and see the object as well. They describe it as a large fixed-wing aircraft flying at 500–1,000 feet with steady white and red lights on each wing. Thinking it is a police helicopter, they flash their spotlight at it. The object flashes back with its white lights. But when the deputies turn on their car’s blue lights to see what reaction they get, the object douses all its lights and vanishes with a humming noise. This is followed by a 2- minute unexplained blackout on one of their radio frequencies. Other UFOs are seen in East Memphis and Frayser the remainder of the night. (“ Many Report UFO in Shelby County,” Memphis (Tenn.) Press-Scimitar, September 24, 1973, p. 16)

September 24 (approximately) — Rose Williamson, her father, and her sister are allegedly harassed for several days by two 7–8 feet tall “space monsters” with pointed ears at their home in Sidney, North Carolina, northeast of Tabor City. The beings float above the ground leaving no footprints and can leap 60–100 feet. Another witness claims to have seen one drinking from a car radiator, and yet another saw one wearing ragged clothes and brogan shoes studded with rhinestones. Williamson is later arrested for firing a shotgun several times at the creature in a public area. A radio disc jockey at WTAB-AM in Tabor City, Ken Williamson (no relation) visits the area early on September 25 and supposedly sees one of the beings. (“ ‘Space Monster’ Reports Create Uproar in Tabor City Vicinity,” Lumberton (N.C.) Robesonian, September 30, 1973, pp. 1–2; David Webb, 1973: Year of the Humanoids, CUFOS, May 1976, p. 9)

September 29 — A woman hears her dog barking and looks out the window of her home in Hollywood, Florida. For 3–4 minutes she observes a solid, oval-shaped object with slightly obtuse-angled ends. It is glowing red-orange, brighter at the edges than in the center. The object moves back and forth in a pendulum-like motion and its brightness pulsates roughly every 2 seconds, matching the swinging. There are no other known witnesses, but a local newspaper reports a similar colored light seen shortly after this sighting. (“ Sighting Advisory,” UFO Investigator, December 1973, p. 3)

September 29 — Night. Obion County Sheriff Nathan Cunningham watches three silent UFOs race over his house in Union City, Tennessee. There is a bright glow in the center of each, and red, blue, and green lights are flashing around them. They hover in one area for as long as 15 minutes, then move to another area. He estimates they are about 10–12 square feet in size. An additional 20 witnesses nearby also see the objects. George and Vicki Rogers see a bright red light swoop down low enough to light up an acre and a half of land, nearly causing a seven-car pileup on State Highway 78 near Reelfoot Lake. (“ UFOs Spotted in Area,” Paducah (Ky.) Sun-Democrat, October 3, 1973, pp. 1–2; “ Hundreds of People Are Reporting UFOs: Sightings Increase Daily,” Skylook, no. 72 (November 1973): 9)

September 30 — Night. Patrolman Flanning Glover Jr. and other law enforcement officers see a moving light above Collierville, Tennessee. It appears orange at times, then changes back to black. The police shine a spotlight on it, but the light goes out, then reappears in a different place. (“ UFOs Play Return Engagements,” Memphis (Tenn.) Press-Scimitar, October 1, 1973, p. 19)

September 30 — 9:30 p.m. Jesse Dunnigan and a friend are returning from a movie when they spot a bright light in the sky near his home at 4814 Timberwood Drive North in Columbus, Ohio. They stop to watch the pulsating light, which soon swoops down in a zig-zag pattern and disappears below the trees. The next morning he finds an apparent “landing site” in a field of waist-high weeds about a quarter mile south of Hall Road just west of Interstate 270. (“ Man Claims Semi-Oval UFO Landed in West Side Field,” Columbus (Ohio) Evening Dispatch, October 1, 1973, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 55 (November 1973): 4)

Late September or early October - M. Chubert is riding his motorcycle to work in Puy Verday, Cher, France, when his cycle misfires and stops ad a bright light appears on the road ahead. He sees it is an oval object, with smoke underneath, hovering. A man suddenly appears and walks up to Chubert, putting his left hand on his shoulder and offering "reassuring words." The man is about 6 feet tall and wearing a silvery uniform. A large helmet rests on his shoulders with a snorkel-like tube on the left side. His face seems to be covered with a nylon stocking with slitted eyes, and he is carrying something that looks like a pistol in his left hand. After asking where Chubert is going, the man says he must return to the object and warns him not to get too close. After he enters it from below, the object rises vertically with a sound like a swarm of bees. The motorcycle then restarts manually. (Jean Debois and Dominique Bettini, " Nohant-en-Gout (Cher), Lieu dit Puy-Verday (Octobre 1973)," Lumières dans la Nuit, no. 140 (December 1974): 17-18

October — Night. Sgt. Michael D. Jenkins of the 96th Security Police Squadron is stationed at Dyess AFB southwest of Abilene, Texas, when a major alert goes off at the base after a large ball of light is reported hovering 100–150 feet above igloo bunkers housing nuclear weapons. Twelve police with M-16s are sent to the Weapons Storage Area, and an incoming C-130 is asked to do a fly-by of the area to get a look at the object. Three K-9 teams that normally patrol the perimeter report that their dogs are afraid and acting up. An order to fire on the object comes from Strategic Air Command Headquarters Offutt AFB near Bellevue, Nebraska. Jenkins hears gunfire and sees a bluish-white streak as the object speeds off. As it leaves, it drops a trail of “angel hair” all the way from the weapons area to the southwest perimeter of the base. The angel hair hangs around on the area ropes and buildings for three days. On the third day it rains and the material dissolves, completely disappearing. (Robert L. Hastings, “ UFO Fired Upon As It Hovered over Nuclear Bomb Storage Facility, Says Former USAF Security Policeman,” UFOs & Nukes, December 1, 2017)

Early October — Driving home after his cleaning job in Armidale, New South Wales, University of New England student Graham E. travels along the Bundurra Road, then turns left onto the road that leads to the Mount Butler property where he lives. Just as he passes the university ionosphere research receiver, he sees a cigar-shaped object float up directly ahead of him at a tilted angle. He stops the car and watches it for 10–15 seconds, after which it rotates four times and shoots off at an oblique angle. (Bill Chalker, “ Confronting UFOs and UAP: Remembering October 1973,” The OzFiles, October 22, 2023; Clark IV 916)

October 3 — 6:15 a.m. Eddie Webb is driving a tractor-trailer rig on Interstate 55 near the Old Orchard Road exit southeast of Jackson, Missouri. He sees a bright, turnip-shaped object approaching rapidly behind him and covering both lanes of the highway. It appears to be in three sections: the top and bottom are spinning and aluminum colored, while the center section is steady and made up of glittering red and yellow lights. He wakes up his wife, who is sleeping in the cab, but she can’t see anything. Webb sticks his head out the window for a better look and seconds later is blinded by a bright flash that feels like a ball of fire hitting him on the head and face. His glasses fall off, hindering his vision, but he manages to stop the truck. Webb screams that he is burned and can’t see. The plastic frames of Webb’s glasses are warped by heat, and one of the lenses has fallen out. Mrs. Webb drives him to the Southeast Missouri Hospital in Cape Girardeau, and the highway patrol sends the glasses to physicist Harley Rutledge at Southwest Missouri State University [now Missouri State University] in Springfield for analysis. He finds that the frames have been heated internally from a source that came from the left side. Webb’s vision slowly returns, and an ophthalmologist says that his eyes are not permanently damaged. (John G. Adney and Reginald E. Mitchell, “ Encounter with UFO Frightening,” Cape Girardeau Southeast Missourian, October 4, 1973; “ ‘UFO-Distorted’ Glasses Examined,” Cape Girardeau Southeast Missourian, October 5, 1973; “ Missouri Truck Driver Temporarily Blinded by ‘Fire Ball’ from UFO,” Skylook, no. 72 (November 1973): 5–6; John F. Schuessler and Edward F. O’Herin, “Truck Driver Injured by UFO: The Eddie Doyle Webb Case,” in MUFON 1993 International UFO Symposium Proceedings, 1993, pp. 60–84)

October 4 - Early evening. Gary J. Chopic, a petroleum consultant, is driving home on the Simi Valley Freeway near Chatsworth, California, when he sees a blimp-like object just above the crest of mountain peaks in Santa Susana Pass. As he drives closer, he sees an elliptical object with a clear bubble dome on top hovering 80-100 feet away in a canyon about 10 feet off the ground, swaying back and forth "like a boat at anchor." A V-like insignia or aperture covers an entire side. A hose-like protrusion about 8 feet long and 1 foot in diameter extends from the bottom. Chopic sees some motion inside the bubble, and a humanoid being appears around the side of the craft, sees him, scrambles back to the other side, and reenters the craft. He hears a clicking sound, and the bubble rotates and retracts. A foglike vapor envelopes the object, and he notices a sweet odor as the craft takes off with a whining or low humming sound and disappears. (Santa Ana (Calif.) Register, October 31, 1973; " California Man Has Good View of UFO-And Occupant," Skylook, no. 73 (December 1973): 4-5; " Workers See Strange Disc," UFO Research Newsletter 3, no. 8 (Dec. 1973/Jan. 1974): 3; UFOEv II 488)

October 16 - 10:30 p.m. A 33-year-old woman is driving along a country lane near Langford Budville, Somerset, UK, when she sees a bright light ahead and he car loses power. The headlights flicker, dim, and cut out, then the engine sputters and stops. As she looks under the hood, she hears a humming sound that grows louder. As she reenters the car, a robot-like being appears and puts a hand on her shoulder, pressing her down. She sees flashing colored lights and blacks out. When she comes to, she is standing in a field with the robot next to her and the craft in front of them. She blacks out again. The being is tall and dark and appears metallic as light from the object in the field reflects off it. The object is silver- gray and dome-shaped, about 40 feet in diameter, resting on thick legs. Yellow light comes from oblong windows around the middle. On board are three humanoid beings, about 5 feet 7 inches tall. They wear skullcaps and have masks across their faces so that only their round eyes show. They wear light-blue tunics, long gloves to the elbows, and aprons down to their feet. The woman wakes up strapped to a table with a cold surface, legs spreadeagled, and her clothes gone. A light blue blanket has been placed over her. The robot stands inactive against a far wall. Three beings approach the table and examine her using gray-colored instruments. He takes a fingernail paring from her right index finger, a blood sample, and passes a small handheld device over her body that glows brighter and dimmer in various locations. He removes the blanket and performs some gynecological procedures, then covers her with a black blanket. All three humanoids leave the room at once. After a while, one returns, inserts a pin into her thigh that paralyzes and numbs her. When the examiner notices her glance at the robot, he speaks to her in perfect English, explaining that it is a retriever device that performs manual tasks outside the craft. The three men come back into the room, and one removes the pin from her thigh. They remove the restraining bonds from her wrists and ankles and lift her off the table. She sees her clothes on the floor by the robot and then passes out again. When she regains consciousness, she is standing fully clothed next to her car on the deserted country road, dazed and shocked. She climbs into the car and starts up the engine. She does not remember the drive home and arrives there at 2:30 a.m. She and her husband keep silent about the incident for four years. (Carl Nagaitis and Philip Mantle, Without Consent, Ringpull Press, 1994, pp. 174-181; UFOEv II 535-536; Clark III 1062; Clark IV 1177)

October 16 — Midnight. Single mother Pat Roach (Patty Price) is dozing on the couch with her 5-year-old son Kent in an isolated house on the outskirts of Lehi, Utah. Suddenly, Kent wakes up screaming that he has seen a “skeleton.” Roach has a vague memory an intruder and a bright light. Suspecting a prowler, she phones a neighbor, who calls the police at 12:10 a.m. A few minutes later, officers arrive, talk to Roach, find nothing amiss, and leave. Roach then checks on her other children. Two of them, Bonnie and Debbie, tell her they had seen a spaceman who had come into the house and taken them on a spaceship. Debbie remembers being told not to tell anyone, as well as seeing a line of people waiting to go on board. Disturbed, Roach takes her children and spends the rest of the night at a friend’s house. In 1975, Roach sees an article by Kevin Randle on UFO abductions and contacts him. Randle arranges for an interview and hypnosis sessions with APRO’s research director James A. Harder. An abduction tale slowly emerges that involves some elements that are little known in 1975, among them the aliens’ clinical coldness, their curiosity about human emotion, their interest in gynecology, and human participants in the physical examination. However, Randle now believes that Roach underwent sleep paralysis, was influenced by some abduction accounts over the years, and was led into the narrative by Harder’s leading questions during hypnosis. (Lorenzen, Abducted! Confrontations with Beings from Outer Space, Berkley, 1977, pp. 9–24; Story, pp. 309–310; Kevin D. Randle, The October Scenario, Middle Coast, 1988, pp. 17–30; UFOEv II 537–538; Kevin D. Randle, “ Alien Abduction and Leading the Witness,” A Different Perspective, March 28, 2005; Clark III 1011–1012; Randle, 1973, pp. 79–100; “ The Alien Abduction Experience of Pat Roach (Patty Price) and Her Children, Utah, October 16, 1973,” Eyes on Cinema YouTube channel, October 2023; Eghigian, After, pp. 270–272; Clark IV 1125–1126)

October 17 — Morning. Edward Deutsch is driving to work along Little Mountain Road near Ringtown, Pennsylvania, when he sees a round object with flashing lights about “as big as a large tractor-trailer tire” hovering and rotating 100 feet above his car. It emits a humming sound. When he gets to the top of the mountain, it lights up the entire car, rotating it 90° so that he is moving toward home. It takes Deutsch about 10 minutes to realize that he has been turned around. (“ Area Man Says UFO Turned Car Around,” Berwick (Pa.) Enterprise, October 18, 1973, p. 11)

October 17 — Linda Greene notices a “copper-colored, circular” object hovering across the road from her home in Watauga, Tennessee. Her son, Junior, and a neighbor, Teddy Malone, are playing on the front lawn when they see the UFO. Linda watches a being about 6 feet tall with blinking eyes open a door in the craft and attempt to snatch the children, but the boys run away, and the object ascends swiftly and disappears. (“ Still No Letup in UFO Reports,” Johnson City (Tenn.) Press, October 18, 1973, p. 1)

October 17 — Evening. Paul Brown is driving on US Highway 29 near Danielsville, Georgia, when his car radio suddenly goes wild with strange sounds. He sees a silver, oval-shaped object about 300 feet ahead on the road. He stops and sees two beings with red faces and white hair. Brown grabs a pistol and steps halfway out of his car, but the beings return to the object, which takes off with a whooshing sound. (Athens (Ga.) Banner-Herald, October 18, 1973; “ First Flap in Six Years Resurrects UFOs As National Controversy,” UFO Investigator, November 1973, p. 4)

October 17 — 8:30 p.m. Reporter Donnie Johnston gets a call from Mrs. Kenneth Hensley saying there is a UFO hovering in the sky above Madison, Virginia. He jumps in his car and drives there in time to see a mysterious light about 20° above the southeastern horizon about 3–5 miles away. It slowly moves from southwest to northwest, then suddenly disappears. This is the third sighting for the Hensleys, who had seen UFOs earlier in the week. (Donnie Johnston, “ UFO Seen over Madison,” Culpeper (Va.) Star-Exponent, October 18, 1973, pp. 1, 10; Randle, 1973, p. 25)

October 17 — 9:15 p.m. 17-year-old David Bodner sees something very bright in the sky to the northwest in Elkhorn, West Virginia. It passes overhead with a fluttering motion in about 45–60 seconds, pulsing or flashing brightly for about 5 seconds with about 3 seconds between flashes. Bodner takes a photo with his 35mm Pentax camera. The image suggests that the object is subtending an angle of 3.5°, which would make it 120 feet in diameter at a distance of 2,000 feet. A similar object is photographed the same night in Columbus, Ohio, about 170 miles to the northwest. (Ted Spickler, “ Nocturnal UFO in West Virginia,” MUFON UFO Journal, no. 115 (June 1977): 3, 7; “ UFO Investigator Expects Skepticism,” Charleston (W.Va.) Gazette, July 21, 1988, via APCIC Clipping Service 13, no. 10 (October 1988): 3–4; UFOEv II 292)

October 17 — Night. Clarence Ray Patterson is driving home to Pensacola, Florida, on Interstate 10. When he is near the exit to Loxley, Alabama, a UFO swoops down, picks up his truck, and pulls it inside the craft. He claims that six short creatures with claw-like arms take him out of the truck to examine him. They seem to be reading his mind. After 30 minutes, they release him on Florida Highway 297 just outside Pensacola. He immediately drives to the police station to tell his story. (“ Pickup by UFO Reported,” Pensacola (Fla.) News, October 18, 1973, pp. 1–2; Randle, 1973, pp. 24–25, 113)

October 17 — Night. Herschel Fueston, a policeman in Noblesville, Indiana, is patrolling the area of South Harbor when he notices an object hovering silently 100 feet above the water of Morse Reservoir. It has amber lights and moves directly above his car. Its lights get brighter as it speeds away, and he can see a row of red lights on its underside. (“ Noblesville Policeman Sights Strange Object,” Jasper (Ind.) Daily Herald, October 18, 1973, p. 5)

October 17 — After 10:00 p.m. Falkville, Alabama, Police Chief Jeffrey Greenhaw responds to a phone call about a UFO on the outskirts of town. On a gravel road, he sees a 5-and-a-half-foot- tall, silver-suited figure in his headlights. He stops, gets out, and talks to the figure, all the while taking Polaroid photos of it. It steps towards him and Greenhaw turns on the red rotating police car light. The figure runs away and although Greenhaw pursues it in his car, it eludes him. The photos quickly become a national news story. NICAP investigator Marion Webb and others strongly suspect this is a hoax. (NICAP, “ Falkville, Alabama, Entity / Jeff Greenhaw Case, Oct. 17, 1973”; “ Alabamians Sight Ship, Creature,” Montgomery (Ala.) Advertiser, October 19, 1973, p. 27; “ Officer Who Saw ‘Metallic Being’ Resigns,” Birmingham (Ala.) Post-Herald, November 17, 1973, p. 3; “A Good Chance Falkville’s ‘Space Creature’ Only a Hoax,” Birmingham (Ala.) News, September 5, 1974, p. 6; “ Police Chief’s Nightmare: Real or Contrived?” UFO Investigator, October 1974, pp. 1–2; William Spaulding, “ Falkville Creature Photographs Analyzed,” MUFON UFO Journal, no. 108 (November 1976): cover, 3–5; “ Police Chief Hoaxes UFO,” UFO Investigator, January 1977, p. 4; Good Above, pp. 301–302; Wyatt Cox, UFO and Bigfoot Sightings in Alabama, The Author, 2004, pp. 90–94; Clark III 482; Clark IV 530–531)

October 18 - 3:30 p.m. A witness in Hamilton, Illinois, sees a huge gray oval or oblong UFO. A second object appears that resembles the first but seems to be covered in "cobwebs" on its upper surface. About 15 minutes later, "cotton-like" material is found that when handled becomes a "small ball which melted as it was touched." The next morning, a collected sample has totally sublimated. (Brian Boldman, " An Analysis of Angel Hair, 1947-2000," IUR 26, no. 3 (Fall 2001): 19)

October 18 — Early evening. Two youths are on White Oak Mountain southeast of Chatham, Virginia, when they see a bright-white entity, 3–4 feet tall, with a shimmering body and a large head with no eyes. It begins chasing them in an unusual sideways movement. They run back to a pickup truck where an adult is waiting for them. After they get there, they see a green, hazy cloud moving into the sky, headed north. About the same time, some state troopers in Salem, Virginia, see a red ball of fire in the sky. (“ UFO ‘Thing’ Chases Boys on White Oak,” Danville (Va.) Bee, October 19, 1973, p. B-1)

October 18 — 11:00 p.m. Army Reserve Capt. Lawrence J. Coyne (with his crew 1st Lt. Arrigo Jezzi, Sgt. John Healey, and Spec5 Robert Yanacsek) is flying an Army Reserve UH-1 Huey helicopter at 1,200 feet from Columbus to Cleveland, Ohio. Healey notices a steady, southbound red light. It looks like the port-wing light of an aircraft but seems brighter and carries none of the other FAA-required lights. He watches it disappear behind the helicopter and doesn’t tell the others. A couple minutes later, Yanacsek sees a bright red light on the eastern horizon and watches it for 90 seconds, realizing it is pacing the helicopter. He mentions it to Coyne, who tells Healey to watch it. Soon the light turns and comes towards the helicopter. Coyne takes the controls from Jezzi and puts the helicopter into a descent. He calls Mansfield (Ohio) Approach Control but fails to get a response. The red light is now closing on them at a dangerous rate of speed, possibly 684 mph. Coyne pushes the stick down, forcing the helicopter to descend quickly. When he gets to an altitude of 650 feet above the treetops, Coyne looks up and sees the object covering the entire front windshield. The red light is on its nose and a white light is on the tail of this cigar- shaped, metallic structure. Under the tail, a green beam sweeps a 90° arc and shines through the windshield. It hovers above them for 10–12 seconds before accelerating and heading northwest. The bright white light just snaps out. Coyne looks at the altimeter and realizes they have been ascending and are now at 3,500 feet, but the stick is still down. He pulls the stick up and the helicopter levels out at 3,800 feet. Reviewing his instruments, Coyne notices that the magnetic compass is rotating slowly, while the Radio Magnetic Indicator is functioning normally. They make radio contact with Akron and fly on to Cleveland without further incident. Other witnesses on the ground have seen the incident. (NICAP, “ Coyne Helicopter, E-M / Magnetic Compass Encounter”; [ CUFOS case file]; John P. Coyne, “ Copter Narrowly Misses Collision with Strange Craft,” Cleveland (Ohio) Plain Dealer, October 21, 1973, p. 31A; “ UFO Encounter Affirmed,” Cincinnati Enquirer, October 22, 1973, p. 1; Jennie Zeidman, “ UFO–Helicopter Close Encounter over Ohio,” Flying Saucer Review 22, no. 4 (November 1976): 15–19; Jennie Zeidman, “ More on the Coyne Helicopter Case,” Flying Saucer Review 23, no. 4 (January 1978): 16–18; Jennie Zeidman, “Major Coyne and the UFO: The True Story,” Fate 31, no. 8 (August 1978): 66–74; Philip J. Klass, “The Other Side of the Coyne Encounter,” Fate 31, no. 12 (December 1978): 72, 74, 76–82; Jennie Zeidman, “Zeidman on Klass on Coyne,” Fate 31, no. 12 (December 1978): 73, 75, 82–85; Jennie Zeidman, A Helicopter-UFO Encounter over Ohio, CUFOS, 1979; Kim Hansen, “UFO Casebook,” UFOs 1947–1987, Fortean Tomes, 1987, pp. 82–85; Good Above, pp. 302–303; Jennie Zeidman, “ Green Light over Mansfield,” IUR 13, no. 6 (Nov./Dec. 1988): 13–14; Jennie Zeidman, “ The Coyne Case: Correction and Update,” IUR 14, no. 2 (Mar./Apr. 1989): 17–18; UFOEv II 81–86; Michael D. Swords, GrassRoots UFOs: Case Reports from the Timmerman Files, Fund for UFO Research, 2005, p. 145; Patrick Gross, “ The Coyne Incident, Mansfield, Ohio, USA, 1973”; Kevin D. Randle, “ The Coyne Helicopter UFO Case,” A Different Perspective, August 5, 2014; Clark III 309–312; “ The 1973 Coyne/Mansfield Helicopter UFO Incident Finally Explained,” Parabunk, April 2, 2018; Kevin D. Randle, “ The Coyne Helicopter Encounter–Explained?” A Different Perspective, May 1, 2018; Randle, Levelland, 2021, pp. 159–161; Randle, 1973, pp. 130–156; Covert 28; Powell, Scientist, 17; Clark IV 353–356; Kevin D. Randle, “ Following Is a Long Posting about the Coyne Helicopter UFO Sighting,” A Different Perspective, April 24, 2025; “ Green Beam from a UFO Lifts Up Army Helicopter, Observed by Lawrence Coyne and John Healy in 1973,” Eyes On Cinema YouTube channel, June 4, 2025)

October 18 — 11:30 p.m. A group of people in Wooster, Ohio, notices a bright, pulsing, triangular object with three colored lights at each apex, pulsating at different rates. When the object moves, the red light becomes brighter. It moves right, left, up, and down for 25 minutes. The UFO then dips down and shoots straight up into the sky. (Michael D. Swords, “ Timmerman’s Triangles,” IUR 29, no. 2 (Summer 2004): 15)

October 19 — 3:30 p.m. A woman is driving south on Interstate 75 near Ashburn, Georgia, when her engine suddenly stops and the power brakes and power steering go out. She guides the car onto the shoulder of the road. Stunned and sitting behind the steering wheel, she senses something amiss and looks toward the highway. Right outside her rolled-up window she sees a humanoid dressed in a metallic suit and a bubble helmet with two rectangular slits for eyes. She has difficulty looking at it directly, and after 5–6 minutes the creature moves to the front of the car, then around to the back, its helmet making odd, mechanical movements, before it disappears from view. Shortly afterward, she gets out of the car and raises the hood to attract a passing motorist, but smoke comes billowing out. The engine is so intensely hot that by the time a police tow truck takes her to a garage, the hood is nearly at the melting stage. APRO considers it unlikely that the woman could have raised the hood if it had been so hot. (“ Strange Creature Stalls Auto in Georgia: Car Intensely Hot,” Skylook, no. 73 (December 1973): 7–8; “ Possible Hoax in Georgia,” APRO Bulletin 22, no. 6 (May/June 1974): 5–6)

October 19 — NBC News journalist John Chancellor sums up the prevailing views on UFOs among broadcasters on the NBC Evening News: “Many people would like the UFOs to go away. But the UFOs won’t go away, and many scientists are taking them very seriously. It’s likely that we will hear more and more about the UFOs.” (“ More and More UFO’s #467328,” Vanderbilt News Archive, October 19, 1973; Jacobs, UFO Controversy in America, Signet ed., 1976, p. 261)

October 19 — 7:45 p.m. David A. Doby and his wife are leaving to go to a football game when they see a large bluish, oval-shaped UFO hovering above their mobile home in Copeland, North Carolina. Suddenly she sees a 3-foot-tall creature standing in the front yard. It is dressed head to foot in a golden metallic suit. They rush into their car with their young son and speed away. Instead of returning, they spend the night with a friend. The family dog also flees, returning the next day. (George D. Fawcett, “ Many North Carolina UFO Sightings Remain Unsolved,” Skylook, no. 74 (January 1974): 14)

October 19 — 8:30 p.m. Gabriel Demogue and his girlfriend are riding a motorcycle along a road leading to Malmont, a peak just north of Draguignan, Var, France, when suddenly the girl sees a vivid yellow-orange ball surrounded by a light halo traveling parallel to their bike. They stop to watch the object, which is moving west to east about 1,600 feet from them. It vanishes behind the mountain, leaving a red glow visible through the trees. Demogue contacts a few friends, including Georges Macret, Alain Leca, and Christian Bensa, who decide to drive two cars to the overlook to investigate. Soon Macret notices that the orientation table at the overlook is growing hot and feels a wave of heat passing through him. They all notice a red light below the peak, which descends along a stony track, and they hear the sound of pebbles being displaced and a modulated whistling noise. The light is apparently carried by a humanoid figure more than 6 feet tall, which stops about 80 feet away and picks something up from the ground. The red light goes out and the whistling stops. The observers panic and rush to their cars, but a blinding white light shines on them from the hilltop. Leca drives a few yards then looks back and sees three figures coming down the path with jerky steps. He reverses the car and stops about 15 feet from them, shouting, “Are you good or are you bad?” The three figures seem to be discussing what to do, then continue toward the car, which panics Leca and he speeds away another 160 feet before looking back and returning to the overlook. The other car, driven by Macret, encounters two phosphorescent “red legs” crossing the road in front of their vehicle. The headlights and dashboard light go out. They take a sharp turn in the darkness, narrowly avoiding a crash. Moments later, the lights come back on. After stopping for a while, Macret drives on and encounters the “red legs” again coming from the right, but he speeds ahead at about 40 mph. Suddenly his car is thrown off sideways at right angles to the road, but the car mysteriously positions itself on the road again. (J. Chasseigne, “ Remarkable Encounter at Draguignan,” Flying Saucer Review 20, no. 4 (January 1975): 12–17.

October 20 — 1:00 a.m. Two women driving in a Volkswagen near Fort Smith, Arkansas, see a glowing object approach them from the south. It descends within 6 feet of their car, at which point the headlights, radio, and engine all fail. The object is about 8 feet in diameter, shaped like a disc, and emits a “computer-like” sound. After about 5 minutes, it moves away quickly. (Fort Smith (Ark.) Southwest Times Record, October 21, 1973; Mark Rodeghier, UFO Reports Involving Vehicle Interference, CUFOS, 1981, p. 59)

October 20 — 2:00 a.m. Sam Richerson and his wife awaken in their home in Campbellsville, Kentucky, when a barking dog disturbs his young son from a deep sleep. When his wife attends to him, she notices a glowing object across the street. They stand and watch the object for 15 minutes. It is a triangular-shaped object the size of two cars hovering at treetop height 300 feet away. ( Campbellsville (Ky.) News-Journal, October 25, 1973; Marler 89–90)

October 20 — 6:50 a.m. A conductor on a Louisville & Nashville Railroad train moving northeast out of Mount Vernon, Indiana, sees a bright white light coming out of the north and heading east. When they reach Caborn, Indiana, he notifies the rear conductors, who can now see a bright light (possibly another train) behind them. The train’s automatic blocking system is showing a red light, indicating there is a train to the rear. When the train reaches Belknap, the engine stops because a rear diesel unit has apparently overheated. The yardmaster in Evansville informs them that there never was any train behind them. The conductor hits a reset button and the train starts with no trouble. The light in the rear seems to be moving away, and the blocking system turns to an amber signal. (NICAP, “ UFO Disables Train”; Randle, Levelland, 2021, pp. 161–162; Randle, 1973, pp. 171–172; “ L&N Train Conductor Talks to Researcher Francis Ridge in a Rare Recording about a 1973 Incident,” Eyes on Cinema YouTube channel, April 10, 2024)

October 20 — A man and two in-laws watch a UFO pass over Round Valley Reservoir, Clinton Township, New Jersey. Their car engine and headlights give out while the object is visible. (“ Saucer Flew over Reservoir, According to a Fisherman Who Couldn’t Get Car Going,” High Bridge (N.J.) Gazette, October 24, 1973, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 55 (November 1973): 5)

October 20 — 8:00 p.m. A witness sees a triangular-shaped object with bright white lights hovering above Milton Road in Alton, Illinois. A second triangle is above the first. (“Latest UFO over Milton (Road),” Alton (Ill.) Telegraph, October 22, 1973; Marler 90, 209)

October 21 — 2:30 a.m. Reafa Heitfeld wakes up in her trailer in Covedale on the west side of Cincinnati, Ohio, and notices a bright light shining outside. The source is a row of six lights forming an arc outside her window, as well as another bright light over the parking lot. Outside the second light she can see a gray “apelike creature” that seems to be fixing something. In the process of calling the police, she hears a loud, deep, booming sound, and the object and creature are gone. Investigator Leonard Stringfield finds that a fire alarm has gone off at the same time in a nearby warehouse only 150 feet away, although firemen can locate nothing that set it off. (Len Stringfield, “ Creature Inside Shield of Light,” Skylook, no. 87 (February 1975): 3–6; “ Bell-Jars and Gargoyles,” Canadian UFO Report 3, no. 4 (1975): cover, 1, 5–6; David Webb, 1973: Year of the Humanoids, CUFOS, 2nd ed., May 1976, pp. 16, 29, 64; Clark III 554; Clark IV 612)

October 21 — Science writer Walter Sullivan writes in the New York Times that not since 1947 “have there been such widespread reports of unidentified flying objects or UFO’s, in recent days.” (Walter Sullivan, “ Despite Lack of Data from Pilots and Officials, Reports of UFO Sightings Are Many and Widespread,” New York Times, October 21, 1973, p. 65)

October 22 — 2:00 p.m. June Margolin sees a shiny globe dropping web-like substance in large amounts over Sudbury, Massachusetts. It drapes over trees and telephone lines. She collects a sample and puts it in the refrigerator, but the substance still dissipates into strong white threads. The University of Massachusetts field station examines a sample. It is not spider web, but there is not enough of it for a chemical analysis. X-ray fluorescence and diffraction analysis indicates sodium, aluminum, silicon, sulfur, chorine, potassium, calcium, iron, nickel. The substance is 95% organic. Two other analyses indicate slightly different composition. (“ UFO ‘Angel’s Hair’ Still Remains a Mystery,” UFO Investigator, March 1974, pp. 1, 3; Brian Boldman, “ An Analysis of Angel Hair, 1947–2000,” IUR 26, no. 3 (Fall 2001): cover; Brian Boldman, “ Angel Hair Physical Analyses: A Review,” JUFOS 9 (2006): 105–106)

October 22 — 6:50 p.m. A man is farming in Upton, Indiana, when he notices an object that looks like it is going to land. He and his daughter walk toward the other side of the field to investigate. They can see an object with red, white, and green lights near the railroad tracks. As a train passes through, the object dims and hovers near it for one minute, then takes off to the southeast. An object is seen flying above a train at Maunie, Illinois, the same evening. (NICAP, “ UFO Hovers over Passing Train”)

October 22 — 9:45 p.m.–after midnight. Dewayne and Debbie Donathan are driving toward their home 9 miles east of Hartford City, Indiana, when they see two strange-looking figures 30 feet ahead of them on the road. Four feet tall, they are dressed in tight-fitting silver suits and wear boxlike shoes. They move in a clumsy fashion, their arms flopping oddly along their sides. Debbie accelerates and drives past the figures. The witnesses alert the sheriff’s office, and two officers and a civilian friend, Gary Flatter, investigate. They see no figures but hear an odd, high-frequency sound. Around midnight, Flatter hears the sound again south of the original encounter and notes wild animals leaving the area. His headlights pick up two 4-foot figures 20 feet off the side of the road. He can see a hose going from their egg-shaped helmets down to their chests. Three times they rise 3 feet into the air then float down. The fourth time, they fly away, still standing erectly. (“ Occupants in Indiana,” APRO Bulletin 22, no. 2 (Sept./Oct. 1973): 1, 3; “‘Silver-Suited’ Beings Seen on Roadway,” Hartford City (Ind.) News-Times, October 22, 1973; Don Worley, “UFOs, Occupants, and Artifacts in Eastern Indiana 1972–1973,” Official UFO 1, no. 5 (January 1976): 16–18, 44–46; David Webb, 1973: Year of the Humanoids, 2nd ed., CUFOS, May 1976, pp. 16, 63, 66; Raymond Fowler, UFOs: Interplanetary Visitors, Bantam, 1979, pp. 311–312; Clark III 278; Clark IV 318)

October 22 — 11:00 p.m. A senior sales representative for an airline company is sitting on the balcony of his suite at the Holiday Inn, Key West, Florida, along with his sister. They watch a silent UFO fly past them from the west, five separate times, at 10-minute intervals, at different altitudes and in different directions. They think it is the same object each time, on a level flight and a straight course. Three times the object passes directly overhead and disappears behind the hotel. From the front, it looks wing-shaped, but when it passes overhead, they see it is boomerang-shaped. The leading edge appears to be illuminated from within with a soft-blue light. (“ Interesting 1973 Case,” APRO Bulletin 24, no. 1 (July 1975): 1, 5)

October 23 — Bonnie Collier observes two metallic cigar-shaped objects over Midway, Texas. She photographs one of them. About 20 minutes later, she notices monarch butterflies are getting entangled in “sheets of a web-like substance” falling to earth. She retrieves a grapefruit-sized sample from a mesquite tree and stores it in a box. Some 20 years later, the sample is analyzed by two engineering students at the University of Texas at Austin. A neutron activation survey indicates high concentrations of sodium, potassium, zinc, and lanthanum. Other tests indicate the sample is spider silk produced by a cribellate orb weaver spider. (Brian Boldman, “ An Analysis of Angel Hair, 1947–2000,” IUR 26, no. 3 (Fall 2001): 14; Brian Boldman, “ Angel Hair Physical Analyses: A Review,” JUFOS 9 (2006): 106)

October 24 — 9:00 p.m. David Simpson’s car engine stops and the headlights go out when an oval object, 12 feet wide by 8 feet high, lands close by near Dobson, North Carolina. He sees a humanoid with balls of fire for eyes looking into the car. After the creature leaves, the car engine and lights come back on without his having to start the ignition. (George D. Fawcett, “ Many North Carolina UFO Sightings Remain Unsolved,” Skylook, no. 74 (January 1974): 14; David Webb, 1973: Year of the Humanoids, CUFOS, 1976, p. 17)

October 25 — FBI Director Clarence M. Kelley explains in a letter to a resident of La Habra, California, that the investigation of UFOs “is not and never has been a matter that is within the investigative jurisdiction of the FBI.” (Good Above, pp. 253, 475)

October 25 — 7:15 p.m. Lt. Commander M—— is traveling south from Naval Communication Station Harold E. Holt, a restricted US National Security Agency station along Murat Road on North West Cape, north of Exmouth, Western Australia, when he sees a large, black object in the sky 5 miles to his west at an altitude of 2,000 feet. After about 20–25 seconds, the object accelerates at speed to the north. It is first seen at about 20° elevation, to the west. M—— estimates its angular size as half a degree. It is initially stationary and there is no associated noise at any point, no trail or exhaust. It is last seen at 45°–50° elevation. At about 7:20 p.m., William Gordon Lynn, an Australian civilian and US Navy employee fire captain, notices a large, stationary, black object in the clear sky. It has a halo around the center, which appears to be either revolving or pulsating. He watches it for an estimated four minutes, after which it takes off speedily in a northerly direction and disappears after a few seconds. He thinks it is about 30 feet in diameter and hovering at 1,000 feet over the hills west of the base. On this same date, the base is communicating a DEFCON III alert to conventional and nuclear forces in the region during the Yom Kippur War (an NSA misreading of a Syrian message to the USSR had indicated a Soviet build-up). (NICAP, “ Black Sphere Observed / DEFCON-3 Reached”; Bill Chalker, “ The North West Cape Incident: UFOs and Nuclear Alert in Australia,” IUR 11, no. 1 (Jan./Feb. 1986): 10–11; Bill Chalker, “ The UFO Connection: Startling Implications for Australia’s North West Cape, and for Australia’s Security,” Flying Saucer Review 31, no. 5 (July 1986): 16–18; Good Above, pp. 174–175; Bill Chalker, “ UFOs Sub Rosa Down Under, Part 4,” 1996; Swords 403–405; Coulthart 2023, pp. 66–68; Bill Chalker, “ Confronting UFOs and UAP: Remembering October 1973,” The OzFiles, October 22, 2023; Powell, Scientist, 66; Clark IV 912–914)

October 25 — 8:00 p.m. George Kowalczyk, 22, and two 10-year-old boys allegedly see a bright-white, dome-shaped UFO about 100 feet in diameter land in a field near Uniontown, Pennsylvania. “Screaming sounds” emanate from somewhere nearby. The UFO makes a lawnmower-like sound. Suddenly they see two large apelike creatures with glowing green eyes walking along a fence, one in front of the other. Kowalczyk fires a tracer slug with his rifle over the creatures’ heads, but they continue moving forward, seemingly communicating by making whining sounds. The tall and closer of the two, about 8 feet tall, is running its left hand along the fence, while the smaller one is struggling to keep up. Kowalczyk fires three bullets into the larger creature’s chest. It whines and reaches toward the smaller creature. The UFO vanishes and the lawnmower sound ceases. The area where the UFO had been is now glowing brilliant white. The hairy creatures head toward the woods. A policeman arrives at 9:45 p.m. and finds the landing spot still glowing slightly. They hear something moving in the woods nearby and smell a sulfur-like odor. The officer and the witnesses panic and jump into the police car and drive about 150 feet. Stan Gordon shows up at 1:30 a.m. with four members of his Westmoreland County UFO Study Group. In the company of Kowalczyk and his father, they walk around the field until Kowalczyk undergoes a violent emotional attack, during which he growls like an animal and throws his father and an investigator to the ground. During his attack, he has an apocalyptic vision in which he receives a dire warning from a man in a black hat and cloak. Kowalczyk undergoes hypnosis with psychologist Berthold Eric Schwarz, who says he has visions about the impending end of the world and after the event he “felt like an animal.” (“ ‘Bigfoot’ Sighting Studied by W’moreland UFO Unit Witnesses Watch UFO Landing in Pennsylvania: Hairy Creatures Seen,” Skylook, no. 73 (December 1973): 8; Berthold Eric Schwarz, “ Berserk: A UFO-Creature Encounter,” Flying Saucer Review 20, no. 1 (July 1974): 3–11; Stan Gordon, “UFOs in Relation to Creature Sightings in Pennsylvania,” in MUFON 1974 UFO Symposium Proceedings, Mutual UFO Network, 1974, pp. 132–154; Clark III 556; “ George Kowalczyk Talks Firing Shots at 2 Tall Creatures after UFO Landed in a Field, Oct. 25, 1973,” Eyes on Cinema YouTube channel, November 9, 2023; “ Sulfur Smell, ‘Demonic Possession’ Discussed by Stan Gordon in 1973 Recording of the Kowalczyk Case,” Eyes on Cinema YouTube channel, November 10, 2023; Clark IV 614)

October 28 — 1:15 a.m. Truck driver Dionisio Llanca is changing a tire along Highway 3 some 11 miles from Bahía Blanca, Argentina, when a UFO lands and three humanlike beings, two men and a woman, approach him. Nearly paralyzed by the light from the UFO, Llanca lets one of the beings take a blood sample and later remembers going on board the craft, whose occupants warn him that humans are headed towards disaster. He loses consciousness and wakes up in a railyard 5.5 miles away, then finds himself in a hospital. However, Argentine UFO investigators find major discrepancies and consider Llanca’s story an invention devised to make some money. (“ Occupant Encounter in Argentina,” APRO Bulletin 22, no. 3 (Nov./Dec. 1973): 7–8; “ Possible Hoax,” APRO Bulletin 22, no. 4 (Jan./Feb. 1974): 11; Gordon Creighton and Charles Bowen, “ The Extraordinary Case of Dionisio Llanca and the Ufonauts,” Flying Saucer Review 26, no. 4 (November 1980): 2–10; Guillermo Roncoroni, “ Dionisio Llanca: El Informe Solari,” UFO Press, no. 19 (Jan./March 1984): 32–35; “ The Case of Dionisio Llanca in Argentina,” Flying Saucer Review 30, no. 2 (December 1984): 25–26; UFOEv II 538–539; “ The Abduction of Dionisio Llanca,” Above Top Secret forum, February 4, 2016; Clark III 601– 602; Randle, 1973, pp. 76–79; Clark IV 660–661; “ O Caso Dionisio Llanca,” Fenomenum, April 28, 2025)

October 28 — 8:40 p.m. A couple are watching TV with their 4-year-old daughter in their mobile home north of Belpre, Ohio, when suddenly the TV picture turns negative and the sound becomes barely audible. The area in back of their trailer lights up as bright as daylight. The man looks outside and sees an egg-shaped object hovering above a small barn and shining a bright searchlight into it. The barn, about 30 feet long and 20 feet high, is about the same size as the object. The man goes outside, but the UFO switches off the light and moves back behind the barn, but he can see red and green lights around the object, which is hovering again. The woman calls her parents, who live a few houses away, and they arrive in 5 minutes with a large flashlight. Each time they shine the flashlight at the object, it moves up or down as if to avoid it. After the two men watch the object for 30 minutes, the object rises and speeds away to the southwest. (“ Possible E-M Case in Ohio,” APRO Bulletin 22, no. 4 (Jan./Feb. 1974): 1, 4–5)

October 28 — 11:30 p.m. Karl Fichtinger watches an odd orange-yellow light to the south of Bad Traunstein, Austria, that projects two beams of light that creep slowly upward like a pair of snail feelers. After moving up a short distance, they begin curving outward. After 7–10 seconds when they reach a certain height they stop moving, the two tips turn green for 2–3 seconds, a green mist falls down sideways, and the beams disappear. After 2–5 seconds the process repeats again and again. Around 12:30 a.m. he wakes his friend Johann Pritz in another house and they continue to watch the display for several hours. At 2:00 a.m. the light emits a red “missile” that moves east, stops, turns yellow-orange, and produces a similar pattern of signals. Then they notice a third object in the west that looks more like a dark domed disc, and it is also sending thin feelers up light upward. Three more smaller lights join the one in the east. At 3:30 a.m., the missile in the east stops and takes off to the south but the others remain. The witnesses go home at 4:30, and all the objects are gone by 6:00 a.m. They estimate that the first object has given off 1,200 signals, the domed disc some 550, and the missile a minimum of 360. Researcher Alexander Keul later admits that the observations are made by a “naïve and inexperienced amateur.” (Ernst Berger [Alexander G. Keul], “ Luminous ‘Snails’ near Traunstein, Austria,” Flying Saucer Review 20, no. 2 (October 1974): 12–18; Clark IV 1215)

November — 1:00 a.m. A witness in Sauk Village, Illinois, is sitting in her dark living room when a light outside causes it to get brighter. She sees a lighted domed disc hovering in the front yard. A central section is filled with alternating blue and gold rectangular lights. It appears to be revolving, except for the dome, which is stationary. Her husband joins her and they continue watching it for 10 minutes. It quickly takes off straight up in 10 seconds. (“ Illinois,” CUFOS Associate Newsletter 6, no. 2 (April/May 1985): 5, 7)

November 1 — Florence Dow hears a thump on her front porch near Goffstown, New Hampshire, and sees a motionless figure wearing an old black coat and a wide-brimmed hat pulled down over the face, which seems to be covered with masking tape. It motions to her with a gloved hand, indicating that she should come outside. She goes to the front door but by then the mystery figure has vanished. (Raymond Fowler, “The Goffstown Creatures,” Official UFO 1, no. 2 (August 1975): 22–23; David Webb, 1973: Year of the Humanoids, CUFOS, 1976, p. 18)

November 2 — 2:45 a.m. Lyndia Morel, a masseuse in Manchester, New Hampshire, leaves work and begins driving on State Highway 114 to her home in nearby Goffstown. On the outskirts of Manchester, she sees an odd light in the sky that is flashing different colors. The light vanishes when she reaches Goffstown, but it reappears twice more, seemingly brighter and closer. Suddenly it appears about 1,600 feet in front her on North Mast Road. She sees that it is an orange-and-gold globe covered with hexagons like a honeycomb, with an oval window on the upper left. The red, green, and blue flashes come from somewhere near the center of the object, and she hears a high-pitched sound. Suddenly she is unable to remove her hands from the steering wheel. She feels that the object is taking control of her and the car and pulling them in. Her car speeds up against her will as she passes Westlawn Cemetery. The object is now only a few hundred feet away, and through a window she sees a smallish humanoid figure standing behind a console. The figure has a round, grayish head, a wrinkled face, a downturned slit of a mouth, and two large eyes with dark pupils. She feels that he is sending her a telepathic message to be unafraid. Somehow, she slows the car and turns into the driveway of a house just past the cemetery. A German shepherd dog runs up to the car door, growling and barking at her. She hits the dog, runs up to the house, pounds on the door, rings the bell, and yells for help as the UFO moves to a position across the street, hovering and watching her, still emitting a high-pitched sound. The residents, Mr. and Mrs. Beaudoin, come to the door and find a terrified woman who is covering her ears and claiming that a UFO is after her. The Beaudoins cannot see or hear anything, but Mrs. Beaudoin calls the police and Goffstown patrolman Daniel Jubinville arrives 10 minutes later to interview Morel. Investigator Walter N. Webb finds that the position of the UFO corresponds too closely to the planet Mars, at least in the later stage of the sighting, to rule that explanation out entirely. (“UFO Terrifies Woman,” Manchester (N.H.) Union Leader, November 3, 1973; “ Occupant Encounter in New Hampshire,” APRO Bulletin 22, no. 4 (Jan./Feb. 1974): 5–7; Raymond E. Fowler, UFOs: Interplanetary Visitors, Exposition, 1974, pp. 322–323; Raymond Fowler, “The Goffstown Creatures,” Official UFO 1, no. 2 (August 1975): 22–23; UFOEv II 539–540; “ The 1973 UFO Encounter of Lyndia Morel,” UFO Casebook; Eghigian, After, pp. 1–3)

November 2 — Night. Police officers looking into reports of a “strange animal” seen in the area of Midland, Pennsylvania, spot a large, disc-shaped object in the sky overhead. At least 100 other people also see the object. (Stan Gordon, “UFOs in Relation to Creature Sightings in Pennsylvania,” in MUFON 1974 UFO Symposium Proceedings, Mutual UFO Network, 1974, pp. 132–154; Clark III 556; Clark IV 614)

November 2 — Dick Cavett features J. Allen Hynek, Carl Sagan, astronaut James McDivitt, Capt. Lawrence J. Coyne, Charles Hickson, and Calvin Parker on the Dick Cavett Show. Sagan mocks the testimony of the Pascagoula abductees as well as Coyne: “I don’t mean to attack Captain Coyne, but people who read altimeters hallucinate.” (Graff 259–260)

November 3 — Day. At the bottom of a gully in an isolated section of the woods near idland, Pennsylvania, two hunters find a 42-foot ring impressed in the grass. Investigator Stan Gordon finds a trail of three-toed footprints—11 inches long and 5 inches wide—some 250 yards from the ring. (Stan Gordon, “UFOs in Relation to Creature Sightings in Pennsylvania,” in MUFON 1974 UFO Symposium Proceedings, Mutual UFO Network, 1974, pp. 132–154; Clark III 556; Clark IV 614)

November 4 — 12:00 midnight. Rex Snow and his wife Theresa are awakened in their house in Goffstown, New Hampshire, by a brushing sound. He sees two self-luminous, silver-suited beings, 4½–5 feet tall, in the backyard about 60 feet away. They have oversized, pointed ears; dark, egg-shaped eyeholes; large noses encased in the silver coverall; and silver boots with upturned toes. One holds a flashlight-like object, while the other picks up things from the ground and puts them in a silver bag. The family dog is ordered to attack the creatures, but halts about 30 feet away, makes some lunges, then walks back and lies down whining on the kitchen floor. Snow closes the door and watches them walk away into the woods. (Raymond E. Fowler, UFOs: Interplanetary Visitors, Exposition, 1974, pp. 324–326; Raymond Fowler, “The Goffstown Creatures,” Official UFO 1, no. 2 (August 1975): 22–23, 103–104; David Webb, 1973: Year of the Humanoids, CUFOS, 1976, p. 19)

November 4 — 12:00 noon. Two teenage boys in Inkster, North Dakota, see a bright light hovering 45 feet above a field. It appears to be a cube-shaped object about 10 feet wide with five red, white, and green lights. The teens can feel static electricity in the air. After 10 minutes, the object flies away. Traces of dead vegetation are found later in the field. (Mark Rodeghier, UFO Reports Involving Vehicle Interference, CUFOS, 1981, p. 60)

November 5 — Afternoon. Members of a farm family in Canby, Minnesota, find one of their cows lying dead in a pasture. Its udder, tongue, ears, and tail have been severed, and hair clippings from the end of the tail lie in a pile near the carcass. No nearby car tracks or footprints are found by police. (Jerome Clark, “Strange Case of the Cattle Killings,” Fate 27, no. 8 (August 1974): 79–90; Clark III 133; Clark IV 160)

November 6 - 9:00 p.m. Off-duty patrolmen Gary Steinberg and Thomas Brown are sitting in an unmarked patrol car in Freeport, New York, facing east. They see a bright light in the sky that is not the helicopter they think it is at first. They watch it for 5-10 minutes before it moves away to the southeast. Steinberg tries to get closer in the patrol car, while Brown stays behind and directs him by radio. He gets to within 300-400 feet of it, as it is 700-800 feet in altitude. It now appears football-shaped and 100 feet long. He watches it for 10-15 minutes as it glows silvery blue with an occasional yellow-red pulsating tint. The object then moves off to the southwest, stopping occasionally. A smaller object comes up on his right and drifts up to the larger object and merges with it. The larger object dims in sections (about 16), one after the other, and it takes off to the southwest and disappears in a couple seconds. (Dick Ruhl, " Merging UFOs over Long Island," APRO Bulletin 22, no. 4 (Jan./Feb. 1974): 1, 3-4; Herbert S. Taylor, " Satellite Objects: A Further Look," IUR 29, no. 2 (Summer 2004): 5-6)

November 6 - 9:45 p.m. A USAF security policeman at the eastern portion of Kirtland AFB near Albuquerque, New Mexico, sees a large, glowing object hovering 100 feet above the Manzano Nuclear Weapons Storage Facility. It is an oblate spheroid, 150 feet in diameter, gold in color, and absolutely silent. Nine other air policemen are alerted, and four F-101 Voodoo Air National Guard interceptors are scrambled from Kirtland. The UFO begins moving east and passes out of sight at treetop level in the Manzano Mountains. (R. C. Hecker, " New Mexico Reports," APRO Bulletin 23, no. 2 (Sept./Oct. 1974): 5; Good Need, p. 321)

November 8 — The crew of a Lloyd Aéreo Boliviano airplane encounters a strange, luminous object near La Paz, Bolivia, and alerts the Bolivian air force. Maj. Norberto Saloman, already airborne on a practice flight in a North American F-100 Super Sabre fighter, investigates and observes a stationary object shaped like a top with window-like openings on its sides. He closes in to 6,600 feet, but the object moves away at incredible speed. As he pursues it. The object suddenly repositions itself behind his aircraft, then goes straight up and vanishes. (“ Bolivian Pilot Chases Object Which Looks Like a Top,” Skylook, no. 82 (September 1974): 17; UFOEv II 86–87)

November 8 — Around 10:45 p.m. Donna and Rick Bouchard and their three children are driving west in a pickup truck along Ontario Highway 417 north of Embrun, Ontario. Rick sees an object with spinning lights at about 40 feet altitude in his rearview mirror. Suddenly the object dives toward the back of the truck. Rick speeds up to 100 mph, but the object stays right behind, wobbling, with the lights at the bottom rotating around it. At one point the object ascends a bit and disappears behind some bushes, but it returns after a few seconds and approaches the truck at high speed, following them all the way to the Ottawa suburbs, even going beneath the Anderson Road overpass, which is 15 feet high. (“ Car Chase in Canada,” APRO Bulletin 22, no. 4 (Jan./Feb. 1974): 1, 4; Arthur Bray, “ Car Chased under Bridges,” Canadian UFO Report 3, no. 4 (1975): 11, 13; Paul R. Hill, Unconventional Flying Objects: A Scientific Analysis, Hampton Roads, 1995, pp. 102–104)

Mid-November - Evening. Two sentries at a lookout post on the perimeter of Istrana Air Base, Veneto province, Italy, see two beings, about 4 feet 11 inches tall, dressed in white. Further away they see an unconventional craft. The beings run to the UFO and speed away. Marks are found at the landing site. (" Italy: Top Secret," Flying Saucer Review 20, no. 5 (March 1975): iii; Good Above, pp. 143-144)

November 16 — 7:00 p.m. Two 11-year old boys are outside in Lemon Grove, California, intending to play in a vacant lot or field in the neighborhood. When they arrive, there is a dark object hovering about 18 inches above the field. It seems inactive. One of the boys cautiously approaches and raps it with his flashlight, making a sound like metal on metal. Instantly, the object’s dome lights up in a brilliant red light that illuminates the entire area. It rises three or four more feet off the ground, and a row of green lights light up around its perimeter, flashing in sequence. The thing begins rotating and making a “woooo woooo woooo” sound. The object is easily visible now and appears as a domed disc. The dome is large and tall (about equal to half or more of the disc height) and glowing bright red, then flashing intermittent red. The boys are now frightened and start to run away as the object takes off toward the southwest. At the site are found three marks forming an equilateral triangle within an area of grass swirled in a counterclockwise pattern. A magnetometer at La Posta Astro-Geophysical Observatory in Campo, California, allegedly registers a perturbation at 7:20 p.m. (NICAP, “ Object Hovers 18ʺ off Ground / Magnetometer Perturbation”; David Branch and Robert Klinn, “TV Interference, Fused Phone Lines, Cited in UFO Landing Case,” Santa Ana (Calif.) Register, December 5, 1973; “ Boys Encounter Landed Object,” APRO Bulletin 22, no. 4 (Jan./Feb. 1974): 7–8; Donald R. Carr, “Boys Say UFO Hit with Flashlight,” Skylook, no. 75 (February 1974): 4–5; Dave Green, “ UFO Group Convinced Reported Spacecraft Landing Was Real,” La Mesa (Calif.) Life News, March 20, 1974, pp. 1–2; Stringfield, Situation Red, Fawcett Crest, 1977, pp. 116–119; Corky Lang, “ 20-Foot Flying Saucer in Lemon Grove? That’s the Story from 1973,” Lemon Grove (Calif.) Patch, July 10, 2012)

November 17 — 6:00 p.m. Johann Pritz notices an oblong object emitting lights upward (similar to those he had seen on October 29) as he is driving near Ulltichschlag, Austria. He drives home to Bad Traunstein and continues watching the display to the south. He gathers several other witnesses in town, and they continue watching until the object fades out after 7:00 p.m. (Ernst Berger [Alexander G. Keul], “ Luminous ‘Snails’ near Traunstein, Austria,” Flying Saucer Review 20, no. 2 (October 1974): 16–18)

November 18 — About 6:00 p.m. Four women are driving south from Tracy, Quebec, to Contrecoeur when they see a “watermelon-sized” ball of yellowish light suddenly appear above a pylon a quarter of a mile ahead of them. As they pass, it starts moving westward over the St. Lawrence River. The object seems to change shape as it flies, becoming alternately larger and smaller, dimming and growing in intensity. The light follows them as they weave in and out through wooded areas. Eventually the object is lost to sight as the women drive into Montreal. At one point they encounter a large volume of traffic that seems to be slowed by an odd pink cloud lying across the highway. They also see a small human figure standing in the middle of the road. (Chris Rutkowski and Geoff Dittman, The Canadian UFO Report, Dundurn Press, 2006, pp. 107–108)

November 22 — 2:00 a.m. A woman living in an isolated area near Joliette, Quebec, notices a white object outside her kitchen window. She moves closer to the window and sees a 4-foot-tall being with huge glowing eyes. Around its head or helmet there is a halo; its shoulders slope at a 45° angle from the head. After 15 seconds, the figure withdraws. She alerts her husband, who goes outside to investigate but only finds the dog “scared to death.” The following night the cat is spooked. (Claude Macduff, “ The November 1973 UFO-Invasion of Quebec,” The UFO Register 7, no. 1/2 (1976): 12–15; Clark III 496; Chris Rutkowski and Geoff Dittman, The Canadian UFO Report, Dundurn Press, 2006, pp. 108–109)

November 30 — 7:00 p.m. Pilot Riccardo Marano is about to land at Caselle Airport, Turin, Italy, in a Piper Navajo, when the controller notifies him that there is a UFO about 1,320 feet above the runway. He sees a luminous, multicolored ball of light changing from violet to blue to dark red. “When I got closer and had a better view, the object at once made off, flying in a most irregular fashion, maneuvering in a way I have seen no plane do, making fantastic lateral deviations, and sudden vast jumps to and fro, as if it enjoyed playing hide-and-seek. Its speed was as high as” 540 mph, Marano says. Col. Rustichelli, commandant of the Caselle military airfield, sees the UFO on his own radar screen. “It was something solid, lit up, like a plane on my radar.” Commander Tranquillo, pilot of an Alitalia Air Line DC-9 en route from Turin to Rome, calls to the control tower: “I see a shining thing giving out intermittent flashes of light, four miles from me. I dare not approach. I give way.” Commander Mezzalami in another Alitalia DC-9 reports: “I was able to observe the object … notified by the control tower just as I was about to touch down. I had a good view of it.... I can offer no theories as to its significance and can only say that it was something very strange indeed.” (NICAP, “ UFO Darts To and Fro, Observed from 3 Aircraft and Gnd Radar”; F. Lagarde, “ Italie: Turin 30 Novembre et Suza 24 Novembre 1973,” Lumières dans la Nuit, no. 133 (March 1974): 5–6; Gordon Creighton, “ The Italian Scene Once More,” Flying Saucer Review 20, no. 2 (October 1974): 27; Story, p. 373; UFOEv II 132–133; 1Pinotti 185–186)

December 3 — James Yorke and his family watch a triangular UFO with colored lights on the bottom for 15 minutes two miles north of Parrsboro, Nova Scotia. It is over Minas Basin and crossing the water very slowly. (Don Ledger, “ The Flying Triangle Phenomenon,” IUR 27, no. 3 (Fall 2002): 7)

December 6 - 6:45 p.m. Witnesses at Fabrègues, Hérault, France, see a landed domed disc on legs with a brightly lit "blister" on top, flashing red and white lights around the rim and making a humming sound. A door opens and a ladder unfolds, causing the witnesses to flee. The craft changes to an orange glow and chases them. Later, four imprints in a 51-inch square are found, along with ladder marks. The area appears "swept" as if by a blast. (Yves Herbo, " Décembre 1973: Atterrissages avec traces à Fabrègues," Sciences Faits et Histoires, November 21, 2014)

December 10 — 8:30 p.m. Friedrich Lennartz, an alpine rescue service man and proprietor of the Hochrieshütte in the Bavarian Alps, Germany, and Peter Zettel, a porter, are at dinner at the hut’s restaurant when through the large panoramic window they see a flaring light near the cross on Mount Weitlahnerkopf to the southeast. It is lighting up the surrounding terrain. Looking through binoculars, they see that the object is egg-shaped, pointing end up. By comparison to the cross, they estimate its size as 30 feet in diameter and 40–46 feet tall. A yellow dome seems to be at the top. Four rows of colored lights (red, green, blue, white) are rotating counterclockwise around the lower portion. Lennartz signals with his flashlight but gets no response. At 8:50 p.m., he fires a red signal rocket toward the object. In moments, the object emits a red glow that conceals the rotating lights and begins rising slowly, taking 4–5 minutes to clear the mountains. The object is now dazzling red with a yellow dome. It accelerates rapidly toward the observers, traveling 3–4 miles in 10 seconds and stopping over the Klausenberg slope. Loud static drowns out the radio. As the object hovers, the lights begin pulsating like strobe lights. After 30 seconds, it moves south toward the Klausenalmhütte in Austria and hovers above a pasture. At 9:00 p.m., Lennartz hears his dogs whimpering and wanting to be let inside, apparently confused. At 11:40 p.m., Lennartz fires another red signal rocket toward the object, which immediately turns red, speeds upward and disappears in the sky. After it leaves, radio reception is clear again. (Adolf Schneider and Ernst Berger [Alexander G. Keul], “ UFOs Invade the Bavarian Alps, Part 1,” Flying Saucer Review 21, no. 1 (June 1975): 22–24; UFOEv II 47–48)

December 13 - French journalist Claude Vorilhon experiences an alien visitation when he is telepathically induced to go to the volcano Puy de Lassolas in the Chaîne des Puys in central France. He sees a UFO descending gently from the sky. An alien emerges from it and tells him that he has come for the sole purpose of meeting with him. He states that it is his mission to pass this message on to the people of Earth and reveals that Vorilhon is in fact Raël, the final prophet sent by a race of highly advanced scientists (Elohim) from another planet. For another six days, the alien instructs him in the true meaning of the Bible and explains that humans are the product of alien genetic engineering. Raël establishes the Raëlian Movement, publishes several books, and promotes his message to the world, emigrating to Canada in 1991. Raël develops initiation rituals, meditation practices, congregational gatherings, a code of ethical behavior, tithing, missionary work, and a museum. Eventually he advocates for world peace and human cloning and calls for an end to nuclear testing. (Wikipedia, " History of Raëlism"; Raël, The Book Which Tells the Truth, British Raëlian Foundation, 1974; Raël, Extraterrestrials Took Me to Their Planet, British Raëlian Foundation, 1975; Susan J. Palmer, Aliens Adored: Raël's UFO Religion, Rutgers University, 2004; Clémence Michallon, " He Claimed He Was Visited by Aliens and Could Clone Babies: Why Do Thousands Believe Him?" The Independent (UK), February 7, 2024; Internet Movie Database, " Raël: The Alien Prophet," 2024; Eghigian, After, pp. 244-245)

December 19 — 8:30 p.m. Farmer João Rodrigues Terra and a farmhand, Djalma da Silva Faques, are driving to the Cavorä Farm, about 31 miles away from Sidrolândia, Mato Grosso do Sul, Brazil, when they see a low, white cloud, followed by a bright orange, oval object about 100 feet away with a “cap” on its top and bottom. The surface is shiny and metallic, constantly changing colors, and is directing a fan-shaped luminous beam from its top. They have some difficulty starting their pick-up truck, but then can only creep along as the UFO paces them for 10 minutes. Faques sees a small, human figure inside. The truck functions normally as the UFO speeds away, but its new battery fails on December 22 and cannot be recharged. (“ Episódio No. 49: O Caso de Sidrolândia, Mato Grosso,” SBEDV Special Bulletin, no. 5 (1975): 61–62)

December 25 — 9:00 p.m. Madame Jendreaux, a farmer at Les Rivaux, Saint-Bonnet-Tronçais, Allier, France, while checking on her dogs, notices a luminous dome-like object hovering above a meadow around 300 feet away. The dome, resembling a milky-yellow bell or pear, appears semi-transparent, revealing a dark “stove pipe” structure inside, flanked by two vague dark areas. The object, about 6–9 feet in diameter, is positioned just above the ground with nearby treetops silhouetted behind it. Above the dome and slightly to the right, two horizontal yellow neon-like tubes are visible, one above the other. These tubes seem larger than the dome but appear smaller due to their greater distance. The tubes hover above the treetops but remain low enough for Jendreaux to see all three objects without tilting her head. The phenomenon remains stationary throughout her observation. (“ Près de St Bonnet de Tronçais (Allier),” Lumières dans la Nuit, no. 177 (August 1978): 25–26)

1974

12:30 a.m. Two women are driving along Hamilton Road, Quakers Hill, New South Wales, when the car suddenly shakes violently and stops. The radio will not turn on. The driver gets out of the car to get her children out of the back seat when she looks up and sees a massive disc-shaped object at an altitude no greater than the nearby power pole. It is surrounded completely by lights and has a dome in the middle on the top. The object is gun-metal gray and the size of half a football field. It silently moves over the dairy farm next to the road. Then it stops and shoots up into the air. The car starts up with no problems afterward. (Herbert S. Taylor, “ An Update on Vehicle Interference Reports, Part Two,” IUR 34, no. 1 (Sept. 2011): 20)

January - Since 1968, Marjorie E. Fish, a schoolteacher in Oak Harbor, Ohio, has been fascinated with the star map drawn by Betty Hill after her abduction. If she could figure out what stars are on the map, she might be able to determine where the UFO came from. With much difficulty and many failed attempts, Fish creates a 3D map that indicates the relevant stars are the two in the Zeta Reticuli binary system, 39.3 light years from earth. She first publishes her detailed results in Pursuit. Later observations reveal some interpretations in Fish's map to be inaccurate, and she rejects her hypothesis in 2011. (Wikipedia, " Betty and Barney Hill"; " Star Map Adds to Hill Controversy," UFO Investigator, May 1973, p. 3; Betty Hill, "` Star Map' Commentary," UFO Investigator, July 1973, p. 4; Marjorie E. Fish, " Validation of the Betty Hill Map," Pursuit 7, no. 1 (January 1974): 4-8; Terence Dickinson, " The Zeta Reticuli Incident," Astronomy 2, no. 12 (December 1974): 5-18; Walter N. Webb, " An Analysis of the Fish Model," Pursuit 8, no. 3 (July 1975): 55-62; " Update on the Betty Hill Star Map," IUR/Frontiers of Science 3, no. 2 (Jan./Feb. 1981): 16, 29; Allan Hendry, "UFO Road Map: or, Lost in the Stars," Fate 35, no. 2 (February 1982): 56-63; David J. Eicher, " The Zeta Reticuli (or Ridiculi) Incident," January 31, 2001; Brett Holman, "Goodbye, Zeta Reticuli," Fortean Times 242 (December 2008): 50-52; Colin Johnston, " The Truth about Betty Hill's UFO Star Map," Armagh Observatory and Planetarium, August 19, 2011; Clark III 586-487; " Betty Hill's `Zeta Reticuli' Star Map," Eyes On Cinema YouTube channel, October 2, 2024; Clark IV 644-645)

Winter — 10:30 a.m. Harry Charlton and his wife have just driven east through Melrose, New Mexico, when they see two objects moving on their left at about 1,500 feet altitude. They have no wings, tail sections, or engine nodules. Both are dull gray, like galvanized sheet iron. The larger one is in front, with a slightly smaller one about 600 feet behind. Charlton thinks they are about a half-mile away, but he can hear no noise or see any smoke. When the objects are about abreast of the car, a sliding door opens on the larger one near the front end. A large, shiny sphere (like polished aluminum) about 15–20 feet in diameter emerges, moves toward the smaller object, and enters it after a door opens near the rear end. After they move out of sight in a few minutes, Charlton sees two F-111s take off in their direction from Cannon Air Force Base near Clovis. (Harry Charlton, [ Letter], CUFOS Associate Newsletter 2, no. 5 (May 1981): 3

January 3 — 8:00 p.m. Lizzy Rodríguez de Maisonet is outside her home in Bayamón, Puerto Rico, when she notices a round object resembling an inverted soup dish. She calls her husband and a neighbor, Iris Esther Rivera, and they gather together on Guillermina Street, along with three of Rivera’s children. The object moves east to west at a slow speed, at a distance of about 650–980 feet, until it disappears behind a tree-covered hill. The adults go home, but the children see the UFO again at 8:10 p.m. It remains suspended above the hill at an altitude of about 33–50 feet. It has a row of brilliant lights on its lower side that seems to gyrate rapidly. A brilliant white light emerges from the object’s bottom. The children see five apparently solid light-green balls descend. A square gap on the side of the object reveals a bright blue light. Suddenly, the square gap becomes solid, and the object moves away to the south. It stops, and white smoke issues for 20 seconds from the object’s lower section, which seems to send up dust from the school grounds. The UFO moves south again, stopping above a small house belonging to the Aqueducts and Sewers Authority, then moves away and disappears. (Noel E. Rigau, “ International Branch Reports (Contact) No. 3: Puerto Rico and the Dominican Republic,” Awareness 3, no. 2 (Summer 1974): 3, 12–14; “ 50 Years Ago: Puerto Rico’s Flamingo Terrace Sightings,” Inexplicata: The Journal of Hispanic Ufology, January 18, 2024)

January 7 — 8:40 p.m. A man’s car suddenly dies as he is driving near Warneton, Belgium. He sees a landed domed disc with a flat bottom like a WWI helmet, 23–33 feet in diameter and 7–10 feet wide. It has a flange around its base and three legs. White and orange alternating bands are on the glowing object. Two humanoid beings approach him. They have broad shoulders, heads shaped like inverted pears, long arms, large eyes, and no noses. One is about 4 feet tall, the other somewhat taller; a third being remains near the craft. They wear internally lit cube-shaped helmets with the face visible, gray jumpsuits, and gloves. The taller being comes within 12–15 feet of the vehicle, then opens and closes its mouth. The witness feels a shock to the back of his head and hears a low-pitched sound. The two humanoids quickly return to the craft, which now pulses with an electric blue color, and departs. (MM. Bazin, Bigorne, and Bodin, “ Atterrissage à Warneton (Belgique): Contact avec les Ufonautes,” Lumières dans la Nuit, no. 139 (November 1974): 3–6; “ The Robots at Warneton,” Flying Saucer Review 20, no. 5 (March 1975): 6–9; UFOEv II 493)

January 8 — 3:00 a.m. John E. Justice leaves the Ohio Masonic Home in Springfield, Ohio, when his headlights dim and the engine dies. He sees a display of aerial lights descending a short distance in front of him. The blinking lights are multicolored “like a rainbow.” Suddenly they blink out and are replaced by a blinding steady white light about 6 feet ahead of and 3 feet above the car. The light is coming from the inside of the object, where he can see a lighted room with a golden aisle and five occupants seated on the left-hand side in a straight row. Each seat is a different color, and the garments of the occupants match the color of the seat. Each has long brown hair that reaches the floor. The object departs suddenly, the interior blinking out and the colored lights reappearing. The car engine starts without difficulty. (Stringfield, Situation Red, Fawcett Crest, 1977, pp. 95–96; Herbert S. Taylor, “ An Update on Vehicle Interference Reports, Part Two,” IUR 34, no. 1 (Sept. 2011): 16)

January 24 - 4:05 p.m. A woman is driving her Volkswagen somewhere in central Belgium southeast of Brussels when she notices a red object on the ground about 500 feet to the left. Her motor begins to slow down, the radio goes dead, and the car coasts to a stop. She is now only about 35 feet from the object, which is 3 feet in diameter and 1.5 feet high with a flat red dome on top and two rows of spots around its circumference. After 4-5 seconds the object ascends about 2 feet and drops back down, then repeats the action. A third time, it rises slowly to about 12 feet above the ground and moves above the car, revealing a flat, gray undersurface. It hovers a few seconds then moves silently away to the left. The car motor starts again without her touching the ignition and it starts moving, still in fourth gear, as the object disappears to the east-northeast. (Franck Boitte and Jean-Luc Vertongen, " Atterrissage à Aische-en-Refail," Inforespace, no. 16 (1974): 12-14; " Landing at Aische-en-Refail," Australian UFO Bulletin, November 1975, p. 9; Richard H. Hall, " Woman Says UFO Restarted Her Auto," Skylook, no. 99 (February 1976): 10-11)

February 8 - Sunset. Mullah Umar Siddiq, merchant Ibrahim Khaleb, and physician Muhammad Watif are standing on the roof of the Al-Hud Mosque in Al Mukalla, Yemen, when they see three large white discs gliding slowly downward. They gather some provisions, hire three camels, and head for the Wadi Jawlan 32 miles to the east, where they estimate the objects have landed. At dawn, they dismount to say prayers, and a vivid glow lights up the eastern sky above the Wadi Jawlan for a few seconds. The light is yellowish-white and comes from three beams that are stabbing upwards and fanning out into the sky. Although the light dies down, the beams are still visible, eventually growing paler. They find deep, clear-cut tracks of caterpillar- track vehicles all over the rugged area. At three places, about 325 feet apart, they find numerous scoop marks, about 33 inches wide, in an area in the form of a triangle with sides 17 feet wide. The rock has been fused and melted and the grass and thorn-scrub is burnt. (Gordon Creighton, " An Arabian Landing?" Flying Saucer Review 20, no. 3 (December 1974): 12-13)

March - About 9:00 p.m. A missile launch officer with the 564th Strategic Missile Squadron is on watch at the Malmstrom AFB Romeo Flight missile alert facility near Brady, Montana, when both the outer and inner alarms go off. A security alert team arrives and sees a large, brilliantly self- illuminated object hovering above the Romeo-29 launch facility. Suddenly, the missile starts a countdown. The officer quickly flips the inhibit switch, which puts the system offline. Then the system spontaneously restarts and the missile goes into launch mode again, followed by an inhibit order that does not work. But the launch code is false and the missile remains in its pad. Meanwhile, the UFO moves away straight up at high speed. An F-106 interceptor attempts unsuccessfully to reach it, and Malmstrom AFB radar tracks the UFO. Later he learns that the ground electronics in Romeo-29 are fried as if from a surge. (Nukes 353-355; Robert L. Hastings, " Former U.S. Air Force Missile Launch Officer Says a UFO Activated One of His ICBMs-Twice!" December 7, 2014)

March 10 - 10:00 p.m. Peter Courtney, a reporter for the Minden Progress, visits Boshkung Lake, Ontario, in search of UFOs that have been sighted recently. Just as he considers leaving, he spots a dull red light above the treetops across the lake. The light moves slowly northward before reversing its course and disappearing. Despite having his camera ready, the object's glow is too faint to capture, and its erratic movements make it unlike any conventional aircraft. Courtney remains uncertain about what he saw, believing it defies rational explanation. (Peter Courtney, " Unidentified Flying Objects: Visits Puzzle Boshkung Area," Minden (Ont.) Progress, February 21, 1974, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 61 (May 1974): 15; "UFO Sightings Cease Suddenly after Area Plagued For Months," Lindsay (Ont.) Post, February 27, 1974, pp. 1, 3; " More UFOs," Minden (Ont.) Progress, March 14, 1974, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 61 (May 1974): 15; " Progress Reporter Sees UFO," Minden (Ont.) Progress, March 14, 1974, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 61 (May 1974): 16; Curt Sutherly, "UFO Invasion of Boshkung Lake," Fate 30, no. 11 (November 1977): 55-58)

March 13 - An Argentine Airlines plane en route from San Juan, Puerto Rico, to Córdoba, Argentina, is flanked by two glowing objects that pace it for several minutes, then speed away. (" Civilian Argentine Airliner Flanked by `Flying Saucers,'" Skylook, no. 83 (October 1974): 9; UFOEv II 121)

March 17 - The crew of a TWA airliner over Taiwan sees a shiny oval or cigar-shaped object and four smaller, spherical, satellite objects. (Richard F. Haines, "A Review of Selected Sightings from Aircraft from 1973 to 1978," in 1979 MUFON UFO Symposium Proceedings, Mutual UFO Network, 1979, pp. 114, 127; UFOEv II 415)

March 26 - 2:00 a.m. Truck driver Maximiliano Iglesias sees a strange object like a plate placed above another large, round object hovering above the highway in Valdehijaderos, Salamanca, Spain, 650 feet away. Another object is 60 feet away. Two beings come out of the first UFO, point to the truck, then go in again. Both objects fly away. At 11:30 p.m., the same witness watches three silver ships parked on the highway with a floodlight. He stops his engine as some figures approach. He runs and they follow. They are about 6.5 feet tall, with arms and legs, but he cannot see their faces. On March 27, the Guardia Civil investigate and find a hole in the ground. (Pere Rédon, " Valdehijaderos, de Nuevo," Stendek 5, no. 18 (December 1974): 12-16; Eileen Buckle, " Spanish UFO Fiesta," Flying Saucer Review 20, no. 3 (December 1974): 4-6; UFOEv II 346)

April 19 - About 9:30 p.m. Ruth Currie and her daughter Laurie see a bright light that seems to be only several hundred feet from their house in Altamont, New York. Curious, they walk toward it until they are within about 200 feet. An oval object is resting on the roadway. It appears to have large windows in the top half, from which comes a brilliant golden glow. Changes of contrast in this light give them the impression that something is moving around within. Currie sends her daughter to get a neighbor, Rose Curtis, and they return shortly. Currie then retreats to her home and phones her husband, who drops what he is doing and hurries over. He can see an object rising up. It shifts speeds and accelerates out of sight. During the bulk of this encounter, the neighborhood dogs are putting up a continuous volley of barking. The next morning, the witnesses get together and go to the site, where they find an area of burned grass 50-75 feet in diameter. (NICAP, " The 1974 UFO Chronology"; " Investigation Reveals Unreported Sightings," UFO Investigator, November 1974, p. 1; Center for UFO Studies, HUMCAT Index 1974, p. 40)

May 7 (possibly 1973) - 9:00 p.m. Margaret K. Roffe, nurse's aide at the Coatesville (Pennsylvania) Veterans Administration Hospital, hears tree branches swishing and swaying nearby and sees a UFO descend and land on the roof of Building no. 1 about 150 feet away. Four silver- colored legs emerge from the object, followed by a ramp with steps. Three small figures climb down backwards. They are speaking to each other in high, squeaky voices that sound like "so many birds." She says "The being nearest the edge of the roof had a very elongated head, grayish=looking skin, arms that extended well below his knees, and what looked like long claws instead of fingers. His legs appeared rather short." He is bald and looks old. The scene is well lit by an illuminated dome on the roof of the building. When one of the entities notices the witness, they reenter the object, which takes off slowly over the trees, which are again violently agitated. The legs withdraw as it takes off. (Clark III 277; Clark IV 317)

June 9 - Night. Maj. Shiro Kubota and Lt. Col. Toshio Nakamura are flying an F-4EJ Phantom II interceptor over the northern perimeter of Japan, apparently to intercept a Soviet aircraft. Ground control explains that they are to investigate a bright orange-red light reported by ground witnesses and tracked on radar. Leveling off at 30,000 feet, they see the light a few miles ahead. It appears to be about 33 feet in diameter, with square-shaped marks around its side. The object dips in a shallow turn as they approach. Suddenly the object reverses direction and shoots straight toward them. Nakamura forces the aircraft into a sudden dive to avoid it, missing the UFO by "inches." The object then makes high-speed passes at the plane, drawing closer. Then, allegedly, the UFO strikes the F-4, forcing the two pilots to eject. Nakamura's parachute catches fire and he falls to his death. (Good Above, pp. 430-431)

July 9 - Psychic Pat Price accurately remote views the Soviet URDF-3 facility adjacent to the Semipalatinsk Test Site in Kazakhstan for the Stanford Research Institute [now SRI International] in Menlo Park, California. In another experiment, Puthoff and a skeptical scientist named Earl Jones drive to 9 separate metropolitan areas, all chosen by Jones. Back in the SRI lab, Targ monitors Price, who describes 7 of the places accurately -in some cases before Jones and Puthoff even reach the target or before Jones has decided on a target. Price also claims to sense four underground alien bases, volunteering the data outside the SRI experimental parameters. The bases are located under Monte Perdido, Huesca, Spain; Mount Nyangani, Zimbabwe; Mount Hayes, Alaska; and Mount Ziel in Australia's Northern Territory. (Jim Schnabel, Remote Viewers: The Secret History of America's Psychic Spies, Dell, 1997, pp. 113, 118, 148-151; Annie Jacobsen, Phenomena, Little, Brown, 2017, pp. 166-171)

Autumn - 10:00 a.m. A metallic disc some 300 feet across approaches a South Korean antiaircraft shore battery. The commander launches an MIM-23 Hawk guided missile which is immediately shot down by a "white ray" from the UFO. The second ray is directed at the battery, melting the remaining two Hawk missiles into an unrecognizable mass. (Soviet Military Review, June 1989; Stringfield, Situation Red, Fawcett Crest, 1977, pp. 135-136)

September 1 - 11:00 a.m. While he is driving a swather to harvest his rapeseed crop near Langenburg, Saskatchewan, farmer Edwin Fuhr, 36, notices a metallic-appearing dome-shaped object about 50 feet away and stops to investigate. Walking to within 15 feet of it, Fuhr sees that it is spinning and swirling the grass beneath it. This frightens him and he backs away. Climbing back on the swather, he looks around and sees four more identical domes "like brushed stainless steel" arranged in a rough semicircle, all hovering and spinning about a foot above the ground. Whether from fear or an EM effect, Fuhr cannot get the throttle and steering wheel of the swather to respond. One object suddenly takes off, quickly followed by the other four, ascending in a step formation. At about 200 feet they stop, each emitting a puff of gray vapor from exhaust-like extensions at the base. The vapor extends about 6 feet, followed by a downward gust of wind which flattens the rapeseed in the immediate area. The objects then form a straight line, hover for a minute or two, then suddenly ascend into the low cloud cover and disappear. Fuhr goes to the landing area and finds five rings of depressed grass swirled in a clockwise fashion. There is no evidence of heat or burning. Some additional circles are found in the area later that month. Fuhr later learns that cattle in a nearby field bellowed and broke through a fence about the time of the sighting. Royal Canadian Mounted Police Constable Ron Morier, quoted by Canadian Press, says: "Something was there and I doubt it was a hoax. There's no indication anything had been wheeled in or out and Mr. Fuhr seemed genuinely scared." Later Morier tells an investigator, "There is no way that this is a hoax. Whatever was in there, it came out of the air and departed the same way, as far as I could tell." (NICAP, " Langenburg, Saskatchewan, Canada"; " Farmers Scared by UFOs," Edmonton (Alta.) Journal, September 10, 1974, p. 11; " `Saucers' Sighted, No Hoax-RCMP," Saskatoon (Sask.) Star-Phoenix, September 10, 1974, p. 1; " UFO May Be `Fairy Ring,'" Saskatoon (Sask.) Star-Phoenix, September 27, 1974, p. 12; " Five Objects Hover over Canadian Field," APRO Bulletin 23, no. 2 (Sept./Oct. 1974): 8; " Farmer Sees UFO 15 Feet Away," Skylook, no. 83 (October 1974): 4; " On His Rapeseed Farm," Canadian UFO Report 3, no. 2 (1974): 2; " The Farmer and Five UFOs," Flying Saucer Review 20, no. 3 (December 1974): 32-33; Ted Phillips, Physical Traces Associated with UFO Sightings, CUFOS, 1975, p. 104; J. Allen Hynek and Jacques Vallée, The Edge of Reality, Regnery, 1975, pp. 265-279; Yurko Bondarchuk, UFO Sightings, Landings, and Abductions, Methuen, 1979, pp. 22-24; Chris Rutkowski and John P. Timmerman, " Langenburg, 1974: A Classic Historical CE2 and a Crop Circle Progenitor?" IUR 17, no. 2 (March/April 1992): 4-11; " Farmer Edwin Fuhr's Strange Sighting in His Fields," Saskatoon (Sask.) Star-Phoenix, June 13, 1992, p. C3; Chris Rutkowski, "The Langenburg CE2 Case: When UFOs Left Their Mark," in Hilary Evans and Dennis Stacy, eds., UFO: 1947-1997, John Brown, 1997, pp. 120-130; UFOEv II 48-49; Michael D. Swords, GrassRoots UFOs: Case Reports from the Timmerman Files, Fund for UFO Research, 2005, pp. 148-159; Chris Rutkowski and Geoff Dittman, The Canadian UFO Report, Dundurn Press, 2006, pp. 110-113; " 1974, Langenburg," Old Crop Circles; " Edwin Fuhr, UFO Close Encounter, Langenburg, Saskatchewan, Canada, September 1, 1974," Explorer1x YouTube channel, April 26, 2010; " Brushed Steel: The Langenburg Sightings, Part 1," Russ Klitch YouTube channel, October 12, 2011; " Brushed Steel: The Langenburg Sightings, Part 2," Russ Klitch YouTube channel, October 12, 2011; " Interview with Edwin Fuhr 37 Years Later: The Langenburg UFO Case," AboveTopSecret forum, January 20, 2017; Mark Melnychuk, " The Farmer Who Saw and the Mountie Who Believed: Sask.'s Most Famous UFO Sighting," Regina (Sask.) Leader-Post, September 29, 2017; Clark III 673-675; Chris Rutkowski, Canada's UFOs: Declassified, August Night, 2022, pp. 192-196; " 1974 CA #UFOB [Case] Ed Fuhr Sees Saucers in Langenburg, CA," UFOB | Your UAP Library YouTube channel, August 6, 2022; " Farmer Edwin Fuhr on Encountering Multiple UFOs in His Field in Langenburg, Canada, Sept. 1, 1974," Eyes on Cinema YouTube channel, August 10, 2024; " Langenburg UFO Sighting Commemorated with Silver Coin," CTV Regina, September 11, 2024; Clark IV 747-749)

October 11 - 4:15 a.m. The captain and crew of a Capital Airlines DC-8 descending into Gander, Newfoundland, watches as a UFO flashing red and white lights draws alongside the plane as it flies at 290 mph at 7,500 feet. It maintains a parallel course until it finally disappears in cloud cover about 5 miles from Gander. Air traffic control at Gander confirms there is no other aircraft in the vicinity. (Good Above, p. 201; Chris Rutkowski, Canada's UFOs: Declassified, August Night, 2022, p. 91)

November 5 - 7:30 p.m. Jesse and Johanna Chilton are driving south on Provincial Highway 2 near Olds, Alberta, when they see a disc about 9 feet in diameter and 50 feet away on their right at a height of 25 feet. It turns and passes them in the opposite direction and they note several exhaust ports emitting yellow flame. (Chris Rutkowski, Canada's UFOs: Declassified, August Night, 2022, pp. 226-227)

November 5 — 8:30 p.m. Harold Verge is driving between Mahone Bay and Bridgewater, Nova Scotia, in the pouring rain when he sees three bright amber lights appear in his rear-view mirror. Suddenly they move to the rigt side of his car and pace it for 30 seconds before disappearing abruptly. (Chris Rutkowski, Canada’s UFOs: Declassified, August Night, 2022, p. 83)

November 7 — 3:00 p.m. Two schoolgirls are biking home from school in Waterford, Connecticut, when they see a ball of fire in the sky. They ride to one of their homes and go out in a car, hoping to take a photo. When they get to the shore of Niantic Bay, they see it again with several other people who have stopped. The object is now shaped like a triangular space capsule with rounded corners. Flames shoot from the back as it performs elaborate rolls and maneuvers. Then it takes off. (Michael D. Swords, “ Timmerman’s Triangles,” IUR 29, no. 2 (Summer 2004): 15)

November 9 — 7:00 p.m. Robert Gillette, 14, and two friends (Bill and John Lloyd) are out walking in Carbondale, Pennsylvania, when they hear a whirring sound in the sky above them. They look up and see a red ball emitting sparks and crossing over Salem Mountain from the east. It hovers above a 4-acre silt pond near Russell Park and then plunges about 500 feet into the water. Gillette says the object turned the “color of a bright star” before falling. The youngsters call Carbondale police, who go to the scene around 9:00 p.m. Patrolmen John Barbaro and Joseph Jacobina can see a glowing object about 20 feet out in the water. Within a few hours, 12 other officers converge on the pond. Jacobina fires his pistol at the light but fails to hit it. Gillette thinks the object moves a bit when the shots are fired. After 12:00 midnight, the light is still visible and covers a circle about 15 feet in diameter, drawing crowds of curious spectators. Firemen bring a boat and drop a net around the light around 2:45 a.m. As the net is raised, the light grows brighter, but then the net suddenly grows limp as the object is accidentally released and the light goes out. On November 11, police decide to drain the pond by pumping the water out. As the water level drops, a scuba diver goes in and finds a battery-powered railroad lantern. (Bill Halpin, “ Search Under Way for UFO in Carbondale Pond,” Scranton (Pa.) Times, November 11, 1974, p. 3; “ Diver Finds ‘Light’ in Pond: Police Plan Probe of Hoax,” Scranton (Pa.) Times, November 12, 1974, p. 3; Jerry Palko and Mike Tusko, “ UFO Experts Have Doubts about Carbondale Hoax,” Scranton (Pa.) Times, November 12, 1974, p. 29; Douglas K. Dains, “ Object in Water Checked in Pennsylvania,” MUFON UFO Journal, no. 85 (December 1974): 12; “ Carbondale UFO Tale Rises Again,” Wilkes-Barre (Pa.) Times-Leader, November 13, 2016; Asha Prihar, “ Meet a Mayor: The Small, Eccentric Pa. City Where Even UFOs Like to Drop By,” Spotlight PA, August 15, 2025)

Mid-November — 5:30 p.m. Giovanna Sensoli is attending to her animals by her farmhouse near Castelleale, Romagna, Italy, when she notices her chickens and rabbits seem terrified. She notices a man seated on a box that is suspended in the air above her house, rocking to and fro, and only about 12 feet from her. He seems to be about 6 feet 6 inches tall and dressed in a shiny, one-piece garment with green, red, and white markings, and a pair of ski boots with square toes and heels. A helmet covers his face, but he seems to be looking for something. The box has a control rod with colored stripes. The man moves a bit further away to the east on his box. Sensoli sees a bright light to the north and she is overcome by heat. The house is lit up for a few seconds. Sensoli follows the man, trying to understand his gesticulations, but he departs to the east, followed by the light. The incident has lasted 15 minutes. (Gianfranco Lollino, “ Le nostre analisi: Il Caso di Castelleale,” Notiziario UFO, no. 106 (1987): 10–12; Gianfranco Lollino, “ The ‘Flying Man’ at Castelleale (Italy),” Flying Saucer Review 32, no. 4 (June 1987): 25–27; 1Pinotti 193–197)

November 17 — 9:00 a.m. A businessman is taking a walk along the shore of Nørresø in Viborg, Denmark, when he notices an object above the eastern bank of the lake. He snaps a photo of it as it hovers in the air about 1,600–3,300 feet away. He looks around to see if there are other witnesses, but when he looks back the object is gone. The photo shows a circular object with an estimated diameter of about 65 feet with some cloudy filaments hanging from its base. Investigators suspect it may be a rare instance of a small cumulus cloud that has developed from a black smoke ring. (Wim van Utrecht, “ Jellyfish UFO Photographed over Denmark,” Caelestia, May 17, 2008)

November 22 — 7:30 p.m. At two-minute intervals, three bright red lights are seen climbing very quickly from the horizon at Madeira, Canary Islands, after which they create brilliant concentric circles. A reporter in Funchal takes a few photos. The lights are probably Poseidon missiles launched by the submarine USS Mariano G. Vallejo several hundred kilometers to the west. (Vicente-Juan Ballester Olmos and Ricardo Campo Pérez, “ Navy Missile Tests and the Canary Islands UFOs,” IUR 29, no. 4 (July 2005): 3)

November 24 — 2:30 a.m. Ronald Messore and his wife are driving east on Interstate 80 near Baxter, California, heading into the Sierra Nevada range. Messore sees a green and white revolving light like a beacon about a quarter-mile ahead on the left. The beacon is drifting about 30 feet above the ground, and a brilliant blue light becomes visible. Suddenly an orange-white floodlight switches on and the object moves closer to the road. Both of them become quite frightened. The floodlight switches off as the object passes over the highway, and the green, white, and blue beacons are visible again. It descends into a densely wooded area 150 feet away, and Messore speeds ahead to get out of the area. (“ Possible California Landing,” APRO Bulletin 24, no. 3 (Sept. 1975): 5–6)

November 28 — 11:43 a.m. Hugo W. Feugen is flying his own Aeronca Champion aircraft on a bright day over Shabbona, Illinois, and he is checking his position on the aeronautical map to determine if he was still on course. When he looks up, he notices that the magnetic compass is rotating counterclockwise at a rate of four revolutions per minute. He looks to his right side and sees nothing but the town below him. When he turns to his left, he sees a disc or ellipse flying parallel to his aircraft at the same speed (75–80 mph) and altitude, pacing him at 120° at an estimated one-quarter of a mile distance. He estimates its size as 120 feet long and 30 feet thick. After pacing him for 8–10 seconds, the object tips slightly and he sees that it is not an ellipse but round in shape. As it tips up at an angle, it accelerates to a fantastic speed toward the east and is out of sight in less than one second. (NICAP, “ Pilot Says Compass Affected”; “ Pilot Says Compass Affected,” Skylook, no. 89 (April 1975): 5)

December — 7:30 a.m. A witness sees a vertical object floating above Wemeth Low, a hill near Higher Chisworth, Derbyshire, England. It has a flattened upper end and a tapered base. It changes shape from round to oval and cigar and back to oval before it disappears and discharges several small spheres from its blunt end “like soap bubbles.” (Herbert S. Taylor, “ Satellite Objects and Cloud Cigars,” IUR 29, no. 1 (Spring 2004): 10)

December 2 - 10:30 p.m. Dairy farmer William L. Bosak is driving back to his house southeast of Frederic, Wisconsin, on County Road W when he sees an object reflected in his headlights on the westbound side of the road in front of him. It is a disc-shaped UFO, the bottom half obscured by the fog. But what holds his attention is something inside the object's "curved front of glass." Inside stands a figure with its arms raised above its head. He thinks the figure is as scared as he is because its eyes are protruding. It is generally human in shape, but its body is covered in dark tan fur except on the face and chin. Its head hair seems to be swept back, and the calf-like ears stretch out about 3 inches. The mouth and nose seem flat. Bosak speeds past the object and his car lights suddenly go dim. He hears a whooshing sound and the UFO is lost to view. (" Occupant Case in Wisconsin," APRO Bulletin 23, no. 4 (Jan./Feb. 1975): 1, 4; Jerome Clark, " The Frightened Creature on County Road W," Flying Saucer Review 21, no. 1 (June 1975): 20-21; Patrick Gross, URECAT, October 20, 2006; Clark III 557-558; Clark IV 615-616)

December 11 — 1:22 a.m. Teacher Călin Turcu hears his dog barking insistently in the backyard of his home in Vălenii de Munte, Romania. Beyond a river about a half-mile away he sees a pulsating, dazzling white light like that coming from a welding machine that illuminates the trees for miles around. In the next 3–4 minutes he takes 7–10 photos. The light persists for 12 minutes until it ascends and fades slowly out. (Augustin Moraru, “ Luminous UFO Photographed over Romania,” MUFON UFO Journal, no. 114 (May 1977): 3–5; Augustin Moraru, “ Phénomène Lumineux Photographie au-dessus de Valenii de Munte,” UFO-Quebec, no. 13 (March 1978): 18–19; Romania 38)

December 17 — 2:30 a.m. John Wagner is in his farmhouse near MacNutt, Saskatchewan, when he notices a large, bright glow to the west that lasts for 25 minutes. The next morning, he finds a circular ring in the snow about 20 feet in diameter. (Chris Rutkowski, Canada’s UFOs: Declassified, August Night, 2022, pp. 190–191)

December 18 — 7:00 p.m. Executive Engineer Mohammad Riaz and others see a circular light appear above the V-shaped mountain overlooking the approach to Pattan, Pakistan, for about 25 minutes. It is also seen in Chitral, Pakistan. An earthquake (Hunza Earthquake) centers on the area on December 28, so this could be a type of earthquake light. (Col. William S. Gilliland, “ Balls of Fire Memo,” US Department of Defense Intelligence Information Report, December 18, 1974; “ CAUS Gains DIA File Release,” Just Cause, new series, no. 7 (March 1986): 3)

December 31 — Night. Dave Percy and two other security guards at the Pickering, Ontario, Nuclear Generating Station are preparing to greet the new year when they see a cluster of bright red spheres over Lake Ontario to the south. One of them moves closer and hovers over the Number 3 and 4 reactor buildings. It is about 30 feet across. The object hovers for 6–7 minutes, then after a bright flash it takes off. (Yurko Bondarchuk, UFO Sightings, Landings, and Abductions, Methuen, 1979, p. 120)

1975

John A. Keel publishes The Mothman Prophecies, an investigation into sightings of a winged creature called Mothman in the area around Point Pleasant, West Virginia, in 1966-1967. It combines these accounts with his theories about UFOs and various paranormal phenomena, ultimately connecting them to the collapse of the Silver Bridge across the Ohio River on December 15, 1967. (Official investigations in 1971 determine it was caused by stress corrosion cracking in an eye bar in a suspension chain.) Other entities that Keel chronicles are not-quite- human individuals (men in black) who intimidate witnesses and seem linked with UFOs. Sometimes, he writes, they threaten witnesses who have not told anyone else about their sightings. Usually they wear dark suits, sometimes with turtle-neck sweaters, and have dark complexions and Oriental features. Others are pale and bug-eyed. Their behavior is frequently odd, as if they are operating in an environment alien to them. In many cases they drive black Cadillacs or other limousine-like vehicles. In another book, The Eighth Tower, Keel emphasizes the bizarreness of the ultraterrestrials' behavior, saying "It distorts our reality whimsically, perhaps out of boredom, or perhaps because it is a little crazy." Later he expands on this: "When a hairy monster stalks across the landscape and peers into a bathroom window, the event has no meaning, so we invent a meaning for it. We have complicated our reality by developing whole cults of unreason to define unreasonable intrusions and make them important in our own lives. If the source is crazy for teasing us pointlessly, what are we who allow ourselves to be so easily teased?" (John A. Keel, The Mothman Prophecies, Saturday Review, 1975; Wikipedia, " The Mothman Prophecies"; John A. Keel, The Eighth Tower, Saturday Review, 1975; David Clarke, "A New Demonology: John Keel and The Mothman Prophecies," in Jack Hunter, ed., Damned Facts: Fortean Essays on Religion, Folklore, and the Paranormal, Aporetic, 2016, pp. 54-68; Clark III 640, 729-730, 879-881; Eghigian, After, pp. 251-252; Clark IV 716, 810-811, 973-975)

Night. Sgt. Eric Slater is flight security controller at the Francis E. Warren AFB Tango-1 missile launch facility southeast of Wheatland, Wyoming. He sees a bright white light coming over the mountains from the Romeo-1 launch facility northwest of Meriden, hugging the contour of the landscape. It stops about 3 miles away and hovers for 1–2 hours. At one point a light beam shoots down from the UFO into the valley below. Then it comes straight for Tango-1. Slater sees it has a dome on top and small, alternating red-and-blue lights on each side. It only leaves when two F-4 Phantoms from Denver enter base airspace to pursue it. (Nukes 336–337)

January 12 — 2:45 a.m. George O’Barski is driving home through North Hudson Park, New Jersey, when he hears static on his CB radio. Through the window he sees a dark, round object with brightly lit windows hovering over the ground about 100 feet away. Ten small (3.5-feet tall), helmeted figures dressed in coveralls emerge from the UFO, dig up soil, and collect it in bags for about 3 minutes before returning to the craft, which takes off with a humming sound. O’Barski returns to the site the next day and finds holes that had been left. Hudson County Police Officers Thomas Feldhan and John Mackanics investigate and file reports. Months later, O’Barski relays the story to an acquaintance, Budd Hopkins, who is interested in UFOs. Hopkins and two others associated with the Center for UFO Studies find independent witnesses, including a doorman at the high-rise Stonehenge apartment building, Bill Pawlowski, who sees a UFO with multiple lights in the park the same time. Hopkins, Ted Bloecher (then the director of New York MUFON), and Jerry Stoehrer, also of MUFON, investigate the incident and take soil samples. (Wikipedia, “ Stonehenge (building)”; “ Landing in New Jersey,” APRO Bulletin 24, no. 8 (February 1976): 1, 3; Budd Hopkins, “ Sane Citizen Sees UFO in New Jersey,” The Village Voice, March 1, 1976, pp. 12–13; Ted Bloecher, “The Stonehenge Incidents, January 1975,” Proceedings of the 1976 CUFOS Conference, Center for UFO Studies, 1976, pp. 25–38; Ted Bloecher, “ The ‘Stonehenge’ Incidents of January 1975,” Flying Saucer Review 22, no. 3 (October 1976): 3–7; Ted Bloecher, “ The ‘Stonehenge’ Incidents of January 1975, Part 2,” Flying Saucer Review 22, no. 4 (November 1976): 5–11; Mark Rodeghier, UFO Reports Involving Vehicle Interference, CUFOS, 1981, p. 64; Budd Hopkins, Missing Time, R. Marek, 1981, pp. 34–50; Clark III 1109–1112; Eghigian, After, p. 279; Clark IV 1235–1238)

January 28 - Afternoon. Eccentric and contactee Billy Meier sees a disc-shaped spacecraft in Switzerland and takes several photographs of it. The ship lands in a nearby meadow, and a beautiful, pale-skinned, amber-haired spacewoman steps out and approaches him and talks to him for an hour and a half. Her name is Semjase from the planet Erra in the constellation Lyra (although they have since emigrated to the Pleiades), and she is the granddaughter of a being named Sfath, who had contacted Meier in 1944. Many other contacts continue, and Meier produces more photos so that he becomes a regional occult celebrity. (Wendelle C. Stevens, UFO Contact from the Pleiades, The Author, 1982; Gary Kinder, Light Years: An Investigation into the Extraterrestrial Experiences of Billy Meier, Atlantic Monthly, 1987; George M. Eberhart, " Photographs and Red Faces," IUR 12, no. 4 (July/Aug. 1987): 19; Wendelle Steves, et al., Message from the Pleiades, 1988; Bruce Maccabee, " Pendulum from the Pleiades," IUR 14, no. 1 (Jan./Feb. 1989): 11-12, 22; Derek Bartholomaus, Billy Meier UFO Case website; Clark III 723-725; Clark IV 804-806)

January 31 —10:20 p.m. Alan Lott is walking his dog in Caversham, Berkshire, England, when he sees a group of bright lights to the east. He calls his wife, Clarice, and they both view the lights through binoculars. They are moving slowly and silently in a straight line from east to west and are now directly above the Lotts’ house. The three brightest lights are orange-yellow and arranged in an equilateral triangle formation. There are two smaller lights, one red and another white. After 5 minutes, the formation vanishes behind houses and trees. (UFOFiles2, pp. 88–90)

February —Domestic birds, ducks, goats, rabbits, geese, cattle, pigs, and sheep are found dead throughout Puerto Rico with what one veterinarian characterizes as “strange wounds.” The deaths typically occur in the early morning hours and are caused by a sharp instrument that can punch through flesh and bone, usually in the neck region. Around this time and through July, some Puerto Ricans see large, unidentified birds, as well as UFOs. (Sebastian Robiou Lamarche, “ UFOs and Mysterious Deaths of Animals, Part 1,” Flying Saucer Review 22, no. 5 (February 1977): 15–18; Sebastian Robiou Lamarche, “ UFOs and Mysterious Deaths of Animals, Part 2,” Flying Saucer Review 22, no. 6 (April 1977): 6–10; Clark III 139; Clark IV 166)

February - New York City psychic Ingo Swann receives a phone call from a friend in a government agency who tells him that he will be contacted by a "Mr. Axelrod." One morning in March at 3:00 a.m., Axelrod calls Swann and asks him to be in Washington, D.C., at 12:00 noon. This leads to an unlikely adventure involving Swann's remote viewing of a secret extraterrestrial base on the hidden side of the Moon and his "shocking" experience with a sexy, scantily dressed female alien in a Los Angeles, California, supermarket. He concludes that extraterrestrials are living on Earth in humanoid bodies. Swann deduces that there are many extraterrestrials, that many are "bio-androids," and that they are aware their only foes on Earth are psychics. Later, Swann and Mr. Axelrod take a flight to an unknown northerly destination, deduced by Swann as possibly Alaska. Along with two twin bodyguards, Swann and Axelrod attempt to secretly watch a recurrent UFO appear and suck up the water of a lake. Axelrod discloses that the silent, growing, oscillating triangle is simultaneously scanning the area and eliminating any animals, and that the silent beams emanating from the object are "blasting deer or porcupines from the woods or something." The bodyguards realize they are discovered and the group is attacked by the UFO. Swann is thrown to safety by his colleagues and sustains a minor injury. (Wikipedia, " Ingo Swann"; Ingo Swann, Penetration: The Question of Extraterrestrial and Human Telepathy, Ingo Swann Books, 1998, pp. 23-61, 85-100)

Early February — Night. A farmer is walking to his barn north of Lundar, Manitoba, when a red ball of light, 14–16 inches in diameter, swoops low over his head. As he gazes up at it, he feels as if hot plastic is being poured on his head. He suffocates and cannot think clearly while it is above him. (Chris Rutkowski, Canada’s UFOs: Declassified, August Night, 2022, p. 172)

February 4 — Night. Three Pickering, Ontario, ambulance drivers, a Durham regional police constable, and Andy Parks, music director of radio station CHOO in Agincourt, watch pulsing, multicolored objects maneuvering above the Pickering Nuclear Generating Station. Parks says they are “floating around, zipping this way and that.” (Yurko Bondarchuk, UFO Sightings, Landings, and Abductions, Methuen, 1979, pp. 121–122)

, February 14 — 12:05 p.m. Antoine Séverin, 21, is walking down a narrow road on the slope of Piton du Calvaire, a hill outside Petite Île on the southern coast of Réunion in the Indian Ocean, when he hears a deafening beeping sound, feels a blast of heat, feels a strange force pulling him from the back and a tingling in the head. He sees a bright metallic object about the size of a car hovering about 5 feet above the ground. A ladder with three steps appears on the underside, and a small being like the “Michelin man” emerges. He is holding a shining object. Two other beings emerge, all with antennae on their heads. A fourth is visible through a porthole. Then Séverin is hurled onto his back by a powerful flash of light. The beings run up the ladder and withdraw it, then the UFO takes off, emitting a loud whistle. For several days he has blurred vision, impaired speech, and a medical diagnosis of shock. The Gendarmerie investigate the case and judge him to be mentally sound. (Lt.-Col. Lobet, “ Atterrissage à Petit Île (Réunion) le 14 Février 1975,” Lumières dans la Nuit, no. 147 (Aug./Sept. 1975): 4–10; M. J. Bertil, “ Atterrissage à l’île de la Réunion, ” Ouranos, new ser., no. 14 (1975): 4; “ Occupant Witness Experienced Physiological Effects,” MUFON UFO Journal, no. 106 (September 1976): 12; Lt.-Col. Lobet, “ Another Close Contact on Réunion, Part 1,” Flying Saucer Review 25, no. 2 (July 1979): 6–10; Lt.-Col. Lobet, “ Another Close Contact on Réunion, Part 2,” Flying Saucer Review 25, no. 3 (September 1979): 7–10; Patrick Gross, “ Petit-Île, La Réunion, February 14, 1975”)

February 17 — 9:00 p.m. Wheatland County Sheriff Richard Egebakken sees a bright, round object hovering about 500 feet near the Malmstrom AFB K-01 Minuteman missile alert facility 1.7 miles east-northeast of Harlowton, Montana. When Deputy Larry Clifford drives to a point about one mile from the site, the object suddenly shoots up to 2,000 feet, stops, and hovers again. State Game Warden Gene Tierney says it is not an aircraft. Commissioner Edgar Langston, also a pilot, sees the object through binoculars from his ranch 15 miles south of Harlowton and sees an antenna-like protrusion on the top. Deputy Herb Lynn stops his pickup truck a few miles out of town to watch and sees it flitting around the sky in all sorts of crazy directions. Deputy Russ Mill, within a mile of K-01, describes a blue object bobbing up and down. Radar at Malmstrom AFB does not track anything. (Bob Gribble, “ Looking Back,” MUFON UFO Journal, no. 262 (February 1990): 20; UFOEv II 45–46)

February 19 — 7:19 p.m. A woman is driving a red Volkswagen east between Ryslinge and Ørbæk, Denmark, when her engine and electrical system suddenly fail. As the car rolls to a stop, she sees a large, circular object emitting a bright bluish light approach from behind. The heat inside the car increases and she feels a prickly sensation on her face. Shortly afterward, the object vanishes and the car starts up right away. The next day, she feels restless and nauseous. Her car has several blue stripes on the roof that were not there before. (Richard H. Hall, “ Danish Physical Evidence Case,” MUFON UFO Journal, no. 105 (August 1976): 15)

February 23 - Night. Glenn E. Bradley sees two large cylindrical objects like grain silos floating above Matachewan, Ontario. Both are shining white floodlights downward to the ground and have bright lights at the top. They are traveling to the west at about 30 mph. Bradley begins following them in his pickup truck. Outside the lights of the town he notices that the two silos are accompanied by smaller UFOs about 50 feet in diameter, all darting about at high speed. They appear to be entering and exit the larger silos. (" Silos over Ontario," CUFOS Associate Newsletter 6, no. 1 (Feb./ March 1985): 5-6)

February 23 — 7:00 p.m. Students Masato Kawano, 7, and Katsuhiro Yamahata, 7, are roller- skating near the Hinode Housing Estate in Kōfu, Yamanashi Prefecture, Japan, when they see two orange lights overhead. The larger one flies away north toward Mount Atago, but the second one lands next to a nearby vineyard. The children approach the object, but it takes off and lands again in a gravevine trellis. It is a domed object 16 feet in diameter and 6.5 feet high with three landing pads. when they walk within 3 feet of the object, the surface looks silvery. On one side of the craft, Kono finds five characters resembling Japanese, though unrecognizable. There are four similar characters on the other side. A side hatch opens up and a 4-foot-3-inch-tall humanoid occupant emerges. No eyes or mouth are visible, but it has three fangs and its body is glowing silver. It is carrying a long object like a shotgun over its left shoulder. When Yamahata moves around the craft, both boys are able to look inside and see a second occupant, smaller but similar, seated. The other humanoid approaches Yamahata, putting its hand on his shoulder. Kawano panics, grabs Yamahata, and carries him back to his house. The boys return with their mothers to the site, and the orange light is still visible in the distance. ( Yamanashi Shimbun, February 25, 1975, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 83 (March 1976): 16; “ Two Reports from Japan,” APRO Bulletin 25, no. 5 (November 1976): 5-6; Beatrice Zimmer, “ Letters,” APRO Bulletin 25, no. 10 (April 1977): 2; Beatrice M. Zimmer, “ The Pattern,” Canadian UFO Report 4, no. 5 (Fall/Winter 1977): 19; Center for UFO Studies, “ HUMCAT Index 1975,” p. 13; “Kofu Incident: A Creepy Alien Got off a UFO to a Vineyard and Tapped a Japanese Boy on the Shoulder in 1975,” Part 1, Part 2, Part 3, Part 4, Otakupapa.net, May 31, 2023; “ During the 1975 Kofu UFO Incident, Japanese Schoolboys Had a Close Encounter with Fanged Humanoids,” Eye On Cinema YouTube channel, June 18, 2025)

February 26 — 8:45 p.m. A former RAAF crewman and a companion are on a fishing trip to Lake Sorell, Tasmania, when they see three glowing objects in the northeast sky, one smaller than the other two. Two of the UFOs move closer and hover, then recede, intermittently obscured by clouds. Each has a pulsing red light on its base. The main larger object is an elongated disc with a row of twinkling red lights around the rim. After a bank of clouds go through with a passing storm, the object reappears, glows brightly, and suddenly zooms toward the witnesses at “phenomenal speed.” It stops abruptly about 2,900 feet away at a height of 490 feet, its lights dimming. It projects a brilliant, cone-shaped light beam toward the lake and sweeps it toward the terrain, illuminating the side of a mountain. Then it sweeps back across the lake beneath the object and fades out. The lake’s surface glows a fluorescent blue-white. The object then shoots away to the northeast. A second object, which has been hovering to the north toward Mount Penny, speeds off in the same direction. ( CUFOS case files; Joe Brill, “ UFO Light Beam in Tasmania,” Skylook, no. 91 (June 1975): 3–6; “ UFO Illuminates Lake,” APRO Bulletin 24, no. 1 (July 1975): 1, 3; “ UFO and Light in Tasmania,” Flying Saucer Review 22, no. 6 (April 1977): 30–31; Story, pp. 344–345; UFOEv II 219–221

March 2 — A police officer in Phillips, Wisconsin, hears odd noises on his patrol car radio, then he sees a disc-shaped object with a rounded hump on its top and bottom, along with red and orange lights on the bottom edge. He estimates the object is 30 feet in diameter. When he directs his spotlight on it, the object rapidly ascends. (Richard F. Haines, CE-5: Close Encounters of the Fifth Kind, Sourcebooks, 1998, p. 109)

March 2 — 10:30 p.m. A couple and their daughter see a large, yellowish, egg-shaped light moving erratically in short spurts outside their home in the Great Swamp Management Area near West Kingston, Rhode Island. It then stops and hovers for 5 minutes. They then see two orange-white, ball- shaped objects drop from the large UFO and move northward at the approximate speed of an aircraft, disappearing over the horizon. The large object again moves erratically toward the southeast, gradually picking up speed. (“ Object Ejects Small Spheres,” APRO Bulletin 24, no. 2 (August 1975): 4)

March 7 — The US Embassy in Algiers, Algeria, sends a report to US Secretary of State Henry Kissinger, stating that strange “machines” have been maneuvering over Algerian airspace since January, some near military installations and usually around 7:00–7:30 p.m., often by multiple witnesses. An object with a bright light has been seen near Oran, Bechar, and off the coast on March 6 (when it is also confirmed on radar). ( “ Unidentified Flying Objects over Algeria,” WikiLeaks, March 7, 1975; ClearIntent, pp. 79–80)

March 13 — 8:00 p.m. Jane Baker, 15, is outside her garage in Mellen, Wisconsin, when she hears a strange noise and sees a silvery disk with a domed top apparently sitting in the road. It gives off a yellowish-white glow and around the middle are red and green lights flashing off and on. She goes inside and alerts her father, who comes out to see the object has receded, although there is a square lighted opening visible on it. They walk closer toward it and can hear a metal-on- metal banging noise. Mrs. Baker and two other children are now viewing the UFO from a window. It soon disappears. The next morning, Jane goes out to look for traces and sees the object hovering above a nearby swamp. (NICAP, “ Mellen, Wisconsin, March 14 [sic], 1975”; “ UFOs Sighted in Wisconsin,” Appleton (Wis.) Post- Crescent, March 20, 1975, p. 2; “ Landing in Wisconsin,” APRO Bulletin 23, no. 6 (April 1975): 1, 3; “ Family Reports UFO Landing on Road near Mellen, WI,” Skylook, no. 93 (August 1975): 11; Lorenzen, Encounters, pp. 337–339)

March 18 - 1:30 p.m. Pat McCarthy, 19, is in a quarry off Ontario Highway 5 near Waterdown, Ontario, trying to take photos of hawks. He is about to leave when he sees a dark object resembling a Frisbee. It is moving swiftly, and he takes four photos of it, capturing the object 3 times. He estimates the object is twice as long as a DC-8. He takes the camera to the Hamilton Spectator, which processes the film in its darkroom. (" Saucer over Waterdown?" Hamilton (Ont.) Spectator, March 19, 1975, p. 10; "Look, Legs!" London (Ont.) Free Press, March 21, 1975; "`Incredible' UFO Photo Stirs Canada, U.S. Experts," Burlington (Ont.) Spectator, March 22, 1975; " Scientific MP Hopes UFO Pictures Irrefutable," Hamilton (Ont.) Spectator, March 27, 1975, p. 10; "Pat's UFOs 99.9% True: World Expert," Burlington (Ont.) Spectator, April 3, 1975; " Canadian Photographs UFO," UFO Investigator, May 1975, p. 2; " UFO Leaves Behind Physical Evidence," UFO Research Newsletter 4, no. 7 (Aug./Sept. 1975): 5, 6-7; " Canadian Photo Case," APRO Bulletin 24, no. 4 (October 1975): 1, 3, 6; Yurko Bondarchuk, UFO Sightings, Landings, and Abductions, Methuen, 1979, pp. 15-18)

March 22 — 10:30 p.m. Two young men and three girls are driving along the Mount Flora to Dingo Beach Road about 50 miles from Nebo, Queensland, when they see a strange light in a gravel storage area to the left of the road. The object is a box-like mass, 8 feet high and 9 feet wide, with a row of flashing white-to-yellow lights about 3 feet above the ground and a circular mass above it. As they stop the car, the object emits a tremendous bang like a shotgun. They are startled and drive on, feeling that the circular mass is watching them, then they return to the original location, but the girls in the back seat are terrified. They drive 9 miles further and find a road construction crew and tell them about the UFO. The two men convince one of the workers to return to the spot, but the object is gone and they find unusual ground marks. On March 25, two investigating officers from RAAF Base Townsville examine three oval-shaped areas, one roughly circular area, and one rectangular area, all apparently recent and produced by a heavy weight or pressure. (Swords 405– 406; Bill Chalker, “Physical Traces,” UFOs 1947–1987, Fortean Tomes, 1987, pp. 190–192)

April 3–9 — Some 57 separate UFO sightings involving triangular or delta-shaped UFOs occur in the area around Lumberton, North Carolina. Many cases involve an object hovering silently at low altitude, accelerating instantly, and turning without banking. They are often seen at treetop level and with a bright and maneuverable spotlight. Among the witnesses are 48 police officers. (“ Witnesses Discount Theory That UFO Was Airplane,” Raleigh (N.C.) News and Observer, April 5, 1975, p. 19; “ UFO ‘Mystery’ Returns with New N.C. Sightings,” Raleigh (N.C.) News and Observer, April 6, 1975, p. 1; Jennie Zeidman, The Lumberton UFO Report: UFO Activity in S. North Carolina, April 3–9, 1975, CUFOS, 1976; “ Landing Reported in N. Carolina,” Skylook, no. 90 (May 1975): 3–5; UFOEv II 347–348; Wendy Connors, “Cops and Saucers: Law Enforcement and UFO’s, 1957–1981 Guide,” November 20, 2013, audioclip 35; Marler 91–94)

April 15 — 9:23 p.m. Science teacher Ed Handley is washing his car in his driveway in San Jose, California, when he sees a light moving slowly against the darkening southwestern sky. Suddenly it makes a right-angle turn and heads toward him, emitting a light beam. It moves slowly, taking about 10 minutes to reach him, then stops and hovers about 100 feet overhead. Handley’s mother and five members of a neighboring family also see the object, which is disc-shaped and about 90 feet in diameter with a cabin-like structure on top. A white beam of light is pointing outward, moving up and down in a small arc. Around its edges is an orange glow, and red sparks are dropping off the underside and disappearing after falling about 6 feet. It hovers for about 5 minutes, then oscillates and shoots straight up, diminishing to a point of light and disappearing in a matter of seconds. (Slava Mach and Ross Redeker, “ A Close Encounter of the First Kind,” MUFON UFO Journal, no. 124 (March 1978): 14–15, 19; UFOEv II 162–163)

April 20 - Night. Stationary beams of light are seen at San José de Jáchal, San Juan, Argentina. In a remote area, three imprints are found forming a 12-foot equilateral triangle surrounding a large smoke blot. Nearby plants are burned and stones are blackened. Some footprints are noted. Seven mushrooms nearly 8 inches tall are found growing there the following day. (Fred Merritt, " A Preliminary Classification of Some Reports of UFOs," IUR 28, no. 3 (Fall 2003): 9)

May 3 - 8:00 a.m. A professional photographer is taking pictures of the Irma kod company south of Copenhagen, Denmark, when he sees a bright flash off to his right. When he develops one photo, the image shows an odd object tilted at an angle and slightly out of focus. (Kim Moller Hansen, " Danish UFO-Photo?" CUFOS Associate Newsletter 5, no. 6 (Dec. 1984/Jan. 1985): 1-2)

May 3 — 1:34 p.m. Carlos Antonio de los Santos Montiel is flying a Piper PA-24 Comanche from Zihuatenejo, Guerrero, Mexico, to Mexico City at about 15,000 feet. While passing over Laguna de Tequesquitengo in Jojutla, Morelos, he feels a strange vibration in his airplane. Then he sees to the right, pacing alongside, a 10-to 12-foot-diameter disc with a dome on top. Another appears to the left of the plane, and a third disc approaches head-on, dropping beneath the plane. Carlos feels a jolt as if the object has impacted. He pulls the landing gear lever, but it fails to operate. The plane feels as if it is pulled or lifted, and the controls refuse to respond. Although badly shaken, Carlos notifies Mexico City by radio, describing what is happening. At the same time, air control radar is showing unexplained objects near his plane that are capable of sharp turns, unlike normal aircraft. Finally, their blips merge on the radar screen and speed away toward Popocatépetl volcano. After the objects leave, Montiel is able to lower his landing gear manually and land safely. Aviation personnel who know him testify to his sobriety and trustworthiness. A week later, de los Santos is invited to discuss the sighting on a TV talk show. As he drives to the interview, a large black Cadillac limousine pulls in front of him on the freeway. An identical car appears behind, forcing him to the side of the road. Four tall, broad-shouldered, pale-skinned men in dark suits jump out and approach him, still in his car. Speaking Spanish in a mechanical tone, one warns him to keep quiet about the sighting “if you value your life and your family’s too.” He breaks his appointment and does so again one month later after another visit by the men in black before an interview with J. Allen Hynek. (NICAP, “ UFOs ‘Escort’ Mexican Aircraft / Radar Confirmed”; Richard Haines, [ case documents]; Joe Brill, “ UFOs Escort Mexican Pilot,” Skylook, no. 90 (May 1975): 14; “ UFOs ‘Escort’ Mexican Aircraft,” APRO Bulletin 24, no. 2 (August 1975): 1, 3–4; “ UFOs Pace, Disrupt Airplane,” Skylook, no. 93 (August 1975): 3–4; Jerome Clark, “ Carlos de los Santos and the Men in Black,” Flying Saucer Review 24, no. 4 (January 1979): 8–9; UFOEv II 133–134; Carlos Alberto Guzman Rojas and Francisco Dominguez de la Rosa, “ Pilot Says Plane Was Controlled by UFOs,” MUFON UFO Journal, no. 417 (January 2003): 3–5; Carlos Alberto Guzman Rojas and Francisco Dominguez de la Rosa, “ Part II: Mexican Pilot Relates Possible MIB Contacts Following Encounter,” MUFON UFO Journal, no. 418 (February 2003): 5–7; Clark III 730; Clark IV 811; Patrick Gross, “ Piper P24 Paced by Three Flying Discs, 1975”)

June 23 - 12:37 p.m. A British naval vessel is stationed off the west coast of Ireland in a thick fog when the radar operator picks up an echo, presumably a surface vessel closing in on the ship. However, the blip accelerates to an "impossible" speed in one minute. The operator notifies the captain, who files a report. The case is investigated by the Ministry of Defence. (Peter Bottomley and Gordon Clegg, " MoD Tracks UFO on Radar," BUFORA Journal 4, no. 12 (March/April 1976): 8-10; Nick Redfern, A Covert Agenda: UFO Secrecy Exposed, Simon & Schuster, 1997, pp. 127-128)

July 6 - 5:00 p.m. Joe Borda is doing farm chores at Mount Pleasant, Ontario, when he sees a domed metallic cylinder landed in a tobacco field. Thinking it is probably a tank truck, he continues and goes home. On July 8, he comes across a circular crushed patch of tobacco plants about 30-40 feet in diameter. Inside the circle are two spots of some substance, reddish purple in color, that feels slippery and oily. The provincial police remove some soil samples; they are not radioactive and do not contain oil. (Graham Conway, " Strange Voice Heard after UFO Landing," Canadian UFO Report 3, no. 8 (Summer 1976): 1-2)

July 15-16 - 8:15 p.m. David Burgess, an official at Khami Prison in Bulawayo, Zimbabwe, and a friend see from their car an orange object, almost circular with a flat bottom and a rounded top, hovering above the prison about 1-2 miles away. At 8:45 p.m., another official sees an object in the same place. The following night at 7:30 p.m., a bright silvery object is seen hovering motionless 2-3 miles northeast of the prison by a Mr. and Mrs. Rossiter and their three children. It then moves rapidly to the east. (Richard Hall, " Southern Africa Reports Several UFO Sightings," Skylook, no. 95 (October 1975): 14-15)

August 30? - Night. Three members of the Hood family are driving back along a country road to their home in Little Britain, Ontario. Paul Hood notices a flashing light in the treetops. When their car approaches, it darts off. Days later, Paul and Don Hood find a 30-foot-diameter circle of burned ground and grass swirled in a counterclockwise direction near a split-rail fence in a swamp less than a quarter-mile from their home. Six holes the size of grapefruit are also present. (" Strange Findings, Weird Lights.," Port Perry (Ont.) Star, September 16, 1975, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 79 (November 1975): 17; " Foreign Forum," IUR 2, no. 1 (January 1977): 2)

September 14 - Calling themselves The Two (or Bo and Peep), Marshall Applewhite and Bonnie Nettles hold a meeting in a hotel in Waldport, Oregon. When 20 of the 300 audience members disappear after the meeting, the Oregon State Police launch an investigation. Other audience members think the topic is vague but involves something about leaving in a UFO from a camp somewhere in Colorado. (Clark III 565; Eghigian, After, p. 245; Clark IV 623)

Fall - 4:00 a.m. A couple driving east toward Toppenish, Washington, see a bright white light that appears overhead and slightly ahead of them. At first they think it might be a helicopter with a searchlight, but then an area about one mile in diameter lights up around their car, their radio becomes noisy, and their headlights dim. The flood-lit area suddenly goes out and the light speeds up in the sky and disappears. When they reach Ahtanum, Washington, about 25 miles from the first incident, the bright light again appears overhead briefly, then streaks away and disappears. (W. J. Vogel, " The Yakimas and `Earthlights,'" IUR 9, no. 3 (May/ June 1984): 3)

October 18 - 12:30 a.m. John Struble is driving his truck 25 miles northwest of Helena, Montana, when he notices a large object, 50 feet in diameter and 25-30 feet in the air. The object passes over his truck from the rear and then stops and hovers about 300 feet ahead of him. It directs a very bright light at him, causing the truck's lights and engine to go out. The UFO remains for about 5 minutes before it moves away. The object makes a noise like a big jet and then rockets straight up into the sky and moves away to the east at an incredible speed. When the UFO disappears the truck's lights and engine come back on. Struble notices that his nonelectric watch has stopped for 5 minutes, the duration of the sighting. (ClearIntent, p. 33)

October 27 - 7:45 p.m. S/Sgt. Danny K. Lewis is patrolling the weapons dump at Loring AFB [now Loring International Airport] near Limestone, Maine, when he sees an unidentified aircraft approaching the north perimeter at an altitude of about 300 feet. It has a red navigation light and a white strobe light. The craft enters the perimeter of the base. In the control tower, S/Sgt. James P. Sampley of the 2192nd Communications Squadron is on radar duty and gets a return from an unknown target 10-13 miles east-northeast of Loring. Sampley makes numerous attempts by radio on all available communications bands, civilian and military, to contact the craft, but he gets no response. The unidentified craft circles and comes within 300 yards of the restricted nuclear storage area at a low altitude of 150 feet. Back at the weapons dump, Lewis notifies his Command Post at the 42 Bomb Wing that an unknown aircraft has penetrated the base perimeter. The base is immediately put on major alert status, a Security Option 3, and Security contacts the tower. (ClearIntent, pp. 16-26; UFOEv II 88-89; Nukes 361-363, 369-371)

October 27 - 8:45 p.m. Sgt. Grover K. Eggleston of the 2192nd Communications Squadron is on duty at the Loring AFB [now Loring International Airport] tower near Limestone, Maine, when the call from the Command Post comes in. He observes the unknown target. Six minutes later, Eggleston notes that the target appears to be circling approximately 10 miles east-northeast of the base. This action lasts for 40 minutes when, suddenly, it disappears from the screen. Either the object has landed or it has dropped below the radar coverage. The Wing Commander arrives at the weapons storage area 7 minutes after the initial sighting. Immediately other units of the 42nd Police begin pouring into the area. Security vehicles with blue flashing lights are converging from all over the base. Through the Loring Command Post, the Wing Commander requests fighter coverage from the 21st NORAD Region at Hancock Field Air National Guard Base, Syracuse, New York, and the 22nd NORAD Region at North Bay, Ontario. However, fighter support is denied by both regions. The Wing Commander then increases local security posture and requests assistance from the Maine State Police in trying to identify the unknown craft, which they presume is a helicopter. They make a call to local flight services for possible identification, without results. The 42nd Security Police conduct a sweep of the weapons storage perimeter inside and out. An additional sweep is made of the areas that the craft has flown over. All actions produce no results. The craft breaks the circling pattern and begins flying toward Grand Falls, New Brunswick. Radar contact is lost in the vicinity of Grand Falls, 12 miles from Loring. Canadian authorities are not notified. (NICAP, " UFO Circles Weapons Storage Area"; ClearIntent, pp. 16-26; Nukes 361-363, 369-371; " KC-135 Pilot Michael Wallace on His Loring AFB UFO Encounter; Other 1975 Intrusion Cases Discussed," Eyes On Cinema YouTube channel, August 18, 2024)

November 30 - Unit One of the Leningrad [now St. Petersburg], Russia, nuclear power plant is being brought back online after scheduled maintenance when it begins to run out of control. A partial meltdown occurs, destroying or damaging 32 fuel assemblies and releasing radiation into the atmosphere over the Gulf of Finland. The official line is that a manufacturing defect caused the destruction of only one fuel channel, but the accident is really caused by an uncontrollable increase in the steam void coefficient. (Adam Higginbotham, Midnight at Chernobyl, Simon & Schuster, 2019, pp. 66-67)

December 4 - Two strange-looking persons, a man and a woman, enter a leather shop in Arizona. The owner remembers that the man, who has yellow eyes without pupils, had come into the store one day in the summer of 1972 and telepathically hinted that they would meet again. They take him into a back room, and the woman produces a device like a hand massager and goes over his entire body with it. She removes her clothes, the owner does the same, and sex follows. The woman's skin is white and transparent. A smell that emanates from her arouses him intensely. Later they tell him he is part of an experiment in cross-breeding. The experience lasts 1 hour and 40 minutes. (B. Ann Slate, "The Closest Encounter of the Third Kind," UFO Report 8, no. 4 (August 1980): 36-39, 77-78; Clark III 1063; Clark IV 1178)

1976

9:30 p.m. A man who lives on a hill overlooking the Boeing factory in Renton, Washington, notices lights hovering above the building at the south end of the plant. Suddenly the lights shoot straight up in the air and move to the north end of the plant, dropping down and hovering again. It then makes a quick arc and hovers about 900 feet above the witness's house. The object is circular with a curved low top, sides that slope inward, silent, and a continuous row of windows separated every 10-15 feet by thin vertical supports. A yellow or amber light is at the top. It is about 50 feet in diameter and 12-15 feet high. He can see 3-4 images moving back and forth inside the craft. After about 3 minutes, the object moves toward Lake Washington and disappears in 4 seconds. (" UFO Seen Inspecting Seattle Boeing Plant," CUFOS Associate Newsletter 5, no. 6 (Dec. 1984/Jan. 1985): 3)

January 2 — 1:50 a.m. A witness in Omaha, Nebraska, is outside using a 40x telescope when he notices some flashing red, green, and white lights that appear to be attached to a triangular object moving silently and slowly from east to west at an altitude of about 900 feet. He sees “some sort of beings” moving around inside. He watches it for 40 minutes until it moves out of sight. (“ Sighting Reports,” CUFOS Bulletin, June 1976, p. 4)

January 4 — A technician driving home is stuck in rush hour traffic at Sale, heading toward Altrincham, Cheshire, England. Suddenly his radio begins to hiss and crackle, and flashes of light spark out, dancing across the windshield. As he looks out through the steady rain, two angular, ice-blue lights pass slowly across his field of view. Moments later they are gone, the sparking stops, and the radio works again. (Jenny Randles, “The Twelve UFOs of Christmas,” Fortean Times 374 (Christmas 2018): 29)

January 6 — 11:15 p.m. Mona Stafford and two friends, Louise Smith and Elaine Thomas, are driving southwest on Highway 78 between Stanford and Hustonville, Kentucky, when they see an intense red glow in the east. It grows larger, then descends rapidly to the right of the car at tree-top level. As it hovers, they can see a disc shape with round windows with rotating, blinking red lights around each of them; yellow lights stretch below these, and a luminous blue dome is on top of the object. The UFO moves closer, flips on its side, and shines three beams of bluish-white light on the road, and another into their vehicle. Smith, apparently dazed, gets out of the car, but Stafford pulls her back in. There is a “dead silence,” their skin tingles, and they start getting severe headaches. They find the car has started back up on its own and is moving at 85 mph with no help from Smith. Stafford feels as if it is being pulled. Moments later, they find themselves 8 miles away, just outside Hustonville. When they get home to Smith’s trailer in Liberty, Kentucky, around 1:25 a.m., they find they are missing about an hour and a half of time. All three of them experience odd physical and psychological symptoms. The women are hypnotized by ufologist R. Leo Sprinkle, who finds that they have generally compatible memories of an abduction event. Over time, their memories of the missing time period grow more elaborate, but their story contains elements and images echoed in other accounts before and since. (Don White, “ Kentucky Women Report Close Encounter,” Skylook, no. 101 (April 1976): 3–4; “ The Kentucky Abduction,” APRO Bulletin 25, no. 4 (October 1976): 1, 3–6; Leonard H. Stringfield, “ The Stanford, Kentucky Abduction,” MUFON UFO Journal, no. 110 (January 1977): 1, 4–15; Lorenzen, Abducted! Confrontations with Beings from Outer Space, Berkley, 1977, pp. 114–131; “ The Kentucky Abduction,” IUR 2, no. 3 (March 1977): 6–7; “ Hypnosis Reveals Details of Abductions,” Earthlink 2, no. 4 (Autumn 1978): 18–20; Story, pp. 192–195; UFOEv II 549–550; “ The 1976 Stanford Kentucky Abductions Revisited,” Dj NDAA YouTube channel, August 15, 2013; “ Liberty, KY Abduction of January 6, 1976,” CEIV: An Audio History of Alien Abduction and Animal Mutilation, 1957–1976, Wendy Connors, November 19, 2013; John Greenewald, “ The 1976 Stanford, Kentucky, Abductions,” The Black Vault, April 26, 2016; Clark III 643–648; “ The Stanford, Kentucky, UFO and Alien Abduction Mystery, Jan. 6, 1976 (Updated with Interview and Hypnosis),” Eyes on Cinema YouTube channel, January 15, 2024; Eghigian, After, pp. 267–269; Clark IV 719–723)

January 7 — Night. Jenny Nordin and Lage Nordström in Undersåker, Jamtland, Sweden, watch a triangular object with its apex pointing downward shining and gleaming above a woods. A string of lights appears around its base and the object changes to a rectangle with a pointed top. The display continues for 2 hours until a spotlight shines down from the right side, illuminating the trees. An enormous object with three large windows rises up in the light; both objects hover and gradually extinguish. (“ Märkligt UFO-fenomen iakttogs vid Åreskutan,” UFO-Information, 1976, no. 5, p. 6, reprinted in UFO-Nytt (Kalmar-Öland), 1977, no. 2, p. 14; Carsten Pedersen, “ Bemærkelsesværdigt UFO-fænomen observeret ved Areskutan,” UFO Nyt (SUFOI) 19, no. 1 (Jan./Feb. 1977): 14–15; “ Foreign Forum,” IUR 2, no. 11 (November 1977): 8; “ Märklig syn vid Åreskutan: UFO iakttogs Uppifrån!,” UFO Information, 10th Anniversary Issue, 1979, p. 6)

January 12 — 11:30 p.m. Herminio Reis Oliveira and Bianca de Oliveira are resting in their car near Matias Barbosa, Minas Gerais, Brazil, when Bianca notices an orange light moving about. Suddenly it approaches very close and before they know it they are inside a spaceship accompanied by aliens, who are using some kind of translating device. One of whom introduces himself as Karran from the planet Klermer. He converses with them about religion and philosophical issues. Afterward, Karran records Bianca’s brainwaves so he can contact her later, then offers both of them a green liquid so they will forget what happened. Two days later, they find themselves inside their car not far from they were first abducted. (Rodolfo R. Casellato, M. A. O. Bianca, and Wendelle Stevens, UFO Contact from Planet Klermer, UFO Photo Archives, 2003; Clark IV 236)

January 14 — Mrs. J. Stewart is driving along a highway in East Bethel, Minnesota. When she arrives home, she cannot account for at least one hour of her time. Under hypnosis, she recounts being abducted from her car by a tall figure dressed in white. There are two more beings in the door of a translucent UFO. She recalls that at one point the face of one being is very close to her own, and it has big, slanted eyes. (“ Woman Reports Possible UFO Effects,” Skylook, no. 101 (April 1976): 4–7; “Popular UFO Theories Shifting to ‘Other Levels of Consciousness,’” St. Paul (Minn.) Dispatch, December 20, 1976; Center for UFO Studies, HUMCAT Index 1976, p. 17)

January 20 — 5:15 a.m. Patrolman Frank Ingargiola and journalist Samuel “Sonny” Schwartz are driving in a patrol car toward Atlantic City, New Jersey, from Ventnor City, New Jersey, when they notice a silent, crystal-white object surrounded by a greenish haze paralleling their course along the beaches of Absecon Island. When they reach the Boardwalk, they park the car and continue to watch. The policeman trains the spotlight on the object and blinks it. The object moves closer, scaring them. They call for assistance, and when other police cars arrive, all they can see is a light fading into the distance. The original witnesses drive back toward Ventnor, and the light reappears, following them closely until it vanishes at 6:00 a.m. The US Coast Guard calls it a reflection from the spotlight of a fishing trawler on the clouds. (“ ‘UFO’ Said Reflection from Boat,” Atlantic City (N.J.) Press, January 21, 1976, pp. 1, 16; Wendy Connors, “Cops and Saucers: Law Enforcement and UFO’s, 1957–1981 Guide,” November 20, 2013, audioclip 36)

January 21 — Before 3:55 a.m. Security police see two UFOs near the flight line at Cannon AFB, southwest of Clovis, New Mexico. The objects are 75 feet in diameter, gold or silver in color, with a blue light on top, a hole in the middle, and a red light on the bottom. An Air Force officer calls the UFO Education Center in Wisconsin to report he “had a very close sighting and was able to witness a type of vehicle that did maneuver and that was unlike any type aircraft he has ever seen.” One observer claims to see a dozen UFOs through a Starlight Scope from the flight tower. A Clovis policeman sees a cigar-shaped object with pulsating red, white, and blue lights. (Rear Adm. J. G. Morin, “ Report of UFO, Cannon AFB, NM,” January 21, 1976; “ UFOs Continue Clovis Visits,” Las Cruces (N.Mex.) Sun-News, January 25, 1976, p. 1; Good Above, p. 524; Good Need, p. 349; “ Cannon AFB: UFOs, Burned Circles, and Cows Found Mutilated,” UFO Info, 2012)

January 23 — 6:00–10:30 p.m. “Scores” of UFO sightings take place around Clovis, New Mexico. Town Marshal Willie Ronquillo of Texico follows a silent object with green, yellow, and blue lights 900 feet above his car before it speeds away to the north. A police dispatcher in Artesia sees 6–7 flashing lights in the sky at 750–1,000 feet altitude. They hover for a while, then move away at high speed toward Carlsbad. Members of the UFO Study Group, composed of employees of the Los Alamos Scientific Laboratories, arrive in Clovis at 11:30 p.m. to investigate. (“ UFOs Continue Clovis Visits,” Las Cruces (N.Mex.) Sun-News, January 25, 1976, p. 1; “ Flying Hotdog? It Was Saturn,” Vancouver (B.C.) Province, January 31, 1976, p. 2; Tommy Roy Blann, “ UFOs over New Mexico,” Official UFO, September 1977, pp. 23–25, 50–52)

January 25 - 8:45 p.m. Two witnesses in Sultan, Washington, are watching TV when they notice a red, blue, and white oscillating light moving east to west parallel to the Skyhomish River. The at 10-minute intervals, they see three more identical lights, about one mile away and 1,000 feet high. As they are watching a fourth light, a fifth light comes into view, closer than the others. With the aid of binoculars, they see it is a cigar-shaped object, gray on one end and dimly illuminated on the other. It disappears in the west, and no more are seen. (" Sighting Reports," CUFOS Bulletin, June 1976, p. 4)

February - Night. A married couple living near the Tasman Highway in Tasmania have retired for the evening. The woman is already asleep and the man has just turned off the light when he sees three 7-8 feet tall entities passing through the closed door of the bedroom. One touches the man's leg and he goes numb to the waist. He lets them attach some kind of glowing sack to his body, but when they start to approach his wife, he lashes out with one arm that hasn't gone numb. His wife wakes up and starts struggling too. The entities exit through some kind of orange portal outside the closed window and disappear. (Michael D. Swords, "A Trick of the Light," IUR 31, no. 2 (June 2007): 11)

March 14 - 9:45 p.m. A couple driving home on the Llíria-Olocau road near Llíria, Valencia, Spain, sees a humanoid silhouette moving on the left side of the road. The being has two small lights side by side on top of its head and wears a shiny dark blue one-piece suit with tight legs, resembling the Michelin Man. The suit covers its face, and its arms remain close to its body. Instead of walking, it moves its feet together in a waddling motion while floating above the ground. As the couple passes the entity, their car's electrical system fails and later needs to be replaced. (Antonio Moya Cerpa, "Un humanoïde similaire au `bonhomme michelin' près de Llíria Valence (Espagne)," Lumières dans la nuit, no. 179 (November 1978): 31)

April 3 - 4:30 a.m. Several residents of Quixadá, Ceará, Brazil, during an outdoor physical education session, see a large disc-shaped object that glides silently a few feet from the ground emitting an intense light. At about the same time in another part of the city, Luis Barroso Fernandes is preparing to travel to a site a few kilometers away on his donkey cart. He soon hears a buzzing sound, and a flying object 10 feet in diameter positions itself above him. It slowly descends in front of his cart about 100 feet away. The device emits a beam of light that strikes the donkey and Barroso, who immediately become paralyzed. A door opens on the UFO and two small beings emerge. One holds something like a flashlight and aims a beam that strikes Barroso in the face, causing him to lose consciousness. He wakes up in a different spot, dizzy and suffering from a burning sensation on his face, and a headache. The left side of his body is reddish, and he has difficulty getting into his cart and getting it moving. He asks his wife to take him to Dr. Antônio Moreira Magalhaes, who prescribes a tranquilizer. He continues to feel sick, his eyes burn continuously, and the left side of his body is red. A few days later, his hair turns gray and he suffers memory lapses. After his symptoms worsen and other doctors fail to help, his family checks him into a psychiatric hospital in Fortaleza. His condition deteriorates, and he dies in April 1993. (Elias Bruno, " Homem que inspirou filme `Area Q' ensinou filho a se proteger de óvnis," G1 (Grupo Globo), April 25, 2012; Elias Bruno, " Brazil: The Barroso Case," Inexplicata, April 29, 2012; Clark III 180-182; Brazil 179-184; Thiago Luiz Trichetti, " The Tragic Case of Luis Barroso Fernandes," Shadows of Your Mind, no. 8 (2020): 10-15; " Abduçao em Quixadá, CE: Caso Luiz Barroso," Marco Leal YouTube channel, October 21, 2020; Clark IV 216-217)

May 11 - 6:15 a.m. In Leigh, Greater Manchester, England, a Mrs. Kent sees a silver-suited figure with a pointed hat standing next to a silver sphere on the ground on top of a hill as she walks by. When she returns 35 minutes later, both the figure and the object are gone. (" Humanoid Seen at Higher Fold," Northern UFO News, no. 25 (June 1976): 8; Jenny Randles, "News Round-Up from Northern England," Flying Saucer Review 22, no. 3 (October 1976): 27)

June 7 - 10:40 p.m. In Cincinnati, Ohio, two men spot an object hovering at treetop level a few thousand feet away. The object is circular with revolving white lights. Neighborhood dogs howl and whine throughout the sighting. As the object slowly moves east, one of the men grabs a camera and takes 17 pictures. The object disappears once, circles west, returns east, and after about 10 minutes, leaves the area. (" Sighting Reports," CUFOS News Bulletin, September 1976, p. 5)

July 14 - Before dawn. For a period of two hours, two brightly shining UFOs perform fantastic maneuvers at the Gobernador Edgardo Castello Airport in Viedma, Rio Negro, Argentina. At dawn, the sunlight neutralizes the bright lights of the UFOs, but the observers see them leave the area at high speed. (" ¿Ante una nueva oleada de OVNI?" Clarín (Buenos Aires, Argentina), July 15, 1976, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 88 (August 1976): 11; " Otro `show' de OVNI en Latinoamérica," Clarín (Buenos Aires, Argentina), September 16, 1976, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 91-92 (Nov./Dec. 1976): 29-31; " Foreign Forum," IUR 1, no. 1 (November 1976): 2)

August 6 - 10:00 a.m. A family is driving in Gaspésie National Park, Quebec, when a beam of red light penetrates the fog and creates a six-inch circle on the road ahead. The beam paces ahead of them for several miles, then collapses and withdraws upwards. A dazzling white light then approaches and stops ahead. Strong heat builds up in the car, so the father stops the vehicle. The headlights and radio fail, and the engine dies. All four get out and walk toward the object, which now appears as a scallop-shaped craft on landing legs, stretching across the road. The wife notices a massive "face" looking at them. Two 7-foot tall beings are apparently floating near the UFO, dressed in close-fitting, khaki-brown suits. The witnesses flee back into the car. The object moves away in a flash of light and burst of heat. The car starts again. All four suffer from itching for the next 10 hours. (NICAP, " Gaspésian Park, Quebec: Humanoids/E-M Case"; Jean Ferguson, " Enquêtes en Abitibi et en Gaspésie," UFO-Quebec, no. 8 (1976): 4-6, 11; Jean Ferguson, Les Humanoides: Les Cerveaux qui Dirigent les Soucoupes Volantes, Leméac, 1977; Michael D. Swords, " Messing Around with the Force," IUR 31, no. 4 (March 2008): 29- 30)

September 3 - Early morning. A witness in Bethel, Alaska, hears a high-pitched whine and looks out at the tundra where a small (2.5-3-inch diameter) white beach ball seems to be moving just above the ground. After a while it tilts so that she can see it is a disc with a rotating "platinum-shiny" area in the middle. The object arcs upward, then back down, and seems to disappear into the ground, whereupon the whine stops. She can find no ground markings. (Michael D. Swords, " Unusual Experiences from the Timmerman Files," IUR 27, no. 2 (Summer 2002): 24)

October 17 - 10:40 a.m. Masaki Machida, a TV reporter for the Akita Broadcasting Company, is at Akita Airport in Akita Prefecture, Japan, when he sees a golden disc with white lights descending in the east. Kenichi Waga, telecommunications officer in the control tower, warns all pilots to watch out for the UFO, saying it is "larger than a car, but smaller than an airplane." Capt. Masara Saito, 34, Toa Airlines [now Japan Air System] pilot, is preparing to take off when he notices "a strange looking disc-shaped object 5,000 feet from the ground." Tazawa Takumi, air traffic controller on duty, who observes the object through binoculars, says it looks like "two plates placed together, with the top one inverted." After 5 minutes, the object flies away to the west. (NICAP, " Disc Hovers near Japanese Airport"; Margaret Sachs, UFO Encyclopedia, Putnam, 1980, p. 10; Bob Gribble, " Looking Back," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 282 (October 1991): 22, 26; UFOEv II 134)

November 19 - 7:15 p.m. Witnesses from aircraft and ships around the Canary Islands watch a point of light climbing into the sky in a spiral motion, expanding to a diameter 3-4 times that of the moon. It has a semicircular shape and gives the impression that it is resting on the horizon. Among the witnesses are Gen. Carlos Dolz de Espejo, chief of staff of the Canary Islands Air Zone, and the crew of the Spanish Navy school ship Juan Sebastian Elcano. Maj. Antonio Munáiz Ferro-Sastre again investigates, concluding that it was a "craft of unknown origin endowed with an unknown propulsion energy." The time correlates with four Poseidon missile launches by the submarine USS Alexander Hamilton. (Vicente-Juan Ballester Olmos and Ricardo Campo Pérez, " Navy Missile Tests and the Canary Islands UFOs," IUR 29, no. 4 (July 2005): 4-5)

December 15 - 7:00 a.m. Arnold Barker is driving south on Alberta Highway 46 [now Highway 63] nearly 3 miles south of Boyle, Alberta, when he sees two bright flashing lights flying west to east. As the object passes overhead, he realizes it is not an airplane. He jumps out of his truck to get a better look and sees that the lights are now red, zigzagging, and attached to each other by a faint connection. The object appears to be landing silently in a field to the east of the road, but it stops about 6-10 feet from the ground and 100-150 feet away. Barker takes a few steps toward it, but it takes off and moves north. He gets in his truck again to turn around and the object follows him, again as a white light. He speeds up to 75 mph and outdistances it. (Chris Rutkowski, Canada's UFOs: Declassified, August North, pp. 185-187)

December 15 - 9:20 p.m. A driver in Holland, Massachusetts, sees a cigar-shaped object twice the width of the moon hovering low in the east about 500 feet away. Human-like forms are visible through a row of windows on the side. It disappears in a bright red flash. (" Case 2-2-1," IUR 2, no. 2 (February 1977): 5)

1977

January 1 - 8:00 p.m. François Perez and his wife are chased in their car by a 33-foot long oval object in Valence, Drôme, France. They retrace their route one hour later after telling police. They see the oval object again, about 1,200 feet from them in a field. It appears to be 90-120 feet in diameter and surrounded by a halo of white light. After 10 minutes, the object begins flashing and rises up into the air at a 45° angle. They complain of eye pain and conjunctivitis for 48 hours afterward, and Perez's watch stops working. (" French Couple Report Being Chased by `Big Glowing Star,'" Los Angeles Times, January 9, 1977, p. 28; " Foreign Forum," IUR 2, no. 2 (February 1977): 2)

Late January - 6:00 p.m. Richard Luxford is walking home from a friend's house on Willow Street in Shoreditch, Hackney, London, when he spots a sphere in the sky-something he has apparently seen two weeks earlier. After 10-15 seconds, the sphere blinks out. Now 50-60 feet from the end of the street, he notices a small figure crossing his path. The figure moves from the pub on the corner of Willow and Paul Streets toward an old building on the left. It is a yellow humanoid about 3 feet tall, appearing to leap across the opening. Its limbs remain motionless, giving the impression of gliding, with its feet hovering approximately 8-9 inches above the ground. The figure has very thin limbs, a peanut-shaped head, and is positioned with its right leg forward, left leg back, left arm extended forward, and right arm to the rear. The yellow hue comes from a glowing aura around the figure, about 12 inches across, while its main body is dark. Its face, hands, and feet are indistinct. Feeling unnerved, Richard hurries home. (Barry M. King, " Humanoid in London EC2?" Flying Saucer Review 24, no. 2 (August 1978): 27-30)

February 3 - 9:30 p.m. Several children at a youth camp at Seven Mile Beach, Tasmania, Australia, observe a stationary, dome-shaped object hovering near the beach. The object then moves behind some trees, partially obscuring it. On the dome is a row of windows through which at least two of the children can see a thin humanoid figure with a round head. It seems to be moving back and forth behind the window. One child describes the object as similar to two plates placed edge to edge, with flashing yellow white lights along the edge and a red light on top of the dome. The object disappears from view behind the trees. (" A Quiet Start to the Year," TUFOIC Newsletter, no. 23 (January 1978): 4-5; " Sighting at Seven Mile Beach, Tasmania," Australian UFO Bulletin, May 1978, pp. 2-3)

March 4 - 6:00 a.m. Ludwig Siegal is driving on Provincial Road 201 about 4 miles west of Sundown, Manitoba. He sees a shimmering oval object ahead of him and silently hovering about 15 feet above the highway. It is yellowish cream around the outer edge, darkening to more yellowish in the middle. He passes directly underneath the object, which does not appear to be solid. Two miles further, Siegal sees three entities, 5 feet tall and shaped like bowling pins, in the glare of his headlights. They are arranged in a row along the left side of the road and have bulbous heads, narrow necks, and flared bodies. Unable to stop in time, he crashes into the group but feels no impact. They simply disappear as they touch the car's bumper. Looking in his rear-view mirror, he sees all three of them reappear behind his car, shrink to a small size, and vanish. Siegal calls the RCMP from a nearby friend's house. They find skid marks, but no traces of blood or any impact marks on Siegal's car. (Chris Rutkowski, Canada's UFOs: Declassified, August Night, 2022, pp. 166, 221-223)

April 1 - 10:40 p.m. A woman is driving her three young children south on the west side of DeRuyter, New York, when she finds herself overtaking and driving underneath a 35-40-foot object hovering 30 feet above the maple trees. The UFO has three outer red and blue lights and a sequential series of red lights in two rows on the center bottom. One mile away, two other witnesses go in search of a red glow without being able to overtake it. (" Case 2-5-46," IUR 2, no. 5 (May 1977): 5)

May 3 - 3:55 a.m. A caller tells police in Hainault, northeast London, that a strange object is above the small lake in Hainault Forest Country Park. Two policemen are dispatched, and they see a "large bright red light" on the eastern shore. They exit their vehicle and notice an object like a "bell tent" about 900 feet away that continuously pulsates from dull to very bright red for the next 2-3 minutes. The UFO seems to be hovering silently. Then the object appears to "dissolve on the spot." The officers decide somewhat reluctantly to go across the lake and investigate. Then one of them looks up and briefly sees a thin, large, white crescent hanging in the sky. This also dissolves on the spot. Reaching the location of ground zero, they find nothing except a strong burning smell. They make a report to the local UFO group, the Essex Hotline, and investigator Barry M. King interviews one of the officers that night. The next day, one large bush is found damaged: flattened in the center and slightly burned. A gorse bush appears to have borne a heavy weight, because almost all the limbs are snapped off the central branch and displaced in an outward-radiating splay. No radiation or magnetic anomalies are found. (Barry M. King, " Landing at Hainault Seen by Police," Flying Saucer Review 23, no. 2 (August 1977): 8-11; Andrew Collins, " Follow-Up at Hainault," Flying Saucer Review 23, no. 2 (August 1977): 11-12; Jenny Randles, "May Day! May Day!" Fortean Times 419 (June 2022): 27)

June 17 - Dusk. Five individuals-Dale Schexnaider and his wife, with another couple and their two daughters, Jena, 15, and Krissy, 10-are breaking camp and preparing to go home from the Cotile Lake Recreation Area, Louisiana. Just before they reach the clearing that leads to the road, the male friend begins feeling a "low frequency vibration" in his bones. Looking upward, he sees the outline of a huge, disc-shaped UFO hovering completely still, surrounded with points of light. The friend estimates it is about 75 feet across and 50 feet tall. The two daughters have been talking, but they too notice the humming noise and see the UFO. The object then floats almost directly above them, and the middle of the craft starts to glow. Several rays or beams of blue light shoot from the UFO, striking them in the solar plexus. It is an intense, electric, silver-blue, thin beam. They hear crackling sounds in the air and they can't move. Slowly they force their heads down to see their arms glowing with electric blue light. Movement is difficult-as in a dream, slow and heavy. After about 10 seconds, all the lights vanished instantly, along with the force field. The craft begins to glide away over the treetops. The children are frantic, and the male friend is inwardly terrified. The parents are back at the camp and see none of this. The case is reported to J. Allen Hynek by a friend, and he later visits the witnesses and speaks to all three. (Doris and Joe Graziano, " Press Reports," APRO Bulletin 29, no. 1 (July 1980): 6-7; " A CE-II As a Picnic Guest," CUFOS Bulletin, Summer 1980, pp. 1, 3; " An Electric-Blue Close Encounter," CUFOS Bulletin, Spring 1981, pp. 4-5, 10, 12; Michael D. Swords, " Can UFOs Cause Physiological Effects? Part 1," IUR 33, no. 4 (May 2011): cover)

July 2 - 12:45 p.m. A woman driving her car in Benton Harbor, Michigan, sees a silent silver disc, edge on, with the apparent diameter of the full moon. It is hovering motionless with its left side tilted down. Trees obscure her vision for about one minute; when they clear, the object is gone. (" Case 2-8-51," IUR 2, no. 8 (August 1977): 3)

August 4 - 9:10 p.m. A man in Teddington, southwest London, England, is outside watching the sky when he sees a small light traveling fast to the right of a well known Heathrow Airport flight path. Watching it through binoculars, it looks like a metallic submarine shape with five portholes. It hovers for 20 seconds almost on the flight path. It moves away quickly when an aircraft approaches. (" Foreign Forum," IUR 3, no. 6 (June 1978): 2)

September 4 - 3:30 p.m. Farmer Luis Sandoval, 74, is resting in a hammock near Corozal, Puerto Rico, when he decides to get up and move to another spot. He hears some popping noises and sees an object like an elongated, bright blue candle. It moves toward him, making an increasingly loud roaring-engine noise, then drops down beside him. The object abruptly turns into a 3-foot-high dwarf, dressed in jacket and tie, with an ugly face. He speaks encouragingly, says he is an extraterrestrial, and gives Sandoval a complete physical examination. The dwarf steps away to admire the scenery and says, "How nice Puerto Rico is." He then turns into a flaming blue candle and vanishes upward in a flash. Other dwarf sightings take place in the area. (Gordon Creighton, "A New Medicare?" Flying Saucer Review 24, no. 2 (August 1978): 9)

October 1 - 7:00 p.m. Leo and John Girardeau are hunting 3 miles west of Libau, Manitoba, when they see an object approaching from the west at an altitude of 500 feet. As it approaches, the witnesses go into their truck and turn on the lights. The object, about 75-100 feet wide and 25-30 feet high, reverses direction and moves westward. One of the men fires a shotgun to lure it back; when this fails, they pursue it in their truck. Running out of road a few miles later, they stop and watch it move out of sight. (" Foreign Forum," IUR 2, no. 12 (December 1977): 2; David Miller, " Are We Being Watched by UFOs?" Toronto (Ont.) Sunday Star, July 8, 1984, p. A8)

October 29 - 7:45 p.m. Two young teenagers in North East, Pennsylvania, notice a light flashing different colors in the west. They think they see a dark "pancake" body twice the Moon's diameter attached to the light. They go into their house where they are babysitting, and the object shines a spotlight down to the spot where they were originally standing. It hovers about 10 feet above some grapevines, then swoops toward the house and moves into trees to the north. They call police, but every time one visits the house, all they can see is a distant light. (" Case 2-12-39," IUR 2, no. 12 (December 1977): wrap)

November 18 - 9:17 p.m. A bright white light moving at a high rate of speed comes alongside a small Seneca 2 aircraft piloted by Gregory Barnett and flying at 13,000 feet between Vichy and Troy, Missouri, and paces the airplane for 3 minutes. The light then moves away at high speed. Barnett reports that while the light is abreast of his aircraft, one of his transponders stops working. After the UFO pulls away, the transponder resumes its normal operation. The object paces the aircraft for 3-4 miles at a distance of 17 miles and is fairly high above the aircraft. Barnett turns on his other transponder and nothing happens, then the object takes off on a 120°-130° heading and shoots out of sight. The second transponder recovers, but Barnett can never get the first one to work again. He has no trouble with the other instruments. (NICAP, " UFO KO's Transponder"; Bob Gribble, " UFOs: Pilot Sightings and Radar Trackings, Part One," APRO Bulletin 31, no. 4 (March 1983): 1-3; Richard F. Haines, " Aviation Safety in America: A Previously Neglected Factor," National Aviation Reporting Center on Anomalous Phenomena, October 15, 2000, pp. 80-81)

1978

A Gallup survey this year shows that 57% of Americans think UFOs are real, 9% have reported a sighting, and 51% think there is intelligent life on other planets. Some 66% with a college education think UFOs are real, while only 57% with a high school education and 36% with an elementary school education agree. A Roper Organization survey finds that 7% have seen a UFO. (" A New Gallup Poll on UFOs," IUR 3, no. 6 (June 1978): insert; Robert J. Durant, " Evolution of Public Opinion on UFOs," IUR 18, no. 6 (Nov./Dec. 1993): 13; Eghigian, After, p. 240)

February 28 - Stanton Friedman has discovered retired Maj. Jesse A. Marcel in Baton Rouge, Louisiana, and interviews him about the 1947 Roswell, New Mexico, incident. Marcel says the debris was like nothing on earth. Friedman has also interviewed Lydia Sleppy, who worked at Albuquerque radio station KOAT and remembers the military intervention on the story. William L. Moore and Friedman compare notes from two separate interviews Friedman has conducted about the crash. By 1980, Friedman and Bill Moore have interviewed at least 62 witnesses to the Roswell incident. (Charles Berlitz and William L. Moore, The Roswell Incident, Grosset & Dunlap, 1980; Kevin D. Randle and Anthony Bragalia, " Two Roswell Witnesses, Reconsidered," IUR 32, no. 3 (July 2009): 6-8, 24; Clark III 320; Clark IV 357)

March 18 - 9:15 p.m. William J. Hermann is out looking for UFOs near Charleston, South Carolina, when he sees apparently the same UFO he has photographed frequently before. He starts running toward it when it suddenly swoops toward him and directs a paralyzing blue-white beam at him. Hermann loses consciousness. When he wakes up again, it is 12:05 a.m. and he is in a field in Summerville, 15 miles from his home. He sees the UFO departing in its characteristic zigzag pattern. He calls the police, who drive him home. The next few nights he suffers from nervousness, headaches, and insomnia. Not long afterward, he is hypnotized by James A. Harder, an engineering professor affiliated with APRO. He recalls an abduction/contact experience on board a spacecraft with beings from Zeta Reticuli. The leader tells him that if mankind persists in its warlike ways, civilization will be destroyed. Hermann continues to experience contacts and he begins to channel alien writings. (Wendelle C. Stevens and William J. Hermann, UFO Contact from Reticulum, Wendelle C. Stevens, 1981; UFOEv II 553-554; Patrick Gross, URECAT, April 18, 2012; Clark III 570-571; Clark IV 628-629)

March 22 - 7:00 and 8:45 p.m. Two waves of UFO sightings are reported over a wide area between Cumberland, Wisconsin, and Newport, Minnesota. UFO investigator Robert E. Engberg traces the first wave beginning around Chisago City, Minnesota, and moving east between Dresser and St. Croix Falls, Wisconsin. The second wave originates near Cumberland and follows an 85-mile course to St. Paul, Minnesota. Witnesses see formations of red lights, single round objects with red body lights, and orange globes in straight-line and oblique formations. Some disc-shaped objects are also reported with rows of body lights. (" A Mini-Flap in Minnesota: UFO or Helicopters?" IUR 3, no. 5 (May 1978): insert; " Valley UFO Sightings of March 22, 1978, Described," Taylors Falls (Minn.) The Dalles Visitor, May 1979, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 119, pp. 7-9)

April - An Iranian airline pilot is flying between Ahvaz and Tehran, Iran, when he sees a glittering flying object. He manages to photograph it, but civil aviation authorities prohibit its release. Radar controllers at Mehrabad Airport track a target 20 times the size of a jumbo jet on their screens. (ClearIntent, p. 89)

June 10 - 9:30 p.m. A dark, silent wedge-shaped object with a square formation of white lights in the back and a triangular formation of red and white lights in the front paces a car driven by two students, ages 21 and 19, as they travel east on State Highway 299 near New Paltz, New York (position 3 on the map). The UFO turns south toward them and passes over their car. The male student gets out and runs underneath it, noting it is as large as his outstretched hand at arm's length. It shoots off toward the southwest horizon in a few seconds. Other witnesses at 8:45 p.m. (position 1) and 9:00-9:15 p.m. (position 2) report similar objects. (" Case 3-7-121," IUR 3, no. 7 (July 1978): 4)

July 21 - 9:30 p.m. Chloene Bechdolt notices a bright red light near the ground in the north field of her farm near Uniopolis, Ohio. She goes inside and around 10:00 p.m. notices that the light is still there and larger in size. She goes back outside and approaches the light, thinking it might be poachers. She thinks she hears someone talking, so she shouts a warning at it. The object makes a hum and shoots straight up. On July 23, she and her nephew find a 100-foot circular area of cut beans in the field, and the timothy stubble looks like it has been scorched about one inch from the ground. (" Large Circular Physical Trace: Is It Common?" CUFOS Associate Newsletter 3, no. 5 (Oct./Nov. 1982): 1-2)

July 28 - 11:57 p.m. Six members of the Two Rivers, Wisconsin, Coast Guard station, including Doug Wangen and Seaman Gary Randall, see a lighted object with flashing white, red, green, orange, and blue lights coming from Lake Michigan and moving toward Rawley Point. It stops abruptly, and Randall snaps 10 photos. The object then "slingshots" to the northwest in seconds. (Larry Yellen, " UFO Sighting Reported by Area Coast Guardsmen," Muskegon (Mich.) Chronicle, July 30, 1978, via UFO Newsclipping service, no. 110 (September 1978): 5; " Complete Details on the Michigan-Wisconsin Coast Guard Sightings," IUR 4, no. 2 (August 1979): 14)

July 29 - 12:01 a.m. A second westbound light is seen by Coast Guard at the Ludington, Michigan, station. It has red lights and very bright strobes flashing erratically. The Two Rivers, Wisconsin, station spots an object 3 minutes later, but it is moving north. (" Complete Details on the Michigan-Wisconsin Coast Guard Sightings," IUR 4, no. 2 (August 1979): 14)

July 29 - 12:04 a.m. Personnel at the Sturgeon Bay, Wisconsin, Coast Guard station watch a similar light for 4 minutes moving swiftly from west to northwest. (" Complete Details on the Michigan-Wisconsin Coast Guard Sightings," IUR 4, no. 2 (August 1979): 14)

August 4 - 9:30 p.m. A 12-year-old boy in East Leroy, Michigan, hears a noise and looks out his window to watch a silver cigar drop vertically downward to a position 100 feet away and 15 feet up. It snaps into a horizontal position and hovers for 5-10 seconds. A white, steam-like exhaust emits from a funnel at its rear and steams up the boy's window. After a few more seconds it zooms off into the sky. (" Case 3-9-107," IUR 3, no. 9 (September 1978): 8)

August 21 - Night. The Madagascar Interior Ministry announces that a UFO has crashed and exploded in the marketplace at Fort-Dauphin. Radio Madagascar says that the cigar-shaped object had lit up the ground before plunging downward. Locals rush out of bed to put out the flames. (" UFO Crash Claim," Cardiff (UK) Western Mail, August 21, 1978, via APCIC Clipping Service 3, no. 11 (November 1978): 39; " Foreign Forum," IUR 3, no. 10/11 (Oct./Nov. 1978): 2; Valerie Martin, " Points from the Press," BUFORA Journal 8, no. 1 (Jan./Feb. 1979): 4; " UFO Crashes," Australian UFO Bulletin, February 1979, p. 14)

September 7 - 1:00 a.m. A college student in Dayton, Ohio, sees two bright orange lights, closely spaced horizontally. They remain stationary for 2 minutes, then dim and begin to move for 2-3 minutes. (" This One's 50-50," IUR 4, no. 1 (July 1979): 11)

September 7 - 8:40 p.m. Many people in the San Michele boarding house in Sassello, Savona, Italy, see a large luminous object hovering above La Carta to the east. The boarding house owner, Piera Viacava, switches on the TV, but the picture is distorted. The light moves south for a few minutes. Franco Viacava drives off in a Fiat with two friends toward the light, but their engine loses power and slows down. The radio and tape player also malfunction briefly. A French woman driving in the area has her car stopped as the object hovers suddenly above her. Her dog barks until the light goes away and the car resumes working. (" Sassello: Visti diselli volanti tra Liguria e Alessandrino?" Stampa Sera (Turin), September 11, 1978, p. 8; " Le luci si spengono e arrivano gli `Ufo,'" La Stampa (Turin), September 12, 1978, p. 1; " UFO Flap 1978: Italian Style," IUR 4, no. 3/4 (Oct./Nov. 1979): 15)

September 9 - 8:35 p.m. Airline pilots flying over the Mediterranean about 88 miles east of Barcelona, Spain, watch some unidentified lights for 35 minutes. Personnel from Barcelona Air Control Center maintain a conversation with the pilots but detect no targets on their radar screens. (Swords 434-435)

September 10 - 8:30 p.m. Richard Renne is flying his single-engine Beechcraft Bonanza at 9,500 feet southeast at 170 mph near Bakersfield, Missouri, when he sees a yellowish-white light descending from 15,000 feet. It follows him behind his right wing, then shoots up to 20,000 feet in a perfectly straight trajectory. It moves back to his 3 o'clock position before it shoots off upward. (" But This One's Good," IUR 4, no. 1 (July 1979): 11)

September 10 - 10:15 p.m. A stationary formation of several dozen lights is seen at Dearborn Heights, Michigan, for 15 minutes before it disappears. (" Michigan NL," IUR 4, no. 1 (July 1979): 11-12)

September 13 - 9:30 p.m. Angelo Ciompi watches a reddish disc moving in the eastern sky above Spinetta Marengo, Italy. It stops abruptly, drops down, and is lost to sight behind some houses. A column of flames rises up from the spot. Ciompi and others rush to the area and see a fire burning in the brushwood-covered wasteland. Firemen put out the blaze, but the area is overflown by lights in the evening that descend and ascend at the site. (Paolo Toselli and Edoardo Russo, " Three Landings in Italy," Flying Saucer Review 24, no. 5 (March 1979): 6-8, 13; " UFO Flap 1978: Italian Style," IUR 4, no. 3/4 (Oct./Nov. 1979): 15)

September 14 - 6:00 a.m. Hundreds of witnesses all over Italy, from Sicily to Florence, watch a luminous projectile moving northward. Italian ufologists are calling it a UFO rather than a meteor because a few accounts have it moving in a different direction or appearing to stop briefly. Probable meteor. (" UFO Flap 1978: Italian Style," IUR 4, no. 3/4 (Oct./Nov. 1979): 15)

October 2 - 11:15 a.m. Four students, ages 12-16, from Despatch, Eastern Cape, South Africa, are hiking in the Groendal Nature Reserve when they see a silver object on the ground. About 900 feet to the west of it are two beings in silver suits that seem to glide without walking. A third being joins them, holding a silver "suitcase," and they glide along a fence along a steep incline a short way before vanishing. The silver object disappears too. Later, three forest workers find 7-inch oval footprints about one mile from the site. On October 18, three South African police officers and two trackers visit the encounter site and find a large area of depressed grass with 8 symmetrical marks around its perimeter and 4 marks within the oval area. (Cynthia Hind, " The Groendal Reserve Affair," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 131 (October 1978): 5-10; Cynthia Hind, " An In-Depth Examination of Recent South African UFO Reports," Southern UFO News, no. 8 (July 1979): 3-6; " South African CE III," IUR 5, no. 1a (January 1980): 7; Cynthia Hind, UFOs: African Encounters, Gemini, 1982, pp. 138-152; Cynthia Hind, " UFOs through Innocent Eyes," in John Spencer and Hilary Evans, eds., Phenomenon: From Flying Saucers to UFOs: Forty Years of Facts and Research, Avon, 1989, pp. 355-358; Cynthia Hind, " Editorial," UFO Afrinews, no. 22 (July 2000): 2-4)

October 8 - 11:30 p.m. A Mr. and Mrs. Trantor are driving along the A580 near Lowton, England, when their headlight beams catch a figure standing in the grassy strip between the two lanes. It is well over 6 feet tall and dressed in a silver-foil reflective suit. It is immersed in orange light. Stunned, they drive past it. (" Close Encounter of the Third Kind (?)," Northern UFO News, no. 55 (December 1978): 8; Jenny Randles, " Fake Photographs, Real Sightings," IUR 11, no. 6 (Nov./Dec. 1986): 8-9; Patrick Gross, URECAT, April 26, 2012)

November 15 - Four military aircraft are flying over eastern Washington State when an unknown object is detected on radar at 13,000 feet some 40 miles away. One of the jets is ordered to approach the object. The pilot gets a visual confirmation but cannot lock on with his in-flight radar. The interceptor comes within 8 miles of the object but is forced to turn away by low fuel. (Bob Gribble, " Pilot Sightings and Radar Trackings, Part II," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 186 (August 1983): 11)

November 21 - 5:30 a.m. A UFO appears over a Kuwaiti oilfield at Al-Sabriyah near the Iraqi border. An employee of the company takes photos of it as it passes a water tower and then hovers over the site for 30 minutes. Long-distance communications cease functioning. The internal phone system works, however, and workers are able to alert their boss, who steps outside and sees the object. (" UFOs over Kuwait," APRO Bulletin 27, no. 7 (January 1979): 1, 3; Richard H. Hall, " UFOs in Arab Nations," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 133 (January/February 1979): 5; " Kuwaiti Landing," IUR 5, no. 1a (January 1980): 6; UFOEv II 163-164; Clark III 663; Clark IV 738

December 6 - 11:30 p.m. While patrolling at Marzano, near Torriglia, a village northeast of Genoa, Italy, 26-year-old night watchman Piero Fortunato Zanfretta notices four lights moving in a courtyard. He gets out of his car holding his pistol and flashlight, moving cautiously along a house wall. Something pushes him forward and he falls. When he gets up, his head hits something and he points his flashlight upward to see a 6-foot-tall creature with an ugly face. Terrified, he runs to the car and is blinded by a yellow, triangle-shaped object taking off from behind the house. He calls for help on the radio. When his colleagues arrive at 1:00 a.m., they find him lying in a nearby lawn in a confused state of mind. On December 23, Zanfretta is hypnotized by a medical doctor. An abduction scenario emerges in which he is taken to a bright room by giant entities who put a hot and painful helmet on his head. The humanoids are green- skinned and have yellow triangular eyes, red veins on their heads, pointed ears, and rounded fingers. Further abductions and memories emerge over time, finally ceasing in 1980. (Wikipedia, " Zanfretta UFO Incident"; " UFO Flap 1978: Italian Style, Part Two, December," IUR 4, no. 5 (November 1979): 13-15; Luciano Boccone, " Italian Night-Watchman Kidnapped by UFO," Flying Saucer Review 26, no. 1 (June 1980): 4-9; Paolo Fiorino, Gian Paolo Grassino, and Antonio Chiumiento, " Abductions in Italy," IUR 14, no. 4 (July/Aug.1989): 15-16; " The Pier Fortunato Zanfretta's Hypnosis Made by Dr. Mauro Moretti on Jan. 7, 1979 (English subtitles)," Rino Di Stefano YouTube channel, November 7, 2011; " Il salvataggio di Zanfretta: Parlano i testimoni Cassiba e Pesci (1979)," Rino Di Stefano YouTube channel, August 21, 2013; Rino Di Stefano, The Zanfretta Case: Chronicle of an Incredible True Story, The Author, 2014; Jason Charbonneau, " Zanfretta Abductions, 1978-1981," Think Anomalous, May 6, 2017; 1Pinotti 253-258; " Il Caso di Pier Fortunato Zanfretta," Katania Soft YouTube channel, November 29, 2022; " Zanfretta Case: In the Wrong Place at the Wrong Time? Feat. Pier Fortunato Zanfretta," Michy Mistery YouTube channel, September 8, 2023; " Zanfretta UFO Incident," Pinnso YouTube channel, December 10, 2023)

1979

January 4 - Just after 12:00 midnight. Meagen Quezet and her son André go looking for their dog that has just run barking away from their home in Krugersdorp, Gauteng, South Africa. Driving along a remote country road, they find the dog standing 60 feet away from a lead-colored, egg-shaped object with landing gear. Five or six dark-skinned entities are standing in front, wearing white or pink suits and shoes. One with a beard bows to Quezet and says something unintelligible. André runs to get his father, whereupon the beings enter the craft, which takes off making a purring sound. Quezet undergoes hypnotic regression by Bernard Levinson on June 21, where she remembers the "leader" cajoling her to come on board, which she does with her son, seeing lights, panels, chairs, and a table. They jump out again, protesting that they can't go. (Cynthia Hind, " Mystery at Mindalore," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 134 (March/April 1979): 3-8; Cynthia Hind, " Mindalore Case Follow-Up," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 140 (October 1979): 5-7; " Another South African CE III," IUR 5, no. 1a (January 1980): 7-8; Cynthia Hind, " Editorial," UFO Afrinews, no. 21 (January 2000): 4-5; UFOEv II 498)

January 18 - 11:30 p.m. A car driven by a 42-year-old woodcutter stops abruptly in Lusiana, Vicenza, Italy. Its lights go out and the doors open by themselves. An orange ball is sitting in the road ahead, and two 3-foot-tall, copper-colored humanoids emerge from a door. They are wearing metallic-looking, scaled coveralls. Their hands are long and end in pointed nails. They invite him on board by gestures and he follows them into a small room with electronic-looking gadgets and a screen. They begin undressing him, but he resists. The wall opens and an overall garment is shown to him. He refuses to wear it and he implores them to let him go. One of the beings gives him a small box with writing on it. A door opens and the man leaves. Suddenly the orange light disappears and his car lights come on again. (Paolo Fiorino, Gian Paolo Grassino, and Antonio Chiumiento, " Abductions in Italy," IUR 14, no. 4 (July/Aug. 1989): 14)

February 9 - 9:00 p.m. Peter Hathaway is driving on the Bruce Highway north of the Liverpool Creek bridge near Cowley Beach, Queensland, when he sees a "little white light" sitting on the edge of the asphalt. As he approaches within 100 feet, he notices a dark beehive-shaped object behind it, which now rises vertically off the surface about 3 feet. Hathaway is momentarily blinded by a flash of light. Opening his eyes, he sees that his car headlights and engine have stopped. He coasts to a truck rest stop, where his lights come back on and the engine starts perfectly. (" 1979," Australian UFO Research Network; Keith Basterfield, " Two Vehicle Effect Cases from Australia," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 142 (December 1979): 5-6; Richard H. Hall, Uninvited Guests, Aurora, 1988, pp. 304-305)

March 2 - Early morning. Witnesses in Rivera, Uruguay, see an oval-shaped object with portholes. One witness, Ernesto Fagundez, watches the UFO circle a transmitting tower he is working on then stop. Through the portholes he can see entities with large heads that are wearing transparent helmets. The object dives over a truck carrying farm workers before it rises into the air, leaving a fiery trail and a column of smoke. (" Foreign Forum," IUR 4, no. 2 (Aug. 1979): 2)

April 12 - Early evening. A family is driving home from the grocery store at Brockton, Massachusetts. They see a piano-shaped object with lights all over it. A spotlight is beaming down, and there is one red light on top. They lose sight of the object, but suddenly all four car windows go down and back up; then they go down halfway and back up. The same thing happens when they stop at a red light. They see the object again, which is now following them. They park near their house, and the UFO hovers across the street. The man shuts off the engine and the windows act up again as the UFO moves directly overhead. The father and son get out of the car, and the UFO shoots a beam down at each of them in turn. It then moves down the the street and away. (Michael D. Swords, " Messing Around with the Force," IUR 31, no. 4 (March 2008): 17

May -The China UFO Research Organization is founded in Wuhan, China, by Sun Shili. By 1983 it has 500 members and 30 regional chapters, three of which are publishing their own newsletters. By 1988, it supposedly has 50,000 members and becomes affiliated with the state-run Qigong Science and Research Society. (Eghigian, After, p. 229; Clark IV 1327)

June - In Messengers of Deception, Jacques Vallée claims that a shadowy human group, some of whom have infiltrated UFO organizations like NICAP and CUFOS, is manipulating UFO myths for its own purposes, while the UFO phenomenon operates as a control system-manifested in "intense activity followed by quiet periods-intended to lead human consciousness into a new concept of reality." On the other hand, he argues that the UFO phenomenon is ancient and that the message has changed with the times. He claims the current concept of flying discs originated in Germany in the 1930s, with the unknown private group gaining control of them after World War II. Contactees are manipulated by human programmers. Many ufologists think Vallée has gone too far in his anti-ETH approach and is conspiracy mongering. (Jacques Vallée, Messengers of Deception: UFO Contacts and Cults, And/Or, 1979; Vincent White, " A Critique," APRO Bulletin 27, no. 12 (June 1979): 3-5; Clark III 881, 1214; Clark IV 976, 1390)

June 19 - 12:30 p.m. A middle-aged couple, Allan and Maila, are sitting in their living room in Rauma, Finland, when they see an object that is hovering above a rock some 200 feet away. Curved on top and flat on the bottom, the UFO is emitting a blue-black beam that sweeps the nearby woods horizontally with an undulating motion. After a minute, the beam disappears suddenly. Maila goes outside and walks up to the object, which is about 3 feet wide, about knee-high, and resting on tiny legs. Inside the transparent top part she can see two creatures sitting on small chairs in front of a console with levers and dials. They have crooked, hawk- like beaks, and their skin is flecked with green-brown spots. Their eyes and mouths are large, their chins are long, and their ears pointed. They are wearing helmets with antennae, a black garment, and black gloves. She reaches out to touch the object, but one of the creatures motions to her with its left hand and she feels "electricity in her eyes." Momentarily blinded, she staggers briefly and the object takes off. She develops a severe headache. Allan sees the craft take off but doesn't witness the beings. The incident lasts 10 minutes. Maila later describes being especially frightened by the humanoid's stare and suffers from disturbing dreams afterward. (Juhani Kyröläinen and Pekka Teerikorpi, " CE-III Report from Rauma, Finland," Flying Saucer Review 27, no. 3 (November 1981): 3-7; Pekka Teerikorpi, " CE-III Report from Finland (Part II)," Flying Saucer Review 29, no. 3 (March 1984): 26-28)

July - Day. A woman is driving with her 4-year-old son in a rural area near Sarnia, Ontario. Her son keeps asking what something outside is, and she looks and sees a silver-colored object hovering above the car. It has a cylindrical body with round balls at each end. It follows the car around a bend and across a bridge. She drives about a quarter mile before she can stop the car. When she gets out, the object rises silently and moves out of sight. (Powell, Scientist, 52)

August 20 - 7:30-9:00 p.m. Some 119 people in northern and eastern Poland observe several different types of cylindrical or spherical UFOs. Reports come from Sopot, Jurata, Gdansk, Bydgoszcz, Malbork, Jastrzebie, Olsztyn, Swiecie, and Warsaw. Vacationers in Sopot and Jurata see a cigar ejecting a smoky trail and flames. In Gdansk, the objects are cigar-shaped or oblong changing into a sphere. Bogdan Smiech from Malbork watches 9-10 balls of light 3-4 miles above the ground. (Poland 72-73)

September 3 - 7:45 p.m. A man is hunting with his daughter near Ogden, Utah, when he is alerted to a sound similar to that of a screaming, tumbling artillery shell. In the southwest, he briefly watches a dark, roundish "chunk" dropping straight down, landing in the brush 1,500 feet away with a thud. Five seconds later, he hears the same sound and watches a second white form land in a swampy area 3,000 feet downhill from his position. He spends all day searching the area with his children, but cannot find the projectiles. (" Strange Falls in Utah," IUR 4, no. 6 (December 1979): 6)

October 27 - Three Russian aircraft approaching Khatanga, Krasnoyarsk Krai, Russia, encounter a large UFO about 850 feet long and only a half-mile away with three spheres attached to it. Each sphere has three portholes. The pilot of an Antonov An-26 transport cannot get his compass to work properly unless it is directed at the object, which paces the aircraft, flying over and around it. A similar object is seen shortly afterward at Alykel Airport near Norilsk, and the Messoyakha Gas Field. (Stonehill and Mantle, Russia's USO Secrets, Flying Disk, 2020, p. 95)

November 14 - 8:10 p.m. A witness near Killaly, Saskatchewan, sees a white light land in a field about a quarter mile to the south of her house and then go out. Her dogs keep snarling and barking all night long. The next morning her husband passes the field and notices that it is emitting a dense cloud of smoke. He finds a ring of smoldering grass some 30 feet in diameter, but with snow still visible in the center. The unburnt grass next to it is flattened. (" Two CE-IIs in Western Canada," CUFOS Bulletin, Summer 1980, pp. 6-7

December 11 - 11:45 a.m. Flight instructor Leslie Groves is tutoring a pupil aboard a Cessna 150 flying at 4,500 feet south of Bolton, Greater Manchester, England, when he spots something strange that appears to come out of a cloud above Winter Hill. It is clearly a solid ball of white light that is passing in and out of the clouds. He asks the student to bank in order to minimize any risk of a collision. By now the object is pulling away in an arc described as a "well-controlled swooping motion" at about 2,500 feet. (Ron Sergeant and Jenny Randles, " Aircraft in Encounters over Bolton," Flying Saucer Review 26, no. 1 (June 1980): 19-21)

December 13 - 4:00 a.m. Two truckers (Wang Dingyuan and Wang Jianming) are driving separate vehicles on the Lanxi-Xin'angiang Highway near Longwangmiao, Zhejiang, China, when they see a bright beam of light ahead. When the lead driver sees two "unusual human beings" standing on the highway, he stops. They are short, perhaps 4.5 feet tall, and wear what look like spacesuits. The second driver also stops but does not see the beings, which soon vanish. The drivers decide to switch vehicles. A few miles down the road, the new lead driver sees the same entities, and the men again stop the trucks. The drivers turn their lights off and on, but the beings remain. When one of the drivers emerges with a crowbar, they disappear. (Paul Dong and Wendelle C. Stevens, UFOs over Modern China, UFO Photo Archives, 1983, pp. 140-141; Good Above, pp. 214-215)

1980

January 13 - 9:00 p.m. Brenda Simanski and Janine Mattson quit their shift at the Seminary Nursing Home on Pioneer Road in Red Wing, Minnesota. Standing in the parking lot, they see a star making a bizarre zigzag pattern. It moves above them and they see it is a triangle 15 feet wide and 20 feet long with two white lights in front, blue lights in two of the corners, and a red light between the blue ones. Three other witnesses come out of the building and also watch the object, which leaves slowly and silently to the north-northwest. (" 5 Watch Tree-Hovering UFO for 6 Minutes, `Won't Say It's from Space,'" Red Wing (Minn.) Republican Eagle, January 15, 1980, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 128 (March 1980): 3; Joe and Doris Graziano, " Press Report Summary," APRO Bulletin 28, no. 9 (March 1980): 7-8; " UFOs Enter the New Decade," UFO Research Newsletter 6, no. 11 (April/May 1980): 1-2)

January 14 - 6:05 a.m. Truck driver William Barrett is on an early delivery run from Burnley to Todmorden, West Yorkshire, England, when he hears a deep humming sound. Looking ahead, he sees a machine with flames underneath hovering at a lay-by off the roadside. He slows his truck to a near crawl and moves past the object, which looks like a "toast rack" with curved sides and three red glows emerging from the edge to create a misty fuzziness bscuring the base. Now only 25 feet away, he sees that it has a bell- or tortoiseshell shape with a metallic sheen and a tube sticking up from the top. The red glows emerge from under a rim that runs around the lower part of the object. He can now see two figures standing in front of the object, one standing erect and wearing a uniform with a peaked cap, and the other crouched forward, wearing a silvery-gray jump suit. As he passes, the arc lights on the object start flickering like a disco. His headlights go out, and his mind gets hazier and he loses consciousness. He experiences missing time until he jerks awake sometime around 8:30 a.m. (Jenny Randles, " Close Encounter in UFO Alley," IUR 26, no. 1 (Spring 2001): 3-8, 28-29

January 21 - 11:40 p.m. Seven women are driving home in two cars from a bridge game near Council Bluffs, Iowa. The first car with six witnesses, including Marilyn Anderson, sees a cluster of lights in the western sky as they are driving on Pioneer Trail. The lights are hovering about 200-300 feet above a bluff less than a city block away. When they stop the car to get out for a closer look, the lights speed away to the southwest. The seventh woman, in a separate car behind them, does not see the lights, but Anderson tells her about them when she pulls up. She continues driving home, but when she gets to Longview Drive, her car stalls, and the radio and lights go out. She restarts the car, but it stalls out another quarter-mile away. A bright orange light appears in a cornfield about 900 feet away with an intensity that hurts her eyes. Scared, she locks herself inside the car and passes out. When she wakes up, her car is turned sideways across the road, but she is able to drive it home. She can still see the orange light from her kitchen window, but she has some blotches and redness on her skin that fades by 4:20 a.m. (" Possible Abduction in Iowa," IUR/Frontiers of Science 2, no. 5 (July/Aug. 1980): 13-14)

February 7 - 9:50 p.m. Daryl Browne, a ranch hand at the Glenalta horse ranch near Stirling, South Australia, is watching TV when he hears dogs howling and timber crashing outside. His two guard dogs are howling in fear. Outside he sees a yellow half-moon-shaped object about 25-30 feet long. It is 100 feet up in the branches of a 230-foot-tall cypress tree, branches bending under its weight. The trunk shows large gouges. Browne calls the police, but the object is gone by the time they arrive. For 2 days, Browne's dogs refuse to go near the tree. (" Mystery `Craft' Smashes Tree," Adelaide (S.A.) News, February 8, 1980, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 128 (March 1980), p. 14; " UFO Smashes Tree in Australia," IUR/Frontiers of Science 2, no. 5 (July/Aug. 1980): 16; " Phil Tindale on Witnessing a `Battle' between 2 Hostile UFOs; 1 Crashed into a Tree, Stirling, 1980," Eyes On Cinema YouTube channel, August 12, 2024)

March 22 - Stringfield meets with two new sources in Erie, Pennsylvania, who show him three photos allegedly showing an alien cadaver encased in glass in Wright-Patterson AFB near Dayton, Ohio. He is suspicious and tries to verify them. (Leonard H. Stringfield, " Status Report on Alleged Alien Cadaver Photos," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 154 (December 1980): 11-16)

April 10 - A businessman driving on the Philadelphia Church Road near Lincolnton, North Carolina, sees a red, disc-shaped object approach and hover above his car. It directs a light toward the ground. When he stops his car and rolls down the window, he hears an intense humming sound. He watches it for about 5 minutes until it takes off at a 30° angle and heads south, leaving a thin exhaust trail. (" Those Funny Lights in the Sky," Hickory (N.C.) Focus, May 1, 1980, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 130 (May 1980): 7)

May 23-25 - The first Rocky Mountain Conference on UFO Investigation, organized by psychologist R. Leo Sprinkle to bring contactees together, is held in Laramie on the University of Wyoming campus. Barely 20 people show up, but Sprinkle notes they are average, normal people, though highly susceptible to hypnotic suggestion. Most claim some psychic abilities, and many report a feeling of being monitored or experiencing continuing contact with UFO entities. They feel anxiety about the state of the human race and worry about a coming cataclysm. The conferences continue to at least 1996, attracting as many as 200 attendees. (R. Leo Sprinkle, " Psychotherapeutic Services for Persons Who Claim UFO Experiences," Psychotherapy in Private Practice 6, no. 3 (1988): 151-157; Clark III 300-301; Eghigian, After, p. 277; Clark IV 340-341)

June 14 - 7:00-8:00 p.m. A flurry of UFO sightings by numerous witnesses takes place in Córdoba, Jorge Newbery and Ezeiza airports in Buenos Aires, and Rosario, Argentina, including airport personnel and meteorologists, with extensive newspaper coverage. Objects appear singly and in "fleets" and are described variously as "luminous oval-spherical," "spinning top," spindle-shaped, and a sphere that emits "an intense luminous ray that illuminated the surface of the river." At Pajas Blancas Airport in Córdoba, a UFO causes operations to be stopped for several minutes after it follows the landing pattern of aircraft into the airport. Sightings occur around the same time in Uruguay, Brazil, Chile, and Paraguay. CUFOS suspects many of the observations might be due to a high-altitude barium cloud produced by a rocket launch. (" The UFO `Flap' in South America," IUR/Frontiers of Science 2, no. 6 (Sept./Oct. 1980): 15-16; James Oberg, " Giant UFO over Two Continents," Fate 36, no. 1 (January 1983): 44-52)

Early August - Thousands of witnesses see UFOs for several days in a row over Tianjin, China, and the Bohai Sea. One large object keeps appearing and vanishing like a will-o'-the-wisp. Occasionally objects are tracked on radar. (Paul Dong, "Extracts from Paul Dong's Feidie Bai Wen Bai Da (Questions and Answers on UFOs)," Flying Saucer Review 29, no. 6 (August 1984): 18)

August - 10:00 p.m. Two students at Tsinghua University in Beijing, China, see a brilliant oval object in the sky near the Summer Palace. It has several lights that flash on and off 2-3 times per second. The object itself is shaped like "two straw hats placed brim to brim" with a brilliant center line. It stops hovering and ascends vertically, disappearing in 3-4 seconds. (" The Chinese Connection.and Some Wholesome Chinese Philosophy," IUR 7, no. 6 (Nov./Dec. 1982): 13)

August 24 - 4:08 a.m. Three tourists camping out in the Changping District near the Juyong portion of the Great Wall of China take a photo of an unusual object. The photo reportedly looks like three stars in an inverted T shape with a surrounding halo of light. (" World Round-Up," Flying Saucer Review 26, no. 5 (January 1981): 5-6; " Will Martians Finally Appear-in Mao Jackets?" St. Louis (Mo.) Globe-Democrat, March 5, 1981, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 140 (March 1981): 12; " First UFO Spotted in China," CUFOS Associate Newsletter 2, no. 3 (March 1981): 4; " Chinese UFO Study," IUR/Frontiers of Science 3, no. 3 (March/April 1981): 14; Wendelle Stevens and Paul Dong, UFOs over Modern China, UFO Photo Archives, 1983, p. 174)

September - Charles Berlitz and Bill Moore publish The Roswell Incident, the first major review of the 1947 Roswell crash, based largely on Stanton Friedman's research. (Charles Berlitz and William L. Moore, The Roswell Incident, Berkley, 1980; Clark III 320; Graff 247- 248; Clark IV 357)

September 22 - 3:43 a.m. Pan Am Flight 440, flying at 39,000 feet and piloted by Capt. Dave Garber, nearly collides with an unidentified blue-green cigar-shaped object over the Caribbean Sea south of Haiti. The UFO has a horizontal row of 5-6 steady lights, which the flight crew presumes are windows. The distance between the Pan Am flight and the UFO at its closest approach is less than a mile. The estimated length of the UFO is 50 feet. It changes course when the plane flashes its landing lights. The event is witnessed independently by the crew of two other airliners in the area. ("` Chiles-Whitted' Revisited: UFO Sighting Confirmed by Three Flight Crews," IUR/Frontiers of Science 3, no. 1 (Nov./Dec. 1980): 12-14)

October 5 - 3:00 a.m. Five off-duty metalworkers at the Dagang Oilfield, Tianjin, China, see a cone-shaped, red, glowing object that lights the area below. Workers feel a scorching heat as it flies by and disappears over Bohai Bay. (Paul Dong and Wendelle Stevens, UFOs over Modern China, UFO Photo Archives, 1983, p. 190)

November 11 - 6:40 p.m. Seven commercial aircraft-four Iberia Boeing 727s, a British airliner, an air-taxi, and a Transeuropa aircraft-encounter an unusual green object over Barcelona, Maella, Palma de Mallorca, and other points in northeastern Spain. Spanish journalist Juan J. Benítez investigates and determines that either 7 identical UFOs are involved or a single object is responsible, one capable of traveling hundreds of miles within minutes. Comandante Ramos, one of the Iberia pilots, says that the object is "like an enormous soap bubble" that is coming straight for his aircraft. He puts it into an evasive dive. When it passes close to the plane, they see a second smaller ball. (Juan J. Benítez, " Anniversary Aerial Encounters," Flying Saucer Review 26, no. 6 (March 1981): 12-14; Good Above, pp. 157-159)

December 5 - 10:00 p.m. Two teenagers parked next to a swimming pool in a subdivision of Normal, Illinois, see a stationary bright white light about half the size of the full moon in the western sky. Suddenly it splits into two smaller halves that rejoin, growing small and fuzzy, then brighten and enlarge. Three small lights shoot out and snap back in again. They watch the display for about one hour. During the last 15 minutes, their ears begin to hurt simultaneously. The pain shifts from their right ears to their temples, and they both feel a pea-shaped lump under their skin. They return home. The next day the lumps are gone but they have headaches. On December 8 at 8:45 p.m., the boy returns to the same spot alone and sees another light for about one minute. When he calls his girlfriend again to tell her, both regain the painful lumps in their temples. (" Youths Link Pain with UFO," CUFOS Associate Newsletter 2, no. 2 (February 1981): 6)

December 25 - 9:00 p.m. Soviet spy satellite Kosmos 749 (launched July 4, 1975, from Plesetsk) re-enters the Earth's atmosphere, breaks into several pieces, and creates a spectacular fireworks display over northwest Europe. Police stations, coast guards, and the RAF receive hundreds of calls reporting four or five "comet-like objects leaving bright trails." Astronomers also record three fireball meteors the same night, the largest and brightest appearing at 3:00 a.m. (John Mason and Howard Miles, " Re-Entry of `Cosmos 749' Rocket on 1980 December 25," Journal of the British Astronomical Association 91 (1981): 561-566; UFOFiles2, p. 105)

1981

New York artist Budd Hopkins publishes Missing Time, which first describes his research into abductions that show they are far more plentiful than anyone suspects, biological in purpose, and perhaps lifelong in scope. Hopkins also shows that a period of unexplained missing time is a typical aspect of the abduction experience. The information comes primarily from hypnotic regression performed by licensed psychologist Aphrodite Clamar, who also conducts psychological tests on the abductees. (Budd Hopkins, Missing Time: A Documented Study of UFO Abductions, R. Marek, 1981; Graff 329-330; Eghigian, After, p. 280; Clark IV 19)

January 1 — 7:00 a.m. Katie Sowell watches an object about 30–50 feet in diameter, like two “upside down saucers” revolving counterclockwise and darting low over her farmhouse near Oak Grove, Louisiana. It has rectangular, opaque windows. It is seen for 15–20 minutes at close range. It banks and disappears, going straight up. (Huntsville (Ala.) Times, February 5, 1974; Loren E. Gross, The Fifth Horseman of the Apocalypse: UFOs, a History: 1951, Supplemental Notes, The Author, 2000, pp. 1–2)

January 15 - 10:15 p.m. Three sets of witnesses in Prairieton, Indiana, driving past two different fields on the same road, see 7-11 four-foot-tall humanoids that appear to be searching for something. Some witnesses think they are naked; others report they are wearing "tight-fitting suits." Most witnesses are within 20 feet of the creatures, usually watching for 15-20 seconds before racing off. At 10:30 p.m., two women in a different area of town get a fleeting glimpse of a 6-7-foot tall creature with fur and luminous red eyes. (" UFO Mini-Flap in Southern Indiana," IUR/Frontiers of Science 3, no. 3 (Mar./Apr. 1981): 12)

ebruary 9 — 9:55 p.m. The crew (including Lt. Fred W. Kingdon Jr. and US Naval Reserve Lt. Graham E. Bethune) and passengers of a US Navy R5D transport flying west from Keflavík, Iceland, at 10,000 feet about 212 miles northeast of Gander, Newfoundland, observe a large orange-rimmed UFO with a dark center. It is about 400 feet in diameter and first seen moving above the surface of the ocean. As the plane approaches, the object changes colors, executes a sudden 180° turn and disappears over the horizon. Over time, several attempts to disguise the participants (such as Lt. George Williams on February 21) have resulted in confusion over the date. (NICAP, “ The Bethune Encounter”; NICAP, “ Huge Object Rushes up from Ocean Surface”; Keyhoe, FSTS, pp. 9–26; “ Casebook: February 8, 1951,” UFO Investigator, September 1970, p. 3; “ Casebook: February 8, 1951,” UFO Investigator, October 1970, p. 3; “ Unidentified Flying Object: A Provocative Tale,” Naval Aviation News, June 1973, pp. 18–19, reprinted by Project 1947; Keyhoe, Aliens from Space, Signet ed., 1974, pp. 78–79; Loren E. Gross, UFOs, A History: 1951, The Author, 1983, pp. 10–11; Good Above, pp. 268, 486; Graham E. Bethune, “ Lights on the Surface,” 1999; Good Need, pp. 137–139; Kevin H. Knuth, Robert M. Powell, and Peter A. Reali, “ Estimating Flight Characteristics of Anomalous Unidentified Aerial Vehicles,” Entropy, September 25, 2019; Patrick Gross, “ The Bethune Flight 124 Airmiss in 1951”; Dolan, USO1, 142–144)

March - 4:30 a.m. A witness is driving toward a pancake house in Memphis, Tennessee, for a cup of coffee when she sees three shining objects in the sky. She is so engrossed in watching that she passes by the restaurant. Suddenly the objects disappear into what look like puffs of smoke. A minute later, one reappears directly over the street in front of her. She turns into the Admiral Benbow Inn parking lot and alerts the night watchman, who sees the object hovering above her car and then rise above the inn. (" UFOs in a Puff of Smoke," IUR/Frontiers of Science 3, no. 5 (July/Aug. 181): 15-16)

March 17 - 4:03 a.m. Sgt. Russell Yokum of the St. Helens, Oregon, police is on patrol on US Highway 30 on the edge of town when he sees a bright light apparently above the Columbia River. He goes to the Columbia County Courthouse for a better view, where he is joined by other police, but the object is no longer visible. Meanwhile, they are conversing via CB radio with Donald Atkins, who is in nearby Ridgefield, Washington, and watching a stationary light over the river. Atkins transmits a faint humming sound the object is making through his CB radio to officer Ricky Cade, who captures it on a cassette recorder. Yokum and Cade look to the south and see a bright orange-red light about 80-100 feet above the river, apparently the same one that Atkins is watching. (" An Orange(!) Ball at St. Helens for St, Patrick," IUR/Frontiers of Science 3, no 4 (May/June 1981): 11-13; Mark Rodeghier, " St. Helens Revisited," IUR 7, no. 3 (May/June 1982): 12-14; J. Allen Hynek and Howard R. Schechter, " Narrow-Band Acoustic Analysis of a Recorded UFO Sound," The Spectrum of UFO Research, CUFOS, 1988, pp. 1-12; Greg Long, " What Was That Light and Sound over the Columbia River?" Pacific Harbor Publishing, 1996; Wendy Connors, "Cops and Saucers: Law Enforcement and UFO's, 1957-1981 Guide," November 20, 2013, audioclips 38, 39; " 1981 Columbia River UFO Incident: UFO Sound Recorded," QUFOSR YouTube channel, December 12, 2016; Julie Thompson, " The Strange Case of the St. Helens UFO," St. Helens (Oreg.) Chronicle, October 11, 2017; " Sgt. Russell Yokum Recorded the Sound of a UFO Hovering over the Columbia River, St. Helens, OR, 1981," Eyes on Cinema YouTube channel, September 16, 2022)

May 16 - 2:30 p.m. A man is fishing in the Thompson River near Kamloops, British Columbia, when the water about 300-450 feet away starts bubbling up. A 15-20-foot UFO rises out of the water and slowly approaches the witness at a 45° angle, passes directly above him, accelerates upward, and speeds away. Pellets from the UFO, apparently from the object, fall around him. (" A Submarine UFO," IUR/Frontiers of Science 3, no. 5 (July/Aug. 1981): 13-14)

Summer - Chinese UFO researcher Paul Dong (Moon Wai), a resident of Oakland, California, and the editor of the China UFO Research Organization's Journal of UFO Research, goes on a month- long lecture tour all over China. He collects hundreds of UFO cases from the period 1978-1981. In the next few years, hundreds of other cases (some dating back to 1940) are published in the journal. Many of them are published in UFOs over Modern China, by Wendelle C. Stevens and Paul Dong, 1983. (Paul Dong, " Letters," IUR 7, no. 2 (March 1982): 3; Gordon Creighton, " Bad News for CSICOP in China," Flying Saucer Review 29, no. 2 (December 1983): 19-21; Good Above, pp. 206-207)

June 10 - 12:15 a.m. An Indian couple on the Yakama Indian Reservation in Washington State are driving west when the immediate area around their vehicle is illuminated. Overhead they see a large "badge-shaped" object about 35 feet in the air. Its periphery is marked by small, multicolored flashing lights. There are three large pale-yellow lights, one on each side and one centered between these. The object follows them for about one mile and then ascends vertically at a rapid speed and disappears into a cloud-like mist of its own making. (" Yakima Reservation Report," IUR 8, no. 1 (Jan./Feb. 1983): 11)

July 4 - 4:45 p.m. Captain Phil Schultz is flying TWA Flight 842, a Lockheed L-1011 TriStar commercial airliner, east at 37,000 feet over south-central Lake Michigan not far from Muskegon, Michigan, when a silvery disc darts into view ahead and above it. Expecting a mid-air collision, they brace themselves for impact. The object then moves rapidly in an arc down to the left and rolls, presenting a side view with six evenly spaced black portholes along the edge. It then disappears to the north. Schultz estimates the disc is moving at 1,000 mph. (Richard F. Haines, " Commercial Jet Crew Sights Unidentified Object: Part 1," Flying Saucer Review 27, no. 4 (January 1982): 3-6; Richard F. Haines, " Commercial Jet Crew Sights Unidentified Object: Part 2," Flying Saucer Review 27, no. 5 (March 1982): 2-8; UFOEv II 141-142; Kean, pp. 59-61)

August 8 - 6:15 p.m. A witness is on the beach with some friends at Chalupy on the Hel peninsula, north of Gdynia, Poland. He leaves them briefly to go back to a camping area and sees, 500 feet in front of him, "two boys in dark suits" dashing into the bushes on his right. A moment later they reappear, standing on the path in front of him. They are 5 feet tall, wear green suits, and have green faces with big, almond-shaped eyes and slits for mouths. He can see dark boxes, violet and yellow cables, and tapes and spirals hanging from belts on the entities. He notices a silvery object and receives a telepathic message to "not be afraid." He walks closer to them and hears another message: "Keep walking. Don't stop." The witness has the curious sensation of "passing through the interior of a ball." He walks past them, looks back, and they have disappeared. On his right, the silvery disc, 6 feet high and 16-20 feet long, is hovering only 3 feet above the ground. Investigators later find seven odd oval marks where the object had been. (Bronislaw Rzepecki, " Encounters in Poland," IUR 12, no. 3 (May/June 1987): 18, 21; Bronislaw Rzepecki, " UFO Reports from Poland," Flying Saucer Review 33, no. 1 (March 1988): 6-7; " Bliskie spotkanie w Chalupach w 1981 roku," UFO-Relacje.pl, February 10, 2020; Poland 48-50)

August 15 - 6:00 p.m. Twenty workers returning from the fields at the Forestry Commission Station of La Rochelle, 5.5 miles northeast of Mutare, Zimbabwe, see a ball of light moving around at a low level. Clifford Muchena is in charge of the group, and he watches the 5-foot fireball maneuver around the grounds then move up to an observation tower, entering through the top window before it bursts into flame. As Muchena is ringing a warning bell, he sees the fireball come back down the tower, go past him, and burst into flame again at an outbuilding. Muchena goes to douse the fire but stops when he sees three men wearing silver coveralls. The light is too bright to see clearly, and after it goes out the beings are gone. Women in the compound have seen the fireball and the entities and run out into the bush, thinking they are ghosts. (Cynthia Hind, " Entities at La Rochelle," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 183 (May 1983): 6-10; Cynthia Hind, "UFOs and the African Tribal System," UFOs 1947-1987, Fortean Tomes, 1987, pp. 94-96; Cynthia Hind, UFOs over Africa, Horus House, 1996, pp. 16-20)

September 26 - Mountaineers Reinhold Messner and Doug Scott watch a UFO the size of the full moon for nearly 3 hours during an unsuccessful attempt on the main peak of Mount Chamlang in the Himalayas near Makalu in Nepal. The object at first is moving slowly southward, then shifts to the east, northwest, and finally north, making irregular movements before it disappears somewhere over Tibet. (" Top Climber: I Spotted UFO," Montreal (Quebec) Gazette, October 10, 1981, p. 26; " From the Heart of Asia: Two UFOs, a Half Century Apart," IUR 7, no. 1 (January 1982): 10)

October 15 - 7:30 p.m. Many citizens of Hällefors, Sweden, observe a huge cigar-shaped object "as large as a truck" that appears suddenly in the north gliding along just above the treetops. Four oblong windows are apparent, through which a blue-white light shines, and a red light is in the rear. A clear and piercing engine noise is evident as it slowly moves south for more than an hour. Former Chief Constable Björn Fagrell describes it as like two connected railway cars. The object makes a slow clockwise turn around the village, after which a flame comes out of the rear of the object. (" `Flying Truck' Seen over Hällefors for 75 Minutes!" Nordic UFO Newsletter, 1982, no. 1, pp. 6-8; Stig Aggestad, " The Hällesfors Incident Continues to Grow: Giant UFO Still Unidentified," Nordic UFO Newsletter, 1983, no. 1, pp. 2-3; Christer Nordin, " The UFO over Hällefors: A Smuggled-In Airship, Says `Magasinet,' a Channel 2 TV Program," Nordic UFO Newsletter, 1983, no. 1, pp. 3-5)

November 24 - 9:30 p.m. Power company employee Dale Spurlock sees a red pulsating domed disc at treetop level while driving just north of Darco, Texas, on the Darco Cutoff Road near a small lake and some power lines. It has four colored lights-a row of red, blue, green, and amber lights-at the base of the dome. It makes no sound as it passes left to right just above the tress, and then hovers. The object tilts and two headlights from the front of the UFO shine directly down on Spurlock's pickup truck. The object is revolving counterclockwise and moves off to the east. The truck's electrical system (alternator and battery) is damaged. (Richard H. Hall, " Typical 1981 UFO Reports," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 170 (April 1982): 6; " Nocturnal Rural Encounters," IUR 7, no. 3 (May/June 1982): 5-8; " 1977 Sketch/Sighting and 1981 Sketch Similarity: Another One," CUFOS Associate Newsletter 4, no. 5 (Oct./Nov. 1983): 1; UFOEv II 231-232)

December 8 - 7:30 p.m. Alma Hobbs is driving with her two children on State Highway 12 three miles southwest of Reserve, New Mexico. An enormous UFO shaped like an orange ball, estimated to be 750 feet in length, makes a number of turns in the sky. They arrive at a restaurant near the intersection of State 12 and US Highway 180, where Dan Luscomb and Rosie Tafoya also see the object, which executes a 90° turn near Luna Mountain as a jet aircraft chases the UFO out of sight. (" Hunting Old and New UFOs in New Mexico," IUR 7, no. 2 (March 1982): 13-14; " Update on the Reserve, N.M. `Tube-Like' UFO," IUR 7, no. 3 (May/June 1982): 15)

1982

January 15 - 7:05-11:35 p.m. Three sightings occur one after the other in Turkey. An object resembling a tray is seen at 7:05 p.m. over Nigde in central Anatolia. At 9:35 p.m., two UFOs are reported at Havsa, Edirne, accompanied by reported malfunctioning TV sets in the town. Around 11:30 p.m., a reported UFO causes the citizens of Izmir, western Anatolia, to panic. When the UFO hovers above the Buca forest it takes on a flaming appearance, causing fire brigades to rush to the scene, keeping watch over the object for 45 minutes until it vanishes. (" `Mysteries of Turkey': UFO Activity Revealed," IUR 8, no. 1 (Jan./Feb. 1983): 8-9)

February 2 - 8:00 p.m. Susanne Anderson, 18, is jogging in Skövde, Sweden, when she notices two intense blinking lights that seem to be coming toward her. She hears no sound and gets frightened. After speeding up to a full run, she turns around and sees a metal-blue, saucer-shaped object with a blinking red light on the bottom. Terrified, she hides in a school building. (" A Short Tale of a Swedish CE-1," IUR 7, no. 6 (Nov./Dec. 1982): 14)

March 30 - 11:15 p.m. Nanette Morrison is driving home in Charlottesville, Virginia, when she spots a large, brilliant light in the sky hovering several hundred feet in the air and a quarter mile away. It approaches as she makes a turn and flies right over her car, later pacing her as she drives the remaining 15 blocks. She pulls up to the curb, and the UFO stops and hovers above a house across the street less than 400 feet away. The object reverses direction and moves away as she runs up to her house. However, the object may have been a large airliner, possibly a 737, landing at the airport. (" Mother, Daughter Claim UFO Sighted," Charlottesville (Va.) Daily Progress, April 2, 1982, p. 1; Jimmy Smith, [Letter] " That Flying Object May Have Been a 737," Charlottesville (Va.) Daily Progress, April 14, 1982, p. 4; J. Allen Hynek, " A Remarkable Double Encounter," IUR 8, no. 6 (Nov./Dec. 1983): 4-5; " Double Encounter Questioned," IUR 9, no. 2 (March/April 1984): 15; Carle Hodge, " Never Mind: `UFO' Report Dogs Expert," Phoenix Arizona Republic, October 1, 1984, pp. B1, B6; Manfred Cassirer, " The Strange Case of a `Remarkable Double Encounter,'" BUFORA Bulletin, no. 20 (January 1986): 14-17)

April 3 - 3:00 a.m. A woman schoolteacher in Bolingbrook, Illinois, is awakened by a high- pitched sound "like a blender running in a box." She looks outside and sees a bright blue, domed, disc-shaped object land next to some power lines. It lifts off and then lands a second time. The UFO has blue lights around the rim and is only about 150 feet away. The blue lights illuminate the area as bright as day. A streetlight goes out. The police receive calls of power outages and blue flashes at the same time. (Fred Merritt, " A Blue Domed-Disc for Bolingbrook," IUR 7, no. 4 (July/Aug. 1982): 6-8)

May 9 - 1:30 p.m. Yoriaki Tsuda, 17, a student and member of his high school's photography club, goes outside to photograph his house in Asahikawa, Hokkaido, Japan. He spots a black object slowly scouting the sky. Acting quickly, he snaps a photo with his Canon camera, equipped with a 35- 70mm zoom lens. The resulting image captures a UFO with a dome and four visible portholes. (Hachiro Kubota, " George Adamski the Cosmic Man," UFO Contactee, no. 1 (May 1985): 1, 3)

June 1 - Two UFOs allegedly hover above the Baikonur cosmodrome, Kazakhstan, for 14 seconds, one of them directly above launch pad number 1. On June 2, bolts and rivets are found that supposedly have been sucked out of the support towers, and welded sections have come apart. The other UFO hovers above the adjacent housing complex, knocking out thousands of panes of glass or making fine holes in them. The cosmodrome is said to be put out of action for two weeks. (Gordon Creighton, " Russia: Naughty Henry Gris Says It Again! `Soviet Space-Centre Knocked Out by UFOs," Flying Saucer Review 28, no. 6 (August 1983): 27-28)

June 3 - Night. The examining magistrate and bailiff at Demirköy, Kirklareli, Turkey, watch an object with orange lights at an altitude of 160-200 feet. It has two lighted hemispheres with a dark rectangular mid-section. The poplar trees underneath it are shaking violently. (" `Mysteries of Turkey': UFO Activity Revealed," IUR 8, no. 1 (Jan./Feb. 1983): 10)

June 18 - 9:10-10:53 p.m. Five Chinese Air Force pilots are flying on patrol over the northern military frontier in Hebei province, China. At 10:06 p.m., a large yellowish-green object appears in the northern sky, whirling fast and creating rings of light. After 10 seconds, the center of the ring explodes "like a hand grenade." It grows larger than the apparent size of the full moon, and black spots appear near its center. The aircraft lose their communications and navigational systems and are forced to return to their base. (NICAP, " 5 Chinese Pilots Encounter Object / EME"; Paul Dong and Wendelle Stevens, UFOs over Modern China, UFO Photo Archives, 1983, pp. 243-245; Good Above, pp. 217-218, 471; Richard F. Haines and Dominique F. Weinstein, A Preliminary Study of Fifty Seven Pilot Sighting Reports Involving Alleged Electro-Magnetic Effects on Aircraft Systems, NARCAP Technical Report no. 3, April 5, 2001, p. 32)

July - 4:30 a.m. A 15-year-old-boy sets out on his bicycle for his summer job at a kindergarten in Odense, Denmark. He notices a bright object like two saucers piled on top of each other hovering over a field about 165-195 feet away. It seems to be about 6 feet in diameter. As he gets closer, he can see two small, humanoid creatures no larger than 2 feet tall with large heads and narrow hips. (" Dänische Luftwaffe öffnet geheimes UFO-Archiv," grenzWissenschat-aktuell.de, January 30, 2009)

July 6 - 7:30 p.m. A man driving alone near Hampshire, Tasmania, finds that his car is gradually losing power and stops. He turns off the ignition and the lights, then gets out of the vehicle when he notices a stationary, noiseless object that looks like a large army helicopter about the size of a bus. It is blue-black in color and seems to be gradually moving to the west for about 90 seconds. He starts the car's engine and leaves the area. An inspection of the car finds nothing to account for its behavior. (Herbert S. Taylor, " An Update on Vehicle Interference Reports, Part 1," IUR 33, no. 4 (May 2011): 19)

September - Rosalind Reynolds-Parnham and her boyfriend Philip are driving through the northwestern outskirts of Sudbury, Suffolk, England, when they see an object with an oval mass of orange lights moving through some pylons and causing sparks. They can smell a noxious odor. They drive on, and when they are near Cavendish on the A1092 some lights approach them from behind and the car loses power. When they arrive at their destination, they realize they have lost four hours of time. Rosalind begins to recall an abduction experience, aided by some disturbing dreams and odd scars on her abdomen. (Jenny Randles, " Abduction and Physiological Effects," IUR 20, no. 1 (Jan./Feb. 1995): 4-6, 23; Carl Nagaitis and Philip Mantle, Without Consent: A Comprehensive Study of Missing Time and Abduction Phenomena in the United Kingdom, Ringpull, 1994; " Aliens Cost Me My Boyfriend and Kids," London Express, August 24, 2016)

September 30 - 1:30 a.m. A man and his son finish picking fruit in their orchard on Wolicka street near Czerniaków Hill in Warsaw, Poland. It is well after curfew, so they make their way toward home stealthily. Near the Zaklad Ubezpieczen Spolecznych building they smell smoke and see a strange object 20 feet in diameter hovering 3 feet above the ground. A faint orange glow is emanating from its base, causing the grass to smolder. Two thin beings are near the object. One has a device that projects an orange glow. The witnesses leave the scene carefully. (Poland 51; " Bliskie spotkanie w Warszavie w 1982 roku," UFO-Relacje.pl, February 12, 2020)

October 21 - 12:35 p.m. An oval object about 3 feet in diameter descends into a garden in Nancy, Meurthe-et-Moselle, France, and hovers about 3 feet off the ground. After 20 minutes the object takes off silently. The witness, a cellular biologist, reports that when the UFO rises up, the grass under it stands up straight. In the afternoon, the witness notes that two amaranth plants located near the UFO have desiccated, withered leaves. The witness calls the Gendarmerie, who inspect the garden and take some samples of the amaranth plants. The analysis of the samples made by GEPAN finds that the plants are dehydrated, but there is no evidence of radiation. ( Enquête 86/06: L'Amarante, Note Technique no. 17, Groupe d'Étude des Phénomènes Aérospatiaux Non-identifiés, Centre Nationale d'Étude Spatiales, March 21, 1983; Swords 445-446; Éric Maillot and Jean-Michel Abrassart, " Very Close Encounter with a UAP in Levitation," in Vicente-Juan Ballester Olmos and Richard Heiden, eds., The Reliability of UFO Witness Testimony, UPIAR, 2023, pp. 94-106; Clark III 547; Clark IV 605)

November 25 - Day. US Army Military Policeman Christopher Grooms is on guard duty in Tower 5 at the Army Special Weapons Depot at Kriegsfeld, a nuclear weapons storage and maintenance site in Rhineland-Palatinate, Germany. He watches for over 10 minutes a dark triangular-shaped craft fly slowly in a straight line from the southwest, over the valley, over the town of Gerbach, and directly over his watchtower, flying toward the northeast. After approaching for about 7 minutes, it flies directly overhead and Grooms steps out onto the tower landing with M-16 in hand and looks straight up at the object. It is completely silent and has no markings. As it passes over, the object rotates 360° nose down, pointing directly at him, then rotates back into its original position. Grooms has "the overwhelming feeling that it was acknowledging my presence with this maneuver or was `checking me out' as it did it." (Robert L. Hastings, " Triangular UFO above a U.S. Army Nuclear Weapons Depot Performs a 360-Degree Roll," UFOs & Nukes, January 26, 2015)

December 10 - 7:55 a.m. Stephen Eric Alexander is waiting for a school bus with his daughter in Rosedale, Queens, New York City, when he sees an object among a flock of birds. The birds disperse and leave the object alone, drifting silently at 25 mph. After 15 seconds, it tilts and veers to the southwest and disappears. He estimates the object is 11 feet wide and 5 feet tall, 150 feet away from him, and 210 feet above the ground. Its ends pointed slightly downward. (" 1977 Photograph/Sighting and 1982 Sketch Similarity," CUFOS Associate Newsletter 4, no. 4 (Aug./Sept. 1983): 1-2)

December 31 - Around 11:50 p.m. An off-duty police officer and his family see a boomerang- shaped object drift slowly over their home near Kent Cliffs, New York. They can see a solid structure with roughly 15 red, green, and white lights anchored to its underside. It maintains a constant altitude of about 490 feet, moves at a gentle walking pace, and makes only a faint hum. As it passes over, he feels a deep vibration in his chest. At one point, the lights go out and three blinding white lights in the shape of a triangle appear in their place. About 5 seconds later, the colored ones return, and the object drifts out of sight. Warehouse foreman Edwin Hansen, 55, sees what appears to be the same object as he is driving down Interstate 84, just moments later. Hansen, among others, stops on the side of the road after spotting a boomerang-shaped formation of lights that project a bright beam of light to the ground. It is so large that it fills the sky in front of him, and it makes slow, tight circles in the air. Just as he thinks he'd like to get a closer look, the object moves in his direction. He panics as it approaches, but then hears a voice in his head that tells him not to be afraid. At the same time, the object turns away and the beam goes out. Hansen says that he "felt thoughts that weren't [his] own," and believes that he has received a telepathic communication from the UFO. (NightSiege 6-9; Clark III 1277; Clark IV 1460)

1983

January 12 - 4:30 p.m. A man and his two sons encounter a short entity in a gray "wetsuit" uniform holding a glowing L-shaped object in a swampy area near their house in Pine Township, Porter County, Indiana. Both are floating 2-3 feet above the ground. A second being is peering over a fence at them. The encounter lasts about 5 minutes, and no UFO is seen. (R. A. Busse, "An Indiana CE-III," IUR 8, no. 4 (July/Aug. 1983): 6-9)

January 27 - 7:00 p.m. Peggy Iery sees a large central white light with two flanking lights over some power lines as she is returning home 2 miles north of Marquette, Michigan. Suddenly it appears over her car and seems so huge that it blocks out the sky. Its shape is a perfect pentagon with a small white light at each of the corners; the bottom is silvery and flat. She drives home quickly, and she and her husband see four lights nearby, which gradually recede beyond the trees. (Kenneth C. Schellhase, " The Marquette Pentagon," IUR 8, no. 3 (May/June 1983): 11-13)

February 26 - 8:30 p.m. Monique O'Driscoll and her 17-year-old daughter are driving near the frozen White Pond in Putnam County, New York, when they see a silent, multicolored, boomerang- shaped object about 200-300 feet wide. It has many lights, which seem to respond to their thoughts. It has a crisscross lattice structure and tubes on its underside. Their CB radio just has static. Another independent witness, Rita Rivera, probably sees the same object, a V-shaped array of 50 lights with amber, red, and blue colors. (Philip Imbrogno, George Lesnick, and Chris Clark, " Boomerang Update," IUR 8, no. 5 (Sept./Oct. 1983): 8-9; NightSiege 9-14)

March 23 - Night. Russian Major V. Gorsky is stationed in the Altai Mountains of Mongolia when he sees, along with two of his commanding officers, a silvery disc at an altitude of 1,300 feet and 1-2 miles away. Its colors seem to be changing constantly, and it is surrounded by a blue halo. A narrow beam of light descends from it, illuminating the area. More than 30 other soldiers witness the display. It studies the area another 4 minutes, then the beam disappears, the halo vanishes, and the object is gone instantly. (Stonehill and Mantle, Russia's USO Secrets, Flying Disk, 2020, pp. 127-128)

May 23 - Night. Farmer Alcineu Sousa is aboard his twin-engine airplane returning from a visit to a farm near Corumbiara, Rondônia, Brazil. As he is about to land on his farm near Porto Velho, Rondônia, he sees an opaque light about 30 feet in diameter on his left that begins to approach and shine more brightly. His airplane instruments start to go haywire. He pulls the plane sharply to the right, but the UFO does the same but more moderately. A few seconds later, the light disappears over the horizon. (Clark III 200-201; Brazil 541; Clark IV 241)

June 5 - 5:00 a.m. Retired restaurant manager Mario Claretto wakes up because his dogs are barking outside his home at Varzi, Pavia, Italy. He sees a shining object with an orange headlight on a hill across the road from his house. It is hovering low above an alfalfa field. Its upper portion is slowly rotating, showing a silver section, a dark section, then the orange light. After finishing some work in the kitchen, Claretto goes outside for a closer look. He sees another person walking toward the object; after approaching very near, the person runs away, escaping down the road. Claretto points the object out to a neighbor, Bruno Stafforini, who has also woken up because of the dogs. The UFO rises after skimming the grass for a few feet, its dome recedes, and it emits a vapor. It seems to change its form to cigar-shaped. Suddenly it speeds off to the south-southwest. (Antonio Chiumiento, " Un U.F.O. a Varzi," Notiziario UFO, no. 101 (Sept./Oct. 1983): 4-10; Antonio Chiumiento, " Close Encounter at Varzi," IUR 9, no. 6 (Nov./Dec. 1984): 4-5, 13; Antonio Chiumiento, " A Landing at Varzi in Northern Italy," Flying Saucer Review 30, no. 6 (August 1985): 2-9; Antonio Chiumiento and Paolo Toselli, " L'atterrissage de Varzi (Italie)," Lumières dans la Nuit, no. 257/258 (Nov./ Dec 1985): 32-37; 2Pinotti 61-68)

June 20 - Sen. Barry Goldwater (R-Ariz.) replies to UFO researcher William S. Steinman regarding government knowledge of UFOs: "I have no idea of who controls the flow of `need-to-know' because, frankly, I was told in such an emphatic way that it was none of my business that I've never tried to make it my business since." (Kean, p. 243)

Early July - Debbie Jordan-Kauble (using the pseudonym of "Kathie Davis") and her mother see a light about 2 feet in diameter moving around the family pool house in Indianapolis, Indiana. Some days later they notice a section of their backyard has turned brown, a circular area about 8 feet in diameter. She contacts Budd Hopkins, who speaks with Debbie and her family and uncovers a pattern of events that have affected them for years. It appears that Debbie, her mother, and two of her children have been abducted at different points of their lives. Debbie and her mother have identical scars on their lower legs from apparent childhood abductions, and Hopkins believes that Debbie and her son have implants inserted near their brains, one through the nasal cavity and another through the ear. Hopkins conducts numerous hypnotic regression sessions, revealing apparent pregnancies induced by aliens. (Budd Hopkins, Intruders: The Incredible Visitations at Copley Woods, Random House, 1987; Debbie Jordan and Kathy Mitchell, Abducted! The Story of the Intruders Continues, Carroll and Graf, 1994; Eghigian, After, pp. 281-282)

July 12 - 9:30 p.m. A police officer answers a call at a location southeast of Danbury, Connecticut, where several people are standing outside looking at a circular pattern of lights that are flashing red, blue, and green. The lights appear to be attached to a silent object 300 feet in diameter and less than 500 feet in altitude. The officer shines a spotlight on it, and the object projects a brilliant flash of white light downward. It then moves quickly to the north and is lost behind trees. At 10:55 p.m., Danbury Police Chief Nelson Macedo, his brother-in-law Charles Yacuzzi, his son Michael, and retired policeman Jim Lucksky are boating on Candlewood Lake north of Danbury. They notice a circular gray object silently hovering high in the sky. 20-30 bright blue, red, orange, and green lights moving in a circular pattern are visible on the object. The men turn off the boat lights and the object shuts off its own lights. After several minutes, Yacuzzi turns the lights on again, and the UFO switches on bright lights and moves off behind the mountains. (NightSiege 108-112; Richard Haines, CE-5: Close Encounters of the Fifth Kind, Sourcebooks, 1998, pp. 132-133)

August 12 - Around 1:00 a.m. Alfred Burtoo is fishing along the Basingstoke Canal in Aldershot, Hampshire, England, when a disc-shaped UFO lands nearby. Two humanoid beings approach him. They are 4 feet 6 inches tall, dressed in green overalls, and wear helmets with visors. They gesture at Bertoo to follow them, and he goes up a stairway into the craft. He is made to stand under an amber light. The beings speak to him in broken English, telling him that he is too old and infirm for their purposes. They then let him go. (Good Above, pp. 106-112; Marcus Lowth, " The Bizarre Ordeal of Alfred Burtoo: The Abduction That Wasn't," UFO Insight, August 7, 2017)

August 21 - Evening. R. Perry Collins views a huge, wing-shaped object with three red, green, and blue lights from his residence near St. Vincent's Hospital in Bridgeport, Connecticut. Its lights go off and on as it slowly moves at a low altitude to the east. He watches it for 20-30 seconds until the lights blink out. Other large objects are seen over New Haven, Connecticut, the same night. (" UFOs Taking on Elis at Yale Bowl?" Meriden (Conn.) Record-Journal, August 24, 1983, p. 23; R. Perry Collins, " The Westchester Wing: A Closer Look," Pursuit 18, no. 1 (Spring 1985): 6-9; R. Perry Collins, " The Westchester Wing, Part II," Pursuit 18, no. 4 (Winter 1985): 166, 167-168)

October - 6:45 p.m. Paula E. Green, 12, undergoes her first abduction experience as she is walking through Judy Woods in Bradford, England, with a 14-year-old friend. It is the first of some 52 further incidents. (Daily Star Sunday, May 9, 2021; Nigel Watson, "Fifty-two Shades of Grey: Paula's Story," Fortean Times 407 (July 2021): 30-31)

October 10 - The Soviet space probe Venera 15 reaches the orbit of Venus. The spacecraft is inserted into Venus orbit a day apart from Venera 16, with its orbital plane shifted by an angle of approximately 4° relative to the other probe. This makes it possible to reimage an area if necessary. Together with Venera 16, the spacecraft images the area from the north pole down to about 30°N latitude (approximately 25% of the planet's surface) over the eight months of mapping operations. (Wikipedia, " Venera 15")

November 27 - 2:30-7:30 p.m. Diego Illi, 7, is climbing a tree with a friend outside an abandoned house on Calle 600 in the Villa Montoro neighborhood of La Plata, Buenos Aires, Argentina, when they see several small, green-skinned beings. His friend runs away, but Diego stays and plays with them for several hours. They have wrinkled faces, long nails, little boots, and green caps. Over the next few weeks, other children and teens report seeing and interacting with the little humanoids. A parapsychologist named Oscar Avendaño claims to receive telepathic messages from the beings. ("Habrían visto `enanitos verdes' en Villa Montoro," La Gazeta de la Tarde (La Plata), December 1, 1983, p. 8; Scott Corrales, " The Little Green Men of La Plata: The Villa Montoro Case," UFO Digest, July 29, 2014; Franco Ferreyra, " El mito más grande de La Plata: La noche que llegaron los extraterrestres a Villa Montoro," Periódico Sin Limites, October 11, 2024; Clark IV 1404-1406)

December 30 - 6:30 p.m. Four witnesses are driving along Illinois Highway 70 near Eddie Road about 8 miles northwest of Rockford, Illinois, when a red domed-shaped object emerges from what looks like an explosion and moves to the south. It vanishes when it reaches an unusual configuration of parallel stars. (" Letter," CUFOS Associate Newsletter 5, no. 4 (Aug./Sept. 1984): 2)

1984

A Hispanic male living in the Reseda neighborhood of Los Angeles, California, encounters odd lights in his house and missing time. Although not his first abduction experience, his memories are uncovered through hypnosis sessions conducted by parapsychologist D. Scott Rogo, who gives him the pseudonym of "Sammy Desmond." The case is significant for the marks on the witness's body and the many sexual elements of the story. ( D. Scott Rogo, " The Abduction of Sammy Desmond," IUR 12, no. 4 (July/ Aug. 1987): 4-13)

January 21 - 9:30 p.m. A mother and two children are driving near Jasper, New York, when they see a large, gold, oval object that seems to be pacing their car. It lands on a nearby ridge and after a few seconds ascends into the sky. It repeats this maneuver several times, speeding up and slowing down when she does the same. (Bob Gribble, " UFO Hotline Reports," IUR 9, no. 2 (March/April 1984): 7)

January 27 - 5:40 a.m. Four witnesses at Valley Center, California, see five stationary white lights in the northern sky about 2 miles away. Four are in a diamond formation while the fifth is in the center. After watching the display for several minutes, they notice smaller white lights maneuvering around the larger ones. They seem to increase to as many as 100. Suddenly the formation, small lights as well, moves away to the northwest and the witnesses can hear a soft humming sound. (Bob Gribble, " UFO Hotline Reports," IUR 9, no. 2 (March/April 1984): 7)

February 19 - 3:30 a.m. A driver in Everett, Washington, near the Boeing plant sees a huge, silvery green, egg-shaped object moving toward his car from a wooded area. Within a few seconds it bounces from one side of the road to the other, passing over his car. (Bob Gribble, " UFO Hotline Reports," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 194 (April 1984): 6)

March 6 - 10:00 p.m. Two police officers, Tom Jensen and Gary Myers, watch a large boomerang or U-shaped UFO west of Norris, South Dakota, after having been alerted by a citizen 10 minutes earlier. At its closest approach, Myers sees it as a pattern of lights in an inverted L pattern. As it passes, it blocks out the sky and stars. (" Bennett County Families, Officials Report Unidentified Flying Object," Rapid City (S.Dak.) Journal, March 8, 1984, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 177 (April 1984): 5; " Unidentified Lights Bring Attention to Rural Area," Bennett County (S.Dak.) Booster, March 9, 1984, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 177 (April 1984): 1; " Officers Encounter Strange Lights in S.D. Sky," Minneapolis (Minn.) Star and Tribune, March 9, 1984, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 178 (May 1984): 1; " UFO Hunt Yields No Close Encounters of Any Kind," Rapid City (S.Dak.) Journal, March 9, 1984, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 177 (April 1984): 4; " Officers Unable to Get Second Look at UFO," Minneapolis (Minn.) Star and Tribune, March 10, 1984, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 177 (April 1984): 4; Ron Bender, " Weekender," Rapid City (S.Dak.) Journal, March 10, 1984, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 177 (April 1984): 5; J. Allen Hynek, " A CE-I, a Lonely Road, a Starry Night," IUR 9, no. 3 (May/June 1984): 6-9; Linda Moulton Howe, " Focus on South Dakota," Stigmata, no. 22 (1985): 25-28)

April 20 - 10:04 p.m. Four people in a car in Beaverton, Oregon, see a large, pulsating, yellow light high in the sky. The driver stops, and a small, bright-blue object comes into view, moving toward the yellow object at high speed. Suddenly, a "fast red thing" shoots out of the blue object and knocks the yellow object in half, one part disintegrating and the other part falling to the ground. Two other objects, yellow and blue, appear with the blue object chasing and apparently shooting down the yellow object. The blue object then climbs at a high speed vertically and vanishes in the clouds. The observation lasts 20 minutes. (Bob Gribble, "UFO Hotline Reports," IUR 9, no. 3 (May/June 1984): 16)

May 29 - A huge disc with a flat base and two vast searchlights passes silently over Fairy Cottage, near Laxey, Isle of Man. (Jenny Randles, " Mysterious Island: The UFO Legacy of the Isle of Man," IUR 29, no. 1 (Spring 2004): 14)

Summer -Day. A Mrs. Danuta takes her 2-year-old son to a playground in the Podwislocze district of Rzeszów, Poland. A green-metallic object with a bright cupola 8 feet tall approaches, brushing a tree, and the woman picks up her son and hides behind a tree. It is making a loud noise and hovering 30-50 feet above the ground. It then moves toward some nearby apartments, shoots up, and disappears. (Poland 59)

Mid-June - 4:10 p.m. Seaman Alexander Globa and mate of the watch Sergey Bolotov are beginning their watch on board the Russian tanker Gori in the Mediterranean Sea 20 nautical miles east of Gibraltar. They see what seems to be an airplane with its landing lights on and flying toward them at an altitude of 4,920 feet about 2 miles away. It is shaped like a "frying pan turned upside down" with a shiny, metallic surface. It emits bright, irregular flashes of light. In two minutes it reaches the ship's position, turns south, and keeps pace with the ship, gyrating for 3 minutes. The object is perfectly round and about 75 feet in diameter. There is a round, black spot on the bottom, and a cylindrical "tailpipe" is seen at the junction of two segments that are rotating in opposite directions. At 4:20 p.m., another ship approaches to the left, and the object flies quickly toward it and hovers above it. Capt. Sokolovsky contacts the vessel, an Egyptian dry cargo ship enroute to Greece, and it confirms the presence of the UFO. After 90 seconds it quickly moves back to the Gori, ascends at an angle of 40°-45°, veers to the right, and eventually disappears. Total duration of the sighting is 12 minutes. (Sergey Romanav, " Disk with Rotating Cupola Observed near Straits of Gibraltar by Russian Ship in 1984," IUR 18, no. 3 (May/June 1993): 17-18; Paul Stonehill, " Questions about a Russian Case," IUR 18, no. 4 (July/Aug. 1993): 21; Stonehill and Mantle, Russia's USO Secrets, Flying Disk, 2020, pp. 69-70)

July 13 - 4:30 p.m. A mysterious object comes into view above Rzeszów, Poland, remaining stationary for a long time. A flight controller from Rzeszów-Jasionka Airport estimates it is at 6,500 feet and is slowly moving to the northwest. Mielec Airport air traffic controller Kasimierz Lubertowicz scrambles an Iskra jet trainer on a scouting mission. As pilot Henryk Bronowicki approaches the object at 24,600 feet, he realizes it is not a weather balloon and is moving away from him. He gives up the chase, but the object descends and he approaches it again, failing to reach it as it retreats. (" Cale Podkarpacie widzi UFO: Czyli sprawa, która chciano zataic (1984)," Portal Infra, September 20, 2013; Poland 74-75; Arek Miazga, " Pilot kontra UFO nad Mielcem 13.07.1984," Spotkania z Nieznanym, June 1, 2019)

September 7 - 4:10 a.m. While approaching Minsk, Belarus, the pilots of a Soviet Aeroflot Tu-134 airliner are startled to see a strange, brightly glowing shape that appears to their right and follows their path closely for several minutes. The glowing object changes shape repeatedly, appearing first as rays, then concentric circles, then as a cloud, and finally as an amorphous mass. While copilot Gennady Lazurin sketches the object, Captain Igor Cherkashin contacts air traffic officials, who report that radar shows a strange "double" object, believed to be the airliner and the unidentified object. Years later, reports surface of a second flight crew traveling in the opposite direction who also had seen the glowing object. Lazurin's sketches of the object closely parallel sketches made by other witnesses at rocket launches. A missile launch from a Russian submarine in the Barents Sea is a likely explanation, according to James Oberg. (" Soviet Airliner Given `Escort' by UFO," Houston (Tex.) Chronicle, January 31, 1985, pp. 1, 10; Richard H. Hall, " Soviet Sky Spectacular," IUR 11, no. 4 (July/Aug. 1986): 11-14; Good Above, pp. 243-247; Paul Stonehill and Philip Mantle, The Soviet UFO Files: Paranormal Encounters behind the Iron Curtain, Quadrillion, 1998, pp. 88-89; James Oberg, " The Minsk UFO Case: Misperception and Exaggeration," Skeptical Inquirer 33, no. 1 (January/February 2009): 35-41; Dmitry Sudakov, " USSR's Most Renowned UFO Sighting Linked to Ballistic Missile Launch?" Pravda, August 9, 2009)

October - 11:45 p.m. Five witnesses, including missile technician Shamil Yuaihmetov, see a metallic cigar-shaped object slowly descending at a 45° angle near the Kattakurgan tactical nuclear missile base in Uzbekistan. It emits a hissing sound. The next day, three apparent landing-gear marks in an equilateral triangle pattern are found in a nearby vineyard in an area of damaged vines measuring 100 by 260 feet. Each depression is 20 inches deep. The case is investigated by S. P. Kuzionov of the Russian Geographical Society. (Ted R. Phillips, " Physical Traces Associated with Unidentified Flying Objects," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 445 (May 2005): 5; Nukes 452-453)

November 14 - As the space shuttle Discovery approaches the dysfunctional satellite Westar VI on the STS-51-A mission, its video camera records for 2 seconds a gray blob that seems to materialize near the top center of the frame and move in a curved path across the right side of the frame. Bruce Maccabee says the blob could be a "reflection of something in a window or a small nearby particle." (" UFO Appears during NASA STS-51-A Mission November 1984," Real UFO Files Disclosed YouTube channel, July 10, 2020)

December 11 - North Hollywood, California, film producer Jaime Shandera receives an unmarked package in the mail containing an undeveloped roll of 35mm film with the faked 1952 Eisenhower briefing document and the 1947 Truman MJ-12 memo. He tells researcher William Moore, and they have the roll developed. Postmarked Albuquerque, New Mexico, the package is most likely sent by individuals in AFOSI at Kirtland AFB, including special agent Master Sgt. Richard Doty, to plant disinformation in William Moore's UFO research. They wait until 1987 to release the document. (Good Above, pp. 545-551; Howard Blum, Out There: The Government's Secret Quest for Extraterrestrials, 1990, pp. 240-242; Michael Hesemann and Philip Mantle, Beyond Roswell, Marlowe, 1997, p. 90; Clark III 365-366; Graff 313-314; Clark IV 409-410)

1985

Near the town of Krasnovodsk [now Türkmenbasy], Turkmenistan, a radar station under the command of Captain L. Valuev tracks a disc-shaped object at an altitude of 60,000 feet and apparently more than one-half mile in length. The object is stationary, and some time later a small disc about 16 feet in diameter flies out of it and then lands on a lengthy spit on the Caspian Sea. Patrol boats rush to that area, but when they reach a distance of 325 feet from the object, it takes off and flies more than one-half mile away. This happens five times. Then the object ascends at a huge speed and reaches the larger disc, which rises up and disappears. (Good Need, p. 354; Vadim K. Ilyin, " KGB's `Blue Folder' Reveals Shootings, Landings in USSR," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 403 (November 2001): 8; Alexander Dremin, " Soviet Army Fought UFOs," Pravda, January 2004)

January 13 - Journalist James Bamford reveals the existence of the still-secret National Reconnaissance Office in a New York Times article. (James Bamford, " America's Supersecret Eyes in Space," New York Times Magazine, January 13, 1985, Sec. 6, p. 39)

February - 2:35 a.m. Freight train #1702, consisting of 70 empty cars and a locomotive, is paced by a strange object for 31 miles from Essoyla station through Suoyarvi, Karelia, Russia, for 1 hour and 20 minutes. It comes from the side and crosses the railway about 100- 160 feet ahead of the train. The men feel as if hypnotized and stare at an object about 13 feet in diameter that moves silently above the ground as if drifting. When the train is approaching the Novye Peski station, Engineer Sergei Orlov switches on his portable radio and contacts a woman on duty who goes out to meet the approaching train. She is surprised to see the shining ball followed by the vibrating object looking like an "upturned basin." The train appears, moving at about 37 mph. She thinks the ball might hit the station, but right before the switch, it suddenly separates from the locomotive and passes around the building. When it returns, the object moves again toward the train, which speeds up as if the UFO is pulling it. The train manages to stop only near the Zastava station and the ball disappears behind the forest. The crew has to wait for a train coming from the opposite direction toward Petrozavodsk. Conductor Mironov gets out of the cab to examine the wheels, and as soon as he walks around the locomotive he feels a strange force press him against the train. He cannot move, but eventually it lets up; he reaches the cab and the train starts off as if it is waiting for him to take his seat. The train keeps moving for some time until the ball disappears behind trees. Automatic recorders on the locomotive and other official documents corroborate the testimony. The shining ball is noticed earlier at the Kutizhma station even before it is spotted by the train. (NICAP, " Objects Pull Train"; Paul Stonehill and Philip Mantle, The Soviet UFO Files: Paranormal Encounters behind the Iron Curtain, Quadrillion, 1998, p. 95)

March - Noon. At a military shooting range at Malina, west of Galati, Romania, Doru Voloseniuc is sent to collect compasses from a military vehicle when he sees a flat, silvery object hovering about 5 feet above the ground. It becomes shrouded with a blue-green mist as it increases its rotation. He hears an unusually strong and penetrating ringing sound and he is lifted off the ground more than 12 inches and slams into the road face down. Looking up, he sees the object is no longer there. (Romania 93-94)

May - Hachiro Kubota begins publishing UFO Contactee, an English-language newsletter in Tokyo, Japan. It focuses on the experiences of George Adamski and other contactees and continues through 1998. Kubota has translated all of Adamski's books into Japanese. His Get-Acquainted Program group, which he formed as early as 1961, holds monthly meetings that attract students who explore Adamski's philosophy. ( UFO Contactee, no. 1 (May 1985); Eghigian, After, p. 228)

May 23 - 10:35 p.m. A Soviet bomber regiment carrying out a scheduled mission spots an oval, orange object over the Khabarovsk Krai, Russia. Radar does not track it, but observers estimate it is traveling close to 350 mph. A light halo surrounds it. The sighting lasts 13 minutes, during which time the object occasionally descends and remains motionless. Two hours later, a similar object is seen at high altitude for 10 minutes, emitting beams of light. (Paul Stonehill and Philip Mantle, The Soviet UFO Files: Paranormal Encounters behind the Iron Curtain, Quadrillion, 1998, p. 76)

June 11 - 10:40 p.m. A Chinese Boeing 747 airliner encounters a UFO on its flight from Beijing to Paris that almost forces the captain to make an emergency landing. Flight CA 933 is over Lanzhou, Gansu province, China, when Captain Wang Shuting and his crew first observe the object. The UFO crosses the path of the airliner at an altitude of 33,000 feet at a very high speed. The object illuminates an area of 25-30 square miles and is huge, with an apparent diameter of 6 miles. It is elliptical in shape and has an extremely bright spot in the center, with three horizontal rows of bluish-white lights on the perimeter. The sighting lasts for 2 minutes. Passengers do not see the object. (" Translation from China of June 11th UFO over Dung Kou," CUFOS Associate Newsletter 6, no. 3 (June/July 1985): 6; Good Above, p. 218)

July 22 - 5:45 p.m. Two Hawk jets of the Zimbabwe Air Force piloted by C. Cordy-Hedge and T. R. Van Rooyen are scrambled from Thornhill Air Base in Gweru, Zimbabwe, following sightings in Bulawayo and five other cities in Matabeleland South. The object is seen and tracked on radar at Bulawayo Airport. It looks orange and round with a short cone on top. When the jets arrive at Bulawayo, the object is hovering at 7,000 feet, but it suddenly accelerates to a height of above 70,000 feet in less than a minute. The Hawks level off at 31,000 feet and return to Thornhill, where the object is seen for a few moments before disappearing horizontally at high speed. Air Commodore David Thorne states: "As far as my Air Staff is concerned, we believe implicitly that the unexplained UFOs are from some civilization beyond our planet." UFO researcher Cynthia Hind speaks to some Bulawayo witnesses who think the object is a balloon coated with reflecting material, but radar operators say it is clear it is no balloon. (Cynthia Hind, " African Report," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 211 (November 1985): 3-5, 19; Cynthia Hind, " Report on the UFO Sighting in Zimbabwe: July, 1985," BUFORA Bulletin, no. 21 (May 1986): 5-9; Good Above, pp. 433-434)

August - Several dozen Chinese scientists gather in Dalian, Liaoning, China, to exchange views on UFO research for the first time. Some 40 papers are presented and 17 of them are selected to be published in the proceedings. An article in China Daily reports that there is an enormous interest in UFOs in China and that the China UFO Research Organization has a membership of 20,000. The organization's chairman, Liang Renglin of Jinan University in Guangzhou, says that more than 600 reports were made in the past 5 years. ("UFO Conference Held in Darlian," China Daily, August 27, 1985; Good Above, pp. 219, 472)

Autumn - 8:30 p.m. A father and son are driving in Cannock Chase toward Rugeley, Staffordshire, England. As they round a bend in the road, they see a large, black, triangular object stationary 150 feet in the sky about 100 feet away. A bright light appears at each point of the triangle. After a short time, it shoots away at incredible speed. (" Tale of a Chase Hi-Tech Triangle," Wolverhampton (UK) Cannock Chase Post, December 21, 2000, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 383 (June 2001): 13)

September 9 - 12:05 p.m. British pilot David J. Hastings is flying a Cessna 337 Super Skymaster with his instructor, US pilot David Patterson, south of Las Vegas, Nevada, with the Mojave Desert in California just coming into view, when they nearly collide with an oblong-shaped object that suddenly appears directly in front of them. They duck beneath the instrument panel. When they get up, they sense something moving on the port side of the plane, so Hastings takes two photos in that direction. When the film is developed, one shot shows a blurry image of a UFO. (David J. Hastings, "Across the USA in a Cessna Skymaster," Pilot, June 2000, pp. 56-59; Good Need, pp. 399-400; UFOFiles2, pp. 132-133)

October - The Russian motorship Baltiysky-35 is in the Baltic Sea bound from Lübeck, Germany, to Riga, Latvia, when the crew observes a bright dot in the sky emanating concentric circles of a light-green color. Researcher Konstantin Khazanovich considers this to be the result of a Soviet ballistic missile laiunch from the Murmansk area. (Stonehill and Mantle, Russia's USO Secrets, Flying Disk, 2020, p. 172)

November 22 - After 5:00 p.m. A Wisconsin state employee is driving north on County Highway CV near DeForest, Wisconsin, when he notices three white lights hovering 20-30 feet above a farmhouse. He exits the highway for a closer look. The UFO is roughly triangular, dull gray, 40 feet across, and its bottom is sloped into contours. It is hanging stationary over a 60-foot-high tree as the witness pulls his car past it. He gets out of his car about 200 feet away, and the object moves closer toward him to about 100 feet over the road. Smoothly and quickly it moves away to the west. (Don Schmitt, " The Belleville Sightings, Part Two," IUR 13, no. 1 (Jan./Feb. 1988): 18)

December 23 - 3:10 a.m. The merchant ferry Manuel Soto, owned by Transmediterránea Company, is sailing from Las Palmas to Arrecife in the Canary Islands when the third officer on duty sees a light on the horizon ahead. Initially he identifies it as the star Antares but soon realizes the position is wrong. He takes measurements of its height and azimuth. It remains in the same spot for 15 minutes, after which it begins moving quickly. Other crew members see the light approaching the ship and reaching the zenith 2 minutes later. The object's outline does not resemble an airplane or helicopter, and it has an intense white light at its center, a weaker red light near it, and another soft light set apart. The object is flying low and silently. (Swords 436)

1986

January 7 - A UFO emitting beams of light toward the ground is seen in Butler, Pennsylvania. In Pittsburgh, 20 minutes later, a silver-gray disc is seen hovering. Mist forms around it, the object tilts, and it moves out of sight. (Stan Gordon, " Pennsylvania Wave," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 224 (December 1986): 7)

February 8 - 7:00 p.m. Matthew Woodard, 16, and Melinda Hays, 17, are driving toward Lima, Ohio, from the west on State Route 117. As they are crossing the bridge over the Ottawa River, they see a large, dark object about 50-60 feet long hovering above some trees on the right side of the road. It parallels them as they turn left on Seriff Road. It has a rectangular upper section with a single steady white light on top and sloping sides with a red and blue light on the lower left. The object eventually disappears in the distance behind trees and houses. (John P. Timmerman, " A Giant Triangle," IUR 11, no. 4 (July/Aug. 1986): 9)

February 28 - 11:30 p.m. Multiple witnesses in New Castle, Pennsylvania, watch a 50-foot- long lighted object, with two apparent legs for landing, hovering and moving up, down, and sideways. A dog becomes completely agitated. (Stan Gordon, " Pennsylvania Wave," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 224 (December 1986): 8)

March 26 - 8:00 p.m. Some 500 witnesses in Kingston, New York, see an object "like a giant Ferris wheel" the size of a football field. It makes a humming sound and has intensely bright lights, mostly white but also red, yellow, green, and blue. A dark mass behind the lights blots out the sky. Suddenly the object flips on its side before moving away. A police officer who sees the UFO says it cannot be "a bunch of guys flying in planes." (NightSiege 196-198)

April 26 - About 4:30 a.m. During the nuclear disaster at the Chernobyl Nuclear Power Plant in Ukraine, Mikhail Varitsky and other technicians observe a fiery sphere, similar in color to brass, within 1,000 feet of the damaged Unit 4 reactor at the height of the fire. Two bright rays shoot out from the object, directed at the reactor. It hovers in the areas about 3 minutes, then the rays vanish as the UFO moves slowly away to the northwest. Radiation levels taken just before the UFO appears read 3,000 milliroentgens/hour; after the rays, the readings show 800 milliroentgens/hour. (Paul Stonehill and Philip Mantle, The Soviet UFO Files: Paranormal Encounters behind the Iron Curtain, Quadrillion, 1998, pp. 68-69; " UFO Prevents Blast at Chernobyl Nuclear Plant," Pravda, September 16, 2002)

May 19 - 9:00 p.m. A Xingu light airplane piloted by Col. Ozires Silva, an aeronautical engineer and a manufacturing CEO for Petrobras, is preparing for a landing at Sao José dos Campos. His copilot Cmdr. Alcir Pereira da Silva receives a call from CINDACTA in Brasília asking them to confirm some unidentified targets. They look and see bright red or red-orange lights "not at all like stars or planes." Aborting the landing, they attempt to pursue one of the objects, which blinks on and off irregularly, appearing in a new location each time as if changing position rapidly. After about 30 minutes, they give up the chase and land. The Xingu makes three other attempts to land, but each time is diverted toward looking at other unidentified lights and targets.

June 26 - 9:49 p.m. A husband and wife see two objects traveling from southwest to northeast, about as bright as Venus, in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. They move on parallel paths below a scattered cloud cover. After a minute, they appear to begin rotating, then stop and move out of sight. (Mark Rodeghier, " From the CUFOS Files: 1986 Reports," IUR 11, no. 6 (Nov./Dec. 1986): 14)

July 15 - 12:00 midnight. A single witness walking home from the bus station in Watertown, Massachusetts, is watching airliners land at Logan Airport when he sees a string of three bright-orange lights. They are moving along the same glide path as the incoming jets but seem to slow down, come to a dead stop, then vanish instantly. (Mark Rodeghier, " From the CUFOS Files: 1986 Reports," IUR 11, no. 6 (Nov./Dec. 1986): 13)

July 21 - Ben Rich, executive vice president and general manager of Lockheed's Advanced Development Projects, replies to a letter from researcher John Andrews about man-made and extraterrestrial UFOs, saying "Yes, I'm a believer in both categories. I feel everything is possible. Many of our manmade UFOs are Un Funded Opportunities." (Keith Basterfield, " Which Aerospace Company Is Hiding a UAP Black Project?" Unidentified Anomalous Phenomena-Scientific Research, August 28, 2021)

August 31 - 2:30 a.m. A man is driving home when his car engine stops in Manzuno, Italy. He gets out to find out what happened, hears a sharp whistle and dogs barking, and sees two bright lights. The objects descend and remain visible for more than 15 minutes. He sees their shape as rectangular with a luminous trail. The engine comes back on as the objects disappear. (Herbert S. Taylor, " An Update on Vehicle Interference Reports, Part 1," IUR 33, no. 4 (May 2011): 19)

October 14 - 11:00 p.m. A couple driving north on US Hwy 45 near Bristol, Wisconsin, sees red and white lights flickering on the road ahead. They drive cautiously forward and see a large, triangular object hovering 30 feet above the pavement. The lights are running along its outer edges. They pull up almost directly underneath it, park, and step out of the car. They see a grid structure on its lower surface. Two minutes later the UFO drifts slowly toward the southeast and vanishes. (Don Schmitt, " The Belleville Sightings, Part Two," IUR 13, no. 1 (Jan./Feb. 1988): 18-19; Clark III 247; Clark IV 287)

November 16 - 9:00 p.m. Between Nocera Umbra and Valtopina, Perugia, Italy, two witnesses see a dark disc, 26 feet in diameter with a blue dome, fly over their car. The car stops and restarts after the object goes away. (Herbert S. Taylor, " An Update on Vehicle Interference Reports, Part 1," IUR 33, no. 4 (May 2011): 19)

November 17 - 5:10 p.m. Japan Air Lines Flight 1628, a Boeing 747 cargo plane with a crew of three, is in the vicinity of Fort Yukon, Alaska, on its way to Anchorage. The jet is carrying a cargo of French wine and is flying at 35,000 feet through darkening skies, a red glow from the setting sun lighting one horizon and a full moon rising above the other. Capt. Kenju Terauchi and First Officer Takanori Tamefuji, along with Flight Engineer Yoshio Tsukuda, see two small objects and one huge Saturn-shaped object visually and on radar for more than 30 minutes. The objects follow the airplane for about 350 miles. The pilot changes course and altitude several times, with FAA permission, in an effort to identify the objects. Two rectangular-appearing objects sparkling with arrays of lights suddenly loom directly in front of them, one above the other. After a few minutes they abruptly change position and appear side by side. They move quickly, stop suddenly, and swing from side to side in unison, as if linked together. VHF radio communications are occasionally garbled at this time and cease when the two objects move away to the left of the aircraft. Two flat white lights continue to pace the airplane, then drop back and are lost from view both visually and on radar. About 5:30 p.m., while in the vicinity of Fairbanks, Terauchi checks a white light behind the plane and sees "a silhouette of a gigantic spaceship." It is walnut-shaped, symmetrical above and below, with a central flange. He says, "It was a very big one-two times bigger than an aircraft carrier." At its closest point, the large object casts such a bright light that it illuminates the cockpit, and Terauchi can feel heat on his face. Radio communications again became garbled during the close approach. The crew becomes frightened by the large object and requests permission to change course. After the course change, they look back and see the object still following them. Increasingly fearful, they request a descent to get away from the UFO ("We had to get away from that object"). After they descend and turn again, the object disappears. The FAA at first confirms that several of its radar traffic controllers had tracked both the 747 and the large object, and that USAF radar has also done so. Later official statements back away from this and try to ascribe the radar targets to weather effects. On December 29, the FAA issues a report stating, "We are accepting the descriptions of the crew, but are unable to support what they saw." (Wikipedia, " Japan Air Lines Cargo Flight 1628 incident"; NICAP, " Fantastic Flight of JAL 1628"; Walter Andrus, "Strange Alaskan Encounter," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 226 (February 1987): 3-8; Bruce Maccabee, " The Fantastic Flight of JAL 1628," IUR 12, no. 2 (Mar./Apr. 1987): 4-23; Marguerite del Giudice, " The UFO That Can't Be Explained," Philadelphia (Pa.) Inquirer Magazine, May 24, 1987, pp. 14-17, 24-27; Good Above, pp. 432, 532; Don Berliner, with Marie Galbreath and Antonio Huneeus, UFO Briefing Document: The Best Available Evidence, Dell, 2000, pp. 128-132; UFOEv II 142-144; Kean, pp. 218-229; Swords 342; Good Need, pp. 400-401; " JAL Flight 1628 over Alaska," UFO Evidence; Clark III 630-632; Coulthart 2023, pp. 83-85; Powell, Scientist, 17-18; Clark IV 692-694; John Greenewald, " The Vault Files: 1986 Alaska JAL Flight 1628," The Black Vault, August 25, 2025)

November 25 -Afternoon. Civil and military personnel in Magadan Airport, Russia, notice an unidentified radar target. Since there is another aircraft in the vicinity, air traffic control asks the pilot to be aware of an unknown object. The plane and UFO "pass clear of each other," although no details are given. Afterward, the object turns east and speeds up to 1,800 mph over the water toward Kamchatka and disappears from radar screens. (Vadim K. Ilyin, " KGB's `Blue Folder' Reveals Shootings, Landings in USSR," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 403 (November 2001): 8)

Late December - 2:30 a.m. A road-maintenance engineer is driving on the highway between Hajdúböszörmény and Debrecen, Hungary, when he sees a "trailer with lit-up windows" landed in a field about 900 feet away. An orange light is flooding through the windows. The object is in the same spot where the sphere chasing the ambulance in April had passed above power lines. (Karoli Hargitai, " The UFO Phenomenon in Hungary," IUR 14, no. 2 (Mar./ Apr. 1989): 14-15)

1987

January 9 - 2:30 a.m. A road-maintenance engineer is on a routine checking tour near Józsa, between Hajdúböszörmény and Debrecen, Hungary, at the same point where his colleague had seen a "trailer" in December. He sees a "farmhouse" with the windows lit up, but knowing there is no farmhouse in that location, he stops the truck. The object is sitting near the overhead power lines between two stacks of straw. It is about 50 feet in diameter, disc-shaped, and rounded off at the rim. Through the center line runs a row of 8-10 portholes with warm, yellow light emanating from them. Between each window is a grayish-white streak of light. He can see an open door about 5-6 feet high under the row of windows, through which he can see light and a floor with transverse ribs. Then he notices two entities wearing dark coveralls standing outside the object, while another appears in the door opening. Yellowish flashes erupt every 2-4 seconds from the top of the object. The witness flees the scene. (Karoli Hargitai, " The UFO Phenomenon in Hungary," IUR 14, no. 2 (Mar./ Apr. 1989): 15-16)

February 25 - 4:10 p.m. Filmmaker Paul Davids is at work in his home office in East Los Angeles, California, when his children call him to see a "flying saucer." Looking outside, he sees a metallic, domed disc making its way silently and smoothly across the sky over the valley in front of his house. They open the window and go out on the roof for an unobstructed view and spend the next 4-5 minutes watching it. At its closest point, about 500 feet away, it hovers in one position for about 2 minutes, wobbling with an even, slow oscillation. Its bottom seems to transform from silver to pitch black and back to silver again. Then it flies away at a faster but uniform speed. (Paul Davids, " Starry Night," IUR 14, no. 3 (May/June 1989): 13-15, 23)

March 7 - A family of three in Pingwu county, Sichuan, China, is awakened by a loud, high- pitched hum. They go outside and are blinded by a beam of light coming from a huge reddish object shaped like a straw hat that is hovering above them. They pass out and wake up later to find themselves strapped to steel tables in a circular room occupied by humanoid entities with 3 eyes and standing 3 feet tall. The aliens take blood samples from them and probe them with needles, also making an incision on the child's thigh. The next thing they know, they are walking down a road 7 miles from their home. (Lon Strickler, " China: Cryptids, Humanoids, Monsters, and Alien Visitors," Phantoms & Monsters, September 5, 2013; Chris Saunders, " UFOs over China," Fortean Times 331 (October 2015): 32)

March 23 - Evening. A woman hears a crash outside her home in Concord, North Carolina, and goes outside to investigate. She sees a domed disk in her backyard about 75 feet away, partially obscured by a tree. The dome is about 6 feet in diameter on top of an object about 25 feet high. The dome is projecting an intensely bright orange light that creates shooting pains in her eyes and lights up the entire yard. The lower part of the object is blue-silver and an 18-20 foot wide ramp extends down from it. Her eyes still hurt, so she does not see the UFO leave. No ground markings are found the next day, although two days later she discovers that a metal post on her dog lot has been magnetized. (Michael D. Swords, " Unusual Experiences from the Timmerman Files," IUR 27, no. 2 (Summer 2002): 22-23)

May - The Centro Italiano Studi Ufologici engages the Italian survey organization Doxa to conduct an opinion poll on UFOs. The poll shows a decline in belief in extraterrestrial UFOs since a previous survey in 1979 (19%, down from 39%) and an increase in skepticism (53%, up from 32%). The poll also indicates that those younger and more educated are more likely to believe in the physical reality of UFOs. Belief is more common in central Italy and less common in the south and north. (Edoardo Russo, " What Do Italians Believe about UFOs?" Italian UFO Reporter, no. 6 (December 1987): 1-3)

June 9 - 7:00 p.m. At RAAF Base Learmonth, near Exmouth, Western Australia, soldiers of the Special Air Service Regiment see a white light at 5,000 feet about 16 feet in diameter moving silently in a zigzag fashion from east to west. It hovers at the north end of the airstrip for 6-7 minutes, changes from white to amber, moves up into a cloud, then speeds off to the northeast. A Lockheed C-130 Hercules transport that takes off during the observation has difficulty establishing VHF radio communication. (Swords 409-410; Coulthart 2023, pp. 85-86)

June 25 - Bruce S. Maccabee, a Navy physicist and chairman of the Fund for UFO Research, along with Larry Koss, Jaime Shandera, and Budd Hopkins, provide an on-the-record press briefing on the "40-Year History of UFOs" at the Washington (D.C.) Foreign Press Center. (" 40 Year History of UFOs: A 1987 Foreign Press Center Briefing with Budd Hopkins, Bruce Maccabee," Eyes on Cinema YouTube channel, February 8, 2024; " '87 Foreign Press Center Briefing," The Black Vault Originals YouTube channel, May 23, 2024)

Late July - 9:00 p.m.-5:00 a.m. A married couple and their daughter are riding in a horse cart, returning to their home near Bedzienica, Poland. They notice two huge red spheres, apparently attached to each other, descending toward the northeast a few miles away and disappearing behind the horizon. After arriving home a few minutes later, the area outside their house becomes flooded in white light. The family rushes outside and sees two groups of three white lights silently floating low above a field less than one mile away to the northeast. The man alerts his neighbor and they return to the road to watch the lights for several minutes. Soon they notice a large red triangular light moving up and down in the northeast less than 2 miles away. After 6 minutes they hear a high- pitched sound like a car horn and the red light disappears. They continue watching the white lights, but soon notice that another neighbor's barn about 1,000 feet away seems to be on fire. The man goes home to get his motorcycle and two daughters, but when they get to the barn there is no fire and the light is coming from another set of white spheres to the south. By this time it is after 10:00 p.m., and they ride the motorcycle to a nearby hill to watch the lights. Soon one of the daughters sees a large object like a vertical white TV screen 10 feet high approaching from the east about 60-100 feet above the ground. Two humanoids with angular heads and in green coveralls are visible against the screen, one large and one smaller. The man restarts the motorcycle with difficulty and returns home. Some 300 feet from their farmhouse, they see another object, a fireball with a tail descending in the area where they had seen the red triangle. Tired, the daughters and his wife go to sleep around 11:00 p.m., but the man stays up to watch the UFO activity. Around 4:00 a.m. the original two sets of white objects rearrange into a complex group of 7 lights and remain that way for another hour. The next day, the man feels sick with heart problems and is taken to a hospital for a short stay. (Arek Miazga, " Z historii UFO na Podkarpaciu: Bliskie spotkanie w Bedzienicy- Nockowej (1987)," Spotkania z Nieznanym, July 3, 2011; Poland 77-80)

August 11 - A witness in Osbornville, New Jersey, sees a shiny, oval object that hovers, becomes brighter, and takes off like a shot, leaving a white trail. It then stops abruptly, maneuvers, flashes more lights, and shoots straight up out of sight. (Ocean County (N.J.), Observer, August 16, 1987; UFOEv II 30)

September 22 - 9:00 p.m. A young couple is sitting outside in Bossier City, Louisiana, when they see a large, conical or triangular object pass silently in the sky. It has sparsely distributed lighting on its base and seems metallic and solid. They estimate it is several football fields in length. On October 6, the man sees the object again, moving in the same direction toward Barksdale Air Force Base. (Michael D. Swords, " Timmerman's Triangles," IUR 29, no. 2 (Summer 2004): 16)

Mid-October - 6:00 p.m. A man is driving up Candlewood Lake Road, near Brookfield, Connecticut, when he sees a low-flying aerial object that passes over the trees to the left. After making a turn, he notices four cars stopped with no lights on off the side of the road. He flashes his headlights and his car's radio and electrical power dies. All the other drivers-three men and a woman-are out of their cars. They tell him that their vehicles stopped as a large, bright aircraft flew over and passed silently over a hill in the west. It had all white and amber lights and was triangular in shape. Two other cars drive by at that time and their engines sputter but they do not stop. He notices a glow in the woods. He wants to investigate it, but no one will accompany him. Grabbing a flashlight, he walks into the woods for about a quarter of a mile, watching the glow get brighter. As he climbs a hill, the glow turns deep red and then off-white. As he reaches the top of the hill, he sees a lighted object, but trees block his view. He climbs down the hill to a clearing and sees an object like a dark triangle hovering silently in (not above) the trees. He hears a noise and sees a figure wearing a helmet and a dark suit with glowing metallic stripes around the arms and waist approaching the object. It reaches the UFO and looks in the witness's direction. He hears thoughts in his head saying that he shouldn't come closer. As he watches, the figure raises its hand as if to say goodbye and vanishes in a flash of red light. The object then blinks out as if someone has just turned it off. (NightSiege 201-203)

November 28 - 9:10 p.m.-12:00 midnight. 33 unknown objects fly at low altitude over the coast of Primorsky Krai, Far Eastern district, Russia, on the Sea of Japan. Witnesses describe various shapes-cylinders, cigars, globes-all moving silently. Thirteen UFOs are seen above Dalnegorsk. The objects cause a 2-minute disruption of electrical circuits, including TVs and computers. More than 100 witnesses are questioned by the Far Eastern Commission. (Paul Stonehill and Philip Mantle, The Soviet UFO Files: Paranormal Encounters behind the Iron Curtain, Quadrillion, 1998, p. 94)

December 14 - 9:30 p.m. A gray, oval-shaped object lands on the road ahead of a Mercedes car near Launceston, Tasmania. The engine and lights fail instantly, and the driver brakes to a stop. Intense light comes from the base of the object that is painful to the driver's eyes. He leaves the car and gets sick, hiding behind a tree from where he watches his car being dragged about 33 feet, as if attracted by a magnet, and leaving tire marks on the road. A Land Cruiser approaches the scene and its lights fail, but the diesel engine continues to operate. The object takes off with a whirring sound. The car is covered with melted specks of asphalt, and serious electrical problems must be fixed after the incident. (Pat Hldea, " Interstate Report," Australian UFO Bulletin, June 1988, p. 5; Keith Roberts, " The Tasmanian Connection," UFO Research Australia Newsletter 7, no. 1 (May 1989): 10-12; Herbert S. Taylor, " An Update on Vehicle Interference Reports, Part 1," IUR 33, no. 4 (May 2011): 19)

1988

January 19 - 5:00 p.m. A father and daughter are driving to pick the mother up from work at the Pierre Bossier Mall in Bossier City, Louisiana. When they pull into the mall parking lot, the daughter notices a streak of light in the sky that suddenly moves right in front of them about 150 feet away and 50 feet above the ground. It is a dull silver disc with "turbines" or openings around its perimeter that are spinning like a slowly moving fan. From the top of the object emerges a sheath with rotary blades, although the blades do not rotate. The disc is about the size of an automobile, around 5 feet tall, and completely silent. For 90 seconds, all the noise of the mall seems muted. Then the device begins to move and zips away quickly. (Michael D. Swords, " Unusual Experiences from the Timmerman Files," IUR 27, no. 2 (Summer 2002): 21)

February 10 - 7:45-8:30 p.m. Numerous independent observers on the border of Cambria and Somerset counties near Johnstown, Pennsylvania, see a 60-foot object with several rows of lights that make it look like a "cruise ship in the sky." The object passes over cars and trees at an altitude of 50-100 feet. It emits a slight humming sound and projects multiple beams of light toward the ground. (" Number of UFO Reports in State Unprecedented in '88," Latrobe (Pa.) Bulletin, January 9, 1989, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 235 (February 1989): 11-12)

March 3 - 8:30 p.m. The brothers Farisano are returning home from a soccer championship near General Belgrano, Buenos Aires, Argentina, when they notice some strange lights above a nearby bridge. As they approach the lights, their vehicle engine suddenly stalls. They try to restart it but cannot, so they remain in their truck watching the lights. They now see that the lights are on a spherical object with a large red light on the top and several white lights in a row on the bottom section. The object hovers close to the ground. Inside the transparent midsection the witnesses can see a shadow-like figure moving about. The object suddenly moves slowly out of sight, after which the truck engine restarts and they drive home. (Herbert S. Taylor, " An Update on Vehicle Interference Reports, Part 1," IUR 33, no. 4 (May 2011): 19; " 1988: March UFO and Alien Sightings," Think AboutIts)

March 7 - During a campaign rally in Rogers, Arkansas, vice president and presidential candidate George H. W. Bush is approached by a UFO buff named Charles Huffer, who asks him if he will tell the truth about UFOs. He sort of promises to declassify the information. Later, Huffer declines to send him any UFO cases because "you're a CIA man. You know all that stuff." "I know some," Bush replies, "I know a fair amount." (presidentialufo.com, " George Bush, 41st President")

April 12 - Coral Lorenzen, founder of APRO, dies in Tucson, Arizona. CUFOS had been attempting to purchase the APRO archives, but is thwarted by someone who convinces Coral's son, Larry Lorenzen, that this is a bad move and that the APRO board should reconsider. He wants the archive to stay in Arizona. Tina Choate and Brian Myers, with their dubious International Center for UFO Research, convince the APRO board that they are the most logical recipients. In 1989, the board gives them the archives free of charge. Former APRO board member Robert Dean later realizes Choate and Myers are scam artists. They immediately bar anyone from using the files and move them to a garage at an undisclosed location in Scottsdale or Sedona, Arizona. Fortunately, APRO case files prior to 1957 have been preserved digitally. In 2010-2012, Choate and Myers are involved in a fraudulent scheme to acquire and illegally sell a valuable collection of fossils. (" Obituary: Coral Lorenzen," Flying Saucer Review 33, no. 3 (September 1988): 15; Clas Svahn, " Unique UFO Archive Hidden in Warehouse (APRO Archives and Files)," UFO Evidence; Jamie Ross, " Collector Sues over $25M in Fossils," Courthouse News Service, May 17, 2010; Isaac Koi, " Rare Microfilms of UFO Documents Now Online: APRO, US Air Force, etc. (PDF archives)," Above Top Secret forum, December 15, 2014)

May 4 - During a question-and-answer session following a speech to the National Strategy Forum in Chicago's Palmer House Hotel, President Reagan is asked about the most important "need" in international relations. He replies: "I've often wondered, what if all of us in the world discovered that we were threatened by an outer-a power from outer space, from another planet. Wouldn't we all of a sudden find that we didn't have any differences between us at all, we were all human beings, citizens of the world, and wouldn't we come together to fight that particular threat?" (presidentialufo.com, " Ronald Reagan, 40th President, January 20, 1981-January 20, 1989"; " President Reagan's Remarks at the National Strategy Forum on May 4, 1988," Reagan Library YouTube channel, February 26, 2018)

June 1 - 8:10 p.m. A LAN Airlines pilot, on a final approach to the runway at El Tepual Airport in Puerto Montt, Chile, suddenly encounters an object with a large white light surrounded by green and red flashes. It is coming straight toward the airplane, and the pilot makes a steep turn to the left to avoid a collision. The object is also seen by air traffic control personnel. (Kean, pp. 194-195; " 1988: La historia del Ovni de El Tepual, Puerto Montt," Prensa Vértice TV YouTube channel, August 17, 2012; Rodrigo Bravo Garrido and Juan Castillo Cornejo, " Incidente del Boeing 737 del Vuelo Lan Chile 045 con un F.A.N.I. el 01 de Junio de 1988," Parinacota UFO Arica, October 10, 2015)

July 17 - Night. Several witnesses see two objects with red and green flashing lights make two crisscross passes near the generating station in Homer City, Pennsylvania. Later one object drops from the sky and makes two passes about 200 feet from the ground. It is circular in shape and about the size of a large car. It has four leg-like structures with lights on them that protrude from the bottom. A hissing noise can be heard as the object passes close by. (" Number of UFO Reports in State Unprecedented in `88," Latrobe (Pa.) Bulletin, January 9, 1989, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 235 (February 1989): 11-12)

August 23 - Early morning. A woman, "Amy," dreams of being taken into a UFO and flown to a small, unearthly island with a "ruddy, orange-brown forest." Looking out the hatch, she sees a bizarre creature like a winged mammal. She has a friendly telepathic conversation with it, and the two enter a clearing where they encounter three other creatures, one a "hideous bovine/reptilian seeming mix-up that stood upright, and two very large winged snakes." She also sees a human being in a dazed, unaware state. Accompanied by the friendly creature, Amy leads the man to the UFO and flies up into the clouds. Her final sensation is being hit by lightning, then hitting her bed at home. (Amy, "ET Vacation," in Andrea Pritchard, et al., Alien Discussions: Proceedings of the Abduction Study Conference, North Cambridge Press, 1994, pp. 75-76; Clark III 1036-1037; Clark IV 1151-1152)

September 2 - Afternoon. A man sitting by a pond on his rural residence near Ebensburg, Pennsylvania, is startled to see an object come out of the sky from the north and hover 50 feet away from him about 30 feet above the ground. It is spherical and about 15-20 feet in diameter. The upper section is red and the underside orange-red. The center is divided by a glass-like, amber-colored window, and lights can be seen flashing inside. The object emits a mist toward the ground. It silently hovers for about 2 minutes before moving off to the north. Later, the man finds a depressed area in the tall grass about 12 feet in diameter where the grass is swirled counterclockwise. (" Number of UFO Reports in State Unprecedented in `88," Latrobe (Pa.) Bulletin, January 9, 1989, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 235 (February 1989): 11-12)

October 25 - 5:00 a.m. A Miami, Florida, couple is on their balcony terrace when they see 3 yellow lights moving erratically from west to east. They pass behind the only cloud in the sky then disappear. (Herbert S. Taylor, " Mystery Clouds and the UFO Connection," IUR 29, no. 4 (July 2005): 19)

November 11-12 - 5:00 p.m. A truck driver returning from Utah to Baker, California, goes through a series of bizarre and inexplicable experiences, some of them ufological, that leave him convinced that his truck is possessed and "they" have been in control of him all along. The experiences end shortly after midnight before he returns to Baker and leave him terrified. During the drive he has been drinking copious amounts of coffee, which may have contributed to his hallucinatory excitement. (Ann Druffel, " The Caffeine Zone," IUR 13, no. 3 (May/June 1988): 18-22)

December 28 - 7:45 p.m. Many people in Cabo Rojo, Puerto Rico, see a huge, bright-yellow triangular object in the sky. Mañuel Marcado watches as two F-14 Tomcats (probably from an aircraft carrier) approach the object from either side then cross in front of it. The light stops in mid-air and absorbs both planes, according to Marcado. The object moves over Lago Samán, then divides itself into two triangles, one of which shoots off to the east and the other to the north. Allegedly, the triangular objects were tracked on US Navy radars. (Jorge Martin, " Did Huge Triangle-Shaped UFO Abduct Two U.S. Fighters in Puerto Rico?" MUFON UFO Journal, no. 261 (January 1990): 20-23; Richard D. Seifried, " Jorge Martin and the Puerto Rican UFO Experience," Australian UFO Bulletin, December 1993, pp. 26-27; Alan Caviness, " Military Encounter with a UFO," Caviness Report; Good Need, pp. 379-381; " Puerto Rico UFO Encounters: Fighter Jets Went Missing near Gigantic Triangular Object, 1988," Eyes on Cinema YouTube channel, October 17, 2023; "` Mile-Wide' Delta-Shaped UFO Made Two US F-14 Fighter Jets Disappear in Cabo Rojo, Puerto Rico, 1988," Eyes On Cinema YouTube channel, July 27, 2025)

1989

January - Leonard Stringfield issues his fifth Status Report. (Leonard H. Stringfield, UFO Crash/ Retrievals: Is the Coverup Lid Lifting? The Author, 1989)

February - Numerous witnesses in Gloucestershire, England, report a noiseless triangular UFO "ablaze with lights." One report describes a series of light beams emanating toward the ground that give it a "tripod effect." (Wilts & Gloucester Standard of Cirencester, February 24, 1989; Marler 124-125)

February 13 - 9:00-10:00 p.m. A large, low-flying, cylindrical UFO is reported by many witnesses in the North Caucasus region of Russia. It has spotlights in front and back, porthole-like openings along the sides, fins on its tail, and travels at about 65 mph. As it flies over Nalchik, Kabardino-Balkaria, it drifts down to an altitude of 150 feet then flies off. (Jacques Vallée, UFO Chronicles of the Soviet Union: A Cosmic Samizdat, Ballantine, 1992, pp. 32-33)

March - Robert Lazar allegedly sees a disc on his third visit to S-4 at Groom Lake, Nevada. It is a classic-looking flying saucer, resting on three legs in a hangar. It is about 35-40 feet in diameter, 15 feet tall, and the color of pewter. During his stay at S-4, he sees a total of 9 flying saucers, each distinctive in design and size. His assignment, however, involves just one craft he nicknames the "sport model," which he is allowed to examine on his fourth visit to S-4. The disc has three levels, and he is cleared for the lower two. Lazar crawls underneath the craft and sees three "gravity amplifiers" that focus a "Gravity A" wave from the "total annihilation" reactor in the center level of the craft. In this level, he sees a control panel and very small chairs-too small for human pilots. He discovers that part of the skin of the craft can become transparent, allowing one to look through it like a window. According to Lazar, the fuel for the craft is Element 115 [later synthesized in 2003 and named moscovium in 2016, but this is much different than what Lazar describes], housed in the reactor where it undergoes bombardment and spontaneous fission, producing antimatter particles that are converted to electricity with 100% efficiency. This power operates the amplifier, distorts the surrounding gravitational field, causes the craft to be invisible, and shortens the distance to a charted destination. Speed-of-light limitations are irrelevant. But Element 115 cannot be manufactured on Earth. The aliens have left only 500 pounds of it, but just 223 grams (half a pound) can fuel a craft for a long time. On another occasion, Lazar witnesses a demonstration of the craft, which lifts off the ground, moves left and right, and sits back down. He has access to and reads more than 100 documents dealing with the craft, its propulsion, and alien technology, as well as photos of gray alien bodies. The aliens are allegedly from the Zeta Reticuli 1 and 2 star system. The Reticulans claim to have genetically corrected human evolution up to 65 times over the past 10,000 years using viruses. They have given humans religion to prevent them from self-destructing and claim to be able to exert mind control on people when they are relaxed or sleeping. Lazar allegedly catches a glimpse of a small, gray alien standing between two men in white coats in a small room inside the secret S-4 facility. The documents also mention an exchange of information and hardware between the US government and the Reticulans until 1979, when some kind of conflict occurred. This is when the aliens leave and the military begins reverse-engineering what alien tech they have acquired. Then in May 1987, some scientists take an antimatter reactor to an underground Nevada test facility, where they are killed when attempting to cut the reactor open. Lazar claims he was hired as a substitute for one of these men. (" Billy Goodman Happening, Nov. 21, 1989," transcript of call-in radio show, KVEG-AM, Las Vegas, Nevada; Erich A. Aggen Jr., " Black Holes and Robert Lazar," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 266 (June 1990): 6-7; Grant R. Cameron, T. Scott Crain, and Chris Rutkowski, " In the Land of Dreams," IUR 15, no. 5 (Sept./Oct. 1990): 4-8; " S-4 Papoose Lake," Bob Lazar Debunked; " New High-Def Photos of S-4," Bob Lazar Debunked; " Element 115," Bob Lazar Debunked; Dolan II 475-478; Jacobsen, Area 51, p. 12)

April 15 - 5:30 p.m. A father and his 16-year-old son watch from their front lawn in Novato, California, a slowly descending object shaped like "two spheres connected by together like a stem." They are golden with a white halo around them. Through binoculars, they can see four smaller objects, golden discs, maneuvering near the original dumbbell-shaped UFO. The father notes a "strange absence of kids and dogs at the time." (Richard F. Haines, " Daylight Dumbbell," IUR 14, no. 5 (Sept./Oct. 1989): 12-13, 23; Clark III 866; Clark IV 961)

March 25 - The Soviet Mars probe Phobos 2 takes an infrared photograph of what appears to be a large and long cylindrical object very close to Mars moonlet Phobos. If this Phobos Mystery Object is at the same distance as the moonlet itself, it would be roughly 1.2 miles wide and 15 miles long. Its surface brightness is the same as Phobos. Its sides are parallel and both of the ends are rounded. The end toward Phobos narrows slightly; the other end has a short protrusion. This is the last image taken by the probe. On March 27 it fails to reestablish communications with Earth due to an onboard computer malfunction and goes into a spin. (Paul Stonehill and Philip Mantle, The Soviet UFO Files: Paranormal Encounters behind the Iron Curtain, Quadrillion, 1998, pp. 70-73; Patrick Gross, " Soviet Probe Meets UFO on Phobos Mission")

May 23 - Milton William Cooper produces a 25-page document titled The Secret Government, in which he claims that an unscrupulous group of covert CIA and other intelligence operatives actually runs the country. He says they were responsible for murdering one-time Secretary of Defense James Forrestal in 1949 because he threatened to expose the UFO cover-up. He claims there have been at least 16 downed alien craft, 65 bodies, and one live alien retrieved between 1947 and 1952, with at least 10 more crash/retrievals during the Eisenhower years. Cooper says aliens from a dying planet orbiting Betelgeuse landed at Holloman AFB, New Mexico, in 1954 and reached an agreement with the government. A second meeting took place with President Eisenhower at Edwards AFB, California, and signed a formal treaty with an alien ambassador, His Omnipotent Highness Krill. But, he claims, the aliens broke the treaty, abducting humans, conspiring with the Soviets, and manipulating society through secret organizations. Cooper also claims that Eisenhower had created a scientific advisory group in 1960 called the Jason Group to "discover the truth of the alien question." Much more spurious and outlandish tales develop. (Milton William Cooper, The Secret Government: The Origin, Identity, and Purpose of MJ-12, The Author, May 23, 1989; Clark III 367-368; Graff 323-324; Clark IV 411-412)

June - Jacques Vallée presents "five arguments against the extraterrestrial origin" of UFOs at the eighth annual conference of the Society for Scientific Exploration in Boulder, Colorado. (1) There are too many close encounters to explain them as a physical survey of the earth. (2) The humanoid body structure is unlikely to have originated elsewhere and is not biologically adapted to space travel. (3) The behavior of alien abductors contradicts the idea that advanced aliens are conducting genetic or scientific experiments. (4) UFOs have been recorded throughout human history. (5) The apparent ability of UFOs to manipulate space and time suggests different and richer alternatives to the ETH. Vallée cites the earthlight theory, the control system hypothesis, and travel via wormholes as viable explanations. (Jacques Vallée, " Five Arguments Against the Extraterrestrial Origin of Unidentified Flying Objects," Journal of Scientific Exploration 4, no. 1 (1990): 105-117)

June 6 - School children near the village of Konantsevo, Vologda Oblast, Russia, see a luminous dot in the sky. It gets larger, turns into a shining sphere, lands in a meadow, and moves to the Reka Kubena river about a quarter mile away. It seems to split, and a "headless person in dark garb" appears. The entity and sphere become invisible. Three more spheres are said to land later in the same meadow. (" UFO Sightings in Soviet Union," UPI, June 23, 1989; Jacques Vallée, UFO Chronicles of the Soviet Union: A Cosmic Samizdat, Ballantine, 1992, pp. 11-12; Gordon Creighton, " III-The Strange Events at Konantsevo, near Kharovsk (June, 1989)," Flying Saucer Review 35, no. 3 (September 1990): 4; " IV-Extract from Bulletin No. 8/1989 Issued by the Yaroslavl' UFO Study Group," Flying Saucer Review 35, no. 3 (September 1990): 5-6; " V-A Fuller Report on the Kharovsk (Konantsevo) Case; Little Kharovsk Shakes the Entire Vast Country," Flying Saucer Review 35, no. 3 (September 1990): 6-10; Patrick Gross, " URECAT: UFO Related Entities Catalog," June 13, 2007; " 1989 RU #UFOB [CASE] Russian Kids in Konantsevo See Strange Robotic Beings," UFOB | Your UAP Library YouTube channel, January 13, 2023)

July 4 - Twilight. Two women are walking with a 6-year-old girl along the Dnieper River in a park near Kyiv, Ukraine, when they see a "boat" with three beings on board. The entities have absolutely identical faces-extremely pale, long blond hair, large eyes, and collarless silver shirts that look like nightgowns. They tell the women they are from another planet and want to show them their spaceship. The women walk with them but experience odd physical sensations and beg to be let go. They see a ship behind some trees, and the little girl gets frightened. The beings relent and board the craft by a ladder that then retracts. The door closes silently, and the craft departs. (V. D. Musinsky, " Letter: Soviet Ufology," IUR 15, no. 1 (Jan./Feb. 1990): 20-21; Jacques Vallée, UFO Chronicles of the Soviet Union: A Cosmic Samizdat, Ballantine, 1992, pp. 37-39)

September 27 - 6:30 p.m. Several children playing at a park in Voronezh, Russia, see a pinkish aerial glow approaching them. As it passes overhead, they see that it is a deep red, ball-shaped object. The object flies around in circles for a few minutes and then leaves. When it returns, it hovers briefly, and then descends close to the ground. A hatch opens and a heavy-set figure emerges. The being moves very slowly and looks around. It has a small head resembling that of a doorknob, set in between the shoulders. It has three luminous eyes, the middle one moving around like "radar." On its chest is a shield-like object. The being then closes the hatch and the object lands gently on four legs. The hatch opens again and three huge humanoids with small knob-like heads step out. They wear silvery coveralls and bronze- colored boots. A strange robot-like creature accompanies the giants. All four walk around the object several times. A beam of light comes out of the chest of one of the beings and strikes the ground, creating several luminous triangles that later fade away. At one point the craft and beings become briefly invisible but then reappear. One of the boys screams in fear. Then one of the beings looks at the boy and points a tube at him. A luminous beam comes from the tube and hits the boy, which makes him disappear. The boy later reappears after the beings and the objects have gone. Subsequent information reveals that on the craft's hull and on the landing prop of another craft is the letter or symbol "zhe," reported as similar to the "Ummo" insignia reported in Western Europe in the 1970s. In a work published by Socialist Industry slightly after the incident, a self-proclaimed UFO specialist asserts the marks left by the supposed landing were simply scorch marks from a burnt hay-bale. (Wikipedia, " Voronezh UFO incident"; " UFO Lands in U.S.S.R.: Read All about It in Tass," Philadelphia Daily News, October 9, 1989, p. 5; " Soviet Youngsters Source of UFO Story," Macon (Ga.) Chronicle-Herald, October 10, 1989, p. 8; " A Tass Bulletin: Knobby Aliens Were Here," New York Times, October 10, 1989, pp. 1, 10; " U.F.O. Landing Is Fact, Not Fantasy, the Russians Insist," New York Times, October 11, 1989, p. 6; " Rare Thrill for Tass: Joshing Over Its U.F.O. Report," New York Times, October 12, 1989, p. 18;" The Voronezh Visitors," New York Times, October 14, 1989, p. 24; " Aliens Visit Voronezh," Moscow News, no. 43 (October 1989), via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 244 (November 1989): 12; Gordon Creighton, " Introduction: News from Muscovy," Flying Saucer Review 34, no. 4 (December 1989): 1-2; Gordon Creighton, " The UFO Landings at Voronezh," Flying Saucer Review 34, no. 4 (December 1989): 2-7; Lev Aksyonov and Boris Zverev, " The `Moscow News' Report (Full Text)," Flying Saucer Review 34, no. 4 (December 1989): 8-10; " Crisis Over! Problem Finally Solved.," Flying Saucer Review 34, no. 4 (December 1989): 10; " Last Word," Flying Saucer Review 34, no. 4 (December 1989): 10-11; " Tail-Piece on Voronezh," Flying Saucer Review 34, no. 4 (December 1989): 11; " Follow-up on the Landings at Voronezh (Russia)," Flying Saucer Review 35, no.1 (March 1990): 14; Jacques Vallée, UFO Chronicles of the Soviet Union: A Cosmic Samizdat, Ballantine, 1992, pp. 40-61; Lily Rothman, " Why `Aliens' `Landed' in Russia 25 Years Ago," Time, October 9, 2014; Clark III 1229-1231; Clark IV 1409-1411)

December 24 or 25 - 3:00 p.m. Pilot Vladimir Kuzmin sees a dark gray, cigar-shaped object hovering southwest of Chelyabinsk, Russia, while he is flying a two-seat Aero L-29 Delfin. He estimates its altitude at 4.6 miles. The sighting lasts more than 8 minutes with the object in direct view for over 4 minutes. Within hours, Kuzmin experiences a strange, crustlike skin rash on the exposed portion of his face that lasts for more than 11 days. (Richard F. Haines, "UFO Activities in the Soviet Union," IUR 16, no. 2 (Mar./Apr. 1991): 14; Richard F. Haines, "Encounter over Siberia," IUR 16, no. 6 (Nov./Dec. 1991): 12-13, 21-22)

1990

Sociologist Christopher Bader surveys members of the UFO Contact Center International in Seattle, Washington. He finds that two-thirds are female, with an average age of 44; almost 89% self-identify as "white," the rest as Native American; 55% are marries and 68% had attended college. Members also report being abducted an average of 10 times, yet 88% find the experience to be at least partly positive. (Christopher Bader, " Supernatural Support Groups: Who Are the UFO Abductees and Ritual- Abuse Survivors?" Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion 42, no. 4 (2003): 669-678; Eghigian, After, p.291)

Early January - 10:30 a.m. Two women are driving southwest near Thimister-Clermont, Belgium, when they see a bizarre object on their right, moving at an altitude of 980-1,300 feet. Dark and massive, it resembles an iron seen from underneath. After a few seconds, it disappears behind a farmhouse. (Patrick Vidal and Michel Rozencwajg, "The Belgian Wave," IUR 16, no. 4 (July/Aug. 1991): 7)

February 21 - Sundown. Norio Hayakawa, a Nippon TV journalist, takes a crew to the Area 51 Mailbox Site (near the 29 ½ mile marker, Highway 375, Tikaboo Valley) to watch the test flight of an object from Groom Lake, Nevada. The group sees an orange-yellow light appear above the hills. They get a second sighting later that evening when an object moves to the right, descends, performs a back turn and a 5,000-foot sudden descent, more or less instantly. (Michael Hesemann, UFOs and Area 51: Secrets of the Black World, Lightworks video, 1995, on UFO Central YouTube channel; " Norio Hayakawa," Dreamland Resort

March 21 - 8:00 p.m.-12:00 midnight. UFOs are seen over a wide area of Russia encompassing Novoselye, Sergiyev Posad, Yakovlevo, Dubki, Kablukovo, Fryazino, Khabarovsk, and Kirzhach. Radar stations and aircraft are put on alert. At 9:38 p.m., a UFO is seen at 6,500 feet altitude over Pereslavl-Zalessky, Yaroslavl Oblast, Russia. Lt. Col. A. A. Semenchenko is sent up in an interceptor to find it. At 10:05 p.m., he sees the object ahead and to the right. He tracks it on the in-flight radar as it flashes two white lights and changes speed and altitude. It does not respond to a radio challenge to identify itself. The pilot turns steeply and flies 1,600-1,900 feet above the UFO, but he can see only a vague shape. Between 8:00 p.m. and midnight, UFOs are also seen over a wide area Witnesses in Khabarovsk watch bright red spheres flying in complete silence and darting above the icebound Amur River, and a black cigar-shaped object 160 feet long with a ruby-red exhaust is seen traveling low above the ground. Radars do not register it. The commanding officers of several antiaircraft defense units around Moscow gather more than 100 visual reports from their subordinates, which are forwarded to the chief of the antiaircraft defense headquarters, Gen. Col. Igor Maltsev, who says that the object is a disc between 325-650 feet in diameter with two blinking lights. It turns on its axis and its course is "snakelike." (" UFOs on Air Defense Radars," Rabochaya Tribuna, April 19, 1990; " Soviet Air Defenses Baffled by Huge UFOs," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 266 (June 1990): 8-9; V. D. Musinsky, " Through the Secrecy Barrier," IUR 15, no. 4 (July/Aug. 1990): 14-15; UFOEv II 51-52; Patrick Gross, " FOIA Declassified Documents"; Antonio Huneeus, " Airplane Pilot UFO Encounters in the USSR and CIS, Part 2," OpenMinds, August 20, 2010; Stonehill and Mantle, Russia's USO Secrets, Flying Disk, 2020, p. 116; Powell, Scientist, 67)

Early April - Many observers, including a journalist with Sovetskaya Estoniya, see UFOs hovering above power lines along the Tallinn Highway, Estonia, on several occasions. Maj. V. Stroynetskiy and several hundred other witnesses repeatedly observe UFOs over the Yaroslavl Highway in Russia, many of which look like large "triangular milk cartons." The objects are flying at altitudes of 1,600-2,600 feet. At times, the entire body of an object "scintillates," while at other times it becomes iridescent with "lights of various colors." The objects fly at great speeds, make sudden stops in mid-air, and suddenly break off in lateral directions from the line of flight, "at which time they emitted rays." (Central Intelligence Agency, " USSR: UFO Sightings No. 2-General Maltsev Comments," Foreign Broadcast Information Service PROD Group, May 24, 1990)

April 5 - 8:15 p.m. A motorist driving near the shore at Gulf Breeze, Florida, sees what looks like a jet fighter about to crash. Two military jets approach from the north, and the original object immediately shoots laterally southward, halting 1-2 miles away. The man gets out of his car to watch. The object appears to be a white disc with red and green lights spaced evenly around the side and an unlit dome on top. Slowly, it begins to rise. He calls a friend and the sheriff's office. Two deputies arrive on the scene, and for the next 2 hours all three witnesses watch a bright light continue to ascend slowly. (Dan Wright, " Current Case Log," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 265 (May 1990): 17

May 4 - 11:15 p.m. A retired archaeologist in Stockay, Liège, Belgium, is about to return home after checking his greenhouse when he hears neighborhood dogs barking. He sees, in a field about 325 feet away from him, a pyramidal or conical illuminated object topped by a "bright white mushroom cone" floating about 1 foot off the ground. He approaches to about 165 feet and watches the object change color from white to orange as its upper part rises. He calls his wife to watch the UFO too. She sees two small antennas on top. They leave to get their son, but when they return the object is gone. The next day, he finds four circular holes about 3 feet in diameter with a thin layer of yellowish powder sprayed on the grass. Some days later, the traces vanish after a rainstorm. (Patrick Vidal and Michel Rozencwajg, "The Belgian Wave," IUR 16, no. 4 (July/Aug. 1991): 4)

May 25 - Day. A giant reddish-orange disc some 980 feet in diameter and with portholes around its rim is seen hovering at an altitude of 3,300 feet above Mary, Turkmenistan. Col. Anatoly Kurkchy, chief of the Air Defense Division of the Russian 12th Army, orders three ground-to-air missiles fired at it. The UFO makes a slight horizontal maneuver, and three beams of light coming from its port side destroy the missiles. Kurkchy then scrambles two jet interceptors, but at a point about 3,200 feet from the disc, the jets are allegedly thrown to the ground and destroyed, killing the four pilots. Kurkchy is removed from his post and transferred to a remote location. (Good Need, pp. 356-357)

Summer - The crew of a Russian ship harbored in the Anadyr' River off Ust-Belaya, Chukotka Autonomous Okrug, Russia, sees a perfectly circular opening in the cumulus clouds above the village. Groups of objects enter the circle and fly away. Watch officer Aleksandr Polorotov begins taking photos of them until his camera malfunctions. When the film is developed, a luminous cigar-shaped object can be seen on some of the photos, but the open circle of sky is not on any of them. Some crew members experience severe headaches after the episode. (Stonehill and Mantle, Russia's USO Secrets, Flying Disk, 2020, pp. 109-110)

July 6 - Day. Anna Dmitrievna Yerygina is herding goats on a lonesome road near Zvarykino, Belgorod Oblast, Russia, when a woman appears, seemingly out of thin air. Dressed in a light- gray, loose-fitting outfit with a hood, she seems somewhat tall and lean. The woman greets her and asks whether goats' milk is tasty. Yerygina says it is, but she prefers cows' milk. The woman then abruptly invites her on a brief excursion that will last no longer than three hours, touching her on the shoulder and saying, "Do not be afraid." She takes Yerygina to a large oval craft in a nearby field, A man awaits them and helps them aboard. Yerygina sits in the dimly lit interior, then suddenly finds herself in another room with others dressed in the same gray coveralls. She feels as if she has been transported to another world. The entities radiate spiritual warmth and hospitality. One of them offers her some tasty bread and a strange liquid. After she finishes the meal, her memory goes blank and she finds herself back in the field with her goats, the strange woman by her side. The woman says goodbye with a smile, promising to meet her again. (Priyma Alexey, XX vek. Hronika Neobyasnimogo: Fenomen za fenomenom, AST Olympus, 2000; Joshua Cutchin, "The Great Alien Bake-Off," Fortean Times 332 (November 2015): 42)

August 4 - Day. Two hikers near the A9 near Calvine, Perthshire, Scotland, see a diamond- shaped object that appears to be shadowed by an RAF Harrier jet. The object is visible for about 10 minutes. One of the hikers takes color photographs of the incident. Desk officers from DI55 suspect the image might show a US Air Force black project aircraft. The prints are sent to the Glasgow Daily Record newspaper, which forwards them to the Joint Air Reconnaissance Intelligence Centre at RAF Brampton [now closed] for scrutiny. The prints subsequently disappear and the MoD claims there is no surviving record of the conclusions reached about the investigation. However, in October 2020 the Ministry of Defence blocks release of the photos from their scheduled declassification on January 1, 2021, until 2072 without any explanation. Former MoD official Nick Pope, one of the few people to see the photos and the analysis, says the photos are authentic and show a material device of unknown origin that has no wings, no fuselage, no tail, no visible engine, and bears no inscription. Compared to elements in the landscape, the object appears to be about 98 feet in diameter. The British government continues to deny that its US ally has ever been allowed to operate experimental aircraft in UK airspace, but David Clarke discovers that a dossier of evidence was shared with US intelligence after the British expressed "concern about a possible stealthy platform flying in UK airspace." A 1992 letter from the British Defence Staff in Washington, D.C., reveals that one of the Calvine photos was brought to the US by British Intelligence officials to be examined by their US counterparts. In August 2022, David Clarke discovers a print of the actual photo that RAF officer Craig Lindsay has kept safe for more than three decades. Wim van Utrecht suspects that the photo might have been hoaxed with a Christmas tree star suspended on edge from a fishing line. Mike Bara claims the photo actually depicts a mountain peak showing above the clouds. (UFOFiles2, pp. 148-149; Paul Sims, " Alien Mystery: Government Bans Release of Secret UFO Dossier about Calvine for 50 Years," Scottish Sun, October 10, 2020; Nick Pope, "` Dark Forces': I've Seen Top Secret Photos of Calvine UFO Sighting-It Left Me Shell-Shocked," Scottish Sun, October 10, 2020; David Ramasseul, " Ovni de Calvine: L'interminable secret," Paris Match, October 13, 2020; David Clarke, "Revisiting the Calvine `UFO' Photographs," Part 1, Part 2, and Part 3, UAP Media UK, June 29-July 1, 2021; David Clarke, "The Jox Files: Was a US `Special Project' Captured on Film in Scotland?" Fortean Times 409 (September 2021): 52-53; Simon Houston, " What Was the Calvine UFO Sighting and Are the Photos Real?" Scottish Sun, May 2, 2022; David Clarke, " The Calvine UFO Photograph-Revealed," Dr. David Clarke: Folklore and Journalism, August 12, 2022; Wim van Utrecht, " A UFO with a High X(-mas) Factor," August 18, 2022; David Clarke, "UFO Cover-Up at Calvine," Fortean Times 423 (October 2022): 30-35; Ewan Mowat, " Legendary 30-Year-Old UFO Mystery `Tracked Down to a Lancashire Warehouse,'" Lancashire News, March 6, 2024; David Clarke, "UFO Photo Update," Fortean Times 447 (August 2024): 4-5; Jon Austin, " UFO Breakthrough as UK's Most Famous Case `Finally Solved' with Bombshell Explanation," Daily Express (UK), September 12, 2024; Andrew Robinson, " Craig Lindsay and the Calvine UFO: Transcript," Anthology Substack, December 30, 2024; Daniel Lavelle, " What Really Happened in Calvine?" The Guardian (UK), February 11, 2025)

September 13 - Shortly after 12:00 midnight. A Soviet radar unit in Samara, Russia, tracks an approaching object that apparently causes the equipment to malfunction and go blank. Going outside, the operators see a flying black triangle giving off three bright rays pass directly overhead at no more then 30 feet. It lands nearby and gives off more bursts of energy for 90 minutes. Cpl. S. Dudnik sees it knock out a radar aerial with a light beam. Two sentries, A. Blazhis and A. Varenitsa, allegedly disappear and reappear with no memory of the event and without realizing they have been missing. The ground where they were standing guard seems to be blasted by an explosion. Their wrist watches are running nearly 2 hours slow. Capt. D. Rudzit tells a military reporter from Za Rodinu who is investigating the incident that nothing has happened. In November, Deputy Minister of Defense Gen. Ivan Tretiak claims the incident was all a newspaper hoax. (Paul Stonehill and Philip Mantle, The Soviet UFO Files: Paranormal Encounters behind the Iron Curtain, Quadrillion, 1998, p. 50; Good Need, pp. 358-360, 364)

October 14 - 7:00 p.m. Frau Wengere and her husband are driving from Lostorf to Zürich, Switzerland, when she sees two motionless, bright white lights ahead of them to the left over a range of mountains. Her husband can't stop because there is no place to pull over. The lights of an approaching aircraft are much smaller and paler. They lose sight of the lights while driving through a village, but they see them again a little higher in the sky to the right of the road. A third light is now visible a bit to the left of the others and they watch it moving closer to the other two lights, which move from a 45° angle to horizontal, keeping the same space between them. The witnesses see two chains of red and green lights joining the two. They drive on and lose sight of the lights. (Auguste Meessen, " The Belgian Sightings," IUR 16, no. 3 (May/June 1991): 11, 22)

October 23 - 5:30 a.m. A young woman in Athus, Belgium, wakes up, looks out the window, and sees a light 1,300 feet away on or just above a nearby hill. It consists of two bright headlights directed at her. A smaller blue light is between the two white ones. About 10 minutes later, the lights rise together and move in toward her. The ground below lights up as they pass. A few moments later, the object passes silently over her house. She notices a small red light on its underside. The object then veers left in the direction of Luxembourg and disappears in the distance. (Patrick Vidal and Michel Rozencwajg, " The Belgian Wave," IUR 16, no. 4 (July/Aug. 1991): 5)

November 5 - 7:00 p.m. French pilot Jean-Gabriel Greslé is standing outside a gym in Gretz-Armainvilliers, Seine-et-Marne, France, with six of his martial arts students when a massive UFO comes into view. His first impression is of a huge crane with many lights. It is about 2,600 feet away at an altitude of 985 feet, moving downward. Another witness sees it level off and turn. It is projecting two very long, divergent beams of solid light that do not quite touch the ground. The object itself is at least 1,000 feet long and 200-250 feet thick with triangular substructures and many lights. Its rear section is trapezoidal. When it flies above them at no more than 100 mph, t somehow tunes out all surrounding noise as if carrying a "zone of silence." As Greslé moves around a tree to view it better, it dims and moves away, disappearing into a cloud. (Good Need, p. 382)

December 9 - 9:30 p.m. Mme. Cortvriendt and her husband are at the Waterloo exit of the Brussels Ring Road near Belle-Vue, Belgium, when they see a luminous triangle off to the right at an altitude of 160 feet. On its circumference are a multitude of white lights that are "bright as diamonds." Stretching from the center of the object are four brass-colored arms in the shape of a cross. They lose sight of it as it travels away from them to the northeast. (Patrick Vidal and Michel Rozencwajg, " The Belgian Wave," IUR 16, no. 4 (July/Aug. 1991): 8)

1991

January 6 -6:00 p.m. Four family members driving along the E411 motorway near Spontin, Belgium, watch a gigantic, plate-shaped UFO with many lights and a cupola pass overhead heading northwest. At 6:30 p.m., a family driving south on the A4 in Beez, Belgium, see three lights attached to an object hovering above a quarry. An army veteran named Hardy estimates the UFO to be about 260 feet long and 30-50 feet high, with the forward three lights in the form of a rectangle and a red light on the lower rear end. The bottom part is bulged out and dark gray in color. On the side, 15 portholes are lit up in white light. After parking their car on the side of the road, the witnesses watch the object for another minute or so. As soon as Hardy turns on his headlights, the object moves away to the northeast. (Patrick Vidal and Michel Rozencwajg, " The Belgian Wave," IUR 16, no. 4 (July/Aug. 1991): 8, 23)

February 6? - Evening. A woman is walking with two friends near the Etang de l'Ursine in Chaville, Hauts-de-Seine, France, when they see a large and brilliant star in the west. At nightfall, they return to their homes. One, named Sylvia, who lives on the Rue Alexis Maneyrol, goes back to look for the star and notices now that it is moving in a triangular motion. While walking back through the woods, she is struck by a beam. Suddenly, she is enveloped by a beam of light that seems to be trying to trap her, but she escapes back to her house. She goes to sleep but is surprised by an intruder in her house, a small figure in a watery-green cosmonaut suit who points to a screen showing the interior of a spaceship. The screen and figure dissolve. The next day, near a bus stop, she sees a strange figure wearing a cape who scowls at her terrifyingly. (Joël Mesnard, " A Failed Abduction at Chaville?" IUR 32, no. 3 (July 2009): 21-22, 24)

March 27 - Darol Ady is driving east on US Highway 20 near Hines, Oregon, when he spots two bright lights resembling airplane landing lights coming toward him above the road. He initially assumes the lights are from a plane preparing to land but suddenly they vanish. In their place a shower of red lights appears, resembling burning embers. Upon reaching the area, Ady and his wife see three heaps of ashes on the ground, with his wife noticing chunks of what looks like burning equipment. Later, he contacts the sheriff's office and Officer Frank Hickey accompanies him back to the site, but they find no evidence of fire or charring. Meanwhile, a ranch resident near the Wild Horse Corrals reports seeing a massive red glow in the sky. Another local describes witnessing enormous blue-green lights in the east near Lawen, brighter than airplane lights. The lights hover before descending toward the horizon and vanishing. A massive red light appears seconds later. (" UFO Seen West of Hines by Traveller," Burns (Oreg.) Times-Herald, April 3, 1991, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 262 (May 1991): 4; " UFOs Reported in E. Oregon," Corvallis (Oreg.) Gazette-Times, April 12, 1991, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 262 (May 1991): 1; " Foremost Sighting This Issue," Flying Saucer Digest, no. 114 (Summer 1991): 6, 7; Rick R. Hilberg, " Around and About the Saucer World," Flying Saucer Digest, no. 115 (Fall 1991): 7-9)

March 31 - For two nights in a row a couple in Palmarejo, Puerto Rico, hears their two Dobermans howling as if frightened, apparently upset by a peculiar sound like a phonograph record played at the wrong speed. It seems to move around the house, but the sound source cannot be located. Suddenly one of the dogs shrieks, and the husband runs outside to find two strange beings on his patio. They are 3-4 feet tall, gray, with big heads, big black eyes, and a slit for a mouth. The beings flee. The female Doberman is unharmed, but the male is found killed, with empty eye sockets and internal organs missing. (Jorge Martin, " UFO Connection Seen in Puerto Rico Mutilations," The Ufologist 2, no. 2 (Apr./June 1993): 22-25; Clark III 139; Clark IV 166)

April 9 - Night. Residents of Burns, Oregon, describe seeing aerial lights with flames, hovering objects, and something silent flying low over cars in Harney County. Burns Police Chief Aaron Richardson responds to a sighting at 9:15 p.m. above the Burns-Paiute Indian Reservation. Observing the object through a spotting scope, he cannot determine its nature. Pauline Brymen, editor of the Burns (Oreg.) Times-Herald, examines the light with a telescope and concludes it is a star. (" UFOs Reported in E. Oregon," Corvallis (Oreg.) Gazette-Times, April 12, 1991, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 262 (May 1991): 1; " Foremost Sighting This Issue," Flying Saucer Digest, no. 114 (Summer 1991): 6-7)

May 12 - 7:00 p.m. Farmer Moisés Campelo is walking home from his brother's house in Campo Redondo, Rio Grande do Norte, Brazil, when a bright light approaches and stops right above his head, spinning slowly. His eyes begin to burn and he feels paralyzed, as if he is being sucked into the light. He remains suspended under the light for about 5 minutes, after which he is dropped to the ground. Campelo starts crawling home, but the light returns and levitates him again. This time he is suspended for 15 minutes before being dropped. He remains traumatized and sustains an eye injury. (Bob Pratt, UFO Danger Zone: Terror and Death in Brazil-Where Next?, Horus House, 1996, pp. 9-13; Brazil 340-342)

July 11 - 12:21 p.m. While many people in Mexico City, Mexico, are looking to the sky to see the last total solar eclipse of the 20th century, they also notice a bright object hovering in the sky. Videos are recorded as far south as Puebla and Oaxaca. Skeptics claim the object is the planet Venus, but the full eclipse lasts just under 7 minutes, and the object is seen for more than 30 minutes-before, during, and after the event. Guillermo Arragin, a reporter, videotapes the object, and Jaime Maussan, host of the Mexican version of the CBS TV show 60 Minutes, shows the Arragin footage a week later. He asks his viewers to share any sightings they had during the eclipse. Fifteen videotapes are submitted, each taken by a witness in a different location. Maussan enlists the help of the station's video experts for digital enhancement and enlargement. The videos show solid, metallic-looking objects that reflect light. Maussan looks into balloons, helicopters, and other conventional objects, but comes up empty. The enhancements reveal a "hockey puck" shape, and many of the recorded objects pass in front of clouds. Tim Printy strongly suggests the observations were due to Venus. (Unsolved Mysteries Wiki, " Mexico City UFO"; Tim Printy, " The July 11, 1991, Mexico City UFOs: Basic Astronomy Ignored," February 2003; " Most Documented Mass UFO Sighting during the July 11, 1991, Solar Eclipse in Mexico," Eyes on Cinema YouTube channel, January 18, 2024

August 4 - Night. Seven hikers near Lacul Bucura in the Retezat Mountains in west central Romania see a bright red light approaching them from behind. Thinking it might be a lost tourist, they wave their flashlights at it, but it starts zigzagging and increasing its speed. Soon they see other lights of varying colors, shapes, and configurations, all moving in the Valea Rea. Through binoculars they take on the shape of discs with luminous portholes. (Romania 55-57)

August 10 - US freelance writer Danny Casolaro is found dead in a bathtub in room 517 of the Sheraton Hotel in Martinsburg, West Virginia, his wrists slashed 10-12 times. The medical examiner rules the death a suicide. His death becomes controversial because his notes suggest he is in Martinsburg to meet a source about a story he calls "the Octopus." This centers on a sprawling collaboration involving an international cabal, primarily featuring a number of stories familiar to journalists who worked in and around Washington, D.C., in the 1980s-the Inslaw case, about a software manufacturer whose owner accused the Justice Department of stealing its work product; the October Surprise theory that during the Iran hostage crisis, Iran deliberately held back American hostages to help Ronald Reagan win the 1980 presidential election, the collapse of the Bank of Credit and Commerce International, and Iran-Contra. Casolaro's family argues that he has been murdered; that before he left for Martinsburg, he told his brother that he frequently received harassing phone calls late at night; that some of them were threatening; and that if something were to happen to him in Martinsburg, it will not be an accident. They also cite his well-known squeamishness and fear of blood tests, and state they find it incomprehensible that if he were going to commit suicide, he would do so by cutting his wrists a dozen times. A number of law-enforcement officials also argue that his death deserves further scrutiny, and his notes are passed by his family to ABC News and Time magazine, both of which investigate the case, but find no evidence of murder. (Wikipedia, " Danny Casolaro"; Kenn Thomas and Jim Keith, The Octopus: Secret Government and the Death of Danny Casolaro, Feral House, rev ed., 2003; Cheri Seymour, The Last Circle: Danny Casolaro's Investigation into the Octopus and the PROMIS Software Scandal, TrineDay, 2010; " Danny Casolaro's Files and Notes")

September 19 - 6:35 p.m. Maria Kulis is visiting Medjugorje, Bosnia, and takes a photo of St. James Church from a distance of about 500 feet. When she has the film developed, she notices an odd dark object in the sky almost above the church. The image is sharp and silhouetted against a purplish-blue sky. The object would be about 6.6 feet long if it was at an altitude of 1,000 feet. (Bruce Maccabee, " The Medjugorje UO," IUR 17, no. 2 (Mar./Apr. 1992): 12-13, 23; UFOEv II 300-302)

October - Following a request by Russian cosmonaut Pavel Popovich, the KGB declassifies several documents from its so-called "Blue Folder." The material is obtained by Vadim K. Ilyin from the late Vyacheslav Shtyepa of the Ufological Committee of the Russian Geographical Society. (Good Need, p. 353)

December 15 - 7:30 p.m. Clare Holcomb is returning to her home near Catlett, Virginia, from Winchester when she notices a pair of silent, low-flying bright lights. She stops the car for a better look. What seems like just a moment later, she finds herself driving 5 miles further down the road and feeling nauseous. She arrives home more than an hour later than usual. Her ear lobes are inflamed and bleeding, and her earrings have been inserted backward. In 1992, she begins having flashbacks about regular abduction experiences going all the way back to her childhood, many of them featuring her friend Diana Graves, who also begins having abduction memories. Holcomb begins consulting with clinical psychologist David Ruxer in Fairfax, Virginia. (Lisa Faye Kaplan, " Abducted by Aliens: Two Women Share a Nightmare That's Out of This World," Wausau (Wis.) Daily Herald, December 19, 1993, pp. 4B, 6B; " The Strange Case of the Shared Alien Abduction Experiences of Clare Holcomb and Diana Graves, 1991," Eyes on Cinema YouTube channel, December 29, 2023)

1992

A man is driving near Alton Barnes, Wiltshire, England, when he sees a bright glow approaching from the opposite direction. Thinking it is from a speeding motorcycle, he stops the car and leaves the engine idling. As it approaches, the light changes direction and passes over the roof of the car. The engine stalls. The object seems to be emitting light all around it, but a few seconds later it disappears. (Herbert S. Taylor, " An Update on Vehicle Interference Reports, Part 1," IUR 33, no. 4 (May 2011): 19-20)

February - 4:00 a.m. Near Tennant Creek, Northern Territory, Australia, five people are in a car driving around a bend when they encounter a huge area lit up from above. The engine, headlights, and dash lights cut out. They stop the car, restart it, and drive on, but 2 minutes later the same thing happens, then again 2 minutes after that. (Herbert S. Taylor, " An Update on Vehicle Interference Reports, Part 1," IUR 33, no. 4 (May 2011): 20)

March or April — 4:30 a.m. S/Sgt Joseph M. Brown is posted to a security team at the Malmstrom AFB A-3 flight launch facility outside Sluice Box Canyon near Monarch, Montana. Due to an alarm-system malfunction, two men are staked out in a security camper. Just after arriving at the site, Brown sees a bright white light moving erratically through the sky with sudden direction changes and abrupt stops and starts. He watches it for 15–20 minutes, then the light moves closer to the facility. He wakes up his partner, who also watches the light. Another security team at A-10 about 10 miles away can also see the light, which is less than a mile away. They continue to watch the light until about 6:30 a.m. when it shoots up into the sky and stops. With more daylight, they see a black area around the light. (Nukes 457–461, 466–468)

March 3 — 7:50 p.m. Roger Cross is driving on Highway 3A in Concord, New Hampshire, when he hears an unusual drumming sound. He pulls to the side of the road and sees an immense triangular object with pulsating lights flying 400–500 feet above the road. (“Did a UFO Buzz Concord Tuesday Night?” Manchester (N.H.) Union Leader, March 5, 1992, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 272 (March 1992): 1; Marler 217)

March 4–5 — UFO sightings at the Benito Juárez International Airport in Mexico City, Mexico, are confirmed by radar. (Don Berliner, with Marie Galbreath and Antonio Huneeus, UFO Briefing Document: The Best Available Evidence, Dell, 2000, p. 146)

March 5 — 6:30 p.m. Military Policeman Luis Ribeiro and a colleague are hunting in the interior of Ceará state, Brazil, when a domed disc lands nearby. Five 4.5-foot tall humanoids emerge and take Ribeiro inside the craft. The beings communicate with him in Portuguese and tell him they are from “Catandório.” After a 5-hour abduction experience, he is returned to the encounter site. (Brazil 342–344)

March 19 — 3:51 a.m. Patrolman Luis Delgado has just checked the doors on a local business at Haines City, Florida, and turns onto 30th Street. He sees a green light in his rear-view mirror. The light seems to come from a small plane that is about to crash. Just seconds later, the interior of his patrol car is illuminated with a green glow. The object begins to pace his car which is traveling about 40 mph. The object moves from the right side to the front of the vehicle several times. When it has moved to the front for the third time, Delgado slows his car and pulls off the roadway, fearing he might collide with the object. It is a color of green he had never seen before that seems to flow over the surface. It is 15 feet long with a 3-foot-thick center. The object hovers approximately 10 feet off the ground. The engine, lights, and radio on his patrol car cease to function. The object hovers in front of his car and then shines a bright white light into the interior. He exits and begins to walk backwards away from the object. He tries to radio Haines City dispatch on his radio, but it does not function. The air around him has chilled to the point that he can see his breath. The object is hovering about 20 feet northeast of his car, then it speeds away after approximately 2–3 seconds. It departs the area in a northeasterly direction at 10 feet altitude. Delgado loses sight of the object in only seconds. (UFOEv II 193–194; Herbert S. Taylor, “ An Update on Vehicle Interference Reports, Part 1,” IUR 33, no. 4 (May 2011): 15)

March 23 — Near Amarillo, Texas, radio hobbyist Steven Douglass photographs a “donuts on a rope” contrail and links this to distinctive sounds. He describes the engine noise as “strange, loud pulsating roar... unique... a deep pulsating rumble that vibrated the house and made the windows shake... similar to rocket engine noise, but deeper, with evenly timed pulses.” In addition to providing the first photographs of the distinctive contrail reported by others, Douglass also reports intercepts of radio transmissions: “Air-to-air communications... were between an AWACS aircraft with the call sign Dragnet 51 from Tinker AFB, Oklahoma, and two unknown aircraft using the call signs Darkstar November and Darkstar Mike. Messages consisted of phonetically transmitted alphanumerics. It is not known whether this radio traffic had any association with the ‘pulser’ that had just flown over Amarillo.” (Wikipedia, “ Aurora (aircraft)”)

March 31 — The Spanish Chief of Staff of the Air Force, Gen. Ramón Fernández Sequieros, issues Instrucción General 40-5, a 28-page set of procedures for UFO investigations that is issued to all units in June. Lt. Col. Ángel Bastida admits it is inspired by several questionnaires that Vicente-Juan Ballester Olmos has supplied, including those used by the US Air Force. (Swords 426, 520)

May - The Roper Organization releases the results of its "Unusual Personal Experiences" survey of nearly 6,000 US adults devised by Budd Hopkins, David Jacobs, and Ron Westrum, and conducted in 1991. Its intent is to determine how widespread the abduction phenomenon might be. Five indicator questions in the survey assess the respondents' sleep paralysis, dreams of flying, missing time, observations of unusual lights inside a room, and puzzling body scars. The poll, financed by the Bigelow Holding Corporation, suggests that 2% of adult Americans (more than 3.7 million) think they have been abducted by aliens. (Budd Hopkins, et al., Unusual Personal Experiences: An Analysis of the Data from Three National Surveys, B igelow Holding Corporation, 1992; Geraldo Fuentes, " Abductions: A Report on the Roper Analysis Data"; Robert L. Hall, Mark Rodeghier, Donald A. Johnson, " The Prevalence of Abductions: A Critical Look," JUFOS 4 (1992): 131-135; Robert J. Durant, " Evolution of Public Opinion on UFOs," IUR 18, no. 6 (Nov./Dec. 1993): 20-22; Lloyd Stires and Philip J. Klass, " 3.7 Million Americans Kidnapped by Aliens?" Skeptical Inquirer 17, no. 2 (Winter 1993): 142-146; Susan Blackmore, " Abduction by Aliens or Sleep Paralysis?" Skeptical Inquirer 22, no. 3 (May/June 1998): 23-28; Mark Rodeghier, " Counting Abductees: What Can Surveys Tell Us?" IUR 25, no. 3 (Fall 2000): 20-21)

May - Harvard psychiatrist John E. Mack has investigated 58 abduction cases by now and is in such high demand that he must turn away additional requests for consultations. He establishes a standard set of practices in working with abductees, in which an assistant first screens prospective clients for signs of psychopathology. Despite this, Mack estimates that about 25% of those he sees turn out not to be genuine. In an initial session, he spends 2 hours going over their personal history; subsequent sessions generally last about three hours. At first he relies on hypnotic regression, using deep breathing exercises to help abductees recall details, but he eventually abandons this in favor of simple relaxation methods. At first, Mack sees clients at his home, but later uses his office at Cambridge (Mass.) Hospital. He also organizes a support group that meets monthly. Ultimately, Mack is persuaded of the abductees' sincerity by the powerful emotions their experiences elicit, the consistency in their testimony, their deepened awareness of the environmental crisis, and the fact that even children as young as 2 years old report encounters. (Niall Boyce, " The Art of Medicine: The Psychiatrist Who Wanted to Believe," Lancet 380 (September 29, 2012): 1140-1141; Eghigian, After, pp. 295-296)

August 5 - 1:45 p.m. Pilots of United Airlines Flight 934 are flying at 23,000 feet some 50 miles northeast of George AFB [now Southern California Logistics Airport], Victorville, California, when an unusual aircraft comes directly toward them and passes underneath at an estimated distance of 500-1,000 feet. It resembles the forward fuselage of a Lockheed S-71, without wings but with a sort of tail. The size is about 50 feet long and its speed is supersonic. (Aviation Week and Space Technology, August 24, 1992; Clas Svahn and Anders Liljegren, " Close Encounters with Unknown Missiles," IUR 19, no. 4 (July/Aug. 1994): 15)

August 19 - 1:00 a.m. A witness is driving near Tucson, Arizona, when he notices a strange light in the distance. As it approaches from the northeast, it descends rapidly, moves across a field, and hovers. A cone of light emerges from the bottom that completely bathes the area, illuminating the ground. At this point the witness is about 600-900 feet away and is able to see that it is a solid object that looks like a manta ray with a dull-black matte finish. He pulls over and can hear no sound coming from it. The object moves directly overhead, and the witness gets back in the car and speeds away. He sees the object again as it stops 15 feet above a nearby farmhouse. Again a bright light comes from its base, engulfing the entire house for 20 seconds. It moves away and illuminates a large area of trees behind the house. (" Current Cases," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 296 (December 1992): 18; UFOEv II 238)

October 15 - 6:00 p.m. Witnesses in Lubbock, Texas, see a gray cigar-shaped object that becomes visible for about 20 minutes after a cloud disappears. It moves close enough to them so that they can see windows on the object. The cloud reappears and the object is no longer visible. (National UFO Reporting Center, " NUFORC UFO Sighting 38211," July 19, 2004; Herbert S. Taylor, " Mystery Clouds and the UFO Connection," IUR 29, no. 4 (July 2005): 19)

November - Night. A man in Brighton, England, calls the RAF to report a brightly lit UFO shaped like a "squashed rugby ball" hovering above his house. Through windows in its side, he can see two men wearing beige uniforms standing in front of machinery. When one of the crew members appears to notice him, the object's lights go out and the UFO zooms away over the English Channel. (UFOFiles2, p. 128)

December 24 - 6:09-8:15 p.m. Twenty civilian witnesses and police south and west of Monroe, Louisiana, watch a silent, boomerang-shaped UFO with bright beams of light pass over cars in a forested area and bounce up and down for 6 minutes. The two deputies describe the object as enormous with two large, blinding lights on the front. It moves silently above their vehicle at tree-top height before accelerating slightly and disappearing with a tremendous burst of speed. The object is videotaped by one of the witnesses, Cecil Cullipher, in West Monroe. About 30 minutes later, another object is seen by a dozen witnesses near Philpot Road just south of Monroe. Several witnesses notice that its two bright lights in the front are not illuminating the ground or the trees. (W. L. Garner Jr., " UFOs Compete with Santa for Christmas Eve Limelight," IUR 18, no. 5 (Sept./Oct. 1993): 8-11, 23; Powell, Scientist, 96-97)

1993

Jean-Jacques Velasco coauthors OVNIs: La science avance, with journalist Jean-Claude Bourret, in which he admits the physical reality of UFOs and the probability of their extraterrestrial origin. He stresses that it's his personal opinion, although he has been authorized by CNES to write the book. Its foreword is written by astrophysicist Jean-Claude Ribes, president of the French Astronomical Society. (Jean-Claude Bourret and Jean- Jacques Velasco, OVNIs: La science avance, Laffont, 1993; Gildas Bourdais, " From GEPAN to SEPRA: Official UFO Studies in France," IUR 25, no. 4 (Winter 2000-2001): 13).

The High Frequency Active Auroral Research Program (HAARP) facility begins construction north of Gakona, Alaska, just west of Wrangell-Saint Elias National Park, funded by the Air Force, Navy, University of Alaska Fairbanks, and DARPA. Its original purpose is to analyze the ionosphere and investigate the potential for developing ionospheric enhancement technology for radio communications and surveillance. As a university-owned facility, HAARP is a high-power, high-frequency transmitter used for study of the ionosphere. The most prominent instrument at HAARP is the Ionospheric Research Instrument (IRI), a high-power radio frequency transmitter facility operating in the high frequency band. The IRI is used to temporarily excite a limited area of the ionosphere. Other instruments, such as a VHF and a UHF radar, a fluxgate magnetometer, a digisonde (an ionospheric sounding device), and an induction magnetometer, are used to study the physical processes that occur in the excited region. (Wikipedia, " High-frequency Active Auroral Research Program"; University of Alaska Fairbanks, " About HAARP"; John Greenewald, " The High Frequency Active Auroral Research Program," The Black Vault, March 13, 2023).

Steven M. Greer founds the Disclosure Project in Crozet, Virginia, the goal of which is to publicly disclose the government's alleged knowledge of UFOs, extraterrestrial intelligence, and advanced energy and propulsion systems. (Steven M. Greer, " Project Background," The Disclosure Project, April 2001).

January 1 - 1:30 a.m. A taxi driver has just dropped off revelers at a remote house in Hethersgill, Cumbria, England. She heads home down a remote track toward the main road when suddenly her CB radio begins to crackle then fades entirely. Moments later her car engine and lights fail, and she coasts to a stop. She gets out, hoping to walk back to the house, when she sees a ball of light low over the road heading towards her. It swoops over her car and shoots into the sky, causing her skin to tingle. The headlights come back on, the car lurches forward, and she hears her sister talking on the CB asking where she has been for the past 30 minutes. (Jenny Randles, "The Twelve UFOs of Christmas," Fortean Times 374 (Christmas 2018): 29)

February 26 - 11:50 p.m. Jefferson County Air Unit police officers Kenny Graham and Kenny Downs are on helicopter patrol over General Electric Appliance Park in Louisville, Kentucky, when Graham sees something like a small fire off to his left. Downs shines his spotlight on the light, which begins to drift back and forth as the spot washes over it. Then it gradually floats up to the helicopter's altitude at 500 feet, where it hovers for a few seconds before moves away at high speed, making two counterclockwise loops and doubling back to the rear of the helicopter. Graham pushes his speed up to 100 mph. The object passes them and climbs hundreds of feet into the air before descending again toward the helicopter. Graham tries to close the gap, but it eludes him. As it approaches again on a parallel course, the object releases three fireballs. Fearing a collision, Graham banks away. When his move is complete, the light has vanished. Two officers in their squad cars, Mike Smith and Joe Smolenski, also see the light and the fireballs. Smolenski tries to follow the light for a full minute before it disappears. (" Police Officers Describe `Dogfight' with a UFO," Louisville (Ky.) Courier-Journal, March 4, 1993, pp. 1, 5; " Jefferson Man Says He Created `UFO' Police Thought They Saw," Louisville (Ky.) Courier-Journal, March 6, 1993, p. 2; "UFO Fires on Louisville, Ky. Police Chopper!" Weekly World News, May 4, 1993, p. 29; " Unwanted Fame: Officers Who Reported UFO Subject of Tabloids, Teasing," Louisville (Ky.) Courier- Journal, May 8, 1993, p. 5; " Louisville, Kentucky Police Aircraft Case," Flying Saucer Digest, no. 122 (Summer 1993): 12-13; " `Dogfight' with Police Helicopter," MUFON Minnesota Newsletter, no. 42 (July/August 1993): 5-6

March - Journalists Bryan Gresh and George Knapp spend 10 days in Russia, conducting interviews with researchers and scientists who had investigated UFOs during the Soviet period, including "one of the architects [Rimili Avramenko] of the Russian `Star Wars' program who emphatically claims the exchange of information between aliens and humans was incorporated in Russian' beam weapon' technology; a Moscow professor [Rem Varlamov] who has spent 30 years studying reported UFO landing sites, including many in and around Moscow; a Russian scientist [Valeriy Burdakov] with first-hand knowledge of the reported crash of a UFO near Roswell, New Mexico, in 1947; a quiet, shadowy figure who heads the ongoing Ministry of Defense studies into UFOs; and an author and scientist [Yuri Fomin] who became, in essence, a non-person for talking publicly about the UFO phenomenon." They also obtain several dozen pages of still-classified documents and take them back to the US. The documents outline a specific timetable for a UFO study ("Thread-3") by the Ministry of Defense to be concluded by 1995, information on the 1947 Roswell crash, another crash in November 1950 on the Texas/Mexico border, contactees, US government efforts to maintain a coverup, and sightings by cosmonauts. (Bryan Gresh, " Soviet UFO Secrets," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 306 (October 1993): 3-7; George Knapp, "What the Russians Know about UFOs," MUFON 1994 International UFO Symposium Proceedings, MUFON, 1994, pp. 275-306; Keith Basterfield, " Dr. Hal Puthoff and the Soviet Project `Thread-3,'" Unidentified Anomalous Phenomena-Scientific Research, June 17, 2018; Adam Kehoe, " Answering `Who Else Knows,'" UAP, November 28, 2020)

April - Spanish communications technician José Luis Jordán Peña confesses for the first time to hoaxing the Ummo letters as well as the UFO sightings at Aluche, Spain, in 1966 and San José de Valderas in 1967. He says that he used the word "Ummo" because it suggests the Spanish word humo (smoke) and randomly chose Wolf 424 as the home star for the imaginary planet. "I wrote the reports on Saturday and Sunday afternoons, and I took advantage of my trips to France, England, Mozambique, etc., or those of friends, to send letters from there." However, other hoaxers begin copying his style, and after he receives an invitation to an Ummo conference in Cuba, he decides to admit the hoax he had started 25 years earlier. (Wikipedia, " Ummo"; Jim Keith, Casebook on the Men in Black, IllumiNet, 1997)

May 9-September 20 - Artist and ceramicist Filiberto Caponi has a series of encounters with a humanoid alien near his home in Pretore, Ascoli Piceno, Italy. He takes six Polaroid photos of the creature in seemingly painful physical conditions. (Timothy Good, Unearthly Disclosure: Conflicting Interests in the Control of Extraterrestrial Intelligence, Random House, 2001, pp. 140-206; Patrick Gross, " The Filiberto Caponi Close Encounters of the 3rd Kind, 1993")

June 26 - 4:00 a.m. Witnesses in Hartcliffe, Bristol, England, see a large cigar-shaped object (a possible blimp) drifting slowly and silently over the rooftops. large white light (the planet Venus) in the southeast climbing slowly upward. It fades into the lightening sky shortly before dawn. One witness takes many minutes of video of this object, compressing several hours of its appearance. The same light appears at the same time for weeks. (Jenny Randles, " UFOs in Focus," IUR 18, no. 6 (Nov./Dec. 1993): 14-15)

August 8 - Early morning. Kelly Cahill and her husband Andrew are returning from a party in Narre Warren North, in the Dandenong Foothills of Victoria, Australia, and are near Eumemmerring Creek south of Belgrave when they see a huge lighted object with windows in front of them on the road. It seems to have people in it, but it quickly shoots off to the left and disappears. They continue driving, and about one kilometer ahead they encounter another bright light. Her husband continues driving, and they do not recall anything else until they get home. They agree they saw a UFO but can't agree on whether they had missing time or saw people. They both can smell vomit and feel stomach pains. Kelly notices a triangular mark below her navel, which is bleeding a bit. Kelly has a strange dream immediately after the encounter, and two subsequent dreams in September, October 23, and January 1994-all involving entities and a "strange physical dimension." A few weeks later, both of them start remembering that the UFO has landed in an adjacent field and that they get out of the car to look at it. An abduction scenario ensues involving tall black beings. They also recall that there is another car stopped by the road with at least two people in it. By November 17, Phenomena Research Australia has located the couple in the other car and a woman who was with them. They have also undergone an abduction experience and have missing time. These witnesses, unknown to the Cahills, confirm the UFO landing site, and their drawings of the UFOs and entities closely coincide with Kelly's. The second group also recalls seeing a third car with one male who is gazing fixedly toward the encounter site. Unfortunately, Kelly's account of the incident is the only one that has come to light. (Bill Chalker, " An Extraordinary Encounter in the Dandenong Foothills," IUR 19, no. 5 (Sept./Oct. 1994): 4-8, 18-20; Kelly Cahill, Encounter, HarperCollins, 1996; Bill Chalker, The Oz Files: The Australian UFO Story, Duffy and Snellgrove, 1996; Bill Chalker, " Aliens, Hair, and DNA," IUR 29, no. 3 (Fall 2004): 3; Bill Chalker, " The Kelly Cahill Case Revisited: An Extraordinary Lost Opportunity," TheOzFiles, March 2, 2016)

August 13 - Night. Costin and Mariana Popa are driving with their daughter Diana in a rural area a few miles south of Telega, Romania, when their car engine stops unexpectedly and the headlights go out. Examining the engine, they are suddenly hit by a "wall of air" and see a fog-like rectangular screen on the right side of the road floating 18 inches above the grass. It is pulsating every 2-3 seconds with a yellowish-white light. They hear no noise and feel no heat. After about 20 minutes the screen begins to move across the road and stops in front of them, having become a narrow band of light 90 feet long and 3 feet wide. Soon it becomes brighter and shoots into the sky and disappears. The car starts normally again. (Romania 58-59)

September 16 - 4:00 p.m. Pilots of two airliners preparing to land at Benito Juárez International Airport in Mexico City, Mexico, see an object like a balloon, but it is going too fast. One pilot describes it as looking like a praying mantis. (Jaime Maussán, "OVNIs sobre la Terra," La Epoca (Mexico), November 19, 1993; Antonio Huneeus, "UFO Chronicle: UFOs and IFOs from Mexico, Part II," Fate 47, no. 12 (December 1994); Don Berliner, with Marie Galbreath and Antonio Huneeus, UFO Briefing Document: The Best Available Evidence, Dell, 2000, p. 146)

December 1 - The European Parliament considers a resolution that enables the French UFO agency, Service d'Expertise des Phénomènes de Rentrée Atmosphérique (SEPRA), to carry out UFO investigations throughout the member countries of the European Community. The resolution was first proposed in 1991 by Belgian deputy Elio Di Rupo in the wake of the Belgian UFO wave to set up an all-European agency to study UFO reports. The EP's committee on industry, external trade, research, and energy, chaired by physicist Tullio Regge, holds several meetings on the proposal in consultation with SEPRA's Jean-Jacques Velasco, and approves the motion for a resolution. However, the Parliament does not have the necessary votes to implement and fund the resolution, the agency is never created, and SEPRA has its own funding problems. (George M. Eberhart, " The European Parliament," IUR 19, no. 2 (March/April 1994): 19; 2Pinotti 137-140)

1994

January 12 - Rep. Steven Schiff (D-N.Mex.) tells the press that he has been stonewalled by the US Defense Department when he requested information about the 1947 Roswell incident on behalf of his constituents and witnesses. Schiff calls the lack of response "astounding" and indicative of a cover-up. (" Roswell Declaration 1994," IUR 19, no. 2 (March/April 1994): 21; Graff 347)

February - Leonard Stringfield releases his seventh and final status report on UFO crash/retrievals. (Leonard H. Stringfield, UFO Crash/Retrievals: Search for Proof in a Hall of Mirrors, Status Report VII, The Author, 1994).

March - Night. A married couple are driving in Bestwood Village, Nottinghamshire, England, when they see a huge triangular object hanging in the sky. It has three steady white, green, and red lights and is apparently only 200 feet from the ground. Its base has a ribbed pattern. It moves off slowly to the northwest, then accelerates, changing direction to the south. (" UFO Sighting Convinces Hucknall Man," Hucknall (UK) Dispatch, March 11, 1994, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 298 (May 1994): 16)

April - John E. Mack's first book on abductions, Abduction: Human Encounters with Aliens, is published, in which he takes the narratives quite seriously. He argues that the aliens are here to expand the consciousnesses both of individual abductees and of all humanity. Hypnotized, Mack's abductees recall not only previous lives bu abductions in previous lives. (John E. Mack, Abduction: Human Encounters with Aliens, Scribner, 1994; James Willwerth, " The Man from Outer Space," Time, April 25, 1994, p. 74; Clark III 305; Graff 340, 342-343; Eghigian, After, pp. 298-299; Clark IV 23, 345).

May 21 - 11:00 p.m. A witness in Plauen, Germany, is watching TV when she notices a light outside. She sees a disk with several rings of lights illuminating a tree and causing it to whip around violently. It is about 30 feet in diameter, and its top and bottom halves are rotating in opposite directions. After it hovers silently for a minute, it stops shaking the tree and moves behind a building and shoots away, leaving a hole in the clouds above. Two other witnesses see the disc from a different perspective and feel a strong wind. (Illobrand von Ludwiger, Best UFO Cases: Europe, National Institute for Discovery Science, 1998, pp. 26-27, 30)

June - Day. An object like a balloon suddenly appears in the sky above US Highway 22 and East Kemper Road in Symmes Township, Ohio, outside Cincinnati. It remains perfectly stationary until after dark. One witness takes at least three photos of it. At one point it ascends to a higher altitude. The object is approached and circled three times by local air traffic. (Patrick Gross, " The Symmes Township Orb, USA, June 1994")

Early June - A tree farmer named Meng Zhaoguo is at Red Flag logging camp near Wuchang, Heilongjiang, China, with two other workers when they see a strange light in the sky. Thinking it is either a downed satellite or helicopter, Meng goes to retrieve the wreckage. However, at some point he is hit in the forehead by a shining light and knocked unconscious. He wakes up at home some time later, with no r ecollection of how he got there. A few nights later, he wakes up in his bed to find that a 10-foot-tall female alien with six fingers and braided leg fur is in his room. He and the alien have sex for 40 minutes before it disappears, leaving a 2-inch scar on his thigh. He also claims that on July 17, he levitates through a wall and meets with a group of three-eyed aliens on their ship. He asks to see the female alien again but is rebuffed. The aliens show him images of Mars (or Jupiter), which they claim is their home world, and tell him that "on a distant planet the son of a Chinese peasant will be born in 60 years." His story is examined by the UFO Enthusiasts Club at Wuhan University throughout 1997. They conclude that while the initial contact may have occurred, the subsequent reported events are almost certainly untrue. However, other UFO groups in China think that his ongoing story is true. In September 2003, Zhang Jingping and the state-sponsored Chinese UFO Association give Meng a medical exam, a lie detector test, and a hypnotic regression session to prove his claims. The results supposedly confirm his story. (John Kohut, " UFO Group Probes Claims of Sex with Jupiter Visitor," South China Morning Post (Hong Kong), October 30, 1994; Teresa Poole, " Close Encounters of an Intimate Kind: Peking Days," The Independent (UK), March 17, 1995; " Calling Occupants of Inter-planetary Craft," China Daily, October 31, 2010; " One of the Strangest Alien Abduction Cases in China Ever Told," Before It's News, July 20, 2014; Chris Saunders, "UFOs over China," Fortean Times 331 (October 2015): 28-30; Michael Meyer, " Meet the Chinese Lumberjack Who Slept with an Alien," HuffPost, October 16, 2015; Bill Chalker, " The Untold Story of UFOs in China: Lost in Translation or the Devouring Dragon?" New Dawn Special Issue 14, no. 1 (January 2020); Clark IV 1273, 1322)

July 2 - 1:30-1:45 p.m. A resident of Limelette, Belgium, is at home in the Petit-Ry neighborhood when he looks out a window and sees a group of 10 white vertical structures with rounded edges moving back and forth about 180 feet above a vacant lot. They are all about 15-26 feet high and somewhat translucent, moving in an erratic pattern. The dry grass below has risen up into the air, forming a tornado shape and spinning anticlockwise. He watches it for 2-3 minutes, and the phenomenon moves slowly to the north and disappears. Possibly a wind devil. (Wim van Utrecht, " Dancing Ice-Lollies over a Waste Ground," Caelestia)

August 31 - 8:30 p.m. Six witnesses in Mongo, Indiana, see a light glowing through the treetops to the southwest at a low altitude. It looks somewhat like the Moon, but it starts moving from behind the trees into an open area near a road and hovers. It looks like a domed disc with a white strobe light on top of the dome. A bright red light on the bottom flashes 3-4 times like a strobe, then the object disappears to the southeast within 2 seconds. One of the witnesses takes at least four good pictures with a Vivitar fully automatic 35 mm camera with a standard lens and loaded with 400 ASA color film. Dogs do not react to the object. (NICAP, " The Mongo Photos"; Patrick Gross, " The Mongo Multiple Visual and Photographic Case, August 31, 1993")

September 14 - 8:50-9:05 p.m. A brilliant ball of fire with a long trail of sparks is seen over a wide range of territory in Zimbabwe, Botswana, and southern Zambia, followed by a sonic boom. Some people see three large lights in front, with from 8-20 smaller lights behind. Many report that the objects are traveling very fast from north to south; others see it moving slowly, and one man says he walked along with it more than 320 feet. Geologists Euen Nisbet and Kathy Silva, working in Zvishavane, Zimbabwe, report that the display takes a minute to cross the sky on a path angled about 10° away from north to south. Witnesses at Lake Kariba, Zimbabwe, variously see three orange-red lights with trails, a bright link with a dark center and 14 lights flashing around it, a light flying at treetop level, a row of green lights with a trail, and an object several times larger than a Boeing 747. Possibly debris from the rocket that launched the Russian satellite Kosmos 2290. (Cynthia Hind, " UFO Flap in Zimbabwe," UFO Afrinews, no. 11 (February 1995): 4-18; Cynthia Hind, " UFO Flap in Zimbabwe," IUR 20, no. 3 (May/June 1995): 20-21; James Oberg, " Zimbabwe: 1994 Sep 14 near 18:51 UTC," PowerPoint presentation)

October 1 - TV host Larry King broadcasts "Larry King Live at Area 51," which includes a prerecorded interview with former Sen. Barry Goldwater, who says: "I think the government does know. I can't back that up, but I think that at Wright-Patterson field, if you could get into certain places, you'd find out what the Air Force and the government knows about UFOs. I called Curtis LeMay and I said, "General, I know we have a room at Wright-Patterson where you put all this secret stuff. Could I go in there?' I've never heard him get mad, but he got madder than hell at me, cussed me out, and said, `Don't ever ask me that question again!'" (" UFOs: Oct 1, 1994, Filmed Outside Area 51," SmokingMan47 YouTube channel, November 28, 2015)

December 1 - A strong, flaming light with a train-like rumbling noise causes destruction to 1,700 square feet of woodland in the Guiyang Baiyun Duxi Forest Farm near Guiyang, Guizhou province, China. Trees are broken off at the same height and some roofs are damaged. Although a probable airburst from a meteor, some Chinese researchers argue it could be a ufological event. (Bill Chalker, " The Untold Story of UFOs in China: Lost in Translation or the Devouring Dragon?" New Dawn Special Issue 14, no. 1 (January 2020); " High Strangeness," Reddit, " The Guiyang `Flying Train' Incident"; Clark IV 1321)

December 29 - 9:45 p.m. A mother and her six children are driving northwest on Zaring Cutoff Road west of Dusty, Washington. To the east she sees three bright yellow lights that appear to be sitting in a snow-covered field. She stops the car to look and realizes that the lights are attached to triangular objects, each with stubby wings and a bright light on the nose. They move slowly and pass in front of the car to a field on the left. Suddenly they pivot 90° and move parallel with the road toward the southeast, maintaining the same configuration. Each has a window on the bottom that emits a bluish light and a buzzing sound. (National UFO Reporting Center, " Case Brief, La Crosse, WA"; National UFO Reporting Center, " NUFORC UFO Sighting 00226," November 20, 2001; Marler 225-226)

1995

January 12 - Around 5:00 a.m. Farmer Beto Lima is hunting armadillos on his property near Feira de Santana, Bahía, Brazil, when he finds an object the size of a Volkswagen Beetle floating on a pond. He manages to pull it to the shore when suddenly liquid flows from it and two creatures emerge. One of them is hairy and clawed like a sloth, the other is apparently dead and looks like a child. The object is lightweight, and Lima carries it into his house. Brazilian soldiers allegedly retrieve the wreckage and the creatures. (" O caso Roswell nordestina: Queda da UFO na Bahia, em janeiro de 1995," UFOs-Wilson, May 20, 2012; Brazil 521-529).

February - A Boeing 737 is starting a landing approach at 7,900 feet at Guiyang Airport [now Guiyang Longdongbao International Airport], Guizhou province, China, when its anti- collision system detects an object rushing toward the aircraft. Some 6,000 feet away, the pilot sees a UFO changing from a rhomboid to a circular shape and from yellow to red. The pilot lands safely, even though the object remains on his radar screen for some time before disappearing to the south. (Good Need, p. 403; Patrick Gross, " Air Misses").

March 8 - A military radar installation near Luzern, Switzerland, detects a series of anomalous radar targets that, taken together, appear to make up the straight-line trajectory of an unidentified object traveling at a speed near Mach 3. The consistency in velocity and direction of the three track segments strongly suggests that it is a single object traveling about 150 miles in just over 4 minutes, which corresponds to an average velocity of about 2,147 mph. Another track going in the same direction was picked up 70 seconds after the first one dropped off the radar, separated by a few miles. This time the system recorded six consecutive returns, each registering a radial speed component of about 2,088 mph. Again the system dropped the track. A minute later the Luzern radar records hits on yet another object, loses it again, and detects it three more times over 40 seconds before it is dropped for the final time. (Bruce Maccabee, " Atmosphere or UFO? A Response to the 1997 SSE Review Panel Report," Journal of Scientific Exploration 13, no. 3 (1999): 421-459).

April 18 - 9:00 p.m. A woman in Prospect, Chebucto Peninsula, Nova Scotia, sees a large, brilliant, white light hovering in the sky to the northwest. She can see its reflection on the surface of the still water. She calls her husband, who gets binoculars and determines there are two lights side by side. After several minutes or so, his mother on the floor above says she can see the light too. As soon as they switch the deck lights off for a better view, the two lights start moving directly toward their house, and he watches it slowly fly about 100 feet above the house. It seems to be a rectangular object about 200 feet long by 100 feet wide. It disappears behind the tree line. (Don Ledger, " The Flying Triangle Phenomenon," IUR 27, no. 3 (Fall 2002): 7)

May 25 - 10:30 p.m. An America West B-757 airliner is cruising at 39,000 feet near Bovina, Texas. To their right and somewhat below their altitude, Capt. Gene Tollefson and First Officer John J. Waller see a row of bright white lights that sequence on and off from left to right. Waller contacts the Albuquerque FAA Air Route Traffic Control Center while the sighting is in progress and checks with military installations in the area, but no explanation can be found. As the airliner proceeds to the west and the object begins dropping behind, the crew sees it against a background of thunderclouds. When the background clouds pulse with lightning, the UFO appears as a dark, wingless, elongated cigar-like object around the strobing lights. Though they do not know the exact distance, Tollefson and Waller estimate the object to be 300-400 feet long. One of the air traffic controllers at Albuquerque contacts NORAD, which confirms an unidentified radar target in the vicinity. But this later proves to be a small aircraft whose transponder is not initially operative. (NICAP, " America West Airlines Flight 564 / NORAD/ F-111 Incident"; Richard Hall, " America West Airline Case," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 336 (April 1996): 16-17; Walter N. Webb, Final Report on the America West Airline Case, May 24-25, 1995, Fund for UFO Research, July 1996; " 1995: The America West UFO Sighting," ufocasebook.com; Patrick Gross, " Texas, May 1995"; UFOEv II 66-67; " America West UFO Audio Recording," supermangoodgame YouTube channel, September 28, 2011; " UFO History America West Flight 564 Encounters Huge Cigar Shaped UFO," AmericanHotChicks YouTube channel, October 24, 2013; John Greenewald, " America West Airlines Flight 564 UFO Case, May 25, 1995," The Black Vault, June 18, 2021)

June 15 - 2:30 a.m. A triangular UFO with two other brightly lit round objects is seen over RAF West Drayton [now closed], England. (Marler 143)

July 15 - 2:45 p.m. Two witnesses (an emergency room nurse and her husband) are driving home (probably along State Highway 8, adjacent to the Naugatuck River) after a fishing trip to Harwinton, Connecticut. A shadow crosses the road as they are driving north, and they look up to see a large metallic disc about 500 feet in diameter at an altitude of about 200 feet, over trees about a half mile away. The object is traveling 65-70 mph and its surface is metallic gray with a band of apparent panes of dark glass and facets on its upper portion. It passes behind trees to the right in about 10-15 seconds. A group of independent witnesses at another location does not observe the object. (Mark Cashman, " The Harwinton Daylight Disc," IUR 25, no. 2 (Summer 2000): 14-19)

July 31 - 6:10 p.m. Aereolíneas Argentinas Flight 734, a Boeing 727 with three crew and 102 passengers, is in the landing pattern for San Carlos de Bariloche Airport, Rio Negro, Argentina. Capt. Jorge Polanco suddenly sees a white light bearing down on the aircraft before halting only 300 feet away. The object then makes a turn and flies parallel to the 727. It looks like an inverted flying saucer as large as the airliner, has two green lights at each end and a flashing orange light in the center, and very powerfully illuminated, according to the captain. As Polanco begins to land, the runway and airport lights go out, so he is forced to climb back to 9,800 feet, accompanied by the UFO. Airport chief Maj. Jorge Orviedo reports that the airport's radio support is cut off, and there is a blackout in many parts of the city. When the ground lights come back on, the UFO shoots away at tremendous speed. The object is also observed by a Gendarmeria Piper PA-31-310 that is flying 1,900 feet above the 727. (Good Need, pp. 403-404; " Un extraño fenómeno complicó el vuelo de un avión en Bariloche," Clarin (Buenos Aires), August 2, 1995, p. 8; " Ovni contre avion: On a frôlé le crash!" France Soir (Paris), August 3, 1995; " Bariloche Case: Argentine Pilot Reveals Details about His Famous Encounter with a UFO," Monkey and Elf, September 20, 2020; Patrick Gross, " Air Misses"; Covert 42, 170-171; Clark IV 212-213)

August 27 - 9:30 a.m. Tim Edwards shoots a video of a disc-shaped object hovering then darting about the sky over Salida, Colorado. A series of ripples or moving lights are seen to rotate from left to right on the object, which stays just above the sun while Edwards, his daughter, and four construction workers also watch. UFO investigators are not impressed with the video, which might be spider web or cottonwood fluff. Bruce Maccabee thinks it might be a genuine UFO. (" Colorado Man and His Films Bring UFO Meet Back to Earth," Salt Lake City Deseret News, November 30, 1995; Jennie Zeidman, " The Will to Believe: Gnats, Moths, and Cottonwood Fluff from Outer Space," IUR 21, no. 4 (Winter 1996): 14-17; Bruce Maccabee, " Salida: An Analysis of the Video," IUR 21, no. 4 (Winter 1996): 17-19; " UFO Video Salida Tim Edwards 1995," UFOvideodotcom YouTube channel, October 4, 2012; " Daylight Sighting of a `Mile-Long' Cigar-Shaped UFO Filmed by Tim Edwards in Salida, Colorado, 1995," Eyes On Cinema YouTube video, May 1, 2023; Leslie James, " 7-Minute Video Captures UFO above Colorado in `Compelling' Footage," Denver Gazette, August 8, 2025)

September 29 - 8:50 p.m. A witness in Stanley, Durham, England, watches a strange triangular object through binoculars. It flies pointed-end forward and has a pulsing red light on its front tip and steady white lights on its other tips. (Marler 144)

October 15 - 9:30 a.m. Adolfo Zaráte, 74, is working in the fields near Kilometer 126 on the Autopista Nacional near Torriente, Cuba, when he sees an oval object bathed in a greenish light descend and land about 200 feet away from him, emitting a bluish electrical flame. Zaráte hides behinds some bushes and watches two small men, one inside the craft and the other outside and leaning against an open hatch. They are wearing divers' suits with a facial attachment like a gas mask. The one outside gathers up some taro plants and brings them inside. Then the UFO emits some whitish smoke, a powerful blast of air, and a blue flash before it ascends vertically. At about 12 feet up, the object is engulfed in a bright glow and vanishes at top speed into the clouds. Local police find the adjacent shrubs bent and two holes where landing pods presumably were. (Jorge Martín, " UFOs and Humanoids in Neighbouring Cuba," Flying Saucer Review 44, no. 3 (Autumn 1999): 19; Ricardo Potts, " Flying Saucers over the Caribbean," OVNI, July/Aug. 2000, pp. 3-4)

November 27 - 6:20 p.m. Mohammad Ahsan and four colleagues see two triangle-shaped objects emitting laser-like blue rays splashed with red over Dubai, United Arab Emirates. They are silently moving from the al-Hamriya Fish Market southeast toward Dubai International Airport. (" UFO Sighting in UAE Reported," Saudi Gazette, November 28, 1995, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 317 (December 1995): 16)

December 12 - 2:30 p.m. Farmer Egon Kratz and his son-in-law, Adilson Marcílio, are working on their Bela Vista Farm off Highway 227 about 5 miles from Ituporanga, Santa Catarina, Brazil, when a bright, silent, disc-shaped object appears low above some nearby trees, moves swiftly about 30 feet from the ground, and disappears into a valley. On December 15, Marcílio and some friends return to look for traces and find much of the vegetation scorched. Technicians from the Federal University of Santa Catarina arrive on December 20 to collect soil samples and rocks. Kratz notes in January that much of the foliage and vegetation where the UFO has passed is dead or defoliated. (Brazil 350-353)

1996

Nick Pope, a former Ministry of Defence official who served on the Sec (AS) 2a UFO desk in 1991-1994, publishes a memoir titled Open Skies, Closed Minds that recounts his conversion from UFO skeptic to believer due to his investigation of cases that seem to be evidential. He concludes that "extraterrestrial spacecraft are visiting Earth and that something should be done about it urgently." (Wikipedia, " Open Skies, Closed Minds"; Nick Pope, Open Skies, Closed Minds, Simon & Schuster, 1996).

January 13 - Oralina Augusta de Freitas is watching TV in her home near Varginha, Minas Gerais, Brazil, when she sees a UFO hovering over the cattle, which are agitated. She calls her husband, Eurico Rodrigues, and they watch the object, which is the size of a microbus and the shape of a submarine. For 40 minutes the object flies less than 20 feet above the ground, heading toward town. The object has a hole in its structure through which white smoke is billowing. Pieces of its fuselage sway in the wind. (Roger K. Leir, UFO Crash in Brazil: A Genuine UFO Crash with Surviving ETs, Book Tree, 2005, pp. 80-81; " ET de Varginha: Caso completa 20 anos com mistérios e incertezas," G1, January 20, 2016; Clark III 1222; Clark IV 1398).

January 13 - 4:00 a.m. Businessman and pilot Carlos de Souza is driving from Très Coracoes to Varginha, Minas Gerais, Brazil, along Highway 491. About 3 miles from Varginha, he hears a sound like an engine rumbling, so he stops by the side of the road and gets out of his vehicle. He sees a cylindrical airship 33-40 feet long and 13-16 feet in diameter flying about 395 feet above him toward Varginha. It is metallic, polished, and reflects the morning sunlight. He notices a hole in the right side of the ship and white smoke pouring out. After it crosses the highway, de Souza gets into his car and starts chasing it. When it crashes into the woods, he finds a dirt road that leads him to the scene, which is covered with debris that looks like tinfoil. He picks up a larger piece that is thin and light. When he kneads it, he is amazed to see that it returns to its original state. Further away, he sees an Army helicopter, two tarpaulins, an ambulance, and three cars. He smells a powerful ammonia odor and is startled by a military police officer who approaches him and shouts, "Go away, you saw nothing." Two more soldiers appear and force him to leave, so he returns to his car, drives away, and stops at a restaurant. A man approaches him and asks if he is Carlos de Souza, He replies yes, and the man calls him over and says, "What you saw, I saw too. You should not talk to anyone about it." The man then relates details about de Souza's private life. Meanwhile, two soldiers from the Escola de Sargentos das Armas in Très Coracoes contact ufologists Ubirajara Franco Rodrigues and Claudeir Covo about the incident to tell them that the area has been cordoned off and that trucks are loading odd material. There are rumors that NORAD has alerted the Brazilian authorities that it has tracked a large number of UFOs over the western hemisphere and that one has penetrated Brazilian airspace. (Wikipedia, " Incidente de Varginha"; Roger K. Leir, UFO Crash in Brazil: A Genuine UFO Crash with Surviving ETs, Book Tree, 2005; Good Need, pp. 369-376; " ET de Varginha: Caso completa 20 anos com mistérios e incertezas," G1, January 20, 2016; Clark III 1222; " Entrevista com Carlos de Souza: Casa Varginha," Marco Leal YouTube channel, June 15, 2020; Patrick Gross, " The Varginha Affair"; Clark IV 1398).

January 20 - 8:00 a.m. The Varginha, Brazil, fire department receives a call from someone who asks them to investigate a strange creature seen in a park north of the Jardim Andere neighborhood. At 10:00 a.m., firefighters arrive expecting to find a wild animal, but they encounter a 5-foot-tall bipedal entity with red eyes and brown skin. Fish peddler Joao Bosco Manoel comes across firefighters Sgt. Palhares, Cpl. Rubens, and soldiers Santos and Nivaldo, who are carrying a net with a strange being inside it. One of its feet is brown, and the firefighters are trying to conceal it from curious onlookers. A smell of ammonia permeates the scene. (Clark III 1222-1223; Clark IV 1398-1399)

January 20 - Afternoon. According to testimony by an ex-soldier, uniformed military men open fire while they are sweeping the small forest near Varginha, Brazil, where the creature had been found earlier. A soldier becomes frightened when he sees a creature apparently helping a wounded comrade. Two shots strike its belly and one its chest. A fourth shot hits its shoulder. These two creatures differ from the earlier one and have black hair. Immediately afterward, soldiers come out of the woods carrying the creatures in two black sacks. Something is moving in one of them. (Clark III 1223; Clark IV 1399-1400)

January 20 -3:30 p.m. Sisters Liliane Fátima da Silva, 16, and Valquíria Aparecida da Silva, 14, and their friend Kátia Andrade Xavier, 22, are crossing a vacant lot at Rua Dr. Benevenuto Bráz Viêrira in the Santana neighborhood of Varginha, Brazil, when they encounter a thin, hairless, dark-skinned creature with dark veins, two legs with enormous two-toed feet, two arms with only three fingers, a huge head two three bony protrusions (one on each side and one in the center), and huge red eyes crouching beside a wall. At first they think it is a statue, but then it turns its head and they think it is a devil. They run home and call their mother, Luzia Helena da Silva, but when they return to the vacant lot, all they find is two footprints and an awful stench. The Brazilian Army contends that the girls have seen "Little Dumb," an odd-looking local resident, but they deny this. (Wikipedia, " Incidente de Varginha"; " ET de Varginha: Caso completa 20 anos com mistérios e incertezas," G1, January 20, 2016; " Caso Varginha Minuto a Minuto," Joao Marcelo YouTube channel, July 13, 2016; Clark III 1223-1224; Brazil 494-509; Clark IV 1400, 1403; Thiago Ticchetti, " ET de Varginha: Terreno da suposta apariçao do alien `mais famoso do Brasil' vira ponto turístico 30 anos depois," Revista UFO, May 23, 2025)

January 20 - Around 6:00 p.m. After a hailstorm halts the search for several hours, the Varginha, Brazil, search units venture back into the woods. Two plainclothes officers of the Military Police Intelligence Service, one of them Marco Eli Chereze, locate and capture a fourth creature, forcing it into the back of their car. They bring it to a health clinic but are turned away, so they take it to the Hospital Regional do Sul de Minas, where the first examinations are performed. (Clark III 1224; Clark IV 1400)

January 21 - 2:00 a.m. Marco Eli Chareze returns home to his mother's house to change clothes because his are drenched with rain. He begins to fall ill. (Clark III 1225; Clark IV 1401)

January 21 - The strange creatures are transferred to Hospital Humanitas Unimed in Varginha, Brazil. There are many reports of unusual movements of the Army, the police, and the fire department between the two hospitals. Vehicles are also seen arriving at a hospital in Belo Horizonte, where allegedly one of the creatures dies. (Clark III 1224; Clark IV 1400)

January 22 - The Brazilian military uses three trucks and several other vehicles to move the covered bodies. The trucks are parked on the side of Hospital Humanitas Unimed, and a series of cover-up operations are performed involving doctors, nurses, soldiers, firemen, and military police. The bodies inside the three trucks go to the Escola de Sargentos das Armas in Très Coracoes, Brazil. (Clark III 1224; Clark IV 1400, 1404)

January 23 - 4:00 a.m. A military convoy leaves the Escola de Sargentos das Armas for Campinas, Brazil. (Clark III 1224; Clark IV 1400)

January 23 - 9:00 a.m. The creatures are delivered in a metal box punctured with holes to the University of Campinas in Sao Paulo, Brazil, where doctors Fortunato Badan Palhares and Conradín Metz begin performing autopsies. Lab workers are prevented from entering the site. According to three military sources, at least one creature is taken to underground labs located at the university. Another creature is referred to the Legal Medical Institute at the Cemitério dos Amarais in Campinas. Army officials continue making decisive movements around Campinas through April. There are rumors that metal fragments of an unknown origin are taken to the Brazilian Departamento de Ciência e Tecnologia Aeroespacial in Sao José dos Campos, Sao Paulo, where they are examined in secret underground facilities. The same day, a cargo aircraft takes off from Canoas Air Force Base, Rio Grande do Sul, transporting three containers, a box, several soldiers, and a sophisticated radar system to be deployed near Varginha. (Clark III 1224; Clark IV 1400, 1404)

January 25 - The US military arrives in Campinas, Brazil, by helicopter, where the entire university is on standby. (Clark III 1224-1225; Clark IV 1401)

January 26 - Several scientists and military personnel linked to NASA arrive at the University of Campinas, Brazil. The cover story is that US scientists are choosing Brazilian scientists to take part in future space missions. (Clark III 1225; Clark IV 1401)

February 15 - Chereze wakes up very tired and in a state or torpor, with signs of cyanosis. He is transferred to intensive care, where his condition deteriorates rapidly. Chereze dies at 11:00 a.m. An autopsy confirms septicemia caused by a urinary infection, but the cause of death is unclear, according to Dr. Cesário Lincoln Furtado, who says it is highly unusual for a young man to quickly acquire an immunodeficiency followed by an attack of three kinds of virulent bacteria. Doctors order his body to be cremated immediately, but his family will not allow it. The death certificate gives the cause of death as acute respiratory failure, sepsis, and pneumonia. The family begins a legal challenge to have the records released. (A. J. Gevaerd and Ubirajata Franco Rodrigues, " Varginha Case: New Revelations," translation of " Novas revalaçoes agitaram Varginha," UFO Brazil, no. 102, August 1, 2004; Clark III 1225; Brian Dunning, " Brazil's Roswell: The Varginha UFO," Skeptoid Podcast, October 11, 2022; " Leslie Kean: The Varginha Case," TOE Clippings YouTube channel, April 18, 2023; " Exclusivo: Médico e legista doutour Joao Janini fala sobre o Caso Varginha e Marco Chereze," Revista UFO, May 4, 2023; Clark IV 1401)

March 9 - 10:50 p.m. Two groups of motorists at Gallows Corner, Romford, East London, England, watch a triangular UFO as large as a soccer field with a white light in each corner and a pulsating orange light in the center. (" UFO Flies in over Flyover!" Romford Record (Essex, England), March 15, 1996, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 327 (October 1996): 13; Marler 220-221)

March 12 - Two hunters are snowmobiling near Trout Lake, Northwest Territories, Canada, when they come upon two metallic "spaceships" blocking their trail. Both objects are about 300 feet in diameter, with a bright light on their tops and windows on their sides. One stands on three legs while the other hovers. As the hunters drive around the objects, the lights go out. Later, Trout Lake officials find large rectangular impressions in the snow. (Mark Rodeghier, " UFOs in Canada-1996," IUR 22, no. 2 (Summer 1997): 32)

April 21 -Around 9:00 p.m. Terezinha Gallo Clepf is celebrating her 67th birthday at the restaurant at the Parque Zoobotânico Municipal Dr. Mário Frota in Varginha, Brazil, when she steps onto a porch to smoke a cigarette. She looks to her left and sees a strange creature with bright red eyes and a yellow helmet on its head. It is behind a fence that circles the porch. They stare at each other. Clepf goes back into the restaurant but soon comes back out and the creature is still there. She gets her husband to take her home. (Clark III 1225; Clark IV 1401)

May 17 - 8:00 p.m. Hildo Lúcio Gardino, 20, is traveling from Très Coracoes to Varginha, Brazil, when she sees a strange creature on the side of the road. She dims her headlights and speeds past as the creature places its hands over its eyes and flees into the woods. (Clark III 1225; Clark IV 1401)

May 22 - 3:30 p.m. A motorist on the West Tamar Highway near Bradys Lookout State Reserve in Tasmania, Australia, notices an upright, vapor-like trail to the north. The trail changes into an upright, bronze-colored cigar shape that disappears in front of their eyes. (" Northern Flap," TUFOIC Newsletter, no. 79 (October 1996): 3; Herbert S. Taylor, " Cloud Cigars: A Further Look," IUR 30, no. 3 (May 2006): 13)

June 17 - 10:30 p.m. A witness is driving east on East Kingsfield Road in the northern part of Pensacola, Florida, when he sees a large, black triangular object. He pulls to the side of the road to watch, as does a truck in front of him. The object has a single white light at each corner and hovers directly above the road. A red blinking light is at the center. (" Triangular Shaped Craft Hovers over Witness," Pensacola Beach (Fla.) Islander, July 10, 1996, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 325 (August 1996): 5)

July 9 - 12:30 a.m. Police Sgt. Marian Mancu and volunteer guard Maricel Rusu are patrolling on the main road through Cer?e?ti, Romania. Rusu sees a lighted object descending silently, causing nearby neon lights to vary in their intensity. Mancu hears a whistling sound and sees an object with flashing blue and red lights hovering 2 feet above the pavement. Three small people with elongated heads, white faces, big eyes, and scaly bodies are moving around inside it. The object is top-shaped, 15-20 feet across and 8 feet tall, and has a girdle of lights around the edge like a rainbow. After 2 minutes it rises vertically, its lights become brighter, and nearby streetlights go out. It turns northwest and departs with tremendous speed. Other residents of the town witness unusual light phenomena. (Romania 135-146)

July 17 - Dusk. A woman near Langruth, Manitoba, is startled to see a disc-shaped object moving quietly and slowly through her farmyard. The object, 9-12 feet in diameter and 2.5 feet thick, has slit-like lights along its edge. The next morning, she finds three circular patches of deep green growth in the area where the object had been. She thinks her well water has been affected by the incident. (Mark Rodeghier, "UFOs in Canada-1996," IUR 22, no. 2 (Summer 1997): 32)

September 16 - Day. A witness is repairing a fence on his property near Valley, Alabama, when his dog starts barking loudly. Going over to his dog, he looks up to see a low-flying space- capsule-shaped UFO hovering and moving slowly over one of his cow pastures. He takes six photos of the object. Black to dark green in the photos, the cone-shaped object, when enlarged, shows a black Teflon-like covered bottom and a flange or rim that goes around near the top. In each photo the UFO is shown at a slightly different position and altitude, making it more difficult to hoax. (Wyatt Cox, UFO and Bigfoot Sightings in Alabama, The Author, 2004, pp. 88-89; Patrick Gross, " Mysterious Photos")

October 15 - 11:00 p.m. A couple is driving near Trois Rivières, Quebec, when they see three strange triangular objects flying in the northern sky. One object, shaped like a "topper" and much larger than an airplane, aims an intense white light at their car for 20 minutes. They feel like "time was stopped." Dozens of other people in the region see UFOs that same night. (Mark Rodeghier, " UFOs in Canada-1996," IUR 22, no. 2 (Summer 1997): 32)

December 11 - 7:00-9:00 p.m. At least 31 people in the Yukon Territory, Canada, witness a giant UFO. Indications are that it may be the size of several football stadiums. The sightings principally take place in four locations in the central Yukon along a 134-mile stretch of the Klondike Highway: Fox Lake, Carmacks, Pelly Crossing, and Mayo, with 6, 9, 8, and 8 witnesses respectively. In one observation around 8:15 p.m., two witnesses are driving northbound from Whitehorse to Carmacks in two separate vehicles when they spot a huge UFO with multiple lights above frozen Fox Lake. One of them gets out of his vehicle, and the object moves towards him until it is directly overhead, then passes over a hill to the east and eventually disappears. Shortly afterward, a witness is tending his trapline northeast of Pelly Crossing when he sees a long row of lights slowly moving over the hills. When he accidentally points his flashlight toward it, the object starts speeding toward him; when he cups his hand over the light, the object stops. It is now hovering about 900 feet in front of him. The object is silent; a beam of light coming from its base sweeps the ground once, and there are other light beams coming from the front and back. After the witness runs across a small clearing, he turns around and the object is gone. Around the same time, two witnesses are traveling northbound just south of Pelly Crossing when they see a huge row of lights slowly moving from left to right. They estimate the row of lights is as wide as the Big Dipper. From this and five other observations, investigator Martin Jasek estimates from triangulation calculations that the object's size is between one-half mile and 1.1 miles in length. Tim Printy is convinced it is a satellite re-entry. (NICAP, " Dec. 11, 1996: Yukon Territory"; Martin Jasek, " 22+ Witnesses Observe a UFO Larger Than a Football Stadium, Yukon Territory, Canada," UFO*BC, February 3, 2000; Martin Jasek, " 22 Witnesses Report Giant UFO in Yukon," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 382 (February 2000): 3-12, reprinted in Flying Saucer Review>/a> 45, no. 3 (Autumn 2000): 1-13; Martin Jasek, Giant UFO in the Yukon Territory, UFO*BC Special Report no. 1, June 2000; Chris Rutkowski and Geoff Dittman, The Canadian UFO Report, Dundurn Press, 2006, pp. 188-194; Chris Rutkowski, " The Cold, Hard Facts about UFOs in Canada," IUR 34, no. 1 (September 2011): 22-23; Robert Sheaffer, " `Top Ten' UFO Case: Yukon, Canada, 1996-Busted!" Skeptical Inquirer 36, no. 5 (Sept./Oct. 2012): 22-23; Thomas E. Bullard, " Is the Anomalist on a Fool's Errand?", Paranthropology 5, no. 1 (January 2014): 8-9; Tim Printy, " December 1996 Yukon UFO Revisited," SUNlite 6, no. 2 (March/April 2014): 10-19; Thomas E. Bullard, "Skeptical Successes and Ufological Failures: Opportunities in Uncomfortable Places," Appendix B: The Yukon UFO and Reentry Observations, 2017; " Thirty Witnesses Encounter the Biggest UFO Sighting Ever Reported | Close Encounters," Quest TV YouTube channel, February 11, 2020; " A Giant UFO Was Witnessed by 31 People in the Yukon Region, Canada, December 11, 1996," Eyes on Cinema YouTube channel, February 13, 2023; " Jean Van Bibber and Other Eyewitnesses on Seeing a Giant UFO in the Yukon Region, Canada, Dec. 11, 1996," Eyes on Cinema YouTube channel, June 28, 2024)

December 19 - A Boeing 757-200 operated by China's Southern Airlines takes off from Beijing on a routine flight south to Wuhan. As the jetliner reaches an altitude of 31,500 feet, the copilot spots a bright flash in the sky just ahead of them. A silver-gray metallic UFO strikes the top of the 757's cockpit, cracking the outer windshield. The pilot immediately declares an in-flight emergency and radios Beijing's Capital International Airport, requesting permission to land. The plane lands safely 10 minutes later. (Patrick Gross, " Air Misses")

1997

January 13 - Morning. A woman driving on Highway 1 from Abbotsford to Chilliwack, British Columbia, notices a fluffy cloud in a clear sky that "bursts downward" with a bright white light three times in succession. It dissipates, leaving behind a black bar. After 5 minutes, a solid stream of white light comes downward from it and another black bar appears, about 45° below the first one. They both start moving east in a wavy motion. She loses sight of them when she gets off the freeway at the Sardis exit. (Herbert S. Taylor, " Satellite Objects and Cloud Cigars," IUR 29, no. 1 (Spring 2004): 26)

February 22 - Near Aklavik, Northwest Territories, Canada, two silver-gray objects follow five people along a road. They hover above the highway then glide smoothly down to the snow behind them. The objects have rows of windows with bright blue light shining through them. After 15 minutes, the objects are lost to view as the witnesses turn along an ice road. (Chris Rutkowski, " 1997 Canadian UFO Survey," IUR 23, no. 2 (Summer 1998): 15)

February 27 - 7:30 p.m. A luminous blue sphere appears over Aviano Air Base, Italy, and hovers. After it disappears, a larger, orange-yellow-red sphere appears, and six fighters are scrambled to intercept it. The jets circle around the sphere but it disappears. (2Pinotti 155

March 13 - 6:55-10:30 p.m. Aerial lights of varying descriptions are seen by thousands of people (many of whom are looking for Comet Hale-Bopp) in a linear space of about 300 miles from Henderson, Nevada, at 6:55 p.m., through Phoenix to the edge of Tucson, Arizona. Tim Ley and his family at first see a tiny arc of five white lights just after 8:00 p.m. in the northwestern sky. They slowly draw nearer (around 30 mph), and Ley discerns a V-formation flying no more than 100 feet above the ground. The lights hold this pattern for more than 15 minutes, leading him to believe they are on one structure. Ley's report is the most detailed, but there are many others. There are two distinct events involved in the entire incident: a triangular formation of lights seen to travel around 8:10-9:30 p.m. from Paulden to Tucson, passing over Prescott and Phoenix. Some witnesses see a huge carpenter's square-shaped UFO, containing five spherical lights or possibly light-emitting engines. Gov. Fife Symington is one witness, although he does not reveal this until 2007; he calls the object "otherworldly." One overriding characteristic prevails: The UFO is a massive solid object, not merely lights, and it appears low in the sky, blocking out the stars behind it. Many witnesses say it is the size of multiple football fields and up to one mile long. Reports vary in terms of the number and color of lights and their movements. The second group of events is a series of stationary lights seen in the Phoenix area around 10:00 p.m. The Air Force identifies this group as magnesium LUU2 flares dropped by A-10 Warthog aircraft in a training exercise at the Barry Goldwater Range in southwest Arizona as part of Operation Snowbird; news coverage later shows a video taken around 10:00 p.m. by an amateur photographer that clearly shows the flares, not the earlier UFO. Phoenix city councilwoman Frances Emma Barwood is the only elected official to launch a public investigation, but she receives no help from any level of government. She speaks to more than 700 witnesses who call her office, including police officers, pilots, and former military personnel. Minimal coverage is provided at the time by the media, even in Phoenix. (Wikipedia, " Phoenix Lights"; NICAP, " The Phoenix Lights Case: More Than Lights and Flares?"; William F. Hamilton, " Mass Sightings in Arizona," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 349 (May 1997): 3-6, 14; Tony Ortega, " The Great UFO Cover-up," Phoenix New Times, June 26, 1997; Peter Davenport, " Summary of `Phoenix Lights' Event," 1997; Bruce Maccabee, " Phoenix Lights Revisited," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 370 (February 1999): 3-8; Bruce Maccabee, " Report on Phoenix Lights Arrays," 2000; Donald R. Burleson, " UFO Secrecy and the Law," IUR 28, no. 4 (Winter 2003- 2004): 16; Lynne D. Kitei, The Phoenix Lights: A Skeptic's Discovery That We Are Not Alone, Hampton Roads, 2004; "Former Arizona Governor Says He Saw `Phoenix lights' UFO," American Chronicle, March 18, 2007; Good Need, pp. 387-390; Kean, pp. 247-249, 253-261; Thomas E. Bullard, " Defending UFOs," IUR 34, no. 2 (March 2012): 12-13, 30; Tim Ley, " My Eye Witness Description of the Phoenix Lights UFO Flyover 3/13/1997," Phoenix Lights UFO, March 13, 2012; " UFO's with Boyd Bushman and His Last Interview on Area 51 and UFOs over Tucson, Arizona," Michael Thomas YouTube channel, October 24, 2014; Thomas E. Bullard, "Skeptical Successes and Ufological Failures: Opportunities in Uncomfortable Places," Appendix A: The Phoenix Lights, 2017; Clark III 901-905; Patrick Gross, " The Phoenix Lights, Arizona, USA, March 14, 1997"; Graff 377-379; Tim Callahan, " The Phoenix Lights: The Fallibility of Human Perception and Memory," in Vicente-Juan Ballester Olmos and Richard Heiden, eds., The Reliability of UFO Witness Testimony, UPIAR, 2023, pp. 39-44; " Eyewitnesses Talk about the Phoenix Lights Mass UFO Sighting from March 13, 1997," Eyes on Cinema YouTube channel, February 29, 2024; " Eyewitnesses Talk about Videotaping the Phoenix Lights UFO Incidents on March 13, 1997," Eyes On Cinema YouTube channel, August 2, 2024; Clark IV 1010-1014; Ryan Sprague, " The Phoenix Lights Incident Still Haunts Witnesses 28 Years Later," Medium/Ryan Sprague, March 13, 2025)

March 30 - 10:30 p.m. A mother and her three children are chased along the Klondike Highway near Whitehorse, Yukon, by an object the size of a "small satellite dish." They first see the huge white light on the riverbank near the Takhini River bridge along the highway. At times she notices white and yellow lights and then white and red blinking lights that almost make the single ball of light look like it is two object. At one point, the object is directly above the car at treetop level. At the junction of the Klondike and Alaska Highways, she pulls off to the side of the road to watch for about 5 minutes; the UFO moves in one direction, then the other, slows, goes faster, moves straight up, hangs in mid-air, stops, and in general seems to be doing maneuvers for their benefit. She continues driving, then stops again and gets out near the Crestview Subdivision area. The two younger children remain in the back seat, scared and crying. Other cars do not seem to notice the object. When the object moves abruptly in their direction, she gets back into the car and takes off. They see the light over Porter Creek but lose sight of it on their approach into Rabbits Foot Canyon. The encounter lasts 20-30 minutes over a distance of more than 9 miles. (" Family Followed by UFO near Whitehorse, Yukon," UFO*BC Quarterly, Spring 1998; Chris Rutkowski, " 1997 Canadian UFO Survey," IUR 23, no. 2 (Summer 1998): 15)

April 10 - Rear Adm. Thomas R. Wilson, vice director of intelligence for the Joint Chiefs of Staff, meets in a Pentagon conference room with former astronaut Edgar Mitchell and UFO Disclosure founder Steven M. Greer to discuss the rogue nature of certain "special access programs" (SAPs) connected to the study of alien technology that are dominated by private contractors. Others allegedly there are retired Cmdr. Will Miller, Adm. Mike Crawford, Gen. Patrick Hughes, Shari Adamiak (Greer's assistant), and Stephen Lovekin. Greer claims he has extracted a pledge from Wilson during the meeting to investigate SAPs involving UFO technology. But Wilson soon reports that he doesn't have the proper security clearance to inspect those files. As Greer informs a Portland, Oregon, audience in 2001, Wilson says, "`I am horrified that this is true. I have been in plenty of black projects, but when we tried to get into this one,' he was told, and I quote, `Sir, you do not have a need to know.' The head of intelligence Joint Staffs. You don't have a need to know. Neither did the CIA director, and neither did the president." In a July 4, 2008, appearance on Larry King Live, Mitchell tells the audience he had learned the admiral "had found the people responsible for the cover-up and for the people who were in the know and were told, I'm sorry, admiral, you do not have need to know here and so, goodbye." Shortly afterward, Wilson admits meeting with Mitchell but denies he was ever refused access. (Steven M. Greer, " Dr. Steven Greer Disclosure Project Talk, Sept. 2001, Portland, Oregon," UFO Evidence; Steven M. Greer, Disclosure: Military and Government Witnesses Reveal the Greatest Secrets in Modern History, Crossing Point, 2001; Steven M. Greer, Hidden Truth, Forbidden Knowledge, Crossing Point, 2006, pp. 148-160; " Admiral: Never Looked for UFO Data," Sarasota (Fla.) Herald-Tribune, August 6, 2008; Dolan II 538-539; Kean, pp. 234-235; Richard Dolan, " UFO Leak of the Century: Richard Dolan Analyzes the Admiral Wilson Leak," Richard Dolan Members, June 9, 2019; " Astronaut Dr. Edgar Mitchell Recounts Admiral Wilson Story on CNN's Larry King Live, 7/4/08," The Black Vault YouTube channel, June 17, 2020; Joe Murgia, " The Wilson/Davis Documents: My Twenty-Three Year Journey, Part 1," Part 2, UFO Joe, June 21, 2020; Coulthart 2023, pp. 111-119, 260-273)

Summer - About 11:00 p.m. A young soldier serving in the 28th Group Army based in Datong, Shanxi, China, wakes up to a loud crash. He goes outside his barracks and sees a silvery white disc (like a satellite dish) crashed among some trees. He runs up to the object, which he estimates is 6 feet high and 19 feet wide. Standing next to an open door are two skinny entities, dressed in silvery suits. One is apparently dead or unconscious and the other severely injured. They are only about 3 feet tall and their facial and body skin is covered with fur. Their facial features are like a mouse or opossum. The injured alien grabs his hand and speaks some incomprehensible words. The soldier goes to find a squad leader who might help out, but all are scared or reluctant. Later that night, the UFO and two aliens are apparently retrieved by the military police. The entire army camp is quarantined the next day and notified that no one is permitted to leave or enter the complex and no one is to talk to civilians about the event. (National UFO Reporting Center, " NUFORC UFO Sighting 143294," September 27, 2018; Clark IV 1324- 1325)

August 9 - 5:07 p.m. Swissair Flight 127 to Zürich, Switzerland, is flying northeast over Queens, New York, near John F. Kennedy International Airport, when pilots Capt. Philippe Bobet and First Officer Kurt Grunder see a cylindrical, glowing-white object, about the size of a fuselage of a small light aircraft, heading toward the Boeing 747 at high speed. The airliner is in level flight at 20,000 feet and cruising at 390 mph in a cloudless sky, and the UFO is 100-200 feet above it. There is no noise from the object, and no trail or wake disturbance is detected. The near collision lasts about only one second. The object is not detected on radar, and it does not trigger the aircraft's collision warning system. The object is explained as a weather balloon, which is spotted by a United Airlines pilot in nearly the same location and height 72 minutes after the incident. (NICAP, " Swiss Air Has Near Miss with UFO"; Don Berliner and Robert J. Durant, Near Miss with a UFO: Swissair Flight 127, UFO Research Coalition, 1999; Robert J. Durant, " Swissair Jet Has `Near Miss' with UFO," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 377 (September 1999): 3-9; Good Need, pp. 405-406)

August 12 - 1:00 a.m. Two police officers are on patrol near Lacock Road in Corsham, Wiltshire, England, when a triangular object flies past them at only 30 feet altitude and 45-50 mph. It heads to the northeast and is joined by a second object that seems to be following it. Their speed increases as they are lost to sight within seconds. (Marler 144-145)

October 17 - In an effort to gauge the vulnerability of military satellites to laser attacks, the US military tests a directed energy weapon, Mid-Infrared Advanced Chemical Laser (MIRACL) developed by the US Navy in 1980, against an aging USAF reconnaissance satellite. From its location at the White Sands Missile Range in New Mexico, MIRACL sends two blasts of its deuterium fluoride laser against MSTI-3 at a distance of 238 miles. The Pentagon claims mixed results because a computer glitch prevents the satellite from reporting back that the second shot has struck the target. (" Call it a MIRACL," Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists 54, no. 1 (Jan./Feb. 1998): 5-6)

November 13 - Night. Two witnesses are driving home near Lac La Biche, Alberta, when they see a diamond-shaped object, consisting of three white lights in the front and one red light in the rear, suddenly "turn on." It hovers above trees about 900 feet away, and they can see the bottom of the object. (Chris Rutkowski, " 1997 Canadian UFO Survey," IUR 23, no. 2 (Summer 1998): 15)

December 8 - Night. After two brightly lit objects fly above Surrey, British Columbia, a large, disc-shaped, pewter-colored craft spins and bobs around in the sky. The witnesses give chase in their car, but lose sight of it. (Chris Rutkowski, " 1997 Canadian UFO Survey," IUR 23, no. 2 (Summer 1998): 15)

December 31 - 11:30 p.m. Many people in the area of Rzeszów, Poland, watch a spherical orange object. Jan Skobran and Maciej Robert see it briefly before it disappears. At 11:50 p.m., it reappears and they videotape it on VHS. After about 40 seconds it disappears, but another shows up at 12:20 a.m., pulsating with an intense orange glow. Seconds later it disappears, but another light appears over the Slocina forest. (Arkadiusz Miazga, " Rzeszów: `Polski biegun UFO,'" Infra, May 28, 2011; Poland 153-154; Arkadiusz Miazga, Bliskie spotkania z UFO nad Podkarpaciem, Ridero, 2024)

1998

Podiatrist Roger K. Leir publishes The Aliens and the Scalpel, in which he reviews his investigation of alien implants since 1995. Leir has performed surgery to remove small objects from the feet and hands of 17 abductees. Robert Bigelow's National Institute for Discovery Science provides the funding for the analysis of these objects. Some of the findings are potentially noteworthy-the objects are found on the left side of the body, most of them fluoresce under ultraviolet light, some are magnetic, and most appear metallic and seem to emit radio signals. Calcium, copper, and iron are the most common constituents. Critics dismiss the objects as tiny slivers of metal or glass embedded in tissue and find no evidence for radio emissions. None of the objects reveal any apparent technological structure. (Roger K. Leir, The Aliens and the Scalpel: Scientific Proof of Extraterrestrial Implants in Humans, Granite, 1998; Roger K. Leir, "Alien Implants and Physical Evidence," MUFON 2005 International UFO Symposium Proceedings, MUFON, 2005; Clark III 11; Clark IV 26)

January 2 - 9:30 p.m. Fernando Mariano de Oliveira and Luciene da Cunha Lopes are in a townhouse on the Rua Luis Augusto Ferreira in the Capao Redondo neighborhood of Sao Paulo, Brazil, when they see a small luminous sphere about 8 inches in diameter moving up and down in the sky at variable speeds about 500 feet away from them. Other family members join them to watch the silent white light, and the neighborhood dogs bark constantly. Fernando's brother, Alan Bruno de Oliveira, 10, picks up a camcorder and films the light with the help of his cousin Katiuscia da Cunha Lopes for 4.5 minutes. The light disappears around 10:00 p.m. (Brazil 385-392; " Intelligent Controlled Orbs / Spheres Witnessed in Capao Redondo (Brazil), Mexico, and the UK," Eyes On Cinema YouTube channel, June 4, 2024)

February - Night. Two young men are driving from Opole to Niemodlin, Poland, when the car radio goes off and the engine of their Polski Fiat 125p fails just as a large object flies over them. The lights, radio, and engine come back on by themselves after the object is gone, but they can still see it in the west as it apparently descends toward the road a mile or two ahead. From the top of a hill, they see it emitting a dazzling light and hovering above the trees. Suddenly it approaches them, flying 65-100 feet off the ground, and they speed ahead into town. (Poland 84-85)

April 22 - 9:20 p.m. A former Canadian F-104 pilot watches a UFO embedded in a cloud of green light fly toward the south over his car as he is driving near Whistler, British Columbia. It is visible only a few seconds. Other witnesses further south see the UFO stop over Puget Sound for 5-10 seconds, jump instantly to another location, and hover again before speeding away to the south. (George Filer, " Washington Large Disc with Hole in Its Center," Filer's Files, #34-2007, August 22, 2007; Nukes 495)

April 22 - 9:23 p.m. Civilian Larry Swanson sees a disc-shaped UFO fly silently north to south at about 300-400 feet altitude over the center of Naval Submarine Base Bangor [now Naval Base Kitsap] on the Kitsap Peninsula, Washington. At one point, the disc tilts slightly, allowing Swanson to view its underside, which is glowing white except for a central circular area about 30 feet in diameter. It slowly glides out of sight. (" Sighting Report," National UFO Reporting Center, January 28, 1999; Nukes 494-498)

June 5 - 10:30 p.m. Paul Best and his girlfriend are driving near Llanidloes, Powys, Wales, when they notice three triangular objects that are rounded on the bottom. They remain stationary for 6-7 minutes, then begin moving slowly before shooting away at high speed. (" UFOs Spotted near Llani," Welshpool (UK) County Times, June 12, 1998, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 351 (October 1998): 14)

July 2 - 8:00 p.m. A couple working outside in their yard at Ticonderoga, New York, see a soundless, wingless object moving swiftly through the sky. The man takes a video of it as it flies past the eastern side of St. Mary's Church. Probable aircraft. (Bruce Maccabee, " `Flying Peanut'/Double UFO Video Seems to Be Authentic," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 369 (January 1999): 3-7; Wim van Utrecht, " Luminous Peanut over Ticonderoga, New York," Caelestia)

July 21 - 11:19 p.m. An object the size of a small trailer appears suddenly over Napoleon, Ohio. It is emitting a dense fog and stays stationary for 7 minutes, then branches out and grows until 5 smaller craft are seen circling it. The large object seems to dissolve and disappear, the smaller objects still circling for another few minutes. (" NUFORC UFO Sighting 11877," National UFO Reporting Center, February 16, 2000; Herbert S. Taylor, " Cloud Cigars: A Further Look," IUR 30, no. 3 (May 2006): 13)

August 10 - 12:00 noon-1:00 p.m. At least four witnesses at Quirindi, New South Wales, see "20 silver balls" performing complex maneuvers. Angel hair streams from the objects during acceleration and right-angle turns. The substance consolidates into long, white strands that slowly fall to earth, draping on telephone lines and trees. It is white, cotton-like, and strong, requiring a good tug to break, but quickly sublimates to nothing on handling. A sample is sent to UFO researcher Bill Chalker for analysis. Microscopic imaging by indicates it is spider web. Another witness in Piallaway, New South Wales, reports similar material at 2:00 p.m. (Brian Boldman, " An Analysis of Angel Hair, 1947-2000," IUR 26, no. 3 (Fall 2001): 10; Keith Basterfield, " Angel Hair: An Australian Perspective," IUR 27, no. 1 (Spring 2002): 7; Brian Boldman, " Angel Hair Physical Analyses: A Review," JUFOS 9 (2006): 107-108; Clark III 126; Clark IV 153)

September 14 - Lt. Col. Enrique Rocamora, in charge of declassification of UFO reports for the Spanish Air Force from 1993 to 1999, enters the 57th staff course at the Escuela Superior del Aire in Madrid, Spain. Along with consultations and contributions from Vicente-Juan Ballester Olmos, he creates a massive monograph, "The Process of Declassification of UFO Documentation in the Air Force," with 10 chapters and 16 attachments amounting to 296 pages. (Swords 428, 523)

October 18 - 12:40 p.m. Dave Rose is at Sandwell Valley, West Midlands, England, with his parents when they see a motionless sphere in the sky. After 20 minutes another object, a metallic-looking triangular UFO, also appears. The triangle moves from side to side in short bursts before vanishing completely. The sphere dwindles to a dark spot in another 10 minutes. (" Did You See This UFO?" Wolverhampton (UK) Express and Star, October 29, 1998, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 353 (December 1998): 12)

October 19 - Four different radar stations in Hebei province, China, pick up an unknown target moving above a military flight training base near Cangzhou. At least 140 observers at the base see the object as a small star that grows larger and larger as it descends. It has a mushroom- shaped dome on top and a flat bottom covered with rotating lights. Two solid light beams extend a short way from the base of the object. The base commander scrambles a Shenyang J-6 fighter, which gets to within 2.5 miles of the UFO over Qing County, whereupon it abruptly shoots upward. The UFO plays cat and mouse with the jet, appearing and reappearing. Permission to fire on the UFO is denied by the base commander, Col. Li. The fighter is forced to return after running low on fuel, and the UFO disappears before other aircraft arrive. (Hong Kong Standard, November 4, 1998; Good Need, p. 393; Stephen Chen, " China Military Uses AI to Track Rapidly Increasing UFOs," South China Morning Post (Hong Kong), June 4, 2021; Bill Chalker, " China's `Nimitz' UFO/UAP Event," TheOzFiles, April 23, 2023; Clark IV 1221-1222, 1314, 1329-1331)

November 6 - 3:00 a.m. A man is driving with his wife near Childers, Queensland, when he sees an object moving quickly across the road. Five minutes later he sees a green beam of light shining down from the sky. The light source seems to be about 3,000 feet above them. Both he and his wife, who is asleep in the car, experience swelling in the hands and lips, as well as headaches. They both feel compelled to take their wedding rings off and sense that something else will happen to them. (" Australian CE2," IUR 24, no. 2 (Summer 1999): 12)

November 6 - 7:00 a.m. A witness in Bothell, Washington, sees a thin, horizontal cloud that tilts and descends. A taller horizontal cloud tilts to the left, but it soon appears to be a dark, cylindrical object. Two small oval clouds emerge from a larger cloud. All of the objects slowly descend past the Cascades Mountains. A few jets fly toward them one at a time, until 9:30 p.m. (Herbert S. Taylor, " Mystery Clouds and the UFO Connection," IUR 29, no. 4 (July 2005): 26)

December 2 - Night. UFO activity in Brisbane, Queensland, consists of a bright white light, an orange ball of light, and a missing time experience, all by different witnesses. (" UFOs Converge on Brisbane," UFO Roundup 3, no. 49, December 7, 1998)

December 3 - 11:30 p.m. A witness is driving in Kirkland, Washington, when she notices a cluster of four white lights and one red light to the south. They seem to be approaching, and when she arrives home she sees they are attached to a large equilateral triangle that passes overhead. (Marler 227-228)

December 11 - During mission STS-88, the crew of Space Shuttle Endeavor takes photos of an unusual dark object in low earth orbit. Conspiracy theorists claim it is an alien satellite, dubbed the Black Knight, in polar orbit around the Earth. However, the object is later identified as a thermal blanket that became dislodged and lost during a December 9 EVA by astronauts Jerry L. Ross and James H. Newman during their installation of antennas on the International Space Station. (Wikipedia, " Black Knight satellite conspiracy theory"; Lorenzen, UFOs: The Whole Story, Signet, 1969, p. 220; James Oberg, " Phantom Satellite?" PowerPoint presentation; Martina Redpath, " The Truth about the Black Knight Satellite Mystery," Armagh Observatory and Planetarium, July 18, 2013)

December 17 - Minister of State for Defence Procurement John Gilbert provides the House of Lords with a list of 38 files related to UFOs held by the Public Record Office covering the period 1970-1985 and which are scheduled for release under the 30-year rule. (Isaac Koi, " UFOs in Parliament (UK)," Isaac Koi-UFOs and Parliament, 2024)

1999

Harvard University psychologist John E. Mack publishes a second book on abductions, Passport to the Cosmos, in which he continues to focus on the experience as transformative and ultimately benevolent. Much of the experience consists of a life lesson in symbolic form, Mack asserts. The hybrids combine the human and alien in a shared mission to save the Earth. The nurturing of hybrid children emphasizes the importance of emotion, and the otherness of the aliens awakens a sense that humans are not the apex of existence. The shock and terror of kidnap by unearthly beings breaks the illusion that the world is under our control. Although Mack hears the usual accounts of examinations and reproductive procedures from dozens of other experiencers, he still reads these events as symbolic agents of the larger purpose to save Earth from humans and humans from themselves. Whether or not the abductors are extraterrestrial hardly matters. (John E. Mack, Passport to the Cosmos: Human Transformation and Alien Encounters, Crown, 1999; Clark III 9-10; Graff 344-345; Clark IV 23-25)

January 22 - 7:03 a.m. A witness driving south on State Highway 3 near the off-ramp to Naval Submarine Base Bangor [now Naval Base Kitsap] on the Kitsap Peninsula, Washington, sees an orange volleyball-sized light 20 feet above the overpass moving at 60-70 mph toward the base. (" Sighting Report," National UFO Reporting Center, February 11, 2003; Nukes 498)

February 3 - A British Debonair Bae146 charter jet encounters a "long cylindrical object" the size of a battleship while flying at 28,000 feet over the North Sea off Denmark. The captain observes rows of square portholes on the UFO just before it bathes the airliner in incandescent light. The object comes to an abrupt halt, then accelerates past the airplane at an incredible speed. RAF radar stations track the object, which is also seen from three other nearby aircraft. A Civil Aviation Authority source says the object is tracked by a military radar station in Yorkshire after it enters British air space. (" North Sea Encounter," IUR 24, no. 2 (Summer 1999): 31)

March 5 - Midnight. A diamond-shaped UFO is blamed for the unexplained collapse of a theatre roof in Kimberley, British Columbia. An object covered with flashing lights is seen by several witnesses prior to the incident. (East Kootenay (B.C.) Weekly, March 23, 1999; " Recent UFO Cases," IUR 24, no. 1 (Spring 1999): 31

March 24 - Night. Five people in the towns of Brinsley, Nottinghamshire, and Crich and Belper, Derbyshire, England, watch a flying object that looks like a black wedge with two bright headlights. The blunt end of the wedge is facing forward as it flies at about 35 mph. ("` Black Wedge' Seen in Skies over Town," Belper (UK) News, March 24, 1999, via UFO Newsclipping Service, no. 360 (July 1999): 13)

April 2 - Two Chilean national police officers see a UFO hovering above Mount Balmaceda in Puerto Natales, Tierra del Fuego, Chile. They see red, green, and yellow lights on the object, which performs several side-to-side displacements as it hovers near the summit. (La Tercera (Santiago, Chile), April 4, 7, 1999; " Recent UFO Cases," IUR 24, no. 1 (Spring 1999): 31)

April 7 - 10:58 p.m. A woman is looking through the second-story window of her home in East Falmouth, Massachusetts. She sees strange, double, white lights resembling car headlights attached to a triangular object silently moving across the sky through the maple trees. It is in view for only 4-5 seconds. (" Recent UFO Cases," IUR 24, no. 1 (Spring 1999): 31)

June 9 - A huge fall of "white filamentous threads" covers hedges, trees, and power lines over 10,000 square kilometers in Esperance, Western Australia. Some strands are 30 feet in length. Witness Marilyn Burnet has a sample analyzed and finds copper, aluminum, zinc, iron, sodium, manganese, silicon, and other minerals. (George A. Filer, " Filer's Files," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 375 (July 1999): 14; Brian Boldman, " Angel Hair Physical Analyses: A Review," JUFOS 9 (2006): 108; Keith Basterfield, " Angel Hair: An Australian Perspective," IUR 27, no. 1 (Spring 2002): 7-8)

June 30 - 11:00 a.m. Two witnesses are walking their dog in the Park Zachodni in Wroclaw, Poland, when they see a blue-gray, disc-shaped object with a row of blue lights pass over the trees to the northeast. Another similar object follows a similar path shortly afterward. (" UFO nad Polska: 2013," Porta Infra, April 19, 2013; Poland 83-84)

July - A man's car is stuck in a rut at Campo, California, as he is returning home from a fishing trip. As he is getting back into the car, he notices a bright white sphere about 40-50 feet away. It is only 4-5 feet in diameter and 25 feet above the ground. The man takes 10 steps toward the object, then it shines a bright blue beam at him for a few seconds. The beam does not turn off; instead it retreats back into the bottom of the object "as if it was on a string." The UFO slowly glides away. (Powell, Scientist, 99-100)

July 27 - Day. Several people living near the shore of Lake Backsjön, near Gunnarskog, Värmlands, Sweden, see and hear a rocket-shaped object plunge into the water. The object is 6-10 feet long and descends at high speed, creating a splash in the water before sinking. One witness contacts the rescue station at Arvika, who in turn contact the police and military. Stellan Jansson, chief of staff for the I 2/Fo52 Värmland Regiment, interviews the witnesses. In September, the army begins an intensive search of the lake under the code name Operation Sea Find using divers, sonar equipment, and a mini-sub. The operation conducts a 10-day search and examines 75% of the lake, but the search is discontinued on September 16 after finding no evidence. On October 1, a secret report is completed for military intelligence in Stockholm. (Clas Svahn and Eileen Fletcher, " The Swedish Military and UFOs," IUR 25, no. 3 (Fall 2000): 16-17; Swords 370; Clas Svahn, " Backsjön: Militärer letade efter störtat föremål," Riksorganisationen UFO-Sverige)

September 30 - 10:35 a.m. A serious criticality incident takes place in the Tokaimura uranium processing facility operated by JCO in the village of Tokai, Iberaki Prefeccture, Japan. The accident occurs as three workers are preparing a small batch of fuel for the Joyo experimental fast breeder reactor, using uranium enriched to 18.8% with the radioisotope uranium-235 (with the remainder being the fertile uranium-238). It is JCO's first batch of fuel for that reactor in three years, and no proper qualification and training requirements appear to have been established to prepare those workers for the job. A precipitation tank reaches critical mass when its fill level, containing about 35 pounds of uranium, reaches about 11 gallons. The two technicians who receive the higher doses die several months later. (Wikipedia, " Tokaimura nuclear accidents")

October 9 - 7:57 p.m. While fishing off Fort Pickens near Pensacola, Florida, an ex-Air Force security policeman and a city police officer watch a triangular UFO with high-intensity blue arcing lights traveling west over the Gulf of Mexico in a zigzag fashion. It is about 200 feet in the air, a quarter of a mile distant, and moving at 115-350 mph. At least four times it seems to hover for 30 seconds. After 15 minutes, it moves away to the west. (George Filer, " Florida Triangle with Blue Ionization near Gulf Breeze," Filer's Files, #43-1999, October 18, 1999)

November 11 - 8:30 p.m. Two men are loading gravel onto a truck in Tomelilla, Skåne, Sweden, when they see a boomerang-shaped object flying overhead, blocking out the stars. The object is solid and observed for 5-10 seconds. UFO-Sweden researchers Clas Svahn and Anders Persson check with the Swedish military for their radar data at the time and find that it has recorded many targets. They conclude that a flock of migrating birds, probably eiders, flying in formation is responsible. (Clas Svahn and Eileen Fletcher, " The Swedish Military and UFOs," IUR 25, no. 3 (Fall 2000): 17-18)

December - Cao Gong, a middle-aged man from Beijing, China, claims he is abducted by aliens and flown to Qinhuangdao, Hebei province, in a UFO. The entities look like humans but have large hands and are very pale. Zhang Jingping of the World Chinese UFO Association begins to investigate the Cao case in April 2000 and has him hypnotically regressed by a psychologist from Suzhou. Cao also passes a lie detector test at the Beijing Bureau of Public Security. Cao remembers meeting in the spacecraft a Chinese girl who looks about 13 years old. She tells him the aliens cured her of a disease. Zhang brings Cao to the Tangshan Bureau of Public Security in July 2000, where the police construct a computer reconstruction of the girl's face according to his description. In November 2002, Zhang leads a group of students from Beihang University on a trip to Qinhuangdao to look for the girl. They arrive in Qinglong County and begin a blind search among the area's 400,000 inhabitants. On the second day, an old man recognizes the girl in the image. They locate her and she turns out to be 15 years old. Zhang brings her back to Beijing to meet Cao Gong, who identifies her as the girl he met. (Bill Chalker, " The Untold Story of UFOs in China: Lost in Translation or the Devouring Dragon?" New Dawn Special Issue 14, no. 1 (January 2020); Clark IV 1273-1274, 1323)

2000

Ufologist Chris Rutkowski and Ufology Research of Manitoba begin receiving UFO reports made to Canadian agencies, allowing them to create a yearly statistical report on sightings in Canada. (Chris Rutkowski, Canada's UFOs: Declassified, August Night, 2022, p. 11)

January 5 - Shortly after 4:00 a.m. The "St. Clair Triangle," "UFO Over Illinois," "Southern Illinois UFO," or "Highland, Illinois UFO" sighting takes place over the towns of Highland, Dupo, Lebanon, Shiloh, Summerfield, Millstadt, and O'Fallon, Illinois, all within the vicinity of Scott Air Force Base in St. Clair County. Five on-duty police officers around these locales, along with various other eyewitnesses, report a massive, silent, triangular or rectangular craft operating at an unusual treetop-level altitude and speeds. The officers are able to track the object and maintain radio contact with each other throughout the event. One of the police officers manages to get a single yet ambiguous Polaroid photograph of the object. Investigator David Marler initially concludes that, despite some differences in descriptions, the reports indicate a single unknown object with bright lights flying below 1,000 feet altitude. However, later reports suggest there are as many as three objects. The incident is examined in the ABC special Seeing Is Believing with Peter Jennings, an hour-long Discovery Channel special UFOs Over Illinois, an episode of the 2004 Syfy series Proof Positive, and a 30-minute independent documentary titled The Edge of Reality: Illinois UFO, January 5, 2000 by Darryl Barker Productions. (Wikipedia, " Black triangle (UFO)"; " Police Officers in St. Clair County Report Seeing Early-Morning UFO," St. Louis Post-Dispatch, January 9, 2000, pp. D1-D2; " UFO Sighting Brings Media Attention, Investigative Team to Southern Illinois," St. Louis Post-Dispatch, January 12, 2000, pp. A1, A6; " UFO Baffles Observers," Waterloo (Iowa) Republic-Times, January 12, 2000, p. 2; " Buffs Baffled by UFO," Chicago Sun-Times, January 20, 2000; David B. Marler, " Illinois Police Officers Track UFO near Scott AFB," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 383 (March 2000): 3-8; Robert T. Leach, "The Illinois Arrowhead," UFO Magazine, May 2000, pp. 42-51; Internet Movie Database, " UFOs over Illinois"; " Illinois UFO, January 5, 2000," IUR 26, no. 2 (Summer 2001): 16; " Hypothesis: The Illinois Flying Triangle Is a Department of Defense, Not an ET Craft," National Institute for Discovery Science, July 2002; Darryl Barker, " The Illinois Triangle: Do We Have the Technology?" Darryl Barker Productions, August 2, 2002; Internet Movie Database, " Proof Positive," Episode 108, November 24, 2004; Internet Movie Database, " Peter Jennings Reporting: UFOs, Seeing Is Believing"; Thomas E. Bullard, " Defending UFOs," IUR 34, no. 2 (March 2012): 33; Marler 26-60; " UFOs: Seeing Is Believing (2005), ABC Documentary," Movie Buff Guy YouTube channel, June 18, 2019; Skinwalkers 106-108; Covert 170; William J. Granger, " The St. Clair Triangle: A Look Back," SCU Review 5, no. 2 (May 3, 2024): 15-21; Tim Oliver, " Review of `Hypothesis: The Illinois Flying Triangle Is a Department of Defence, Not an ET Craft,' National Institute for Discovery Science (NIDS), Las Vegas, NV, July 2002," SCU Review 5, no. 2 (May 3, 2024): 22-25

March 30 - 5:00 a.m. Leah Isaac, a friend, and their small boy are driving on the Klondike Highway at the west end of Little Fox Lakes, Yukon Territory, when they spot a 40-foot wide disc hovering home 300 feet away. The UFO shoots across the road at "incredible speed," then stopped abruptly for a split second before shooting off at a 90º angle. The car's headlights dim and the tape deck ceases working when the UFO is nearby. Leah's analog watch stops, and her friend's digital watch goes blank. (Martin Jasek and Mark Rodeghier, " Vehicle Interference at Little Fox Lake, Yukon," IUR 25, no. 2 (Summer 2000): 23-24, 32)

April 17 - For the first time, Aerial Images, Inc., of Raleigh, North Carolina, working with Microsoft, Kodak, and a Russian satellite company, posts online five photos showing the long- secret Area 51 test site near Groom Lake, Nevada. (Mary Manning, " At Last, a Glimpse of Area 51," Las Vegas (Nev.) Sun, April 18, 2000)

July 17 - 10:50 p.m. A witness in Silverdale, Washington, sees four orange lights descending to the west over the Olympic Mountains. When the second to last light is gone, the witness sees a flash like an explosion. About 15 minutes later, another orange light appears, moving south to north at a speed too slow for a meteor. It descends behind the same mountain. A Blackhawk helicopter is visible in the same area at the same time. (" Sighting Report," National UFO Reporting Center, February 11, 2003; Nukes 498-499)

August 5 -11:30 a.m. A witness spots a silver disc in the sky over Old Noarlunga, South Australia, and calls out his wife to watch. Over the next 90 minutes they see 3 whitish additional balls and something that looks like a helicopter, all traveling west to east. Long, silver, cobweb-like substance falls in large wads or strands. Once touched with a stick, it shrivels up and evaporates. Similar material falls on Moana and Aldinga Beach, where one witness also sees a bright light. (Keith Basterfield, " Angel Hair: An Australian Perspective," IUR 27, no. 1 (Spring 2002): 8)

September - UFO researchers Karl Pflock and Peter Brookesmith organize an invitation-only symposium to re-evaluate the Betty and Barney Hill abduction case in depth. It takes place at the Indian Head Resort in Lincoln, New Hampshire, near the site of the abduction event itself. The other researchers are Dennis Stacy, Marcello Truzzi, Thomas E. Bullard, Hilary Evans, Robert Sheaffer, Joe Firmage, and Greg Sandow. Betty Hill joins the group for an evening's entertainment and a morning tour of the site where the abduction took place. The essays written by participants, along with reflections by Walter N. Webb and an appendix by Martin S. Kottmeyer, are compiled in Encounters at Indian Head. (Karl T. Pflock and Peter Brookesmith, eds., Encounters at Indian Head, Anomalist, 2007; Robert Sheaffer, " Betty Hill's Last Hurrah: A Secret UFO Symposium in New Hampshire," Skeptical Inquirer 31, no. 5 (Sept./Oct. 2007); Greg Sandow, " The Hill Case and the Limits of Ufology," IUR 31, no. 4 (March 2008): 3-7, 19-28)

September 27 - 9:45 p.m. Four men are camped in a trailer at a rural hunting camp near Challis, Idaho. One goes out to the truck for food and sees a massive, dark, triangular object hovering motionless above him. He yells for the others to come out, lights on the object turn on, and it slowly moves toward the nearby mountains. When it reaches one, it tips upward and ascends the side of the mountain vertically. When it reaches the top, it tips forward and disappears from sight. (Marler 228-229)

October 31 - After sunset. A woman delivering pizzas in Cygnet, Ohio, is stopped along Cygnet Road when she sees an elongated, football-shaped object clearly visible just beyond a thin grove of trees ahead of her. It is slowly moving westward toward and above Interstate 75, which is busy with cars and large trucks. It hovers for a few seconds and turns brighter, then shoots off westward in a streak of light. Two men driving north on I-75 also see the object. (John P. Timmerman, " Possible Close Encounter in NW Ohio," IUR 25, no. 3 (Fall 2000): 18)

November - 7:00 p.m. A retired law enforcement officer and several friends are cooking dinner over an open fire in a wooded area near Elsberry, Missouri, when they see a huge flying wing with white lights on each end. It seems to be flying completely silently at 3,000 feet. They watch it for 30 seconds before it disappears into the southeast.

December 13 - 10:00 pm. A group of five people is traveling in a Volkswagen on a dirt road 9 miles from Iturama, Minas Gerais, Brazil-Joao Caiana, his wife Valdeir Martins, daughter Magui Martins, a 3-year-old granddaughter, and an 18-year-old friend. Some odd colored lights in the sky seem to follow them for 2 miles. Suddenly the interior of the car begins to get hot, and a light gray entity with big eyes approaches them. Everyone loses control and seems to be sucked into a UFO for an abduction scenario. (Laura Maria Elias, " Caso Caiana: Desdobramentos de um clássico de Ufologia Miniera," Portal UFO, February 1, 2015; " Caso Família Caiana em Iturama," Freak TV YouTube channel, February 14, 2020; Brazil 393-396)

December 24 - 7:00 p.m. A woman living in the Baranówka neighborhood of Rzeszów, Poland, sees a light outside her window on the 4th floor of an apartment building. It makes unusual maneuvers like a figure-8 and zigzags, and is joined by another light that flies at a constant speed. Both are about 5 feet in diameter. She snaps two motion-blur photos with her Minolta that shows an object hovering above the apartment block opposite her. The second object approaches the first one and they fly away together. (Poland 151-153)

2001

January 1 - 12:01 a.m. Five people driving along Highway 3 south of New Plymouth, New Zealand, spot an orange object about 30-50 feet in diameter pacing their car 100 feet above them. They pull over to watch and see three similar objects hovering and swaying around. They look like they are changing color from metallic glowing orange to metallic deep purple and shades of blue. One more larger object appears on the horizon and speeds toward the other four. Each seems to react in a way similar to an army unit and forms a line and disappears almost instantly to the south. As they leave several minutes later, they realize they haven't seen any traffic for 30 minutes and only see some as they enter New Plymouth. (George Filer, " New Zealand Discs Start New Millennium," Filer's Files, #2-2001 (January 9, 2001))

January 5 - 10:30 a.m. A white, "self-lit" cigar-shaped object with a small vapor trail is seen at Whitehorse, Yukon Territory. Its hops forward in its progress through the sky before it moves out of view behind a mountain. It returns and flies back again. (Mark Rodeghier, " UFOs in Canada, 2001," IUR 26, no. 4 (Winter 2001- 2002): 17)

January 22 - 12:30 a.m. Barnaul Airport in Altai Krai, Russia, shuts down after a slightly tilted, oscillating, disc-shaped object is detected hovering above its runway. The crew of an Ilyushin Il-76 cargo plane refuses to take off, claiming they can see a luminous object. An incoming Yakovlev Yak-40 passenger plane also sees an object at Barnaul and lands at another airport. Sergei Kurennoi, the chief airspace controller at Barnaul, sees the object at an elevation of 15°-20º above the horizon above the end of the track. With his binoculars, he distinguishes a solid structure that radiates light of various colors (red, green, purple). Nothing is tracked on radar. The UFO noiselessly takes off to the northwest, changes direction to the southwest, and vanishes after 90 minutes. (Patrick Gross, " UFO Shuts Down Russian Airport")

February - French ufologist Dominique Weinstein creates a massive catalogue of 1,305 UFO sightings by pilots from 1916 to 2000. She finds that 606 cases (36.7%) are sightings by military pilots and crews; 444 cases (26.9%) are by civilian pilots; and 196 cases (11.8%) are by private pilots. In 200 cases (12.1%) the visual observation is confirmed by on-board or ground radar. And in 57 cases (3.45%) the pilots note electromagnetic effects on one or more of the plane's transmission systems. (Dominique F. Weinstein, " Unidentified Aerial Phenomena: Eighty Years of Pilot Sightings, a Catalog of Military, Airliner, and Private Pilots Sightings from 1916 to 2000," National Aviation Reporting Center on Anomalous Phenomena, February 2001)

March - Religious studies scholar Brenda Denzler writes The Lure of the Edge, an overview and evaluation of the UFO subculture as a social phenomenon juxtaposed between scientific and religious ideals. One section deals with the contactee movement, in which extraterrestrials have been met by Earthlings and received insights into the human condition and humanity's place in the cosmos. She finds that between the years 1995 and 1997, some 80% of invited speakers at 21 UFO conferences are men, while male authors account for 87% of the articles published in major UFO periodicals. In the first half of the 1990s, between 55% and 74% of alien abductees are women. Denzler observes that women who write about abductions are usually chronicling their own story, and researchers like Ann Druffel and Karla Turner are exceptions. (Brenda Denzler, The Lure of the Edge: Scientific Passions, Religious Beliefs, and the Pursuit of UFOs, University of California, 2001; Eghigian, After, p. 291)

April 1 - 10:30 p.m. Farm manager George Hofer and several children from the Rosedale Hutterite Brethren Colony near Etzikom, Alberta, see a brilliant fireball falling and apparently striking the Earth only a few miles away. On April 16, Ken Masson, who farms 13 miles south of Etzikom, discovers a circular, crater-like formation on his land. On May 1, Pano Karkanis of the University of Lethbridge Department of Geography visits the site, interviews the witnesses, measures the crater, and takes soil samples. The crater is 6 inches deep, with an inside diameter of 7.9 feet, surrounded by a mound of dirt 16 inches high. He notes four indentations inside the circle that he suspects are caused by rainwater. The dirt inside is cracked and sere, and he finds some odd reddish-brown particles of dirt on the mound. He concludes the crater was formed by a meteorite fragment that vaporized, leaving only the reddish-brown particles. Meteorite impact expert Alan Hildebrand at the University of Calgary doubts the crater was made by a meteorite. (Pano G. Karkanis, " Occurrence of a Circular Crater-Like Formation Near Etzikom, Alberta," Alberta UFO Study Group, June 2001; Chris Rutkowski and Geoff Dittman, The Canadian UFO Report, Dundurn Press, 2006, pp. 204-206; Chris Rutkowski, " Crash Go the UFOs...onto Canada!" Ufology Research, June 1, 2016)

May 3 - In the UK House of Lords, Peter Hill-Norton asks the Ministry of Defence why the UFO documents it referred to on January 25 were classified secret. Minister of State for Defence Procurement Elizabeth Symons replies that "One document was classified `Secret' with a `UK Eyes Only' caveat because it contained information about the UK air defence ground environment that could be of significant value to hostile or potentially hostile states. Associated correspondence was given the same classification. Generally, however, notifications of and correspondence on the subject of UFO sightings are unclassified." She adds that the ministry received 229 reports in 1999 and 210 reports in 2000. (David Clarke and Gary Anthony, " The British MoD Study: Project Condign," IUR 30, no. 4 (August 2006): 32; Isaac Koi, " UFOs in Parliament (UK)," Isaac Koi-UFOs and Parliament, 2024)

May 9 - Twenty government workers from military and civilian organizations speak about their experiences regarding UFOs and UFO confidentiality at the National Press Club in Washington, D.C. The press conference is initiated by Steven M. Greer, founder of the Disclosure Project, which has the goal of disclosing alleged government UFO secrecy. The purpose of the press conference is to build public pressure through the media to obtain a hearing before the US Congress on the issue. Aerospace illustrator Mark McCandlish testifies that gravity control propulsion research started in the 1950s and successfully reverse engineered the vehicle retrieved from the Roswell, New Mexico, crash site to build three Alien Reproduction Vehicles (ARVs) by 1981. McCandlish describes their propulsion systems in terms of Thomas Townsend Brown's gravitators and provides a line drawing of its interior. The diagram closely resembles the drawing provided earlier in Milton William Cooper's book Behold a Pale Horse. Another Disclosure Project whistleblower, Philip J. Corso, states in his book The Day after Roswell that the craft retrieved from the second crash site at Roswell had a propulsion system resembling Brown's gravitators. Corso's book also features several gravity control propulsion statements made by Hermann Oberth. Although major American media outlets report on the conference, interest quickly dies down, and no hearing takes place. (Steven M. Greer and Theodore C. Loder III, Disclosure Project Briefing Document, Disclosure Project, April 2001; " Group Calls for Disclosure of UFO Info," ABC News, May 10, 2001; " UFO Spotters Slam `US Cover-Up,'" BBC News, May 10, 2001; Jean-Pierre Petit, " I Have a Doubt about `Disclosure,'" March 19, 2003; Wikipedia, " United States gravity control propulsion research"; Gideon Lewis-Kraus, " How the Pentagon Started Taking U.F.O.s Seriously," The New Yorker, April 30, 2021; Coulthart 2023, pp. 274-287; Clark IV 705-706)

June 12-August 31 - Eight cattle mutilations are reported in north central Montana, similar to those from the 1970s. In all the cases, part of the animal's face, called the mask, is removed, along with reproductive organs. There is usually no blood, and predators will often not touch the carcass. (Jim Robbins, " Unsolved Mystery Resurfaces in Montana: Who's Killing Cows?" New York Times, September 17, 2001, pp. B1, B22)

June 23 - 9:45 p.m. Three witnesses are sitting in their yard in Fernandina Beach, Florida, when they see a bright white light with a bluish tinge descend and hover about 2,000 feet due east of them above the ocean. After one minute it emits a mist from three points on its underside so that it appears to be sitting on a cloud. Then it emits mist from its upper area and becomes enshrouded with the light shining through. Then the light blinks off, leaving only a cloud that stands there for about one minute. It disappears 5-10 seconds afterward. (National UFO Reporting Center, " Sighting Report," March 21, 2003; Nukes 506-507)

June 30 - 10:30 p.m. Electrical power goes off in the small village of Nanesti, Romania, even though the lights in neighboring villages are still on. A number of witnesses notice a red, round ball moving slowly in the air. When it stops it begins to spin, turning into a rotating segmented ring of pale yellow light. The ring becomes larger in diameter, coming closer to the ground where it gets as large as 600 feet in diameter. After a short period of time it climbs again, still rotating but shrinking and turning into a red dot that moves around in the sky until it starts rotating again and repeating the cycle some 8-20 times over the course of 45 minutes. Some witnesses see it as a dark red cloud lit from inside by squares of light. The display ceases sometime after midnight and the power returns mysteriously at around 2:00 a.m. (Romania 70-73)

July 14-15 - Evening-night. Dozens of Staten Islanders and residents of Carteret, New Jersey, observe lights in the southwestern sky on a clear, cloudless night. The lights appear in various formations at about 45° above the horizon. Witnesses view the scene from Arthur Kill Road and the West Shore Expressway on the New York side. The Waterloo Cafe, located opposite the Blazing Star Burial Ground on Arthur Kill Road, provides the most significant witnesses. The consensus of their testimonies reveals a series of lights, numbering from 4-5 to as many as 16-20, bright orange or orange-red in hue, and appearing as solid round objects. Witnesses number about 50, including the owner of the cafe, but not all come forward. Those who do, agree that there was no sound emanating from the lights, and no one can see any wings. The lights are often no more than 1,000 feet in the air, often described as flying in an inverted V-shaped configuration. Unknown targets without transponders, some at heights of 99,000 feet, are picked up on radar at Newark International Airport. (" New Jersey Preliminary Investigation," Filer's Files, #30-2001, July 22, 2001; " New Jersey Lights," Filer's Files, #31-2001, July 29, 2001; " New Jersey Lights," Filer's Files, #32-2001, August 7, 2001; " New Jersey Carteret Case Investigation Continues," Filer's Files, #33-2001, August 14, 2001; " New Jersey Oval UFO," Filer's Files, #34-2001, August 22, 2001; Dennis K. Anderson, " The Arthur Kill Sightings, July 14-15, 2001," IUR 28, no. 2 (Summer 2003): 3-6, 26-27; Covert 169; " Patricia Ercolino and Other Eyewitnesses on Seeing Mystery Lights in the Skies over New Jersey, 2001," Eyes On Cinema YouTube channel, January 9, 2025)

August 12 - 12:25 a.m. Five people watch seven gray objects flying in a straight line over Victoria, British Columbia, which change position in flight into a hexagonal formation and ascend into the sky. They are lost to view after 15 minutes. (Mark Rodeghier, " UFOs in Canada, 2001," IUR 26, no. 4 (Winter 2001-2002): 17)

August 17 - 9:30 p.m. An astronomer in Mitchell, Manitoba, hears loud booming sounds and runs outside to see three steady lights in triangular formation moving east to west. (Mark Rodeghier, " UFOs in Canada, 2001," IUR 26, no. 4 (Winter 2001-2002): 17)

August 20 - Dozens of passengers on the Rogalin ferry returning from Sweden to Gdansk, Poland, with 50 passengers on board watch an object 10 feet in diameter rise to the surface about 500 feet away. It approaches the boat, submerges, and maneuvers underwater. After three minutes, the ferry leaves it behind. (Poland 121-122)

August 25 - 3:27 p.m. An astronomer and others at St.-Laurent, Quebec, watch two solid-appearing objects moving slowly through the clear sky. They take some photos. (Fédération OVNI-Alerte Québec Canada, " Voici un résumé des plus récentes observations OVNI rapportées à la FOAQC à ce jour," 2001; Mark Rodeghier, " UFOs in Canada, 2001," IUR 26, no. 4 (Winter 2001-2002): 17; UFOdna, " 25 Aug 2001, St-Laurent, Quebec, Canada," 2007)

October 4-5 - Keith and Amy Rylance, along with a business partner named Petra Heller, claim a complicated abduction at their property near Gundiah, Queensland. Three different police jurisdictions are involved in the investigation, as well as the Australian UFO Research Network. The alleged events include abduction, teleportation, time distortion, aliens, "solid light," physical traces, and men in black. Bill Chalker's later assessment is that "Further enquiries indicated that the affair may have been some misguided or bizarre scientology mediated saga, which seemed more convoluted and unbelievable than the suspect UFO story. So much of the information we had gathered, some with the assistance of police, pointed towards a hoax. None of our many critical questions and queries were satisfactorily responded to. Information gathered later increased our certainty that our final conclusion was that the case was a hoax." (Bill Chalker and Diane Harrison, "The Gundiah Mackay Abduction Milieu," Australasian Ufologist 5, no. 4 (2001): 26-28; Kate Johns, "The UFO Report: I Was Abducted by Aliens," New Idea, November 17, 2001, pp. 32-35; Marcus Lowth, " The Gundiah Mackay Incident: The Abduction of Amy Rylance," UFO Insight, September 19, 2018; " Amy Rylance Talks about Her Alien Abduction Experience, Gundiah/Mackay, Australia, October 4-5, 2001," Eyes On Cinema YouTube channel, September 8, 2022; Bill Chalker, " The 2001 Gundiah Queensland UFO `Abduction' of Amy Rylance," TheOzFiles, July 31, 2024; Clark IV 1215)

November 15 - 8:00 p.m. A huge diamond-shaped UFO with an elongated bottom, a light on each end, and an orange light in the middle is seen flying toward the northwest in Boyne City, Michigan. After five minutes, it returns, heading southwest. When it's over the city, all the lights start spinning around, and the light on the right side veers off from the main body. (George A. Filer, " Filer's Files," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 405 (January 2002): 16, 18)

Mid-November or early December - The crew of a Southwest Airlines flight approaching Albuquerque, New Mexico, notices a triangular object less than 500 feet from the front of the aircraft. A flight attendant sees "bright blue pilot lights" on the object and describes it as a "flying skyscraper" made of "solid black steel." The pilot turns on the speaker to hear excited chatter about the object from air traffic control and hears that reports are coming in even from Canada. Passengers begin seeing the object as well. More than 100 people on the airliner observe the object. (Donald Burleson, "Looking Up," Roswell (N.Mex.) Daily Record, July 16, 2023)

December 11 - 8:06 p.m. Pilots of a commercial airliner flying above Craik, Saskatchewan, see lights that they think belong to another aircraft at a higher altitude, but air traffic controllers have no other aircraft on their radar. (Mark Rodeghier, " UFOs in Canada, 2001," IUR 26, no. 4 (Winter 2001-2002): 17)

2002

February 2 - 2:53 a.m. A witness is driving down a road in Clermont, Florida, when he sees a silent, bright light over Lake Minnehaha. The object passes over his car at about 15-20 feet in the air, and his engine dies. It shoots off like a slingshot and disappears. The car starts again. (National UFO Reporting Center, " NUFORC UFO Sighting 21657," February 22, 2002; Herbert S. Taylor, " An Update on Vehicle Interference Reports, Part 1," IUR 33, no. 4 (May 2011): 18)

February 20 - 8:15 a.m. A witness aboard a cruise ship off the southern coast of Puerto Rico sees an irregularly shaped object like a cloud high in the sky. He takes a photo, then leaves to attend a meeting. Analysis indicates that the object is most likely a Tethered Aerostat Radar System airship used to provide radar data in support of the US drug interdiction program. (John P. Timmerman and Mark Rodeghier, " Snapshot from a Cruise: An Aerostat Sighting," IUR 28, no. 1 (Spring 2003): 13-14)

March 15 - 9:30 p.m. Lisa Stone is driving with her 16-year-old son when she sees a triangular object with white lights that is maneuvering around Magazine Hill, outside Dartmouth, Nova Scotia. The object is massive, perhaps the size of a university football field. She drives directly underneath, and "hail" starts falling from it. The object does a figure eight before heading in the direction of Fall River to the northeast. (Don Ledger, " The Flying Triangle Phenomenon," IUR 27, no. 3 (Fall 2002): 7, 23)

April - Skandinavisk UFO Information begins publishing UFO-Mail in Ringsted, Denmark. ( UFO-Mail, no. 1 (April 2, 2002))

Summer - Two men see an object over Mosinee, Wisconsin, that shines a straight, 5-foot-wide beam of light on the Wisconsin River like a searchlight. The beam does not change shape as the object goes higher above the water. (Carl W. Feindt, " Beam of Light into a Body of Water," IUR 33, no. 3 (December 2010): 23

July 26 - 1:00-1:55 a.m. Near Andrews AFB, Maryland, just outside of Washington, D.C., independent witnesses 8 miles apart become aware of unusual and persistent aircraft activity. In both locations, witnesses see odd lights or objects pursued by one military jet. Two pairs of fighters take off from Andrews at 1:00 a.m., remain airborne for 50 minutes, fly at low altitude using afterburners over residential areas, and pursue an unidentifiable light on three occasions. Gary Dillman, working late shift at a sand-and-gravel operation in Brandywine, Maryland, sees the first two fighters at 1:00 a.m., then at 1:30 a.m. and 1:40 a.m. he sees a glowing, round, hard-edged orange object that one of the fighters is chasing. The pursuit takes place between broken clouds at about 4,000 feet and a light overcast at about 6,000 feet; the unknown object and fighter are about 1-2 miles away. In Waldorf, Maryland, around 1:35 a.m. Renny Rogers feels the walls of his home rattling from a low-flying aircraft and goes out to see a single jet fighter. At 1:40 a.m., he sees a bright, pale-bluish light in the north-northeast moving at a high rate of speed. He calls a neighbor to come watch the display. Soon a fighter comes over his house in obvious pursuit of the light and about 1,000-2,000 feet behind it. The four fighters return to base around 1:50 a.m. (Kenny Young, " UFO Violates D.C. Airspace," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 413 (September 2002): 11; Joan Woodward, " The Washington, D.C., Jet Chase of July 26, 2002," IUR 27, no. 4 (Winter 2002-2003): 3-7, 22-25; Good Need, pp. 394-396)

August 7 - A circular, bright-metallic object about 3 feet in diameter touches ground near Prinos, Trikala, Greece, and leaves a series of small circular, square, and triangular depressions, all arranged in a spiral, similar to a circle with an opening or a capital G. The eyewitnesses, who are on the field when the landing takes place, hide behind their vehicle and watch as a door opens and three short beings emerge from the object carrying a drill-like instrument. They pick up some dirt with the device and return to their craft, which then takes off. The witnesses identify the creatures as Maimounia (leprechauns). (Orestis Lazanakis, " UAP in Greece," UAP Check, July 27, 2024)

September 6 - 10:00 p.m. Police on patrol in Sampacho, Cordoba, Argentina, receive an alert on their car radio about several UFOs above the Cerro Sampacho. They appear to be silently hovering at an altitude of 5,000 feet. (" Argentinsk politi ser åtte UFOer," UFO-nytt, 2002, no. 2, p. 21; " UFOs Seen in Argentina," IUR 27, no. 2 (Summer 2002): 4)

October 23 - 7:40 p.m. Pilot Thomas J. Preziose takes off from Mobile, Alabama, in a Cessna 208B single-engine cargo plane en route to Montgomery. Six minutes later, he collides with an unknown object at 3,000 feet and descends uncontrolled into swampy water in the Big Bateau Bay in Spanish Fort, Alabama. The pilot's final words are: "Night Ship 282, I needed to deviate, I needed to deviate." A strange red residue ("transfer marks") is found coating at least 14 different areas of the downed airplane that are widely separated in location both inside and outside the aircraft. The engine block has been split. The final NTSB report indicates that the accident is caused by pilot disorientation. However, an independent investigation finds numerous discrepancies with regard to both the FAA documentation and the NTSB investigation. The composition of the red residue is variously found to be tere- and isophthalate polymer with possible presence of inorganic silicate compounds; and epoxy material with some inorganic silicate filters. (Joe Danborn, " Cessna Collided with `Unknown Object,' Says NTSB," Mobile (Ala.) Register, April 14, 2004; " NTSB: `Collision with Unknown Object' Killed Mobile Pilot," Aero News Network, April 15, 2004; Mike Ahlers, " Plane's Wreckage Puzzles Investigators," CNN, May 22, 2004; " NTSB Solves Riddle of `02 Small-Plane Crash," Washington Post, January 11, 2006; " `Red Marks' Confound Accident Investigators," Aviation International News, July 24, 2007; Bureau of Aircraft Accidents Archives, " Crash of a Cessna 208B Super Cargomaster off Mobile: 1 Killed"; Kean, pp. 61-62; Aviation Safety Network, [ incident summary]; National Transportation Safety Board, [ Project Summary, ATL-03-FA-008], April 22, 2014; " Night Ship 282 Cockpit Voice Recording," dontbesojumpy YouTube channel, August 5, 2015; " Cessna Collides with UFO in Alabama: The Preziose UFO Crash," Paralopedia YouTube channel, May 26, 2016; Marcus Lowth, " Just What Did Happen to Tom Preziose? Contact, or Cover-Up?" UFO Insight, November 8, 2017; " Mysteries and Oddities: The Mystery of What Impacted Night Ship 282 and Caused It to Crash," williamdefalco YouTube channel, March 29, 2022)

November - British hacker Gary McKinnon is indicted in a US District Court for hacking into US Army and NASA computers over the previous two years. McKinnon has admitted in many public statements that he obtained unauthorized access to computer systems in the US including those mentioned in the indictment. He states his motivation, drawn from a statement made before the Washington Press Club on May 9, 2001, by the Disclosure Project, was to find evidence of UFOs, antigravity technology, and the suppression of "free energy," all of which he claims to have proven through his actions. McKinnon claims an image held at the Johnson Space Center's Building 8 shows a "cigar shaped" object floating above the northern hemisphere in low-Earth orbit. McKinnon also states he found an Excel document on a NASA server titled "non-terrestrial officers" that has the ranks and names of unknown USAF personnel. The United States initiates extradition proceedings against McKinnon, but they are blocked by the British government on October 16, 2012, because McKinnon has Asperger's syndrome and suffers from depression. On December 14, 2012, the British government declines to prosecute McKinnon because of the difficulties involved in bringing a case against him and the likelihood he would be acquitted of any charge. ( United States of America v. Gary McKinnon, in the US District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia, Indictment, November 2002 Term, at Alexandria; " Hacker Fears `UFO Cover-Up,'" BBC News, May 5, 2006; Nigel Watson, "` UFO Hacker' Tells What He Found," Wired, June 21, 2006; " Gary McKinnon Extradition to US Blocked by Theresa May," BBC News, October 16, 2012; " Gary McKinnon Will Face No Charges in UK," The Guardian (UK), December 14, 2012)

November 28 - Night. Two policemen in Buenos Aires, Argentina, see a large light maneuvering in the sky and emitting colored sparks before it approaches their patrol car. The light reverses its course, and the engine and headlights fail. About 30 minutes later, the object moves away, the car starts again, and the siren suddenly comes on. The UFO paces them to one side before it finally disappears. Five police cars are involved in the incident. (Herbert S. Taylor, " An Update on Vehicle Interference Reports, Part 1," IUR 33, no. 4 (May 2011): 20)

December 26 - Roswell, New Mexico, witness Walter G. Haut signs an affidavit that asserts he had seen bodies recovered from the 1947 crash in a temporary morgue at Roswell Army Air Field. Haut dies December 15, 2005, and the affidavit is released by his family. (Thomas J. Carey and Donald R. Schmitt, Witness to Roswell: Unmasking the Government's Biggest Cover-Up, New Page, 2007, pp. 215-217)

2003

January 10 - 4:45 a.m. A witness in Lockport, New York, opens the window and sees a pulsating light hovering in the distance. It is flashing white, red, and yellow but is perfectly stationary. After 7 minutes, the light becomes very bright, dims out with a reddish hue, and winks out. (" New York Pulsating Object and Five Discs," Filer's Files, #5-2003, January 28, 2003; Covert 57)

January 31 - 10:30 p.m. Two witnesses in Villeneuve, Alberta, watch a large white object described as "two saucers rim to rim" move slowly through a farmyard and over some houses, then out of sight. (Mark Rodeghier, " UFOs in Canada, 2003," IUR 28, no. 3 (Fall 2003): 13)

February 25 - 7:30 p.m. A witness in downtown Bremerton, Washington, looks up and sees a triangular object with a light at each point flying silently over Naval Submarine Base Bangor [now Naval Base Kitsap] on the Kitsap Peninsula, Washington, at an altitude of 800-1,000 feet. (" Sighting Report," National UFO Reporting Center, March 4, 2003; Nukes 499)

March 3 - 7:55 a.m. The driver and passenger of a truck traveling along a highway in Houston, British Columbia, watch as a silver object the size and shape of an Airstream trailer flies alongside them, then zooms away. (National UFO Reporting Center, " NUFORC UFO Sighting 28024," March 21, 2003; Mark Rodeghier, " UFOs in Canada, 2003," IUR 28, no. 3 (Fall 2003): 13)

April - 2:30 a.m. Some Air Force security policemen for Area 2, a weapons storage area of the Nevada Test Site [now the Nevada National Security Site], are having a meal outside when they notice a red glow at their feet. The light is coming from a giant sphere perhaps 100 feet across approaching them from the south. By the time they notice it, the reddish-orange object has passed silently overhead at about 75 feet altitude in a few seconds. Apparently, it projects a zone of silence and exerts a zone of pressure directly below it, causing the guards' ears to pop. It disappears over some mountains to the north, where it apparently explodes in a burst of white light with no sound or shockwave. Building in intensity, the explosion keeps growing until it is painful to perceive through closed eyes, then quickly dies down. The light effects last for 5 seconds. The security controller orders all outside units to search for the downed object. They look until 7:00 a.m. but find nothing. (Nukes 512-515)

May 3 - 3:30 a.m. A man sitting on his back porch in North Richland Hills, Texas, looks out at the horse pasture behind his home. Suddenly, he hears loud squealing and what sounds like horses kicking a metal sheet, along with distant dogs barking. As he strains to look toward the horse shed, an eerie silence falls over the area, making him uneasy. Stepping off the porch, he hears a low whirring sound. A beam of light flashes onto the ground in the middle of the pasture, coming from a black craft hovering about 100 feet above the ground. The craft emits flashes of light from a pod on its right end and has a multicolored mist or heated gas beneath it. On the left side, a red rectangular window reveals movement inside. As he watches, he suddenly feels sick. The craft, about 50 feet long, has a dull blue light on top. After five minutes, the whirring fades, and the craft hovers silently for two more seconds before shooting straight up and disappearing without a sound. He then notices that the electrical power in the neighborhood appears to be out. (National UFO Reporting Center, " NUFORC UFO Sighting 28668," May 9, 2003)

June 5 - 4:45 p.m. Shortly after TAM Flight 3287 takes off from Palmas-Brigadeiro Lysias Rodrigues Airport in Palmas, Brazil, to Brasilia, air traffic control asks the pilot if he can see any other aircraft near his plane. He cannot, but ground control says there is another object in his flight area. When they are over Palmas, the copilot sees a gigantic object on the right side of the plane. It is metallic and surrounded by bright multicolored lights. It flies as if it is sliding with no friction. The UFO follows the aircraft for almost an hour before moving away. (Clark III 203-205; Brazil 548; Clark IV 242, 244)

July 28 - 12:45 a.m. Hundreds of witnesses see a large, white, moon-shaped object flying over the Okanagan Valley, British Columbia, zigzagging from northwest to southeast and changing direction in some cases to move over local mountains and drop into valleys. At 1:00 a.m., a beam of white light arches across the sky from horizon to horizon and persisting until at least 2:00 a.m. Dubbed the "Okanagan Arch," the beam is seen from Kamloops to Jaffray. (Chris Rutkowski and Geoff Dittman, The Canadian UFO Report, Dundurn Press, 2006, pp. 207-209)

August 6 - 12:32 a.m. Three witnesses in North Bay, Ontario, watch as a gray, cigar-shaped object, stationary in the sky, becomes "wavy" and then suddenly disappears from view after 5 minutes. (Mark Rodeghier, " UFOs in Canada, 2003," IUR 28, no. 3 (Fall 2003): 13)

August 11 - 6:00 p.m. Diana Luca and her mother are chatting at the kitchen table in her home in New Westminster, British Columbia. Out of the corner of her eye, Luca spots a black object behind the trees in the back alley. The two step out on the patio for a better look and see a UFO flying behind the trees and over the top of the shorter ones. The object, flat and shaped like a Frisbee, flips on its underside, which is as red and shiny as a Coke can. She calls her husband, Mark Murphy, who is inside. By the time he gets to the porch, the UFO looks cigar-shaped and is an estimated 1.8 miles away. Murphy rushes inside to get a camcorder and gets the rest of the sighting on tape. (" B.C. Sighting," IUR 28, no. 3 (Fall 2003): 27; " UFOs over British Columbia," Vancouver (B.C.) Courier, March 15, 2004)

October 14 - 8:45 a.m. Three Boeing contractors are working near one of the launch facilities at Vandenberg Air Force Base [now Vandenberg Space Force Base] in Santa Barbara County, California, when they notice a red, silent, 300-feet-square object approach the area from the ocean and hover at low altitude near Launch Pad 21. It remains for 45 seconds before darting off over the mountains. A similar square object returns to the base after sunset and approaches the entry control point at high speed, terrorizing some of the security guards before it speeds away. (Callie Fausey, " Big, Red UFO Hovered over Vandenberg in 2003, Congressional Witness Testifies," Santa Barbara (Calif.) Independent, August 1, 2023; " Air Force Officer Breaks Silence over `Red, Glowing' UFO Sighting: This Is Not a Joke,'" The Independent (UK), November 10, 2023; Stephan Buendia, " Vandenberg's `Red Square,'" UAP Check, November 10, 2023)

November 21 - 4:37 a.m. Robert Williams goes to the back door of his home in Deerfield Township, Livingston County, Michigan, for a smoke when he notices an extremely bright light hovering about 50-60 feet above Bennett Lake. He watches it for about 2 minutes then goes to get his mother Christine to look at it as well. It is about 1,800 feet away and just below the treeline. After another 3 minutes it begins moving slowly closer to them. Gradually it passes them and they can see a definite disc shape with white lights around the perimeter and blue lights around the bottom. (" Witnesses Report Unusual Object over Bennett Lake, Michigan," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 437 (September 2004): 9-10; Covert 69)

December 8 - 8:45 p.m. An unusual white, oval object with a ring of blue lights hovers above a house in Houston, British Columbia, dropping sparks. It then flies steadily toward the mountains and is lost to sight. (Mark Rodeghier, " UFOs in Canada, 2003," IUR 28, no. 3 (Fall 2003): 14)

December 24 - 1:00 p.m. Three people in Airdrie, Alberta, watch a chrome-colored "marble" hanging motionless in the sky. After about 15 seconds, it vanishes without a trace. (Mark Rodeghier, " UFOs in Canada, 2003," IUR 28, no. 3 (Fall 2003): 14)

2004

Afternoon. A Brazilian pilot flying an ATR 42-300 twin turboprop airliner has a near-miss with a luminous sphere near the Sao Paulo-Congonhas Airport, Brazil. The encounter lasts 14 minutes. (Richard F. Haines, " Near Miss with UAP near Sao Paulo Airport," IUR 32, no. 3 (July 2009): 9-18, 23-24; Robert J. Durant, " Commentary on the Sao Paolo Near Miss," IUR 32, no. 3 (July 2009): 19-20)

January 4 - 8:30 p.m. An Aer Lingus Boeing 737 with 135 people on board is about 2 miles off the east coast of Ireland approaching Dublin Airport. It is being followed in for landing on Runway 10 by a British Midland Airbus A330-200 at a distance of 6 miles. Both are at an altitude of 3,000 feet and moving at 287 mph. As the 737 approaches Slane, the A330 crew observes unidentified traffic take off vertically from a field. The object has bright strobe lights and is triangular in shape. It begins to circle the 737, which experiences a power drain. The A330 sees a purplish glow surround the 737, whose captain requests a course change to avoid the object, which is passing in front of the airliner. The UFO angles to the port side and the 737 experiences a huge wake turbulence and an increase in outside air temperature to 327° F. for about 15 seconds. The A330 also feels the turbulence, and the UFO heads southeast at great speed. When the 737 lands, the crew cannot raise the speed brakes on the wings, which are found to be damaged, as if dented by a hammer. There is also aircraft skin damage and hydraulic damage to the brakes caused by the UFO wake. (Dermot Butler and Carl Nally, Conspiracy of Silence: UFOs in Ireland, Mercier, 2006, pp. 41-42; Good Need, pp. 406-410)

January 4 - 10:30 p.m. Another Airbus 330-200 is approaching the east coast of Ireland, bound for Dublin Airport, when the crew sees a flashing strobe light over Slane, County Meath. As the aircraft throttles back to 265 mph at 2,500 feet, the UFO takes on a triangular shape, passes in front of the plane, and gives off a bright flashing light. The UFO begins circling the Airbus in an aggressive manner. The crew expects a collision with the object, which is about 360 feet wide. The interior lights dim (power drain) and the encounter continues for 8-10 minutes as passengers watch. At one point, wake turbulence from the UFO triggers the wind shear warning device. Other aircraft in the vicinity are watching the encounter and listening in to radio transmissions. Just 2 minutes before landing, the UFO shoots away to the southeast. (Dermot Butler and Carl Nally, Conspiracy of Silence: UFOs in Ireland, Mercier, 2006, pp. 42-43; Good Need, pp. 407-410)

February 10 - Raymond Mulhall and seven other witnesses in Meanwood, Leeds, England, watch an object descending silently. It is about 50 feet in diameter and 18 feet thick. It appears to land in an area called the "Witches Quarry." They find damaged trees and three triangular imprint marks, 25 feet apart. They can feel heat rising from the soil. (Ted Phillips, " Physical Traces," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 462 (October 2006): 18; Covert 26)

March 5 - Mexican Air Force pilots flying a C-26A Metroliner using infrared equipment to search for drug-smuggling aircraft record 11 unidentified objects on infrared video and radar near Ciudad del Carmen, Campeche, Mexico. The objects are not visible to the crew. Secretary of Defense Gen. Gerardo Clemente Vega issues a press release on May 12 accompanied by videotape that shows moving bright lights at 11,500 feet. Mexican journalist Jaime Maussan interprets the videotape as "proof of alien visitation," but science writer and skeptic Michael Shermer is critical of witness accounts that vary wildly, saying, "it was like a fisherman's tale, growing with each retelling," while NARCAP suggests the lights are most likely burn-off flares on offshore oil platforms in the Gulf of Mexico. (Mark Rodeghier, " Special Failures Down Mexico Way," IUR 28, no. 4 (Winter 2003-2004): 12-13, 28; " Mexican Air Force Films UFOs," Wired, May 12, 2004; Dwight Connelly, " Unique Mexican Encounter," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 434 (June 2004): 4-5; " NARCAP Statement on the Mexican FLIR Case," IUR 29, no. 2 (Summer 2004): 17; Robert Sheaffer, " The Campeche, Mexico `Infrared UFO' Video," Skeptical Inquirer 28, no. 5 (Sept./Oct. 2004): 36-40; " Leaked UFO Military Footage: Mexican Air Force Chasing Alien Sighting Leaked Video in Mexico," Modi Elnadi YouTube channel, June 30, 2006; Alejandro Franz, " Mexican Air Force FLIR's video lights are not UFO's, Part II," Alcione.com, August 16, 2009; " Mexican UFOs Identified," Cap. Alejandro Franz YouTube channel, August 7, 2010; " Ben McGee Debunks Mexican Military FLIR Footage," NationalAtomicMuseum YouTube channel, October 2, 2014; Alejandro Rojas, "Famous Mexican UFO Video Debunked by TV Host," Open Minds, October 2, 2014; " 2004 Mexican Air Force FLIR's Video Lights Are Not UFO's," Cap. Alejandro Franz YouTube channel, February 20, 2018)

April 30 - 10:25 p.m. A witness is traveling west on Oak Tree Road in Woodbridge Township, New Jersey, when he notices a jet-black cylindrical object floating northeast at a height of less than 1,000 feet. He estimates it is about 75 feet in length. It crosses in front of him above Wood Avenue, changes to a V shape and speeds up in that direction. Two small spheres are attached to it at each end. (George Filer, " New Jersey Shape Changer," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 434 (June 2004): 14; Covert 54, 71)

Summer - Two security guards at a glass factory in Czestochowa, Poland, watch a large, oblong- shaped object with two bright yellow lights on both ends fly 90 feet above their guard post. (Poland 110)

June 13 - 11:00 p.m. A couple and their two cousins in Sandy, Utah, see a transparent triangular object fly silently above them. It seems fuzzy on the edges. It only takes 2 seconds to disappear behind some trees. A smaller triangle appears, headed southeast. It looks like two shaded triangles that are somehow linked. (" Our UFO Sighting: The Story," Underground Vine, June 13, 2004; " Utah: Two Transparent Triangles," Filer's Files, #27-2004, June 23, 2004; Covert 55)

July 23 - 10:15 p.m. A husband and wife and two teenage children are driving on US Highway 10 between Mondovi and Durand, Wisconsin, when they notice strange red lights above a field to the south. When they turn the car around, a triangular object passes slowly above their car at about 300 feet. It is black and gray with three white lights underneath. They watch it until it disappears behind some trees. (" Double Sightings of Lights and Triangle Reported by Wisconsin Family," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 439 (November 2004): 3; Covert 41)

August 28 - 10:11 p.m. A circular metallic UFO the size of an airliner is seen above the Pemex oil storage and distribution terminal in Tapachula, Chiapas, Mexico. It is accompanied by six luminous spheres at an altitude of about 3,300 feet. The larger craft performs erratic maneuvers at high speed. (El Universal (Mexico City), August 29, 2004; " Recent UFO Reports," IUR 29, no. 1 (Spring 2004): 25; " Mexico: Six UFOs Reported over Tapachula (2004)," Inexplicata: The Journal of Hispanic Ufology, December 2, 2023)

September 16 - 9:00 p.m. Brian Junkin, Chuck Martin, and three children in Poulsbo, Washington, watch a multicolored light move erratically for 10 minutes about 500-1,000 feet above the canal adjacent to Naval Base Kitsap on the Kitsap Peninsula. The light keeps changing colors from green to red to orange. Flashes of light also come from what appear to be corners of an underlying object. Another light comes speeding in from the north on a straight course and stops close to the first light, which continues to dance around. Suddenly, both lights blink out at the same time. (" Sighting Report," National UFO Reporting Center, September 29, 2004; Nukes 499-502)

October 28 - Night. An Iranian Air Force F-14 is on combat air patrol near the heavy water reactor near Khondab, Iran, when it picks up an unidentified target at a distance of 50 miles away that is making rapid changes in altitude, heading, and speed. The pilot is ordered to bank toward the target after regional command receives a visual confirmation from an Arak Air Defense Group observer. Approaching at 22,000 feet, the pilot spots the target at 5,000 feet. The object is spherical and has a green halo surrounding it and a green light on its tail end. When the pilot turns toward the light, it disappears then reappears a few miles away, apparently moving at a speed of Mach 7 or greater. The F-14 is ordered to turn all lights off and descend to pursue the target. At 7,800 feet the target disappears again, but after the F-14 makes a turn at 7,000 feet, it picks up the target again and flies 2,000 feet below it. The F-14 arms its weapons and the pilot requests clearance to engage the object. Every time the radar officer attempts to lock on the object, the radio, radar, and other instruments become jammed. Finally, the F-14 ascends to 19,000 feet because it is low on fuel and spots the object one last time at low altitude. The pilot returns to the 8th Predator Tactical Fighter Base in Isfahan. (Air Forces Monthly, December 18, 2017; " Iran UFO Reports Revealed," Key Aero, December 18, 2017)

November 10 - Navy Chief Petty Officer Kevin Day, stationed on the guided missile cruiser USS Princeton, notices the clear radar traces of 8-10 objects traveling southwards in a loose though fixed formation at 28,000 feet in the immediate vicinity of Catalina and San Clemente islands, California. He is startled by their slow speed of 120 mph but receives confirmation of their presence from radar operators on other vessels. Regular observations are made of a similar number of objects over the following six days. The objects are also faintly detected by an E-2C Hawkeye plane after Princeton sends them coordinates. (" No One Seemed to Believe Me, Ep. 2 Clip, UFO," Showtime 2021; Kevin H. Knuth, Robert M. Powell, and Peter A. Reali, " Estimating Flight Characteristics of Anomalous Unidentified Aerial Vehicles," Entropy 21, no. 10 (October 2019); Clark IV 1277)

December 11 - 3:00 a.m. A woman wakes up in her home in Mount Holly, New Jersey, and sees two red basketball-sized lights floating in the corner of the bedroom. A third red plasma disc about 12 inches in diameter enters the room and hovers above her sleeping husband. It remains about a minute and flies outside through the wall. (" New Jersey: Miniature UFO," Filer's Files, #3-2005, April 12, 2005; Covert 56)

2005

January 31 - 10:00 p.m. Two men ice fishing at Columbia City, Indiana, encounter a large triangle above the east end of the pond. It crosses the frozen water at a low altitude, then hovers for some seconds before rising silently upward, leaving a trail of steam from the surface of the ice. The men try to call the local sheriff, but their cellphones are dead, as is their electrical fish locater. After the object disappears, they find a two-inch hole in the ice where the object had hovered. (Jenny Randles, "UFOcal Points," Fortean Times 196 (June 2005): 28)

February 7 - 2:00 a.m. In the farming area of El Paraiso, Mar del Plata, Argentina, a resident hears a noise like a strong wind or turbine and sees two misty yellow lights drifting above a copse of trees and climbing slowly. Other witnesses hear and see the phenomena, and others are wakened by their farm animals going crazy and dogs howling as if in pain. At dawn, two circular marks are found near the copse. Police forensic experts take samples of an ash-like deposit that leaves a greasy smear when touched. Meanwhile, the daughter of one of the locals involved is having nightmares about a UFO trying to catch her. (Jenny Randles, "UFOcal Points," Fortean Times 196 (June 2005): 28)

April 27 - Late morning. Air traffic radar detects an unidentified target in restricted air space near Ronald Reagan Washington International Airport in Arlington, Virginia, causing President George W. Bush to be taken to a bunker and Vice President Dick Cheney to be evacuated to safety. The target gets within 7 miles of the airport, then vanishes. Although it is not identified, officials argue it is caused by a radar anomaly. (" Radar Blip Causes White House Security Scare," Tampa Bay (Fla.) Times, April 28, 2005, p. 10)

May 1 - Night. A biotechnologist and his daughter are driving on the Central Oregon Highway about 50 miles southeast of Bend, Oregon. They notice three bright blue objects zigzagging around each other about 300 feet away above a field. Suddenly two of the lights move toward them and through their vehicle. One passes through the windshield and passes through a window. The second passes through the man's left arm and upper body, exiting his right arm. He feels a bit hazy, but notices the light is spherical and about the size of a softball. Still driving, the man feels nauseous and scared. The next 45 minutes into Bend seems like 3 hours. Days later, he develops a red rash on the left side of his face and loses some hair on that side. His ankles swell, and he loses some sight and hearing on the left. In the next few weeks, he gains about 50 pounds (although exercising and dieting) and sleeps a lot. In February 2007 he is diagnosed with ductal carcinoma in his left chest, a pre-cancerous condition, and undergoes surgery in May, his health gradually improving by the end of 2008. (Skinwalkers 70-75)

June 19 - 3:10 p.m. Three witnesses in Silverdale, Washington, see a black, rectangular object fly silently in a straight line and constant speed from south to north almost directly above the town. (" Sighting Report," National UFO Reporting Center, June 20, 2005; Nukes 502-503)

July 5 - 8:50 p.m. A woman is driving home from a fishing trip at Sargent, Texas, on FM2611 when her lights blink twice and the engine goes dead. She gets out of the car to check the battery cables, and sees a bright bluish glow lighting up a wooded area across the highway. The light gets brighter and moves upward through the trees. The outer edges of the light seem to vibrate or tremble slightly. The higher it goes the faster it gets until it disappears. The car starts right up afterward. (Herbert S. Taylor, " An Update on Vehicle Interference Reports, Part 1," IUR 33, no. 4 (May 2011): 18; Covert 72-73)

Late July - 7:30 p.m. Just as an airliner is making its final approach to the Santa Rosa Airport, La Pampa province, Argentina, the airport control tower operator notices an unknown, luminous object moving slowly and parallel to the aircraft. The flight plan operator is alerted, and they both watch the UFO stop, emit a brilliant flash of blue-white light, move again, emit another flash, and vanish. The airliner crew does not see the UFO. (Good Need, p. 411)

August 27 - 8:45 p.m. Dennis Speed is outdoors at his home in Lenah Valley, Tasmania, when he sees a formation of six orange lights approaching from the north. They are the size of bright stars and are moving slowly below the cloud level. Suddenly, they scatter about 1,650 feet apart, and a white aura appears in the sky around them. He watches them for 15 minutes. Up to 9 oranges UFOs are seen elsewhere in Hobart. ("Orange UFOs over Hobart," IUR 31, no. 2 (June 2007): 18)

September 17 - 10:30 a.m. A man is at his home on 31st Avenue in Peoria, Arizona, when he sees a bright object approaching from the east. Seven other objects appear around it, staying in the same spot for about 15 minutes, then moving to the left quickly. They go higher, moving left to right and right to left, almost hitting each other. They are completely silent. (Joseph Trainor, " Seven Spherical UFOs Seen in Peoria, Arizona," UFO Roundup 10, no. 39 (September 28, 2005); " Spherical UFOs in Arizona," IUR 30, no. 1 (October 2005): 32)

September 20 - Attorney and Army Reserves Brig. Gen. Stephen Lovekin, who had worked for the Army Signal Corps in the 1950s and early 1960s, speaks with writer Peter Janney about the extraterrestrial presence on Earth and the official coverup. He claims that in 1995 he attended a conference on the Strategic Defense Initiative in Monterrey, Mexico, that included high-level US and Russian participants. The purpose of SDI is to protect both countries from incursions by UFOs, he alleges. (Dolan II 289)

October - Cognitive psychologist Susan Clancy publishes Abducted: How People Came to Believe They Were Kidnapped by Aliens, in which she describes her psychological testing of a sample of abductees. These tests reveal a propensity for false memories and magical ideation, making abductees more likely than average to imagine, be led by investigators, and integrate cultural scripts like the abduction story into memory. Clancy demonstrates that alien abduction stories give people meaning and a way to understand their own lives and circumstances. It also gives them a feeling that they are not alone in the universe. New York Times reviewer Benedict Carey's takeaway is that "in this sense, abduction memories are like transcendent religious visions, scary and yet somehow comforting and, at some personal psychological level, true." However, Clancy fails to ask her subjects about their religious beliefs. (Richard J. McNally and Susan A. Clancy, " Sleep Paralysis, Sexual Abuse, and Space Alien Abduction," Transcultural Psychiatry 42, no. 1 (March 2005): 113-122; Susan Clancy, Abducted: How People Came to Believe They Were Abducted by Aliens, Harvard University, 2005; Benedict Carey, " Explaining Those Vivid Memories of Martian Kidnappers," New York Times, August 9, 2005; Clark III 7, 27; Clark IV 21, 45)

2006

January - GEIPAN's Jacques Patenet announces that the organization will make its UFO files available to the public worldwide and placed on the CNES website. (Swords 452)

May 10 - In response to a question by MP John Hayes, Under-Secretary of State for Defence Tom Watson tells the House of Commons that "Over the last five years evidence of risk to the integrity of UK airspace from a reported unidentified flying object has been assessed on 12 occasions; in no case was there considered to be any actual risk." (Isaac Koi, " UFOs in Parliament (UK)," Isaac Koi-UFOs and Parliament, 2024)

July 13 - 11:00 p.m. A woman camping on the beach at Wicie, Poland, sees several red and blue lights maneuvering within a glow about 10 feet above the water. Then she realizes that the glow surrounds a huge metallic saucer-shaped object with lights that are turning on alternately from left to right. Her cellphone is acting crazy and she thinks the sea is roaring louder than usual. The object scares her so much that she hides in the forest nearby. (Poland 125)

August 26 - 4:00 a.m. An 18-year-old is driving east across the Orwell Bridge south of Ipswich, Suffolk, England, when she sees two spinning lights about 12 feet ahead of her. They remain in front of the car as she drives and bother her so much that she misses the A12 turnoff at Seven Hills. They are a dull color and hover just above her windshield. She drives on to Felixstowe and the lights stay with her until she turns around at the Trimley roundabout. (Norfolk Evening Star, September 13, 2006; " Strange Lights Give Driver a Fright," UFO UpDates, September 14, 2006)

September 5 - Residents of Vladivostok, Primorsky Krai, Russia, see several types of UFOs maneuvering near the city. One looks like a radiant sphere with three parts. Other witnesses report four lights. A police officer sees an object with 10 yellow lights moving around in a circular motion and hovering above the Sea of Japan at an altitude of 1-2 miles. Other smaller objects approach it, one of which explodes in a bright flare-up. The official explanation is that these are candle bombs used as aerial targets for Russian Sukhoi Su-27 fighter aircraft. (Stonehill and Mantle, Russia's USO Secrets, Flying Disk, 2020, pp. 117-118)

First week of October - 11:00 p.m. A police cruiser is on patrol along the extension of Calle 10 near the municipal cemetery of Mercedes, Buenos Aires, Argentina, when the two officers see an intense light at a low altitude to their left. They stop the car and see that the object is heading in their direction at about 600 feet altitude. The light is attached to a dark circular object with a diameter of 12-15 feet and a red light in the center. It moves slowly to the northwest then disappears. (" Difunden avistamiento de OVNI por parte de la policía en la ciudad de Mercedes," Noticias Mercedinas, October 30, 2006)

November - Many people in a village in Zhenyuan Yi, Hani and Lahu Autonomous County, southern Yunnan, China, see seven white hemispherical objects hovering directly over the property of a local Chinese Communist Party cadre for nearly two hours. They appear to keep changing shape. Many people from neighboring villages hear about the phenomenon and arrive to watch it. People try to pursue the lights, but they soon disappear. (Clark III 653)

December 13 - Fastwalkers, a documentary on NORAD's Defense Satellite Program and its detection of UFOs (fastwalkers and slowwalkers) entering the Earth's atmosphere, is released. (Internet Movie Database, " Fastwalkers"; " Military's Secret UFOs and Abductions Exposed | Fastwalkers: UFOs and Aliens on Earth | Documentary," FilmIsNow Movies YouTube channel, September 22, 2024)

2007

January 30 - Brian Tietje is driving west between Bastrop and Austin, Texas, when he sees a small object in the sky just above the treetops about 30° to his left. Within a second, the object moves to within 300 feet of his vehicle, remaining stationary for about one second at 100 feet in the air. It is shaped like a bullet and about the size of a car. A hinge or flap on its rear end drops down and it heads north at a high rate of speed, disappearing within a second. (Powell, Scientist, 68)

March 5 - 7:15 p.m. Several witnesses around Bremerton, Washington, see a steady red light above the smokestack at Naval Base Kitsap on the Kitsap Peninsula. It moves slowly north for 10 minutes, stops for 3 minutes, then suddenly dims, brightens, and disappears. (" Sighting Report," National UFO Reporting Center, March 8, 2007; Nukes 503)

March 8 - 10:30 p.m. Two hunters are driving south of National Park village near a burned area on the North Island of New Zealand when they notice a trapezoid-shaped object with four evenly spaced red-orange lights and a yellowish light below it. One of them jumps out of their pickup truck and shines a spotlight on it, but the object takes off quickly and silently to the south. (Ufocus NZ, " New Zealand UFO/UAP Sightings 2007")

March 16 - 11:00 p.m. Two witnesses in a subdivision on the outskirts of Tauranga, New Zealand, see a bus-sized, glowing, amber object moving slowly above the treetops from west to east. It appears to be rectangular or trapezoid in shape. It tilts briefly and they can see an oval shape on the top before it is lost to view in the clouds. (Ufocus NZ, " New Zealand UFO/UAP Sightings 2007")

April 6 - Night. Brian Vike is driving near North Park Lake, McCandless, Pennsylvania, with friends when he sees a strange light shining directly on the lake from high above it. They get out and walk towards the lake. Vike is able to see fish swimming beneath the surface of the lake under the beam. The object projecting the light moves away to above the trees and is only the size of a streetlight. (Brian Vike, " Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania (North Park) Strange Light in the Water Then Rose Up," waterufo.net; Carl W. Feindt, " Beam of Light into a Body of Water," IUR 33, no. 3 (December 2010): 24)

July 16 - 12:52 a.m. A witness is walking a dog in Port Orchard, Washington, when an orange fireball travels from southeast to northwest for 30 seconds. It disappears in thick clouds over Green Mountain. (" Sighting Report," National UFO Reporting Center, August 7, 2007; Nukes 503-504)

September 18 - 4:30 p.m. Curt Collins is driving west from Carthage, Mississippi, on State Highway 16 when he sees about 8 faraway objects in the sky to the west. They are in a loose elliptical grouping, and some are slowly orbiting along the curve of the ellipse. The others are hovering or moving slightly in a different direction. The objects are in view until he turns left onto State Highway 25 about 60 seconds later. He suspects they might have been birds or Chinese lanterns. (Curt Collins, " Analyzing a 2007 UFO Sighting in Mississippi," Blue Blurry Lines, November 2, 2023)

October 10 - 10:40 p.m. A man sees a silver-gray disc about 70 feet wide hovering above Lake Easton, Washington, for 3-5 minutes. A beam of bright greenish light is extended from it, illuminating the lake. He sees small objects floating up to it, apparently fish. (Carl W. Feindt, " Beam of Light into a Body of Water," IUR 33, no. 3 (December 2010): 24)

October 17 - 7:00 p.m. A man is driving on Interstate 90 near Cle Elem, Washington, when he sees a bluish-gray disc hovering about 600-700 feet in the air. It bobbles slightly for about 5 minutes then disappears. (Carl W. Feindt, " Beam of Light into a Body of Water," IUR 33, no. 3 (December 2010): 24)

October 30 - Afternoon. Pilot Marin Mitrica is flying a MiG-21 LanceR fighter on a training flight from Romanian Air Force 71st Base at Câmpia Turzii, Romania, when he is suddenly hit by an unknown object. The collision breaks the plastic window covering the cockpit, punches a hole in his helmet, and wounds his face. He reduces speed and descends from his altitude of 4 miles to avoid hypoxia and hypothermia. After landing, an examination of the flight recorder shows two small triangles approaching from the right. No traces of organic matter are found on the plane, ruling out birds, and there are no other civilian or military aircraft or balloons in the area. (" A Mid Air Collision between a MiG 21 and a UFO over Romania in October 2007?" Flying Saucer Review 53, no. 1 (Spring 2008): 1; Romania 114-115)

December 14 - 6:45 p.m. Witnesses in Kingsland, Georgia, see a triangular object with a light in each corner that changes from red to blue to white, with a bright burst happening occasionally. The object moves slowly at about 500 feet altitude. (" Sighting Report," National UFO Reporting Center, March 4, 2008; Nukes 507-508)

December 29 - 9:00 p.m. Two witnesses driving near the Kitsap Mall in Silverdale, Washington, see an object with three white lights apparently hovering above Trigger Avenue near Naval Base Kitsap to the north. As they approach its location, they see that it is large, triangular and made out of reflective metal. It is silently hovering 500 feet in the air over a farm a few yards from the highway. (" Sighting Report," National UFO Reporting Center, January 21, 2008; Nukes 504-505)

2008

January 8 - 6:10 p.m. Truck driver Harlan Cowan is traveling east toward Stephenville, Texas, when he sees two stationary lights directly ahead. They are as bright as welding arcs. They split apart and move rapidly away from each other to the north and south at a high rate of speed. At 6:15 p.m., private pilot Steve Allen and three other witnesses 5 miles southeast of Stephenville see four lights similar in intensity to burning magnesium. They come out of the northeast at a speed faster than a military jet. Allen thinks the lights are spread out over a one-mile area. They slow down and remain stationary northwest of his position, then they shift from 4 lights in a horizontal position to 7 lights in a vertical position, emit a white flame, and blink out. Over 30 more witnesses come forward to report odd lights until about 9:30 p.m. Some also see fighter jets chasing the light. Angela Joiner, a reporter with the Stephenville Empire-Tribune, calls Maj. Karl Lewis, spokesman for the 301st Fighter Wing at Naval Air Station Joint Reserve Base Fort Worth, who first tells her he thinks the lights are reflections of the sun on high-altitude aircraft. When she asks about military aircraft reported by witnesses, Lewis volunteers the information that there were no F-16s from his unit operating that night, and no other pilots had reported a UFO. On January 16, a FOIA request is sent to the Federal Aviation Administration for any radar data from sites around Stephenville. On January 23, the Air Force admits in a press release that there indeed were 10 F-16s performing training operations that night between 6:00 and 8:00. Joiner contacts Lewis again, who now merely reads the press statement and is not helpful. In February, responses to FOIAs by Robert Powell and Glen Schulze begin to arrive. Military bases unanimously respond with "we have found no records responsive to your request." However, the FAA releases its raw radar information in mid-February. It is clear that the unknown lights are not related to F-16 activity, but there is intense Air Force activity that night. Ten F-16s and one AWACS jet make figure-8s over the area. Two F-16s from Oklahoma fly south to the Stephenville area. FAA radar returns also show a target four miles north of Allen's sighting that moves at an apparent speed of 2,100 mph. At 7:20 p.m., two radar sites pick up a target that corresponds to Constable Lee Roy Gaitan's observation of an unknown light. Another radar track begins at 6:51 p.m. An unknown object without a transponder signal is tracked with FAA radar for more than one hour. Two different radars (one at Fort Worth and another at Temple) make contact with the object 187 times as it covers a distance of 50 miles on a constant trajectory to the southeast. Its speed varies from stationary, to accelerating to 532 mph in 30 seconds, to deaccelerating to 49 mph in 10 seconds. It is traveling on a direct course to President George W. Bush's Western White House in Crawford, Texas. At 8:00 p.m. it is 10 miles from Prairie Chapel Ranch. Two witnesses riding bicycles 2 miles away from the ranch see a light that slowly descends, makes a 90° turn, then speeds out of sight in 1-2 seconds. But no F-16s pursue this potential interloper. Skeptical researcher James McGaha concludes that the sightings were a military training operation involving the deployment of exceptionally bright LUU/2B/B flares. (NICAP, " Large Object Seen / Tracked by Radar / Near Bush Ranch"; " Stephenville 2008," Texas UFO Museum and Research Library; Angela K. Brown, " Military Reverses Itself, Says F-16s Were in Texas Area Where Residents Reported UFO," Brattleboro (Vt.) Reformer, January 23, 2008; " Over 50 Witnesses Report UFO Sighting at Stephenville, TX,"MUFON UFO Journal, no. 478 (February 2008): 3; Sally Petersen, " Update on Investigation of Stephenville, Texas Sightings," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 479 (March 2008): 3-5; Don Ledger, "Stephenville, Texas, UFOs," Fate 61, no. 3 (March 2008): 10-15; Steve Hudgeons, " Stephenville: Report of Cluster of UFO Sightings in Erath County, Texas, Nov. 2007 to Feb. 2008," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 481 (May 2008): 3-11; Michael Ray DeGroff, " A Field Investigator Relates an Unprecedented Investigation," MUFON UFO Journal, no. 481 (May 2008): 11-12; Glen Schulze and Robert Powell, " Stephenville Lights: A Comprehensive Radar and Witness Report Study Regarding the Events of January 8, 2008, 4pm to 8pm," MUFON, July 3, 2008; " MUFON Releases Report on UFO Sighting in Stephenville, Texas," Wikinews, July 18, 2008; " The Stephenville Lights: What Actually Happened," Skeptical Inquirer 33, no. 1 (January/February 2009): 56-57; Glen Schulze and Robert Powell, " Stephenville Lights: A Comprehensive Radar and Witness Report Study Regarding the Events of January 8, 2008, 4pm to 8pm," Scientific Coalition for UAP Studies, December 18, 2010; Swords 344-348; Chet Dembeck, " Triangular UFO over Stephenville, Texas, Still Evokes Claims of Government Cover-Up and Harassment," Unknown Boundaries, November 12, 2023; Covert 42, 44; Powell, Scientist, 18, 37-39; Brian Dunning, " The Stephenville Lights," Skeptoid podcast, June 11, 2024

May 5 - At the request of the Brazilian Commission of Ufologists, the office of the Deputy Chief of Legal Affairs contacts the Ministry of Defense and requests access to documents related to UFO material that is no longer classified and can be turned over to the National Archives. (Clark III 1072; Clark IV 1187)

May 14 - Witnesses near Needles, California, reportedly see an object crash. Helicopters and convoys allegedly arrive in the area in the following weeks. One ex-police officer reports speaking with an official wearing a uniform shirt that says "Nevada Test Site" and carrying a badge from the DOE's National Nuclear Security Administration (NNSA). A key NNSA component is the Office of Secure Transportation (OST), a special unit created to transport nuclear weapons and weapons grade material since 1975. It is never publicly revealed what crashed in the area nor what was recovered. (George Knapp, " Strange Object Crashes in Needles, Investigation Leads to Secretive Government Agency," Mystery Wire, May 14, 2020)

August 20 - 4:45 p.m. A military witness one mile outside Hrubieszów, Poland, watches a silvery isosceles triangle hovering and rotating around its axis in the west. He estimates it is 50 feet long on one side and less than 2 miles away. It flies over the area at an altitude of 330 feet. At one point it dims and literally vanishes in mid-air in a matter of seconds. (Poland 94-95)

September 16 - 10:30 p.m. A witness and his fiancée are driving north near Radomsko, Poland, when they see a black triangle with lights (apparently gas jets) at its corners slowly floating 500 feet above the road. Two of the lights are blinking and one is steady. The 30-foot-wide object has cubical protrusions on its side and a smooth bottom. It seems to be rotating at first and takes another pass over the highway at a higher altitude after doubling back. (Poland 93-94)

October 23 - 3:45 a.m. Truck driver Tim Comstock is driving on State Highway 7 north of Empire, Ohio, when he sees other drivers stopped along the side of the road. He stops his truck and sees, near the top of a hill ahead, a white light with a bit of orange inside it. He thinks it looks biological, not technological. It is the size of a large pickup truck and begins rising toward a triangle of blue lights above it, which seem to belong to one object. He takes some cellphone photos that capture both the large light and the triangle. (Linda Moulton Howe, " More Ohio Eyewitnesses See Glowing `Pod' Rise Up to Triangle," Earthfiles, December 12, 2008; Steve Hammons, " UFO in UK Resembles Texas, Ohio Sightings," Earthpages.org, February 1, 2009; Covert 69)

October 31 - 6:00 p.m. An architect in Sandomierz, Poland, sees a boomerang- or half-moon-shaped object surrounded by a mist filled with red points of light. It is silently moving northeast at tremendous speed. (Poland 92-93)

November - 9:00 p.m. A Polish woman living in Aarhus, Denmark, looks up and sees a gigantic luminous object silently heading west. It looks like it s made of glass or jelly and is surrounded by a misty illumination. (Poland 93)

November 17 - A teacher is taking his dog for a stroll in Sulejówek, Poland, when he comes across a triangular object with lights along its rounded edges and in the center. It flies directly over him. (Poland 93)

December 22 - Maj. Gen. John H. Bordelon, NORAD chief of staff, responds to Powell's request. He claims an "exhaustive search" in data files was conducted, and the Air Force "could find no tactical or technical information that would corroborate this event." He refers Powell to the National UFO Reporting Center hotline. (Swords 348, 512)

2009

Denmark and Sweden publicly release more than 15,000 UFO files each. Finland releases 300 UFO files from the years 1933 to 1979. (" Dänische Luftwaffe öffnet geheimes UFO-Archiv," grenzWissenschat-aktuell.de, January 30, 2009; " Hundreds of Official UFO Reports Released in Finland," Finnish UFO Network, November 12, 2009; Kean, p. 117)

January 5 - 8:15-9:00 p.m. Mysterious floating red lights in the sky are reported near Morristown, New Jersey. The red lights are also observed on January 26, January 29, February 7, and February 17. The events are later revealed as a hoax perpetrated by Joe Rudy and Chris Russo, who are conducting a social experiment to expose ufology as a pseudoscience and raise consciousness around the unreliability of eyewitness claims. They release five flare lights attached to helium balloons. Reports are concentrated in the towns of Hanover Township, Morristown, Morris Plains, Madison, and Florham Park. On April 7, Russo and Rudy plead guilty to charges of disorderly conduct and are sentenced to fines of $250 and 50 hours of community service. (Wikipedia, " Morristown UFO hoax"; " Cops: Flares Ignite UFO Calls," Morristown (N.J.) Daily Record, January 6, 2009, p. 3; " Little Red Lights in Morris Sky Raising a Big Stir, Questions," Morristown (N.J.) Daily Record, January 8, 2009, pp. 1, 7; " Prosecutor Probes Strange Lights," Morristown (N.J.) Daily Record, February 19, 2009, pp. 1, 7; Chris Russo and Joe Rudy, " How We Staged the Morristown UFO Hoax," eSkeptic, April 1, 2009; " Two Morris Men Face Charges in UFO Hoax," Morristown (N.J.) Daily Record, April 3, 2009, pp. 1, 7; " How We Staged the Morristown UFO Hoax, Part 1: The Setup," Skeptic YouTube channel, April 26, 2011; " How We Staged the Morristown UFO Hoax, Part 2: The Launches," Skeptic YouTube channel, April 26, 2011; " How We Staged the Morristown UFO Hoax, Part 3: The Reactions," Skeptic YouTube channel, April 26, 2011; " How We Staged a UFO Hoax | Fakes, Frauds & Scammers," VICE YouTube channel, July 26, 2021)

April 4 - 1:23 a.m. Iris Waters and her teenage son, Michael, are driving down the street near their home in Crestline, Kansas, when they see a bright orange light some 200 feet above the trees. It is about as big as a small house. They turn the car north to follow the light, but it starts moving east. She takes a quick photo with her cellphone. (Covert 128-131}

April 20 - 5:20 a.m. A witness is driving between Ranger and Chickalah, Arkansas, when she notices a light to the north, apparently above Mount Nebo. It moves closer to her car to about 100 feet, and she sees it is triangular with a light on each point. Her car starts making a rumbling noise and her cellphone is not working. She sees three metallic blue rotating lights on two sides of the object. Suddenly there is a flash and her car is illuminated. She looks back, and the object is gone. (Covert 123-126)

May 8 - 11:45 p.m. "Derek Jones" is alerted by his two dogs barking in his backyard in northern Georgia, where his 10-year-old son is camping out in a tent with a friend. He sees a large triangular object about 300 feet long with yellowish lights at each apex moving silently above him. There is a bluish-white light in the center. Behind the triangle are four small objects, two egg-shaped and two round, with bluish-white lights that change to greenish to white and back to bluish. The smaller objects dart up and down soundlessly and erratically. He attempts taking pictures of it with a camera and a videocamera, but the batteries fail in both devices. When he points a bright spotlight beam at the triangle, it responds immediately with a beam of intense bluish-white light about 2-3 feet in diameter that strikes him for about 3 seconds, causing a burning sensation. He runs back into the house, where he watches two of the smaller objects move away to the south-southwest while the other two shoot straight up. He goes to bed, but is awakened by low-flying helicopters at 2:00 a.m. Around 7:30 a.m., he is visited by two men who want to talk about his "sighting report." They are driving a black sedan, produce no identification, one of them is armed, and they behave oddly as they interview him for 30-40 minutes. After he sees the same men in the black sedan a week later, he reports the license plate to Bigelow Aerospace Advanced Space Studies (BAASS), which tracks it to a Department of Homeland Security carpool. Jones experiences hair loss and general unwellness within 18 days of the incident. In October he develop lumps on his legs, groin, and back; they enlarge, multiply to 24, and become painful in February 2010. One of the lumps is diagnosed as non-malignant lymphoma, but a BAASS-contracted physician suspects Jones has undergone about 300 Grays of ionizing radiation. (Skinwalkers 99-105)

June - The Uruguayan Air Force declassifies its UFO files and makes them public, including records of 40 cases that remain unexplained, some involving military pilots. Col. Ariel Sánchez, in charge of the UFO office, says that the "Air Force does not dismiss an extraterrestrial hypothesis based on our scientific analysis." (" Uruguay Joins the Party," Sarasota (Fla.) Herald-Tribune, June 12, 2009; Kean, p. 190)

June 24 - 1:55 p.m. A package handler at Louisville International Airport in Kentucky sees a reflection in the sky from the south end of a runway. As it approaches, he sees it is a rotating object, first a cylinder, then a diamond shape. It moves over the runway in a straight line and at a steady speed about 1,500 feet high. The object stops at the end of the ramp and hovers for 30-40 seconds, then moves up into the clouds and disappears. (Roger Marsh, " Reports from Louisville and Kansas City," IUR 32, no. 3 (July 2009): 20)

July 5 - 9:20 p.m. Retired police officer Buck Scarsdale is sitting with his son Bo and girlfriend Joanna Fife on the porch of his ranch home in Lagol, Ventura County, California. They notice seven bright blue lights silently hovering several feet off the ground in the orchard about 500 feet away. They jump in a truck and drive slowly with the lights off toward the display. When they get there, the lights are gone. After returning to the house, they decide to drive back, this time with flashlights. After 10 minutes of searching on foot, they hear two loud clicks coming from some dense bushes, and three others clicks coming from different directions. They return to the house. Buck's brother Roger arrives at 10:30 p.m., and both of them return to the orchard. Just before 11:00 p.m., Roger sees a silver, gray, and blue flash as an oblong object disappears into an opening in the sky that closes quickly. On July 10, Buck, Bo, and Joanna see an intensely blue light at the northern end of the pasture. Buck and Roger approach it and watch a floating light 5 feet in diameter maneuvering for 5 minutes 900 feet away before it vanishes. Two teams of investigators sent by BAASS also see lights and orbs the rest of the month, and their camera and video equipment behaves oddly. (Skinwalkers 59-69)

August 21 - 9:40 p.m. Tomasz Skorupski sees a deep-black object in the shape of the letter M flying west to east 200 feet above the ground at 50 mph at Kowale Oleckie, Poland. He estimates it is 10 feet in length and 30 feet at the widest point. Seven dimly yellow lights are positioned on the craft, while the rest seems dark and obscures the stars on its flight path. (Poland 100)

September - Ademar José Gevaerd announces he has received a significant set of UFO-related Brazilian government documents, some of which have been classified for 80 years. The documents include details on the May 19, 1996, radar/visual cases in southern Brazil. However, Gevaerd says in an interview that tapes of the interception operations from that event have been destroyed. (Clark 572-573)

November - Sen. Harry Reid's request for Special Access Program status for the US Defense Intelligence Agency's Advanced Aerospace Weapon System Applications Program is denied by a group at the Pentagon consisting of Deputy Defense Secretary William J. Lynn III, Under Secretary of Defense for Intelligence Gen. James R. Clapper, special programs officer at USDI Susan Jones, Deputy Assistant Secretary of Defense for Legislative Affairs Marcel Lettre, and Defense Intelligence Agency defense warning officer Bob Carlsberg. (Skinwalkers 92-93; Gideon Lewis-Kraus, " How the Pentagon Started Taking UFOs Seriously," The New Yorker, April 30, 2021; Clark IV 714)

November 25 - 12:15 a.m. A mental health professional is driving north on the Minisink Turnpike from Unionville to Port Jervis, New York, listening to Christmas CDs on the car's player. Coming around a bend, he sees lights in the sky about one mile away. As he comes to the next turn, he slows down to 25 mph to get a better look, but by then he is surprised to see that the five lights, blue-white-red-white-blue, are attached to a cigar-shaped object that is now almost on top of him. He stops the car on the side of the road, putting it in park with the engine running. The object is 200 feet long and rotating clockwise as it approaches slowly like a hot-air balloon. He hears a sound like a cat purring at a low frequency. Oddly, the lights do not illuminate the ground. The UFO passes overhead and his vehicle suffers a complete power failure. His cellphone is also dead. He opens the driver's door and looks up, seeing lights on the bottom of the object, which immediately blink out. The car starts again spontaneously and his cellphone boots up. (Herbert S. Taylor, " An Update on Vehicle Interference Reports, Part 1," IUR 33, no. 4 (May 2011): 20-21; Powell, Scientific, 89-90, 95; Clark IV 1219-1220)

December 9 - Night. A large beam of light is seen and photographed for 10 minutes over all of northern Norway from Trondelag in the south through all the counties further north, as well as parts of northern Sweden. The phenomenon consists of a blue beam of light with a grayish spiral emanating from one end of it. It moves from behind a mountain, stops in mid-air, and starts to spiral outwards. A similar, though less spectacular, event also occurred in Norway the month before. Both events have visual features of failed flights of Russian RSM-56 Bulava SLBM. The Russian Defense Ministry admits shortly afterward that such an event had taken place at the time on December 9. (Wikipedia, " 2009 Norwegian spiral anomaly"; Tony Spell, " Estimation of the Trajectory, Location, Size, and Altitude of the `Norway Spiral' Phenomenon," December 29, 2009)

2010

January - US Navy Petty Officer John Baughman sees a "Tic-Tac" shaped object from the flight deck of the supercarrier USS Carl Vinson off the coast of Haiti. It is a solid, white object, some 20 feet long, that darts into the water and appears to collapse on itself and disappear. (Ryan Sprague, " New Navy Witness Says He Saw a `Tic Tac' Operating Underwater," Medium: Trail of the Saucers, July 11, 2021)

February 14 - 5:17 p.m. A couple and their daughter are having a Sunday picnic near the El Yeso Reservoir in the Andes Mountains about 45 miles southeast of Santiago, Chile. The woman takes several photographs of the sky because it is "unusually pretty." Viewing the photos later on a computer monitor, they notice a reddish object on one of the frames. An analysis by Richard F. Haines shows that the object is apparently solid with several interesting surface details, including a red-and-white woven pattern with a large area of straight lines along the bottom. A portion of the object is obscured by clouds, but Haines estimates it could be as much as 200 feet in length. (Richard F. Haines, " Photoanalyses of Digital Images Taken on February 14, 2010 at 1717 Hours above the Andes Mountains in Central Chile," NARCAP IR-2, July 2, 2010)

March 8-12 - Dozens of independent witnesses in Kraków and Rzeszów, Poland, report a strange disc-shaped object of considerable size with white or red lights on its perimeter and red-green lights on its base. (Poland 104-107)

July 7 - 8:40 p.m. A UFO is seen hovering above Hangzhou Xiaoshan International Airport near Hangzhou, Zhejiang, China. An airliner preparing for descent first notices the object and notifies the tower. Within minutes, the Civil Aviation Administration of China (CAAC) closes the airport down, grounding outbound flights and diverting inbound ones to other airports. Normal operations resume an hour later. Nearby residents take photos of the UFO. One daylight photo taken earlier in the afternoon shows an object with a clear, comet-like tail; another, taken after dusk shows a glowing object emitting golden light. Another photo clearly shows an airplane with a contrail. CAAC conducts an investigation but refuses to release it publicly because there is a "military connection." MIT weapons analyst Geoffrey Forden says the most credible photo shows an arc streaking across the sky around sunset and that the most likely cause is the launch of a DF-21 missile somewhere near Jiuquan Satellite Launch Center and aimed at a point somewhere in the eastern Gobi Desert. (" Flights Diverted, Delayed As UFO Detected Hovering," People's Daily Online, July 9, 2010; " UFO Forces Hangzhou Airport to Shut Down," China Central Television, July 10, 2010; " Hangzhou Light Show," Arms Control Wonk, July 12, 2010; " UFO in China's Skies Prompts Investigation," ABC News, July 14, 2010; Alexis C. Madrigal, " A UFO over China? Well, No," The Atlantic, July 19, 2010; Bill Chalker, " Chinese Airport UFO Incident Is Not an `Alien Flying Saucer' According to Combined Beijing Shanghai UFO Investigation Team," TheOzFiles, July 24, 2010; " UFOs over China? Not Quite, Analyst Says," CNN, July 20, 2010; Clark IV 1328)

August 13 - 8:00 p.m. A circle of six yellow lights appears in the sky above the Jardim Bela Vista district of Bauru, Sao Paulo, Brazil. Dentist Daniela Tamarossi and others spend more than 2 hours watching it maneuver. (Brazil 403-405)

September 27 - Researcher Robert Hastings organizes a briefing at the National Press Club in Washington, D.C., that brings together former US Air Force personnel who testify to the existence of UFOs and their ability to neutralize American and Russian nuclear missiles. Those appearing include former Capt. Robert Salas, retired nuclear missile targeting officer Robert C. Jamison, and retired Col. Charles I. Halt. Several of the ex-servicemembers say that when they brought their concerns to superiors, they were told it is "top secret" or that it "didn't happen." Hastings suggests the presence of such phenomena means that aliens could be monitoring our weapons and perhaps warning us about their use. (" Ex-Air Force Personnel: UFOs Deactivated Nukes," CBS News, September 28, 2010; Robert L. Hastings, " The UFOs-Nukes Connection Press Conference," October 11, 2010; " Military Witnesses of UFOs at Nuclear Sites: National Press Club," QUFOSR YouTube channel, December 15, 2016; Nukes 511-512)

October 11 - 8:40 p.m. A man named Qiao sees two luminous objects, one small one and the other larger, over the Xincheng district of Taiyuan, Shaanxi, China. They keep circling in a regular pattern. Other luminous objects are reported above the Sanqianglu district. Soon the media hotlines are flooded with phone calls. Two luminous objects circling in the air are seen at 8:55 p.m. in the Xinhuajie district, at 9:01 p.m. near the Apparel Town area, and at 9:05 p.m. near the racetrack. When reporters arrive at the plaza of the Taiyuan Railway Station, they see a large, milky-white, luminous spot circling above the clouds with a diameter of at least 32 feet. The object first looks like a luminous spot produced by a searchlight against the clouds, but it has no obvious light beams. The object circles and moves up and down and from side to side until it disappears around 9:10 p.m. (" Chinese UFO Report Affirms Reality of Manipulative Extraterrestrial Abduction," Canadian Business Daily, September 24, 2011)

October 13 - 4:00 a.m. A village in the Qinling mountains of southern Shaanxi province, China, supposedly disappears overnight after witnesses contact news agencies to report UFOs in the area. Chinese troops allegedly cordon off the area with no explanation. A video circulates online, reportedly showing bright blue lights in the sky over the village. Subsequent reports deny a military presence in the area and attribute the story to rumor and misinformation. Other reports indicate the "disappearance" took place in 1987 and was part of a rural relocation program to alleviate poverty in the area. (" Inexplicable Disappearance of a Village in the Qinling Mountains: UFO Village Vanishing?" Before It's News, October 14, 2010; " China Qinling Mountains Village Vanishing after UFO (13/10/2010)," Marco Maia YouTube channel, October 14, 2010; " UFO Abduction of Whole Village Exposed As Rumor," People's Daily Online, October 18, 2010; Chris Saunders, "UFOs over China," Fortean Times 331 (October 2015): 31; Robert Foyle Hunwick, " China Unsolved: The Village That Vanished," SupChina, July 11, 2018; Brent Swancer, " A Mysterious Vanishing Village in China," Mysterious Universe, June 26, 2019; " Across China: Revisiting a Disappearing Village in Northwest China," Xinhua, June 17, 2020)

October 23-24 - Air Force personnel at Francis E. Warren AFB near Cheyenne, Wyoming, report seeing an enormous cigar-shaped craft maneuvering high above its missile field. The UFO appears similar to an advertising blimp but has no passenger gondola or advertising on its hull. On the same day, the missile site temporarily loses its ability to communicate with 50 of its Minuteman III nuclear missiles. The five Missile Alert Facilities affected, Alpha through Echo, are responsible for launching those ICBMs in time of war and comprise the 319th Strategic Missile Squadron. The Air Force then quickly acknowledges the problem, saying that a backup system could have launched the missiles if necessary and that the breakdown lasted only 59 minutes. But according to two missile technicians stationed at the base, the communications problem, while intermittent, lasts several hours. These confidential sources further report that the commander of the squadron sternly warns its members not to talk to journalists or researchers about "the things they may or may not have seen" in the sky near the missiles in recent months and threatens severe penalties for violating security. (NICAP, " Base `Loses' 50 Missiles"; Marc Ambinder, " Failure Shuts Down Squadron of Nuclear Missiles," The Atlantic, October 26, 2010; Robert L. Hastings, " Huge UFO Sighted near Nuclear Missiles during October 2010 Launch System Disruption," UFOs & Nukes, June 21, 2011; Nukes 515-517)

November 14 - 6:30 p.m. A swiftly moving light is seen maneuvering in the sky above Logradouro, Ceará, Brazil, apparently following witnesses, for more than 6 hours. (Brazil 407-408)

December 22 - The New Zealand Ministry of Defence releases 12 volumes of documents related to UFOs dating from 1952 to 2009. (Suzy Hansen, " Relinquishing Responsibility? Circumstances Surrounding the Release of the New Zealand MOD UFO Files 2010/2011," Ufocus.nz, 2018)

2011

February 7 - James T. Lacatski provides an in-depth briefing to Jim Bell and Sacha Mover of the Department of Homeland Security's Science and Technology Directorate on the accomplishments of the AAWSAP in an attempt to transfer the program out of the Department of Defense. He recounts the BAASS investigations into UAPs and the paranormal events at the Skinwalker Ranch in Utah, as well as AAWSAP's research into advanced technologies. Lacatski works with Sen. Harry Reid (D-Nev.) and Sen. Joe Lieberman (I-Conn.) to attempt to get the BAASS-like project funded. Negotiations and presentations continue through December, but DHS is ultimately uninterested and concerned about negative publicity. (Skinwalkers 28, 142-143, 148-154)

March 11 - 2:46 p.m. A 9.0 Mw earthquake takes place with an epicenter near Honshu, Japan. Immediately after the earthquake, the electricity-producing Reactors 1, 2, and 3 at the Fukushima Daiichi Nuclear Power Plant in Okuma, Fukushima Prefecture, Japan, automatically shut down their sustained fission reactions by inserting control rods in a safety procedure referred to as a SCRAM, which ends the reactors' normal running conditions, by closing down the fission reaction in a controlled manner. Because the reactors are now unable to generate power to run their own coolant pumps, emergency diesel generators come online, as designed, to power electronics and coolant systems. These operate normally until a 46-foot tsunami sweeps over the plant's seawall and destroys the generators for Reactors 1-5. Large amounts of water contaminated with radioactive isotopes are released into the Pacific Ocean during and after the disaster. (Wikipedia, " Fukushima nuclear accident")

May 6 - The Argentine Air Force creates the Comisión de Estudio de Fenómenos Aeroespaciales for the study of aerospace phenomena. Capt. Moriano Mohaupt, Air Force press spokesman, says that the commission is composed of meteorologists, air traffic controllers, pilots, and radar experts, who will look into sightings. Since 2015 it has been managed with rigor and transparency by Commodore Rubén Lianza. (" Argentina Creates UFO Commission," IUR 34, no. 1 (September 2011): 21; Milton Hourcade, " Argentina: UFO Declassification," U.A.P.S.G.-G.E.F.A.I., July 29, 2020)

June 6 - 8:00 p.m. A Mrs. Beata is walking her dog in the Baranówka neighborhood of Rzeszów, Poland. She sees an elliptical, dull metallic object crossing the sky just above the trees about 180 feet away. It is about 30-50 feet long and 15-30 feet across and completely silent. It disappears after emitting some flashes of light from its perimeter. (Poland 155-156)

August - The UK National Archives makes available its first batch of Ministry of Defence UFO files from 1985 to 1995, followed shortly afterward by files for 1997 and 1998-2000. (UK National Archives, " Briefing Document: Unidentified Flying Objects (UFOs)," 2013

September 25 - 5:00 a.m. An 18-year-old girl in Baborów, Poland, is awakened by a light from a blue triangular object hovering outside her bedroom window. Its contours are outlined with white halogen-like lights and there is what looks like a hatch in its center from which a mist is emanating. She can feel the heat from the object on her face and forehead. The object departs to the west but does not disappear until 6:30 a.m. (Poland 100-101)

October 27 - 5:25 a.m. A married couple are outside their home near Sealy, Texas, looking at the stars. They notice that the star Rigel is pulsating in an unusual fashion-gradually brightening for 3 seconds, holding bright for 10 seconds, dimming to its normal brightness for 3 seconds, then holding steady for 2-3 seconds before the cycle repeats. This process repeats about five times. Suddenly the husband sees an orange-red orb, large enough to be discernible as a distinct object, appears at the 9 o'clock position some 1 to 1.5 orb-diameters away from Rigel. It disappears after 2 seconds, then after another 2 seconds, another orange-red orb appears in the 3 o'clock position of Rigel, a similar distance away. It persists for 2 seconds, then disappears. Rigel makes no more pulsations after the orb disappears. (Powell, Scientist, 57-58)

November - Out of its 1,170 fully investigated UFO cases, the French UFO agency GEIPAN shows that 22% are unidentified. (Swords 453)

November 15 - Navy Aviation Maintenance Administrator Angelo Accetta sees a triangular glowing object with white glowing points above Fleet Readiness Center West at Naval Air Station Lemoore in Lemoore Station, California. After watching the triangle travel slowly for 3 minutes, it departs at instantaneous speed and disappears. Accetta tells his superior but is laughed at and asked if he had been drinking. While on watch, Accetta allegedly sees the triangle four other times between February and October 2012, but he notices no response by the air station to the overflight. (Ryan Sprague, " Navy Serviceman Reports Five Separate Triangle UFO Incidents over Naval Air Station," Medium: On the Trail of the Saucers, June 13, 2022)

2012

Native American Andy Sixkiller Clarke writes of many abduction accounts she uncovered in her interviews with American Indians on their UFO experiences. (Andy Sixkiller Clarke, Encounters with Star People, Anomalist, 2012)

February 18 - 2:00 p.m. A father and son, both pilots, are in their propellor-driven Mooney Ovation II flying at 7,480 feet. Shortly after they cross the border of Virginia from Charlotte, North Carolina, they prepare to land in Richmond. Above Chase City, Virginia, the father unexpectedly sees a bright, glowing sphere about 30 feet in diameter flying alongside the aircraft. As the UFO begins to soar about 50 feet away from the right wing, the plane loses power. All of the electrical equipment (including the computer) suddenly turns off. A few seconds later, the plane regains all systems as the UFO swiftly shoots away at an incredible speed. (NICAP, " Aircraft Encounters UFO and E-M Effects (Case 36293)")

April 13 - Afternoon. Mihnea Mustata and other observers north of Ploiesti, Romania, watch a white, hat-shaped object passing over a field to the east at about 53 mph toward the village of Pleasa. It disappears for a few minutes and reappears in a different location. Starting at 2:28 p.m., Mustata takes several photos of the object before it disappears, accompanied by several balls of light. (Romania 80-82)

May 10 - 3:00 p.m. Workers at a warehouse in Rzeszów, Poland, see a group of spherical objects converging from various directions to a point where a large object shaped like a "screw- thread" is hovering. Two spheres fly away after maneuvering in the air. The other objects disappear (Poland 155)

May 10 - 9:30 p.m. A witness in Hermanowa, Poland, watches a light approach him until it is only 100 feet away, only 6-10 feet above his neighbor's house. An identical object, also about 1 foot in diameter, on the same flight path appears and stops in the same position above the adjacent house. After 20 seconds, it veers off at an angle of 130° and both objects fly away. (Poland 155)

Late May - Evening. Two wind-farm engineers are on top of a 4-5 story building in Mamaia-Set, Romania, when they see a large V-formation consisting of clusters of three lights approaching at high speed from the south. The formation crosses the sky in 4-5 seconds. (Romania 82-83)

June 14 - 10:00 p.m. A security guard sees a glowing white object some 40-50 feet in diameter, 1,530 feet away from his vehicle in Yuba City, California. It has three exterior blue, green, and red lights that are flashing alternately. He watches the object for 5 minutes with his night-vision- equipped binoculars as it glides slowly along the tree line, swaying from side to side, then stopping and hovering. (" MUFON Case 41298," May 18, 2013; Powell, Scientist, 47-48)

July 5 - 10:04 p.m. A security camera at a well site in the Eagle Ford Shale Field near Cotulla, Texas, snaps an image of what appears to be a 60-foot-diameter object with an array of four lights hovering above the caliche pad of an oil well. Later, in October, workers at the site report UFOs in the night sky. One of them named Xavier Garza takes a blurry video of a reddish-orange orb in the northern sky. It is possible that the photo is a blurry, open-aperture image of a truck passing by. (" Observers Think UFOs Hovered above the Eagle Ford Shale," San Antonio (Tex.) News-Express, January 12, 2013; " Cotulla 2012: Security Camera Shows UFO Hovering over South Texas Oil Field," Texas UFO Museum and Research Library)

August 1-15 - Indian Army troops deployed along the Chinese border from Ladakh to Arunachal Pradash report as many as 100 UFO sightings. The 14th Corps, which is deployed in the Kargil and Leh districts and patrols the frontier with China, sends reports to Army headquarters about sightings by an Indo-Tibetan Border Police unit in the Thakung district near lake Pangong Tso in the Himalayas. The reports describe yellowish spheres that appear to lift off from the horizon on the Chinese side and slowly traverse the sky for 3-5 hours before disappearing. The Army uses a mobile ground-based radar unit and a spectrum analyzer to verify the identity of the UFOs, but they cannot track the spheres on radar. Officials insist the objects are not Chinese drones. (" Over 100 UFOs Seen along China Border," Times of India, November 6, 2012; Dirk Vander Ploeg, " Chinese, Russian, and Indian Troops Jointly Spot UFOs," UFO Digest, March 16, 2013)

September 19 - 9:45 p.m. Jennifer Styer is driving north on Antelope Lane near Roy, Montana, when she sees two V-shaped objects to the northwest that speed silently toward her. They have orange lights on each arm and are flying in a straight line quite close to each other. Civilians in Roy notice elevated USAF security patrols and missile maintenance vans in the weeks following the overflight. (Robert L. Hastings, " UFOs Reported near Malmstrom AFB's Nuclear Missile Sites in September 2012," UFOs & Nukes, November 4, 2012)

2013

January 8 - 4:00 a.m. Two policemen in a village near Nysa, Poland, notice distant lights that appear and reappear. At one point, they stop their patrol car to observe the light, which is changing shape and radiating a number of colored lights. The light approaches them and stops a half-mile away. Small points of light break off from its base, some returning into it and others disappearing in mid-air. The primary light then gives off a stroboscopic flash of light that illuminates a large area. The officers drive away, but the light follows them. They stop again at a parking lot and see that the light is coming from a domed disc emitting dazzling yellow lights. Three blue lights are on its base. They drive off again, but the object paces them at a distance of about one mile. Both officers experience strong anxiety during the sighting, and there is a possible element of missing time. (" Opolskie: Policjanci widza UFO (08.01.13): Raport," Portal Infra, March 1, 2013; Poland 110-114)

January 12 - 8:20 p.m. A married couple pull out of their driveway in West Melbourne, Florida, to go out to dinner. As the couple drive west down their street, they see three bright lights in a row in the sky. They assume that the lights are Chinese lanterns, since they are all at or above the same elevation. As they draw closer, they realize that the lights form a single object. As the object turns, the lights are in a pyramidal shape (indicating rotation of the object that causes the three horizontal lights to appear like a pyramid). At the same time, the object bolts away at an incredible speed and disappears in a few seconds. (NICAP, " Pyramid-Shaped Object Observed by Couple")

March 5 - 5:30 p.m. A witness in the Slocina neighborhood of Rzeszów, Poland, lets her cat outside, but it panics. She looks up and sees strange lights about a quarter of a mile away. She looks through binoculars and sees that the lights are attached to an object with a cupola hovering about 650 feet above some houses in the area. It flies away to the east. (Poland 157)

April 18 - Members of the Brazilian Ufologists Commission meet with representatives of the Brazilian armed forces at the Ministry of Defense to discuss gaining access to military documents involving UFOs. Attendees determine that Navy, Army, and Air Force documents related to UFOs are to be made public, as established by the law on access to information. More than 10,000 pages of previously confidential documents are released to the public and are available at the National Archives in Brasilia and online. (Alejandro Rojas, " UFO Researchers Meet with Brazilian Ministry of Defense," OpenMinds, April 26, 2013; Thiago Luiz Ticchetti, " Momento Histórico: Ministério da Defesa recebeu ufólogos para tratar sobre extrsterrestres," Revista UFO, April 19, 2024; " Carta inédita de Gevaerd sobre a visita com Forças Armadas, autoridades governamentais e ufólogos," Revista UFO, August 17, 2024

April 25 - 9:20 p.m. An unknown object flying at a low altitude passes directly above the Rafael Hernández Airport runway in Aguadilla, Puerto Rico, causing the delayed departure of a commercial aircraft. No transponder signal or other communication from the object alerts the airport tower, creating a dangerous situation with departures and arrivals. The pilots of an airborne US Customs and Border Protection De Havilland Canada Dash 8 turboprop aircraft see a pinkish or reddish light over the ocean in their vicinity, so they film the object on infrared thermal video. The object is 3-5 feet in length and its speed varies from 40 to 120 mph. The 3-minute footage shows the flight of an object that crosses into northwestern Puerto Rico from the Atlantic Ocean, traverses the space over the airport twice, then returns to the Atlantic where it apparently submerges. Its speed through the water reaches a high of 95 mph. Chemist Robert Powell and five other members of the Scientific Coalition for UAP Studies later obtain the video and subject it to a thorough analysis. Their conclusion in 2018 is that the video is the "best documentation of an unknown aerial and submerged nautical object exhibiting advanced technology" that the authors have seen. An analysis by AARO in March 2025 claims that the video actually depicts two objects, possibly sky lanterns, traveling near each other rather than a single object splitting apart. The agency states that a reconstruction of the event using Systems Toolkit modeling determined that the objects drifted at approximately 8 mph, consistent with wind speed at the time. Its report claims that what appears to be transmedium behavior is instead the result of the infrared sensor's limitations and that thermal crossover (a phenomenon in which an object's heat signature blends with the background) caused the objects to appear to vanish when they reached the ocean. (Robert Powell, et al., " 2013 Aguadilla Puerto Rico UAP: The Detailed Analysis of an Unidentified Anomalous Phenomenon Captured by the Department of Homeland Security," Scientific Coalition for UAP Studies, August 15, 2018; " Limina Inaugural Symposium Day 3-Robert Powell," Society for UAP Studies YouTube channel, April 2023; Powell, Scientist, 18; All-domain Anomaly Resolution Office, " Case: `The Puerto Rico Object,'" March 20, 2025; John Greenewald, " DoD Report Says Aguadilla UFO Was Just Sky Lanterns; Previous Scientific Studies Claim Otherwise," The Black Vault, March 20, 2025; Scientific Coalition for UAP Studies, " SCU Announcement on the AARO Investigation of the Aguadilla Video," April 28, 2025)

June - Researcher David Marler publishes Triangular UFOs, an evaluation of hundreds of reports of delta-shaped UFOs seen worldwide. Marler assesses whether these represent an extraterrestrial UFO visitation or a secret project developed by one or more governments. (David Marler, Triangular UFOs: An Estimate of the Situation, Richard Dolan Press, 2013)

June 21 - The UK National Archives releases another batch of 209 UFO files, approximately 52,000 pages, covering 2009. The full set of files show that the Ministry of Defence received an average of 150 sightings annually from 2000 to 2007, increasing to 643 in 2009. This is supposed to be the final batch, but more files are discovered later. (" Britain's Defense Ministry Releases Its Final UFO Files," USA Today, June 21, 2013; UK National Archives, " Briefing Document: Unidentified Flying Objects (UFOs)," 2013)

July 15 - 10:00 p.m. A 60-year-old postal worker and his wife see a rectangular-shaped object maneuver through the sky and come within 100 feet of them in Bellingham, Washington. It executes precise turns that avoid electrical poles, wires, and streetlights. The object's color changes from a glowing red to a dull gray as it performs a banking turn and comes to a standstill. The color change is not uniform because it begins at the top of the object and moves downward. The object appears about the size of a large SUV, and at its closest approach it is about palm-width in size at arm's length. The wife sees it as tumbling along its central axis. (NICAP, " Rectangular Object Viewed at 100'"; Powell, Scientist, 49)

August 28 - 9:40 p.m. A scientist is in the back seat of a Dodge 4 x 4 truck with two companions after a day of hunting in a remote area of south-central Ontario. He notices some odd lights in the distance flying low over the trees. The lights silently begin to approach the truck, and he asks the driver to stop. He takes out a Sony Cybershot camera to attempt to take a video, but every time he turns it on it immediately powers off. Soon the lights are close and they can see they are attached to two large discs connected by a bar. The lights are revolving around each circular end in opposite directions. The scientist uses triangulation to estimate its size as 170 feet long and as tall as a house. Dark bands encircle the discs on each end. It is so close that they could hit it with a rock, but it is moving completely silently at 15-20 mph. It has a tail of sparkles or fire coming about 150 feet from its rear end. The object is covered 12-16 inches in a deep shade of indigo blue plasma. The scientist has no success taking a photo with his Motorola Droid phone, as it acts as though it is booting up. He spends a few minutes observing the object through the scope of his hunting rifle. He can see no rivets or hardware on the surface. As it moves away, he finds that he can turn the Sony camera on; he takes a video of the object, but the screen remains black. During the recording, they see a fast-moving object flash across the sky, apparently the barbell-shaped object departing. The Motorola radio is dead and they find later that it is permanently damaged. The Sony camera recording has some odd properties, including electrical interference patterns on each RGB channel. The Sony footage is tested on an oscilloscope, which shows that the pulses of interference match the revolution of the UFO's lights at roughly one-second intervals. The primary witness owns a company that receives Department of Defense contracts and he puts together a 17-page report and a video on the sighting. He describes the interference as a "polyphasing of two immense high-frequency alternating current fields polarized differently." (" The Ontario Barbells: DoD Contractor Sees Unidentified Object with Strange Symbols," It's [redacted] YouTube channel, October 17, 2020; Powell, Scientist, 53-56; " Robert Powell Details Shocking `Barbell' UFO | Rob Schmitt Tonight," Newsmax YouTube channel, June 13, 2024; Matthew Phelan, " Pentagon Official Reveals Tantalizing Seven-Minute Encounter with Glowing Blue UFO," Daily Mail (UK), June 12, 2024)

September 12 - Night. A delta-shaped UFO is seen above Franciszka Hynka street, Warsaw, Poland. (Poland 98)

October 6 - 9:00 p.m. A father and daughter are traveling west on Highway 40 through Rabbit Ears Pass, Colorado, when the father notices two white lights in the distance. The dimmer of the two begins to descend erratically. It seems to wave back and forth, rather than just move straight down, as it disappears behind a stand of tall pine trees. Then the brighter light begins to grow as it approaches quickly. He tells his daughter to look up, and she immediately sees the object as it speeds toward them. The white light develops a red border that transitions into a solid red light. A very short bright green line also appears just below and to the immediate left of the solid red light. The object then slows and swerves to the north. When the object is positioned just to the left and in front of them, it drops in elevation and begins to pass slowly overhead. The father sees that the short green line is actually a long, flat, bright, rectangular strip. Both note how crisp and clear the green box angles are and how there is no glow, given the brightness of the green light. The father, who had previously worked with low-powered lasers, identifies the green color as exactly 532nm. They cannot see any reflections on the body or wings. The object slows almost to a hover as it passes above them. Once the object passes out of view to the rear, they are unable to see it again out the back window or in the rearview mirrors. They do not want to stop and get a better look. The father comments that he has never seen a solid object emit such a bright green light. (NICAP, " Solid Object Emits Bright Green Light")

November 8 - 4:36 p.m. Two witnesses are driving on the Ring Road around Bucharest, Romania, near the exit for the Autostrada Soarelui. They see a light-brown cylinder-shaped object rotating on its axis and hovering silently above some high-voltage power lines. They watch it for 10 minutes until it disappears suddenly without moving. (Romania 83-84)

November 19 - 6:20 p.m. Two witnesses, each with 30+ years experience as Army and Air Force aircraft maintenance technicians, see a huge triangular UFO that flies from north to south about 500 feet above them near Adel, Georgia. The surface of the object is not clear and has a rippling effect like "a heat mirage down the road on a hot summer's day." There are no anti-collision lights required for all aircraft. The object has a wingspan larger than a C-5A cargo plane and flies slowly at 12-17 mph with absolutely no noise. The rear of the object displays a row of white pulsing lights that are set back or surrounded by a shroud. As the object moves further away, a small drone-like object is seen flying alongside on the left. Soon it banks to the southeast, allowing them to see clearly its triangular shape. (NICAP, " Triangular UFO Observed by Experienced Military Men"; Mutual UFO Network, (MUFON) " Top UFO Cases from 2013 Identified by MUFON's Science Review Board")

December 18 - 3:00 p.m. Another Super Hornet pilot from VFA-143 encounters a white object visually and on radar in the W-72 warning zone. (Tyler Rogoway and Joseph Trevithick, " Here Are the Navy Pilot Reports from Encounters with Mysterious Aircraft off the East Coast," The Drive: The War Zone, May 12, 2020)

2014

February - Day. An aircraft matching the black triangle description is photographed multiple times over Kansas and Texas. Amateur photographer Jeff Templin snaps pictures of a triangular aircraft while photographing wildlife in Kansas. (" Texas Mystery Aircraft Also Photographed over Kansas," Deep Black Horizon, April 17, 2014)

March 10 - Day. Steve Douglass and Dean Muskett photograph a triangular aircraft giving off a long contrail over Amarillo, Texas. (Bill Sweetman, " Mystery Aircraft over Texas," Aviation Week, March 28, 2014; " Mystery Aircraft' over Texas Draws Speculation of Real Spy Plane," Houston Chronicle, March 28, 2014)

April 27 - The crew of a F/A-18F from Strike Fighter Squadron 11 (VFA-11), flying out of NAS Oceana in Virginia Beach, Virginia, and operating in the W-72 warning area, encounters an unknown aerial device. This report is the most spartan in its details of the three, but it describes a "near mid-air collision with balloon-like object." (Tyler Rogoway and Joseph Trevithick, " Here Are the Navy Pilot Reports from Encounters with Mysterious Aircraft off the East Coast," The Drive: The War Zone, May 12, 2020)

June 13 - 2:36 p.m. The pilot and first officer of an Airbus 320 flying at just under 3,500 feet and headed into Manchester Airport observe a man-like object that passes them to the northeast over Macclesfield, Cheshire, England. They estimate it is about 200-300 feet above their altitude and only a few hundred yards distant. They cannot see any parachute or paraglider apparatus. Air traffic control confirms there are no other radar targets in the area. The object is in sight for only 3-4 seconds. ("Airprox Report No. 2014089," Assessment Summary Sheet for UKAB Meeting on 17th September 2014, pp. 136-138; " Is It a Bird, Is It a Plane?" Daily Mail (UK), October 18, 2014; Jenny Randles, "Superman vs. Airbus," Fortean Times 323 (February 2015): 30-31)

July 31 - Gen. Ricardo Bermúdez, director of Chile's official UFO agency, Comité de Estudios de Fenómenos Aéreos Anómalos, convenes a three-hour meeting at the offices of the Directorate General of Civil Aviation (DGAC) in Providencia of 19 experts from a wide range of disciplines to discuss whether UFOs pose a threat to aerial safety. Among those present are astronomers, psychologists, meteorologists, physicists, and representatives of the armed forces. All seem to accept the premise that UFOs, whatever they are, exist and are worthy of investigation. The DGAC chief of operations says that because many witnesses believe UFOs demonstrate intelligent behavior, it is the government's duty to look for the intention behind that intelligence. However, the group concludes that, despite some accidents attributed to UFOs around the world, they "do not present a threat or a danger to air operations." (Leslie Kean, " Chile Declares UFOs Pose No Threat to Aircraft," HuffPost, August 12, 2014; " Capitulo 55 DGAC TV," DGAC TV Institucional YouTube channel, August 7, 2014)

August 28 - 5:00 a.m. A single witness at a camping site in Sainte-Lucie de Porto-Vecchio, Corsica, France, watches a dark, circular object with a light in the center move slowly between two groves of trees. Small groups of objects move in front of and behind the larger mass. Researcher Wim van Utrecht thinks it might have been a hot air balloon surrounded by birds. (" Détail du Cas: Zonza (2A) 28.08.2014," GEIPAN; [case documents], GEIPAN; Wim van Utrecht, " Some Notes on an Unexplained Sighting from Corsica, France," UFO FOTOCAT Blog, December 15, 2023)

October 5-20 - Unidentified drones are observed over seven nuclear plants in France. Interior Minister Bernard Cazeneuve tells France Info radio that a judicial investigation is underway. The tiny, unmanned craft appear late in the evening, at night, or early in the morning. The nuclear plants are the Superphénix in Creys-Malville (closed in 1997); the Bugey Nuclear Power Plant, Ain; Blayais Nuclear Power Plant near Blaye, Gironde; the Cattenom Nuclear Power Plant, Moselle; the Chooz Nuclear Power Plant, Ardennes; the Gravelines Nuclear Power Station, Nord; and the Nogent Nuclear Power Plant, Aube. (" Drones Spotted over Seven French Nuclear Sites, Says EDF," The Guardian (UK), October 30, 2014)

October 16 - The Swedish military reportedly intercepts a radio transmission in Russian on an emergency frequency, sparking a massive search for a Russian submarine thought to be stricken in Swedish waters, the largest Swedish mobilization since the Cold War. Further encrypted radio traffic from Kanholmsfjärden in the Stockholm archipelago, Sweden, and in Kaliningrad, Russia (home to the Russian Baltic fleet), is intercepted the next day. The search involves stealth ships, minesweepers, and helicopters, as well as hundreds of sailors, pilots, and divers. On the island of Korsö, Finland, a mysterious man dressed in black with a backpack is seen wading to shore and is later photographed wading off the nearby island of Sandön, Finland. (It later turns out that the man is a Stockholm pensioner named Ove who is doing some trout fishing.) At a press conference later in the month, the Swedish navy shows a photograph of an unidentified foreign vessel (although it later turns out to be a Swedish ship). A Russian defense ministry spokesman announces that there have been no emergency situations involving Russian military vessels. (Wikipedia, " Swedish submarine incidents"; "Baltic Sub Mystery," Fortean Times 322 (January 2015): 12)

October 20 - Strands of cobweb-like "angel hair" fibers fall from the sky in Polonnaruwa, Sri Lanka. (" Cobwebs Like Particles Floating in Polonnaruwa Skies," Gossip Lanka News, October 21, 2014)

October 21 - Swedish military commander Gen. Sverker Göranson announces that he aims to force the unidentified submarine object to the surface with depth charges if necessary. He reveals there have been visual observations twice on October 17 and once on October 19. ("Baltic Sub Mystery," Fortean Times 322 (January 2015): 12)

October 25 - Afternoon. Miguel Monteiro is walking in the parish of Alverca do Ribatejo e Sobralinho, Portugal, when he sees white, cottony flakes or fibrous strands falling from the sky and sticking to electrical wires. They feel somewhat like cobwebs but are whiter and thicker. Monteiro takes some home and stores them in liquid nitrogen. He claims that under ultraviolet light the fibers wiggle "as if alive." Another witness says the strands fell two weekends in a row. (" Mysterious Rain of `Alien Angel Hair' Falls from Sky in Portugal," Metro (UK), November 26, 2014; " Strands of White `Angel Hair' Rained from Sky-Which Wriggle under UV Light," Metro (UK), December 17, 2014)

November 11 - 1:52 p.m. A Chilean Navy Airbus Cougar AS-532 helicopter is flying northward west of Santiago, Chile, at an altitude of 4,500 feet and 152 mph. The technician aboard is taking video footage when he notices an object about 40 miles away. He zooms in on it using infrared film. The naval pilot sees it as a "flat, elongated structure with two thermal spotlights like discharges that do not coincide with the axis of motion." The video shows a dark, disc-shaped object flying above the sea, which "in two instances discharged some type of gas or liquid with a high thermal track or signal." The official Comité de Estudios de Fenómenos Aéreos Anómalos spends two years studying the film, then releases the footage, admitting it cannot ascertain what the object is. CEFAA Gen. Ricardo Bermúdez Sanhueza says: "We do not know what it was, but we do know what it was not." However, Chilean ufologists suspect the object is a 4-engine airliner. (Leslie Kean, " Groundbreaking UFO Video Just Released by Chilean Navy," HuffPost, January 5, 2017; " Conclusive Proof? Airforce Probe Finds Navy Filmed Real UFO over Ocean," The Express (UK), January 7, 2017; Leslie Kean, " The Chilean Navy UFO Video: Is It a Plane?" HuffPost, January 17, 2017; Mick West, " Curated Crowdsourcing in UFO Investigations," Skeptical Briefs 27, no. 1 (May 25, 2017); " Chilean Navy Helicopter Pilot Shoots Video of UFO," Charlotte (N.C.) Observer, February 8, 2018; Brian Dunning, " The Chilean Navy UFO," Skeptoid podcast, June 28, 2022)

November 14 - Swedish Prime Minister Stefan Löfven announces that there is "clear evidence" of a submarine incursion in Swedish waters in October. (" Sweden Confirms Submarine Violation," The Guardian (UK), November 14, 2014; "Baltic Sub Mystery," Fortean Times 322 (January 2015): 12)

2015

January 21 - Evening. An infrared video recording, known as the GIMBAL video, is taken by an F/A-18 Super Hornet from the USS Theodore Roosevelt off the East coast of the US in the vicinity of Jacksonville, Florida. Another infrared video, called the Go Fast video, released at the same time in April 2020, is taken either on the same day or several weeks apart. Both videos include audio with voices of military personnel who are questioning what they are observing. The Navy confirms the authenticity of the videos, stating only that they depict what they consider to be "unidentified aerial phenomena." Susan Gough, a Pentagon spokeswoman, confirms that the videos were made by naval aviators and that they are "part of a larger issue of an increased number of training range incursions by unidentified aerial phenomena in recent years." In April 2020, the two videos are declassified and officially released by the Department of Defense, alongside footage from the 2004 USS Nimitz incident. Five pilots from the VFA-11 "Red Rippers" fighter squadron have reported sighting UFOs "almost daily" while training at Naval Air Station Oceana in Virginia for a deployment to the Persian Gulf in the summer of 2014. Three of those pilots have chosen to remain anonymous, while two, Lieut. Ryan Graves and Lieut. Danny Accoin, have given interviews and appeared on a History Channel program about UFOs. Radar contacts, infrared detections, and visual sightings by the pilots and weapon systems officers are reported for several months. According to Accoin, the objects have "no distinct wing, no distinct tail, no distinct exhaust plume." One pilot describes something "like a sphere encasing a cube." Another source confirms to "The War Zone" that the same description is given by several other pilots and that encounters are commonplace among multiple squadrons including the nearby E-2 Hawkeye squadrons from Naval Station Norfolk, Virginia. Accoin says that "multiple sensors [are] reading the exact same thing." Graves states that the objects are showing up at 30,000 feet as well as sea level and can accelerate, slow down, and hit hypersonic speeds with maneuvers "beyond the physical limits of a human crew." The pilots also report that the objects persist in the air for long periods of time and might "be out there all day." When one of the sightings is made, "usually we'd just say, `we're seeing one of those damn things again,'" Graves says. Once, an object almost collides with two jets, prompting the VFA-11 fighter squadron to submit a Notice to Airmen aviation flight safety report. According to the pilots, the squadron has speculated that the sightings could be a classified drone development program, but the near miss angers the pilots and convinces them that this is a safety issue and not a black project. When the USS Theodore Roosevelt carrier group leaves the Florida coast for the Persian Gulf in March 2015, the objects follow them there. Graves says the sightings are less frequent in the Middle East. (Wikipedia, " Pentagon UFO videos"; " GIMBAL: Authenticated UAP Video," To the Stars Academy, December 13, 2017; Clark III 49; Helene Cooper, Ralph Blumenthal, and Leslie Kean, " Wow, What Is That?' Navy Pilots Report Unexplained Flying Objects," New York Times, May 26, 2019; Joseph Trevithick and Tyler Rogoway, " Carrier Group in Recent UFO Encounters Had New Defense Tech Like Nimitz in 2004 Incident," The Drive: The War Zone, May 31, 2019; Joe Murgia, " Transcript-Mellon: Eight Members of Congress Can Gain Access to the Most Sacred and Tightly Held Special Access Programs (Crashed UFOs and Bodies?)," interview on The Fox News Breakdown, UFO Joe, June 5, 2019; Tyler Rogoway, " Navy F/A-18 Pilot Shares New Details about UFO Encounters during Middle East Deployment," The Drive: The War Zone, June 11, 2019; Tyler Rogoway, " Recent UFO Encounters with Navy Pilots Occurred Constantly across Multiple Squadrons," The Drive: The War Zone, June 21, 2019; " UFO Fleet," Unidentified: Inside America's UFO Investigation, Season 1, Episode 4, History channel, June 21, 2019; John Greenewald, " U.S. Navy Releases Dates of Three Officially Acknowledged Encounters with `Phenomena,'" The Black Vault, September 11, 2019; " Unidentified: UFO Testimony from Lt. Ryan Graves (Season 1) / History," History YouTube channel, September 22, 2019; Jan Tegler and Cat Hofacker, " Mystery of the `Damn Things,'" Aerospace America, November 2019; " Unedited Navy Gimbal video.mp4," 8 News Now-Las Vegas YouTube channel, April 27, 2020; Coulthart 2023, pp. 208-209, 211-215; Yannick Peings and Marik von Rennenkampff, " Reconstruction of Potential Flight Paths for the January 2015 `Gimbal' UAP," ArXiv, June 14, 2023; NASA Unidentified Anomalous Phenomena Independent Study Team Report, September 14, 2023, p. 28; Powell, Scientist, 131-132, 136; Clark IV 3)

February 13 - 9:32 p.m. A witness is in his living room at Ada, Oklahoma, when he notices that his son has driven onto his property, but his car has stopped near the gate about 300 feet east of the house. He sits there about 10 minutes before coming inside and tells his father to come outside and look at two objects, one diamond-shaped some 300 feet above the ground and a doughnut-shaped object about 150 feet up and 100 feet west of the diamond. Both are a dull-orange color, silent, and about 900 feet away. After 10 minutes, the larger diamond- shaped object (about the size of a Boeing 727) begins moving slowly to the east, passing behind some trees before it rises to an elevation of about 700-800 feet, hovering for another 10 minutes. It then moves east and climbs to 1,000 feet, then moves north to 1,500 feet and begins flashing. It moves north and disappears. The doughnut-shaped object is still stationary and seems to fade away. (Roger Marsh, "Oklahoma Witnesses Describe Two UFOs near Ground Level," Open Minds, February 20, 2015)

June 4 - Two friends pull into a gas station in Marengo, Iowa, to watch a triangular object hovering 278 feet away to the south and 288 feet above the ground. After a few seconds, the object moves swiftly about 4 miles east in a straight-line path and hovers again. It vanishes from view a moment later. (David Kreiter, " MUFON Case 69105," August 28, 2015; Powell, Scientist, 68)

September - In Walking Among Us, David M. Jacobs explains how 14 abductions have detailed for him how an alien invasion is already underway. The alien hierarchy consists of insect-like entities as the leaders, tall Grays the skilled workers, short Grays the menial workers, and masses of hybrids-the end products of the abduction program. These hybrids begin as half-human/half-Gray entities and become progressively more human over four successive stages. The ultimate product is the human hybrid ("hubrid"), fully human in appearance, capable of integration into society. Hybrids have become deeply embedded on Earth, living in their own apartments, mingling with humans, working their way into positions of influence. Their growing numbers on earth advance the Change, the day when they and their alien masters supplant or absorb humankind. Jacobs broadens the term "abduction" to call it an interaction with humans, initiated by aliens who take mental and physical over the humans in real time and at any location. (Dana DiFilippo, " Space Aliens Walk Among Us? Indeed, Claims Retired Temple Prof," Philadelphia Inquirer, July 15, 2014; David M. Jacobs, Walking Among Us: The Alien Plan to Condition Humanity, Disinformation Books, 2015; Clark III 10-11, 93, 629-630; Clark IV 25, 121)

December 10 - Federal Aviation Administration Order JO7110.65W (Air Traffic Control) recommends that any UFO reports be addressed to a "UFO data collection center, such as the National UFO Reporting Center." (US Federal Aviation Administration, " Air Traffic Control," Order JO7110.65W, p. 417)

December 22 - Janel Sturzl, 31, an employee of the Daily Mining Gazette in Houghton, Michigan, dies while in a coma after being diagnosed with thallium poisoning at the Mayo Clinic in Rochester, Minnesota. The police investigate her death as a homicide. (" Poisoning Still under Investigation," Houghton (Mich.) Daily Mining Gazette, October 24, 2017; Tim McMillan, " Bob Lazar Says the FBI Raided Him to Seize Area 51's Alien Fuel: The Truth Is Weirder," Vice: Motherboard, November 13, 2019)

2016

January - The SETI project Breakthrough Listen is launched at the Berkeley SETI Research Center at the University of California, Berkeley. With $100 million in funding from Russian tech billionaire Yuri Milner and thousands of hours of dedicated telescope time on state-of-the-art facilities, it is the most comprehensive search for alien communications to date. It is expected to continue through 2026. The project aims to discover signs of extraterrestrial civilizations by searching stars and galaxies for radio signals and laser transmissions. It uses radio wave observations from the Green Bank Observatory and the Parkes Observatory, as well as visible light observations from the Automated Planet Finder at Lick Observatory. Targets for the project include one million nearby stars and the centers of 100 galaxies. All data generated from the project are available to the public, and SETI@Home (BOINC) is used for some of the data analysis. A side project, Breakthrough Starshot, aims to develop a proof-of-concept fleet of light sail interstellar probes that are capable of making the journey to the Alpha Centauri star system 4.34 light years away. A flyby mission has been proposed to Proxima Centauri b, an Earth-sized exoplanet in the habitable zone of its host star, Proxima Centauri. At a speed between 15% and 20% of the speed of light, it would take between 20 and 30 years to complete the journey, and approximately 4 years for a return message from the starship to Earth. (Wikipedia, " Breakthrough Listen"; Wikipedia, " Breakthrough Starshot"; Graff 421-424)

January 1 - John and Carla Shearer of McPherson County, Kansas, find one of their pregnant cows dead with one of its eyes harvested, including the eyelid and both eyelashes removed. A similar case had occurred in Harvey County on December 18, 2015. (Amy Bickel, " Recent Cattle Mutilations Bring Memories of 1970s Attacks," Hutchinson (Kan.) News, January 15, 2016)

February 3 - 7:00 p.m. A married couple is driving on Interstate 10 near Katy, Texas, when they look up through the sunroof and see three black dots that they at first think might be breaks in the cloud cover. Watching them while stopped at a traffic light, they see the dots are part of a vast, noiseless triangular object that emerges from the clouds. The witnesses think it is generating a kind of night fog low above the ground. The witnesses try to take a video, but their cellphones are not working properly; both devices die and do not recharge the entire night. (Roger Marsh, " Texas UFO Kills Allegedly Ground Electronics, Creates Fog to Hide in," OpenMinds, February 10, 2017)

April 15 - Night. The Canadian Air Defence Sector is notified of a WestJet flight near Toronto, Ontario, that "reported a very bright light pass overhead of them" when "there was no other traffic in the area." In the day's log, the lines following what's clearly referred to as a "UFO report" are all redacted in white. ( CADORS Report, no. 2016O0730, April 24, 2016; Daniel Otis, " Credible UFO Reports Are Being Ignored, Declassified Canadian Government Documents Reveal," Motherboard, November 29, 2021)

April 28 - Romanian-American aerospace engineer Salvatore Pais, stationed at NAS Patuxent River in Maryland, files a patent for a "craft using an inertial mass reduction device," one embodiment of which could be a high speed "hybrid aerospace/undersea craft" able to "engineer the fabric of our reality at the most fundamental level," the patent application for which is supported by the Naval Aviation Enterprise's chief technical officer on the grounds that the Chinese military are already developing similar technology. This patent is subsequently approved and published on December 4, 2018, and is currently assigned to the US Navy, expiring in 2036. Starting in 2015, Pais has filed patent applications on behalf of his employers with futuristic- sounding names suggesting potential military and energy-producing applications, including a plasma compression fusion device, an electromagnetic field generator, and a high-frequency gravitational wave generator." No working prototype of any of these concepts is ever developed. These attract attention, as well as speculation that they may be disinformation intended to mislead the United States' strategic adversaries about the direction of the country's defense research. (" Craft Using an Inertial Mass Reduction Device," Google Patents, US10144532B2, December 4, 2018; Brett Tingley and Tyler Rogoway, " Docs Show Navy Got `UFO' Patent Granted by Warning of Similar Chinese Tech Advances," The Drive: The War Zone, June 28, 2019; Brett Tingley, " The Secretive Inventor of the Navy's Bizarre `UFO Patents' Finally Talks," The Drive: The War Zone, October 9, 2020; Coulthart 2023, pp. 288-299; Rob Waugh, " This Man Wants to Build UFO Technology for America," The Times (London), July 24, 2025)

May 9 - Former Assistant Secretary of Defense for Intelligence Christopher Mellon speaks publicly about UAP for the first time. He tells journalist Leslie Kean that if UAP technology was hidden, he'd "take it outside government oversight entirely and place it in a compartment as a new entity within an existing defense company and manage it as what we call an `IRAD' or `Independent Research and Development Activity.'" (Leslie Kean, " Is There a UFO Cover-Up? A Government Insider Speaks Out," HuffPost, May 9, 2016)

May 30 - Morning. A Porter Airlines de Havilland Dash 8 aircraft is descending at 9,000 feet toward Billy Bishop Toronto City Airport in Ontario when the crew observes an object in their flight path "shaped like an upright doughnut or inner tube" which prompts an evasive maneuver. The aircraft, its four crew members, and 54 passengers safely land 11 minutes after the near miss, but both flight attendants are taken to a hospital afterward with minor injuries. There is no conclusive evidence that it is a drone. (Micah Hanks and Chrissy Newton, " Recent Pilot UAP Sightings Point to Aviation Safety Challenges, Pilots Say," The Debrief, November 30, 2022)

July 1 - NORAD releases figures indicating that radar Tracks of Interest have averaged 1,800 per year since 2011. It states that it routinely withholds Unknown tracks and Tracks of Interest data because the release of any details might affect national defense. (" `Alien Cover Up': Nearly 2,000 UFOs Tracked by Radar System But Details Suppressed," The Express (UK), July 1, 2016; Clark III 801

Mid-July - Night. Appalachian State University astronomers Daniel Caton and R. Lee Hawkins obtain footage from two separate webcams of the Brown Mountain lights in North Carolina. The footage shows a stationary light that appears in the same area, between exposures, four times during a span of 20 minutes. (Katie Murawski, " Professors Research the Mysterious Brown Mountain Lights," The Appalachian, October 27, 2016)

September 19 - 11:45 p.m. An Air Canada Express pilot flying to Vancouver, British Columbia, reports "3 red lights 3,000 feet above him and going slower" while at 25,000 feet over an uninhabited stretch of British Columbia's rugged northern coast. Vancouver air traffic controllers report the incident 20 minutes later to the RCAF in Ontario as a "vital intelligence sighting." The RCAF reviews radar data, but finds nothing near the plane. Within an hour, reports are faxed to the Canadian government's transportation department and the RCAF's secretive Intelligence, Surveillance, and Reconnaissance Division in Winnipeg. There is no further follow-up. ( CADORS Report, no. 2016P1783; Daniel Otis, " Credible UFO Reports Are Being Ignored, Declassified Canadian Government Documents Reveal," Motherboard, November 29, 2021)

November 14 - 7:22 a.m. A Porter Airlines flight from Ottawa to Toronto is above Lake Ontario and approaching its destination when the flight crew notices an object directly ahead on their flight path that appears to be solid, approximately 5-8 feet in diameter and shaped like an upright doughnut or inner tube. To avoid a collision, the pilot overrides the autopilot in order to quickly descend the aircraft. Two flight attendants are in the process of securing the cabin for arrival and receive minor injuries when they are thrown into the cabin structure. No passengers are hurt in the incident. The Transportation Safety Board cannot identify the object, although it could be a balloon. (Colin Perkel, " Two Hurt in Mid-Flight As Porter Airlines Plane Evades Possible Drone," CTV News, November 14, 2016; Simon Hradecky, " Accident: Porter DH8D at Toronto on Nov 14th 2016, Near Collision with Unmanned Aerial Vehicle," The Aviation Herald, November 14, 2016; CADORS: Report 2016O22991, November 22, 2016)

December 10 - 4:44 a.m. A married couple is driving near Windsor, Maine, when they observe a "large triangle-shaped object" in two pieces ("like a carpenter's framing square") in the northeast sky. The object has six flashing red lights and one turquoise light that goes out as they are watching. It shows a black surface that is about 300 feet long. When they get out of the car for a better look, the man grabs his wife's phone to take photos and a video. He shoots 6-8 minutes of video, but when he views it, it shows only black. The object seems to move effortlessly like a boat coasting through the water-"slow enough to where we could make out some detail but fast enough to where it was out of sight within 10 minutes or so." They both feel weird as they watch the object. The woman becomes nauseous and the man feels strangely "awestruck." (MUFON case file)

December 22 - 7: 10 p.m. A westbound American Airlines flight is more than 185 miles south of Goose Bay, Newfoundland, when it reports a "possible aircraft off its left side and below." NORAD cannot confirm by radar, but two other aircraft also report a possible target. The pilot takes evasive action as Canadian CF-18 Hornets are scrambled to investigate "Track of Interest 2." The pilot makes a 90° turn to the right to separate the airliner's radar blip from the other, and a "single radar hit" is detected behind him. When the pilot returns to his original flight plan, he sees an aircraft with a rotating white light behind him. A Lufthansa flight near the Gulf of Saint Lawrence sees an object slightly below them and to the left, while a Swiss flight reports a "white light and rotating beacon." The CF-18s see nothing and return to their base after 90 minutes in the air. ( CADORS: Report 2016A1096, January 17, 2017; " UFOs: Canadian Air Force Responds to `Threats' with CF-18 Fighter Jets," CTV News, October 31, 2022

2017

January - Luis Elizondo informs former Defense Department official Christopher Mellon that restricted US airspace is being violated by Unidentified Aerial Phenomena on a weekly, if not daily, basis for years; yet the Department of Defense and the Intelligence Community is in the dark. Elizondo is alarmed by the prospect of clandestine reconnaissance directed against US Naval Strike Groups and other vital US military capabilities. These mysterious objects in some cases appear to demonstrate capabilities beyond anything in the US inventory, even including the classified reconnaissance platforms developed by the Lockheed Martin Skunkworks, the Boeing Phantom Works, and other contractors. (Christopher Mellon, " Setting the Record Straight," christophermellon.net, December 29, 2022)

February 7 - The US Forest Service releases 18 pages of records relating to UFO sightings from 1952 to 2016. (John Greenewald, " U.S. Forest Service UFO Files and UFO Photographs," The Black Vault, August 17, 2023)

March 8 - Gen. John E. Hyten, commander of the US Strategic Command, testifies before the House Committee on Armed Services that "Of recent concern have been the unauthorized flights of unmanned aerial systems (UAS) over Navy and Air Force installations. These intrusions represent a growing threat to the safety and security of nuclear weapons and personnel." (US House Committee on Armed Services, 115th Cong., 1st Sess., Military Assessment of Nuclear Deterrence Requirements, Hearing, March 8, 2017, p. 63)

May - Researcher Robert Hastings writes a second edition of UFOs and Nukes, which summarizes his interviews with more than 150 military witnesses to UFO sightings at nuclear bases, storage areas, and test sites. He presents incidents at ICBM sites across the US, including Malmstrom, Minot, F. E. Warren, Ellsworth, Vandenberg, and Walker Air Force Bases. He finds evidence that UFOs are taking an interest in nuclear weapons storage areas at Wurtsmith and Loring AFB, as well as RAF Bentwaters in England. (Robert Hastings, UFOs and Nukes, The Author, 2017; Coulthart 2023, pp. 154-155)

May 9 - Steven M. Greer releases a documentary, Unacknowledged, on the history of UFO secrecy. Interviews with George Filer, Tom Bearden, Glenn Dennis, Richard Doty, Stephen Lovekin, and John Podesta are featured. Narrated by Giancarlo Esposito. (Internet Movie Database, " Unacknowledged")

May 28 - Evening. Rik Koops and Harm Duursma see UFOs over Park Sonsbeek, in Arnhem, Netherlands. Koops shoots a 3-minute video of three globular objects. A spokesperson for the Defence Helicopter Command at nearby Deelen Air Base denies that the objects are drones. (" 3 bal vormige objecten bewegen in de lucht," UFO Meldpunt Nederland, May 29, 2017; " UFO boven Arnhem? `Ledeeren die het ziet, zit met open mond van verbazing,'" de Gelderlander, May 30, 2017; " Het ufo-seizoen is veer aangebroken," de Gelderlander, May 31, 2017)

July 1-2 - The second Dulce Base UFO Conference is held at the Wild Horse Casino and Hotel in Dulce, New Mexico. The event is organized by members of the Jicarilla Apache, Southern Ute, and Navajo nations and features speakers Chuck and Nancy Wade; the Paranormal Rangers (Stanley Milford Jr. and Jonathan Dover), Navajo law officers; abductee Travis Walton; and actor Alan Tafoya. (Paul Ross, "`The Truth Is Around Here.Someplace,'" Fortean Times 361 (Christmas 2017): 42-47

July 14 - 7:20 p.m. The pilot of an Airbus A319 is holding at 7,000 feet at Gatwick Airport near Crawley, West Sussex, England, when the First Officer, in the right-hand seat, notices an object close to the aircraft. He mentions it to the captain, who also sees it. Both believe the object is not close enough to hit the aircraft and that they will miss it. It is black and shiny metallic in color and appears to be a square or cube. It maintains its altitude and takes about 7 seconds to pass, making them believe it is hovering. They are not certain it is a drone because they cannot see any propellors. They alert Gatwick, but the controllers there do not report seeing it. (UK Airprox Board, " Assessment Summary Sheet for UKAB Meeting on 11th October 2017"; "UKAB `Unknown Object' Log 2017-2020," Fortean Times 406 (June 2021): 43)

August - Reports begin to surface that US and Canadian diplomatic personnel in Havana, Cuba, have experienced unusual, unexplained health problems dating back to late 2016. The health problems typically have a sudden onset: The victim suddenly begins hearing strange grating noises that seem to come from a specific direction. Some of them experience it as a pressure or a vibration; or as a sensation comparable to driving a car with the window partly rolled down. The duration ranges from 20 seconds to 30 minutes, and always happens while the diplomats are either at home or in hotel rooms. Other people nearby, family members and guests in neighboring rooms, do not report hearing anything. Affected individuals describe symptoms such as hearing loss, memory loss, and nausea. Some US embassy individuals reportedly experience lasting health effects, including one unidentified diplomat who now needs a hearing aid. In October, the Associated Press releases what it says is a recording of the sound some embassy workers are hearing. Accusations are made that these are a result of attacks using unspecified technology, perhaps a sonic or ultrasonic weapon. (Wikipedia, " Havana syndrome"; David Hambling, "The Sound of Violence," Fortean Times 360 (December 2017): 14; " Ottawa Doctor Treating Canadian Diplomats with Mysterious `Havana Syndrome,'" Ottawa (Ont.) Citizen, November 30, 2018 )

August 2 - 7:30 p.m. In clear daylight, a couple observe a large, black, silent, symmetrical object-described as a 3D diamond or double-sided pyramid hovering over Herceg Novi, Montenegro. The craft, estimated to be the size of a house and roughly two-thirds of a mile away, makes no sound and remains motionless. By the time one witness tries to photograph, the object vanishes. (National UFO Reporting Center, " NUFORC UFO Sighting 188716," April 6, 2025)

August 9 - 9:20 p.m. A couple are walking south along North Lake Shore Drive just north of Schiller Street in Chicago when they notice something large and dark flying toward them from the east and crossing ahead of them at an altitude of 20 feet or so. It sweeps upward over the trees in front of 1400 North Lake Shore Drive, then stops in mid-air after it reaches a height just below the top of the building. It hovers with a large pair of wings for about 5 seconds, then dives toward the ground. As the witnesses quicken their pace toward the building, the "winged being" descends in front of them, no more than 25 feet away, and hovers 5 feet above the sidewalk with its wings spread open. They can see its bright red eyes that vary in intensity. Several people on the other side of the street also see the being, which hovers for 10 seconds, pulls its wigs in close, and silently shoots up into the sky. The witnesses describe it as "human-like" with a small head that narrows at the top, two legs with long tapered feet, and no apparent arms. It is 5-6 feet in height and has wide wings that resemble the top wings of a butterfly. The sighting is the most recent of 29 reported in the Chicago area in the summer. (Lon Strickler, " Winged Humanoid Confronts Shocked Chicago Witnesses," Phantoms and Monsters, August 10, 2017; Joe Vince, " Winged Freak Terrorizes Chicago? Wait'll You Get a Load of These 29 Sightings," Chicago Patch, August 11, 2017)

August 30 - Six triangular objects in formation are detected by satellite imagery above a body of water in Southeast Asia. AARO determines that the objects are static, cone-shaped fishing nets on the surface of the water. (All-domain Anomaly Resolution Office, " Case: `Southeast Asia Triangles,'" December 2023)

September 23 - 7:50 p.m. Witnesses in Son, Netherlands, watch a white, U-shaped light for 5 minutes. One witness manages to take a photo of the light, which by then is diminishing in size before disappearing. (" U-vormig wit licht hoog ver weg in die hemel, stilstaand," UFO Meldpunt Nederland, September 23, 2017)

October - Night. An oddly shaped object with streamers hanging down like a jellyfish is picked up by an unmanned Persistent Threat Detection System (PTDS) surveillance balloon at a US joint operations base (probably Al-Taqaddum Air Base at Habbaniyah) in Iraq. After it moves across the base, it passes over water, makes a seemingly controlled descent, and submerges. After 17 minutes, the object allegedly reemerges from the water and disappears at a high rate of speed. (However, this submergence and reemergence is disputed by Michael Cincoski, who served in 2018 as an Intelligence, Surveillance, and Reconnaissance Tactical Controller at Al-Taqaddum and was shown the video when he arrived.) According to those familiar with the footage or who witness the event, the object is not visible through night vision equipment, appears to jam the targeting capability of the optical platform, and displays positive lift with no signatures for propulsion maneuvers present. The PTDS team rule out a camera artifact or a dirty lens. Journalist Jeremy Corbell releases only about 2 minutes of the full video. AARO assesses that the object does not demonstrate anomalous performance characteristics. (" `Unlikely' That Object in New UAP Video Is Camera Smudge: Expert," NewsNation, January 9, 2024; " `Jellyfish' UAP Video Reveals Strange Object in Iraq," NewsNation, January 10, 2024; Steven Greenstreet (@MiddleOfMayhem) post on X (Twitter), January 10, 2024; Brian Entin, " Marine Says `Jellyfish' UAP Was "Ghost Story of the Base,'" NewsNation, January 11, 2024; Bob Spearing, " The Iraqi Jellyfish UAP: A MUFON Analysis," MUFON News, February 13, 2024; " Al Taqaddum Object," Defense Visual Information Distribution Service, April 29, 2025)

October 24 - The Cuban government employs about 2,000 scientists and law enforcement officers who interview 300 neighbors of diplomats, examine two hotels, and medically examine non-diplomats who could have been exposed. Cuban officials analyze air and soil samples and consider a range of toxic chemicals. They also examine the possibility that electromagnetic waves are to blame and even look into whether insects might be the culprits but find nothing they can link to the medical symptoms. The FBI and Cubans meet to discuss the situation, although the Cubans say that the US declines to share the diplomats' medical records with Cuban authorities or to allow Cuban investigators access to US diplomats' homes to conduct tests. (" Cubans Forcefully Reject Blame for U.S. Diplomats' Mystery Ailments," NBC News, October 24, 2017)

December 5 - In Moscow, Russia, covert CIA operative Marc Polymeropoulos suddenly gets symptoms similar to Havana Syndrome. In the spring of 2018, a private neurologist gives Polymeropoulos a diagnosis: occipital neuralgia, a condition resulting from damage to the two nerves that run from the base of the skull, curving toward the front of the head. (Julia Joffe, "The Mystery of the Immaculate Concussion," GQ, October 19, 2020)

2018

January - A total of 11 satellites carrying Space-Based Infrared System or Space Tracking and Surveillance System payloads are operating in medium-earth, highly elliptical, and geosynchronous orbits that together provide continuous global coverage of infrared energy sources. Originally designed to detect missile launches, and later aircraft, this highly sophisticated capability continues to evolve and improve. This work is being undertaken at the Air Force's Overhead Persistent Infrared Battlespace Awareness Center at Buckley AFB in Aurora, Colorado, as well as its new Data Utilization Lab. (Wikipedia, " Space-Based Infrared System")

January 5 - 1:30 a.m. A woman looking from her bedroom window in Linden, Michigan, sees a large object emitting red-orange light approaching her. It stops dead above her head, accelerates, then slows down. Her husband goes outside and watches it before it blinks out. (Jenny Randles, "The Twelve UFOs of Christmas," Fortean Times 374 (Christmas 2018): 29)

January 9 - The Defense Intelligence Agency responds to an inquiry by Sen. John McCain (R-Ariz.) and Sen. Jack Reed (D-R.I.) regarding 38 projects that the military's Advanced Aviation Threat Identification Program [in reality, the Advanced Aerospace Weapon System Application Program] has been involved with. The letter is released on January 16 in response to a FOIA request by Steven Aftergood, director of the Federation of American Scientists' Project on Government Secrecy. One such research topic, "Traversable Wormholes, Stargates, and Negative Energy," was led by Eric W. Davis of EarthTech International, which was founded by Harold E. Puthoff, who was formerly involved in the Stargate Project. Another project called "Invisibility Cloaking" was headed by German scientist Ulf Leonhardt, a professor at the Weizmann Institute of Science in Israel. Yet another title, "Warp Drive, Dark Energy, and the Manipulation of Extra Dimensions," was attributed to theoretical physicist Richard Obousy, director of the nonprofit Icarus Interstellar. One of those papers was released to the public by Popular Mechanics on February 14, 2020. Titled "Clinical Medical Acute and Subacute Field Effects on Human Dermal and Neurological Tissues," it is written by Christopher (Kit) Green, formerly a CIA agent, forensic clinician, and neuroscientist, who describes it as "focused on forensically assessing accounts of injuries that could have resulted from claimed encounters with UAP." (Joseph Trevithick, " Here's the List of Studies the Military's Secretive UFO Program Funded, SomeWere Junk," The Drive: The War Zone, January 18, 2019; US Defense Intelligence Agency, [ A list of all products produced under the AAWSAP contract]; Nigel Watson, "Rubbish Data and Sceptical Dogma," Fortean Times 420 (July 2022): 30; John Greenewald, " The Black Vault's AAWSAP/AATIP and Post 2017 UAP/UFO Timeline Project," The Black Vault, January 21, 2023)

February 1 - 6:10 p.m. An Airbus A321 pilot is descending from 10,000 feet into Manchester Airport, England, when he sees a grayish, thin-profiled object that passes by very close at the same altitude at great speed down the left side of the aircraft. His initial reaction is that he has seen an internal reflection, but the First Officer and another person have also seen it. None of them have a clear view because it is in the landing-light beam for a split second. (UK Airprox Board, " Assessment Summary Sheet for UKAB Meeting on 25th April 2018"; "UKAB `Unknown Object' Log 2017-2020," Fortean Times 406 (June 2021): 43)

February 16 - 9:16 p.m. A witness in Driebergen-Rijsenburg, Netherlands, sees three irregularly flashing lights flying toward the northwest. One of the lights suddenly leaves the formation and flies off in another direction. The lights fly slowly and silently for 6 minutes. (" 3 rode oplichtende punten aan de hemel," UFO Meldpunt Nederland, February 16, 2018)

February 20 - 10:00 p.m. A woman in Ede, Netherlands, sees three points of light (one brighter than the others) on a triangular object that is moving toward the northwest. She watches it for 2 minutes. (" Driehoek formatie 3 lichtpunten," UFO Meldpunt Nederland, February 21, 2018)

February 23 - 7:30 a.m. Several people traveling to work in Wielsbeke from the village of Waregem, Belgium, see a hovering triangle with two bright lights like a star. There are red lights on its wings, and it is shaped like a B2 stealth bomber. ( Belgisch UFO-Meldpunt, March 4, 2018)

February 23 - 6:50 p.m. Two witnesses in Oudenaarde, Belgium, see a "hanging dot" that ascends at an enormous speed. ( Belgisch UFO-Meldpunt, March 4, 2018)

February 23 - 10:40 p.m. A witness going outside for a smoke in Biervliet, Netherlands, sees three globes flying in a straight line. They move closer together and disappear at the same time as they seem to merge. (" Drie lichtbollen," UFO Meldpunt Nederland, February 23, 2018)

February 24 - 1:00 a.m. A man steps outside his house in Mol, Belgium, when it suddenly becomes light outside. Looking up, he sees an orange fireball flying past with small fragments falling off it. It is silent and does not explode. ( Belgisch UFO-Meldpunt, March 4, 2018)

April 5 - Night. Dogs belonging to a witness in DeRidder, Louisiana, begin growling in the living room, and cows in the pasture are mooing excitedly. Outside, he sees a huge white light growing in intensity and pulsating for 15 minutes. When it disappears, the animals calm down. (Randle, Levelland, 2021, p. 125)

May 5 - 12:45 p.m. A B757 airliner pilot is approaching Gatwick Airport near Crawley, West Sussex, England, in busy airspace when the First Officer and Captain see a fairly large, irregular- shaped, dark-lack object pass down the left side at the same altitude within 200 feet of the aircraft, heading in an easterly direction. No avoiding action is needed, but the incident is reported to Gatwick control. (UK Airprox Board, " The UKAB Meeting on 20th June 2018 Consisted Solely of Consolidated Drone/Balloon/Model/Unknown Object Report Sheet"; "UKAB `Unknown Object' Log 2017-2020," Fortean Times 406 (June 2021): 43)

August 6 - 11:20 p.m. A resident of Heemstede, Netherlands, is skywatching when he suddenly sees a silent triangular object with three white lights moving faster than an airplane. (" Drie lichtjies in driehoeksvorm leek zwart vlak in het midden te zitten," UFO Meldpunt Nederland, August 6, 2018)

September - Mick and Judy Cook, a farming couple at Cloverly Station, northwest of Mackay, Queensland, have found five of their cows dead with udders, ears, and tongues cut out cleanly over the past three months. The mutilations continue through March 2021. (Jessica Johnston, " Cattle Mutilated in North Queensland," North Queensland Register (Charters Towers), September 7, 2018; Coulthart 2023, pp. 123-124)

November 6 - Around midnight. The pilots of a US Army AH-64 Apache attack helicopter are preparing to take off from an airstrip about 40 miles northwest of Tucson, Arizona, when they spot three objects in a loose triangular formation in the sky at a low altitude. The copilot continues to follow the three objects with the aircraft's multi-sensor imaging system, the Target Acquisition Designation Sight/Pilot Night Vision Sensor. As the three objects approach the foothills of nearby Picacho Peak, they suddenly appear to rotate around each other, as if revolving around an unseen axis, all while maintaining a steady eastward trajectory. Pilot Chris Lehto says they are moving at an unexpectedly high rate of speed. After several rotations, the objects then resume an obtuse triangular formation before speeding out of sight as the Apache begins to take off. (Tim McMillan, Micah Hanks, and Christopher Plain, " Incursions at the Border: Homeland Security Agents Tell of Encounters with Unidentified Aerial Phenomena," The Debrief, May 27, 2022)

November 17 - Day. A Cargojet flight from the Cincinnati area to Calgary, Alberta, observes bright lights high above Saskatchewan, while a corresponding Canadian Air Defence Sector log entry describes "bright shining lights" that are "maneuvering and moving fast." ( CADORS Report, no. 2018C4984; Daniel Otis, " Credible UFO Reports Are Being Ignored, Declassified Canadian Government Documents Reveal," Motherboard, November 29, 2021)

December 30 - 6:45 p.m. The pilot of an Embraer 175 passenger plane approaching the runway at Glasgow Airport, Scotland, sees an "object pass between three and 10 feet from the aircraft at the same level." The pilot cannot tell what it is, but it is "lit up in various places and was more horizontally long than it was vertically." The Airprox board is unable to identify the object but decides there was a definite risk of collision and luck played a part in missing it. (UK Airprox Board, " Assessment Summary Sheet for UKAB Meeting on 13th February 2019"; "UKAB `Unknown Object' Log 2017-2020," Fortean Times 406 (June 2021): 43)

2019

January 6 - The crew of a Vanguard Air Care flight sees an unidentified light moving parallel to them for about three minutes while they are travelling at about 265 mph at an altitude of 7,500 feet around the 55th parallel over northern Manitoba. The CIRVIS report says the brightness of the light in the night sky is what attracted the observer's attention and that NAV Canada's Winnipeg Air Control Centre assumes that it is another aircraft. 21 Aerospace Control and Warning Squadron at Canadian Forces Base North Bay in Ontario is notified of the sighting. An unclassified intelligence report is then faxed to Transport Canada. (" 2019 Sighting of Unidentified Light in Northern Manitoba Sky Was Reported to Air Force, Vice Says," Thompson (Man.) Citizen, April 14, 2021)

January 15 - 11:40 a.m. An RAF Typhoon pilot is leading a pair of fighters from Coningsby, England, to an exercise in the North Sea. After receiving clearance to climb to 30,000 feet from 15,000 feet, he notices an object at 11 o'clock about one nautical mile away, slightly higher and maintaining a constant altitude. The radar and data link show no traffic conflictions. The object reflects sunlight and appears to have a linear form. It passes down the left-hand side of the aircraft. The wingman independently sees the same object as it passes over the leader's aircraft. He maintains the formation at 15,000 feet until they are clear of the object. Nothing unusual is noticed by ground radar. (UK Airprox Board, " Assessment Summary Sheet for UKAB Meeting on 13th March 2019"; "UKAB `Unknown Object' Log 2017-2020," Fortean Times 406 (June 2021): 43)

February 10 - Afternoon. Several people in Cogollos de Guadix, Granada, Spain, observe three mysterious lights flash across the sky at great speed, each of which falls in a different part of the village. José María Madiedo at the Universidad de Huelva rules out meteorites because the objects are only seen locally. ("Seen in the Skies," Fortean Times 382, August 2019, p. 17)

March - An airline passenger films a supposed UFO over the Aegean Sea between Turkey and Greece. The film is taken through the airplane window and shows a massive, gray-black, contrail-like object cutting through a layer of clouds. Some investigators conclude it is an F-4 fighter jet of the Greek Air Force. ("Seen in the Skies," Fortean Times 382, August 2019, p. 17)

March 30 - 2:00 p.m. A B787 airliner pilot flying over London, England, sees a red object pass down the right-hand side of the aircraft at 6,000 feet. It is impossible to identify, although it is large enough to cause concern. (UK Airprox Board, " Assessment Summary Sheet for UKAB Meeting on Wednesday 15th May 2019"; "UKAB `Unknown Object' Log 2017-2020," Fortean Times 406 (June 2021): 43)

April - The Parkes Observatory in New South Wales, Australia, picks up a 982.992 MHz radio signal, labeled BLC1, emitted from Proxima Centauri. Researchers from the Breakthrough Listen Project cannot attribute it to any Earth-based or near-Earth human-created source. Shifts in the signal's frequency are consistent with a planet's movement and may be suggestive of a third planet within the system. As of December 2020, follow-up observations have failed to detect the signal again, a step necessary to confirm that the signal is a technosignature. (Wikipedia, " BLC1"; "Signal from Space," Fortean Times 404 (April 2021): 15; David Appell, " Meet the Technosignature Researcher on the Lookout for Exocivilizations," Physics World, February 2, 2022)

April 24 - 8:30 p.m. The USS Zumwalt, a US Navy guided missile destroyer, is in international waters some 17 nautical miles from Marine Corps Base Camp Pendleton in San Diego County, California. The crew reports as many as six unmanned aerial systems (UAS) operating nearby at altitudes ranging from 300 to 1,000 feet. At one point in the incident, the UAS reportedly crossed over the deck of the USS Zumwalt. As in similar incidents, the drones are documented by the Ship Nautical Or Otherwise Photographic Interpretation and Exploitation (SNOOPIE) team. These sailors essentially act to document dangerous, uncertain, or unusual situations using a variety of commercial-grade cameras. The Navy releases a video of the event in 2022. The only clear feature in the video is a set of several lights in a rectangular formation. The lights appear to be white and green, with an intermittently blinking red light presumed to be in the center of the object. (Adam Kehoe and Marc Cecotti, " Video of Mysterious Drone Swarm over Navy's Most Advanced Destroyer Released (Updared)," The Drive: The War Zone, August 30, 2022)

April 30 - 10:27 a.m. A "round silver drone" is observed at Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory in Livermore, California, flying around the Process Area at a high altitude and "periodically stopping and hovering for several seconds." The object then moves on toward the north, stopping and hovering again for a short period. (Micah Hanks, " U.S. Department of Energy UAP Documents Reveal Puzzling Aerial Incursions near American Nuclear Sites," The Debrief, September 29, 2023)

May 26 - The New York Times reports that US Navy pilots fully briefed AATIP about encounters they had with unexplained objects during the summer of 2014 to March 2015 while flying at high altitudes off the East coast of the United States. (Helene Cooper, Ralph Blumenthal, and Leslie Kean, " `Wow, What Is That?' Navy Pilots Report Unexplained Flying Objects," New York Times, May 26, 2019; Powell, Scientist, 130-131)

July 15 - 8:39 p.m. The USS Rafael Peralta again spots unidentified UAVs between San Clemente Island and San Diego, California, and by 9:00 p.m. the USS Kidd is also reporting them. The drones seem to be pursuing the ships, even as they continue to maneuver throughout the incident. By 9:20 p.m., the USS Kidd logs simply remark "Multiple UAVs around ship." 17 minutes later, the Kidd issues orders for the crew to man what is possibly a Mark 87 Electro-Optical Director to provide surveillance and tracking data. At approximately the same time, the USS Russell records a frenzy of activity, with drones dropping in elevation, and apparently moving forward and backward, left and right. Meanwhile, the USS Rafael Peralta receives a radio call from a passing cruise ship, the Carnival Imagination, notifying them that the drones are not theirs, and that they also see as many as five or six drones maneuvering nearby. The incident continues into the night, with the USS Rafael Peralta first recording two UAVs and then four UAVs near their ship. Approaching midnight, the USS Russell reports a final sighting involving multiple pyramid- shaped objects. Despite the nearly three-hour duration of the event, none of the warships involved appear to have been able to identify the drones. The Navy, Coast Guard, and FBI investigate the matter and are unable to provide an adequate investigation. Leaked photos and videos said to pertain to this incident are released by filmmaker Jeremy Corbell. The materials consist of footage of radar screens showing multiple unknown contacts, video of an object apparently falling into the ocean, and a brief video of a triangular- shaped lights flying over the deck of a ship. The apparent triangular shape of the object has been strongly debated, as many have posited it was the result of a common optical artifact. An investigation by the US Navy indicates that the drones were launched by the Hong Kong-flagged bulk carrier MV Bass Strait, which was likely conducting surveillance on the Navy vessels. (Adam Kehoe and Marc Cecotti, " Multiple Destroyers Were Swarmed by Mysterious `Drones' off California over Numerous Nights," The Drive: The War Zone, March 23, 2021; Jeremy Kenyon Lockyer Corbell, " The US Navy Filmed Pyramid Shaped UFOs," Extraordinary Beliefs, April 8, 2021; " 2019 the US Navy Filmed `Pyramid' Shaped UFOs: Here Is That Footage," Jeremy Corbell YouTube channel, April 8, 2021; " Pyramid UFO, New Footage: It's Just Bokeh, Not a Pyramid," Mick West YouTube channel, April 15, 2021; Graeme Rendall, " `Drone Swarms': UAPs or Other Actors?" UAP Media UK, April 20, 2021; " VFX Artists Debunk Pentagon UFO Videos," Corridor Crew YouTube channel, August 15, 2021; Adam Kehoe and Marc Cecotti, " Bizarre Drone Swarms That Harassed Navy Ships Demystified in New Docs," The Drive: The War Zone, June 11, 2022; Christopher Sharp, " Case Not Closed: DoD to Review 2019 West Coast UFOs Which Harassed US Warships," Liberation Times, May 8, 2023; (Marco Bianchini, " USOs: The Underwater UFOs, Part II," SCU Review 6, no. 3 (July 24, 2025): 20)

August - A US copilot reports watching as "an object suddenly appeared in the windscreen. Before I could even communicate a warning it flew just overhead of our aircraft." "Pilot Flying did not see the object as it passed directly overhead within 50 feet. I immediately commented on a near miss with some type of unidentified object," the observer states in the Aviation Safety Reporting System. The observer offers an intriguing description of the object, noting they initially think they have seen "a large flat type of balloon," though emphasizing that it "appeared solid in nature as it flashed by." Air traffic controllers subsequently communicate that an unauthorized drone is believed to have been operating in the area, based on similar reports indicating the unusual object had been observed "flying east of the airport north of the final approach course." (Micah Hanks, " Pilot UFO Sightings Collected by NASA Reveal Serious Safety Concerns over Objects in US Airspace," The Debrief, August 29, 2023)

November 9 - 5:16 p.m. A young couple are driving home on the A629 near Halifax, West Yorkshire, England, when they see a white glow over the moorland. They stop and get out to watch as they hear the roar of what seem to be fighter jets headed for the glow. Other cars also stop and watch. Some start to film the object and the jets, as do the couple on their cellphones, but the footage is blurry. The mother of the driver starts an appeal on social media for any other witnesses who filmed the event to come forward. Jenny Randles determines that two aircraft are at that location, but they are not military and not jets; they are Partenavia P.68 Observers belonging to Ravenair and flying at 2,200 and 2,300 feet side by side and landing at John Lennon Airport in Liverpool 25 minutes later. No radar target matches the UFO itself. (Jenny Randles, "2020 Vision," Fortean Times 389 (February 2020): 28-29)

November 11 - 5:33 p.m. A commercial aircrew is flying a Boeing 737-800 airliner at 37,000 feet altitude and 506 mph near Marseille, France. The pilot observes an unusual light flying just above their altitude on a collision heading from the right side into the 2 o'clock position relative to the aircraft. It performs a 180° turn and then matches the speed and heading of the airliner before beginning to cross above and in front of its flight path. At this point the pilot uses a cellphone to take a photograph and record 47 seconds of the UFO crossing their flight path, accelerating, and moving away. (Ted Roe, "NARCAP Technical Report 19: Analysis of a November 11, 2019, Aviation Safety-Related Incident Involving a Commercial Airliner and a UAP Over Europe," July 2019)

November 23 - 2:06 a.m. An oddly shaped object (like a "rubber duck") giving off no heat signature is recorded on two 30-minute videos taken from a FLIR camera system onboard an RC-26B aircraft used by the Arizona Air National Guard above the western edge of the San Luis Mountains along the Arizona-Mexico border. The object is flying below the aircraft against the wind with no aerodynamic structures for lift and no visible means of propulsion. The aircraft is circling above it at 157-254 mph. The object seems to be made of two parts tethered together and has no visible lights. Size estimates range from 1-9 feet due to the uncertainty of its distance from the aircraft. Peter Reali of the Scientific Coalition of UAP Studies analyzes the videos and concludes that the "object cannot be explained as any known natural phenomenon or by any known technology used for aeronautical propulsion." (" UFO? UAP? Rubber Duck? What Is It?" 5X5 News YouTube channel, October 8, 2021; Peter Reali, " A Forensic Analysis of `Rubber Duck,' a Publicly Available Video Showing a UAP Purportedly Filmed by Arizona National Guard on November 23, 2019," Scientific Coalition of UFO Studies monograph, November 12, 2022; Ross Coulthart, " NewsNation Presents `Hunting UFOs: The Desert Sky Mystery," NewsNation, May 11, 2025)

December 31 - Dusk. Placido Montoya, a plumber from Fort Morgan, Colorado, gives chase to a mystery drone in Morgan County after seeing blinking lights in the sky. But they take off rapidly and he speeds up to 120 mph before losing them. Vince Iovinella, deputy sheriff at the Morgan County Sheriff's Office, receives more than 30 calls from locals reporting drones "zipping around all over the place." Iovinella himself sees one with red, white, and green lights that he also tries to chase, but it outruns him. (" Attack of the Drones," The Guardian (UK), April 18, 2021)

2020

January 8 - Drones are now being seen in Castle Rock and Parker in Douglas County, Colorado, and Fort Collins in Larimer County. Kerry Garrison, a vice president at drone vendor Multicopter Warehouse in Centennial, claims the drone reports are actually sightings of Starlink satellites launched by SpaceX; although they are at orbital altitude, in a clear sky they can look lower than they really are. But Garrison also visited the eastern plains with other aviation experts to view the drones. He says he saw red lights go zipping by at 100 mph, faster than any drone. A close call with a drone and a Flight for Life helicopter near Fort Morgan, Colorado, prompts officials to add ground-based spotting teams and aircraft equipped to hunt drones. However, an investigation by Colorado Homeland Security later say the incident is unrelated to the drone activity. (" Local Drone Dealer Says Lights Spotted over Castle Rock Were Satellites," KDVR, Denver, January 7, 2020; Paul Seaburn, " Mysterious Drones Fly near Denver As Colorado Residents Fear a Government Cover-Up," Mysterious Universe, January 8, 2020; Brett Tingley, " Surveillance Plane Joins Intensifying Hunt for Mystery Drones over Colorado and Nebraska (Updated)," The Drive: The War Zone, January 8, 2020; Kevin D. Randle, " X-Zone Broadcast Network: Drones, Drones, Drones," A Different Perspective, February 7, 2020; Brett Tingley and The War Zone Staff, " Newly Released FAA Documents Give Unprecedented Look into Colorado Drone Swarm Mystery," The Drive: The War Zone, July 16, 2020)

February 14 - A Popular Mechanics article by UFO investigative writer and retired police lieutenant Tim McMillan says that Bigelow Aerospace Advanced Space Studies (BAASS) was contracted under the auspices of the AATIP program to study UFO reports and purported paranormal phenomena. According to Steven Aftergood, director of the Federation of American Scientists Project on Government Secrecy, the AAWSAP contract "sounds like it was a good deal for the contractor. But it would be hard to argue that either the military or the public got their money's worth." (Tim McMillan, " Inside the Pentagon's Secret UFO Program," Popular Mechanics, February 14, 2020)

March 19 - Night. A commercial Boeing 767 airliner is flying from Mexico City to Houston, Texas. At an approximate position somewhere west of Ciudad Victoria, Tamaulipas, Mexico, the plane is flying north at 37,000 feet at 575 mph when the first officer, looking across to the left side of the cockpit, sees a yellowish-white light descend into view from above. He first thinks that it is a meteor and begins to say so when it suddenly stops at nearly the same altitude as the aircraft. The UFO then projects an illuminating beam of bright white light on the aircraft and appears to take a collision heading. The captain takes a defensive attitude and prepares for evasive measures, but the beam of light illuminating the aircraft ceases, and the UFO suddenly accelerates to the same speed and heading of the aircraft, maintains separation, and begins pacing. The captain estimates that the UFO maintains a distance of 1,000-2,000 feet, near the minimum allowable separation of 1,000 feet. The copilot describes the UFO as a "brilliant yellow white plasma object, teardrop shaped." There are no navigation lights or other features associated with airplanes, and the light seems to have a tail. During the following 30 minutes, the crew observes and takes 8 photographs and four video segments of the UFO, one of which lasts 4:47. The video documents that the Airborne Collision Avoidance System SSR radar does not detect anything while the crew is actively observing the object. As the aircraft and its attendant UFO approaches the Mexico/US border, the light begins to flicker, changes colors from yellow-white to pinkish-purple, and turns on a perpendicular heading away from the aircraft and parallel to the border without crossing into the US. (Ted Roe, " An Independent Analysis of a March 19, 2020, Aviation-Safety Related Incident Involving UAP, Unidentified Aerial Phenomena, over Mexico," NARCAP, June 1, 2020; " UFO near Fedex Flight FX-82: March 19, 2020," NICAP Official YouTube channel, March 10, 2021)

April 27 - The Pentagon officially releases the three videos (Tic-Tac, GIMBAL, and Go Fast) showing UFOs that were previously released between December 2017 and March 2018 by the private company To the Stars Academy of Arts and Sciences. The release states that "the aerial phenomena observed in the videos remain characterized as `unidentified.'" However, the Navy withholds 498 pages in full regarding its internal decision to release the videos, which is a direct result of Freedom of Information Act pressure. (US Department of Defense, " Statement by the Department of Defense on the Release of Historical Navy Videos," April 27, 2020; " Pentagon Officially Releases UFO Videos," CNN, April 29, 2020; David Clarke, "Echoes and Angels: UFOs on Radar," Fortean Times 403 (March 2021): 40; John Greenewald, " The Black Vault's AAWSAP/AATIP and Post 2017 UAP/UFO Timeline Project," The Black Vault, January 21, 2023; John Greenewald, " Navy Withheld Nearly 500 Pages about UAP Video Release Decision, Records Show FOIA Pressure Drove Disclosure," The Black Vault, July 9, 2025)

July 16 - 5:00 a.m. Paul Froggatt sees a glowing orange sphere that follows him as he is cycling through the Oakwood and Blacklow Spinney Woods in Warwickshire, England. The usual early morning birdsong has gone silent. Turning a bend, he encounters a 7-foot-tall, green-colored creature that stands on two legs and looks like a praying mantis. It has a triangular head and two large black eyes that stare at him. He thinks it is trying to transmit evil thoughts into his mind, so he speeds up and escapes it. (Nigel Watson, "M Is for Mantis and Missile," Fortean Times 404 (April 2021): 22)

August - Contractor Andy Segobia is driving to work at El Mirage Field near Adelanto, California, when he sees a metallic sphere hanging in the air at an altitude of only 50 feet. He takes a video of the object with his iPhone and estimates it is about 6-10 feet in diameter. He goes inside for 30 seconds and it has disappeared. The airfield is primarily used for testing unmanned aerial vehicles. (Josh Boswell, " Exclusive: Video Shows Mysterious `Black Glass' UFO Floating in Sky near Airfield Used by Military Contractor General Atomic in El Mirage, California," Daily Mail (UK), January 16, 2024)

August 30 - 6:45 p.m. An American Airlines pilot reports that a man flying in a jet pack has passed by them about 90 feet away at their altitude of 3,000 feet coming into Los Angeles International Airport in California. About 10 minutes later, a Jet Blue Airways pilot spots the flying man. (" FBI Investigating Pilot's Report of `Guy in Jetpack' Flying 3,000 Feet in Air near Planes at LAX," KTTV-TV, Los Angeles, August 31, 2020; Tyler Rogoway, " Airline Pilots Landing at LAX Report a Guy in Jetpack Flying Alongside Them," TheDrive: The War Zone, September 1, 2020; John Greenewald, " Jetpack Man Sighting over Los Angeles International Airport (LAX), August 30, 2020," The Black Vault, February 15, 2021)

September 1 - 10:13 p.m. A B737 is approaching the runway at Leeds Airport, England, at 1,800 feet. Both pilot and First Officer suddenly see a bright light and an object that appears to be headed toward the aircraft, almost head on, slightly up and to the left. It appears without warning and gives them no time to act. After landing, the crew informs Air Traffic Control, who tells them that the West Yorkshire police helicopter had earlier seen "lanterns" in the area, but neither crew member thought that matched what they saw. The UK Airprox Board concludes that a "definite high risk of collision had existed." (UK Airprox Board, " Monthly Meeting October 2020"; "UKAB `Unknown Object' Log 2017-2020," Fortean Times 406 (June 2021): 43)

October 14 - 1:45 p.m. A China Airlines crew member reports what appears to be someone in a jet pack flying at about 6,500 feet roughly seven miles northwest of Los Angeles International Airport, California. The air traffic controller alerts another pilot who is preparing to land, and the Federal Aviation Administration alerts local law enforcement and the FBI. However, it's more likely that the pilots were seeing a battery-powered electric drone fitted with a mannequin. Jet packs would take up too much fuel to get to those altitudes. (" A Man Flying in a Jetpack Has Been Spotted Again in the Skies over Los Angeles," CNN, October 14, 2020; " This Jetpack Maker Isn't So Sure That's What's Been Spotted over the L.A. Skies," NBC News, October 15, 2020; John Greenewald, " Jetpack Man Sighting over Los Angeles International Airport (LAX), October 15, 2020," The Black Vault, March 8, 2021)

November 23 - 4:00 p.m. A US Air Force reconnaissance platform records infrared (FLIR) footage that appears to show a disc-shaped object moving through clouds over the Hindu Kush range near the Afghanistan-Pakistan frontier. It executes a sudden heat plume without any visible heat plume. The three short videos are released to the public on June 17, 2025, by journalists Jeremy Corbell and George Knapp on their Weaponized podcast, who note that the documentation they have seen indicates the US Department of Defense has labeled the object as UAP. (Christopher Sharp, " Newly Released Footage Shows `Disc'-Shaped UFO Making Abrupt Turn over Hindu Kush Mountains," Liberation Times, June 17, 2025; Andreas Müller, " Neue US-Militär-UFO-Videos geleaked," grenzWissenschaft-aktuell.de, June 18, 2025)

2021

January 5 - 5:30 p.m. An observer in Weston, Connecticut, sees a bright white teardrop- shaped object with a neon-green interior crossing a road low in the sky. Its movement is "similar to a shooting star, but the object was much bigger" and traveling too low. (National UFO Reporting Center, " NUFORC UFO Sighting 161470," January 19, 2021; Rich Kirby, " UFO Sightings in Connecticut: Here Are the Latest Reports," Patch Media, Danbury, Conn., April 4, 2021)

January 5 - 10:00 p.m. An observer in Bristol, Connecticut, sees about 13-15 large and dull lights in the sky. Some 10-12 of them are white and flying extremely fast in sync with each other, making swirly shapes. These lights disappear and reappear occasionally. Surrounding the white lights are three stationary black, dim lights in a triangular shape. The formation lasts more than 20 minutes, passes over the entire neighborhood, and is reminiscent of a light show. (National UFO Reporting Center, " NUFORC UFO Sighting 161498," January 19, 2021; Rich Kirby, " UFO Sightings in Connecticut: Here Are the Latest Reports," Patch Media, Danbury, Conn., April 4, 2021)

January 6 - 5:45 p.m. A resident of Naugatuck, Connecticut, notices a bright, slightly bluish "ball of light with rope-like appendages hanging" from it. The sphere is followed a short time later by an exceptionally large and loud helicopter. (Rich Kirby, "UFO Sightings in Connecticut: Here Are the Latest Reports," Patch Media, Danbury, Conn., April 4, 2021)

February 14 - Early morning. Scottish explorer Ashley Cowie photographs a ball of light that hovers above the rock formation known as the Temple of the Moon, an indigenous burial spot close to the summit of La Pena de Juaica, Colombia. More sightings follow, along with better quality images. In June, he obtains five clear photos of anomalous lights from his base at Palo Verde. The folklore of the local Muisca Indians refers to the Juaica lights as "glowing horsemen," "golden balls," "searchlights," and "the charm." In Muisca tradition, they are male and female spirits who combine as airborne lovers to produce rain. The earliest recorded mention of the phenomenon occurs in a Spanish document dating from 1606. (" Project Juaica"; " June 2021 UAP Report," UAP Colombia, July 7, 2021; David Clarke, "Spooklights: A Survey of Transient Luminous Phenomena," Fortean Times 422 (September 2022): 40)

February 21 - 12:19 p.m. An American Airlines Airbus A320 pilot reports a long, cylindrical object like a cruise missile pass above his location west of Clayton, New Mexico. The FAA has no reports of objects on air traffic controller radar screens. (" Intercept: American Airlines Flight 2292 Reports Close Encounter with Unknown Flying Object," Deep Black Horizon, February 21, 2021; Tyler Rogoway, " FAA Releases Statement on Airliner's Encounter with Unknown Object over New Mexico," The Drive: The War Zone, February 24, 2021; John Greenewald, " American Airlines Flight 2292 UFO Encounter, February 21, 2021," The Black Vault, December 18, 2024)

March 24 - 7:30 p.m. A witness in Moosup, Connecticut, watches six fireballs that move "with intent and intelligence. Two of them appear to be floating; the one on the left moves from left to right and the other from top to bottom, while the other spheres stay in one place. The maneuvers continue for 5 minutes before it dissipates. (Rich Kirby, " UFO Sightings in Connecticut: Here Are the Latest Reports," Patch Media, Danbury, Conn., April 4, 2021)

June - Harjit Sajjan, the Canadian Minister of Defence, receives a briefing on Defence research, recent sightings, and historical information on UAP. (Tristin Hopper, " First Reading: Canadian Military Suddenly Takes Notice of UFOs," National Post (Canada), May 10, 2022; Keith Basterfield, " The Canadian Government's Interest in UAP between 2021 and 2024," Unidentified Anomalous Phenomena-Scientific Research, May 16, 2024)

June 4 - According to Chen Li, a member of the Chinese Air Force's Early Warning Academy in Wuhan, China, the Chinese armed forces have a task force on UAPs that uses artificial intelligence (AI) to analyze its data. Human analysts have been overwhelmed by increasing number of military and civilian sightings. The Chinese military uses a three-tier reporting system to gather and analyze UAP reports, and it assigns a "threat index" to each object "based on the observed behaviors, frequencies, aerodynamic design, radioactivity, possible make and materials," and other pertinent information. A radar specialist is Xian says that the increasing use of drones is partially responsible for the increase in reports, as well as increased US military activities in he South China Sea. (Stephen Chen, " China Military Uses AI to Track Rapidly Increasing UFOs," South China Morning Post (Hong Kong), June 4, 2021; Tim McMillan and M. J. Banias, " China Confirms It Has Its Own UFO Task Force," The Debrief, June 4, 2021; Clark IV 1313, 1329)

June 7 - 2:32 p.m. The pilot of a Cessna C82R Skylane light aircraft observes a "25 foot long black triangular" object around 500 feet below them and to the right as they fly at around 6,000 feet near Los Angeles International Airport, California. The crew notifies the Los Angeles County Sheriff's Office. (Joseph Trevithick and Tyler Rogoway, " Multiple UAPs Reported on FAA's Internal Hotline in Just a Week," The Drive: The War Zone, July 14, 2023)

June 12 - 5:10 p.m. The crew of an Envoy Air Embraer E170 airliner see a "white and diamond shaped" object traveling fast while they are flying southwest at around 20,000 feet and some 46 miles northeast of Palm Beach International Airport in Florida. The crew sees the UAP "pass underneath" them at around 19,500 feet. The "unknown phenomenon was smaller than their aircraft." They notify the Palm Beach County Sheriff's Office. (Joseph Trevithick and Tyler Rogoway, " Multiple UAPs Reported on FAA's Internal Hotline in Just a Week," The Drive: The War Zone, July 14, 2023)

July 13 - 1:25 a.m. Ashley Cowie takes a long exposure photograph of a formation of flashing red lights moving in an arc beyond the ridge of the mountain La Pena de Juaica in Colombia. Another set of images taken in March 2022 shows a gaseous, shape-changing blob of light that takes on a vaguely anthropomorphic form. (David Clarke, "Spooklights: A Survey of Transient Luminous Phenomena," Fortean Times 422 (September 2022): 40-41)

July 28 - A man in a jetpack is seen at an altitude 5,000 feet by pilots near Los Angeles International Airport. (John Greenewald, " Jetpack Man Sighting over Los Angeles International Airport (LAX), July 28, 2021," The Black Vault, May 2, 2023)

September 8 - A resident of Oxford, Connecticut, sees three bright but silent objects hovering for about 30-40 seconds right before an intense light appears that seems to be "scanning from front to back." Something or someone is silently lowered out of one of the lights into a field across the street, then quickly drawn back up. Shortly afterward, the lights flash and disappear, but the witness can still see light trails left behind. (Rich Kirby, " Are UFOs over Connecticut Growing Bolder? (We May Never Know)," Patch Media, Brookfield, Conn., January 1, 2022)

October - US diplomats in Bogota, Colombia, and Berlin, Germany, are being affected by Havana Syndrome. (" Havana Syndrome: Berlin Police Probe Cases at US Embassy," BBC News, October 9, 2021; " Havana Syndrome Reported at US Embassy in Colombia," BBC News, October 13, 2021)

October 25 - 8:30 a.m. A witness in Bootle, Merseyside, UK, takes a video that seems to show a comet-like UFO passing through the sky. Ufologist Jenny Randles identifies it as an Emirates Airbus 380 with the low sun illuminating its trail. (Jenny Randles, "Liverpool Echoes," Fortean Times 413 (Christmas 2021): 29)

November 6 - 8.55 a.m. A witness in Marietta, Georgia, photographs a white, cigar-shaped object moving in a westerly direction. (" Strange Cigar-Shaped Object Seen and Photographed," UFOs Northwest, November 23, 2021)

November 11 - 5:13 a.m. A resident of Woodbury, Connecticut, sees a "bright orange glowing object" that resembles an "intense sunrise." The fireball moves behind a hill and the sky returns to its normal nighttime color. (Rich Kirby, " Are UFOs over Connecticut Growing Bolder? (We May Never Know)," Patch Media, Brookfield, Conn., January 1, 2022)

December 3 - 6:00 p.m. A woman driving in downtown Green Bay, Wisconsin, in foggy conditions, spots five lights moving in different directions. The lights merge into one. Three other oval, blue-purple lights also fly through the clouds. She then sees green lights moving very quickly. The sighting lasts 45 minutes and she takes several photos. (" Groups of Multicolored Lights Move Rapidly on Foggy Night," UFOs Northwest, December 4, 2021)

2022

An unnamed military platform in the US Africa Command takes a 31-second infrared video of a UAP. The footage shows an apparent heat signature with characteristics consistent with those of a physical object. However, AARO cannot determine whether the observed signature originates from a physical source, either as a thermal emission or a thermal reflection, or other source, such as a heat differential in the environment or sensor display error. The case is listed as insufficient information. (All-domain Anomaly Resolution Office, " PR-001 Unresolved UAP Report, Africa 2022," Defense Visual Information Distribution Service," August 7, 2025)

January 31 - 11:00 a.m. An unnamed 93-year-old woman is walking along Robert Street in Milford Haven, Wales, when she sees a huge, round, shimmering object dipping in and out of the Milford Haven Waterway. It emits a cloud-like smoke from one side, then from the other side. Then the smoke shoots out of both sides simultaneously, going about 2 feet high. Then the object shoots off into the sky. (" 93-year-old among First to Spot Possible UFO in Pembrokeshire," Pembrokeshire Herald, February 4, 2022)

Early February - Night. Isabella Cooper is out for a walk with her father Justin on the Milford Haven side of the Cleddau Estuary. She takes a photo of a blue object several hundred feet in the air above the Valero Pembroke oil refinery. (" Photographer Snaps Possible UFO Sighting in Pembrokeshire Skies," Pembrokeshire Western Telegraph, February 8, 2022)

March 1 - The pilots of two F-35s observe a blue-green object while southbound at 36,000 feet near Glendale, Arizona. (Joseph Trevithick and Tyler Rogoway, " Pilots Are Seeing Some Very Strange Things in Arizona's Military Training Ranges," The Drive: The War Zone, August 2, 2023)

March 2 - National Resources Canada staff appear before a meeting of the House of Commons Standing Committee on National Resources on the Supplementary Estimates. MP Larry Maguire asks a question on incident reporting of drones and UAP, in or near Canadian nuclear facilities. (Keith Basterfield, " The Canadian Government's Interest in UAP between 2021 and 2024," Unidentified Anomalous Phenomena-Scientific Research, May 16, 2024)

April 22 - An F-345 pilot sees "8 silver UAS between 16,000 and 20,000 feet" in the vicinity of Glendale, Arizona. (Joseph Trevithick and Tyler Rogoway, " Pilots Are Seeing Some Very Strange Things in Arizona's Military Training Ranges," The Drive: The War Zone, August 2, 2023)

April 22 - 8:52 p.m. The pilot of an Embraer Phenom business jet flying at 45,000 feet above Kessel, West Virginia, notices a light 10,000 feet above him. It changes to a string of lights. As he passes underneath, he notices the object's lights go out and the aircraft's avionics system fails. Other pilots can see the light as well. Probable Starlink satellite deployment. (John Greenewald, " FAA Confirmed UFO Sighting April 22, 2022, by LXJ359 over Kessel, West Virginia," The Black Vault, May 19, 2022; Groupe d'Études d'Information sur les Phénomènes Aérospatiaux Non-identifiés, " Note d'enquête: Observations liées a Falcon 9," July 4, 2022)

May 14 - A US military Reaper drone takes a 7-second video and six images of a cigar-shaped object north of Baghdad, Iraq, in an active combat zone. (John Greenewald, " The `Baghdad Phantom UAP' Imagery Published by Jeremy Corbell and George Knapp," The Black Vault, March 7, 2023)

June 22 - 4:00 a.m. Philosophy instructor Carlos Paz Morales is driving north from Cafayate to Salta, Argentina, when a light comes flooding in through the rear window of his truck. He pulls onto the shoulder of the road near a rock formation known as El Sapo. He gets out and sees a large, white object in the hills not far away. It is cigar-shaped and moves from left to right in a zig-zag pattern. For the next 5 minutes he watches the object and takes some photos with his cellphone, then it vanishes in an instant. (" Argentina: Teacher from Salta Claims Seeing UFO on the Way to Cafayate," Inexplicata: The Journal of Hispanic Ufology, June 24, 2022)

July 6 - 5:06 p.m. A witness in Spruce Grove, Alberta, is followed by a black, triangular object that buzzes him then flies away. Later, pieces of what appears to be molten metal are found on the ground where he had been standing. (Chris Rutkowski, " Some Interesting UFO Sightings Reported in 2022," Ufology Research, February 6, 2023)

July 22 - 10:25 p.m. A married couple resting in their outdoor garden in Calangianus, Sardinia, Italy, notice a silent, illuminated object moving south to north above their house. It is oblong with sharp edges. The interior seems to have a sparkling light like a disco strobe. They see two luminous points on it that at first seem to flicker, but when they look at it through binoculars, the lights seem to be rotating. The object's speed is constant and similar to that of an airliner. A photograph accompanies the report, but there is no mention of one being taken. (Stefano Innocenti, " Ancora Ufo della Sardegna: Interessante Avvistamento nella Provincia di Sassari," Il Faro (Fiumicino, Italy), July 30, 2022)

July 31 - Just before 12:00 midnight. A bizarre metal orb emblazoned with a secret code and perhaps containing "valuable information inside" falls from the sky onto a tree in Veracruz, Mexico, creating a firestorm of intrigue on social media and in local media. Meteorologist Isidro Cano Luna calls on the Mexican Navy to study the object. (Jason Koebler, " Mysterious Metallic Orb Falls on Mexico, May Contain `Valuable Information,' Meteorologist Says," Vice, August 1, 2022)

August 3 - 10:45 a.m. A witness is driving down his driveway in a rural area of Oxford, Connecticut, when he sees a "bipedal creature about 4 feet tall" run out of the woods to his left, move across the driveway about 30 feet in front of him, and take off into the woods. The creature is brown, skinny, with no fur or hair, and looks like it is not even touching the ground. (Rich Kirby, " Why Has There Been an Increase in UFO Sightings in CT?" Patch Media, Across Connecticut, January 2, 2023)

September 10 - 8:00 p.m. Witnesses sailing on the Fraser River near Vancouver, British Columbia, see a large, disc-shaped object, with a mirror-like finish on its underside, hovering above their sailboat. (Chris Rutkowski, " Some Interesting UFO Sightings Reported in 2022," Ufology Research, February 6, 2023)

October 7 - 10:30 p.m. An aircraft reports a UFO 5.7 miles south of La Crosse (Wis.) Regional Airport flying at 1,500 feet. The airport's air traffic control also sees the object, which has alternating green, red, and blue lights and appears to "look like a jellyfish." It is traveling westbound and shows up as a strong radar target. (John Greenewald, " FAA Confirms `Jellyfish'-Like `Large Unknown Object' over Minneapolis, Minnesota-October 7, 2022," The Black Vault, December 20, 2022)

November 4 - Night. Pilots and flight attendants of Azul Flight 4248 see several lights moving quickly and changing colors over Lagoa dos Patos, Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil. The landing is delayed, and when the plane lands the pilot apologizes to the passengers, saying he had to report the sighting before landing. Carlos Fernando Jung of the Heller and Jung Space Observatory in Taquara, Rio Grande do Sul, finds an unidentified object near Lagoa dos Patos on photographic plates taken at the time. (" Exercício de guerra e novas informaçoes de Ultima Hora sobre OVNIs no Rio Grande do Sul," Galeria do Meteorito YouTube channel, November 11, 2022; Clark IV 1315, 1317-1318)

November 11 - 12:42 p.m. The pilot of a commercial airliner flying over Saint-Hyacinthe, Quebec, spots a drone flying uncomfortably close to his aircraft. The flight is at 9,000 feet and the crew watches as the drone flies within 200-300 feet off the left wingtip. (Chris Rutkowski, " A Curious Collection of Canadian CADORS Cases," Ufology Research, December 1, 2022)

December 9 - 9:40 p.m. A witness in Pottstown, Pennsylvania, sees a silent, triangle-shaped object with three dim orange lights moving slowly near the Limerick Generating Station on the Schuylkill River. The object heads south, then turns west at the plant. (" Witness Report Claims UFO near Pennsylvania Nuclear Power Plant," NorthCentralPA.com, January 27, 2023)

December 14 - The pilot of an F-35 on a training sortie in the southeastern portion of the Barry M. Goldwater Air Force Range in southwest Arizona sees a "small black, and metallic object" after detecting it on radar. (Joseph Trevithick and Tyler Rogoway, " Pilots Are Seeing Some Very Strange Things in Arizona's Military Training Ranges," The Drive: The War Zone, August 2, 2023)

December 15 - The pilots of two F-35s detect a UFO, possibly through radar alone, while flying at 16,000 feet through the Gladden and Sells Military Operations Areas, respectively, in Arizona. (Joseph Trevithick and Tyler Rogoway, " Pilots Are Seeing Some Very Strange Things in Arizona's Military Training Ranges>," The Drive: The War Zone, August 2, 2023)

2023

An unnamed military platform in the US Africa Command takes a 4:58 infrared video of an apparent UAP. The footage shows an apparent heat signature with characteristics consistent with those of a physical object. However, AARO cannot determine whether the observed signature originates from a physical source, either as a thermal emission or a thermal reflection, or other source, such as a heat differential in the environment or sensor display error. The case is listed as insufficient information. (All-domain Anomaly Resolution Office, " PR-003, Unresolved UAP Report, Africa 2023," Defense Visual Information Distribution Service," August 7, 2025)

January 5 - The pilot of a 56th Fighter Wing F-35 conducting a training sortie in the Gladden Military Operations Area in Arizona makes radar contact with a UFO at 18,700 feet. (Joseph Trevithick and Tyler Rogoway, " Pilots Are Seeing Some Very Strange Things in Arizona's Military Training Ranges," The Drive: The War Zone, August 2, 2023)

January 19 - An F-16 Viper fighter jet flying in the Barry M. Goldwater Air Force Range in Arizona collides in mid-air with an "orange-white UAS." The supposed drone strikes the fighter's canopy. (Joseph Trevithick and Tyler Rogoway, " Pilots Are Seeing Some Very Strange Things in Arizona's Military Training Ranges," The Drive: The War Zone, August 2, 2023)

January 29 - 11:15 p.m. A Canadian North air crew from Fort McMurray watches two unidentified yellow lights maneuvering east of the airfield at Yellowknife, Northwest Territories. The lights then shift to 10 nautical miles northwest of the city. The air traffic controller can see nothing and has no radar targets. (" Canadian North Crew Reports `Lights in Sky' over Yellowknife," Cabin Radio, February 11, 2023; CADORS Report, no. 2023C0560, February 17, 2023)

February - Early morning. Pilots in two different aircraft observe a fast-moving, elongated white object in an undisclosed location in the US. The incident report states that the pilot "observed [the] unexplained phenomenon at my 2 o'clock at what appeared to be near my altitude or above. I am not sure the distance. At first I thought it to be a reflection in my windscreen, but after moving my head around and point of view, the object stayed steady." "The object appeared rectangular or oblong and milky white," the pilot states. "My First Officer (FO) returned from the forward [lavatory] and observed the object moving briskly southbound with me after I asked him `what is that'. It moved at steady speed southbound and disappeared." "I regret not taking a video, but was taken by what I was seeing," the pilot adds about the fleeting encounter. Within minutes, the pilot receives radio communication from a nearby ARTCC asking "if anyone had seen the light or object." "Another flight captained by a friend also witnessed the Unidentified Aerial Phenomena (UAP), along with numerous other aircraft," the pilot writes. "I have never witnessed anything like it in almost 30 years of flying." (Micah Hanks, " Pilot UFO Sightings Collected by NASA Reveal Serious Safety Concerns over Objects in US Airspace," The Debrief, August 29, 2023)

February 1 - 9:30 p.m. Clark Watson observes, from his hotel room in Wyong, New South Wales, a white, blinking light move in from the direction of the ocean. It is joined by a second light and both dart around in the sky and move over the town at a high speed. The lights come in over Tuggerah Lake at around 1,500 feet, then swoop as low as 200-300 feet and move directly above his hotel. He records their movements with a 3-minute mobile phone video, which shows several indistinct, flickering lights moving around in the sky. At one point, the two lights maneuver around a third, solid, unmoving white light before heading back the way they had come. About one hour later, Watson sees a huge triangle with dim lights on its corners move in from over the ocean. It hovers at 400 feet. (" `Giant Triangle': Aussie's `Mind-Blowing' UFO Encounter," news.com.au, September 1, 2024)

February 12 - 4:00 a.m. At least three different commercial flights over Quebec report "seeing very strange lights in the sky, high above the flight paths" that are "moving in a rapid and irregular way." A crew member on a cargo flight from Chicago to Luxembourg reports to air traffic controllers that "It looks like it's more than one and sort of circling." ( CADORS Report, no. 2023Q0623, February 21, 2023)

February 14 - 2:00 a.m. The Atlanta, Georgia, Air Traffic Control Center is notified by three commercial flights of targets detected by all three aircraft's Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance Systems (TCAS). The targets that are detected by two Southwest Airlines pilots and one Spirit Airlines pilot are reported between the southeast and southwest arrival corridors of Hartsfield-Jackson International Airport. There is no mention of any visual contact made by any of the pilots. The mysterious targets are "not able to be verified" by the Atlanta Air Route Traffic Control Center. (Dustin Slaughter, " As Congress Introduces New UAP Reporting Legislation for Pilots, FAA Reports Continue to Detail Flight Safety Incidents Posed by UAP," The UAP Register, February 10, 2024)

February 14 - An object is detected floating over southeast Romania at an altitude of 36,000 feet. The Romanian Air Force quickly scrambles two MiG 21 Lancer jets to the scene, but they are unable to find the object. Later, Moldova closes its airspace for more than three hours due to an "object similar to a weather balloon" detected near the Ukrainian border. (" Moldava Briefly Closed Its Airspace, Raising Tensions in a Country Shaken by the War," New York Times, February 14, 2023; James Felton, " Romania Sends Jets to Deal with Mysterious Object Floating in Its Airspace," IFLScience, February 15, 2023)

March 1 - Eamonn J. Ansbro of the Kingsland Observatory in Boyle, County Roscommon, Ireland, says the facility has recorded about 40 instances of "balls of light" in the vicinity of Lough Key since the year 2000. The observatory's camera tracking system has recorded them numerous times, but the images are usually fuzzy. He speculates that this is "because we are dealing with a . new space-time situation within the objects as they are casting their light. The whole time dilation is different . that's why we get the fuzzy images." ("UFO Hotspot Ireland Identified As Astronomer Says 40 Incidents Reported at Observatory," Galway (Ireland) Beo, February 28, 2023)

March 26 - After 11:00 p.m. Several residents of Castrop-Rauxel, North Rhine-Westphalia, Germany, observe a point of light against the clouds. A cellphone video taken of the phenomenon seems to show another sphere leaving a trail of light in the air and through the clouds. The duration of 3 hours hints at a searchlight, with the video an artifact of the camera. (Andreas Müller, " Kurioses Lichterschauspiel am Himmel über Castrop-Rauxel," grenzWissenschaft-aktuell.de, April 3, 2023)

April - Morning. A pilot flying an air carrier out of an undisclosed airfield in New York State encounters a dark-colored object potentially "as large as a small business-type jet aircraft" that is also detected on the radar of the nearest air traffic control center. "During climb out on departure," a portion of the pilot's report reads, "we encountered an unidentified flying object or phenomena of some sort," which reportedly occurs between the MSLIN and STOMP FIX geographical positions. "The object was brought to our attention by ATC when they advised us of a primary radar target that was at our 9 o'clock position within a half-mile distance," the pilot states in the report. "The close proximity of the traffic advisory raised our attention to the threat." The pilot states that the object is observed close to the 8 o'clock position on the captain's side of the aircraft flying at the same altitude of 25,000 feet above mean sea level at the time the first visual contact is made. The object or aircraft seems to maintain its track, moving to the 7 o'clock position relative to the reporter's aircraft, at which time it is no longer deemed a potential threat. The object, which cannot be identified by the pilot, is described as potentially being some kind of large unmanned aerial vehicle (UAV) or possibly "a single ship military fighter/trainer aircraft," which the pilot judges to have been traveling at least 200 knots. (Micah Hanks, " Pilot UFO Sightings Collected by NASA Reveal Serious Safety Concerns over Objects in US Airspace," The Debrief, August 29, 2023)

April 17 - 4:30 a.m. Frontier Airlines flight FFT1164 notifies an Air Traffic Control Center near Fort Bragg, North Carolina, that two bright lights in their vicinity are turning on and off at an altitude of 35,000 feet. The ATC confirms two primary targets at that location as the tracks appear and disappear on the scope. Suddenly, the two targets reappear two miles south of the position before disappearing completely. The encounter lasts approximately 25 minutes. (Dustin Slaughter, " As Congress Introduces New UAP Reporting Legislation for Pilots, FAA Reports Continue to Detail Flight Safety Incidents Posed by UAP," The UAP Register, February 10, 2024)

April 26 - 9:00 a.m. A witness is driving east on Killam Drive near the Wheeler Boulevard overpass in Moncton, New Brunswick, when he sees a white object with two windows hovering about 500 feet above the Moncton Coliseum. It fades out of sight or into the clouds by the time he reaches Millennium Drive. He estimates it is 70 feet wide with extensions that might be wings. (Bob Spearing, " MUFON Cases #130602 & 130105 a Stealth B-21 Raider?" Mutual UFO Network news, November 13, 2023)

May 20 - At least 18 flights are suspended at Gaziantep Oguzeli International Airport in Gaziantep, Turkey, after a commercial aircraft reports an alleged UFO on its radar at 9,000 feet. Air traffic control is also said to have detected the target. Flights resume 12 hours later. (" Report: Turkish Airport Suspends Flights for 12 Hours Following `UFO Sighting,'" New Straits Times (Malaysia), May 20, 2023)

May 22 - 9:30 a.m. After China Airlines Flight CI152 reports a suspected drone-like object about 1,000 feet above a runway at Taoyuan International Airport, Taiwan, the airport suspends takeoffs and landings for about 40 minutes. ("` Unidentified Flying Object' Forces Closure of Taiwan Taoyuan Airport," Taiwan News, May 22, 2023)

May 29 - 7:53 p.m. A Morningstar Aircraft is flying above Bay St. Louis, Mississippi, when the flight crew observes an object about 6 feet in height with a white dome and a red device underneath it. It is less than half a mile from the airplane. (Chris Rutkowski, " Mining the Transport Canada Incident Reports for UFOs," Ufology Research, July 25, 2023)

June 3 - 10:00 a.m. Four witnesses in a parking lot across from the Meijer's grocery store in Bad Axe, Michigan, hear a loud noise and see two military airplanes flying together. They appear to be interested in a white, metallic disc that overtakes the jets, hovers, spins, and outmaneuvers them. The jets apparently shoot some type of flares at it. The witnesses describe the maneuvers as a dogfight. After three attempts, the jets move away. The disc silently shoots off in the opposite direction. (" Fighter Jets Circle UAP in Michigan on June 3," National UFO Reporting Center, June 6, 2023; Mark Birdsall, " Something Happened in the Skies over Bad Axe on June 3-But What?" Huron (Mich.) Daily Tribune, June 16, 2023)

June 27 - 7:50 p.m. Seven mystery drones fly above the Koh Nhek district, Mondulkuri province, Cambodia, appearing as fuzzy white lights in videos shot by local troops. The same type of drone was seen one week earlier. The Cambodian Border Troops initially think they are of Vietnamese origin, but the Vietnam government denies any involvement. Cambodian Prime Minister Hun Sen orders a detachment of 500 troops equipped with 200 anti-aircraft weapons to the border and offers a $20,000 bounty to any military unit that shoots one down. (" Video: Unidentified Drones Spotted Flying over Cambodian Territory," Khmer Times (Phnom Penh), June 28, 2023; " PM Promises $20,000 Bounty for Military Unit Who Shoot Down `Mystery Drones,'" Khmer Times (Phnom Penh), June 28, 2023)

July 11-August - Villagers in the indigenous Ikitu village of San Antonio de Pintujacu, in the Alto Nanay district of Peru, claim that 7-foot-tall green entities with large heads and yellowish eyes are attacking them each night, causing injuries. They are impervious to bullets and move by floating. Representatives from the police and Peruvian Navy visit the area to assess the situation. (Sam Allcock, " Peruvian Villagers Report Attacks by 7ft Armoured Aliens Resembling Green Goblin from Spider-Man," Z News Service, August 7, 2023; "Peru vs. Aliens," Fortean Times 436 (October 2023): 4-5; " Peruvian Alien Encounter of June 2023," Fiction, 2024)

July 14 - Australian astro-photographer Ari Rex captures an odd oblong light on a time-lapse image near Gundaroo, New South Wales. However, he later determines that "the mysterious object is actually the fumes from the Chandrayaan-3 rocket launched by India to explore the Moon." (Georgia Curry, " Canberra Astro-Photographer Captures Incredible Image in Our Night Sky," Canberra Weekly, August 2, 2023; James Coleman, " Canberra Astro-Photographer '99.99% Sure' UFO Mystery Is Solved," Riotact, August 8, 2023)

July 28 - Portuguese MEP Francisco Guerreiro poses a question in the European Parliament on whether the European Commission, the European Defence Agency, or the European Union Aviation Safety Agency have any protocols for collecting UAP reports. (" European Reports and Protocols on Unidentified Anomalous Phenomena," European Parliament, Parliamentary Question E-002375/2023, July 28, 2023)

September 3 - 9:00 p.m. A woman is walking her dog a few blocks from the Susquehanna River in Cumberland County, Pennsylvania. Her dog, which is deaf, looks up into the sky and she sees a bright flash of light similar to a starburst. Hovering about 300 feet above her building is a massive, solid black, triangular object with rounded corners. The surface of the object has a flat-matte black color. It has no individual lights, but it has two circular protuberances on the back section that are possible vents, which have an orange color that she assumes is metal cooling down from an intense heat. Other indentations or protrusions are visible on the underside. She detects a barely audible humming sound, then a click as the object begins to move slowly away. Suddenly it takes off in a blur of speed and disappears. (Stan Gordon, " Solid Black Triangular UFO/UAP Hovers Low over Pennsylvania Building," Stan Gordon's UFO Anomalies Zone, October 9, 2023)

October 13 - Evening. Residents and tourists on the beach at Mazagón, Huelva, Spain, watch and take videos of lights in the sky moving at impossible angles and high speed and changing colors. (" Un avistamiento de un OVNI en la playa de Mazagón," Huelva Información, October 15, 2023; Ulrich Magin, "And the Depths Below!" Fortean Times 440 (January 2024): 19)

November 18 - 11:02 a.m. Omni Air International Flight 1169 en route from Honolulu, Hawaii, to Fort Worth, Texas, encounters "several bright, erratic lights directly in front and above their flight path" as it approaches Los Angeles International Airport in California. Concerned about a possible collision, Flight 1169 requests "deviations 20 degrees left to avoid the lights." Once granted by Air Traffic Control, the plane shifts course and then continues on its way without further incident. The flight returns to its original course, noting that the lights are "80 miles off their right side" and approximately over the El Toro FAA radio station, east of Costa Mesa, California. The FAA entry emphasizes that it is "not a UAS [unmanned aerial system] report." (Dustin Slaughter, " As Congress Introduces New UAP Reporting Legislation for Pilots, FAA Reports Continue to Detail Flight As Congress Introduces New UAP Reporting Legislation for Pilots, FAA Reports Continue to Detail Flight Safety Incidents Posed by UAP," The UAP Register, February 10, 2024)

December 2 - 11:04 p.m. Air Traffic Control staff at Great Falls International Airport, Montana, spots more than five "lit objects flying in a circular pattern," according to an FAA report. "Lights changed in intensity consistent with circling or holding pattern at different altitudes." While some features of the sighting are consistent with a Starlink launch, additional details are not: "Movement not always circular in pattern, but at times appeared to form up in formation or move to/from the area." Security personnel at Malmstrom Air Force Base, located 20 miles east, also witness the objects. (Dustin Slaughter, " As Congress Introduces New UAP Reporting Legislation for Pilots, FAA Reports Continue to Detail Flight Safety Incidents Posed by UAP," The UAP Register, February 10, 2024)

2024

An unnamed military platform in the US Africa Command takes a 1:18 infrared video of an apparent group of unidentified objects. AARO determines that the objects are almost certainly a group of migratory birds. (All-domain Anomaly Resolution Office, " PR-002, Resolved as Migratory Birds, Africa 2024," Defense Visual Information Distribution Service," August 7, 2025)

January 31 - Portuguese MEP Francisco Guerreiro poses a question in the European Parliament on why the preparatory work for an EU Space Law does not include a UAP reporting and monitoring system. (" UAP Monitoring and Reporting in the EU Space Law," European Parliament, Parliamentary Question E-000318/2024, January 31, 2024; Jochen Ickinger, " UAP in the European Parliament, Part 2," UAP Check, February 28, 2024)

February 9 - 12:23 a.m. The pilot of a Jazz Aviation Bombardier Challenger CL600 business jet flying above Black Rock Mountain, Alberta, notices three bright lights that "grow dimmer." More lights appear and disappear for the next few minutes. Air traffic control reports no air traffic in the vicinity. (Chris Rutkowski, " UFOs Reported through Transport Canada on March 18-19, 2024," Ufology Research, March 19, 2024)

February 12 - An American Airlines pilot reports a high-speed object with a flashing orange light while flying between Boston, Massachusetts, and Harrisburg. Pennsylvania. An audio recording posted on YouTube allegedly documents the conversation between the unidentified pilot and air traffic control. (" Pilot Spots UFO While Flying from Boston: `Bright Orangy Thing,'" Flight Simulator Fantasy - F.S.F. YouTube channel, February 16, 2024; Timothy Frudd, " Audio: Pilot Spots UFO Mid-Flight: Report," American Military News, February 28, 2024)

February 16 - 7:04 p.m. Two pilots flying an airliner at 36,000 feet near or off the coast of South Carolina watch a large, triangular object, "roughly the size of a football field," moving at about 4,000 feet below them. The object has three white lights at its corners and a central red light at its rear, which blinks out after 30 seconds. Neither onboard radar for the Traffic Collision Avoidance System detects it. After about 3 minutes, the object appears to emit a static discharge and vanishes, leaving the pilots to wonder whether it had accelerated or merely gone dark. They capture a few photos of the object on a cellphone. (National UFO Reporting Center, " NUFORC Sighting 180940," April 27, 2024)

February 27 - 3:20 a.m. Two witnesses in Pozzuoli, Campania, Italy, see three whitish lights flying at a high altitude. After a few seconds, one manages to film the lights briefly before they disappear. (" UFO Sighting in Pozzuoli: Mysterious Lights in the Night Sky," Il Mattino (Naples), April 5, 2024)

March 1 - Canada's Chief Science Advisor Mona Nemer announces that the first report of the Sky Canada Project will be ready in late summer or early fall. The project, launched in the fall of 2022, has contacted counterparts in the US and France, while also collecting information from Canadian departments and agencies like the Department of National Defence, Transport Canada, the Canadian Space Agency, and the Royal Canadian Mounted Police. (Canada, " Sky Canada Project"; " Canadian Government's Top Science Advisor Provides Update on Official UFO Study," CTV News, March 1, 2024)

March 10 - Early morning. After receiving a report of a pulsating orange blob above Scotts Bottom Road east of Green River, Wyoming, MUFON State Director Richard W. Beckwith heads to an observation point with a video camera, a telephoto lens, and a tripod. The light sems to oscillate back and forth for about 40 minutes, and at one point a smaller white light seems to emerge from it, hover for a few minutes, then disappear. Beckwith captures the object and its movements on video. (" City Attorney for Rock Springs Captures Video of `UFO' near Green River," Cowboy State Daily (Lander, Wyo.), March 11, 2024)

March 16 - 7:04 p.m. German astrophotographer Sebastian Voltmer is taking videos of the Moon with a smartphone attached to a telescope on the Spicherer Höhen, a historical landmark on the French side of the border just south of Saarbrücken, Germany. He captures a swiftly moving bright object flitting across the lunar terminator. The high speed is improbable for a satellite or spacecraft, and although it could be a meteor, the International Meteor Organization does not show a match with a known observation. The telescope's focus range rules out an insect, and a high-flying bird is unlikely because the sun has already set. (" Strange Lunar Observation!" spacemovie YouTube channel, March 16, 2024; Andreas Müller, " Bekannter Astrofotograf filmt unidentifiziertes Objekt vor dem Mond," grenzWissenschaft- aktuell.de, March 19, 2024)

March 25 - 2:30 p.m. Spirit Airlines NKS 3380 passenger Michelle Reyes spots a "flying cylinder" from her window as her plane is heading into LaGuardia Airport in New York City. One other passenger also notices the object. She takes a video that she posts on her Facebook page and alerts the Federal Aviation Administration by email. The object appears to be flying very fast and is only on five frames of the video. MUFON investigator Thomas Wertman estimates the object is at 2,500 feet and relatively close to the aircraft. However, Mick West thinks the object is moving slowly and is consistent in appearance with a balloon. (" Caught on Camera: Possible UFO Reported over New York's LaGuardia Airport: Banfield," NewsNation YouTube channel, April 25, 2024; " UFO Spotted over New York City? Here's Is the Truth," The Economic Times, April 25, 2024; Metabunk.org thread, " Michelle Reyes, LaGuardia UFO from Plane Window," April 2024; National UFO Reporting Center, " NUFORC Sighting 180939," April 27, 2024)

March 28 - 9:20 a.m. Mike Pritchard and his 13-year-old son are traveling south on Colorado Highway 9 approaching Hoosier Pass when they see a strange metallic object hovering just above the tree line on the left. It is spherical but slightly flattened at top and bottom, and apparently between 9 to 30 feet in diameter. Snowbanks prevent Pritchard from pulling over, so he continues watching it for about 2 minutes while he drives. (Robert Powell, " UAP Sighting by SCU Member, Mike Pritchard," SCU Review 6, no. 1 (January 27, 2025): 13-15)

April 8 - 11:30 a.m. Two people are in Irwin, Pennsylvania, entering the exit ramp from US Highway 30 to travel on Interstate 76 when they notice a smooth, white, cylindrical object low above the "business district." It is distinctly visible against a cloudy background and seems rounded on the front end and square on the back. As the object rises higher in the sky, it becomes a brighter white. The total viewing time is 5-10 seconds. (Stan Gordon, " Two Daylight, Low Level UFO/UAP Sightings Reported above Populated Communities in Southwest Pennsylvania, April 2024," Stan Gordon's UFO Anomalies Zone, April 15, 2024)

April 9 - During a meeting of Japan's House Committee on Security, Rep. Yoshiharu Asakawa raises a question about whether the government is utilizing a UAP tracking platform similar to the Gremlin System used by the US Army. Defense Minister Minoru Kihara replies that he will propose developing such a data collection system. Asakawa asks whether the Japanese military is capable of intercepting UAP over sensitive areas, citing a report of objects near Prime Minister Fumio Kishida's residence and Yokosuka Air Force Base. Defense officials reply that they have that capability, but are unable to verify the report. (Baptiste Friscourt, " Japanese Minister of Defense Says Responding to Unidentified Objects Is `Essential,'" Sentinel News Substack, April 9, 2024)

May 28 - Japanese lawmakers form a nonpartisan council (the "Parliamentary League for UAP Clarification from a Security Perspective") of 16 members chaired by former Minister of Defense Yasukazu Hamada that will ask the government to set up an agency to investigate UAP sightings from the perspective of national security. Former Environment Minister Shinjiro Koizumi will serve as secretary-general. The group will hold its founding general meeting on June 6. (Japan UAP Study Team, " UFO Parliamentary League Established," X post, May 28, 2024; " Japan Lawmakers to Create Group for Government Probes into UFOs," Japan Times, May 28, 2024; " In the Name of Security, Diet Group Planned to Study UFOs," Asahi Shimbun (Tokyo), May 29, 2024; Keith Basterfield, " The Japanese Government and UAP" Unidentified Anomalous Phenomena-Scientific Research, June 1, 2024)

June 3 - 6:00 p.m. Air Traffic Control personnel at Stewart International Airport near Newburgh, New York, observe a 50-foot-long object appear about 4 miles to the southwest. It remains hovering at 4,000 feet for 50 minutes before disappearing into the clouds. Airport radar is unable to detect the object. AARO conducts an investigation. (Dustin Slaughter, " Large `Boomerang-Shaped' Object spotted near New York Airport Remains Unidentified, Pentagon Says," The UAP Register, December 26, 2024)

July 2 - 11:15 a.m. A man is driving south on US Highway 119 about one mile south of Smithfield, Pennsylvania, when his radio gets "staticky" and his car stalls out. He notices a large, black, cylindrical object, perhaps 30 feet long and about 300 feet overhead. There is a pale-green haze around one end of the object. It hovers for a few seconds then moves off behind some trees where it alternately hovers and moves east for a few seconds about one mile away. He gets out of his car to take a few pictures with this cellphone, but they only show a dark object with no detail. Another motorist has pulled over after experiencing car trouble and seeing the object. The batteries on both cars appear to be dead, but they start up again after about 30 minutes. (" Two Vehicles Stall on Pennsylvania Highway As Cylindrical UFO Passes Low Overhead (July 2, 2024)," Stan Gordon's UFO Anomalies Zone, September 8, 2024)

August 1 - 8:00-9:00 p.m. A woman is with her teenage son at Anthony Lakes in eastern Oregon. She sees a small amber light across the lake flickering and blinking on the western shoreline. It blinks on and off several times before turning off for good. At 10:30 p.m., as they are walking along a trail near their campground, they see a bright orange and red light approximately 350 feet away and near the northwest part of the lake. They shine their flashlights at it, and the light begins approaching them, growing larger, but then stops and hovers about 6 feet above the water. They wake up her uncle at the campground, and he gets up and watches the light as well. The teenager says that there are flames around the sphere that look like plasma. (National UFO Reporting Center, " NUFORC UFO Sighting 183117," September 23, 2024)

September 17 - 2:30 p.m. A US military pilot code-named Troy21 flying a Beechcraft Super King Air 350C on a classified flight involving a Homeland Security drug interdiction mission at 20,000 feet over Kings County, California, reports a gray, cylindrical object passing directly underneath his wing and traveling eastward. The pilot estimates the object to be 10 feet below the aircraft and flying at Mach 2 speed in 2 minutes. He then tracks the object via onboard radar about 60 miles away. (National UFO Reporting Center, " NUFORC UFO Sighting 183084"; Ashleigh Banfield, " Military Pilot's Reported Encounter with UFO: `This Is Going to Sound Weird,'" NewsNation, February 20, 2025; Shane Galvin, " US Air Force Pilot Reports Close Encounter with `Football-Sized' UFO in Leaked Audio: `Right under My Wing,'" New York Post, February 20, 2025; " UFO `Tic Tac' Encounter Described by Plane Crew Member," NewsNation, April 24, 2025; " Tic-Tac UAP Buzzes Homeland Security Flight," National UFO Reporting Center, April 30, 2025)

October 3 - Two witnesses in Seaside, Oregon, watch a silent, triangular object, about 40-50 feet long and flying at 100-150 feet in altitude, approaching their property from the south. Two steady bright lights are at two of the corners and pointing down. A larger third light is in the center and blinking every 2-3 seconds. It moves away to the north, apparently following US Highway 101. (National UFO Reporting Center, " NUFORC UFO Sighting 183328," October 7, 2024)

November 1 - 9:20 p.m. A commercial aircraft that has just taken off from Salt Lake City (Utah) International Airport en route to Rogue Valley International-Medford Airport in Oregon levels off at 36,000 feet and notices a group of about 5 or 6 bright white lights circling one another. The lights increase in speed corresponding to the intensity of the light. At one point, they form a triangle and remain motionless. The pilot and crew watch them for 45-50 minutes. (National UFO Reporting Center, " NUFORC UFO Sighting 183840," November 8, 2024)

November 18-December 2 - Night. From five to twelve unidentified large drones are reported swarming above several areas in Morris County, New Jersey, including the US Army's Picatinny Arsenal, for 2 hours on November 18. The drone sightings are followed by appearances of military aircraft, a Blackhawk helicopter, and a New Jersey State Police helicopter. The sightings continue nightly, except for November 28. It is perhaps this incident that prompts the FBI to open an investigation into the mystery drones. The FBI opens a tip line, at first locally, then statewide, which records more than 5,000 drone sightings by December 18. Nancy Read, who lives on Ironia Road in Mendham, sees groups of drones-one stationary, the others "in and out of the tree line"-for long periods of time between 8:00 and 10:00 p.m. near the Randolph Regional Animal Shelter. Witness Mike Walsh estimates the largest drones are the size of a car. One night he is on a ridge near Black River Middle School in Chester, where he counts eight drones flying at once. He also sees multiple drones above Randolph's Company 4 Firehouse on Dover-Chester Road. Walsh reports the drones to Mendham and Randolph police. The Ocean County (N.J.) Sheriff's Office's Drone Unit, armed with a flight radar tracker, sets up a mobile command center at Hiering Avenue and Ocean Terrace in Seaside Heights to search for mystery drones; their radar definitely tracks unmanned devices that are 3-4 feet long and fly at speeds up to 60 mph. On the other hand, many of the videos posted on social media, upon analysis, actually do show aircraft. (Wikipedia, " 2024 United States drone sightings"; Howard Altman, " Army Arsenal Seeking Info on Mysterious Drone Flights over Installation," The War Zone, November 19, 2024; Adam Harding, " FBI Joins Hunt for Answers behind Nightly Drone Sightings in New Jersey," WNBC-TV, New York City, December 2, 2024; Tina Kelley, " Mysterious Drone Night Flights Leave N.J. Residents on Edge," NJ.com, December 2, 2024; Nick Caloway, " Video Shows Drones Circling the Skies of New Jersey: Here's What the FBI Is Doing about Them," CBS New York, December 3, 2024; Morris County (N.J.) Prosecutor's Office, " Law Enforcement Advises Public How to Report Drones Activity," December 3, 2024; Kyle Morel, " Mysterious Drone Sightings Continue in Additional North Jersey Spots: Here's Where," North Jersey Media Group, December 4, 2024; " Ocean County Sheriff's Unit Tracking Drones: See How They Are Confirming Sightings," Asbury Park (N.J.) Press, December 15, 2024; Department of Homeland Security, " CTAB: NJ Drones," December 18, 2024; " Many Videos That Purport to Show Drones in New Jersey Likely Show Planes, Visual Analysis Finds," New York Times, December 19, 2024; John Greenewald, " DHS Briefing Details Select Drone Sightings in New Jersey, Highlights Potential Misidentifications among 5,000+ Reports," The Black Vault, May 5, 2025; Howard Altman, " What Were the New Jersey Drones? Former High-Ranking FAA Official Gives his Take," The War Zone, August 21, 2025)

December 3-4 - Unidentified drones are observed over the USAF's Ramstein Air Base near Ramstein- Miesenbach, Germany, as well as above locations belonging to the German arms manufacturer Rheinmetall and the chemicals group BASF. (" Mögliche Spionagedrohnen fliegen über US-Militärbasis Ramstein," Der Spiegel, December 13, 2024; " Unidentified Drones Spotted over US Air Base in Germany, Report Says," The Guardian (UK), December 13, 2024; Thomas Newdick, " U.S. Air Force Confirms Drone Sightings over Ramstein Air Base in Germany," The War Zone, December 13, 2024)

December 7 - 8:39 p.m. A United Airlines pilot flying over Willamette National Forest east of Eugene, Oregon, reports red, circular lights moving erratically toward the ocean and returning at various altitudes from 30,000 to 50,000 feet. Another crew member on the same flight observes the objects moving in corkscrew patterns at an extreme speed. At 8:46 p.m., a pilot flying a Life Flight medical evaluation plane over Siuslaw National Forest northwest of Eugene sees a red light going in circles about 20 miles away at an altitude of 1,000 feet. It zips toward the plane and then reverses to the ocean at high speed. A 44-minute recording of air traffic controllers talking to the pilots is archived from LiveATC.net. (" Pilots Report Mysterious Lights `Moving at Extreme Speeds' across Oregon Skies," KGW-TV, Portland, Oreg., December 11, 2024; Flynn Nicholls, " Pilots Told to `Maneuver; around Oregon `UFO' in Leaked Cabin Audio," Newsweek, December 11, 2024; Flynn Nicholls," Pilot Encountered Mystery Objects `Moving at Extreme Speed': FAA," Newsweek, December 12, 2024)

December 12 - 5:25 p.m. A witness in Clinton, New Jersey, watches a drone flying from northeast to north, dipping up and down while spraying a gray mist. The Transportation Security Administration identifies the object "with a high confidence level" as a Beechcraft Baron 58 aircraft experiencing turbulence. The gray mist is explained as a condensation cloud caused by rapid pressure changes over the surfaces of its wings. (Transportation Security Administration, " LE/FAMS NWK Sightings Review," December 17, 2024)

December 23 - Night. A flight crew is flying an empty private jet over the Bahamas when air traffic control in Miami, Florida, asks the pilot to identify an unknown radar target to the west. The pilot sees three objects, but flight attendant Cassandra Martin only sees one white light that turns slightly green. Martin takes a cellphone video that shows a spherical object darting about. It stays with the aircraft for 45 minutes before the crew loses sight of it. Later, they notice it has moved high above their altitude of 45,000 feet. (" UFO Sighting? Fort Lauderdale Flight Crew Spots Something Strange in the Sky," WTVJ-TV, Miami, Florida, January 9, 2025)

2025

January 3-4 - 10:30 p.m. From 4-20 mystery drones are reported above the marina at Koge, Denmark. Danish police verify the initial report, and the last drones are seen disappearing above the Koge Bugt at 1:16 a.m. (" Mystiske dromer: Nu reagerer PET," Ekstra Bladet (Copenhagen, Denmark), January 4, 2025; " Danish Police Investigate Mystery Drone Sightings," Deutsche Welle, January 4, 2025)

January 15 - The Office of the Chief Science Advisor of Canada releases its first preliminary report on the Management of Public Reporting of Unidentified Aerial Phenomena in Canada: A Preview of the Upcoming Sky Canada Report. It contains a Message from the chief science advisor, Mona Nemer, and an executive summary. These are followed by two appendices, the first a list of contributors and experts consulted and the second the results of a survey of Canadians by an outside agency regarding opinions on UAP. It recommends that a federal agency such as the Canadian Space Agency be designated to handle UAP reports, and that Transport Canada should actively encourage pilots to report UAP. A full report will be released later in the year. (Government of Canada, Preview: Sky Canada Report from the Office of the Chief Science Advisor of Canada, January 2025; Chris Rutkowski, " The Sky Canada Project `Preview Report,'" Ufology Research, January 15, 2025; " What We Learned from Canada's First UFO Report in Decades," CTV News, January 15, 2025; Baptiste Friscourt, " Government: 27% of the Canadian Population Claim to Have Observed UFOs," Sentinel News, February 18, 2025)

January 21 - 5:00 a.m. A witness near Hopwood, Pennsylvania, notices a light outside his window that is coming from three spherical objects, each the size of a basketball, sitting in his yard. They immediately come together to form a single white light that is much brighter and shoots up into the sky after a few seconds. (Stan Gordon, " Three Glowing Orbs on the Ground Rise Straight Up into the Sky in Pennsylvania," Stan Gordon's UFO Anomalies Zone, February 1, 2025)

January 22 - Projekt Záre in the Czech Republic reports 41 observations of UFOs during 2024. (Martin Chlebovsky, " 2024 UAP Reports from Czechia," UAP Check, January 22, 2025)

January 26 - 7:20 p.m. Two witnesses in Steeleville, Illinois, watch a silent object shaped like a black diamond moving to the northwest about 20 mph some 80 feet above their house. It has dimly glowing lights on its bottom front section. It remains in sight for 10 seconds. (National UFO Reporting Center, " NUFORC UFO Sighting," January 31, 2025)

February - Morning. Roughly 15 miles from Fort Worth, Texas, the pilot of a cargo aircraft encounters a white, elongated drone that passes approximately 100 feet above the cockpit while the plane is flying at 15,500 feet. "It appeared to be not a small hobby drone, and it looked maybe 3 to 4 feet long," the pilot wrote in an Aviation Safety Reporting System report. (Tim McMillan, "` We Are Going to Have a Catastrophic Incident': Drone Incursions in Restricted Airspace Are Surging in 2025," The Debrief, May 30, 2025)

March 1 - Near Gillespie Field in El Cajon, California, the pilot of a Cessna 172 is forced to take evasive action to avoid a potential midair collision with a drone. Tower personnel confirms the UAV is flying at 1,000 feet, approximately half a mile west of the airport. The drone begins trailing the Cessna, prompting authorities to suspend all air operations at Gillespie for more than 30 minutes. A San Diego County Sheriff's Department helicopter is dispatched to investigate, but deputies cannot locate the drone. (Tim McMillan, "` We Are Going to Have a Catastrophic Incident': Drone Incursions in Restricted Airspace Are Surging in 2025," The Debrief, May 30, 2025)

March 28 - The Japanese government's UAP investigatory group holds a second general meeting that features online video presentations by Christopher Mellon, Timothy Gallaudet, Peter Skafish, and Rep. Eric Burlison. ([ The 2nd General Meeting of the Parliamentary League for Clarifying Unidentified Anomalous Phenomena from a National Security Perspective], Niconico News YouTube channel, March 27, 2025; Keith Basterfield, " Recent Japanese Government Interest in UAP," Unidentified Anomalous Phenomena-Scientific Research, March 31, 2025)

April 4 - Chris Rutkowski releases statistics on UFO reports in Canada during 2024, showing 1,008 reports filed, 3.77% of which are considered unexplained. (Chris Rutkowski, " Results of the 2024 Canadian UFO Survey," April 4, 2025)

April 24 - 9:00 p.m. Two witnesses observe a dark metallic, octahedron-shaped object near Granite High School in Porterville, California. The object, estimated to be 600-800 feet away and about the size of a UPS truck, flies silently and without lights, matching the vehicle's speed (30- 35 mph) while traveling parallel to it. When one of the witnesses points it out, the object instantly makes a sharp 90° turn and flies toward the city, disappearing after 10-15 seconds. The witness describes the craft as having markings or engravings-possibly resembling ancient hieroglyphics-visible due to moonlight. There are no windows, cockpit, or sound. (National UFO Reporting Center, " NUFORC UFO Sighting 188813," April 10, 2025)

May 16 - Members of the Japanese "Parliamentary League for UAP Clarification from a Security Perspective" deliver a formal proposal to Defense Minister Gen Nakatani, urging the government to strengthen surveillance and data collection in response to recent incursions by drones and surveillance balloons, particularly those believed to originate from China. The proposal calls for the ministry to form a specialized division focused on three key tasks: collecting and analyzing UAP-related data, disclosing relevant findings to the public, and reporting investigation results regularly to the National Diet. ([ The Bipartisan UAP Diet Members' League], Fuji News Network, May 16, 2025)

June 16 - The Brazilian Air Force releases documents on 26 UFO sightings by military personnel in 2024. In two incidents, the UFOs disrupted the aircraft's on-board electronics so that their position was visible on the collision avoidance system, even though they did not appear on the air traffic control radar. (Andrea Müller, " Brasiliens Luftwaffe veröffentlicht UFO-Sichtungen durch Piloten 2024," grenzWissenschaft-aktuell.de, June 16, 2025)

July 14 - Mona Nemer, Canada's Chief Science Advisor, releases the final report of the Sky Canada Project, recommending the creation of a new federal body to standardize, collect, and investigate UFO sightings. The report specifically points to the Canadian Space Agency as a "trusted" scientific organization that could lead this new effort in collaboration with government and academic partners. It also recommends that Canadian aviation officials should do more when flight crews file UAP reports. Other recommendations include combatting disinformation, making UAP records available to the public, and creating tools for data collection. The report flags several government departments and agencies that routinely receive UAP reports, including Transport Canada, the Department of National Defence, the Canadian Space Agency, and the Royal Canadian Mounted Police. (Office of the Chief Science Advisor of Canada, Management of Public Reporting of Unidentified Aerial Phenomena in Canada, June 14, 2025; Daniel Otis, " Canada's Top Scientist Releases New UFO Report: Here's What You Need to Know," CTV News, July 14, 2025)

July 17 - 2:30-3:00 p.m. A woman is walking to her backyard garden near Monaca, Pennsylvania, when she sees a glowing white sphere about the size of a basketball about 5 feet above her sidewalk and blocking her way. It begins moving slowly toward her, stopping about 2 inches away. Then it moves closer and touches her. It seems to be metallic, but not stiff, and a bit cold. When it begins to push, she backs away, stumbles, and falls backward on the ground. The sphere hovers above her for a couple seconds, then vanishes. (Stan Gordon, " Daylight Luminous Orb Approaches Witness and Makes Physical Contact in Pennsylvania," Stan Gordon's UFO Anomalies Zone, July 27, 2025)

Late July - Night. Four security guards near the main entrance to the Kyushu Electric Power Company's Genkai Nuclear Power Station in Genkai, Saga Prefecture, Japan, see three drone-like lights. (" Defense Experts, Lawmakers call for More Serious UFO Research," Asahi Shimbun (Tokyo), September 4, 2025)

August 7 - Yasukazu Hamada and other members of the "Parliamentary League for UAP Clarification from a Security Perspective" in the House of Representatives of Japan's National Diet hold closed- door hearings in the basement floor of the lower house's office building to discuss the Genkai incident in July and other drone activity in Japan. Officials from the Nuclear Regulation Authority, the Defense Ministry, and the Land Ministry provide testimony. (" Defense Experts, Lawmakers call for More Serious UFO Research," Asahi Shimbun (Tokyo), eptember 4, 2025)

September 10 - MUFON releases statistics on UFO sightings reported to the organization in the first seven months of 2025. (Rob Swiatek, " MUFON CMS Statistics for 2025: The First Seven Months," Mutual UFO Network, September 10, 2025)

Jan 02, 2026 (2026w01)

January 02. Episode #302. UFO Crash Retrievals: Ten Stories of Crashed UFOs, Alien Bodies & Reverse Engineering ET Craft. (1:07:45).

It is perhaps the single most controversial aspect of UFO research. At first, researchers refused to even consider the possibility that such things could even happen. Today, UFO crashes are considered the cutting edge of UFO research. Cases like these are more common than most people know. In fact, there are hundreds of accounts. If true, UFO crash/retrieval cases represent the best possible evidence there is: the actual craft and alien bodies. This video presents ten little known cases, ten pieces of the puzzle towards ending the UFO coverup.

HE WASN’T SUPPOSED TO SEE. In 1946, ten-year-old Tex Martin was invited by his father to join him at his place of employment at Wright Field in Dayton, Ohio. Wandering around, Tex came across an open door to a hangar and couldn’t believe his eyes. There was a UFO and several alien bodies lying on the floor. He called his father to view them too. Soon both would regret having seen what they saw.

EYEWITNESS TO A UFO CRASH. In early July 1947, a welder stationed at Walker AFB (soon to be renamed Roswell) was called to an aircraft crash in the desert. He was taken to a saucer-shaped craft that had come down in the desert. It had no openings. It was his job to blow- torch an opening. He obeyed and created an opening. Looking inside, he saw three dead alien bodies in purple jumpsuits.

OF INTERPLANETARY NATURE. In August 1952, a teletype secretary at an unnamed air base in Ohio went to the photo lab and was surprised to see the technician developing several pictures of flying saucers. The technician said he had taken the photos himself after being taken to the actual crash site. The secret soon learned that the craft were believed to be of interplanetary in origin.

THE MATTYDALE INCIDENT. In 1954, a couple were driving through Mattydale New York when they came upon a group of police cars. Looking out into the nearby field, they saw a classic flying saucer with multicolored lights sitting out in the field. They drove off and later called police and newspapers, who told them it was a military secret and not to talk about it.

I COULDN’T BELIEVE WHAT I WAS SEEING. In the summer of 1953, “HJ” was a private in B Company at Camp Polk, Louisiana when he and his fellow officers saw an egg-shaped UFO come in for a crash landing. Ordered to guard it, an emergency team arrived. He saw three short beings exit the craft. One had to be carried out by stretcher. He later learned they were taken to an isolation ward where they passed away.

NOBODY WILL BELIEVE YOU. 1980s. NEW MEXICO. In the 1980s, Jonathan, a flight commander Trainee had the opportunity to speak with a retired CIA agent who began to share startling information that the US Air Force has recovered crashed UFO and alien bodies. He said that scientists learned to reverse-engineer the craft and were flying them over New Mexico Highways.

RETURN TO SENDER. In the late 1980s, Diane Tai (a contactee) and her husband were shocked when a package arrived in the mail by mistake. The package turned out to hold copies of letters between a colonel and Senator Barry Goldwater talking about UFOs and aliens being held in captivity. The letters made it clear that our government knows far more about this subject than they have publicly revealed.

THE WHISTLEBLOWER. In the 1980s, a civilian subcontractor who worked at Edwards Air Force Base in California was walking by a hangar when he heard a low thrumming noise. Turning, he saw a small silver craft, a flying saucer, suspended in the hangar. His employer refused to discuss it, until many years later, finally revealing that it was in fact a human-piloted craft using ET technology.

THEY DEFINITELY DID NOT LOOK HUMAN. In 1986, a 14-year-old boy and his fellow civil air patrol members were taking a tour of the Air Force Museum at Wright Patterson AFB in Ohio, when their guide, an airman first class, took them into a private hangar and showed them what appeared to be alien bodies being kept preserved in glass tubes behind a thick glass wall. No other information was shared, and to this day, he wonders what he saw.

A SECRET BASE IN ALASKA. Sometime in the 1990s a high school student received an almost perfect score on the SATs. This caught the attention of the US government who hired him to work at a secret underground base in Alaska. The witness says that the base worked in three main areas: biological warfare, advanced sensing devices, and the reverse engineering of extraterrestrial technology.

These 10 cases are just the tip of the iceberg. It's becoming undeniable that our governments have UFOs and alien bodies in their possession. Sadly, none of this evidence is in the public arena, and the entire subject relies solely on anecdotal eyewitness testimony. Despite this, there are too many cases to dismiss. And if even one is true, it’s a game-changer and has the potential to revolutionize the way all humanity views the UFO subject. Where are the scientists with a backbone? None (or almost none) will even investigate UFOs and ETs. Why such cowardice? So many spineless deutsche-bags. Their career is somehow more important than humanity. Pathetic.

Jan 09, 2026 (2026w02)

January 09. Episode #303. The Onboard UFO Encounters of Leo and Mike Dworshak (0:54:48).

One of the most astounding cases of UFO contact is that of Leo and Mike Dworshak, two brothers from the small town of Killdeer, North Dakota. In the summer of 1932, Leo (age 12) and Mike (age 8) were hiking near their home when they came upon a landed silver flying saucer. At that time, neither of them had heard of UFOs (few had!) so they had no idea what they were seeing, but they knew it was unusual. They became even more intrigued when a door opened and three men wearing jumpsuits emerged. The boys tried to move closer, but found their path forward blocked by an invisible forcefield. The men walked around briefly and then returned inside the craft. It was getting dark, so the brothers returned home. This was to be the first of an escalating series of contacts.

Over the next few days, they returned to the area hoping to see it again. Their patience was rewarded when, two weeks later, they were in the valley and the craft appeared overhead. They hid behind some bushes and watched in awe as the craft landed. As before, men came out of the craft and began to study the environment. The boys tried to move closer but again found themselves blocked by a forcefield. They watched for an hour, but as night fell, they returned home. They told their parents about it, but they were dismissive, and told them not to talk about it.

A few weeks later, they returned to the valley and again, the craft landed nearby. This time they were able to approach within 800 feet before being stopped by the forcefield. Still the strange visitors seemed oblivious to the presence of the boys, but both boys felt certain that the men were aware of them.

By now Leo and Mike were becoming obsessed with the UFO and the strange men. It was beginning to dawn on them that these men probably came from outer space and were studying the valley for some mysterious reason. They longed to get closer and make contact, and maybe even go onboard the craft. Two weeks later they had their fourth encounter. It was the same as before, only this time they stayed long enough to watch the craft leave.

They realized by this time that the saucer almost always visited in late afternoon, so they began to spend more time in what they now called “spaceship valley.” One afternoon in late August, they were in the area when the ship landed closer than ever, only 300 feet away. This time, they found themselves stuck in the forcefield, unable to move forward or back. They were both frightened and thrilled. It was dark when the men finally entered the craft, which took off, releasing the boys. They rushed home. Strangely, their parents didn’t seem to notice or care that they were out after dark.

Three days later, on August 28, they returned to the valley and had their sixth encounter. They were able to approach within 100 feet of the craft before the forcefield stopped them. They got their best look at the strange visitors, who all had brown hair, blue eyes, wore strange jumpsuits and looked almost exactly alike. They tried waving and calling out but got no response. So Mike began jumping up and down and screaming, at which point a few of the men looked at them, and the boys again found themselves glued to the ground by the invisible forcefield. The craft left and the boys ran home.

By now, they started to know when the craft would be there and when it wouldn’t. Some days later, they got the feeling it was there and hiked the one and a half miles to the valley and there it was. This time, they were stopped much further than normal. They waved at the men, and to their delight, a few of the men waved back. Then one approached to within 10 feet of the boys, smiled and held his hand up in a welcoming gesture, then turned around and joined the other men, who all went back onboard the craft. The forcefield released, and the boys ran home. They told their parents again, who were more receptive this time, but told them not to talk to anyone about it.

Several days later, they had their eighth encounter. This time they walked righ up to the craft and the strange men and got their closest look ever. One of the men spoke verbally to them, saying that the boys had been very determined to learn about them, and that they were, as the boys had guessed, extraterrestrials. The man told them that they would meet again and learn much knowledge from them. The boys realized that the ETs had already telepathically downloaded volumes of information about themselves and the future of the Earth.

On September 19, Leo and Mike knew that the craft would be in the valley. It was almost night when they arrived, and this time they were invited onboard the craft. They were given a tour of the craft and shared a two-hour-long conversation where the ETs shared volumes of information. This was to be the first of many other onboard encounters for Leo Dworshak, who continued to be visited by the ETs throughout his life.

Jan 16, 2026 (2026w03)

January 16. Episode #304. I Was Never So Terrified in My Life: Ten Astounding Humanoid Encounters (1:03:09).

Humanoids! Reports come from all over the world and go back centuries. There are tens of thousands of documented cases. Since most people never report their encounters, the number is more likely in the millions. This video presents ten little known cases, each adding to the growing worldwide database, showing with increasing certainty that we are not alone in this universe.

EXTRATERRESTRIAL HOUSE GUESTS. In the early 1950s, a nurse lay in bed in her home in Corby New Town, England, when a small shiny object flew into her bedroom and landed on the floor. It soon faded away, but moments later, three human-looking men in black jumpsuits entered her home and began to speak to her telepathically. They said that they were extraterrestrials from another planet and asked if she wanted to visit. The nurse was not afraid but declined the invitation.

A CONVERSATION WITH AN ALIEN. On October 17, 1969, a man from Toolo, Finland, was shocked when a strange orb appeared in his home and began to speak to him. It said that they ETs in a ship above Earth. They requested that he tell the world about their presence, and that they were friendly. The man requested to see them, but they said that this was impossible, but they would return later.

THE NORDIC IN THE FOREST. In 1974, Pedro, a young boy from Puerto Rico was visiting the home of Carlos Ochoa, a famous UFO contactee. When the man walked into the Yunque forest one night, Pedro secretly followed him and was shocked when he was confronted by a 7-foot-tall blond man in a skintight silver uniform. Pedro was paralyzed by a strange force coming from the man. Pedro fled. Shortly after this, he had a close-up encounter with a UFO.

THE JAY-WALKING GRAY. On the night of December 24, 1974, a man drove on a lonely highway through Cherry Hill, New Jersey. Without warning, a strange creature jumped into the road. It stopped like a deer in the headlights, and the witness saw it was a bald, skinny, gray-skinned humanoid. It seemed paralyzed with surprise, then leapt off the road. It took years before the witness realized he saw a gray alien.

I WAS NEVER SO TERRIFIED IN MY LIFE. One night in the fall of 1975, a 12-year-old girl woke up in the bedroom of her home to see five humanoid creatures in her bedroom. One of them stood by her bed, waving its hands over her body. The girl was terrified and unable to move or speak out. She saw one standing guard by the bedroom door, while the others explored her room. She finally passed out. In the morning, they were gone. From that night on, she suffered from chronic insomnia.

A LIFE-CHANGING EXPERIENCE. On October 16, 1980, “Cheryl” was getting ready to go to sleep when she noticed strange lights outside her home in Winchester, Wisconsin. She called her husband, and they both watched the light zoom forward and strike them with a beam of light. They ran outside and were amazed to see it was a flying saucer, and inside were several humanoid figures looking down at them. They later learned many people in the area were seeing UFOs.

THE FLYING THING. One night in late 1995, a group of ten churchgoers were traveling by bus near Wedowee, Alabama, when a glowing object began to pace their vehicle. It followed them for the next half-hour. At one point, it came close enough that they saw a strange humanoid figure moving around inside. Afterwards, a few of the ladies had watery and sore eyes.

BEAMED BY A UFO. After midnight on July 9, 2007, a woman driving home from work was confronted by a huge UFO over Interstate 20 in Fort Worth, Texas. She wondered if it was a hoax of some kind until it struck her with a blue beam of light. Then she saw an opening in the craft and saw four grays and two tall human-looking figures. It paced her car for a while, then darted off at incredible speed.

HEALED BY GRAY ALIENS. On July 23, 2012, a man was driving when a voice told him to drive to his parents’ home in Lehighton, Pennsylvania. Arriving there, the dogs were barking furiously, and he saw two grays outside, accompanied by taller shadowy figures. Frightened, he ventured outside with a fire-stoker. The next thing he knew, he was waking up on the ground hours later. To his amazement, his broken foot was healed.

THE ALIEN IN THE KITCHEN. Lying on the couch one night at her grandparents’ home in rural Tennessee, a young lady noticed strange lights outside. She called her grandfather and they looked outside, but nothing was there. He went back to bed, and shortly later, the girl was shocked when she noticed a strange humanoid in the kitchen staring at her. It was bald with large dark eyes and gray skin. Scared by its strange appearance, she closed her eyes and pretended to be asleep until it went away.

These accounts are remarkably consistent. In fact, the striking commonalities between cases widely separated in time and space argue strongly for their veracity. We are not alone!

Jan 23, 2026 (2026w04)

January 23. Episode #305. UFOs In Your Hometown: Episode Fifteen (1:15:20).

I am very happy to announce, “UFOs in Your Hometown Episode Fifteen”. This ongoing UFO investigative series explores various towns and locations across the world, to prove that UFOs are being seen everywhere on this planet. So far, we have explored almost 200 locations…and yes, UFOs have been encountered in every one of them. This latest installment visits seven new locations and includes virtually the entire range of UFO encounters: sightings, landings, humanoids, missing time and more. If UFOs have truly been seen everywhere on this planet—as this series seems to show—the implications of this are profound.

MILDURA, AUSTRALIA. This city of more than 30,000 people is well-known for growing grapes and citrus fruits. It also has a long and rich history of UFO encounters. On March 10, 1967, a family of seven had a very close sighting of a large oval-shaped craft. Throughout the 1960s and 1970s, there were many impressive encounters, at least one involving a fleet of more than a dozen objects. An impressive landing case occurred on September 25, 1976, leaving undeniable traces on the ground. Another fascinating case involved two police officers who testify to their own encounter with an unknown craft.

TIBURON, CALIFORNIA. This small town of 9000 people not far from San Francisco has produced some compelling cases. On August 26, 1956, James Geer observed a fleet of 9 objects scooting across the sky at high speed. On November 5, 2006, a father and son used binoculars to watch a solid, metallic craft hover overhead for several minutes. After it disappeared, two military jets showed up, apparently to investigate. On August 15, 2019, another father and son drove along Tiburon Blvd and saw a large metallic cigar-shaped craft move only 80 feet above their car, causing strange electromagnetic effects.

CORBIN, KENTUCKY. This small town of about 8000 people is perhaps best known for being the birthplace of Kentucky Fried Chicken. It also has some truly astonishing encounters. In the 1960s, a couple were followed for miles by a UFO. One night in September 1973, a father and son had a UFO appear in front of their car, causing 3 hours of missing time. In 1988, a young couple visiting Cumberland Falls had a close-up sighting of a huge disc-shaped craft. In 1999, a couple driving in rural Corbin had a very close encounter with a craft, involving possible missing time. In 2003 and 2015, there were two separate encounters where witnesses had UFOs drop down directly over their heads. As late as 2021, a man had a dramatic sighting of a triangular craft outside his home.

GLASSBORO, NEW JERSEY. On September 5, 1964, this small town was put on the UFO map when a series of sightings was followed by a report from two young boys of a UFO landing which left behind dramatic traces on the ground. It was a case that left more questions than answers. In 1973, a college student had a close-up sighting with a solid craft. More impressive sightings occurred in 1999, and one in 2011 involving many witnesses and a fleet of 10 objects. In 2020, a man had an unusual series of sightings in his backyard which were only picked up by his infrared security camera.

WINTER SPRINGS, FLORIDA. This town has many reports of amazing UFO encounters. In 1997, six people saw a solid top-shaped object hovering at low altitude above their home. The 2000s were particularly active with several separate cases of people seeing various types of UFOs including boomerang-shaped, egg-shaped, dome-shaped, U-shaped and more, many involving multiple witnesses. The 2010s were equally active, with sightings in 2011, 2013 and one in 2014 involving multiple independent witnesses. In 2019, a man reported his sighting with a strange humanoid which communicated with him telepathically.

MASSILLON, OHIO. This city of more than 30,000 people has many incredible cases. The 1960s had a case involving a fleet of 11 objects, another involving a cigar-shaped craft with humanoids staring down at the witnesses, and a third involving a dramatic display of solid objects. In 1973, there was a wave of encounters, one which involved a UFO landing on a man’s car. In 1982 there was a massive wave of sightings. In 2007, two barmaids had a very memorable and closeup encounter. The encounters continued, including a few with photos and video.

SMITHFIELD, NORTH CAROLINA. One night in 1984, Wilma Creech had an incredible encounter with a craft with portholes which struck her with a beam of light and knocked out her phone and power. Shortly later, he daughter also had a very close encounter. An amazing case occurred in 2013 involving two neighbors who saw three UFOs hanging around their house for over an hour, coming as low as ground level before finally departing.

Seven new locations, making it increasingly undeniable that UFOs are being seen everywhere on this planet. Have UFOs been seen in your hometown? More than likely, the answer is, YES!!!

Jan 30, 2026 (2026w05)

January 30. Episode #306. I Felt No Fear: Ten Very Weird Humanoid Encounters (0:59:27).

One of the puzzling enigmas about humanoid encounters is the fact that they are almost without exception, always humanoid. The humanoid form appears to be the standard template throughout the universe. And yet, the variations among reported humanoids are astounding. Some look much like us, and some look very different. Despite all these differences, the cases also share striking commonalities that argue strongly for their veracity. This video presents ten cases of particularly unusual humanoids, each adding to our knowledge of these strange visitors to Earth.

IT TOOK MY BREATH AWAY. One morning in May 1950, a father and daughter went to check the cows on their farm in Vaux-en-Dieulet, France. Suddenly a glowing object descended and landed nearby. As the glow faded, they saw it was a translucent saucer-shaped object with a little man inside. It looked like the Michelin man. The figure stared at them and the craft took off, leaving behind strange landing traces.

A COLD SCIENTIFIC MIND. In 1954, a family from Norco, California sat down to eat when they heard an odd sound outside. The mother and daughter rushed to the door and were amazed to see a small canoe-shaped craft with a transparent dome. In the dome were five human-looking men in jumpsuits staring down at them. The men wore jumpsuits and helmets. The craft left, leaving the witnesses wondering who they saw.

IT STILL GIVES ME CHILLS. In 1981, an 8-year-old girl crept down to the basement of her parents’ home in Fond du Lac, Wisconsin. She noticed a strange glow under the table and a long bony finger sticking up through a hole in the tabletop. She found herself face-to-face with a glowing humanoid with a large head, skinny body and huge dark eyes. She held a short conversation and the being left, leaving her with an enduring mystery.

SOMETHING THAT IS NOT SUPPOSED TO BE THERE. One night in October 1987, a 17-year-old student woke up in the bedroom of her parents’ home in Lucasville, Ohio to find that her covers had been pulled to the foot of her bed. But this time, looking around her room, she saw a gray alien wearing a blue jumpsuit standing by the wall. Suddenly, it smacked her on the forehead and she lost consciousness.

WE WILL BE BACK. On the night of September 20, 1997, a 23-year-old woman spent the night at her boyfriend’s house in Texas and was awakened by a blue light and a humming noise. She realized she was paralyzed and floating above the bed. Two small grays and one tall one were in the room. She managed to break the paralysis and the ETs disappeared, but spoke to her telepathically saying, “We will be back!”

IT STOOD THERE WATCHING ME. One evening in June 1999, unable to fall asleep, a young boy lay awake in a bedroom in his grandparents’ home in New Mexico. Without warning, a green light filled the room. Feigning sleep, the boy turned around and saw a gray alien standing there looking at him. Finally he fell asleep. Later he told his mother, and she told him that, as a kid, the same thing happened to her.

THOSE THINGS WALKED WITHOUT TOUCHING THE GROUND. On the night of November 19, 2008, a wave of UFO sightings swept over the city of Claudio in Minas Gerais, Brazil. Hundreds of people viewed the strange objects. A small group of police officers followed the lights and were amazed to see glowing humanoids floating above the ground. All experienced strange physical and mental effects.

I WAS SO SCARED. One night in June 2009, a 23-year-old woman staying at her grandma’s home in Ashdown, Arkansas, found herself unable to sleep as a strange light was shining in her room. She hid under her covers. Almost immediately, something tried to pull the covers off her bed. She held on when without warning, a long-fingered gray hand clamped down on her wrist, causing her to black out.

I FELT NO FEAR. As a young boy, “Donald,” recalled weird dreams of entities in his bedroom. Years later as an adult, on July 16, 2011, he and his wife stayed at a B&B at Cape May, New Jersey. That night he woke up to see two very strange humanoids wearing odd jumpsuits standing next to the bed. They stared at him studiously. He felt no fear. Suddenly they seemed to put him to sleep.

AN ALIEN IN THE EMPLOYEE BATHROOM. On the night of January 16, 2016, a man went to the bathroom at Magneti Mareli Factory in Pulaski, Tennesee, where he worked, and was puzzled to see a unusual-looking man with gray skin and silver clothes peeking out from behind the wall. Suddenly the little man turned and jumped through a portal that appeared in the bathroom wall and disappeared.

Each of these ten cases have much more detail. Together, they show both the incredibly diversity among humanoids, and the important similarities between the cases. Those who would deny the reality of the extraterrestrial presence on our planet have yet to adequately explain these and the many thousands (if not millions) of other reports.

Feb 06, 2026 (2026w06)

February 6. Episode #307. The Venezuelan UFO Wave of 1954: Invasion of the Hairy Humanoids (1:10:20).

UFO waves occur regularly across the planet. A UFO wave is a short period of intense UFO activity in a sharply defined area. One of the most intense and unique waves is one that happened in December of 1954 in Venezuela. This wave involved virtually the entire range of UFO encounters including sightings, fleets of UFOs, landings and face-to-face encounters with humanoids. What makes the Venezuelan wave unique is that the humanoid cases almost exclusively involved short, aggressive hairy humanoids. This episode presents a day-by-day, hour-by hour account of this incredible UFO wave, from beginning to end.

The first hints of strange activity began in February 1954 when a passenger plane had a closeup encounter over Barquisimeto. Two months later, a man outside of Caracas described a violent encounter with hairy humanoids. Then, on November 4, three men encountered a UFO along the Amacura Delta and were amazed to see hairy humanoids gathering samples from the ground and putting them into the craft.

But it was the encounter on the night of November 28, 1954, in Petare that marked the actual beginning of the wave. Around 2am on that evening, Gustavo Gonzalez and Jose Ponce drove through town and came upon a circular craft blocking their way. A hairy being approached. Gustavo grabbed the being, who responded by throwing the man to the ground. As the being approached him again, Gustavo tried to stab it, but its body seemed hard as steel. More beings appeared. As Jose ran for help, one of the beings struck Gustavo with a beam of light, paralyzing him. The hairy humanoids retreated into their craft which took off. The two men reported their encounter. At first, they were not believed, but soon dozens of witnesses came forward to report UFO activity in that area on that night. The wave had begun!

Four hours later, a group of farmers in Palmarito saw a UFO land and humanoids outside it. Later that evening, numerous people saw a UFO hovering over the Avila Mountains above Caracas. That same evening, dozens of people saw a UFO land in the middle of the town of Borburata.

From that day on, UFO encounters occurred nearly every, sometimes multiple accounts per day. Pilots reported near-misses with UFOs. Thousands of people in many Venezuelan cities reported a wide variety of craft. They were seen by farmers, police officers, priests, businessmen and more. Some sightings involved hundreds if not thousands of witnesses. Police stations were inundated with calls. Caracas seemed to be the focus of most of the activity, but virtually no area of Venezuela was spared. And it wasn’t long before more people started to report humanoids.

On December 9, a group of people in Chacao, saw a UFO hover and land in various parts of the town and at one point, humanoids came out. One man claimed to have tried to grab one. The next case to really capture the country’s attention occurred on December 9 when two 15-year- old boys in Corora came upon a craft and were attacked by four hairy humanoids who tried to drag them into their craft.

Not long after this, a doctor and his father saw short humanoids cross the road in front of them, followed shortly by a UFO which rose up from the bushes and take off. Meanwhile sightings continued, including people seeing massive fleets of UFOs. Reportedly on the night of December 14, witnesses claimed to see a short non-human bipedal creature enter in the Hotel Embajada in Ciudad Bolivar.

On December 15, 1954, three men reported another hairy humanoid encounter in San Carlos Del Zulia. One of the men had stopped to relieve his bladder in the trees alongside the highway. He says he was attacked by a hairy humanoid. His two friends rushed to his side just in time to see the humanoid encounter a craft which took off.

Meanwhile, various towns and cities were visited nearly every day. There were so many sightings with so many witnesses, it was impossible to deny. On December 19, Jose Parra was jogging along a road near Valencia and came upon a landed craft and six short hairy humanoids. He turned to run and was struck by a paralyzing beam of light. The beings returned to their craft.

Sightings in some areas were so brazen that it was clear to the witnesses that the UFOs wanted to be seen. There were reports of people shooting at the UFOs, and others fainting from shock. There were at least ten documented humanoid accounts, and dozens of sightings, but the numbers of both are likely much higher as witnesses were often discouraged by officials from reporting their encounters. By the end of December, sightings finally began to slow down.

In January 1955, sightings slowed to a trickle and finally stopped. The wave was over. But the effects would last forever. The wave of encounters was impossible to cover up. To this day, the reason for the wave remains a mystery. But the people of Venezuela will never forget what happened in December of 1954.

Feb 13, 2026 (2026w07)

February 13. Episode #308. Friends of Earth: UFO Encounter of Michael and Janet (0:51:53).

Just after sunset on August 17, 1968, sixteen-year-old Michael Lapp and nineteen-year-old Janet Cornell (pseudonyms) sat on the dock at the Buff Ledge Girls Camp on the shore of Lake Champlain, Vermont, where they were employed. Suddenly a brilliant star-like light appeared in the sky, swooped down and revealed itself to be a large glowing object. It ejected three smaller glowing objects and darted away. The three remaining objects began to dart around the sky, putting on a fantastic display. After about ten minutes, two of the objects moved off and one moved closer then plunged into the lake. Moments later it came out and started to approach the witnesses, who could now see it was a domed-shaped craft. It then approached to within fifty feet, and both could see two bald-headed humanoids with dark eyes inside a transparent dome. Janet found herself becoming entranced. But Michael heard a telepathic voice in his head as one of the ETs began to communicate with him. A long conversation followed, and despite his growing fear, Michael became curious about what it might be like to go inside the craft.

The craft promptly moved overhead and struck them both with a beam of light, causing them to lose consciousness. What seemed like moments later, they woke up on the dock, only to realized that an hour or two had passed. Meanwhile, other people at the camp had also seen strange aerial activity. As the days passed, Janet completely forgot about the encounter. But Michael began having flashbacks and dreams of being taken onboard. He became deeply spiritual and spent the next ten years thinking about what happened, while also trying to forget it. Then one day he read an article about UFOs and decided to contact an investigator.

Researcher Walter Webb was assigned the case, and after separately interviewing both Michael and Janet (who hadn’t spoken once since the encounter) he arranged to have them hypnotized. Under hypnosis, they both independently recalled being taken onboard the craft, meeting what appears to be gray aliens. Both described the beings as having over-sized bald heads, dark eyes, grayish-green skin, thin bodies and wearing skin-tight gray jumpsuits.

Michael and Janet recalled that they were transported inside a small craft to a much larger mother ship. Janet was placed on a table and given a thorough medical exam. Michael watched from the side while one of the grays explained that Janet was not being harmed, and that samples were being taken from Janet so that they could start life elsewhere in the universe. Janet confirmed that she felt no pain, and that while she felt like a specimen, the ETs were kind to her. One of the grays explained to her what was happening. Janet was unable to recall much else, except seeing Michael also being examined.

Michael was taken aside and given his own examination. He was reassured that no harm would come to him. The grays proceeded to answer a long list of questions posed by Michael. They told him that although they came from far away, they had been to Earth long before us, but were drawn back by humanity’s use of atomic energy and warned him that atomics were more dangerous than humanity knew. They identified themselves as “friends of Earth,” and expressed delight that Michael was able to remain conscious and calm and ask many questions. They said that he would be trained and taught by them, and that the knowledge he gained would take lifetimes to divulge. They said it would be hard for him to process the encounter afterwards and that at times, he would consider them evil, but the truth was, they loved him. Michael asked why they don’t help people on Earth and solve the many problems we have, such as starvation. The ETs explained that if they did that, humanity would never learn to help themselves, and it would make things much worse.

Michael asked many other questions, which they answered. When he asked if they all looked alike, they took him to a room where he saw more than a hundred different grays. He was placed in a chair where the ETs scanned his mind. The ETs appeared to be delighted by his potential. He was taken to another room and given more training about how to control his own thoughts. Finally, he was taken to a park-like setting where there were many other humans, all of whom were dazed or entranced. It appeared to him to be some kind of waiting area. He and Janet rejoined there, and suddenly both found themselves being placed back on the dock.

Feb 20, 2026 (2026w08)

February 20. Episode #309. The Humanoids Are Here: Twelve Really Weird Humanoid Encounters (1:07:02).

As all humanity accepts the reality of the extraterrestrial presence on our planet, more people are stepping forward to share their firsthand encounters with humanoids. There are more cases than you might think. This video presents twelve firsthand accounts from all over the world. These involve a wide variety of humanoids, grays, human-looking figures, short humanoids, reptilians and more. Each case shares both commonalities and unique details that have much to teach us about life beyond Earth.

NO MAN LOOKS LIKE THAT. On the night of November 4, 1954, Jose Alves was fishing at the Pardo River in Pontal, Brazil when a strange craft landed near him. To his shock, strange little men emerged and began to collect samples from the environment. It was a brief encounter, but it left the witness stunned and amazed.

A UFO WITH OCCUPANTS. One night in February 1957, Ina Salter drove along a remote road near Georgetown, Connecticut when she came upon a cigar-shaped craft with portholes hovering by the road. Inside she saw strange movement. She knew instantly that this was not a normal craft.

ALIEN MINERS. On the night of June 13, 1967, miner Carmen Cueno stepped outside the Domtar Gypsum Mine in Caledonia, Canada and was amazed to see two small disc-shaped craft low in the sky. Sitting on the ground below them was a much larger craft. In front of it were three humanoids collecting samples from the mine slag heap.

THE ALIEN IN THE DOCTOR’S OFFICE. On August 7, 1967, Dr. Luis Sanchez Vega was in his office in Caracas, Venezuela when a little humanoid appeared and announced that he was an extraterrestrial. The ET held a conversation with the doctor and disappeared. Unknown to Dr. Sanchez, many other people were also having encounters in that area on that night.

THEY SEEMED TO FLOAT IN THE AIR. On the afternoon of August 18, 1972, two bricklayers, Raimundo Villegas Alvarez and Pancho Torres were working on a house in Iztapalapa, Mexico when two 7-foot-tall floating humanoids dressed in silver approached. It was an encounter that would leave both men deeply traumatized.

NO FEAR, NO FEAR, NO FEAR! On the night of February 13, 1976, Carol W. was in her home in Ringwood, New Jersey when all the dogs began barking. Looking outside, she saw a short silver-suited humanoid standing in her yard. She was unable to move until the being left. Later, strange footprints were found.

ALIENS IN METALLIC SPIDER-LIKE CRAFT. Just a few days after seeing a UFO, on April 12, 1977, Andrea Kerlin and Bridget O’Connor walked through a field near their homes in Tucson, Arizona when they saw a strange craft on the ground. As it took off, they saw a group of human-looking figures in jumpsuits. Soon they saw more short, bald humanoids.

A VERY STRANGE ENCOUNTER. One night in July 1977, Molly Smith was driving near her home in rural Hulberg, Michigan when she saw a strange humanoid with big, slanted eyes, wearing a metallic blue uniform near the side of the road. As she drove by it, her car was lifted off the road and set on a woodpile. The humanoid disappeared and she ran home. Later, her whole family began having encounters.

MY BEDROOM WAS FILLED WITH GRAY ALIENS. One night in September 1980, a mother and her 5-year-old son woke up to see a crowd of gray ETs in the bedroom of her home in Greeneville, Tennessee. They were unable to move and fell unconscious. The mother thought it might be a dream until her son confirmed all the details.

WE’RE NOT HERE TO HURT YOU. One night in 1980, two siblings woke up in the bedroom of their home in Cape Town, South Africa to see the room filled with light. Looking outside, they saw at least 5 short humanoids wearing white spacesuits with dark visors holding strange instruments. The siblings received a telepathic message in their minds which convinced them that they were dealing with ETs.

NO SHRED OF DOUBT. One afternoon in January 1995, three men were hiking in the El Yunque forest in Puerto Rico when one of them came upon a short gray ET. The little gray was closely examining the plant life. It finally noticed the witness who was able to approach very closely to the ET before it suddenly disappeared.

TEXAS REPTILIAN. On February 6, 1997, Dr. Martin Feldman drove along a forested highway outside of Big Spring, Texas when he saw a green, scaly humanoid in the road. As he drove by it, the creature faced him and Dr. Feldman saw that it was not human. Going to the police, he learned that several others had also reported the strange creature.

These humanoid cases very clearly show that we are not alone in this universe. To dismiss these cases would be to lose a huge opportunity to learn about life beyond Earth. For that reason alone, these accounts should be taken seriously.

Feb 27, 2026 (2026w09)

February 27. Episode #310. UFOs In Your Hometown: Episode Sixteeen (1:21:49).

I am delighted to present to you the latest installment, “UFOs in Your Hometown Episode Sixteen.” This ongoing UFO investigative series explores the idea that UFOs have been seen everywhere on this planet. It started out with a challenge: name any town, city or location on Earth, and I will find a UFO case there. You, the viewers, have provided a list of more than 1000 locations! Working down the list, we have explored almost 200 locations, and yes, every single one of them has a history of encounters. These include sightings, landings, humanoids, onboard encounters and more. Many of these cases are supported by evidence such as photographs, radar-returns, landing traces, medical effects, animal reactions, electromagnetic disturbances and more.

And that is true for the seven new locations we are exploring today, which include: Torrington, Connecticut; Anniston, Alabama; Scottville, Michigan; Quitman, Georgia; Abilene, Texas; Aloha, Oregon; and finally Reykjavik, Iceland. Have UFOs been seen in your hometown? Submit the name of your hometown and see!

TORRINGTON, CONNECTICUT. This mid-sized city of 35,000 people has many interesting cases to offer. In 1972, a man had a very close up sighting of a classic saucer in downtown Torrington. From 1984-1989, there were numerous sightings during the famous Hudson Valley UFO wave which reached into Torrington. In 2004, an amateur astronomer reported three sightings of darting star-like objects in the space of two weeks. In 2007, a group of coworkers in a high-rise building watched in astonishment as a UFO remained visible for one and a half hours. In 2008, a UFO passed so low over Route 8 that several cars lost power as the UFO passed overhead.

ANNISTON, ALABAMA. This city of 21,000 people is home to the Anniston Ordnance Depot, a large munitions storage facility. In 1958, a guard at the facility reported his sighting of an oval-shaped object which appeared to be surveying the area. One month later, in January 1959, UFOs returned and again hovered over the base. In 1975, a man pulled off of Highway 431 with several other cars to observed a dramatic UFO display involving a glowing blue object. In 1980, a military man in basic training at Anniston AFB observed multiple objects over the base. Others there also saw the objects. In 1990, three boys had a very close-up and unusual encounter right outside their home.

SCOTTVILLE, MICHIGAN. This small town of 1300 people offers some very profound cases. In 1978, a man had a close up encounter with a UFO that followed him home. In 1994, two friends said that their car was based by a sphere-shaped object. In 2012, a married couple were puzzled by strange lights near their home. The lights suddenly zoomed overhead and shone down intensely bright light, causing a half-hour of missing time and other weird effects.

QUITMAN, GEORGIA. About 4000 residents live in this town, which also has some amazing encounters. In 1962, a family observed a star-like object which zoomed towards them, showing itself to be a solid craft. In 1979, a young man had missing time after a mysterious beam of light came into his room. This was one of several encounters, including one involving humanoids. In 1980, a group of police officers and others saw a strange craft cavorting over town. In 2002, three children flashed a flashlight at a star-like object which zoomed down right over their heads, causing them to flee in fear. In 2008, a woman reported seeing gray aliens in her bedroom. And more!

ABILENE, TEXAS. This city of 125,000 people has a long and rich history of encounters. In 1951, the crew of a DC-4 aircraft had a scary encounter with a close-up object. So many cases here, too many to list…including a family who saw a classic disc, sightings by truckers and police officers, a UFO that hovered over a nearby lake, missing time encounters, humanoid encounters and more.

Aloha, Oregon. With 50,000 residents, this location has many interesting cases. In 1947, a woman saw a very unusual-looking metallic disc. In 1973, four boys saw a massive fleet of UFOs. More close-up sightings, and a crop circle case, and a case involving incredibly unusual humanoids and much more.

REYKJAVICK, ICELAND. In 1976, the crew of Glofax Airlines captured a UFO on radar. In 1984, two hunters had a disconcerting encounter with a bizarre cryptozoological creature at Lake Kleifarvatn. In 1995, a young couple experienced a frightening missing time encounter. In 1996, 2007, 2010 and 2014 there were more spectacular sightings. In 2018, a young man had an encounter with UFOs and skinny occupants that he will never forget. And more!

These seven locations alone provide a microcosm for UFO activity all over the world. As this continuing investigation shows, UFOs appear to be ubiquitous. Cases are far more common than most people believed. UFOs are everywhere, almost certainly including your own hometown!

Mar 06, 2026 (2026w10)

March 06. Episode #311. I Felt No Fear: Ten Very Weird Humanoid Encounters(1:02:06).

Being taken onboard a UFO! This is the ultimate UFO encounter. These cases dive into the very heart of the UFO phenomenon. They have the greatest potential to answer the many questions surrounding this subject, such as who are these visitors to our planet, where do they come from and why are they here? This episode presents ten cases from all over the world that you probably haven’t heard before.

I COULD NOT STOP MYSELF. One night in July 1968, a young boy from Cleveland, Ohio was awakened by a bright light streaming into his window. He looked outside and saw a craft landed in the field across the street. He then recalled that he and his entire family (and some of his neighbors) walked in a trance onboard the craft. He was separated and physically examined by gray extraterrestrials. The next day, he had a strange scar and so did his siblings.

PREGNANT WOMAN TAKEN. On the evening of January 17, 1970, Barbara Kent (8 months pregnant) was in the living room of her home in Westbury, New York when the TV set began emitting strange beeping sounds. Suddenly she found herself lying on a table in a dimly lit room surrounded by strange creatures. The next thing she knew, she was in her bed. Years later, she spontaneously recalled the entirety of the encounter, being taken onboard and seeing grays who were interested in her pregnancy.

I WAS FASCINATED BY THEM. One night in the Summer of 1975, a computer programmer woke up in her home to see gray aliens surrounding her bed. The glowed with light and showed her their ability to levitate objects. She was invited onboard and examined. They offered to teach her how to obtain supernatural abilities, but she declined. Finding herself in bed, she rushed to the window and saw the UFO taking off.

I WAS TAKEN INSIDE THE CRAFT. On the afternoon of August 30, 1978, Miguel Freitas was at a ranch in Mendoza, Argentina when a UFO landed next to him. A glowing blue humanoid emerged and pulled him onboard. Inside he was physically examined. After speaking with him, the ETs gave him some alien artifacts and let him go. Miguel rushed to the police and gave them the artifacts, which were never seen again.

WE KNOW YOU. On the night of September 26, 1978, Alejandro Hernandez and his son were driving outside of Chile, Santiago, when a UFO appeared overhead and pulled them and their car into the craft. Alejandro’s son passed out, but Alejandro was greeted by human-looking figures who had an important message for him, one which Alejandro refused to share, saying only that it was deeply spiritual.

I WAS THERE ALONE, TERRIFIED. On November 25, 1978, Pam and Chris Owen were driving near Trier, Germany when a UFO appeared. They raced away but soon realized they were missing one and a half hours of time. Later, Pam went under hypnosis and recalled that she alone was taken onboard. The ETs seemed very interested in her pregnancy. Pam says that the encounter was scary, but the ETs were friendly.

THEY SAID THEY WOULD RETURN. On November 24, 1979, a man was driving to his home in Lachute, Quebec, Canada when he saw a UFO. Arriving home, he was missing one and a half hours of time. Having flashbacks of being onboard, he went under hypnosis and recalled an extensive encounter where he was met by human-looking ETs, examined and given a tour of the craft.

WE WILL NOT HARM YOU. On May 14, 1990, Vinbe Hari of Estonia was in her home when human-looking figures showed up and pulled her through the wall into a craft above her house. She was taken to what appeared to be another planet and was questioned by the ETs. She was returned to her home, but later had a second encounter involving a physical exam, and other procedures and conversations which she refused to talk about.

I SHOULD HAVE BEEN TERRIFIED. One morning in July 1996, a young woman was relaxing outside her home in Bilton, North Yorkshire, UK when a craft appeared overhead and levitated her inside. She was met by white-skinned gray aliens who examined her and gave her messages about the future. After being returned, she became interested in art, healing and environmentalism.

THIS THING WAS NOT HUMAN. One night in June 2004, an 8-year-old boy had what he first thought was a nightmare of being pulled onboard a craft and physically examined by grays and mantid beings. He had never heard of such things, and was later shocked to hear about similar cases. He now wonders if his “nightmare” was actually real.

Onboard UFO encounters used to be considered rare events. Now many researchers are reversing their opinions and believe that millions of people may have had these kinds of experiences. The potential opportunities these cases provide to advance our knowledge cannot be underestimated. The ETs appear to be very advanced in science, psychic abilities, medicine and other fields of knowledge. For that reason alone, these cases are of profound importance and should be taken very seriously.

Mar 13, 2026 (2026w11)

March 13. Episode #312. Do You Want to Come With Us? (And Nine Other Extraordinary Encounters With Extraterrestrials) (1:02:33).

Firsthand accounts of humanoids take us deep into the very heart of the UFO phenomenon. This video presents cases from across the world, each with striking commonalities which argue strongly for their veracity. Each also contains unique details of high strangeness which show we still have much to learn about the extraterrestrial presence on our planet. Each account provides a unique perspective and adds to our knowledge of these strange visitors to our planet.

I THOUGHT IT WAS A JOKE. One night in the summer of 1951, Walter DeYoung and 60 other army personnel rushed onto the runway at Mountain Home AFB in Boise, Idaho and observed a classic flying saucer hovering only a few hundred feet overhead. The craft had portholes which showed what appeared to be humanoid figures. The craft came so low that some of the men thought it would land.

THEY WERE VERY CONCERNED. One afternoon in 1952, Mr. Thomas took a walk on the beach near Castlemartin, Wales, and stumbled upon a UFO. He was warned by human-looking occupants to come no closer but was able to hold a long conversation with the apparent ETs, who warned him that Earth was on a pathway towards self-destruction.

TERROR STRUCK ME. One night in the late 1950’s, Mrs. C. Wickens walked to the bus-stop in Leigh, England, when she noticed three figures in glowing white jumpsuits and balaclava-type helmets. An eerie silence settled over the area. She soon saw more of the strange figures. Then one approached her very closely. Convinced that they were not human, she fled in a panic.

DO YOU WANT TO COME WITH US? One night in December 1968, agricultural engineer Robert Iglesias was stunned to see a flying saucer land near his home in Santiago, Chile. Two human-looking figures in glowing jumpsuits approached and offered him an incredible invitation to go onboard their craft and travel with them into space. Robert was so overwhelmed by the possibilities of what might happen, he declined the invitation.

ALL MY LIFE I HAD DREAMED OF SUCH A MOMENT. On the night of July 7, 1972, Mr. Joly was drawn outside his home in Racine, Quebec, Canada, by the bellowing of his cows. To his amazement, a strange craft had landed on his farm. Two short greenish beings wandered around the craft. As he stepped closer, the two aliens saw him and fled into the craft, followed by a third figure who was evidently caught by surprise. The craft departed, leaving behind strange landing traces and perhaps more.

I MET A SPACEMAN. On November 28, 1976, Dr Leopoldo Diaz Martinez (a respected physician) received the surprise of his life when a human-looking extraterrestrial entered his office in Guadalajara, Mexico, and asked for a physical exam. Dr. Diaz agreed and was convinced of the man’s extraterrestrial origin. The ET shared information on many subjects: science, religion, politics, sociology and more.

A DARK BEING. On September 23, 1978, immediately following a UFO sighting, army personnel stationed at Lake Balea, in the Carpathian Mountains of Romania, reported their sighting of a tall dark humanoid figure loitering outside the army barracks. After the humanoid figure was seen three times over two days, a sergeant approached it with two other men. The sergeant was rendered unconscious and the two others were temporarily paralyzed until the creature left.

A LEVITATING HUMANOID. One night in October 1978, two factory workers from Godoy Cruz, Argentina, got the shock of their life when a two-foot-tall playful humanoid confronted them and then levitated them in their air, leaving them hopelessly suspended. The little man himself levitated upwards and disappeared into the sky, and the two men were returned to the ground.

EXTREMELY BEAUTIFUL. On the night of June 14, 1980, Juan Froche Jiacola and his wife Ana were woken up in their home in Libertad, Uruguay by a strange noise coming from outside. Going to investigate, Juan saw two strikingly beautiful human figures (one male and one female) in skintight, almost transparent gray jumpsuits. But then the male figure tried to force open the door. Juan prevented the man’s entry but suffered a burnt hand as a result.

THE ALIENS ON THE BEACH. One morning in November 1980, Domingos Monteiro Brito stepped out of his farmhouse in Braganca, Brazil and was amazed to see a craft land on the shoreline a short distance away. Two human-looking men emerged and proceeded to ask him many questions. Domingos was so shocked, he was scarcely able to answer. The ETs said they would return in one month and then departed.

These ten cases from all over the world are just a tiny sample of thousands upon thousands of other similar cases. While many of these cases are supported by various forms of evidence such as landing traces, electromagnetic disturbances, medical effects, animal reactions and more…it is the huge number of cases that make it undeniable that something very profound is happening here.

Mar 20, 2026 (2026w12)

March 20. Episode #313. When UFOs Crash! Seven Shocking Cases (1:14:40).

The field of ufology is changing fast. A subject that used to be regarded with derision, skepticism and ridicule is now gaining the legitimacy and attention it has long deserved. Truth is coming out as governments across the world are admitting that UFOs are real. One of the cutting edges of the UFO phenomenon are accounts involving UFO crashes. And there are more of them than you might think. This episode presents seven shocking UFO crash incidents that you probably haven’t heard of before. But they all deserve to be well known.

UFO CRASH IN VENEZUELA. In 1952, Mr. JP (full name known by the researchers) went on an expedition in the Amazon Jungle in Venezuela in search of gold. The expedition was a tragic failure as the group struggled for survival and soon disbanded, and JP found himself alone in the jungle. Then he came upon a metallic-disc shaped craft. There was an opening in the side and right in front of it was a short deceased gray alien. He saw three more inside it. JP took a piece of the ET technology as proof and headed back to his home in Caracas. He hoped to mount another expedition to the site, but a series of misfortunes prevented him from doing so. The craft might still be there today.

UFO CRASH IN NEW MEXICO. In 1953, radar specialist Mr. TE was stationed at Fort Monmouth, NJ when he and other specialists were called into the base theater to view a mysterious film. To his shock, it showed a crashed UFO and alien bodies in the deserts of New Mexico. He soon heard rumors that it had been recovered one year earlier. Years later, he met another man who saw the same film at another base. He contacted researcher Leonard Stringfield, who managed to locate yet another witness to this mysterious film.

UFO CRASH IN OHIO. One evening in April 1977, family was in their yard in Xenia, Ohio when the nighttime became brilliantly illuminated by a glowing object which zoomed overhead and crashed into a massive oak tree on their property. The craft became lodged in the branches. The family called the police who arrived, and contacted officers from nearby Wright-Patterson AFB. As the Air Force arrived, the family watched from their home as the craft and several small beings were scooped up by the Air Force. The family was told to leave their home and return the next day. Upon returning, the tree was dead and the yard torn up.

UFO CRASH IN AUSTRALIA. On February 7, 1980, Daryl Brown watched TV inside a home in Stirling, Australia. Suddenly a huge crashing noise shook the house, and the dogs outside barked furiously. Rushing outside with a flashlight, he was amazed to see a small craft had crashed into a 120-foot-tall cypress pine tree. He fled inside and called the police. When they went back to the tree, the craft was gone. However, the damage to the tree was apparent, and researchers arrived and confirmed the damage and other strange traces. Before the encounter, witnesses just a few miles away observed a dramatic UFO display.

UFO CRASH IN ESTONIA. Starting around 1984 or earlier, information started to leak out about an unusual event at a farmhouse in Tallin, Estonia. Reportedly the owners were digging a well and came upon a massive metallic disc-shaped object. The report found its way to the Russian military who began a thorough investigation and determined that it was some kind of craft, which had been there for thousands of years. Attempts to excavate the craft met with ongoing problems, d and were eventually abandoned. Per some accounts, the craft is still there today.

UFO CRASH IN MEXICO. In 1989, Dr. Rafael Lara Palmeros and two colleagues were walking near an electrical station in Santa Rosalia, Mexico when they came upon an apparent UFO crash/ retrieval operation. They saw a massive military force. The craft was spherical and there were two badly burned short humanoids lying next to it. He inside the craft and saw two little seats. A bogus news story was leaked to the press, and the entire event was covered up.

UFO CRASH IN KAZAKHSTAN. In 1992, researchers and military personnel began to investigate a mysterious craft which apparently crashed at the foot of the Tien Shan Mountains of Kazakhstan. The craft was massive, but when people tried to approach it, their equipment failed and they suffered what appeared to be radiation burns. A helicopter that got too close crashed. Still, researchers were able to determine that the craft was about 2000 feet long and apparently not of Earthly origin. This was not the only crash. An earlier one was even more dramatic.

These seven cases are just the tip of the iceberg. The vast majority of cases like these are never made public, so the actual number of UFO crashes is probably much larger. UFO crash/retrievals provide incontrovertible evidence of extraterrestrials. Ironically, the reports are almost purely anecdotal. Hopefully as more attention is paid to this subject, the truth will come out!.

March 23 9:15 p.m. Added links to other UFO websites

• UFO Casebook.com
• The Black Vault.com
• MUFON - Mutual UFO Network
• World UFO Photos and News Organization
• Listen to Terra Chat Live on Universe Talk radio
• Essentia Foundation Blog
  
• HTTP://WWW.PHENOMENALOG.COM
• UFO Enthusiasts Archive Information
• US National Archives UAPs

Mar 27, 2026 (2026w13)

March 27. Episode #314. It Doesn't Get Any Weirder Than This! Ten Extremely Bizarre Close Encounters of the Second Kind (1:10:36)

Close encounters of the second kind are cases in which UFOs affect the environment or the witness in some way. The variety of effects are mindboggling, including everything from strange landing traces to physiological symptoms and more. This video presents ten extreme accounts of this kind, cases involving very unusual or even unique aspects of high strangeness that are very difficult to understand. These cases show that we still have much to learn about the extraterrestrial presence on our planet.

SOMETHING UNIMAGINABLE. One summer morning in 1976, a wildfire struck the area of Tolima, Colombia. In the pathway of destruction was an estate owned by Ines de Montana, a famous Colombian journalist. As the fire seemed sure to burn down the house, a UFO showed up and saved the estate in a very unusual way.

THIS WAS THE END. On May 5, 1977, student pilot Manuel Jose Lopez Ojeda was performing flight maneuvers near Bogota, Colombia when his plane mysteriously malfunctioned. He was preparing to make an emergency landing when a UFO showed up and began flying circles around his plane. Manuel felt strange physiological effects, the weirdest which was, his vision began to deteriorate. As the UFO flew off, Manuel found he was blind. He called the control tower for help, who did their best to help him.

UFO SPOILS BARBECUE PICNIC. On August 22, 1978, three people were enjoying a barbecue outside the small town of Coronel Dorrego, Argentina. They suddenly smelled a strange odor and saw that their food had been strangely transformed. Looking up, they saw a UFO. They fled in their car, but the UFO struck them with a beam of light, and suddenly they found themselves on a different road.

EVERYTHING WAS ENHANCED. On the night of September 30, 1978, Jose Marchisio drove to his home in rural Maria Teresa, Argentina. While on the remote road, his progress was blocked by a gigantic red sphere. Suddenly it seemed to explode, causing his perception to become altered in very unusual ways. He felt as if his car was flying through the air. Suddenly it ended and he found himself miles from his original location. Both his body and his car were deeply affected.

ONE GOOD TURN. On October 12, 1978, a group of people were taking a bus journey from Linares, Chile to Constitucion. Without warning, they came upon a giant red glowing “thing.” Exiting the bus to take a closer look, the light suddenly disappeared. Turning around, they saw that something very unusual had happened to their bus.

I WAS FROZEN. On the night of January 5, 1979, a wave of sightings hit Sturbridge, Massachusetts. One witness, Anmarie Emery drove along Route 90 that night and saw three UFOs flying along the highway. The road divided and all the cars took the other route. Anmarie was now alone on the highway. The UFOs dropped down and blocked the road in front of her, causing both her body and car to be affected in unusual ways.

KNOCKED OVER BY A UFO. On the night of August 17, 1980, Phillip Battle Sr., a security guard at a steel foundry plant in Lima, Ohio, was at this location when a UFO showed up. It began to put on a display for him, then suddenly struck him with a beam of light, physically knocking him over. He called for help and other witnesses came out and saw the UFO. This was just one of many encounters Phillip has experienced.

I SAW THIS THING. On the night of September 30, 1980, ranch manager George Blackwell of Kilmany, Australia, was awakened by a whistling sound. He looked outside and saw a glowing bell-shaped craft. It moved over the farm water tank, then landed next to it. It caused a strong wind and took off. Afterwards, George’s watch stopped, he felt ill, there were odd landing traces, and all the water in the tank was gone.

ANOTHER THIRSTY UFO. On the night of July 11, 1981, the supervisor of a girl scouts’ camp in Port Byron, Illinois noticed an unusual illumination in the pool area. Venturing to the pool, he was shocked to see a massive orb floating over the pool. It darted away, and the manager was shocked to see that thousands of gallons were missing from the pool. Not only that, the water had been de-chlorinated.

FROM SOMEWHERE ELSE. On the night of September 30, 1982, four women pulled off the road in Hampton, New Hampshire, to observe a massive craft hovering over a nearby field. Two of the women leapt from the car and ran towards the craft, which sent down a beam of light then took off. All the women were deeply impressed, but one of the witnesses reports that the UFO had a personal message just for her.

Ten cases, each showing how UFOs can affect people and the environment in bizarre and baffling ways that make it clear we still have a lot to learn about UFOs and extraterrestrials. Cases like these, and other close encounters of the second kind provide an excellent opportunity to advance our knowledge of this subject.

Apr 03, 2026 (2026w14)

April 03. Episode #315. The Thing at the Window: (And Nine Other Very Weird Humanoid Encounters) (1:03:30)

Humanoid encounters are a truly fascinating and important aspect of Ufology. In these cases, people meet the UFO occupants face-to-face. These cases have much to teach us about who these beings are. The diversity of cases is mindboggling. While each case is unique, they contain striking similarities that argue for the veracity of these incidents. This video presents ten cases from across the planet, each illustrating the incredibly variety of these visitors to our planet.

AN EXTRATERRESTRIAL HITCHHIKER. One day in August 1962, two friends were driving between Puolanka and Oulu, Finland when a very short man flagged down their car and asked for a ride. One of the friends noticed several strange things about the man. He was not only short, his head was overly large, his eyes were not normal, and he had six fingers on each hand. There were other strange details. After dropping the little man off, the two men saw a UFO, which convinced them that the little man was an extraterrestrial.

THE ETS AT THE RESERVOIR. One night in October 1972, a dating couple were at the Carlington Heights Reservoir in Ottawa, Canada when they saw a UFO approach. It hovered about 20 feet above the ground. A door opened and they saw three humanoids looking down at them. After fifteen minutes, the lady became frightened, so they drove away.

STRANGE CREATURES. On the morning of October 7, 1972, Mrs. H. was bicycling to her home in a rural area south of Ljubljana, Yugoslavia and saw three 3-foot-tall figures standing on a nearby hill. They were dressed in strange gowns and were also moving strangely. Mrs. H. was convinced that they were not human and fled the area. She later learned other witnesses had seen strange humanoids in the same place.

THE THING AT THE WINDOW. On the night of April 24, 1977, Billy and Pauline Coombs were in their home in Dyfed, Wales when a silver-suited humanoid looked in their window. Not long after this, their children saw the same figure and a landed UFO. Then Pauline and two of her children had a third encounter with the silver-suited figures. More events followed. In fact, a huge wave of activity occurred in the area.

I WILL REMEMBER THIS AS LONG AS LIVE. On the night of August 22, 1978, a newly married couple were honeymooning on the island of Bermuda when they saw a strange craft. Later, as they walked on the beach, the craft hovered overhead and struck them with a beam of light. The wife ran, but the husband stayed and saw grays inside the craft. That night, the couple was visited by the grays in their hotel room.

LIKE THOSE WHO GO TO THE MOON. Around sunset on January 13, 1979, Vittorio Mancini worked the fields of his farm in Viterbo, Italy. Suddenly a UFO dropped from the sky and landed in his field. He saw a little man get out and collect samples. He fled the scene. When he returned with others, the craft and the little man were gone. Unknown to him, other witnesses in the area saw a UFO and captured photographs.

TEN-YEAR-OLD GIRL MEETS ALIENS. On January 25, 1979, 10-year-old Marta Isabel Carabajal was playing in her grandparents’ home in El Dean, Argentina, when she saw a UFO land in the yard. Some little men in jumpsuits emerged and floated around. One approached Marta and asked her to come closer. When Marta refused, the little man struck her with a beam of light. The men returned to their craft and flew away.

DON’T LOOK BACK! On the night of September 11, 1980, a family drove outside of Willington, Connecticut when a huge flattish disc-shaped craft appeared and approached their car. There was a small transparent dome on top. And inside it, the father saw the head and shoulders of a small humanoid. He quickly drove away. Later they learned there were other sightings in the area.

THE WEIRD HUMANOID AT THE RANCH. On September 20, 1997, the Rodrigues family were puzzled to find that 17 chickens were missing from their ranch in Mateus Leme, Brazil. The next night, the father, Jose, saw a short humanoid figure by the henhouse. More chickens were missing. The next day, he came face-to-face with a strange humanoid. He tried to shoot at it, and the humanoid fled, never to return.

I COULD ONLY MOVE MY EYES. One summer day in 1992, an 11-year-old boy watched a movie about gray aliens. That night he woke up to see three gray aliens by his bed. He was completely paralyzed and could only watch. He was amazed to see that they looked different from the grays portrayed in the movie. Waking up the next morning, he saw a faint scar on his leg. The next night, he saw a UFO.

These ten cases all involve firsthand eyewitness testimonies of strange humanoids, which are supported by various forms of evidence such as landing traces, physiological effects, animal reactions, electromagnetic disturbances and even photographs. So many cases—too many to explain away. It is time to take these accounts seriously.

Apr 10, 2026 (2026w15)

April 10. Episode #316. UFOs in Your Hometown: Episode Seventeen (1:14:53)

Welcome to the latest installment of the UFO investigative series, “UFOs in Your Hometown.” This series has its origin in challenge: name any town or city and I will find a UFO encounter there. I am now working my way down a list of more than 1000 locations, submitted by viewers, and so far, every single place has a history of UFO encounters. In this Episode Seventeen, we explore eight new locations from across the world. Have UFOs been seen in your hometown? Submit the town or city and I will look it up! But I can tell you already, the answer is almost certainly yes!

Barryton, Michigan is a small town of about 500 people. Despite its small size, it has several profound UFO encounters. In 1978, a police officer had a close-up sighting of a solid craft with portholes. A few months later, the local police station received several calls about UFOs, and the sheriff himself became a witness. A few other cases involve clearly anomalous lights. But another case from 2022 involves a very strangely shaped UFO.

The beautiful town of Smedjebacken, Sweden has about 5000 people and an incredible history of encounters. In 1968, a group of 15 boys (age 11-15) were hiking in the woods when they were approached by two humanoids. Only a few of the boys remember the encounter, and one became a major contactee. In 1973, two witnesses saw three UFOs sitting on the ground outside their home. A short distance away, there were other witnesses. In 1974 and 1976, there were two other incredible encounters.

Due to its large number of encounters, the London burrough of Wandsworth, in the UK, it has been given the nickname of UFO City. In 1986, a young athlete reports that a UFO hovered above him. He experienced a period of missing time and woke up on a bus. The UFO was still following him. There were more sightings in 1987 and 1992. In 2006, there was a mini wave of UFOs over the city, involving many witnesses. Even the MOD was unable to explain it. There was another sighting in 2008 which also had multiple witnesses.

Tuscaloosa, Alabama has a population of 110,000 people and so many amazing encounters. In 1950, dozens of people saw a flaming cross arc across the sky. In 1950, two Navy pilots tracking a skyhook weather balloon were amazed to see a half-dozen UFOs also investigating the balloon. In 1978, the chief operator of the Holt Lock and Dam on the Black Warrior River was one of many witnesses to a UFO which remained in view for several hours. In 1980, a college student was followed by a UFO to Tuscaloosa University. He was able to capture multiple photographs of the strange lights before they disappeared. In 1989, dozens of people including police and security guards in Tuscaloosa and beyond reported strange lights darting across the sky. In 1996 and 1999 there were sightings of solid metallic craft. In 2019, a young man was able to capture videotape of strange lights in the forest.

Buford, Georgia has a population of 20,000 people. One incredible encounter occurred in 1969 when a UFO zoomed mere feet above a car as it traveled down the highway. There are several other cases of solid disc-shaped craft including in 2001, 2010 and 2012. In 2013 witnesses observed a glowing red object surrounded by black helicopters.

Pottstown, Pennsylvania was founded in 1753. With 23,000 people, this town has several incredible encounters. In 1952, there were two cases investigated by Project Blue Book. In 1971, a woman had an alarming encounter with a UFO on a country road. A close encounter of the 2nd kind occurred to a man in 2004. Pottstown has a nuclear power plant, and several sightings, including one in 2000, another in 2011, and another in 2016 all occurred near the power plant.

Haddon Heights, New Jersey is a very small town, but it does have some interesting UFO cases. In 1984, two boys reported their sighting of a black pyramidal-shaped craft cruising down the street in full view. In 2002, two UFO researchers sighted what they believe to be a solid anomalous object right off the 295 Interstate.

Twinsburg, Ohio (population 20k) is most famous for hosting the annual festival of twins and multiple births. But it also has many amazing UFO encounters. In 1959, a man had a sighting there that inspired him to become a prominent UFO researcher. In 1966, a 6-year-old boy had a missing time encounter and later remembered he was not only taken onboard a craft, but perhaps to another planet. A wave of sighting on March 6, 1969 was widely viewed by residents and police officers, and two months later, resulted in an odd visit by what appears to be a gray-human hybrid at the local police station. 2009 and 2014 brought two more amazing encounters.

Eight locations across the planet, each showing a history of close encounters of the first, second, third and fourth kind, with many cases involving multiple witnesses and many forms of evidence. These cases show that UFOs are seen everywhere, and are far more common than most people think.

Apr 17, 2026 (2026w16)

April 17. Episode #317. A Message to All Humanity: Three Incredible Onboard UFO Encounters (1:17:23)

Onboard UFO encounters represent the heart of the UFO phenomenon. These cases hold the greatest potential to answer the many questions surrounding this subject: who are these visitors, where do they come from and why they are here. This video presents three very extensive cases, each with remarkable similarities. In each of these three cases, the witness is a young single man on a desolate highway at night when they are confronted with a UFO. In each case the witness was taken onboard and conversed with short humanoids who imparted profound messages. In each case the witness experienced missing time, and a traumatic aftermath including unusual medical effects, nightmares, ridicule and disbelief. The incredible similarities between these three cases, widely separated both chronologically and geographically, argue strongly for their validity. That alone makes all of them vitally important to our understanding of extraterrestrial contact.

THE ONBOARD UFO ENCOUNTER OF HARRISON BAILEY. In July 1952, a huge wave swept across the United States, including a sighting directly over the United States Capital. Just two months later, on the morning of September 23, 1952, Harrison Bailey (a 24-year-old steel worker) walked along a remote highway outside of Joliet, Illinois. Feeling a strange prickling feeling, he looked up and saw a UFO. He had never seen one before, so he just kept walking. But shortly later, he came upon the craft sitting by the road. An opening appeared and two short figures in jumpsuits appeared. They began to speak to him. Harrison was afraid and quickly fled the area. The next thing he knew, six hours had passed. He immediately became very ill. Years later, he underwent hypnotic regression to learn what happened during the missing time. He recalled that after seeing the UFO, he was confronted by very short frog-like humanoids. As he ran from them, he came upon the UFO and was pulled onboard. He was examined by what appear to be short gray-type aliens. The ETs told him that they had made contact with him because, as a black man in a society that did not accept him, they too were not accepted. They said it was his duty to spread the word about the reality of ETs, and that they meant no harm to humanity.

THE ONBOARD UFO ENCOUNTER OF HERBERT SCHIRMER. At 2:30 am on December 3, 1967, Herbert Schirmer (a 22-year-old patrolman and Navy veteran) drove along a rural highway outside the small town of Ashland, Nebraska when he came upon a UFO hovering. As he approached it, his engine died and his car was pulled off the road. He stared in disbelief when suddenly the craft flashed a bright light and took off. Racing away, Herbert realized he was missing about a half-hour of time. He found a strange welt on his neck and had a bad headache. Curious about the missing time, he agreed to try hypnosis. A complex onboard encounter was revealed. Herbert was shocked to learn that the craft had landed. A human-looking figure wearing a full-body jumpsuit emerged and pulled him from his police patrol-car, then invited him into the craft. Inside, Herbert saw two other human- looking figures and was given a tour of the craft. The ETs shared volumes of information about where they came from, how they operate their craft, why they are here and more.

THE ONBOARD UFO ENCOUNTER OF DIONISIO LLANCA. In October of 1973, a wave of UFO and humanoid encounters swept across the world. During this time, on the night of October 28, 1973, Dionisio Llanca (a 25-year-old truckdriver) drove on a lonely highway outside of Bahia Blanca, Argentina. As he pulled over to change a flat tire, a saucer-shaped craft hovered nearby and he was approached by three blond-haired human-looking figures. Dionisio was paralyzed with fear as one of them pulled him to his feet. Dionisio passed out. When he woke up, six hours had passed, and he was miles from his original location. He was so traumatized that he couldn’t even remember his own name. He was rushed to the hospital where he slowly recovered. His memory came back, except for the missing six hours. Later he did hypnosis and recalled being taken onboard. The ETs took a blood sample. Dionisio looked out a porthole and saw the craft siphoning electricity from powerlines. The ETs explained why they had chosen him, and their reasons for visiting this planet, including a dire warning for all humanity. Although his encounter was terrifying, Dionisio does not believe the ETs meant him harm. He says he suffered much worse from the people on Earth who studied him like a guinea pig or accused him of hoaxing or ridiculed him mercilessly.

These three cases each provide profound insights into the ETs and their agenda on this planet. They are just the tip of the iceberg. There are thousands upon thousands of cases, and many researchers believe these cases number in the millions. And the ETs continue to give vitally important messages for all humanity.

PRESTON DENNETT WEBSITE: https://prestondennett.weebly.com/